As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 23, 2011

Registration No. 333-      

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549



 

FORM N-2



 

   
x   REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
     o   PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.
     o   POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.

   
o   REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940


 

GARRISON CAPITAL LLC

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)



 

1350 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code: (212) 372-9500

Julian Weldon
Garrison Capital LLC
1350 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019
(212) 372-9500

(Name And Address of Agent for Service)



 

Copies of information to:

 
Thomas J. Friedmann
David J. Harris
William J. Tuttle
Dechert LLP
1775 I Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20006
Telephone: (202) 261-3300
Facsimile: (202) 261-3333
  Paul K. Risko
John A. MacKinnon
Sidley Austin LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Telephone: (212) 839-5300
Facsimile: (212) 839-5959


 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement. If any of the securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than Securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. o

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

o when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c).

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

   
Title of Securities Being Registered   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (2)
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share   $ 125,000,000     $ 14,512.50  

(1) Includes the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
(2) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457(o) solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated           , 2011

      Shares

Garrison Capital Inc.

Common Stock



 

We are a newly-organized, externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that intends to file an election to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940. Our investment objective is to provide our stockholders with current income and capital appreciation through debt and minority equity investments in middle-market companies.

Garrison Capital Advisers LLC will serve as our external manager. Garrison Capital Administrator LLC will serve as our administrator. These entities are affiliated with Garrison Investment Group, an alternative investment and asset management firm founded in March 2007 with approximately $1.9 billion of committed and invested capital under management as of March 1, 2011.

This is an initial public offering of our shares of common stock. All of the    shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are being sold by us.

Our shares of common stock have no history of public trading. We currently expect that the initial public offering price per share of our common stock will be $   . We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “GARS.”

Immediately prior to this offering, we expect to sell      shares of common stock to our directors, officers, investment adviser and the managers of our investment adviser at a price of $   per share in a private placement. We will receive the full proceeds of this private placement, and no underwriting discounts or commissions will be paid in respect of these shares. The underwriters will reserve up to      shares from this offering for sale to certain other persons.

This prospectus contains important information you should know before investing in our common stock. Please read it before you invest and keep it for future reference. Upon completion of this offering, we will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We maintain a website at http://www.garrisoncapitalbdc.com and intend to make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly filed information available, free of charge, on or through our website. You may also obtain such information and make stockholder inquiries by contacting us at Garrison Capital Inc., 1350 Avenue of the Americas, Attention: Investor Relations, or by calling us collect at (212) 372-9500. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains this information.

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. If our shares trade at a discount to our net asset value, it may increase the risk of loss for purchasers in this offering. Assuming an initial public offering price of $   per share, purchasers in this offering will experience immediate dilution of approximately $   per share. See “Dilution” for more information.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in our common stock, including the risk of leverage, in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 of this prospectus.



 

   
  Per Share   Total
Public offering price   $          $       
Underwriting discount   $          $       
Proceeds, before expenses, to us (1)   $          $       

(1) We estimate that we will incur approximately $   in expenses in connection with this offering.

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional        shares from us, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if any.

The shares will be ready for delivery on or about     , 2011.



 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 
J.P. Morgan   Wells Fargo Securities


 

The date of this prospectus is   , 2011.


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Prospectus Summary     1  
The Offering     9  
Fees and Expenses     14  
Risk Factors     17  
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements     43  
Use of Proceeds     44  
Distributions     45  
Capitalization     46  
Dilution     47  
Selected Financial and Other Information     48  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     49  
The Company     60  
Portfolio Companies     74  
Management of the Company     82  
Certain Relationships     87  
Control Persons and Principal Stockholders     90  
The Adviser and the Administrator     92  
Determination of Net Asset Value     101  
Dividend Reinvestment Plan     103  
Description of Shares     105  
Shares Eligible for Future Sale     110  
Regulation     112  
Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices     118  
Tax Matters     119  
Underwriting     125  
Custodian, Transfer and Distribution Paying Agent and Registrar     130  
Legal Matters     130  
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     130  
Additional Information     130  
Index to Financial Statements     F-1  

* * * * *

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date. To the extent required by applicable law, we will update this prospectus during the offering period to reflect material changes to the disclosure herein.

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider. You should read carefully the more detailed information set forth under “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus. Except where the context suggests otherwise, the terms:

“we,” “us,” “our” and “Garrison Capital” refer to Garrison Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods prior to the consummation of the BDC Conversion, and refer to Garrison Capital Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods after the consummation of the BDC Conversion;
“Garrison Capital Advisers” or the “investment adviser” refers to Garrison Capital Advisers LLC, a Delaware limited liability company;
“Garrison Capital Administrator” or the “administrator” refers to Garrison Capital Administrator LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; and
“Garrison Investment Group” refers to Garrison Investment Group LP, a Delaware limited partnership, and its affiliates.

Immediately prior to the pricing of our initial public offering and our election to be treated as a business development company, we will convert from a limited liability company into a corporation. In this conversion, Garrison Capital Inc. will succeed to the business of Garrison Capital LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, and the members of Garrison Capital LLC will become stockholders of Garrison Capital Inc. In this prospectus, we refer to these transactions as the “BDC Conversion.” Unless otherwise indicated, the disclosure in this prospectus gives effect to the BDC Conversion.

Garrison Capital

We are a newly-organized, externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that intends to file an election to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we intend to elect to be treated as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

Our investment objective is to generate current income and capital appreciation by making investments generally in the range of $10 million to $25 million primarily in debt securities of U.S. based middle-market companies, which we define as those having annual earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation, or EBITDA, of between $5 million and $30 million. Our goal is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns by assembling a diversified portfolio of investments.

We intend to invest primarily in (1) first lien senior secured loans, (2) second lien senior secured loans, (3) “one-stop” senior secured or “unitranche” loans, (4) subordinated or mezzanine loans and (5) to a lesser extent, selected equity co-investments in middle-market companies. We use the term “one-stop” or “unitranche” to refer to a loan that combines characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured loans and second lien or subordinated loans. We use the term “mezzanine” to refer to a loan that ranks senior only to a borrower’s equity securities and ranks junior in right of payment to all of such borrower’s other indebtedness.

We believe that the middle market offers attractive risk-adjusted returns for debt investors. Historically, we believe there has been a persistent scarcity of available capital relative to demand, which, from a lender’s perspective, has generally resulted in more favorable transaction structures, including enhanced covenant protection and increased pricing relative to larger companies. We further believe that although the turmoil in the credit markets, which began in mid-2007 and continued through 2010, has generally subsided, such turmoil exacerbated this scarcity of capital, as many traditional lenders to middle-market companies have exited the business or focused their attention on larger borrowers. In addition, middle-market companies traditionally have exhibited lower default rates and improved recoveries compared to larger borrowers and typically offer greater access to key senior managers, which we believe further enhances the attractiveness of lending to this market segment and facilitates due diligence investigations and regular monitoring.

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As of December 31, 2010, through Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC, our wholly-owned indirect subsidiary, or GF 2010-1, we held an investment portfolio of syndicated secured loans fair valued at $283.8 million and related indebtedness with a par value of $219.5 million. As of that date, this portfolio consisted of 74 investments with an average investment size of approximately $3.7 million, a weighted average yield of 7.32% and a weighted average maturity of four years. See “— Formation Transactions — Our Formation” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Formation Transactions — Our Formation.”

Going forward, we intend to pursue a strategy focused on originating and investing in first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine loans. Accordingly, over time we expect that syndicated first lien senior secured loans will represent a smaller percentage of our investment portfolio as we grow our business and our existing senior secured investments are repaid or sold in the secondary market and we reinvest the proceeds of such repayments or sales.

Our Investment Adviser

Our investment activities are managed by our investment adviser, Garrison Capital Advisers. Our investment adviser is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting research and diligence on prospective investments and equity sponsors, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. Garrison Capital Advisers was organized in November 2010 and has filed to become a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act. Under an investment advisory agreement with Garrison Capital Advisers, or the Investment Advisory Agreement, which we intend to enter into on the date of this prospectus, we will pay our investment adviser a base management fee and an incentive fee for its services. See “The Offering — Investment Advisory Agreement” for a discussion of the base management fee and incentive fee that will be payable by us to our investment adviser. Prior to the date of this prospectus, our relationship with the investment adviser was governed by an interim investment advisory agreement that was terminated on the date of this prospectus.

Garrison Capital Advisers is an affiliate of Garrison Investment Group. Garrison Capital Advisers has entered into a staffing agreement, or the Staffing Agreement, with Garrison Investment Group under which Garrison Investment Group has agreed to make experienced investment professionals available to Garrison Capital Advisers and to provide access to the senior investment personnel of Garrison Investment Group. We believe that the Staffing Agreement will provide our investment adviser with access to investment opportunities, which we refer to in the aggregate as deal flow, generated by Garrison Investment Group in the ordinary course of its business and commits the members of Garrison Investment Group’s investment committee to serve as members of our investment committee. In addition, Garrison Investment Group is obligated under the Staffing Agreement to allocate investment opportunities among its managed affiliates fairly and equitably over time in accordance with its allocation policy. Our investment adviser intends to capitalize on the significant deal origination, credit underwriting, due diligence, investment structuring, execution, portfolio management and monitoring experience of Garrison Investment Group’s investment professionals.

Garrison Investment Group

Garrison Investment Group is an alternative investment and asset management firm founded in March 2007 by Steven Stuart and Joseph Tansey. As of March 1, 2011, Garrison Investment Group had approximately $1.9 billion of committed and invested capital under management and a team of 53 employees, including 33 investment professionals. Garrison Investment Group is headquartered in New York, New York. Garrison Investment Group invests opportunistically in debt of middle-market companies, primarily in the areas of corporate finance, real estate finance and structured finance.

Since the formation of Garrison Investment Group, Messrs. Stuart and Tansey together with their team of investment professionals, including Rafael Astruc, Brian Chase, Terence Moore and Mitch Drucker, have been investors and lenders to middle-market companies. These investment professionals have significant experience investing in a broad range of industries and types of debt over the course of several economic cycles.

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Before joining Garrison Investment Group, Messrs. Stuart and Tansey were Managing Directors at Fortress Investment Group LLC, or Fortress, and were also partners of the Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund, or Drawbridge, a hedge fund, from its inception in August 2002 to March 2007. Drawbridge focused primarily on investments in opportunistic debt and equity securities and asset-based transactions. The responsibilities of these individuals included sourcing, evaluating, structuring, managing and monitoring corporate, structured finance and real estate investments, including both debt and equity. Messrs. Stuart and Tansey have 25 and 16 years of investment experience, respectively.

Market Opportunity

We believe that the current credit and asset market dynamics are favorable for us to pursue an investment strategy focused on investing in first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine loans of, and, to a lesser extent, warrants and minority equity securities in, U.S. middle-market companies. As the investment environment changes, our investment adviser intends to adapt its investment focus dynamically to investments that it perceives to have attractive risk-return characteristics. We find middle-market investing attractive for the following reasons:

Significant Refinancing Requirements.    A significant amount of debt begins to mature between 2011 and 2013, much of which we believe is associated with a large number of middle-market leveraged mergers and acquisitions completed from 2005 to 2008. In many cases, we expect that this debt will need to be refinanced by the borrowers.

Reduced Competition.   We believe that dislocations in the capital markets between mid-2007 and the end of 2010 have reduced the amount of credit available to middle-market companies. We believe that much of the traditional lending community for middle-market companies, such as commercial/regional banks, investment banks, commercial finance companies, hedge funds and collateralized loan obligations, have contracted and/or eliminated their origination activities in the wake of this period of credit dislocation or focused on more liquid asset classes. In addition, a 2010 Congressional Oversight Panel report concluded that 3,000 small U.S. banks either have or may need to curtail lending due to financial stresses, further restricting access to capital for middle-market borrowers, and, when implemented, Basel III, published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, is expected to limit the ability of commercial banking institutions to hold non-investment grade leveraged loans on their balance sheets.

Attractive Relative Value Proposition .  We believe that directly originated middle-market loans often exhibit superior default and loss characteristics to syndicated loans, which are often structured with higher levels of debt and a lower percentage of equity contributed. We expect that a substantial backlog of buyout commitments will drive demand for leveraged buyouts over the next several years, which should, in turn, create leveraged lending opportunities for us in the middle market. Meanwhile, reduced access to, and availability of, credit typically increases the interest rates, or pricing, of loans made to U.S. middle-market borrowers, thereby creating an attractive risk-return dynamic for lenders. We believe that the debt of such borrowers typically carries high interest rates and offers attractive up-front fees and prepayment penalties but is not sufficiently attractive to the syndicated debt markets, thereby providing us with many lending opportunities.

Conservative Capital Structure and Increased Percentage of Equity Contributed.   We believe that lenders generally are requiring borrowers to hold more equity as a percentage of their total capitalization and less senior and total leverage than was customary in the years leading up to the credit crisis, creating a greater amount of equity to protect lenders against future economic downturns. Lower leverage levels in mergers and acquisitions executed in the middle market suggest that middle-market companies should have more cash flows available to them to service their debt. In addition, middle-market companies typically have simpler capital structures than larger borrowers, which streamlines the initial structuring and underwriting process and, in our experience, contributes to improved returns to lenders in restructurings.

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Long-Term Capital Solutions.   We believe that many middle-market companies seek to execute transactions with permanent capital vehicles, such as us, rather than execute high-yield bond transactions or borrow capital from hedge funds and other non-permanent vehicles. In addition, we believe that many middle-market companies are positively disposed towards seeking capital from a small number of providers with access to permanent capital that can satisfy their specific needs and serve as value-added financial partners with an understanding of and longer-term view oriented towards the growth of such businesses.

When combined with decreased availability of debt financing for middle-market companies generally, we believe these factors should increase lending opportunities for us.

Competitive Strengths

Experienced Management Team.   We are managed by our investment adviser, which has access through the Staffing Agreement to the resources and expertise of the investment professionals at Garrison Investment Group. Garrison Investment Group is led by Messrs. Stuart and Tansey. Garrison Investment Group’s investment professionals have substantial experience in identifying and executing financing transactions across a broad range of industries and types of financings and have developed related proprietary sourcing and servicing channels. Our seven member investment committee has combined investment experience of more than 145 years.

Access to Deal Flow.   Through the Staffing Agreement, our investment adviser expects to have access to extensive contacts throughout the middle-market through which it intends to source and originate loans. The investment professionals of Garrison Investment Group maintain direct dialog with their contacts at financial sponsors, banks, corporate advisory firms, crisis managers, industry consultants, attorneys, investment banks, middle-market companies, other “club” investors and other potential sources of lending opportunities. In addition, we anticipate that a portion of our deal flow will be generated through non-traditional channels, such as Garrison Investment Group’s real estate and structured finance teams whose contacts typically share opportunities with a limited group of potential lenders, thereby creating a less competitive process for such lending opportunities. Furthermore, Garrison Investment Group’s senior professionals have cultivated relationships with other middle-market lending platforms that we believe will provide us with an additional source of deal flow. We believe that the breadth of these relationships will enable us to be selective in originating or acquiring loans and afford us opportunities to review certain lending proposals in the U.S. middle-market in advance of other potential lenders as well as the opportunity to match the terms offered by other lenders, which should allow for selectivity in the transactions we pursue.

Disciplined Investment and Underwriting Process.   Our investment adviser intends to utilize the established investment processes developed by Garrison Investment Group to analyze investment opportunities and structure loans. Our investment adviser intends to structure loans with appropriate covenants to allow for renegotiation of loan and pricing terms in the event that a portfolio company fails to satisfy its covenants and to price loans based on its knowledge of the middle market and on its rigorous underwriting standards. Our investment adviser expects to focus on capital preservation by extending loans to portfolio companies with assets that it believes will retain sufficient value to repay us even in depressed markets or under liquidation scenarios. The professionals employed by Garrison Investment Group have extensive experience in structuring and underwriting middle-market loans and in evaluating collateral positions to minimize credit risk as a lender.

Active Asset Management Approach.   Our investment adviser intends to employ a regimented credit monitoring system for our portfolio. Garrison Investment Group formally reviews its entire portfolio of loans with our investment committee on a monthly basis. The goal of this review is to enhance the ability of our investment adviser to manage any problems and assist borrowers before operating issues result in financial deterioration. In addition, this process should enable our investment adviser to identify credit and market trends, thereby allowing us to modify underwriting terms for new loans before other lenders have identified such trends. In the event of restructurings, we expect that our investment adviser will manage syndicates of lenders, creditor committees and other creditors and advisors to protect our position. Where necessary, our investment adviser intends to take an active role in any restructuring negotiations and to utilize its extensive industry experience and industry contacts to benefit lenders.

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investment Strategy

We will seek to create a diversified portfolio consisting of investments generally in the range of $10 million to $25 million primarily in debt securities of U.S. based middle-market companies. The companies to which we extend credit will typically be moderately leveraged, and, in most cases, will not have their loans rated by national rating agencies. If such companies were rated, we believe that they would typically receive a rating below investment grade. In addition, we expect that our investments typically will range in maturity from one to six years and that the overall portfolio will have a weighted average life of approximately five years. However, we may make investments in securities with any maturity or duration.

We intend to invest opportunistically in middle-market loans that we believe have attractive risk adjusted returns. We will also, to a lesser extent, make select equity investments in non-investment grade companies. We expect the majority of our focus to generally be centered upon traditional direct lending but at times will seek to enhance returns by purchasing loans in the secondary market, which purchases we refer to as capital markets activities, and extending credit for certain restructuring of financially troubled companies, which we refer to as special situations. We organize these lending opportunities in three categories.

Traditional Direct Lending .  We will focus on direct origination of first lien senior secured loans, second lien senior secured loans and unitranche loans as well as select mezzanine loans. With respect to these loans, we intend to identify lending opportunities through the extensive origination network to which we have access and will serve as either sole lender or as a partner with like minded creditors. We expect that we will typically extend first and second lien secured term loans, the proceeds of which may be used to refinance existing indebtedness, support acquisitions, growth initiatives, general corporate liquidity or operational turnarounds.

Capital Markets Activities .  We may also acquire loans in the secondary market at favorable discounts or seek to refinance outstanding loans through anchoring or co-anchoring a new issuance of debt. Garrison Investment Group has underwritten and conducted due diligence on more than 500 middle-market companies since July 2007. We believe this experience will allow us to react quickly in executing acquisitions of loans in the secondary market on favorable terms and permit us to refinance loans on a streamlined basis. All of our investments as of December 31, 2010 were acquired in the secondary market.

Special Situations .  We may also extend credit for out-of-court restructurings, rescue financings, debtor-in-possession financings and acquisition financings. We expect that, in extending credit to special situations borrowers, our investments will remain high in borrower’s capital structure, generate returns through the duration of the loan and obtain call protection or opportunities for enhanced returns through equity participation.

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Organizational Structure

The following shows a simplified organizational chart reflecting our relationship with our investment adviser and administrator and our ownership interests in certain of our subsidiaries as of the date of this prospectus:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Formation Transactions

Our Formation.   We were formed in November 2010 to invest primarily in (1) first lien senior secured loans, (2) second lien senior secured loans, (3) “one-stop” senior secured or “unitranche” loans, (4) subordinated or mezzanine loans and (5) to a lesser extent, selected equity co-investments in middle-market companies. In December 2010 we completed an $80 million private placement, the proceeds of which are being used to invest in U.S. middle-market companies in accordance with our investment strategy.

On November 5, 2010, GF 2010-1 completed a $300 million debt securitization, or Debt Securitization. The transaction was executed through a private placement of: (1) $189.5 million of Aaa/AAA Class A Notes, or the Class A Notes, which bear interest at the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus 2.40%; (2) $12.0 million of Aa2/AA Class B Notes, or the Class B Notes, which bear interest at the three-month LIBOR plus 3.75%; and (3) $18.0 million of A2/A Class C Notes, or the Class C Notes, which bear interest at the three-month LIBOR plus 4.75%; and (4) $80.5 million of subordinated notes, which do not bear interest. All of the classes of notes are scheduled to mature on November 20, 2017. We refer to the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes collectively as the Secured Notes and the subordinated notes together with the residual equity interests in GF 2010-1 as the Subordinated Notes.

Certain open-ended funds affiliated with our investment adviser contributed 100% of the stock of Garrison Capital CLO Ltd., which in turn owns all of the Subordinated Notes, to us as of December 31, 2010 in exchange for $80.6 million in fair value of limited liability company units, or units, in Garrison Capital LLC. An independent third-party valuation firm was engaged to provide positive assurance regarding the fair value of the Subordinated Notes that were contributed to us as of the date of such contribution.

BDC Conversion .  Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, Garrison Capital LLC intends to convert into a Delaware corporation, Garrison Capital Inc., and all of the outstanding units in Garrison Capital LLC will be converted into       shares of common stock in Garrison Capital Inc. As part of the BDC Conversion, the existing members of Garrison Capital LLC will receive an aggregate of       shares of our common stock in exchange for the       limited liability company interests they own in Garrison Capital LLC, representing an estimated equivalent price of $       per share based on the fair value of the assets contributed by such members in connection with our formation, as determined by our board of directors.

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operating and Regulatory Structure

Our investment activities will be managed by Garrison Capital Advisers and supervised by our board of directors, a majority of whom are independent of Garrison Capital, Garrison Capital Advisers and their respective affiliates.

As a business development company, we will be required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For example, we note that any affiliated investment vehicle formed in the future and managed by our investment adviser may, notwithstanding different stated investment objectives, have overlapping investment objectives with our own and, accordingly, may invest in asset classes similar to those targeted by us. If our investment adviser undertakes to manage a new fund in the future, we will not invest in any portfolio company in which that fund has a pre-existing investment, although we may co-invest with such affiliate on a concurrent basis, subject to compliance with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and our allocation procedures. See “Regulation.”

Also, as a business development company, we are generally prohibited from acquiring assets other than qualifying assets unless, after giving effect to any acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets. Qualifying assets generally include securities of eligible portfolio companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year or less from the time of investment. Under the rules of the 1940 Act, “eligible portfolio companies” include (1) private U.S. operating companies, (2) public U.S. operating companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange (e.g., the New York Stock Exchange) or registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and (3) public U.S. operating companies having a market capitalization of less than $250 million. Public U.S. operating companies whose securities are quoted on the over-the-counter bulletin board and through Pink Sheets LLC are not listed on a national securities exchange and therefore are eligible portfolio companies. See “Regulation.”

We intend to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a RIC under the Code. In order to be treated as a RIC, we must satisfy certain source of income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. See “Tax Matters.”

Conflicts of Interest

We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to, or entering into certain “joint” transactions (which could include investments in the same portfolio company) with such affiliates, absent the prior approval of our independent directors. Our investment adviser and its affiliates, including persons that control, or are under common control with, us or our investment adviser, are also considered to be our affiliates under the 1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to, or entering into “joint” transactions with, such affiliates without prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, exemptive relief from the SEC.

We may, however, invest alongside our investment adviser’s, and its affiliates’ other clients in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. For example, we may invest alongside such accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the staff of the SEC permitting us and such other accounts to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that our investment adviser, acting on our behalf and on behalf of other clients, negotiates no term other than price. We may also invest alongside our investment adviser’s other clients as otherwise permissible under regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and the allocation policy of Garrison Investment Group and our investment adviser. Under this allocation policy, a fixed calculation, based on the type of investment, will be applied to determine the amount of each opportunity to be allocated to us. This allocation policy will be periodically reviewed by our investment adviser and approved by our independent directors. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts sponsored or managed by our investment adviser and its affiliates. If sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed demand, we expect that the opportunity will be

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

allocated in accordance with our investment adviser’s pre-transaction determination. Where there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to satisfy us and other accounts sponsored or managed by our investment adviser or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and such other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on the amount that each such party would have invested if sufficient securities or loan amounts were available. However, we can offer no assurance that investment opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.

In situations where co-investment with other accounts managed by our investment adviser or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, Garrison Investment Group and our investment adviser will need to decide which client will proceed with the investment. Our investment adviser’s allocation policy provides, in such circumstances, for investments to be allocated on a rotational basis to assure that all clients have fair and equitable access to such investment opportunities. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which a fund managed by our investment adviser or its affiliates has previously invested. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates. These restrictions may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns” and “Certain Relationships.”



 

Company Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 1350 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, telephone number (212) 372-9500. Our corporate website is located at www.garrisoncapitalbdc.com. Information on our website is not incorporated into or a part of this prospectus.

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE OFFERING

Common Stock Offered by Us    
          shares, excluding       shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters. We have granted to the underwriters an over-allotment option to purchase up to       additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.
Concurrent Private Placement    
    Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to sell       shares of common stock to our directors, officers, our investment adviser and the managers of our investment adviser at a price of $      per share in a private placement. We will receive the full proceeds of this private placement, and no underwriting discounts or commissions will be paid in respect of these shares. We refer to this private placement as the Concurrent Private Placement.
Common Stock to be Outstanding After this Offering    
          shares (including       shares sold in the Concurrent Private Placement), excluding     shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters.
Use of Proceeds    
    We calculate that the net proceeds we receive from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement will be approximately $      million (or approximately $      million if the underwriters fully exercise their over-allotment option after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of $      payable by us. We plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement in accordance with our investment objective and the strategies described in this prospectus and for general corporate purposes, including payment of operating expenses.
    We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement will be invested within six to 12 months of the closing of this offering, in accordance with our investment objective and strategies, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities and market conditions. Pending such investments, we intend to invest the remaining net proceeds of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. These securities may have lower yields than our other investments and, accordingly, may result in lower distributions, if any, during such period. See “Use of Proceeds.”
Proposed NASDAQ Global Select Market symbol    
    “GARS”

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Trading at a Discount    
    Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. The possibility that our shares may trade at a discount to our net asset value is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline.
Distributions    
    We intend to distribute quarterly distributions to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. Our quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors intends to declare a distribution of approximately $      per share, payable at or near the end of the       quarter of 2011. This distribution is contingent upon the completion of this offering during the       quarter of 2011. The amount of any such distribution will be proportionately reduced to reflect the number of days remaining in the quarter after the completion of this offering. Purchasers in this offering will be entitled to receive this distribution. No assurance can be given that we will be able to declare such a dividend or dividends in future periods.
Investment Advisory Agreement    
    Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we will pay Garrison Capital Advisers a base management fee and an incentive fee for its services.
    The base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% of our gross assets, including cash and cash equivalents and assets purchased with borrowed funds. Our investment adviser has agreed to waive its base management fee from the date of our election to become a business development company through December 31, 2011.
    The incentive fee will consist of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not. The first component, which is income-based and payable quarterly in arrears, will equal 20% of the amount, if any, that our “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” exceeds a 1.75% quarterly (7.00% annualized) Hurdle Rate (as defined under “Fees and Expenses”) subject to a “catch-up” feature. The portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as payment-in-kind, or PIK, interest or original issue discount) will be paid to our investment adviser, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual.

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    The second component, which is capital gains-based, will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date) and will equal 20% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from January 1, 2012 through the end of such year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such calendar year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. The second component of the incentive fee is not subject to any minimum return to stockholders.
    Our investment adviser has also agreed to waive its incentive fee, if any, from the date of our election to become a business development company, through December 31, 2011. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Management Fee.”
Taxation    
    We intend to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a RIC. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that we distribute to our stockholders as distributions. To obtain RIC status and the associated tax benefits, we must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of assets legally available for distribution. See “Distributions” and “Tax Matters.”
Leverage    
    As a business development company, we are permitted under the 1940 Act to borrow funds to finance a portion of our investments. We consolidate our financial results with those of GF 2010-1 for financial reporting purposes and measure our compliance with the leverage test applicable to business development companies under the 1940 Act on a consolidated basis. As of December 31, 2010, we had indebtedness with a par value of $219.5 million outstanding under the Debt Securitization. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — We are subject to risks associated with the Debt Securitization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Debt Securitization.”

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dividend Reinvestment Plan    
    We have adopted an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our stockholders. As a result, if we declare a dividend or other distribution, then stockholders’ cash distributions will be reinvested automatically in additional shares of our common stock, unless our stockholders specifically “opt out” of the dividend reinvestment plan, so as to receive cash dividends or other distributions. If a stockholder specifically “opts-out” of the dividend reinvestment plan, that stockholder will receive cash dividends or other distributions. Stockholders who receive distributions in the form of shares of common stock will be subject to the same federal, state and local tax consequences as stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
Administration Agreement    
    We have entered into an administration agreement, or the Administration Agreement, with Garrison Capital Administrator under which we will reimburse Garrison Capital Administrator for our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Garrison Capital Administrator in performing its obligations, including furnishing us with office facilities, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services, as well as providing us with other administrative services. To the extent that our administrator outsources any of its functions, we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without any profit to Garrison Capital Administrator. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Administration Agreement.”
License Arrangements    
    We have entered into a license agreement with Garrison Investment Group LP, which we refer to as the “License Agreement,” pursuant to which Garrison Investment Group LP has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive license to use the name “Garrison.” See “The Adviser and the Administrator — License Agreement.”
Pre-Conversion Payment    
    Prior to the pricing of this offering and the BDC Conversion, our investment adviser will be allocated, in the form of shares of Garrison Capital, an amount equal to 10% of the positive difference between our total net asset value immediately prior to the pricing of this offering plus any dividends or other distributions made since inception and $160.6 million. Because this payment will be made prior to pricing of this offering, it will not dilute the interests in us of investors in this offering or the Concurrent Private Placement. This payment is contingent upon the successful completion of this offering. We refer to this payment as the Pre-Conversion Payment.

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Anti-Takeover Provisions    
    Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as well as certain statutory and regulatory requirements, contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us. These anti-takeover provisions may inhibit a change of control in circumstances that could give the holder of our common stock the opportunity to realize a premium over the market price for our common stock. See “Description of Shares.” In addition, our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms. This structure is intended to increase the likelihood of continuity of management, which may be necessary for us to realize the full value of our investments. A staggered board of directors also may serve to deter hostile takeovers or proxy contests, as may certain other measures adopted by us. See “Description of Shares.”
Risk Factors    
    An investment in our common stock is subject to risks. The value of our assets, as well as the market price of our shares, will fluctuate. You may lose all or part of your investment.
    See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 17 for more information on these and other risks you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
Custodian and Transfer Agent    
          will serve as our custodian, and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will serve as our transfer and dividend paying agent and registrar. See “Custodian, Transfer Agent, Dividend Paying Agent and Registrar.”
Available Information    
    We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, which contains additional information about us and the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. After completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. This information will be available at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
    We maintain a website at http://www.garrisoncapitalbdc.com and intend to make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information available, free of charge, on or through our website. You may also obtain such information by contacting us, in writing at: 1350 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Investor Relations, or by telephone at (212) 372-9500.

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FEES AND EXPENSES

The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in this offering will bear directly or indirectly. We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table below are estimates and may vary. The following table should not be considered a representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be greater or less than shown. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “us” or “Garrison Capital,” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses as investors in Garrison Capital.

 
Stockholder transaction expenses:
        
Sales load (as a percentage of offering price)     % (1)  
Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price)     % (2)  
Dividend reinvestment plan expenses        (3)  
Total stockholder transaction expenses (as a percentage of offering price)     %  
Estimated annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock):         
Base management fees     % (4)  
Incentive fees payable under Investment Advisory Agreement (20% of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income and 20% of realized capital gains)     % (5)  
Interest payments on borrowed funds     % (6)  
Other expenses     % (7)  
Total annual expenses (estimated)     %  

(1) The underwriting discount and commission with respect to shares sold in this offering, which is a one-time fee paid to the underwriters, is the only sales load paid in connection with this offering.
(2) Amount reflects estimated offering expenses of approximately $    .
(3) The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan, which consist primarily of the expenses of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, are included in “other expenses.” See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
(4) Our base management fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement is based on our gross assets, including cash and cash equivalents and assets purchased with borrowed funds and is payable quarterly in arrears. Our investment adviser has agreed to waive its base management fee from the date of our election to become a business development company through December 31, 2011. See “The Adviser and the Administrator—Investment Advisory Agreement — Management Fee” and footnote 5 below. The management fee referenced in the table above is based on $219.5 million of par value of expected outstanding indebtedness immediately after the closing of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement. The SEC requires that the “Management fees” percentage be calculated as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stockholders, rather than total assets, including assets that have been funded with borrowed monies because common stockholders bear all of this cost. If the base management fee portion of the “Management fees” percentage were calculated instead as a percentage of our total assets, our base management fee portion of the “Management fees” percentage would be approximately     % of total assets. The estimate of our base management fees assumes net assets of $     million and leverage with a par value of $219.5 million, which reflects our net assets and leverage pro forma as of December 31, 2010 after giving effect to this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement.
(5) The incentive fee consists of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not.

The first component, which is income-based and payable quarterly in arrears, will equal 20% of the amount, if any, that our “Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income” exceeds a 1.75% quarterly (7.00% annualized) hurdle rate (the “Hurdle Rate”), subject to a “catch-up” provision measured at the end of each calendar quarter. The operation of the first component of the incentive fee for each quarter is as follows:

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

no incentive fee is payable to our investment adviser in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the Hurdle Rate of 1.75% (7.00% annualized);
100% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) is payable to our investment adviser. We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 2.1875%) as the “catch-up.” The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, if such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter, our investment adviser will receive 20% of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if the Hurdle Rate did not apply; and
20% of the amount of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) is payable to our investment adviser (once the Hurdle Rate is reached and the catch-up is achieved).

The portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or original issue discount) will be paid to our investment adviser, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such amounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction and possibly elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter.

There is no accumulation of amounts on the Hurdle Rate from quarter to quarter and, accordingly, there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly Hurdle Rate and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly Hurdle Rate. Since the Hurdle Rate is fixed, as interest rates rise, it will be easier for our investment adviser to surpass the Hurdle Rate and receive an incentive fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income.

The second component, which is capital gains-based, will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), commencing on December 31, 2012, and will equal 20% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from January 1, 2012 through the end of such year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. The capital gains component of the incentive fee is not subject to any minimum return to stockholders.

Our investment adviser has also agreed to waive its incentive fee, if any, from the date of our election to become a business development company through December 31, 2011. For a more detailed discussion of the calculation of this fee, see “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Management Fee.”

(6) Our stockholders bear directly or indirectly the costs of borrowings under the Debt Securitization and other debt instruments. The borrowing costs included in the table above reflect outstanding indebtedness with a par value of $219.5 million under the Debt Securitization as of December 31, 2010 with a weighted average interest rate of 2.98%. The weighted average effective interest rate, including the effects of amortization of original issue discount and deferred debt issuance costs, was 3.65%.
(7) Includes estimated organizational expenses of $     (which are non-recurring) and our overhead expenses, including payments under the Administration Agreement, based on our projected allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Garrison Capital Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Administration Agreement.” “Other expenses” are based on estimated amounts for the current fiscal year.

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Example

The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have assumed indebtedness with a par value of $219.5 million, which was our actual indebtedness as of December 31, 2010, and that our annual operating expenses remain at the levels set forth in the table above.

       
  1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return   $          $          $          $       

While the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. The incentive fee under the Investment Advisory Agreement, which, assuming a 5% annual return, would either not be payable or would have an insignificant impact on the expense amounts shown above, is not included in the example. This illustration assumes that we will not realize any capital gains (computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation) in any of the indicated time periods. If we achieve sufficient returns on our investments, including through the realization of capital gains, to trigger an incentive fee of a material amount, our expenses and returns to our investors would be higher. In addition, the example assumes inclusion of the sales load of $     in the first year and reinvestment of all dividends and other distributions at net asset value. Participants in our dividend reinvestment plan will receive a number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to a participant by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of trading on the valuation date for the distribution. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.

This example should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses (including the cost of debt, if any, and other expenses) may be greater or less than those shown.

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Before you invest in our shares, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus, before you decide whether to make an investment in our common stock. The risks set out below are not the only risks we face. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, our net asset value and the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to our Business and Structure

We are a new company with a limited operating history.

We were organized in November 2010. We are subject to all of the business risks and uncertainties associated with any new business, including the risk that we will not achieve our investment objective and that the value of your investment could decline substantially. We anticipate that it will take us six to 12 months following the date of this prospectus to invest substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement in accordance with our investment objective and strategies, in part because privately negotiated investments in illiquid securities or private middle-market companies require substantial due diligence and structuring. During this period, we intend to invest the remaining net proceeds of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement in short-term investments, such as cash and cash equivalents. We expect we will earn yields substantially lower than the interest income that we anticipate receiving from investments in the future. As a result, any distributions we make during this period may be substantially lower than the distributions that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested.

The lack of experience of our investment adviser in operating under the constraints imposed on us as a business development company and RIC may hinder the achievement of our investment objectives.

The 1940 Act and the Code impose numerous constraints on the operations of business development companies and RICs that do not apply to other investment vehicles managed by Garrison Investment Group and its affiliates. Business development companies are required, for example, to invest at least 70% of their total assets primarily in securities of U.S. private or thinly-traded public companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt instruments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. Subject to certain exceptions for follow-on investments and distressed companies, an investment in an issuer that has outstanding securities listed on a national securities exchange may be treated as qualifying assets only if such issuer has a common equity market capitalization that is less than $250 million at the time of such investment. Moreover, qualification for taxation as a RIC requires satisfaction of source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. Neither we nor our investment adviser has any experience operating under these constraints, which may hinder our ability to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities and to achieve our investment objective.

We may be precluded from investing in what we believe are attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could be found to be in violation of the 1940 Act provisions applicable to business development companies and possibly lose our status as a business development company, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Similarly, these rules could prevent us from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inopportune times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it may be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms, or at all. For example, we may have difficulty in finding a buyer and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss or otherwise for less than we could have received if we were able to sell them at a later time.

We depend upon key personnel of Garrison Investment Group and its affiliates.

We are an externally managed business development company and therefore we do not have any internal management capacity or employees. We will depend on the diligence, skill and network of business contacts of our investment adviser to achieve our investment objective. We expect that our investment adviser will evaluate, negotiate, structure, close and monitor our investments in accordance with the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement.

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our investment adviser is an affiliate of Garrison Investment Group and will, in turn, depend upon access to the investment professionals and other resources of Garrison Investment Group and its affiliates to fulfill its obligations to us under the Investment Advisory Agreement. Garrison Capital Advisers will also depend upon Garrison Investment Group to obtain access to deal flow generated by the professionals of Garrison Investment Group. Under the Staffing Agreement, Garrison Investment Group has agreed to provide our investment adviser with the resources necessary to fulfill these obligations. The Staffing Agreement provides that Garrison Investment Group will make available to Garrison Capital Advisers experienced investment professionals and access to the senior investment personnel of Garrison Investment Group for purposes of evaluating, negotiating, structuring, closing and monitoring our investments. We are not a party to this Staffing Agreement and cannot assure you that Garrison Investment Group will fulfill its obligations under the agreement. If Garrison Investment Group fails to perform, we cannot assure you that Garrison Capital Advisers will enforce the Staffing Agreement, that such agreement will not be terminated by either party or that we will continue to have access to the investment professionals of Garrison Investment Group and its affiliates or their market knowledge and deal flow. In addition, we cannot assure you that Garrison Investment Group will perform its duties as collateral manager to GF 2010-1.

We depend upon the senior professionals of Garrison Investment Group to maintain relationships with potential sources of lending opportunities, and we intend to rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. We cannot assure you that these individuals will continue to indirectly provide investment advice to us. If these individuals, including the members of our investment committee, do not maintain their existing relationships with Garrison Investment Group, maintain existing relationships or develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the senior professionals of Garrison Investment Group have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities. Therefore, we can offer no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.

If our investment adviser is unable to manage our investments effectively, we may be unable to achieve our investment objective.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective will depend on our ability to manage our business and to grow our business. This will depend, in turn, on our investment adviser’s ability to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. This, in turn, will depend on the ability of Garrison Investment Group to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. The achievement of our investment objectives on a cost-effective basis will depend upon our investment adviser’s execution of our investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and our access to financing on acceptable terms. Our investment adviser will have substantial responsibilities under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The personnel of Garrison Investment Group who are made available to our investment adviser under the Staffing Agreement are engaged in other business activities and may be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, either of which could distract them, divert their time and attention such that they could no longer dedicate a significant portion of their time to our businesses or otherwise slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business and our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The highly competitive market for investment opportunities in which we operate may limit our investment opportunities.

A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we plan to make in middle-market companies. We compete with public and private funds, including other business development companies, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. Additionally, as competition for investment opportunities increases, alternative investment vehicles, such as hedge funds, may frequently invest in middle-market companies. As a result of these new entrants, competition for investment opportunities in middle-market companies has intensified, and we expect the trend to continue. Many of our potential competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors have higher risk tolerances or different risk

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act will impose on us as a business development company. We cannot assure you that the competitive pressures we face will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, as a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we can offer no assurance that we will be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

Entrants in our industry compete on several factors, including price, flexibility in transaction structuring, customer service, reputation, market knowledge and speed in decision-making. We will not seek to compete primarily based on the interest rates we offer, and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that are lower than the rates we offer. We may lose investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. However, if we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may reduce our net investment income and increase our risk of credit loss.

Current market conditions have materially and adversely affected debt and equity capital markets in the United States and around the world.

Beginning in 2007 and continuing through 2010, the global capital markets experienced a period of disruption resulting in increasing spreads between the yields realized on riskier debt securities and those realized on risk-free securities and a lack of liquidity in parts of the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector relating to subprime mortgages and the re-pricing of credit risk in the syndicated loan market. These events, along with the deterioration of the housing market, illiquid market conditions, declining business and consumer confidence and the failure of major financial institutions in the United States, led to a general decline in economic conditions. This economic decline has materially and adversely affected the broader financial and credit markets and has reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and to financial firms in particular. To the extent that we wish to incur indebtedness to fund new investments or to refinance existing indebtedness, the debt capital that will be available to us, if at all, may be at a higher cost, and on terms and conditions that may be less favorable, than we expect, which could negatively affect our financial performance and results. A prolonged period of market illiquidity may cause us to reduce the volume of loans we originate and/or fund below historical levels and adversely affect the value of our portfolio investments, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The continuation or further deterioration of current market conditions could materially and adversely affect our business.

We intend to elect to be treated as a RIC. If we are unable to qualify as a RIC, we will be subject to corporate-level income tax.

We intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under the Code. To qualify as a RIC under the Code and obtain RIC tax benefits, we must meet certain income source, asset diversification and annual distribution requirements. The annual distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short term capital gains in excess of realized net short term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. To the extent we use preferred stock or debt financing in the future, we may be subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under preferred stock or loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to qualify for RIC tax benefits. If we fail to make sufficient distributions, as a result of contractual restrictions or otherwise, we may fail to qualify for such benefits and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level income tax. To qualify as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each calendar quarter. Failure to meet these tests may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of RIC status. Because we anticipate that most of our investments will be in the debt of relatively illiquid middle-market private companies, any such dispositions could be made at disadvantageous prices and may result in substantial losses. If we fail to qualify for RIC tax benefits for any reason and remain or become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distribution and the amount of our distributions. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders.

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Non-U.S. stockholders may be adversely affected by a scheduled change in U.S. federal income tax law.

Under a provision applicable for our taxable years beginning before January 1, 2012, properly designated dividends received by a Non-U.S. stockholder are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax when they (a) are paid in respect of our “qualified net interest income” (generally, our U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which we are at least a 10% stockholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income), or (b) were paid in connection with our “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of our net short-term capital gain over our long-term capital loss for such taxable year). If such provision is not renewed, non-U.S. stockholders will be subject to 30% U.S. federal withholding tax on distributions other than actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains unless reduced under an applicable tax treaty.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as original issue discount, which may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan or possibly in other circumstances, or PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such original issue discount, which could be significant relative to our overall investment assets, and increases in loan balances as a result of PIK interest will be included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash.

As a result, we may have difficulty meeting the tax requirement to distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, to obtain RIC tax benefits. Accordingly, we may have to sell some of our investments or the Subordinated Notes at times we would not consider advantageous, raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to qualify for RIC tax benefits and thus be subject to corporate level income tax. See “Tax Matters — Taxation as a RIC.”

Regulations governing our operation as a business development company will affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional debt or equity capital.

In the future, we expect that we will require a substantial amount of capital in addition to the proceeds of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement. We may issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we will be permitted as a business development company to issue senior securities only in amounts such that our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we may be required to sell a portion of our investments at a time when such sales may be disadvantageous and, depending on the nature of our leverage, repay a portion of our indebtedness.

By issuing senior securities, we are exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss. If we issue preferred stock, such securities would rank “senior” to common stock in our capital structure, resulting in preferred stockholders having separate voting rights, dividend and liquidation rights, and possibly other rights, preferences or privileges more favorable than those granted to holders of our common stock. Furthermore, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change of control that might involve a premium price for our common stockholders or otherwise be in your best interest.

Our board of directors may decide to issue common stock to finance our operations rather than issuing debt or other senior securities. As a business development company, we are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below current net asset value per share. We may, however, issue or sell our common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock, or sell warrants, options or rights to acquire such common stock, at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in the best interests of us and our stockholders, and if our stockholders approve such sale within the preceding 12 months. In any such case, the price at which our

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount). We also may conduct rights offerings at prices per share less than the net asset value per share, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. If we raise additional funds by issuing additional common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time would decrease, and our stockholders may experience dilution.

In addition to issuing securities to raise capital as described above, we may in the future seek to securitize our loans to generate cash for funding new investments. To securitize loans, we may create a wholly-owned subsidiary and contribute a pool of loans to the subsidiary. This could include the sale of interests in the subsidiary on a non-recourse basis to purchasers who we would expect to be willing to accept a lower interest rate to invest in investment grade loan pools, and we would retain a portion of the equity in any such securitized pool of loans. An inability to securitize part of our loan portfolio could limit our ability to grow our business, fully execute our business strategy and increase our earnings. Moreover, the successful securitization of part of our loan portfolio might expose us to losses as the residual loans in which we do not sell interests will tend to be those that are riskier and more apt to generate losses.

We intend to finance our investments with borrowed money, which will magnify the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested and may increase the risk of investing in us.

The use of leverage magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested. We have incurred leverage through the Debt Securitization and, from time to time, intend to incur additional leverage to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act. The use of leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique and increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. In the future, we may borrow from, and issue senior securities, to banks, insurance companies and other lenders. Holders of these senior securities will have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, and we would expect such holders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instruments into which we may enter. In addition, under the terms of any credit facility or other debt instrument we enter into, we are likely to be required by its terms to use the net proceeds of any investments that we sell to repay a portion of the amount borrowed under such facility or instrument before applying such net proceeds to any other uses.

If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged, thereby magnifying losses or eliminating our equity stake in a leveraged investment. Similarly, any decrease in our revenue or income will cause our net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline would also negatively affect our ability to make dividend payments on our common stock or preferred stock. Our ability to service our debt will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. In addition, our common stockholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the management fee payable to our investment adviser.

As a business development company, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, of at least 200%. If this ratio declines below 200%, we cannot incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is disadvantageous to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to make distributions. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on our investment adviser’s and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us.

In addition, the terms governing the Debt Securitization and any indebtedness that we incur in the future could impose financial and operating covenants that restrict our business activities, including limitations that may hinder our ability to finance additional loans and investments or make the distributions required to maintain our status as a RIC under the Code.

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table illustrates the effect of leverage on returns from an investment in our common stock assuming various annual returns, net of expenses. The calculations in the table below are hypothetical and actual returns may be higher or lower than those appearing in the table below.

         
  Assumed Return on Our Portfolio (Net of Expenses)
     -10%   -5%   0%   5%   10%
Corresponding return to common stockholder (1)     %       %       %       %       %  

(1) Assumes $392.3 million in total assets, $219.5 million of par value in debt outstanding and $160.2 million in net assets as of December 31, 2010 and an average cost of funds of 2.98%, which was our weighted average borrowing cost for the period ended December 31, 2010.

Based on our outstanding indebtedness with a par value of $219.5 million as of December 31, 2010 and the effective annual interest rate under the Debt Securitization of 2.98% as of that date, our investment portfolio must experience an annual return of at least    % to cover annual interest payments on the Debt Securitization.

Any failure on our part to maintain our status as a business development company would reduce our operating flexibility.

If we do not remain a business development company, we might be regulated as a closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act, which would subject us to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act and correspondingly decrease our operating flexibility.

We are subject to risks associated with the Debt Securitization.

As a result of the Debt Securitization, we are subject to a variety of risks, including those set forth below.

The Subordinated Notes are subordinated unsecured obligations of GF 2010-1.

Our wholly owned subsidiary owns all of the Subordinated Notes, which are valued at approximately $80.3 million. As a result, we consolidate the financial statements of GF 2010-1, as well as our other subsidiaries, in our consolidated financial statements.

The Subordinated Notes are the most junior class of securities issued by GF 2010-1, are subordinated in priority of payment to every other class of notes issued by GF 2010-1, are subject to certain payment restrictions set forth in the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1, generally have only limited voting rights and generally do not benefit from any creditors’ rights or ability to exercise remedies under the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1. They are not guaranteed by another party. They do not bear a stated rate of interest. Therefore, we receive cash distributions on the Subordinated Notes only if GF 2010-1 has made all required cash interest payments on all other notes it has issued. We view our interests in the Subordinated Notes as an equity investment in the Debt Securitization and cannot assure you that distributions on the assets held by GF 2010-1 will be sufficient to make any distributions on the Subordinated Notes or that the yield on the Subordinated Notes will meet our expectations. The Subordinated Notes are also unsecured and rank behind all of the secured creditors, known or unknown, of GF 2010-1, including the holders of the Secured Notes it has issued. Consequently, to the extent that the value of GF 2010-1’s portfolio of loan investments has been reduced as a result of conditions in the credit markets, defaulted loans, capital gains and losses on the underlying assets, prepayment or changes in interest rates, the value of the Subordinated Notes realized at their redemption could be reduced. Accordingly, the Subordinated Notes may not be paid in full and may be subject to up to 100% loss.

The Subordinated Notes are a highly leveraged investment.

As of December 31, 2010, GF 2010-1 owed $219.5 million under the Secured Notes, and the fair value of the assets held by GF 2010-1 was $283.8 million. The market value of the Subordinated Notes may be significantly affected by, among other things, changes in the market value of the investments held by GF 2010-1, changes in distributions on the investments held by GF 2010-1, defaults and recoveries on those investments, capital gains and losses on those investments, prepayments on those investments and other risks

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

associated with those investments. Accordingly, the Subordinated Notes may not be paid in full and may be subject to up to 100% loss. Furthermore, the leveraged nature of the Subordinated Notes may magnify the adverse impact on the Subordinated Notes of changes in the market value of the investments held by GF 2010-1, changes in the distributions on those investments, defaults and recoveries on those investments, capital gains and losses on those investments, prepayments on those investments and availability, prices and interest rates of those investments. As the holder of the Subordinated Notes, we must be prepared to hold such notes for an indefinite period of time or until their stated maturity.

The interests of holders of certain of the Secured Notes may not be aligned with our interests, and we may have no control over remedies.

The Secured Notes are the debt obligations ranking senior in right of payment to other securities issued by GF 2010-1 in the Debt Securitization and were issued in different classes. As such, there are circumstances in which the interests of holders of a class of notes may not be aligned with the interests of holders of the other classes of notes issued by GF 2010-1. For example, under the terms of the Class A Notes, holders of the Class A Notes have the right to receive payments of principal and interest prior to holders of all other classes of notes.

As the holder of the Subordinated Notes, we will generally not be entitled to exercise remedies under the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1. For as long as the Class A Notes remain outstanding, holders of the Class A Notes comprise the most senior class of notes of GF 2010-1 then outstanding, or the Controlling Class, under the Debt Securitization. At such time they have the right to act in certain circumstances with respect to the portfolio loans in ways that may benefit their interests but not the interests of holders of more junior classes of notes, including by exercising remedies, waiving events of default or rescinding declaration of acceleration of the notes under the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1. Upon repayment of the Class A Notes, the Class B Notes will become the Controlling Class. At such time, they will have the right to act in certain circumstances with respect to the portfolio loans in ways that may benefit their interests but not the interests of holders of more junior classes of notes, including by exercising remedies, waiving events of default or rescinding declaration of acceleration of the notes under the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1. Upon repayment of the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes, the Class C Notes will become the Controlling Class. At such time, they will have the right to act in certain circumstances with respect to the portfolio loans in ways that may benefit their interests but not the interests of holders of more junior classes of notes, including by exercising remedies, waiving events of default or rescinding declaration of acceleration of the notes under the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1. The Controlling Class has no obligation to consider any possible adverse effect on any other class of notes. For example, upon the occurrence of an event of default with respect to the notes issued by GF 2010-1, the trustee, which is currently Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, or holders of a supermajority of the Controlling Class may declare the principal, together with any accrued interest, of all the notes of such class and any junior classes to be immediately due and payable. This would have the effect of accelerating the principal on such notes, triggering a repayment obligation on the part of GF 2010-1. If at such time the portfolio loans were not performing well, GF 2010-1 may not have sufficient proceeds available to enable the trustee under the indenture to repay the obligations of holders of the Subordinated Notes.

We cannot assure you that any remedies pursued by the Controlling Class will be in our best interests or that we will indirectly receive any payments or distributions upon an acceleration of the notes. Any failure of GF 2010-1 to make distributions on the notes we indirectly hold, whether as a result of an event of default or otherwise, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and may result our inability to make distributions sufficient to allow our qualification as a RIC.

GF 2010-1 may fail to meet certain asset coverage tests, which would have an adverse effect on the time of payments to us.

Under the documents governing the Debt Securitization, there are two coverage tests applicable to the Secured Notes. The first such test compares the amount of interest received on the portfolio loans held by GF 2010-1 to the amount of interest payable in respect of the Secured Notes. To meet this first test, the aggregate amount of interest received on the portfolio loans must equal at least 120% of the interest payable in respect of the Class A Notes, 110% of the interest payable on the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes,

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

taken together, and 105% of the interest payable on the Secured Notes, taken together. The second such test compares the aggregate principal amount of the portfolio loans to the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Secured Notes. To meet this test at any time, the aggregate principal amount of the portfolio loans must equal at least 147.5% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Notes, 141.1% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes, taken together, and 130.0% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Secured Notes, taken together. If the coverage tests are not satisfied on any date on which compliance is measured, GF 2010-1 is required to apply available amounts to the repayment of principal of the Class A Notes, then the Class B Notes and then the Class C Notes to the extent necessary to satisfy the applicable coverage tests.

Restructurings of investments held by GF 2010-1 may decrease their value and reduce amounts payable on the Subordinated Notes.

The collateral manager, on behalf of GF 2010-1, has broad authority to direct and supervise the investment and reinvestment of the investments held by GF 2010-1, which may include the execution of amendments, waivers, modifications and other changes to the investment documentation in accordance with the collateral management agreement. During periods of economic uncertainty and recession, the incidence of amendments, waivers, modifications and restructurings of investments may increase. Such amendments, waivers, modifications and other restructurings will change the terms of the investments, in some cases resulting in GF 2010-1 holding assets not meeting its criteria for investments, and may adversely impact the coverage tests under the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1. Any such amendment, waiver, modification or other restructuring that reduces GF 2010-1’s compliance with certain financial tests will make it more likely that GF 2010-1 will need to utilize cash to pay down the unpaid principal amount of the Secured Notes to cure any breach in any such test instead of making payments on the Subordinated Notes. Any such diversion would reduce the average life of the Secured Notes and would reduce distributions available and delay the timing of payments to us.

We cannot assure you that any particular restructuring strategy pursued by the collateral manager will maximize the value of or any recovery on any investment. Any restructuring can fundamentally alter the nature of the related investment and restructurings are not subject to the same underwriting standards that are employed in connection with the origination or acquisition of investments. Any restructuring could alter, reduce or delay the payment of interest or principal on any investment and, as such, could delay the timing and reduce the amount of payments made to us. Restructurings of investments might also result in extensions of the term thereof, which would likely extend the average life of such investments and, in the aggregate, could extend the weighted average life of the investments. Such extension could delay the timing of payments made to us.

We may not receive cash from GF 2010-1.

We receive cash from GF 2010-1 only to the extent that our direct subsidiary receives payments on the Subordinated Notes. GF 2010-1 may make payments on such securities only to the extent permitted by the payment priority provisions of the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1, which generally provides that principal payments on the Subordinated Notes may not be made on any payment date unless all amounts owing under the Secured Notes are paid in full. In addition, if GF 2010-1 does not meet the asset coverage tests or the interest coverage test set forth in the documents governing the Debt Securitization, cash would be diverted from the Subordinated Notes to first pay the Secured Notes in amounts sufficient to cause such tests to be satisfied. In the event that we fail to indirectly receive cash from GF 2010-1, we could be unable to make such distributions in amounts sufficient to maintain our status as a RIC, or at all, or be forced to sell investments in portfolio companies or the Subordinated Notes at less than their fair value in order to continue making such distributions.

GF 2010-1 depends on the managerial expertise available to the collateral manager and its key personnel.

GF 2010-1 activities are directed by the collateral manager. In our capacity as holder of the Subordinated Notes, we are generally not able to make decisions with respect to the management, disposition or other realization of any investment, or other decisions regarding the business and affairs of GF 2010-1. Consequently, the success of GF 2010-1 will depend, in large part, on the financial and managerial expertise of the collateral manager’s investment professionals. Subject to certain exceptions, any change in the

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investment professionals of the collateral manager will not present grounds for termination of the collateral management agreement. In addition, such investment professionals will not devote all of their professional time to the affairs of GF 2010-1.

GF 2010-1 may issue additional Subordinated Notes.

Under the terms of the Debt Securitization, GF 2010-1 could issue additional Subordinated Notes and use the net proceeds of such issuance to purchase additional portfolio loans. Any such additional issuance, however, would require the consent of the collateral manager and the approval of a majority of the Subordinated Notes. Among the other conditions that must be satisfied in connection with an additional issuance of Subordinated Notes, the aggregate face amount of all additional issuances of Subordinated Notes may not exceed 100% of the original face amount of Subordinated Notes on the closing date; GF 2010-1 must notify each rating agency of such issuance prior to the issuance date; and the terms of the notes to be issued must be identical to the terms of previously issued Subordinated Notes (except that all monies due on such additional Subordinated Notes will accrue from the issue date of such notes and that the prices of such Subordinated Notes do not have to be identical to those of the initial Subordinated Notes). We do not expect to issue additional Subordinated Notes.

The ability to sell investments held by GF 2010-1 is limited.

The indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1 places significant restrictions on the collateral manager’s ability to sell investments, and the collateral manager is required to comply with such restrictions. For example, such investments may not be acquired or disposed of for the primary purpose of recognizing gains or decreasing losses resulting from market value changes. Accordingly, during certain periods or in certain specified circumstances, the collateral manager may be unable to sell the investments or to take other actions which it might consider in our best interests as a result of such restrictions.

Our ability to transfer the Subordinated Notes is limited.

The Subordinated Notes are illiquid investments and subject to extensive transfer restrictions, and no party is under any obligation to make a market for the Subordinated Notes. There is no market for the Subordinated Notes, and we may not be able to sell or otherwise transfer the Subordinated Notes at their fair value, or at all, in the event that we determine to sell them. Since 2007, notes issued in securitization transactions have experienced historically high volatility and significant fluctuations in market value. Additionally, some potential buyers of such notes now view securitization products as an inappropriate investment, thereby reducing the number of potential buyers and/or potentially affecting liquidity in the secondary market.

The Subordinated Notes are not registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and GF 2010-1 has no plans, and is under no obligation, to register the Subordinated Notes under the Securities Act. As a result, the Subordinated Notes are subject to certain transfer restrictions and can only be transferred to certain transferees as described in the indenture relating to such notes. GF 2010-1 may, in the future, impose additional restrictions to comply with changes in applicable law. Such restrictions on the transfer of the Subordinated Notes may further limit their liquidity. In addition, no Subordinated Note (or interests in such notes) may be acquired or owned by any person that is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disregarded entity (unless the beneficial owner of such person is a corporation that is not a subchapter S corporation or otherwise taxable as a corporation), partnership, subchapter S corporation or grantor trust unless such person obtains a legal opinion to the effect that such acquisition or ownership will not cause GF 2010-1 to be treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.

Blocker subsidiaries utilized by GF 2010-1 in connection with investments will be subject to tax.

To reduce the risk that GF 2010-1 will be engaged in a trade or business in the United States, in certain circumstances set forth in the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1, certain assets may be owned by one or more blocker subsidiaries wholly-owned by GF 2010-1. Income on such securities or obligations will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, and possibly state and local tax, at regular corporate rates and distributions by such subsidiaries to GF 2010-1 or, in the case of non- U.S. blocker subsidiaries, amounts distributed to the blocker subsidiary, attributable to such income may also be subject to U.S. withholding tax.

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GF 2010-1 is subject to various conflicts of interest involving Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas is the trustee and collateral agent with respect to the notes issued by GF 2010-1. Various potential and actual conflicts of interest may arise as a result of the investment banking, commercial banking, asset management, financing and financial advisory services and products provided by affiliates of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (collectively, the “Deutsche Bank Companies”) to us and GF 2010-1. When acting as administrative agent, collateral agent or in other service capacities with respect to investments held by GF 2010-1, the Deutsche Bank Companies are entitled to fees and expenses senior in priority to payments to the notes issued by GF 2010-1. In addition, Deutsche Bank Companies may act as trustee for other classes of securities issued by one of our portfolio companies or make or administer loans to such portfolio companies and would owe fiduciary duties to the holders of such other classes of securities, which classes of securities may have differing interests from us, and may take actions that are adverse to us, including restructuring a loan, exercising remedies under a loan, foreclosing on collateral, requiring additional collateral, charging significant fees or placing the obligor in bankruptcy. As a counterparty under swaps and any other derivative agreements, the Deutsche Bank Companies might take actions adverse to the interests of GF 2010-1, including demanding collateralization of its exposure under such agreements (if provided for thereunder) or terminating such swaps or agreements in accordance with the terms thereof. As a result of all such transactions or arrangements between the Deutsche Bank Companies and issuers of investments held by GF 2010-1 or their respective affiliates, the Deutsche Bank Companies may have interests that are contrary to the interests of GF 2010-1’s and the holders of the Secured Notes and the Subordinated Notes.

Since we are using debt to finance our investments under the Debt Securitization, and we may use additional debt financing subsequent to this offering, changes in interest rates may affect our cost of capital and net investment income.

Since we are using debt to finance investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates will not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income. In periods of rising interest rates when we have debt outstanding, our cost of funds will increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We expect that our investments will be financed primarily with equity and long-term debt. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. These techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. These activities may limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the hedged portfolio. Adverse developments resulting from changes in interest rates or hedging transactions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

You should also be aware that a rise in the general level of interest rates can be expected to lead to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates would make it easier for us to meet or exceed the incentive fee Hurdle Rate and may result in a substantial increase in the amount of incentive fees payable to our investment adviser with respect to Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income.

Because we expect to distribute substantially all of our ordinary income and net realized capital gains to our stockholders, we will need additional capital to finance our growth and such capital may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.

We will need additional capital to fund growth in our investment portfolio once we have fully invested the proceeds of this offering. We may issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain this additional capital. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to grow. We will be required to distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders to maintain our RIC status. As a result, these earnings will not be available to fund new investments. If we fail to obtain additional capital to fund new investments, this could limit our ability to grow, which may have an adverse effect on the value of our securities.

In addition, as a business development company, we are generally required to maintain a ratio of at least 200% of total assets to total borrowings, which may restrict our ability to borrow in certain circumstances.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may not replicate the historical results achieved by other entities managed or sponsored by members of our investment committee or by Garrison Investment Group or its affiliates.

Our primary focus in making investments generally differs from that of existing investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles that are or have been managed by members of our investment committee or sponsored by Garrison Investment Group or its affiliates. In addition, investors in our common stock are not acquiring an interest in any such investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles that are or have been managed by members of our investment committee or sponsored by Garrison Investment Group or its affiliates. While we may consider co-investing in portfolio investments with other investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles managed by members of the investment committee or sponsored by Garrison Investment Group or its affiliates, our ability to make such investments will be subject to limitations under the 1940 Act, including potentially the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, SEC exemptive relief. We can offer no assurance, however, that we will obtain such approvals or exemptive relief or develop opportunities that comply with such limitations. We also cannot assure you that we will replicate the historical results achieved by members of the investment committee, and we caution you that our investment returns could be substantially lower than the returns achieved by them in prior periods. Additionally, all or a portion of the prior results may have been achieved in particular market conditions which may never be repeated. Moreover, current or future market volatility and regulatory uncertainty may have an adverse impact on our future performance.

There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns.

As a result of our arrangements with Garrison Investment Group and our investment committee, there may be times when Garrison Investment Group or such persons have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict of interest.

There may be conflicts related to obligations our investment committee, our investment adviser or its affiliates have to other clients.

The members of our investment committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, or of investment funds managed by our investment adviser or its affiliates, including roles related to the management of GF 2010-1. Similarly, our investment adviser or its affiliates may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. For example, the members of our investment committee have, and will continue to have, management responsibilities for other investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed or sponsored by our investment adviser and its affiliates. Our investment objective may overlap with the investment objectives of such affiliated investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles. As a result, those individuals may face conflicts in the allocation of investment opportunities among us and other investment funds or accounts advised by or affiliated with our investment adviser. Our investment adviser will seek to allocate investment opportunities among eligible accounts in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and consistent with its allocation policy. However, we can offer no assurance that such opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time. Where we are able to co-invest consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act, if sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed demand, the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with our investment adviser’s pre-transaction determination. If there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to satisfy our demand and that of other accounts sponsored or managed by our investment adviser or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and such other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on the amount that each such party would have invested if sufficient loan amounts were available. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to participate in all suitable investment opportunities. Where we are unable to co-invest consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act, our investment adviser’s allocation policy provides for investments to be allocated on a rotational basis to assure that all clients have fair and equitable access to such investment opportunities.

GF 2010-1 is subject to various conflicts of interest involving Garrison Investment Group.

In addition, we cannot assure you that the interests of Garrison Investment Group in its role as collateral manager to GF 2010-1 will not conflict with its interests as a counterparty under the Staffing Agreement (and

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

indirectly your interests as a stockholder), or that any such conflicts would be resolved in the manner that is most favorable to our stockholders. Any such conflict that is not resolved in our favor could decrease the fair value of the Subordinated Notes, cause us to fail to meet certain requirements under the 1940 Act or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our investment committee, our investment adviser or its affiliates may, from time to time, possess material non-public information, limiting our investment discretion.

Principals of our investment adviser and its affiliates and members of our investment committee may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we invest, the securities of which are purchased or sold on our behalf. If we obtain material nonpublic information with respect to such companies, or we become subject to trading restrictions under the internal trading policies of those companies or as a result of applicable law or regulations, we could be prohibited for a period of time from purchasing or selling the securities of such companies, and this prohibition may have an adverse effect on us.

Our incentive fee structure may create incentives for our investment adviser that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders and may induce our investment adviser to make speculative investments.

In the course of our investing activities, we will pay management and incentive fees to our investment adviser. The incentive fee payable by us to our investment adviser may create an incentive for our investment adviser to make investments on our behalf that are risky or more speculative than would be the case in the absence of such compensation arrangement. The management fee is based on our gross assets. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, resulting in a lower rate of return than one might achieve through direct investments. Because the management fee is based on our gross assets, our investment adviser will benefit when we incur debt or use leverage. The use of leverage will increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor the holders of our common stock, including investors in this offering.

Additionally, under the incentive fee structure, our investment adviser may benefit when capital gains are recognized and, because our investment adviser determines when a holding is sold, our investment adviser controls the timing of the recognition of such capital gains. Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how our investment adviser addresses these and other conflicts of interest associated with its management services and compensation. While they are not expected to review or approve each investment or realization, our independent directors will periodically review our investment adviser’s services and fees as well as its portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. In connection with these reviews, our independent directors will consider whether such fees and our expenses (including those related to leverage) remain appropriate. As a result of this arrangement, our investment adviser or its affiliates may from time to time have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict.

Unlike that portion of the incentive fee based on income, there is no Hurdle Rate applicable to the incentive fee based on net capital gains. As a result, our investment adviser may seek to invest more capital in investments that are likely to result in capital gains as compared to income producing securities. This practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns.

The valuation process for certain of our portfolio holdings creates a conflict of interest.

Many of our portfolio investments are expected to be made in the form of securities that are not publicly traded. As a result, our board of directors will determine the fair value of these securities in good faith as described elsewhere in this prospectus. In connection with that determination, investment professionals from our investment adviser will provide our board of directors with portfolio company valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. In addition, certain members of our board of directors, including Messrs. Tansey and Stuart, have an indirect pecuniary interest in our investment adviser. The participation of our investment adviser’s investment professionals in our valuation process, and the indirect pecuniary interest in our investment adviser by certain members of our board of directors, could result in a conflict of interest as the management fee paid to our investment adviser is based, in part, on our gross assets.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Conflicts related to other arrangements with our investment adviser or its affiliates.

We have entered into a license agreement with Garrison Investment Group under which Garrison Investment Group has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Garrison”. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — License Agreement.” In addition, we will pay to Garrison Capital Administrator our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by Garrison Capital Administrator in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, such as rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs. This will create conflicts of interest that our board of directors must monitor.

The Investment Advisory Agreement with Garrison Capital Advisers, the Administration Agreement with Garrison Capital Administrator and the collateral management agreement between GF 2010-1 and Garrison Investment Group were not negotiated on an arm’s length basis and may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party.

The Investment Advisory Agreement, the Administration Agreement and the collateral management agreement were negotiated between related parties. Consequently, their terms, including fees payable to our investment adviser, may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party. In addition, we may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights and remedies under these agreements because of our desire to maintain our ongoing relationship with our investment adviser, our administrator, the collateral manager and their respective affiliates. Any such decision, however, would breach our fiduciary obligations to our stockholders.

Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates will be restricted, which may limit the scope of investments available to us.

We are prohibited under the 1940 Act from participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, of the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, five percent or more of our outstanding voting securities will be our affiliate for purposes of the 1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to, or entering into certain “joint” transactions (which could include investments in the same portfolio company) with such affiliates, absent the prior approval of our independent directors. Our investment adviser and its affiliates, including persons that control, or are under common control with, us or our investment adviser, are also considered to be our affiliates under the 1940 Act, and we are generally prohibited from buying or selling any security from or to, or entering into “joint” transactions with such affiliates without prior approval of our independent directors and, in some cases, exemptive relief from the SEC.

We may, however, invest alongside our investment adviser’s, and its affiliates’ other clients in certain circumstances where doing so is consistent with applicable law and SEC staff interpretations. For example, we may invest alongside such accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the staff of the SEC permitting us and such other accounts to purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities so long as certain conditions are met, including that our investment adviser, acting on our behalf and on behalf of other clients, negotiates no term other than price. We may also invest alongside our investment adviser’s other clients as otherwise permissible under regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and the allocation policy of Garrison Investment Group and our investment adviser. Under this allocation policy, a fixed calculation, based on the type of investment, will be applied to determine the amount of each opportunity to be allocated to us. This allocation policy will be periodically reviewed by our investment adviser and approved by our independent directors. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts sponsored or managed by our investment adviser and its affiliates. If sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed demand, we expect that the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with our investment adviser’s pre-transaction determination. Where there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to satisfy us and other accounts sponsored or managed by our investment adviser or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and such other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on the amount that each such party would have invested if sufficient securities or loan amounts were available. However, we can offer no assurance that investment opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.

In situations where co-investment with other accounts managed by our investment adviser or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, Garrison Investment Group and our investment adviser will need to decide

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

which client will proceed with the investment. Our investment adviser’s allocation policy provides, in such circumstances, for investments to be allocated on a rotational basis to assure that all clients have fair and equitable access to such investment opportunities. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which a fund managed by our investment adviser or its affiliates has previously invested. Similar restrictions limit our ability to transact business with our officers or directors or their affiliates. These restrictions may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.

We will be exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates.

Interest rate fluctuations may have a substantial negative impact on our investments, the value of our common stock and our rate of return on invested capital. A reduction in the interest rates on new investments relative to interest rates on current investments could also have an adverse impact on our net investment income. An increase in interest rates could decrease the value of any investments we hold which earn fixed interest rates and also could increase our interest expense, thereby decreasing our net income. Also, an increase in interest rates available to investors could make investment in our common stock less attractive if we are not able to increase our dividend rate, which could reduce the market value of our common stock.

Many of our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. As a result, there will be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

Many of our portfolio investments will take the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable, and we value these securities at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, including to reflect significant events affecting the value of our securities. As discussed in more detail under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies,” most, if not all, of our investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) are classified as Level 3 under Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 820, Fair Value Measurement. This means that our portfolio valuations are based on unobservable inputs and our own assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question. Inputs into the determination of fair value of our portfolio investments requires significant management judgment or estimation. Even if observable market data are available, such information may be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes, which include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information. We have retained the services of one or more independent service providers to review the valuation of these securities. The types of factors that the board of directors may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly traded securities including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such securities.

We adjust quarterly the valuation of our portfolio to reflect our board of directors’ determination of the fair value of each investment in our portfolio. Any changes in fair value are recorded in our consolidated statement of operations as net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

We will generally make investments in private companies. Substantially all of these investments will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than publicly traded securities. The illiquidity of our investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments. In addition, we may face other

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

restrictions on our ability to liquidate an investment in a portfolio company to the extent that we have material non-public information regarding such portfolio company.

Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.

As a business development company, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors under our valuation policy and process. As part of the valuation process, we may take into account the following types of factors, if relevant, in determining the fair value of our investments:

a comparison of the portfolio company’s securities to publicly traded securities;
the enterprise value of a portfolio company;
the nature and realizable value of any collateral;
the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings;
the markets in which the portfolio company does business; and
changes in the interest rate environment and the credit markets generally that may affect the price at which similar investments may be made in the future and other relevant factors.

When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation. We record decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments as unrealized depreciation. Declines in prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets may result in significant net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. The effect of all of these factors on our portfolio may reduce our net asset value by increasing net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. Depending on market conditions, we could incur substantial realized losses and may suffer additional unrealized losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We have not yet identified the investments we will acquire using the proceeds of this offering.

While we currently hold a portfolio of investments directly and through GF 2010-1, we have not yet identified additional potential investments for our portfolio that we will acquire with the proceeds of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement. Privately negotiated investments in illiquid securities or loans to private middle-market companies require substantial due diligence and structuring, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve our anticipated investment pace. As a result, you will be unable to evaluate any future investments prior to purchasing our shares of common stock. Additionally, our investment adviser will select our investments subsequent to the closing of this offering, and our stockholders will have no input with respect to such investment decisions. These factors increase the uncertainty, and thus the risk, of investing in our common stock.

During this period, we will invest these amounts in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. We expect these temporary investments to earn yields substantially lower than the income that we expect to receive in respect of investments in first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine loans and equity securities. As a result, any distributions we make during this period may be substantially smaller than the distributions that we expect to pay when our portfolio is fully invested.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rate payable on the debt securities we acquire, the default rate on such securities, the level of our expenses, variations in, and the timing of the recognition of, realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Changes in laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business or cause us to alter our business strategy.

We and our portfolio companies will be subject to regulation at the local, state and federal level. We are also subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations and are subject to judicial and administrative decisions that affect our operations, including maximum interest rates, fees and other charges, disclosures to portfolio companies, the terms of secured transactions, collection and foreclosure proceedings and other trade practices. If these laws, regulations or decisions change, or if we expand our business into additional jurisdictions, we may have to incur significant expenses in order to comply or we might have to restrict our operations. New legislation may be enacted or new interpretations, rulings or regulations could be adopted, including those governing the types of investments we or our portfolio companies are permitted to make, any of which could harm us and our stockholders, potentially with retroactive effect. In particular, on July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, became law. The scope of the Dodd-Frank Act impacts many aspects of the financial services industry, and it requires the development and adoption of many implementing regulations over the next several years. The effects of the Dodd-Frank Act on the financial services industry will depend, in large part, upon the extent to which regulators exercise the authority granted to them and the approaches taken in implementing regulations. We have begun to assess the potential impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business and operations, but at this early stage, the likely impact cannot be ascertained with any degree of certainty. In addition, if we do not comply with applicable laws and regulations, we could lose any licenses that we then hold for the conduct of our business and may be subject to civil fines and criminal penalties.

Additionally, changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations related to permitted investments may cause us to alter our investment strategy in order to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities. Such changes could result in material differences to the strategies and plans set forth in this prospectus and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of our investment adviser to other types of investments in which our investment adviser may have little or no expertise or experience. Any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

Our board of directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.

Our board of directors has the authority to modify or waive certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval (except as required by the 1940 Act). However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a business development company. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and value of our stock. Nevertheless, the effects of any such changes may adversely affect our business and impact our ability to make distributions.

Risks Related to our Investments

Our investments may be risky, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

We intend to invest primarily in (1) first lien senior secured loans, (2) second lien senior secured loans, (3) “one-stop” senior secured or “unitranche” loans, (4) subordinated or mezzanine loans and (5), to a lesser extent, selected equity co-investments in middle-market companies.

Secured Loans.   When we extend first lien senior secured, second lien senior secured and unitranche loans, we will generally take a security interest in the available assets of these portfolio companies, including the equity interests of their subsidiaries. We expect this security interest to help mitigate the risk that we will not be repaid. However, there is a risk that the collateral securing our loans may decrease in value over time, may be difficult to sell in a timely manner, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based upon the success of the business and market conditions, including as a result of the inability of the portfolio company to raise additional capital. Also, in the case of first lien loans, our lien may be subordinated to claims of other creditors and, in the case of second lien loans, our lien will be subordinated to claims of other creditors. In addition, deterioration in a portfolio company’s financial condition and prospects, including its inability to raise additional capital, may be accompanied by deterioration in the value of the collateral for the

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

loan. Consequently, the fact that a loan is secured does not guarantee that we will receive principal and interest payments according to the loan’s terms, or at all, or that we will be able to collect on the loan should we be forced to enforce our remedies.

Mezzanine Loans.   Our mezzanine investments will generally be subordinated to senior loans and will generally be unsecured. This may result in an above average amount of risk and volatility or a loss of principal. These investments may involve additional risks that could adversely affect our investment returns. To the extent interest payments associated with such debt are deferred, such debt may be subject to greater fluctuations in valuations, and such debt could subject us and our stockholders to non-cash income as described above under “We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income.” Since we will not receive any substantial repayments of principal prior to the maturity of our mezzanine debt investments, such investments are riskier than amortizing loans.

Equity Investments.   We expect to make selected equity investments. In addition, when we invest in first lien, second lien, unitranche or mezzanine loans, we may acquire warrants to purchase equity securities. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of these equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not be able to realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

We are subject to risks associated with middle-market companies.

Investing in middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks, including:

these companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of us realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment;
they typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and changing market conditions, as well as general economic downturns;
they are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons; therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on our portfolio company and, in turn, on us;
generally little public information exists about these companies, and we are required to rely on our investment adviser to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns from investing in these companies;
they generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position. In addition, our executive officers, directors and our investment adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in the portfolio companies; and
they may have difficulty accessing the capital markets to meet future capital needs, which may limit their ability to grow or to repay their outstanding indebtedness upon maturity.

We are a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and therefore we are not limited with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in securities of a single issuer.

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers, our net asset value may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company. Beyond

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC under the Code and the requirements under the documents governing the Debt Securitization, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification, and our investments could be concentrated in relatively few portfolio companies.

Our portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies and industries, which will subject us to a risk of significant loss if any of these companies defaults on its obligations under any of its debt instruments or if there is a downturn in a particular industry.

Our portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of portfolio companies and industries. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC under the Code and the requirements of the documents governing the Debt Securitization, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification. As a result, the aggregate returns we realize may be significantly adversely affected if a small number of investments perform poorly or if we need to write down the value of any one investment. Additionally, while we are not targeting any specific industries, our investments may be concentrated in relatively few industries. As a result, a downturn in any particular industry in which we are invested could also significantly impact the aggregate returns we realize.

We may hold the debt securities of leveraged companies that may, due to the significant volatility of such companies, enter into bankruptcy proceedings.

Leveraged companies may experience bankruptcy or similar financial distress. The bankruptcy process has a number of significant inherent risks. Many events in a bankruptcy proceeding are the product of contested matters and adversary proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. A bankruptcy filing by an issuer may adversely and permanently affect the issuer. If the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the issuer may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of our investment. The duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is also difficult to predict, and a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by delays until a plan of reorganization or liquidation ultimately becomes effective. The administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and would be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors. Because the standards for classification of claims under bankruptcy law are vague, our influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations we own may be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in the same class or by different classification and treatment. In the early stages of the bankruptcy process, it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. In addition, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial, eroding the value of any recovery by holders of other securities of the bankrupt entity.

Depending on the facts and circumstances of our investments and the extent of our involvement in the management of a portfolio company, upon the bankruptcy of a portfolio company, a bankruptcy court may recharacterize our debt investments as equity interests and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. This could occur even though we may have structured our investment as senior debt.

Economic recessions or downturns could impair the ability of our portfolio companies to repay loan and increase our costs, which, in turn, could increase our non-performing assets, decrease the value of our portfolio, reduce our volume of new loans and otherwise harm our operating results.

The U.S. economy and that of most other countries have recently been in a recessionary period. Many of our portfolio companies may be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during these periods. Therefore, our non-performing assets are likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during these periods. Adverse economic conditions also may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from making new investments, increase credit losses and harm our operating results, which could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We may be subject to risks associated with syndicated loans.

As of the date of this prospectus, our investments consist primarily of syndicated loans. Under the documentation for such loans, a financial institution or other entity typically is designated as the administrative agent and/or collateral agent. This agent is granted a lien on any collateral on behalf of the other lenders and distributes payments on the indebtedness as they are received. The agent is the party responsible for administering and enforcing the loan and generally may take actions only in accordance with the instructions of a majority or two-thirds in commitments and/or principal amount of the associated indebtedness. In most cases, we do not expect to hold a sufficient amount of the indebtedness to be able to compel any actions by the agent. For example, in many cases, the investments held by GF 2010-1 represent less than the amount of associated indebtedness sufficient to compel such actions or represent subordinated debt which is precluded from acting and, consequently, GF 2010-1 would only be able to direct such actions if instructions from GF 2010-1 were made in conjunction with other holders of associated indebtedness that together with GF 2010-1 compose the requisite percentage of the related indebtedness then entitled to take action. Conversely, if holders of the required amount of the associated indebtedness other than GF 2010-1 desire to take certain actions, such actions may be taken even if GF 2010-1 did not support such actions. Furthermore, if an investment is subordinated to one or more senior loans made to the applicable obligor, the ability of GF 2010-1 to exercise such rights may be subordinated to the exercise of such rights by the senior lenders. Accordingly, we may be precluded from directing such actions unless we act together with other holders of the indebtedness. If we are unable to direct such actions, we cannot assure you that the actions taken will be in our best interests.

If an investment is a syndicated revolving loan or delayed drawdown loan, other lenders may fail to satisfy their full contractual funding commitments for such loan, which could create a breach of contract, result in a lawsuit by the obligor against the lenders and adversely affect the fair market value of our investment.

There is a risk that a loan agent may become bankrupt or insolvent. Such an event would delay, and possibly impair, any enforcement actions undertaken by holders of the associated indebtedness, including attempts to realize upon the collateral securing the associated indebtedness and/or direct the agent to take actions against the related obligor or the collateral securing the associated indebtedness and actions to realize on proceeds of payments made by obligors that are in the possession or control of any other financial institution. In addition, we may be unable to remove the agent in circumstances in which removal would be in our best interests. Moreover, agented loans typically allow for the agent to resign with certain advance notice.

We may not realize gains from our equity investments.

When we invest in mezzanine loans or senior secured loans, we may also invest in the equity securities of the borrower or acquire warrants or other equity securities as well. In addition, we may invest directly in the equity securities of portfolio companies. Our goal is ultimately to dispose of such equity interests and realize gains upon our disposition of such interests. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, in fact, may decline in value. Accordingly, we may not realize gains from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of such equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio, and our ability to make follow-on investments in certain portfolio companies may be restricted.

Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments, in order to:

increase or maintain in whole or in part our equity ownership percentage;
exercise warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; or
attempt to preserve or enhance the value of our investment.

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We will have the discretion to make any follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources, the limitations of the 1940 Act and the requirements associated with our status as a RIC. We may elect not to make follow-on investments or otherwise lack sufficient funds to make those investments. The failure to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we do not want to increase our exposure to the portfolio company, because we prefer other opportunities or because we are inhibited by compliance with business development company requirements or the desire to maintain our tax status.

Because we will generally not hold controlling equity interests in our portfolio companies, we will not be in a position to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.

Although we may do so in the future, we do not currently anticipate taking controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies. In addition, we may not be in a position to control any portfolio company by investing in its debt securities. As a result, we will be subject to the risk that a portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and the stockholders and management of a portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity for the debt and equity investments that we will typically hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company, and we may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.

Defaults by our portfolio companies will harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets. This could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize such portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

We generally intend to invest a portion of our capital in first lien, second lien and unitranche loans and, to a lesser extent, mezzanine loans and equity securities of U.S. middle-market companies. The portfolio companies usually have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the debt securities in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the debt securities in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying senior creditors, the portfolio company may not have sufficient assets to use for repaying its obligation to us in full, or at all. In the case of debt ranking equally with debt securities in which we invest, we would have to share any distributions on an equal and ratable basis with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

Additionally, certain loans that we make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second-priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first-priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by first-priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us.

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second-priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first-priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second-priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of such senior debt. Under a typical intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first-priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first-priority liens:

the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral;
the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings;
the approval of amendments to collateral documents;
releases of liens on the collateral; and
waivers of past defaults under collateral documents.

We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

We may also make unsecured loans to portfolio companies, meaning that such loans will not benefit from any interest in the assets of such companies. Liens on such portfolio companies’ assets, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured obligations after payment in full of all secured loan obligations. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured loan obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

Our investment adviser’s liability will be limited under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and we have agreed to indemnify our investment adviser against certain liabilities, which may lead our investment adviser to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, our investment adviser will not assume any responsibility to us other than to render the services called for under that agreement, and it will not be responsible for any action of our board of directors in following or declining to follow our investment adviser’s advice or recommendations. Our investment adviser maintains a contractual, as opposed to a fiduciary, relationship with us. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, our investment adviser, its officers, members, personnel, any person controlling or controlled by our investment adviser will not be liable to us, any subsidiary of ours, our directors, our stockholders or any subsidiary’s stockholders or partners for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, except those resulting from acts constituting gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of our investment adviser’s duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. In addition, we have agreed to indemnify our investment adviser and each of its officers, directors, members, managers and employees from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the Investment Advisory Agreement, except where attributable to gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of such person’s duties under the Investment

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Advisory Agreement. These protections may lead our investment adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Our investment adviser may be paid incentive compensation even if we incur a net loss, and we cannot recover any portion of the incentive fee previously paid.

Our investment adviser is entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter in an amount equal to a percentage of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, subject to the Hurdle Rate and a catch-up provision. Our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income excludes realized and unrealized capital losses that we may incur in the fiscal quarter, even if such capital losses result in a net loss for that quarter. Thus, we may be required to pay our investment adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if we incur a net loss. In addition, if we pay the capital gains portion of the incentive fee and thereafter experience additional realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation, we will not be able to recover any portion of the incentive fee previously paid.

We may not be approved for a Small Business Investment Company license

An affiliate of Garrison Investment Group intends to apply for a license to form a Small Business Investment Company, or SBIC. If the application is approved and the Small Business Administration, or SBA, so permits, the SBIC license will be transferred to a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours. Following such transfer, the SBIC subsidiary will be allowed to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures, subject to the required capitalization of the SBIC subsidiary. SBA guaranteed debentures carry long-term fixed rates that are generally lower than rates on comparable bank and other debt. We cannot assure you that Garrison Investment Group will be successful in receiving an SBIC license from the SBA or that the SBA will permit such license to be transferred to us. If we do receive an SBIC license, there is no minimum amount of SBA-guaranteed debentures that must be allocated to us.

Our portfolio companies may prepay loans, which prepayment may reduce our yields if capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields.

The loans in our investment portfolio generally are prepayable at any time, most of them at no premium to par. It is not clear at this time when each loan may be prepaid. Whether a loan is prepaid will depend both on the continued positive performance of the portfolio company and the existence of favorable financing market conditions that allow such company the ability to replace existing financing with less expensive capital. As market conditions change frequently, it is unknown when, and if, this may be possible for each portfolio company. In the case of some of these loans, having the loan prepaid may reduce the achievable yield for us if the capital returned cannot be invested in transactions with equal or greater expected yields, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The disposition of our investments may result in contingent liabilities.

We currently expect that a significant portion of our investments will involve private securities. In connection with the disposition of an investment in private securities, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to certain potential liabilities. These arrangements may result in contingent liabilities that ultimately yield funding obligations that must be satisfied through our return of certain distributions previously made to us.

We may expose ourselves to risks if we engage in hedging transactions.

If we engage in hedging transactions, we may expose ourselves to risks associated with such transactions. We may borrow under a credit facility in currencies selected to minimize our foreign currency exposure or use instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions caused by these risks does not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions decline for other reasons. Such hedging transactions may also limit the opportunity for gain if the values of the underlying portfolio positions should increase. Moreover, it may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price.

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

While we may enter into such transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates may result in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations.

Provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

The General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, contains provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of us or the removal of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that limit liability and provide for indemnification of our directors and officers. These provisions and others also may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management. We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, the application of which is subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. This section generally prohibits us from engaging in mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that beneficially own 15% or more of our voting stock, or with their affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the business combination in the prescribed manner. Our board of directors will adopt a resolution exempting from Section 203 of the DGCL any business combination between us and any other person, subject to prior approval of such business combination by our board of directors, including approval by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons.” If the resolution exempting business combinations is repealed or our board of directors does not approve a business combination, Section 203 of the DGCL may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer.

We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our certificate of incorporation classifying our board of directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and provisions of our certificate of incorporation authorizing our board of directors to classify or reclassify shares of our preferred stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock, and to amend our certificate of incorporation, without stockholder approval, to increase or decrease the number of shares of stock that we have authority to issue. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

Our investment adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

Our investment adviser has the right, under the Investment Advisory Agreement, to resign at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If our investment adviser resigns, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by our investment adviser and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital Administrator can resign from its role as our Administrator under the Administration Agreement, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

Garrison Capital Administrator has the right to resign under the Administration Agreement, whether we have found a replacement or not. If Garrison Capital Administrator resigns, we may not be able to find a new administrator or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and administrative activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a service provider or individuals with the expertise possessed by Garrison Capital Administrator. Even if we are able to retain a comparable service provider or individuals to perform such services, whether internal or external, their integration into our business and lack of familiarity with our operations may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Investments in securities of foreign companies, if any, may involve significant risks in addition to the risks inherent in U.S. investments.

We may make investments in securities of foreign companies. Investing in foreign companies may expose us to additional risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include changes in exchange control regulations, political and social instability, expropriation, imposition of foreign taxes, less liquid markets and less available information than is generally the case in the United States, higher transaction costs, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, less developed bankruptcy laws, difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations, lack of uniform accounting and auditing standards and greater price volatility.

In addition, any investments that we make that are denominated in a foreign currency will be subject to the risk that the value of a particular currency will change in relation to one or more other currencies. Among the factors that may affect currency values are trade balances, the level of short-term interest rates, differences in relative values of similar assets in different currencies, long-term opportunities for investment and capital appreciation, and political developments. We may employ hedging techniques to minimize these risks, but we can offer no assurance that we will, in fact, hedge currency risk, or, that if we do, such strategies will be effective.

We will incur significant costs as a result of being a publicly traded company.

As a publicly traded company, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses, including costs associated with the periodic reporting requirements applicable to a company whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act as well as additional corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and other rules implemented by the SEC.

Efforts to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will involve significant expenditures, and non-compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may adversely affect us and the market price of our common stock.

Under current SEC rules, beginning with our fiscal year ending September 30, 2012, we will be required to report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and related rules and regulations of the SEC. We will be required to review on an annual basis our internal control over financial reporting, and on a quarterly and annual basis to evaluate and disclose changes in our internal control over financial reporting.

As a result, we expect to incur additional expenses in the near term that may negatively impact our financial performance and our ability to make distributions. This process also will result in a diversion of management’s time and attention. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations, and we may not be able to ensure that the process is effective or that our internal control over financial reporting is or will be effective in a timely manner. In the event that we are unable to maintain or achieve compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules, we and the market price of our common stock may be adversely affected.

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risks Relating to this Offering

We cannot assure you that we will be able to deploy the proceeds of our initial public offering and the Concurrent Private Placement within the timeframe we have contemplated.

We anticipate that approximately $      million of the net proceeds of our initial public offering (after expenses of the offering of approximately $      million) and the Concurrent Private Placement will be invested in portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective and the strategies described in this prospectus within six to 12 months of the closing of this offering. We cannot assure you, however, that we will be able to locate a sufficient number of suitable investment opportunities to allow us to deploy those proceeds successfully in that timeframe. To the extent we are unable to invest those proceeds within our contemplated timeframe after the completion of our initial public offering, our investment income and, in turn, our results of operations, will likely be materially adversely affected. Delays in investing the proceeds of this offering may cause us to underperform other investment vehicles pursuing similar strategies.

There is a risk that you may not receive distributions or that our distributions may not grow over time.

We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. In addition, due to the asset coverage test applicable to us as a business development company, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. Finally, if more stockholders opt to receive cash dividends and other distributions rather than participate in our dividend reinvestment plan, we may be forced to liquidate some of our investments and raise cash in order to make distribution payments. All distributions will be paid at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, our financial condition, maintenance of our RIC status, compliance with applicable business development company regulations and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will pay distributions to our stockholders in the future.

Investing in our shares may involve an above average degree of risk and is intended for long-term investors.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective and strategies may result in a higher amount of risk than alternative investment options and volatility or loss of principal. Our investments in portfolio companies may be highly speculative and aggressive, and therefore, an investment in our shares may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance. In addition, our common stock is intended for long-term investors and should not be treated as a trading vehicle. Our shares may trade at a price that is less than the offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of this offering.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

The market price and liquidity of the market for shares of our common stock may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of business development companies or other companies in our sector, which are not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;
changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or business development companies;
any loss of RIC status;
changes in earnings or variations in operating results;
changes in the value of our portfolio of investments;
any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;
the inability of our investment adviser to employ additional experienced investment professionals or the departure of any of the investment adviser’s key personnel, including Messrs. Stuart and Tansey;

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

operating performance of companies comparable to us;
general economic trends and other external factors; and
loss of a major funding source.

We may allocate the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may not agree.

We will have significant flexibility in investing the net proceeds of this offering. Accordingly, we may use the net proceeds from this offering in ways with which you may not agree or for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of the offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot assure you that the market price of our shares will not decline following the offering.

We cannot assure you that a trading market will develop for our common stock after this offering or, if one develops, that such trading market can be sustained. Shares of companies offered in an initial public offering often trade at a discount to the initial offering price due to underwriting discounts and related offering expenses. Also, shares of closed-end investment companies, including business development companies, frequently trade at a discount from net asset value. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether our common stock will trade at, above or below net asset value.

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate dilution upon the closing of this offering.

After giving effect to the underwriting discount for this offering of $    per share and offering and organizational expenses of $    per share, upon the completion of this offering, taking into account the         shares to be issued in the Concurrent Private Placement, our net asset value per share is estimated to be approximately $    per share, compared to a price of $    per share in this offering. Accordingly, investors purchasing shares in this offering will pay a price per share of common stock that exceeds the estimated net asset value per share of common stock after this offering by $    and will bear the costs of the underwriting discount and, indirectly, other offering and organizational expenses.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Upon completion of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, we will have         shares of common stock outstanding (or        shares of common stock if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is fully exercised). Following this offering, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock or the availability of such shares for sale, could adversely affect the prevailing market prices for our common stock. If this occurs and continues, it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities should we desire to do so.

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements, which relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus involve risks and uncertainties, including statements as to:

our future operating results;
changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest rate environment or conditions affecting the financial and capital markets, which could result in changes to the value of our assets;
our business prospects and the prospects of our prospective portfolio companies;
the impact of investments that we expect to make;
the impact of increased competition;
our contractual arrangements and relationships with third parties;
the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its impact on the industries in which we invest;
the ability of our prospective portfolio companies to achieve their objectives;
the relative and absolute performance of our investment adviser;
our expected financings and investments;
the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;
the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our prospective portfolio companies; and
the impact of future acquisitions and divestitures.

We use words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “intends” and similar expressions to identify forward-looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements for any reason, including the factors set forth in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

We have based the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus on information available to us on the date of this prospectus, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Although we undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, you are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports that we in the future may file with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.

You should understand that under Sections 27A(b)(2)(B) and (D) of the Securities Act and Sections 21E(b)(2)(B) and (D) of the Exchange Act, the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to statements made in connection with this offering or any periodic reports we file under the Exchange Act.

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $     million (or approximately $     million if the underwriters fully exercise their over-allotment option). This assumes, in each case, an initial public offering price of $     per share, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses of approximately $     payable by us. The amount of net proceeds may be more or less than the amount described in this prospectus depending on the public offering price of the common stock and the actual number of shares of common stock we sell in the offering, both of which will be determined at pricing. We may change the size of this offering based on demand and market conditions.

Separately, immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to sell     shares of common stock to our directors and officers, our investment adviser and the managers of our investment adviser at a price of $     per share of $     in a private placement. We will receive the full proceeds of this private placement, and no underwriting discounts or commissions will be paid in respect of these shares.

We plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement in accordance with our investment objective and strategies described in this prospectus and for general corporate purposes, including payment of operating expenses. We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement will be invested within six to 12 months of the closing of this offering, in accordance with our investment objective and strategies, depending on the availability of appropriate investment opportunities and market conditions. We cannot assure you we will achieve our targeted investment pace.

Pending these investments, we intend to invest the remaining net proceeds of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment. These securities may have lower yields than our other investments and, accordingly, may result in lower distributions, if any, during such period. See “Regulation — Temporary Investments” for additional information about temporary investments we may make while waiting to make longer-term investments in pursuit of our investment objective.

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DISTRIBUTIONS

We intend to make quarterly distributions to our stockholders. The timing and amount of our quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our board of directors. Any distributions to our stockholders will be declared out of assets legally available for distribution.

Our board of directors intends to declare a distribution of approximately $     per share, payable at or near the end of the     calendar quarter of 2011. This distribution is contingent upon the completion of this offering during the     calendar quarter of 2011. The amount of any such distribution will be proportionately reduced to reflect the number of days remaining in the quarter after the completion of this offering. Purchasers in this offering will be entitled to receive this distribution. We anticipate that this distribution will be paid from income primarily generated by interest and dividend income earned on our investment portfolio. The specific tax characteristics of our distributions each year will be reported to stockholders after the end of the calendar year.

We intend to elect to be treated, and intend to qualify annually thereafter, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To obtain RIC tax benefits, we must distribute at least 90% of our ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any, out of the assets legally available for distribution. In order to avoid certain excise taxes imposed on RICs, we currently intend to distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any ordinary income and net capital gains for preceding years that were not distributed during such years on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax.

In addition, although we currently intend to distribute realized net capital gains ( i.e. , net long-term capital gains in excess of short-term capital losses), if any, at least annually, out of the assets legally available for such distributions, we may in the future decide to retain such capital gains for investment. In such event, the consequences of our retention of net capital gains are as described under “Tax Matters.”

We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions and, if we issue senior securities, we will be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.

We intend to maintain an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a dividend or other distribution, then stockholders’ cash distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, unless they specifically “opt out” of the dividend reinvestment plan so as to receive cash distributions. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth:

the actual capitalization of Garrison Capital LLC on a consolidated basis as of December 31, 2010;
the pro forma capitalization of Garrison Capital Inc. on a consolidated basis giving effect to the Pre-Conversion Payment and the conversion of all outstanding units in Garrison Capital LLC into shares of common stock of Garrison Capital Inc. in connection with the BDC Conversion; and
the pro forma capitalization of Garrison Capital Inc. on a consolidated basis as adjusted to reflect the sale of     shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $     per share (the estimated initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated organization and offering expenses of approximately $     million payable by us and the sale of     shares in the Concurrent Private Placement at the same assumed offering price per share.

     
  As of December 31, 2010
     Garrison
Capital LLC
  Garrison Capital Inc.
     Actual   Pro Forma (1)   Pro Forma
as Adjusted (2)
       (Unaudited)
     (dollars in thousands except per unit and per share data)
Assets:
                          
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 101,354     $          $       
Investments at fair value     283,828                        
Other assets     7,150                        
Total assets   $ 392,332     $          $       
Liabilities:
                          
Secured Notes   $ 218,304     $          $       
Other liabilities     13,795                        
Unitholders’ Equity:
                          
Total members’ capital (3)   $ 160,233              
Members’ capital per unit   $ 14.96              
Stockholders’ equity:
                          
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding, actual; shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted         $          $       
Capital in excess of par                          
Total stockholders’ equity                            
Pro forma net asset value per share                            

(1) Reflects the Pre-Conversion Payment and the conversion of       outstanding units in Garrison Capital LLC into     shares of common stock of Garrison Capital Inc. in connection with the BDC Conversion, on         , 2011, at an estimated price of $     per share.
(2) Adjusts the pro forma information to give effect to this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement and the application of the proceeds therefrom, as described under “Use of Proceeds.”
(3) As of December 31, 2010, there were 10,707,221 units outstanding.

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

The dilution to investors in this offering is represented by the difference between the offering price per share and the pro forma net asset value per share after this offering. Net asset value per share is determined by dividing our net asset value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities, by the number of outstanding shares of common stock.

As of December 31, 2010, we had 10,707,221 limited liability company interests outstanding, and our net asset value was $160.2 million, or approximately $     per share of common stock (giving pro forma effect to the Pre-Conversion Payment and the BDC Conversion). The effective cash contribution of our investment adviser for the shares it received in connection with the Pre-Conversion Payment was $   per share. After giving effect to the sale of the shares to be sold in this offering and the deduction of discounts and estimated expenses of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, our pro forma net asset value would have been approximately $     million, or $     per share, representing an immediate decrease in net asset value of $     per share, or     %, to shares sold in this offering.

The following table illustrates the dilution to the shares on a per share basis:

 
Assumed initial public offering price per share   $       
Net asset value upon completion of the Pre-Conversion Payment and BDC Conversion   $       
Increase in net asset value attributable to this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement   $       
Pro forma net asset value after this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement   $       
Dilution to new stockholders (without exercise of the over-allotment option)   $       

The following table sets forth information with respect to the shares prior to and following this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement (without exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option):

         
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration   Average
Price
Per Share
     Number   %   Amount   %
Shares outstanding upon completion of the Pre-Conversion Payment and the BDC Conversion                %                  %             
Shares to be sold in this offering                %                  %             
Shares to be sold in the Concurrent Private Placement                %                  %             
Total                100.0 %                  100.0 %             

The pro forma net asset value upon completion of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement is calculated as follows:

 
Numerator:
        
Net asset value upon completion of the Pre-Conversion Payment and BDC Conversion   $       
Assumed proceeds from this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement (after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us)   $       
Net Asset value upon completion of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement   $       
Denominator:
        
Shares outstanding upon completion of the Pre-Conversion Payment and the BDC Conversion           
Shares included in this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement           

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

The selected financial and other information below should be read in conjunction with our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto. Financial information at December 31, 2010 and for the period from December 17, 2010 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2010 has been derived from our financial statements that were audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm.

 
  Period from
December 17, 2010
(commencement of
operations) through
December 31, 2010
     (dollars in thousands)
Income statement data:
        
Net investment loss   $ 375  
Total expenses     375  
Other data:
        
Weighted average yield (1)     7.32 %  
Number of portfolio companies at period end     74  

 
  At December 31, 2010
     (dollars in thousands
except per unit data)
Balance sheet data:
        
Investments, fair value   $ 283,828  
Cash and cash equivalents     80,000  
Cash and cash equivalents, securitization accounts     21,354  
Total assets     392,332  
Members’ capital     160,233  
Per unit data:
        
Member’s capital per unit (2)   $ 14.96  

(1) Weighted average yield is calculated based upon the interest or other payments received on our debt investments, including amortization of deferred origination fees and original issue discount, if any, for the period indicated.
(2) Based on 10,707,221 units of Garrison Capital LLC outstanding as of December 31, 2010. Each of the outstanding units of Garrison Capital LLC will be converted into     share of common stock of Garrison Capital Inc. in connection with the BDC Conversion, which is expected to be completed immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial and Other Information” and the financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. For the period ended December 31, 2010, the discussion and analysis contained in this section refers to the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of Garrison Capital LLC. The information in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Prior to the completion of this offering, Garrison Capital LLC will convert into Garrison Capital Inc. and file an election to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. Please see “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

Overview

We are a newly-organized, externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that intends to file an election to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

Our investment objective is to generate current income and capital appreciation by making investments generally in the range of $10 million to $25 million primarily in debt securities of U.S. based middle-market companies. Our goal is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns by assembling a diversified portfolio of investments.

We intend to invest primarily in (1) first lien senior secured loans, (2) second lien senior secured loans, (3) “one-stop” senior secured or “unitranche” loans, (4) subordinated or mezzanine loans and (5) to a lesser extent, selected equity co-investments in middle-market companies.

We believe that the middle market offers attractive risk-adjusted returns for debt investors. Historically, we believe there has been a persistent scarcity of available capital relative to demand, which, from a lender’s perspective, has generally resulted in more favorable transaction structures, including enhanced covenant protection and increased pricing relative to larger companies. We further believe that although the turmoil in the credit markets, which began in mid-2007 and continued through 2010, has generally subsided, such turmoil exacerbated this scarcity of capital, as many traditional lenders to middle-market companies have exited the business or focused their attention on larger borrowers. In addition, middle-market companies traditionally have exhibited lower default rates and improved recoveries compared to larger borrowers and typically offer greater access to key senior managers, which we believe further enhances the attractiveness of lending to this market segment and facilitates due diligence investigations and regular monitoring.

As of December 31, 2010, indirectly through GF 2010-1, we held an investment portfolio of syndicated secured loans fair valued at $283.8 million and related indebtedness with a par value of $219.5 million. As of that date, this portfolio consisted of 74 investments with an average investment size of approximately $3.7 million, a weighted average yield of 7.32% and a weighted average maturity of four years. As of that date, the Subordinated Notes had a fair value of $80.3 million.

Going forward, we intend to pursue a strategy focused on originating and investing in first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine loans. Accordingly, over time we expect that syndicated first lien senior secured loans will represent a smaller percentage of our investment portfolio as we grow our business and our existing senior secured investments are repaid or sold in the secondary market and we reinvest the proceeds of such repayments or sales.

Revenues .  We generate revenue in the form of interest earned on the securities that we hold and capital gains and distributions, if any, on the warrants or other equity interests that we may acquire in portfolio companies. We expect our debt investments, whether in the form of senior secured, unitranche or mezzanine loans, to have a term of one to seven years and typically to bear interest at a fixed or floating rate. Interest is generally payable quarterly or semiannually, with the amortization of principal generally being deferred for several years from the date of the initial investment. In some cases, loans may have a PIK feature. The principal amount of the debt securities and any accrued but unpaid interest will generally become due at the maturity date. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination, structuring or

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

diligence fees, fees for providing managerial assistance and possibly consulting fees. Loan origination fees, original issue discount and market discount are recorded as a reduction of par value, and we then accrete such amounts into interest income. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, any unamortized loan origination fees are recorded as interest income. We record prepayment premiums on loans and debt securities as interest income when we receive such amounts.

Expenses .  Our primary operating expenses subsequent to the completion of this offering will include the payment of (1) the base management fee and incentive fee to our investment adviser; (2) the allocable portion of overhead under the Administration Agreement; (3) the interest expense on our outstanding debt, if any, and (4) other operating costs as detailed below. Our investment advisory fee will compensate our investment adviser for its work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, consummating and monitoring our investments. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Management Fees.” We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including:

our organization;
calculating our net asset value and net asset value per share (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);
fees and expenses, including travel expenses, incurred by Garrison Capital Advisers or payable to third parties in performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, monitoring our investments and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;
interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments;
the costs of this and all future offerings of common shares and other securities, if any;
the base management fee and any incentive fee;
distributions on our shares;
administration fees payable to Garrison Capital Administrator under the Administration Agreement;
transfer agent and custody fees and expenses;
the allocated costs incurred by Garrison Capital Administrator as our administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;
amounts payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, evaluating, making and disposing of investments;
brokerage fees and commissions;
registration fees;
listing fees;
taxes;
independent director fees and expenses;
costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws;
the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs;
costs of holding stockholder meetings;
our fidelity bond;
directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;
litigation, indemnification and other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses;
direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including audit and legal costs;

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;
dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which we are a member; and
all other expenses reasonably incurred by us or Garrison Capital Administrator in connection with administering our business, such as the allocable portion of overhead under our Administration Agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the costs and expenses of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs.

Formation Transactions

Our Formation .  We were formed in November 2010 to invest primarily in (1) first lien senior secured loans, (2) second lien senior secured loans, (3) “one-stop” senior secured or “unitranche” loans, (4) subordinated or mezzanine loans and (5) to a lesser extent, selected equity co-investments in middle-market companies. In December 2010 we completed an $80 million private placement, the proceeds of which are being used to invest in U.S. middle-market companies in accordance with our investment strategy.

On November 5, 2010, GF 2010-1 completed the Debt Securitization. See “— Debt Securitization.” Certain open-ended funds affiliated with our investment adviser contributed 100% of the stock of Garrison CLO Ltd., which in turn owns all of the Subordinated Notes, to us as of December 31, 2010 in exchange for $80.6 million in fair value of units in Garrison Capital LLC. An independent third-party valuation firm was engaged to provide positive assurance regarding the fair value of the Subordinated Notes that were contributed to us as of the date of such contribution.

BDC Conversion .  Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, Garrison Capital LLC intends to convert into a Delaware corporation, Garrison Capital Inc., and all of the outstanding units in Garrison Capital LLC will be converted into     shares of common stock in Garrison Capital Inc. As part of the BDC Conversion, the existing members of Garrison Capital LLC will receive an aggregate of     shares of our common stock in exchange for the     limited liability company interests they own in Garrison Capital LLC, representing an estimated equivalent price of $     per share based on the fair value of the assets contributed by such members in connection with our formation, as determined by our board of directors.

Calculation of Net Asset Value

As of December 31, 2010, our total assets were $392.3 million. Our board of directors intends to retain one or more independent valuation firms to review the valuation of each portfolio investment that does not have a readily available market quotation at least once during each 12-month period. We plan for the independent valuation firms retained by our board of directors to provide a valuation review on 25% of our investments for which market quotations are not readily available each quarter subsequent to         , 2011 to ensure that the fair value of each investment for which a market quote is not readily available is reviewed by an independent valuation firm at least once during each 12-month period. However, our board of directors does not intend to have de minimis investments of less than 0.5% of our total assets (up to an aggregate of 10% of our total assets) independently reviewed. However, our board of directors is ultimately and solely responsible for determining the fair value of our assets using a documented valuation policy and consistently applied valuation process. See “Determination of Net Asset Value.”

Investment Activity and Yield

As of December 31, 2010, indirectly through GF 2010-1, our portfolio consisted of 74 investments with an average investment size of approximately $3.7 million, a weighted average yield of 7.32% and a weighted average maturity of four years. As of December 31, 2010, approximately 100% of our portfolio had interest rate floors that limit minimum interest rates on such loans. As of December 31, 2010, our investments had a fair value of $283.8 million. The Subordinated Notes do not bear interest at a stated interest rate. Instead, the Subordinated Notes have claim to all residual cash flows of GF 2010-1 after cash flows are allocated to the holders of the Secured Notes in accordance with the payment priority provisions of the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1.

Debt Securitization

General.   On November 5, 2010, GF 2010-1 completed the Debt Securitization. The transaction was executed through a private placement of: (1) $189.5 million of Aaa/AAA Class A Notes, which bear interest at

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the three-month LIBOR plus 2.40%; (2) $12.0 million of Aa2/AA Class B Notes, which bear interest at the three-month LIBOR plus 3.75%; and (3) $18.0 million of A2/A Class C Notes, which bear interest at the three-month LIBOR plus 4.75%; and (4) $80.5 million of subordinated notes, which do not bear interest and were issued at $75.9 million, or 94.3% of their par value. All of the classes of notes are scheduled to mature on November 20, 2017, at which date they will be mandatorily redeemed and payments made in connection with the payment provisions set forth in the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1.

Certain open-ended funds affiliated with our investment adviser indirectly contributed 100% of the stock of Garrison Capital CLO Ltd., which in turn owns all of the Subordinated Notes, to us as of December 31, 2010 in exchange for $80.6 million in fair value of units in Garrison Capital LLC. An independent third-party valuation firm was engaged to provide positive assurance regarding the fair value of the Subordinated Notes that were contributed to us as of the date of such contribution.

As of December 31, 2010, GF 2010-1 held investments in 74 portfolio companies with a total fair value of $283.8 million. The pool of loans in the Debt Securitization must meet certain requirements, including asset mix and concentration, collateral coverage, term, agency rating, minimum coupon, minimum spread and sector diversity requirements.

Under the investment company rules and regulations pursuant to the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies, codified in Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, ASC 946, Financial Services-Investment Companies, we are precluded from consolidating any entity other than another investment company. We generally consolidate any investment company and controlled entity when we own 100% of its partners’ or members’ capital or equity units. Garrison Capital CLO Ltd., the intermediate holding company of GF 2010-1 is a 100% owned company. Furthermore, it owns a 100% interest in GF 2010-1 which is deemed to be an investment company. As such, we have consolidated the accounts of both of these entities into our financial statements.

An important aspect of a debt securitization transaction is that the purchaser of the notes must become comfortable through their due diligence investigation that the sale and/or contribution of income producing assets into a special purpose entity would be considered a true sale and/or contribution or, in other words, that as a result of such sale and/or contribution, the originator no longer owns the income producing assets. This structure seeks to reduce risk to noteholders by insulating them from the credit and bankruptcy risks faced by the originator. The structure of any debt securitization is in large part intended to prevent, in the event of a bankruptcy, the consolidation in the originator’s bankruptcy case of the special purpose entity with the operations of the originator, based on equitable principles, and the noteholders must become comfortable with this analysis. As a result of this structure, debt securitization transactions frequently achieve lower overall borrowing costs than would be achieved if the borrowing had been structured as a traditional secured lending transaction.

A collateral management agreement is an agreement entered into between an adviser and a debt securitization vehicle or similar issuer and sets forth the terms and conditions pursuant to which the adviser will provide advisory and/or management services with respect to the debt securitization vehicle’s securities portfolio. Garrison Investment Group is not entitled to receive a fee as collateral manager under the collateral management agreement.

Garrison Investment Group, as the collateral manager of GF 2010-1, selected the loans that were transferred to GF 2010-1. The loans were selected in accordance with the criteria set forth in the Debt Securitization documents, including requirements that GF 2010-1 maintain a portfolio of loans that meet certain conditions governing GF 2010-1’s conduct of business. These are primarily objective requirements determined by the constraints of the market for collateralized loan obligations, and are generally designed to comply with regulations governing commercial lending and similar financing activities in the United States and the requirements of Rule 3a-7 under the 1940 Act. In addition, GF 2010-1 must be in compliance with all debt covenants set forth in the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1, including minimum over-collateralization levels, an interest coverage test, limitations on industry concentrations and rating agency compliance. At December 31, 2010, the trustee certified that GF 2010-1 was in compliance with its debt covenants.

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Pursuant to GF 2010-1’s investment objective, the collateral manager monitors the financial condition of the borrowers under the loans held by GF 2010-1 and under certain circumstances will substitute loans failing to meet certain criteria specified in GF 2010-2’s indenture.

Status and Ranking.   The Subordinated Notes do not bear interest at a stated interest rate. Instead, the Subordinated Notes have claim to all residual cash flows of GF 2010-1 after cash flows are allocated to the holders of the Secured Notes in accordance with the payment priority provisions of the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1. By their terms, the Subordinated Notes are limited recourse, unsecured obligations of GF 2010-1 payable solely from payments made under the portfolio loans and other assets held by GF 2010-1 and, in the event of a portfolio loan event of default, from the proceeds of any liquidation of the collateral underlying such portfolio loans. Under the terms of the indenture governing the Subordinated Notes, distributions on the Subordinated Notes may be made solely from payments made under the portfolio loans and other assets after payment of all other obligations of GF 2010-1 ranking senior in right of payment to the Subordinated Notes. Additionally, for as long as the Secured Notes remain outstanding, holders of the Subordinated Notes will not generally be entitled to exercise remedies under the indenture. As an unsecured class of notes, the interests and rights of holders of the Subordinated Notes in and to the portfolio loans and other assets owned by GF 2010-1 are subject to the prior claims of secured creditors of GF 2010-1 and are potentially subject to or will rank equally with the claims of other unsecured creditors of GF 2010-1.

Distributions on the Subordinated Notes.   The indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1 provides that, to the extent cash is available from cash collections the holders of the notes are to receive quarterly interest payments on the twentieth business day of February, May, August and November of each year until the stated maturity. To the extent that interest is not paid on the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes on any such payment date, such amounts will be deferred and added to the outstanding principal of the respective notes.

The Subordinated Notes are subordinated in right of payment on each payment date to payments on the Secured Notes as well as to certain amounts payable by GF 2010-1 as administrative expenses and to the claims of other unsecured creditors of GF 2010-1. No payments of interest or principal may be made to holders of any class of notes on any payment date, including upon the mandatory redemption of the notes at maturity, until all required interest and principal payments have been made on the notes ranking senior, if any, in right of payment to such class of notes.

Therefore, to the extent that any losses are suffered by noteholders as a result of losses on the portfolio loans and other assets owned by GF 2010-1, such losses will be borne in the first instance by the Subordinated Notes, then by the holders of the Class C Notes, then by the holders of the Class B Notes and lastly by the holders of the Class A Notes. Furthermore, payments on the Subordinated Notes are subject to diversion to pay more senior classes of notes if GF 2010-1 fails to meet certain coverage tests set forth in the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1.

The Debt Securitization documents expressly provide that we and our subsidiaries (other than GF 2010-1) are not, and cannot be held, liable for any shortfall in payments or any defaults on any of the classes of notes issued by GF 2010-1 in connection with the Debt Securitization because such obligations are the obligations of GF 2010-1 only, and the sole recourse for such obligations is to the collateral owned by GF 2010-1 rather than our assets.

Additional Issuance.   Under the terms of the Debt Securitization documents, GF 2010-1 could issue additional Subordinated Notes and use the net proceeds of such issuance to purchase additional portfolio loans. Any such additional issuance, however, would require the consent of the collateral manager and the approval of a majority of the Subordinated Notes. Among the other conditions that must be satisfied in connection with an additional issuance of Subordinated Notes, the aggregate principal amount of all additional issuances of Subordinated Notes may not exceed 100% of the original outstanding principal of Subordinated Notes on the closing date, or $80.5 million; the Issuer must notify each rating agency of such issuance prior to the issuance date; the terms of the notes to be issued must be identical to the terms of previously issued Subordinated Notes (except that all monies due on such additional Subordinated Notes will accrue from the issue date of such notes and that the prices of such Subordinated Notes do not have to be identical to those of the initial Subordinated Notes); and immediately after giving effect to such issuance, each coverage test

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provided for in the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1 is satisfied or, with respect to any coverage test that was not satisfied immediately prior to giving effect to such issuance and will continue not to be satisfied after giving effect to such issuance, the degree of compliance with such coverage test is maintained or improved immediately after giving effect to such issuance and the application of the proceeds thereof. We do not expect to cause GF 2010-1 to issue any additional Subordinated Notes at this time.

Optional Redemption.   The Secured Notes and the Subordinated Notes will mature at par on their stated maturity date unless previously redeemed or repaid. Starting November 20, 2011, at the direction of greater than 50% of the holders of the Subordinated Notes, all of the Secured Notes may be redeemed without penalty in whole or in part on any payment date.

The Subordinated Notes will be redeemed by GF 2010-1, in whole but not in part, on any payment date on or after the date on which all of the Secured Notes have been redeemed or repaid, from the proceeds of the assets remaining after giving effect to redemption or repayment of the Secured Notes and payment in full of all expenses of GF 2010-1, at the written direction of either of (x) a majority of the Subordinated Notes or (y) the collateral manager, so long as Garrison Investment Group is the collateral manager (which direction may be given in connection with a direction to redeem the Secured Notes or at any time after the Secured Notes have been redeemed or repaid in full). The price payable to us upon any such redemption will be our proportionate share (based on the unpaid face amount of such Subordinated Notes) of the amount of the proceeds of the assets remaining after the payments described above.

Voting.   Holders of the Subordinated Notes will have no voting rights except as set forth in the Debt Securitization documents. As the indirect holder of the Subordinated Notes, we will have the rights with respect thereto set forth in GF 2010-1’s organizational documents including the right to make additional capital contributions to GF 2010-1. We may also direct a redemption of the Secured Notes and/or the Subordinated Notes under certain circumstances pursuant to the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1 and, at any time, may approve an amendment of the indenture to effect the issuance of additional Subordinated Notes, as described above.

Other Restrictions.   No Subordinated Note (or interests in such notes) may be acquired or owned by any person that is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disregarded entity (unless the beneficial owner of such person is a corporation that is not a subchapter S corporation or otherwise taxable as a corporation), partnership, subchapter S corporation or grantor trust unless such person obtains a legal opinion to the effect that such acquisition or ownership will not cause GF 2010-1 to be treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.

Small Business Investment Company.

An affiliate of Garrison Investment Group intends to apply for a license to form an SBIC. If the application is approved and the SBA so permits, the SBIC license will be transferred to a wholly-owned subsidiary of ours, or the “SBIC subsidiary”. The SBIC subsidiary will be able to rely on an exclusion from the definition of investment company under the 1940 Act. As such, this SBIC subsidiary will not elect to be treated as a business development company, nor registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. If this application is approved, the SBIC subsidiary will have an investment objective substantially similar to ours and will make similar types of investments in accordance with SBIC regulations.

To the extent that we, through the wholly-owned subsidiary, have an SBIC license, the SBIC subsidiary will be allowed to issue SBA-guaranteed debentures, subject to the required capitalization of the SBIC subsidiary. SBA guaranteed debentures carry long-term fixed rates that are generally lower than rates on comparable bank and other debt. Under the regulations applicable to SBICs, an SBIC may have outstanding debentures guaranteed by the SBA generally in an amount of up to twice its regulatory capital, which generally equates to the amount of its equity capital. The SBIC regulations currently limit the amount that an SBIC subsidiary may borrow to a maximum of $150 million, assuming that it has at least $75 million of equity capital. In addition, if we are able to obtain financing under the SBIC program, our SBIC subsidiary will be subject to regulation and oversight by the SBA, including requirements with respect to maintaining certain minimum financial ratios and other covenants. In the event an affiliate of Garrison Investment Group applies for a license to form a SBIC, we cannot be certain such approval will be granted or, if granted, the timing of approval for an SBIC license.

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources

As a business development company, we expect to distribute substantially all of our net income to our stockholders. We will generate cash primarily from the net proceeds of this offering and future offerings of equity securities and cash flows from operations, including interest earned from the temporary investment of cash in U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. We have borrowed funds through the Debt Securitization and, to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, we may also borrow funds subsequent to this offering to the extent we determine that additional capital would allow us to take advantage of additional investment opportunities, if the market for debt financing presents attractively priced debt financing opportunities, or if our board of directors determines that leveraging our portfolio would be in the best interest of us and our stockholders. We do not intend to borrow additional money to fund our investments until such time as we have invested substantially all of the proceeds of the offering. We expect that our primary use of funds will be investments in portfolio companies, cash distributions to holders of our common stock and the payment of operating expenses.

As of December 31, 2010, we had cash and cash equivalents of $101.3 million, of which $21.4 million was restricted cash held by GF 2010-1. Our cash and cash equivalents, as of December 31, 2010 have been generated primarily from the proceeds of an $80 million private placement that occurred in December 2010. The proceeds from that private placement are being used to fund new investments and operating expenses. We do not have the ability to use the restricted cash held by GF 2010-1 for our general use, including distributions to our stockholders, and a portion of this restricted cash is required to pay interest expense, reduce borrowings or pay other amounts in accordance with the indenture governing the notes issued by GF 2010-1 and the payment priority provisions therein. We believe that, following completion of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, our cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our anticipated requirements for the next 12 months.

Inflation

Inflation has not had a significant effect on our results of operations in any of the reporting periods presented in our financial statements. However, our portfolio companies may, from time to time, experience the impact of inflation on their operating results.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We may become a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of our business to meet the financial needs of our portfolio companies. These instruments may include commitments to extend credit and involve, to varying degrees, elements of liquidity and credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. As of December 31, 2010, we had no outstanding commitments to fund investments.

Contractual Obligations

A summary of our significant contractual payment obligations as of December 31, 2010 is as follows:

         
  Payments Due by Period (in millions)
     Total   Less Than
1 Year
  1 – 3 Years   3 – 5 Years   More Than
5 Years
Secured Notes   $ 219.5     $     —     $     —     $     —     $ 219.5  
Total contractual obligations   $ 219.5     $   —     $     —     $     —     $ 219.5  

We had no future funding commitments at December 31, 2010.

We have certain contracts under which we have material future commitments. Prior to the date of this prospectus, we were party to an interim investment advisory agreement with Garrison Capital Advisers and as of the date of this prospectus we have entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement in accordance with the 1940 Act on the date of this prospectus. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, Garrison Capital Advisers will agree to provide us with investment advisory and management services. We will agree to pay for these services (1) a base management fee equal to a percentage of the average adjusted value of our gross assets and (2) an incentive fee based on our performance. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Investment Advisory Agreement — Management Fee.”

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We will enter into the Administration Agreement with Garrison Capital Administrator as our administrator on the date of this prospectus. Under the Administration Agreement, Garrison Capital Administrator will agree to furnish us with office facilities and equipment, provide us clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services and provide us with other administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Administration Agreement.”

If any of the contractual obligations discussed above are terminated, our costs under any new agreements that we enter into may increase. In addition, we would likely incur significant time and expense in locating alternative parties to provide the services we expect to receive under our Investment Advisory Agreement and our Administration Agreement. Any new investment advisory agreement would also be subject to approval by our stockholders.

On the date of this prospectus, the interim investment advisory agreement with Garrison Capital Advisers was terminated with no continuing payment or other obligations on the part of either party. Both the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon no fewer than 60 days’ written notice to the other.

Distributions

In order to qualify as a RIC and to avoid corporate level tax on the income we distribute to our stockholders, we are required, under the Code, to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. Additionally, we must distribute at least 98% of our ordinary income and 98.2% of our capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) to avoid a U.S. federal excise tax. We intend to distribute quarterly dividends to our stockholders. Our quarterly dividends will be determined by our board of directors.

We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of our distributions from time to time. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions due to the asset coverage requirements applicable to us as a business development company under the 1940 Act. If we do not distribute a certain percentage of our income annually, we will suffer adverse tax consequences, including the possible loss of our RIC status. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions.

To the extent our taxable earnings fall below the total amount of our distributions for that fiscal year, a portion of those distributions may be deemed a return of capital to our stockholders for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, the source of a distribution to our stockholders may be the original capital invested by the stockholder rather than our income or gains. Stockholders should read any written disclosure accompanying a dividend payment carefully and should not assume that the source of any distribution is our ordinary income or gains.

We have adopted an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan for our common stockholders. As a result, if we declare a distribution, then stockholders’ cash distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock unless a stockholder specifically “opts out” of our dividend reinvestment plan. If a stockholder opts out, that stockholder will receive cash distributions. Although distributions paid in the form of additional shares of our common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes in the same manner as cash distributions, stockholders participating in our dividend reinvestment plan will not receive any corresponding cash distributions with which to pay any such applicable taxes.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. During the period covered by our financial statements, all of the loans in our portfolio had floating interest rates, and we expect that our loans in the future will also have floating interest rates. These loans are usually based on a floating LIBOR and typically have interest rate re-set provisions that adjust applicable LIBOR under such loans to current market rates on a quarterly basis. In addition, the Debt Securitization has a floating interest rate provision based on LIBOR which resets quarterly and we expect that any other credit facilities into which we enter in the future may have floating interest rate provisions.

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Assuming that the balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 covered by this analysis were to remain constant and that no actions are taken to alter our existing interest rate sensitivity, a hypothetical immediate 1% change in interest rates may affect net income by more than 1% over a one-year horizon. Although management believes that this analysis is indicative of our existing sensitivity to interest rate changes, it does not adjust for changes in the credit markets, the size, credit quality or composition of the assets in our portfolio and other business developments, including indebtedness under the Debt Securitization or other borrowing, that could affect net increase in net assets resulting from operations, or net income. Accordingly, we can offer no assurances that actual results would not differ materially from the statement above.

We may in the future hedge against interest rate fluctuations by using standard hedging instruments such as futures, options and forward contracts, and the collateral manager may engage in similar hedging activities with respect to the obligations of GF 2010-1. While hedging activities may insulate us against adverse changes in interest rates, they may also limit our ability to participate in the benefits of lower interest rates with respect to the investments in our portfolio with fixed interest rates. We, our investment adviser and the collateral manager have not hedged any of the obligations of GF 2010-1.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. We have identified the following as critical accounting policies.

Basis for Consolidation

Under the investment company rules and regulations pursuant to the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies, codified in Financial Accounting Standards Board ASC 946, Financial Services-Investment Companies, we are precluded from consolidating any entity other than another investment company. We generally consolidate any investment company or controlled entity when we own 100% of its partners’ or members’ capital or equity units. Garrison Capital CLO Ltd. is a 100% owned company. Furthermore, it owns a 100% interest in GF 2010-1 which is deemed to be an investment company. As such, we have consolidated the accounts of both these entities into these financial statements.

Valuation of Portfolio Investments

We value our investments in accordance with ASC 820. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about assets and liabilities measured at fair value. ASC 820’s definition of fair value focuses on exit price in the principal, or most advantageous, market and prioritizes the use of market-based inputs over entity-specific inputs within a measurement of fair value.

Our portfolio consists of primarily debt investments. These investments are valued at their bid quotations obtained from unaffiliated market makers, other financial institutions that trade in similar investments or based on prices provided by independent third party pricing services. For investments where there are no available bid quotations, fair value is derived using proprietary models that consider the analyses of independent valuation agents as well as credit risk, liquidity, market credit spreads, and other applicable factors for similar transactions.

Due to the nature of our strategy, our portfolio includes relatively illiquid investments that are privately held. Valuations of privately held investments are inherently uncertain and they may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates. The determination of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these investments existed. Our net asset value could be materially affected if the determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher or lower than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such investments.

Our board of directors is ultimately and solely responsible for determining the fair value of the portfolio investments that are not publicly traded, whose market prices are not readily available on a quarterly basis in good faith or any other situation where portfolio investments require a fair value determination.

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The valuation process is conducted at the end of each fiscal quarter, with a portion of our valuations of portfolio companies without market quotations subject to review by the independent valuation firms each quarter. When an external event with respect to one of our portfolio companies, such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we expect to use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors will undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by investment professionals of our investment adviser responsible for credit monitoring.
Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with our senior management and our investment adviser.
The audit committee of the board of directors reviews these preliminary valuations.
At least once annually, the valuation for each portfolio investment is reviewed by an independent valuation firm.
The board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith.

See “Determination of Net Asset Value.”

Investment Transactions and Related Investment Income and Expense

We record our investment transactions on a trade date basis, which is the date when we have determined that all material terms have been defined for the transactions. These transactions could possibly settle on a subsequent date depending on the transaction type. All related revenue and expenses attributable to these transactions are reflected on the consolidated statement of operations commencing on the trade date unless otherwise specified by the transaction documents. Realized gains and losses on investment transactions are recorded on the specific identification method.

We accrue interest income if we expect that ultimately we will be able to collect it. Generally, when an interest payment default occurs on a loan in our portfolio, or if our management otherwise believes that the issuer of the loan will not be able to service the loan and other obligations, we will place the loan on non-accrual status and will cease recognizing interest income on that loan until all principal and interest is current through payment or until a restructuring occurs, such that the interest income is deemed to be collectible. However, we remain contractually entitled to this interest. We may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. Accrued interest is written off when it becomes probable that the interest will not be collected and the amount of uncollectible interest can be reasonably estimated. As of December 31, 2010, no loans were on non-accrual status. Any original issue discounts, as well as any other purchase discounts or premiums on debt investments, are accreted or amortized to interest income or expense, respectively, over the maturity periods of the investments. During the period ended December 31, 2010, there were no loans originated at discounts or premiums. However, there were loans purchased at a discount.

Interest expense is recorded on an accrual basis. Certain expenses related to legal and tax consultation, due diligence, rating fees, valuation expenses and independent collateral appraisals may arise when we make certain investments. These expenses are recognized in the consolidated statement of operations as they are incurred.

Loan Origination, Facility, Commitment and Amendment Fees

We may receive fees in addition to interest income from the loans during the life of the investment. We may receive origination fees upon the origination of an investment. These origination fees are initially deferred and reduced from the cost basis of the investment and subsequently accreted into income over the term of the loan. GF 2010-1 is prohibited from originating loans by its indenture; therefore, it does not receive any origination fees. We may receive facility, commitment and amendment fees, which are paid to us on an ongoing basis. Facility fees, sometimes referred to as asset management fees, are accrued as a percentage

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

periodic fee on the base amount (either the funded facility amount or the committed principal amount). Commitment fees are based upon the undrawn portion committed by us and are recorded on an accrual basis. Amendment fees are paid in connection with loan amendments and waivers and are accounted for upon completion of the amendments or waivers, generally when such fees are receivable. Any such fees are included in other income on the consolidated statement of operations. For the period ended December 31, 2010 we had not earned any such fees.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

On January 21, 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements , or ASU 2010-06. ASU 2010-06 amends FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (formerly FASB Statement No. 157, or ASC 820), to require entities to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for these transfers, the reasons for any transfers in or out of Level 3, and information in the reconciliation of recurring Level 3 measurements about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis. In addition, the ASU 2010-06 amends ASC 820 to clarify that reporting entities are required to provide fair value measurement disclosures for each “class” of assets and liabilities. All of the amendments to ASC 820 made by ASU 2010-06 are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 with the exception of the requirement to separately disclose purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements of recurring Level 3 measurements, which becomes effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU 2010-06 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, except that it will enhance the disclosures with respect to fair value of investments.

Senior Securities

Information about our senior securities is shown in the following table as of December 31, 2010. Ernst & Young LLP’s report on the senior securities table at December 31, 2010 is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

       
Class and Year   Total Amount
Outstanding
Exclusive of
Treasury
Securities (1)
  Asset
Coverage
per Unit (2)
  Involuntary
Liquidating
Preference
per Unit (3)
  Average
Market Value
per Unit (4)
Secured Notes   $ 219,500,000     $ 1,730             N/A  
December 31, 2010   $ 219,500,000     $ 1,730             N/A  

(1) Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period presented.
(2) Asset coverage per unit is the ratio of the carrying value of our total consolidated assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness. Asset coverage per unit is expressed in terms of dollar amounts per $1,000 of indebtedness.
(3) The amount to which such class of senior security would be entitled upon the voluntary liquidation of the issuer in preference to any security junior to it. The “—” in this column indicates that the SEC expressly does not require this information to be disclosed for certain types of senior securities.
(4) Not applicable because senior securities are not registered for public trading.

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE COMPANY

Overview

We are a newly-organized, externally managed, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that intends to file an election to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act. In addition, for tax purposes we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

Our investment objective is to generate current income and capital appreciation by making investments generally in the range of $10 million to $25 million primarily in debt securities of U.S. based middle-market companies. Our goal is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns by assembling a diversified portfolio of investments.

We intend to invest primarily in (1) first lien senior secured loans, (2) second lien senior secured loans, (3) “one-stop” senior secured or “unitranche” loans, (4) subordinated or mezzanine loans and (5) to a lesser extent, selected equity co-investments in middle-market companies.

We believe that the middle market offers attractive risk-adjusted returns for debt investors. Historically, we believe there has been a persistent scarcity of available capital relative to demand, which, from a lender’s perspective, has generally resulted in more favorable transaction structures, including enhanced covenant protection and increased pricing relative to larger companies. We further believe that although the turmoil in the credit markets, which began in mid-2007 and continued through 2010, has generally subsided, such turmoil exacerbated this scarcity of capital, as many traditional lenders to middle-market companies have exited the business or focused their attention on larger borrowers. In addition, middle-market companies traditionally have exhibited lower default rates and improved recoveries compared to larger borrowers and typically offer greater access to key senior managers, which we believe further enhances the attractiveness of lending to this market segment and facilitates due diligence investigations and regular monitoring.

As of December 31, 2010, indirectly through GF 2010-1, we held an investment portfolio of syndicated secured loans fair valued at $283.8 million and related indebtedness with a par value of $219.5 million. As of that date, this portfolio consisted of 74 investments with an average investment size of approximately $3.7 million, a weighted average yield of 7.32% and a weighted average maturity of four years. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Going forward, we intend to pursue a strategy focused on originating and investing in first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine loans. Accordingly, over time we expect that syndicated first lien senior secured loans will represent a smaller percentage of our investment portfolio as we grow our business and our existing senior secured investments are repaid or sold in the secondary market and we reinvest the proceeds of such repayments or sales.

Our Investment Adviser

Our investment activities are managed by our investment adviser, Garrison Capital Advisers. Our investment adviser is responsible for sourcing potential investments, conducting research and diligence on prospective investments and equity sponsors, analyzing investment opportunities, structuring our investments and monitoring our investments and portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. Garrison Capital Advisers was organized in November 2010 and has filed to become a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or the Advisers Act. Under an investment advisory agreement with Garrison Capital Advisers that we intend to enter into on the date of this prospectus, or the Investment Advisory Agreement, we will pay our investment adviser a base management fee and an incentive fee for its services. See “The Adviser and the Administrator” for a discussion of the base management fee and incentive fee that will be payable by us to our investment adviser. Prior to the date of this prospectus, our relationship with the investment adviser was governed by an interim investment advisory agreement that was terminated on the date of this prospectus.

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital Advisers is an affiliate of Garrison Investment Group. Garrison Capital Advisers has entered into the Staffing Agreement with Garrison Investment Group under which Garrison Investment Group has agreed to make experienced investment professionals available to Garrison Capital Advisers and to provide access to the senior investment personnel of Garrison Investment Group. We believe that the Staffing Agreement provides our investment adviser with access to deal flow generated by Garrison Investment Group in the ordinary course of business and commits the members of Garrison Investment Group’s investment committee to serve as members of our investment committee. In addition, Garrison Investment Group is obligated under the Staffing Agreement to allocate investment opportunities among its managed affiliates fairly and equitably over time in accordance with its allocation policy. See “Certain Relationships.” Our investment adviser intends to capitalize on the significant deal origination, credit underwriting, due diligence, investment structuring, execution, portfolio management and monitoring experience of Garrison Investment Group’s investment professionals.

Garrison Capital Administrator

Garrison Capital Administrator, an affiliate of our investment adviser, will provide certain administrative services and facilities necessary for us to operate, including, office facilities and equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and record-keeping services. Garrison Capital Administrator will oversee our financial reporting as well as prepare our reports to stockholders and reports required to be filed with the SEC. Garrison Capital Administrator will also manage the determination and publication of our net asset value and the preparation and filing of our tax returns and will generally monitor the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Garrison Capital Administrator may retain third parties to assist in providing administrative services to us. To the extent that Garrison Capital Administrator outsources any of its functions, we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without any profit to Garrison Capital Administrator.

About Garrison Investment Group

Garrison Investment Group is an alternative investment and asset management firm founded in March 2007 by Steven Stuart and Joseph Tansey. As of March 1, 2011, Garrison Investment Group had approximately $1.9 billion of committed and invested capital under management and a team of 53 employees, including 33 investment professionals. Garrison Investment Group is headquartered in New York, New York. Garrison Investment Group invests opportunistically in debt of middle-market companies, primarily in the areas of corporate finance, real estate finance and structured finance.

Since the formation of Garrison Investment Group, Messrs. Stuart and Tansey together with their team of investment professionals, including Rafael Astruc, Brian Chase, Terence Moore and Mitch Drucker, have been investors and lenders to middle-market companies. These investment professionals have significant experience investing in a broad range of industries and types of debt over the course of several economic cycles.

Before joining Garrison Investment Group, Messrs. Stuart and Tansey were Managing Directors at Fortress Investment Group LLC, or Fortress, and were also partners of the Drawbridge Special Opportunities Fund, a hedge fund, from its inception in August 2002 to March 2007. Drawbridge focused primarily on investments in opportunistic debt and equity securities and asset-based transactions. The responsibilities of these individuals included sourcing, evaluating, structuring, managing and monitoring corporate, structured finance and real estate investments, including both debt and equity. Messrs. Stuart and Tansey have 25 and 16 years of investment experience, respectively.

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Market Opportunity

We believe that the current credit and asset market dynamics are favorable for us to pursue an investment strategy focused on investing in first lien, second lien, unitranche and mezzanine loans of, and, to a lesser extent, warrants and minority equity securities in, U.S. middle-market companies. As the investment environment changes, our investment adviser intends to adapt its investment focus dynamically to investments that it perceives to have attractive risk-return characteristics. We find middle-market investing attractive for the following reasons:

Significant Refinancing Requirements.   A significant amount of debt begins to mature between 2011 and 2013, much of which we believe is associated with a large number of middle-market leveraged mergers and acquisitions completed from 2005 to 2008. In many cases, we expect that this debt will need to be refinanced by the borrowers. The following chart demonstrates the distribution of maturity dates of institutional loans, which are expected to increase the number of refinancing opportunities in the coming years.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Many of these loans were held in debt securitizations completed between 2004 and 2007. These securitization vehicles often had reinvestment periods ranging from three to six years, and therefore most such vehicles are unlikely to be able to offer refinancing options to existing portfolio borrowers when their credit facilities approach maturity.

We believe the loss of the lending capacity in the middle-market combined with the need for borrowers to refinancing existing indebtedness over the next several years will create significant lending opportunities for us.

Reduced Competition.   We believe that dislocations in the capital markets between mid-2007 and the end of 2010 have reduced the amount of credit available to middle-market companies. We believe that much of the traditional lending community for middle-market companies, such as commercial/regional banks, investment banks, commercial finance companies, hedge funds and collateralized loan obligations, have contracted and/or eliminated their origination activities in the wake of this period of credit dislocation or focused on more liquid asset classes. In addition, a 2010 Congressional Oversight Panel report concluded that 3,000 small U.S. banks either have or may need to curtail lending due to financial stresses, further restricting access to capital for middle-market borrowers, and, when implemented, Basel III, published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, is expected to limit the ability of commercial banking institutions to hold non-investment grade leveraged loans on their balance sheets.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Attractive Relative Value Proposition .  We believe that directly originated middle-market loans often exhibit superior default and loss characteristics to syndicated loans, which are often structured with higher levels of debt and a lower percentage of equity contributed. For example, in 2009 middle-market borrowers had a default rate of 4.1% compared to a default rate of 8.6% for large capitalization companies; middle-market companies have a recovery rate of approximately 86.1% as compared to 81.0% for large capitalization companies. The following chart shows the changes in default rates since 1999 and the significant decrease in such rates from mid-2010 to early 2011.

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We expect that a substantial backlog of buyout commitments will drive demand for leveraged buyouts over the next several years, which should, in turn, create leveraged lending opportunities for us in the middle market. Meanwhile, reduced access to, and availability of, credit typically increases the interest rates, or pricing, of loans made to U.S. middle-market borrowers, thereby creating an attractive risk-return dynamic for lenders. We believe that the debt of such borrowers typically carries high interest rates and offers attractive up-front fees and prepayment penalties but is not sufficiently attractive to the syndicated debt markets, thereby providing us with many lending opportunities. The following chart highlights the relatively higher increase in interest rates since mid-2008 for single B rated leveraged loans to middle-market borrowers compared to larger corporate borrowers:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Source: S&P/Loan Syndications and Trading Association (“LSTA”) Leveraged Loan Index, December 2010 Review.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Conservative Capital Structure and Increased Percentage of Equity Contributed.   We believe that lenders generally are requiring borrowers to hold more equity as a percentage of their total capitalization and less senior and total leverage than was customary in the years leading up to the credit crisis, creating a greater amount of equity to protect lenders against future economic downturns. Lower leverage levels in mergers and acquisitions executed in the middle market suggest that middle-market companies should have more cash flows available to them to service their debt. In addition, middle-market companies typically have simpler capital structures than larger borrowers, which streamlines the initial structuring and underwriting process and, in our experience, contributes to improved returns to lenders in restructurings. The following charts illustrate the average equity contributions to middle-market leveraged buyout loans as a percent of total transaction value since 1997 and highlight the increase in average equity contributions since 2007 and also the decrease in purchase price multiples:

Equity Contribution

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

 

Purchase Price Breakdown

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Source: Standard & Poor’s Q4 2010 High-End Middle Market Lending Review.

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, the chart below highlights the decreased debt multiples of middle-market loans since 2007, which we believe is indicative of the capital structure of prospective portfolio companies.

Debt Multiples of Middle-Market Loans

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Source: Standard & Poor’s Q4 2010 High-End Middle Market Lending Review.

Long-Term Capital Solutions.   We believe that many middle-market companies seek to execute transactions with permanent capital vehicles, such as us, rather than execute high-yield bond transactions or borrow capital from hedge funds and other non-permanent vehicles. In addition, we believe that many middle-market companies are positively disposed towards seeking capital from a small number of providers with access to permanent capital that can satisfy their specific needs and serve as value-added financial partners with an understanding of and longer-term view oriented towards the growth of such businesses.

When combined with decreased availability of debt financing for middle-market companies generally, we believe these factors should increase lending opportunities for us.

Competitive Strengths

Experienced Management Team.   We are managed by our investment adviser, which has access through the Staffing Agreement to the resources and expertise of the investment professionals at Garrison Investment Group. Garrison Investment Group is led by Messrs. Stuart and Tansey. Garrison Investment Group’s investment professionals have substantial experience in identifying and executing financing transactions across a broad range of industries and types of financings and have developed related proprietary sourcing and servicing channels. Our seven member investment committee has combined investment experience of more than 145 years.

Access to Deal Flow.   Through the Staffing Agreement, our investment adviser expects to have access to extensive contacts throughout the middle-market through which it intends to source and originate loans. The investment professionals of Garrison Investment Group maintain direct dialog with their contacts at financial sponsors, banks, corporate advisory firms, crisis managers, industry consultants, attorneys, investment banks, middle-market companies, other “club” investors and other potential sources of lending opportunities. In addition, we anticipate that a portion of our deal flow will be generated through non-traditional channels, such as Garrison Investment Group’s real estate and structured finance teams whose contacts typically share

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

opportunities with a limited group of potential lenders, thereby creating a less competitive process for such lending opportunities. Furthermore, Garrison Investment Group’s senior professionals have cultivated relationships with other middle-market lending platforms that we believe will provide us with an additional source of deal flow. We believe that the breadth of these relationships will enable us to be selective in originating or acquiring loans and afford us opportunities to review certain lending proposals in the U.S. middle-market in advance of other potential lenders as well as the opportunity to match the terms offered by other lenders, which should allow for selectivity in the transactions we pursue.

Disciplined Investment and Underwriting Process.   Our investment adviser intends to utilize the established investment processes developed by Garrison Investment Group to analyze investment opportunities and structure loans. Our investment adviser intends to structure loans with appropriate covenants to allow for renegotiation of loan and pricing terms in the event that a portfolio company fails to satisfy its covenants and to price loans based on its knowledge of the middle market and on its rigorous underwriting standards. Our investment adviser expects to focus on capital preservation by extending loans to portfolio companies with assets that it believes will retain sufficient value to repay us even in depressed markets or under liquidation scenarios. The professionals employed by Garrison Investment Group have extensive experience in structuring and underwriting middle-market loans and in evaluating collateral positions to minimize credit risk as a lender.

Active Asset Management Approach.   Our investment adviser intends to employ a regimented credit monitoring system for our portfolio. Garrison Investment Group formally reviews its entire portfolio of loans with our investment committee on a monthly basis. The goal of this review is to enhance the ability of our investment adviser to manage any problems and assist borrowers before operating issues result in financial deterioration. In addition, this process should enable our investment adviser to identify credit and market trends, thereby allowing us to modify underwriting terms for new loans before other lenders have identified such trends. In the event of restructurings, we expect that our investment adviser will manage syndicates of lenders, creditor committees and other creditors and advisors to protect our position. Where necessary, our investment adviser intends to take an active role in any restructuring negotiations and to utilize its extensive industry experience and industry contacts to benefit lenders.

Investment Criteria/Guidelines

Our investment objective is to generate current income and capital appreciation by making investments generally in the range of $10 million to $25 million primarily in debt securities of middle-market companies. We may also selectively make investments in amounts larger than $25 million in certain of our portfolio companies. We generally expect that the size of our individual investments will vary proportionately with the size of our capital base. Our goal is to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns by assembling a diversified portfolio of investments.

Target businesses will typically exhibit some or all of the following characteristics:

annual EBITDA between $5 million and $30 million;
annual revenue between $50 million and $200 million;
a U.S. base of operations;
an experienced management team executing a long-term growth strategy;
discernable downside protection through recurring revenue or strong tangible asset coverage;
defensible niche product/service;
products and services with distinctive competitive advantages or other barriers to entry;
stable and predictable free cash flows;
existing indebtedness that may be refinanced on attractive terms;
low technology and market risk;
strong customer relationships; and

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

low to moderate capital expenditure requirements.

While we believe that the criteria listed above are important in identifying and investing in prospective portfolio companies, not all of these criteria will be met by each prospective portfolio company.

Investment Strategy

We will seek to create a diversified portfolio consisting of investments generally in the range of $10 million to $25 million primarily in debt securities of U.S. based middle-market companies. The companies to which we extend credit will typically be moderately leveraged, and, in most cases, will not have their loans rated by national rating agencies. If such companies were rated, we believe that they would typically receive a rating below investment grade. In addition, we expect that our investments typically will range in maturity from one to six years and that the overall portfolio will have a weighted average life of approximately five years. However, we may make investments in securities with any maturity or duration.

We intend to invest opportunistically in middle-market loans that we believe have attractive risk adjusted returns. We will also, to a lesser extent, make select equity investments in non-investment grade companies, which may be in the form of warrants. We expect the majority of our focus to generally be centered upon traditional direct lending but at times will seek to enhance returns by purchasing loans in the secondary market, which purchases we refer to as capital markets activities, and extending credit for certain restructuring of financially troubled companies, which we refer to as special situations. We organize these lending opportunities in three categories.

Traditional Direct Lending .  We will focus on direct origination of first lien senior secured loans, second lien senior secured loans and unitranche loans as well as select mezzanine loans. With respect to these loans, we intend to identify lending opportunities through the extensive origination network to which we have access and will serve as either sole lender or as a partner with like minded creditors. We expect that we will typically extend first and second lien secured term loans, the proceeds of which may be used to refinance existing indebtedness, support acquisitions, growth initiatives, general corporate liquidity or operational turnarounds.

Capital Markets Activities .  We may also acquire loans in the secondary market at favorable discounts or seek to refinance outstanding loans through anchoring or co-anchoring a new issuance of debt. Garrison Investment Group has underwritten and conducted due diligence on more than 500 middle-market companies since July 2007. We believe this experience will allow us to react quickly in executing acquisitions of loans in the secondary market on favorable terms and permit us to refinance loans on a streamlined basis. All of our investments as of December 31, 2010 were acquired in the secondary market.

Special Situations .  We may also extend credit for out-of-court restructurings, rescue financings, debtor-in-possession financings and acquisition financings. We expect that, in extending credit to special situations borrowers, our investments will remain high in the borrower’s capital structure, generate returns through the duration of the loan and obtain call protection or opportunities for enhanced returns through equity participation.

Due Diligence

We believe it is critical to conduct extensive due diligence on investment targets, and in evaluating new investments. We, through our investment adviser, will conduct a rigorous due diligence process that draws from our investment adviser’s investment experience, industry expertise and network of contacts. Our investment adviser intends to conduct extensive due diligence and perform thorough credit analysis on each potential portfolio company investment. In conducting due diligence, we expect that our investment adviser will use publicly available information and private information provided by borrowers, their financial sponsors and their advisors. Our investment adviser expects to use its relationships with former and current management teams, consultants, competitors and investment bankers to gain further insights into businesses and industries, generally, and our potential portfolio companies, specifically.

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our due diligence will typically include the following elements (although not all elements will necessarily form part of each due diligence review):

thorough review of historical and prospective financial information, including an analysis of collateral coverage, cash flow and valuation multiples and quality of earnings;
review of capital structure, including leverage and equity amounts and participants;
analysis of the business of the prospective portfolio company, including drivers of growth, customer and supplier concentrations, fixed versus variable costs and sensitivity analyses (with a focus on downside scenario analysis);
analysis of the industry in which the prospective portfolio company operates, including its competitive position, industry size and growth rates, competitive outlook, barriers to entry, and technological, regulatory and similar considerations;
interviews with management, employees, customers and vendors and analysis of management’s track record, quality, breadth and depth;
preparation or review of material contracts and loan documents;
when appropriate, background checks on key managers and research relating to the company’s business, industry, markets, products and services; and
third-party research relating to the company’s management, industry, markets, products and services and competitors.

Additional due diligence with respect to any investment may be conducted on our behalf by attorneys and independent accountants as well as other outside advisers, as appropriate.

Investment Committee

Upon the completion of due diligence and a decision to proceed with an investment in a company, the principals leading the investment will present the investment opportunity to our investment adviser’s investment committee, which will determine whether to pursue the potential investment. All new investments will be required to be reviewed by the investment committee of our investment adviser, which currently consists of the following seven members: Joseph Tansey, Steven Stuart, Rafael Astruc, Brian Chase, Mitch Drucker, Susan George and Terence Moore. As our investment adviser adds senior investment professionals subsequent to this offering, our investment adviser may add them to its investment committee. The members of our investment committee will receive no compensation from us. These members will be employees or partners of our investment adviser and will receive compensation or profit distributions from our investment adviser.

Investment Structure

Once our investment adviser determines that a prospective portfolio company is suitable for investment, it will work with the company’s management and its other capital providers to structure an investment. Our investment adviser intends to negotiate among these parties to agree how our investment should be structured relative to the other capital in the portfolio company’s capital structure.

We expect to structure our loans as follows:

Secured Loans.   We typically will structure these loans, which include unitranche loans, with either a first or second lien security interest in the portfolio company’s assets that will support the repayment of such loans. First and second lien senior secured loans may provide for moderate loan amortization in the early years of the loan, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity but in all cases amortization will be based on the free cash flows generated by the portfolio company and available for debt service. Unitranche loans typically provide for moderate loan amortization in the initial years of the facility, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity. Unitranche loans also generally allow the borrower to make a large lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term, and there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity. In these cases, maturity extension or

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

restructuring could be necessary to preserve collateral and enterprise value. Secured loans may include a PIK interest feature although we expect that a majority of the interest will be cash pay.

Special Situations Loans.   These loans can be either secured or unsecured and often support an operational or financial restructuring. These loans can also include situations that require unusual speed to closing or structural flexibility. In some cases we will structure these loans as secured debtor-in-possession or bankruptcy exit loans. We will seek to obtain security interests in the assets of the portfolio company borrowers that serve as collateral in support of the repayment of such loans. Such collateral may take the form of first-priority or second-priority liens on the assets of the portfolio company borrower. Our special situation loans may provide for moderate loan amortization in the early years of the loan, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity, and may include a PIK interest feature although we expect that a majority of the interest will be cash pay.

Unsecured Loans.   We typically will structure these loans as unsecured, subordinated loans that provide for relatively high, fixed interest rates and provide us with significant current interest income. These loans typically have interest-only payments (often representing a combination of cash pay and payment-in-kind interest) in the early years, with the amortization of principal deferred to maturity. Mezzanine loans, which are often unsecured, generally allow the borrower to make a large lump sum payment of principal at the end of the loan term, and there is a risk of loss if the borrower is unable to pay the lump sum or refinance the amount owed at maturity. We expect that mezzanine loans will typically provide for a portion of the interest to be paid-in-kind. In these cases, maturity extension or restructuring could be necessary to preserve collateral and enterprise value.

Warrants and Minority Equity Securities.   In some cases, we may receive nominally priced warrants or options to buy a minority equity interest in the portfolio company in connection with a loan. As a result, if a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return. We may also structure warrants to include provisions protecting its rights as a minority-interest holder, as well as a “put,” or right to sell such securities back to the issuer, upon the occurrence of specified events. In many cases, we may seek to obtain registration rights in connection with these equity interests, which may include demand and “piggy-back” registration rights.

We intend to tailor the terms of each investment to the facts and circumstances of the transaction and the prospective portfolio company, negotiating a structure that protects its rights and manages risk while creating incentives for the portfolio company to achieve its business plan and improve its operating results. We seek to limit the downside potential of our investments by:

investing between $10 million and $25 million per transaction;
maintaining an emphasis on capital preservation;
requiring a targeted unlevered annual effective yield of between 10% and 15%, excluding any warrants or other equity interests received by us as part of such investment;
making investments which afford us a significant capital cushion in the form of junior capital and/or asset coverage as well as adequate lender protections in loan documentation; and
selecting investments that our investment adviser believes have a low probability of loss.

We expect to hold most of our investments to maturity or repayment but may sell some investments earlier if liquidity event occurs, such as a sale, recapitalization or worsening of the credit quality of the portfolio company.

Ongoing Monitoring

We view active portfolio monitoring as a vital part of the investment process. Our investment adviser will monitor the financial trends of each portfolio company to determine if they are meeting their respective business plans and to assess the appropriate course of action for each company.

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We expect that our investment adviser will use several methods of evaluating and monitoring the performance and fair value of our investments, which may include the following:

assessment of success in adhering to portfolio company’s business plan and compliance with covenants;
periodic and regular contact with portfolio company management and, if appropriate, the financial or strategic sponsor, to discuss financial position, requirements and accomplishments;
comparisons to other portfolio companies in the industry, if any;
attendance at and participation in board meetings; and
review of monthly and quarterly financial statements and financial projections for portfolio companies.

Our investment adviser will assign an internal rating for each of our portfolio companies. The rating scale is a numeric scale of 1 to 4 based on the credit attributes and prospects of the portfolio company’s business. In general, we use the ratings as follows:

a rating of 1 denotes a high quality investment with no loss of principal expected;
a rating of 2 denotes a moderate to high quality investment with no loss of principal expected;
a rating of 3 denotes a moderate quality investment with market rates of expected loss of principal and potential non-compliance with financial covenants; and
a rating of 4 denotes a low quality investment with an expected loss of principal. In case of risk grade 4 loans, our investment adviser will assign a recovery value to the loan.

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investments

We seek to create a diverse portfolio that includes senior secured, unitranche, mezzanine and unsecured loans and warrants and minority equity securities by making investments generally in the range of $10 million to $25 million in U.S. based middle-market companies. Set forth below is a list of our ten largest portfolio company investments as of December 31, 2010, as well as the top ten industries in which we were invested as of December 31, 2010, in each case calculated as a percentage of our total investments as of such date.

   
Portfolio Company   Fair Value of
Investment (dollars
in thousands)
  Percentage of
Total Investments
Peak 10, Inc.   $ 9,022       3.2 %  
Volume Services America, Inc.     8,892       3.1 %  
Cengage Learning, Inc.     8,214       2.9 %  
R3 Treatment Inc.     7,611       2.7 %  
MCCI Group Holdings, LLC     7,423       2.6 %  
Midwest Dental     7,213       2.5 %  
SMG     6,851       2.4 %  
Hoffmaster Group, Inc.     6,807       2.4 %  
Strategic Partners, Inc.     6,983       2.5 %  
Inland Pipe Rehabilitation, LLC     6,673       2.4 %  
     $ 75,689       26.7 %  

   
Industry   Fair Value of
Investment (dollars
in thousands)
  Percentage of
Total Investments
Miscellaneous Services   $ 55,922       19.7 %  
Health Services     25,889       9.1 %  
Communications     24,311       8.6 %  
Printing & Publishing     13,523       4.8 %  
Miscellaneous Manufacturing     12,892       4.5 %  
Papers & Allied Products     11,756       4.1 %  
Chemicals     11,545       4.1 %  
Food Products     10,054       3.5 %  
Restaurants     9,769       3.4 %  
Business Finance Services     8,891       3.1 %  
     $ 184,552       65.0 %  

Managerial Assistance

As a business development company, we will offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. Garrison Capital Administrator or an affiliate of Garrison Capital Administrator will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. We may receive fees for these services and will reimburse Garrison Capital Administrator or an affiliate of Garrison Capital Administrator for its allocated costs in providing such assistance, subject to the review and approval by our board of directors, including our independent directors. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Administration Agreement.”

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Competition

Our primary competitors to provide financing to middle-market companies will include public and private funds, including other business development companies, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies, and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds. As the economic recovery continues, we expect that we may face enhanced competition in the future. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, some competitors may have a lower cost of funds and access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act will impose on us as a business development company and that the Code will impose on us as a RIC. For additional information concerning the competitive risks we face, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — The highly competitive market for investment opportunities in which we operate may limit our investment opportunities.”

Administration

We will not have any direct employees, and our day-to-day investment operations will be managed by our investment adviser. We have a chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and, to the extent necessary, our board of directors may elect to hire additional personnel going forward. Our officers will be employees of Garrison Investment Group LP, an affiliate of our investment adviser, and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief financial officer and chief compliance officer and their respective staffs will be paid by us pursuant to the Administration Agreement. Some of our executive officers described under “Management of the Company” are also officers of Garrison Capital Advisers. See “The Adviser and the Administrator — Administration Agreement.”

Properties

Our executive offices are located at 1350 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019 and are provided by our administrator pursuant to our Administration Agreement. We believe that our office facilities are suitable and adequate for our business as it is contemplated to be conducted.

Legal Proceedings

None of our investment adviser, our administrator, Garrison Investment Group or us is currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us, or against our investment adviser or administrator.

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PORTFOLIO COMPANIES

The following table sets forth certain information as of December 31, 2010 for each portfolio company in which we had an investment. Other than these investments, our only formal relationships with our portfolio companies are the managerial assistance that we may provide upon request and the board observer or participation rights we may receive in connection with our investment. See “Regulation — Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies.” We do not “control” and are not an “affiliate” of any of our portfolio companies, each as defined in the 1940 Act. In general, under the 1940 Act, we would “control” a portfolio company if we owned more than 25% of its voting securities and would be an “affiliate” of a portfolio company if we owned five percent or more of its voting securities.

As of December 31, 2010, indirectly through GF 2010-1, we held an investment portfolio of syndicated senior secured loans fair valued at $283.8 million and related indebtedness with a par value of $219.5 million. As of that date, this portfolio consisted of 74 investments with an average investment size of approximately $3.7 million, a weighted average yield of 7.32% and a weighted average maturity of 4 years. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” We do not believe that there are any material differences in the underwriting standards that were used to evaluate these investments and the underwriting standards described in this prospectus that we expect to implement. However, over time we expect that syndicated first lien senior secured loans will represent a smaller percentage of our investment portfolio as we grow our business and our syndicated senior secured investments are repaid or sold in the secondary market and we reinvest the proceeds of such repayments or sales.

               
               
Name and Address
of Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of Investment   Interest Rate (1)   Maturity Date   Principal Due at Maturity   Amortized Cost   Fair Value of Investment   Percentage of Class Held*
Aerostructures Acquisition, LLC
c/o Vitron Manufacturing
18008A N. Black Canyon Hwy. Phoenix, AZ 85053
  Transport Equipment   Senior Secured   7.25%
(LIBOR + 5.00%,
2.50% Floor)
  03/01/2013   $926,363   $833,726   $852,253   *
Alliance Laundry Systems LLC
P.O. Box 990 Shepard Street, Ripon, WI 54971
  Miscellaneous Manufacturing   Senior Secured   6.25%
(LIBOR + 4.50%,
1.75% Floor)
  09/30/2016   $978,947   $987,268   $991,576   *
Alpha Packing Holdings, Inc.
1555 Page Industrial Blvd.
St. Louis, MO 63132
  Miscellaneous Manufacturing   Senior Secured   6.75%
(LIBOR + 5.00%,
1.75% Floor)
  09/17/2016   $3,241,875   $3,144,619   $3,144,619   *
Andrews International Inc.
27959 Smyth Drive
Valencia, CA 91355
  Miscellaneous Services   Senior Secured   7.55%
(LIBOR + 5.50%,
1.75% Floor)
  09/20/2015   $6,000,000   $5,940,000   $5,940,000   *
APS Healthcare, Inc.
8403 Colesville Road
Silver Springs, MD 20910
  Health Services   Senior Secured   3.52%
(LIBOR + 3.25%)
  03/30/2013   $3,545,574   $3,297,384   $3,297,384   *
Arclin US Holdings Inc. (2)
5865 McLaughlin Road
Unit 3
Mississauga, ON L5R 1B8, Canada
  Chemicals   Senior Secured   7.75%
(LIBOR + 6.00%,
1.75% Floor)
  01/15/2015   $2,654,844       *
          Senior Secured   8.25%
(BASE RATE + 5.00%,
3.25% Floor)
  01/15/2015   $24,749       *
          TOTAL             $2,679,593   $2,545,613   $2,599,205   *
Aspect Software, Inc.
300 Apollo Drive
Chelmsford, MA 01824
  Communications   Senior Secured   6.25%
(LIBOR + 4.50%,
1.75% Floor)
  05/07/2016   $5,969,923   $5,984,850   $5,992,312   *
Avantor Performance Materials Holdings, Inc.
c/o New Mountain Capital LLC
787 Seventh Avenue
49 th Floor
New York, NY 10019
  Chemicals   Senior Secured   6.25%
(LIBOR + 4.50%,
1.75% Floor)
  10/07/2016   $5,985,000   $5,999,962   $6,029,887   *

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

               
               
Name and Address
of Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of Investment   Interest Rate (1)   Maturity Date   Principal Due at Maturity   Amortized Cost   Fair Value of Investment   Percentage of Class Held*
BBB Industries, LLC
5640 Commerce Blvd.
East Mobile, AL 36619
  Automotive   Senior Secured   6.50%
(LIBOR + 4.50%,
2.00% Floor)
  06/29/2013   $5,407,805       *
          Senior Secured   6.50%
(LIBOR + 4.50%,
2.00% Floor)
  06/29/2013   $3,352       *
          TOTAL             $5,411,157   $5,203,910   $5,212,567   *
BMP/Pennant Holdings, LLC (3)
9041 Executive Park Drive
Suite 300
Knoxville, TN 37923
  Restaurants   Senior Secured Term Loan A   5.71%
(LIBOR + 5.25%)
  06/27/2014   $2,976,562       *
          Senior Secured
Term Loan A
  7.50%
(BASE RATE + 4.25%)
  06/27/2014   $20,848       *
          TOTAL             $2,997,402   $2,399,454   $2,397,922   *
          Senior Secured
Term Loan B
  12.46%
(LIBOR + 12.00%)
  06/27/2014   $621,875       *
          Senior Secured
Term Loan B
  14.25%
(BASE RATE + 11.00%)
  06/27/2014   $22,846       *
          TOTAL             $644,721   $517,729.06   $515,777   *
BRSP, LLC (4)
505 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10017
  Miscellaneous Services   Senior Secured   7.50%
(LIBOR + 4.50%,
3.00% Floor)
  06/24/2014   $994,855   $999,615   $999,829   *
Camelbak Products, LLC
2000 McDowell
Petaluma, CA 94954
  Miscellaneous Manufacturing   Senior Secured   7.00%
(LIBOR + 5.25%,
1.75% Floor)
  06/21/2015   $,800,987       *
          Senior Secured   7.50%
(BASE RATE + 4.25%)
  06/21/2015   $1,974       *
          TOTAL             $4,802,961   $4,725,152   $4,742,923
CareMore Holdings, Inc.
1221 Avenue of the Americas
39 th Floor
New York, NY 10020
  Health Services   Senior Secured   3.03%
(LIBOR + 2.75%)
  02/28/2013   $3,234,000   $2,991,450   $2,910,600   *
Cengage Learning, Inc.
200 First Stamford Place
Suite 400
Stamford, CT 06902
  Printing & Publishing   Senior Secured   2.55%
(LIBOR + 2.25%)
  07/03/2014   $8,702,638   $7,995,114   $8,213,550   *
Convergent Resources, Inc.
6 Concourse Parkway
Suite 2920
Atlanta, GA 30328
  Business Finance Services   Senior Secured   5.80%
(LIBOR + 5.50%)
  06/30/2012   $3,978,898   $3,779,953   $3,779,953   *
ConvergeOne Holdings Corp.
3344 Highway 149
Eagan, MN 55121
  Communications   Senior Secured   3.04%
(LIBOR + 2.75%)
  05/31/2013   $2,140,727   $1,926,654   $1,926,654   *
Dana Holding Corporation (4)
4500 Dorr Street
Toledo, OH 43615
  Machinery   Senior Secured   4.53%
(LIBOR + 4.25%)
  01/30/2015   $3,126,222       *
          Senior Secured   4.53%
(LIBOR + 4.25%)
  01/30/2015   $1,271,775       *
          TOTAL             $4,397,997   $4,390,521   $4,430,983     
Darling International Inc.
251 O’Connor Ridge Boulevard Suite 300
Irving, TX 75038
  Food Products   Senior Secured   5.00%
(LIBOR + 3.50%,
1.50% Floor)
  12/17/2016   $1,500,000   $1,492,500   $1,510,650   *

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

               
               
Name and Address
of Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of Investment   Interest Rate (1)   Maturity Date   Principal Due at Maturity   Amortized Cost   Fair Value of Investment   Percentage of Class Held*
Denny’s Inc.
203 E. Main St.
Spartanburg, SC 29319
  Restaurants   Senior Secured   6.50%
(LIBOR + 4.75%,
1.75% Floor)
  09/30/2016   $3,840,000   $3,871,104   $3,884,928   *
Earthbound Holdings III, LLC
1721 San Juan Highway
San Juan Bautista, CA 95045
  Crop Agriculture   Senior Secured   6.75%
(LIBOR + 5.00%,
1.75% Floor)
  12/21/2016   $3,000,000   $2,955,041   $3,020,700   *
Educate, Inc.
1001 Fleet Street
Baltimore, MD 21202
  Educational Services   Senior Secured   8.50%
(LIBOR + 7.00%,
1.50% Floor)
  06/14/2014   $1,480,000       *
          Senior Secured   9.25%
(BASE RATE + 6.00%)
  06/14/2014   $8,515       *
          TOTAL             $1,488,515   $1,466,940   $1,466,187   *
eInstruction Corp.
308 N. Carroll Blvd.
Denton, TX 76201
  Communications   Senior Secured   4.06%
(LIBOR + 3.75%)
  07/02/2013   $3,033,431       *
       Senior Secured   5.75%
(BASE RATE + 2.50%)
  07/02/2013   $6,598       *
       TOTAL             $3,040,029   $2,705,625   $2,766,426   *
Farley’s & Sathers Candy
Company, Inc.
One Sather Plaza
P.O. Box 28 Round Lake,
MN 56167
  Food Products   Senior Secured   7.00%
(LIBOR + 5.00%,
2.00% Floor)
  06/15/2011   $1,807,013       *
       Senior Secured   7.25%
(BASE RATE + 4.00%)
  06/15/2011   $2,787       *
       TOTAL             $1,809,799   $1,791,702   $1,805,275   *
Fleetgistics Holdings, Inc.
c/o Fleetgistics Enterprises, Inc.
7701 Forsyth Blvd.
Suite 600 St. Louis, MO 63105
  Transportation Services   Senior Secured   7.50%
(LIBOR + 5.50%,
2.00% Floor)
  03/23/2015   $3,082,979       *
       Senior Secured   7.75%
(BASE RATE + 4.00%)
  03/23/2015   $220,146         
       TOTAL             $3,303,125   $3,311,383   $3,311,383   *
General Chemical Corporation
90 East Halsey Road
Parsippany, NJ 07054
  Chemicals   Senior Secured   6.75%
(LIBOR + 5.00%,
1.75% Floor)
  10/06/2015   $995,294       *
       Senior Secured   7.25%
(BASE RATE + 4.00%)
  10/06/2015   $2,206       *
       TOTAL             $997,500   $1,004,483   $1,009,171   *
Goodman Global, Inc.
5151 San Felipe
Suite 500
Houston, TX 77056
  Machinery   Senior Secured   5.75%
(LIBOR + 4.00%,
1.75% Floor)
  10/28/2016   $997,500   $987,772   $1,001,889   *
Green Tree Credit Solutions LLC
1100 Landmark Towers
345 St. Peter Street
St. Paul, MN 55102
  Consumer Finance Services   Senior Secured   8.00%
(LIBOR + 5.75%,
2.25% Floor)
  12/18/2015   $4,385,714   $4,341,857   $4,371,241   *
Gulf Coast Machine & Supply Co. (3)
P.O. Box 26002
Beaumont, TX 77705
  Oil & Gas Extraction   Senior Secured   13.50%
(LIBOR + 9.50%,
4.00% Floor)
  01/31/2013   $3,035,155   $2,429,000   $2,428,125   *

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

               
               
Name and Address
of Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of Investment   Interest Rate (1)   Maturity Date   Principal Due at Maturity   Amortized Cost   Fair Value of Investment   Percentage of Class Held*
Hamilton Beach/Proctor-Silex, Inc.
4421 Waterfront Dr.
Glen Allen, VA 23060
  Home Furnishings Stores   Senior Secured   2.30%
(LIBOR + 2.00%)
  05/31/2013   $792,600       *
       Senior Secured   2.31%
(LIBOR + 2.00%)
  05/31/2013   $1,321,000       *
       Senior Secured   2.29%
(LIBOR + 2.00%)
  05/31/2013   $1,321,000       *
          Senior Secured   2.27%
(LIBOR + 2.00%)
  05/31/2013   $2,632,462       *
          TOTAL             $6,067,062   $5,824,380   $5,930,554   *
Hoffmaster Group, Inc.
2920 N. Main Street
Oshkosh, WI 54901
  Papers & Allied Products   Senior Secured   7.00%
(LIBOR + 5.00%,
2.00% Floor)
  06/02/2016   $6,893,592   $6,812,908   $6,807,422   *
Hyland Software, Inc.
28500 Clemens Road
Westlake, OH 44145
  Communications   Senior Secured   6.75%
(LIBOR + 5.00%,
1.75% Floor)
  12/17/2016   $4,000,000   $3,960,183   $3,982,000   *
Inland Pipe Rehabilitation, LLC
2021 S. Schaefer Highway
Detroit, MI 48217
  Pipe Lines   Senior Secured   6.75%
(LIBOR + 4.50%,
3.00% Floor)
  07/05/2013   $6,879,301   $6,672,922   $6,672,922   *
Interactive Data Corporation
32 Crosby Drive
Bedford, MA 01730
  Printing & Publishing   Senior Secured   6.75%
(LIBOR + 5.00%,
1.75% Floor)
  01/29/2017   $2,487,500   $2,530,036   $2,516,852   *
Kenan Advantage Group, Inc.
(The)
4366 Mt. Pleasant St.
North Canton, OH 44720
  Transportation Services   Senior Secured   5.50%
(LIBOR + 4.00%,
1.50% Floor)
  06/11/2016   $3,000,000   $2,970,150   $2,997,000   *
LabelCorp Holdings, Inc.
13321 California St.
Suite 400
Omaha, NE 68154
  Papers & Allied Products   Senior Secured   8.50%
(LIBOR + 5.50%,
3.00% Floor)
  08/08/2014   $5,320,813   $4,908,450   $4,948,356   *
Landry’s Restaurants, Inc.
1510 West Loop
South Houston, TX 77027
  Restaurants   Senior Secured   6.25%
(LIBOR + 4.50%,
1.75% Floor)
  12/10/2014   $3,000,000   $2,962.575   $2,970,000   *
Marshall Retail Group LLC
5385 Wynn Road
Las Vegas, NV 89118
  Apparel & Accessory Stores   Senior Secured   7.25%
(LIBOR + 4.50%,
2.75% Floor)
  04/16/2013   $1,798,573   $1,672,673   $1,672,673   *
MCCI Group Holdings, LLC
c/o Medical Care Consortium, Inc.
4960 SW 72 nd Street
Suite 406
Miami, FL 33155
  Health Services   Senior Secured   4.05%
(LIBOR + 3.75%)
  12/21/2012   $5,510,007       *
       Senior Secured   4.04%
(LIBOR + 3.75%)
  12/21/2012   $1,002,761       *
       Senior Secured   4.04%
(LIBOR + 3.75%)
  12/21/2012   $1,469,335       *
          TOTAL             $7,982,104   $7,423,356   $7,423,356   *
Metaldyne, LLC
47659 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
  Transport Equipment   Senior Secured   7.75%
(LIBOR + 6.00%,
1.75% Floor)
  10/22/2016   $4,987,500   $5,049,844   $5,027,899   *
Midwest Dental
680 Hehli Way
Mondovi,WI 54755
  Health Services   Senior Secured   3.51%
(LIBOR + 3.25%)
  05/03/2012   $7,714,615   $7,213,165   $7,213,165   *

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

               
               
Name and Address
of Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of Investment   Interest Rate (1)   Maturity Date   Principal Due at Maturity   Amortized Cost   Fair Value of Investment   Percentage of Class Held*
NaviSite, Inc. (4)
400 Minuteman Rd.
Andover, MA 01810
  Communications   Senior Secured   9.15%
(LIBOR + 6.00%, 3.15% Floor)
  06/08/2013   $1,824,357       *
       Senior Secured   9.15%
(BASE RATE + 5.00%)
  06/08/2013   $59,811       *
       TOTAL             $1,884,169   $1,771,118   $1,789,960   *
NBTY Inc.
2100 Smithtown Avenue Ronkonkoma, NY 11779
  Food Products   Senior Secured   6.25%
(LIBOR + 4.50%,
1.75% Floor)
  10/01/2017   $2,000,000   $2,025,400   $2,027,000   *
Network Solutions, LLC
13861 Sunrise Valley Drive
Suite 300
Herndon, VA 20171
  Business Services   Senior Secured   2.52%
(LIBOR + 2.25%)
  03/07/2014   $6,187,509   $5,831,727   $5,893,602   *
Ocwen Financial Corporation
1661 Worthington Road
Suite 100
West Palm Beach, FL 33409
  Business Finance Services   Senior Secured   9.00%
(LIBOR + 7.00%,
2.00% Floor)
  07/29/2015   $5,136,447   $5,118,954   $5,110,765   *
Ozburn-Hessey Holding Company LLC
7101 Executive Center Drive
Suite 333
Brentwood, TN 37027
  Transportation Services   Senior Secured   7.50%
(LIBOR + 5.50%,
2.00% Floor)
  04/08/2016   $1,985,000   $2,012,393   $2,004,850   *
Pabst Brewing Company
9014 Heritage Parkway
Suite 308
Woodridge, IL 60517
  Food Products   Senior Secured   6.50%
(LIBOR + 5.00%,
1.50% Floor)
  06/25/2015   $3,889,889   $3,869,444   $3,869,444   *
Peak 10, Inc.
8910 Lenox Point Drive
Suite A
Charlotte, NC 28273
  Miscellaneous Services   Senior Secured   7.25%
(LIBOR + 5.00%,
1.75% Floor)
  10/05/2016   $8,977,500   $8,887,725   $9,022,387   *
Pelican Products, Inc.
23215 Early Avenue
Torrance, CA 90505
  Miscellaneous Manufacturing   Senior Secured   5.75%
(LIBOR + 4.25%,
1.50% Floor)
  11/30/2016   $4,000,000   $3,960,458   $4,012,400   *
Physiotherapy Associates, Inc.
c/o Benchmark Medical, Inc.
101 Lindenwood Drive
Malvern, PA 19355
  Health Services   Senior Secured Term Loan   8.5%
(LIBOR + 5.25%, 3.25% Floor)
  06/28/2013   $4,558,259   $3,945,903   $4,244,140   *
       Senior Secured Term Loan (Second Lien)   13.00%
(LIBOR + 9.75%, 3.25% Floor)
  12/31/2013   $1,000,000   $555,000   $800,000   *
       TOTAL             $5,888,259   $4,500,903   $5,044,140   *
Pinnacle Foods Finance LLC
1 Old Bloomfield Avenue
Mountain Lakes, NJ 07046
  Food Products   Senior Secured   6.00%
(LIBOR + 4.25%,
1.75% Floor)
  04/02/2014   $832,454   $841,111   $841,694   *
Porex Corporation
500 Bohannon Road
Fairburn, GA 30213
  Chemicals   Senior Secured   7.25%
(LIBOR + 5.75%,
1.50% Floor)
  03/31/2015   $1,884,000       *
       Senior Secured   8.00%
(BASE RATE + 4.75%)
  03/31/2015   $3,500    
       TOTAL             $1,887,500   $1,868,625   $1,906,375   *

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

               
               
Name and Address
of Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of Investment   Interest Rate (1)   Maturity Date   Principal Due at Maturity   Amortized Cost   Fair Value of Investment   Percentage of Class Held*
Princeton Review, Inc. (The)
111 Speen Street
Framingham, MA 01701
  Printing & Publishing   Senior Secured   6.75%
(LIBOR + 5.25%,
1.50% Floor)
  12/07/2014   $2,825,000       *
       Senior Secured   7.50%
(BASE RATE + 4.25%)
  12/07/2014   $25,000       *
       TOTAL             $2,850,000   $2,793,000   $2,793,000   *
Protection One, Inc.
1035 N.3d Street
Suite 101 Lawrence, KS 66044
  Miscellaneous Services   Senior Secured   6.00%
(LIBOR + 4.25%,
1.75% Floor)
  06/04/2016   $2,877,308   $2,870,114   $2,877,308   *
Provo Craft & Novelty, Inc.
151 E. 3450 North
Spanish Fork, UT 84660
  Miscellaneous Retail   Senior Secured   8.00%
(LIBOR + 6.00%,
2.00% Floor)
  03/22/2016   $4,000,000       *
       Senior Secured   8.25%
(BASE RATE + 5.00%)
  03/22/2016   $38,462       *
       TOTAL             $4,038,462   $3,922,558   $3,885,000   *
PSP Holdco, LLC
22710 Haggerty Rd.
Suite 100
Farmington Hills, MI 48335
  Miscellaneous Retail   Senior Secured   7.50%
(LIBOR + 5.75%,
1.75% Floor)
  09/13/2016   $4,987,500   $4,912,687   $4,912,688   *
R3 Treatment Inc.
One Franklin Parkway
Building 910
Suite 120
San Mateo, CA 94403
  Miscellaneous Services   Senior Secured
Term Loan A
  8.00%
(LIBOR + 6.00%, 2.00% Floor)
  12/29/14   $4,687,500   $4,640,625   $4,640,625   *
       Senior Secured
Tranche B Loan
  8.50%
(LIBOR + 6.50%, 2.00% Floor)
  07/01/2015   $2,985,000   $2,970,542   $2,970,075   *
       TOTAL             $7,672,500   $7,611,167   $7,610,700   *
RailWorks, LLC
5 Penn Plaza
12 th Floor
New York, NY 10001
  Railroad Transportation   Senior Secured   5.25%
(LIBOR + 3.75%,
1.50% Floor)
  05/07/2013   $3,483,946   $3,414,169   $3,414,169   *
Resco Products, Inc.
Penn Center West Two
Suite 430
Pittsburgh, PA 15276
  Mining (Nonmetallic)   Senior Secured   8.50%
(LIBOR + 6.50%,
2.00% Floor)
  06/22/2013   $4,072,347   $3,746,559   $3,746,559   *
Savvis Communications Corporation (4)
1 Savvis Parkway
Town and Country, MO 63017
  Miscellaneous Services   Senior Secured   6.75%
(LIBOR + 5.00%,
1.75% Floor)
  08/04/2016   $4,987,500   $5,039,869   $5,060,816   *
SI Organization, Inc.
720 Vandenburg Road PA/C
King of Prussia, PA 19406
  Specialty Services   Senior Secured   5.75%
(LIBOR + 4.00%,
1.75% Floor)
  11/22/2016   $4,000,000   $3,977,793   $4,025,200   *
SMG
c/o SMG Holdings, Inc.
701 Market Street
Suite 4400 Philadelphia, PA 19106
  Miscellaneous Services   Senior Secured   3.29%
(LIBOR + 3.00%)
  07/27/2014   $7,211,931   $6,779,215   $6,851,334   *
Source Refrigeration & HVAC, Inc. (3)
800 E. Orangethorpe Avenue Anaheim, CA 92801
  Electrical Equipment   Senior Secured   11.00%
(BASE RATE + 7.75%)
  01/30/2015   $1,328,688   $1,222,393   $1,222,393   *
Strategic Partners, Inc.
9800 De Soto Avenue
Chatsworth, CA 91311
  Apparel Products   Senior Secured   7.25%
(LIBOR + 5.50%,
1.75% Floor)
  08/23/2016   $6,982,500   $6,982,000   $6,982,500   *
Syncsort Incorporated
50 Tice Boulevard
Woodcliff Lake, NJ 07677
  Electrical Equipment   Senior Secured   7.50%
(LIBOR + 5.50%,
2.00% Floor)
  03/31/2015   $4,875,000   $4,777,500   $4,777,500   *

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

               
               
Name and Address
of Portfolio Company
  Industry   Type of Investment   Interest Rate (1)   Maturity Date   Principal Due at Maturity   Amortized Cost   Fair Value of Investment   Percentage of Class Held*
Transaction Network Services, Inc. (4)
11380 Commerce Park Drive
Suite 600
Reston, VA 20191
  Communications   Senior Secured Initial Term Loan   6.00%
(LIBOR + 4.00%, 2.00% Floor)
  11/18/2015   $4,180,000   $4,188,360   $4,188,360   *
       Senior Secured Series 1 New Term Loan   6.00%
(LIBOR + 4.00%, 2.00% Floor)
  11/18/2015   $668,439   $669,776   $669,776   *
       TOTAL             $4,848,439   $4,858,136   $4,858,136   *
Transtar Holding Company
7350 Young Drive
Walton Hills,OH 44146
  Automotive   Senior Secured   6.25% (LIBOR + 4.50%,
1.75% Floor)
  12/21/2016   $3,000,000   $2,970,000   $3,030,000   *
TSI Acquisition LLC
11785 Highway 132
Pampa, TX 79065
  Oil & Gas Extraction   Senior Secured   3.05%
(LIBOR + 2.75%)
  03/12/2013   $1,787,813   $1,537,519   $1,537,519   *
U.S. TelePacific Corp.
515 S. Flower St.
47 th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90071
  Communications   Senior Secured   9.25%
(LIBOR + 7.25%,
2.00% Floor)
  08/17/2015   $992,500   $999,944   $1,000,738   *
United Components, Inc.
1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW Washington, DC 20004
  Transport Equipment   Senior Secured   6.25%
(LIBOR + 4.50%,
1.75% Floor)
  03/23/2017   $498,750   $503,139   $498,750   *
United States Infrastructure Corporation
13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd. Suite 200
Carmel, IN 46032
  Miscellaneous Services   Senior Secured   5.50%
(LIBOR + 4.00%, 1.50% Floor)
  05/13/2015   $1,989,427       *
       Senior Secured   6.00%
(BASE RATE + 3.25%)
  05/13/2015   $5,573       *
       TOTAL             $1,995,000   $1,995,000   $1,997,494   *
Universal Fiber Systems, LLC
14401 Industrial Park Road
Bristol, VA 24202
  Textile Equipment   Senior Secured   7.00%
(LIBOR + 5.25%,
1.75% Floor)
  06/26/2015   $5,000,000   $4,950,000   $4,950,000   *
Vision Solutions, Inc.
15300 Barranca Parkway
Irvine, CA 92618
  Miscellaneous Services   Senior Secured   7.75%
(LIBOR + 6.00%,
1.75% Floor)
  07/23/2016   $6,737,500   $6,636,438   $6,670,125   *
Volume Services America, Inc. (Centerplate)
2187 Atlantic Street
6 th Floor
Stamford, CT 06902
  Miscellaneous Services   Senior Secured Term Loan A   10.00%
(LIBOR + 8.00%, 2.00% Floor)
  09/16/2015   $1,920,000       *
       Senior Secured Term Loan A   10.25%
(BASE RATE + 7.00%)
  09/16/2015   $5,000       *
       TOTAL             $1,925,000   $1,896,125   $1,896,125   *
          Senior Secured Term Loan B   10.50%
(LIBOR + 8.50%, 2.00% Floor)
  09/16/2016   $6,979,904       *
          Senior Secured Term Loan B   10.75%
(BASE RATE + 7.50%)
  09/16/2016   $2,596       *
          TOTAL             $6,982,500   $6,860,306   $6,995,767   *
Vonage America Inc. (4)
23 Main Street
Holmdel, NJ 07733
  Communications   Senior Secured   9.75%
(LIBOR + 8.00%,
1.75% Floor)
  12/14/2015   $2,000,000   $1,940,396   $1,995,000   *

* Percentage of class held refers only to common and preferred equity held, if any, and is calculated on a fully diluted basis.

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(1) All interest is payable in cash unless otherwise indicated. A majority of the variable rate debt investments bear interest at a rate that may be determined by reference to LIBOR or the Euro Interbank Offered Rate, or EURIBOR, and which reset daily, quarterly, monthly or semiannually. For each debt investment, we have provided the current interest rate in effect as of December 31, 2010.
(2) Non-U.S. company or principal place of business outside of the United States.
(3) A portion of the interest may be deferred through a PIK interest rate option.
(4) Public company.

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The board of directors currently consists of seven members, four of whom are not “interested persons” of Garrison Capital as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, and are “independent” as determined by our board of directors, consistent with the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market. We refer to these individuals as our independent directors. Our board of directors elects our officers, who will serve at the discretion of the board of directors.

Board of Directors and its Leadership Structure

Under our certificate of incorporation, our directors will be divided into three classes. Each class of directors will hold office for a three-year term. However, the initial members of the three classes have initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at such meeting will be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Each director will hold office for the term to which he or she is elected and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies.

Oversight of our investment activities extends to oversight of the risk management processes employed by our investment adviser as part of its day-to-day management of our investment activities. The board of directors anticipates reviewing risk management processes at both regular and special board meetings throughout the year, consulting with appropriate representatives of our investment adviser as necessary and periodically requesting the production of risk management reports or presentations. The goal of the board of directors’ risk oversight function is to ensure that the risks associated with our investment activities are accurately identified, thoroughly investigated and responsibly addressed. Investors should note, however, that the board of directors’ oversight function cannot eliminate all risks or ensure that particular events do not adversely affect the value of our investments.

The board of directors has established an audit committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, and may establish additional committees from time to time as necessary. The scope of each committee’s responsibilities is discussed in greater detail below. Joseph Tansey, Co-President of Garrison Investment Group, and therefore an interested person of Garrison Capital, serves as Chairman of the board of directors. Our board of directors believes that it is in the best interests of our investors for Mr. Tansey to lead the board of directors because of his familiarity with our portfolio companies, his broad experience with the day-to-day management and operation of other investment funds and his significant background in the financial services industry, as described below.

The board of directors does not have a lead independent director. However,       , the chairman of the audit committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee, is an independent director and acts as a liaison between the independent directors and management between meetings of the board of directors and is involved in the preparation of agendas for board and committee meetings. The board of directors believes that its leadership structure is appropriate because the structure allocates areas of responsibility among the individual directors and the committees in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The board of directors also believes that its small size creates an efficient governance structure that provides opportunity for direct communication and interaction between our investment adviser and the board of directors.

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Directors

Information regarding the members of the board of directors as of the date of this prospectus is as follows:

       
Name   Age   Position   Director
Since
  Expiration of
Term
Interested Directors
              
Joseph Tansey   38   Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer   2011     
Steven Stuart   47   Director   2011     
Rafael Astruc   42   Director   2011     
Independent Directors
                   
          Director, Chairman of the audit and nominating and corporate governance committees   2011     
          Director   2011     
          Director   2011     
          Director   2011     

The address for each director is c/o Garrison Investment Group, 1350 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019.

Executive Officers Who are Not Directors

Information regarding our executive officers who are not directors is as follows:

   
Name   Age   Position
Brian Chase   33   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
Julian Weldon   38   Chief Compliance Officer

The address for each executive officer is c/o Garrison Investment Group, 1350 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019.

Biographical Information

Directors

Our directors have been divided into two groups — interested directors and independent directors. Interested directors are “interested persons” as defined in the 1940 Act.

Interested Directors

Joseph Tansey has served as Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer since 2011 and is a member of our investment committee. He has served as Co-President of Garrison Investment Group since its formation in March 2007. Prior to forming Garrison Investment Group, Mr. Tansey was a Managing Director at Fortress from 2002 to 2007 and a partner of Drawbridge from its inception in August 2002 to March 2007. At Drawbridge, he was responsible for investment and loan structuring with a focus on structured finance and real estate transactions. Most recently, he ran Drawbridge’s rediscount lending business. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Tansey worked at Goldman Sachs & Co. in Tokyo, Hong Kong and New York as a member of the Asian Special Situations Group, the Real Estate Principal Investment Group and the Mortgages Department. Prior to joining Goldman Sachs, Mr. Tansey worked at Starwood Capital Group from 1995 to 1998 where he was involved in the acquisition and management of real estate operating businesses and distressed debt. Mr. Tansey received a B.A. and a B.S. from The University of Pennsylvania.

Steven Stuart has served as director since 2011 and is a member of our investment committee. He has served as Co-President of Garrison Investment Group since its formation in March 2007. Prior to forming Garrison Investment Group, Mr. Stuart was a Managing Director at Fortress and a partner of Drawbridge from its inception in August 2002 to March 2007. At Drawbridge, Mr. Stuart was a senior partner in the real estate

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

area and had primary responsibility for originating both debt and equity transactions in real estate and was also involved in the origination of transactions across all asset categories in the hedge fund. Prior to joining Fortress, Mr. Stuart was the head of the Leveraged Lending and Real Estate Finance Groups at Shinsei Bank, formerly known as Long Term Credit Bank of Japan, where his group originated corporate and real estate loans in excess of $3 billion. From January 1997 through 1998, he was responsible for loan origination for the Real Estate Finance group at Deutsche Bank. Prior to Deutsche Bank, Mr. Stuart spent nearly 10 years at Goldman Sachs & Co., working in both the Real Estate Group and the Mortgage and Asset-Backed Group, where he focused on real estate financings, distressed asset transactions, loan portfolio sales and the securitization of a wide range of consumer loans, residential mortgages and commercial mortgages. Mr. Stuart received a B.A. from Columbia University.

Rafael Astruc has served as a director since 2011 and is a member of our investment committee. Mr. Astruc is currently the president of Cicero Alternative Asset Management, LLC, an advisory firm he founded in January 2011 that provides strategic advisory services to Garrison Investment Group. Prior to founding Cicero Alternative Asset Management, LLC, Mr. Astruc co-founded Private Advisors, LLC, a fund of funds platform specializing in hedge funds and private equity partnerships targeting middle market buyouts, in 1997. While at Private Advisors, LLC from 1997 through 2010, Mr. Astruc served on the board of directors, management committee and investment committee and focused on credit, distressed, direct lending and private equity strategies, with responsibility for portfolio construction, manager selection, due diligence and interfacing with institutional investors and consultants. Prior to co-founding Private Advisors, Mr. Astruc served as an associate at Matrix Capital Markets Group, Inc., a merger and acquisition advisory firm representing sellers of privately-held businesses in the middle market. Over the course of his career, Mr. Astruc has served on numerous private equity and hedge fund advisory boards. Mr. Astruc received a B.S. from George Mason University.

Independent Directors

Executive officers who are not directors

Brian Chase has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since 2011 . Mr. Chase is also a member of our investment committee. He joined Garrison Investment Group at its formation in March 2007 and currently serves as its chief operating officer and chief financial officer with responsibility for structuring of funds, financing, operations, tax, accounting and general administration. Prior to joining Garrison Investment Group, from 2005 until March 2007, Mr. Chase was chief financial officer of the Distressed Securities business at The Blackstone Group, where he was responsible for building and overseeing the fund infrastructure and operations. From 2002 until 2005, Mr. Chase was a controller for Drawbridge where he helped develop and oversee the fund’s accounting, tax, financing and operations. Prior to Fortress, Mr. Chase worked at UBS Alternative Investment Group, a manager of equity and distressed hedge funds, and in the Capital Markets Group at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP specializing in hedge fund audits. Mr. Chase received a B.S. from the State University of New York at Binghamton and is a Certified Public Accountant in the State of New York.

Julian Weldon has served as our Chief Compliance Officer since 2011. Mr. Weldon is the General Counsel for Garrison Investment Group. Prior to joining Garrison in September 2008, Mr. Weldon was Senior Counsel in the Banking department in the New York office of Allen & Overy LLP where he advised on their lending activities across a wide range of product areas. Earlier in his career, Mr. Weldon worked in the Banking department in Allen & Overy’s London office from March 1997 to July 2000. Mr. Weldon was seconded to the leverage finance team of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. in London from 1998 to 1999 and also spent five months in 2000 seconded to the internal legal team of Barclays Bank plc in New York. Mr. Weldon attended law school at the College of Law in London and obtained an undergraduate degree in law (J.D. equivalent) from the University of East Anglia, England. Mr. Weldon is admitted to practice in New York and England.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee

The members of the audit committee are Messrs.     , and     , each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and The NASDAQ Global Select Market corporate governance regulations. Mr.     serves as chairman of the audit committee. The audit committee is responsible for approving our independent accountants, reviewing with our independent accountants the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants, reviewing the independence of our independent accountants and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee is also responsible for aiding our board of directors in fair value pricing debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or for which current market values are not readily available. The board of directors and audit committee will use the services of one or more independent valuation firms to help them determine the fair value of these securities. Our board of directors has determined that Mr.       is an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act. In addition, each member of our audit committee meets the current independence and experience requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs.     , and     , each of whom is independent for purposes of the 1940 Act and the corporate governance regulations of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. Mr.     serves as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for selecting, researching and nominating directors for election by our stockholders, selecting nominees to fill vacancies on the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors, developing and recommending to the board of directors a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and our management.

The nominating and corporate governance committee will consider nominees to the board of directors recommended by a stockholder, if such stockholder complies with the advance notice provisions of our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a stockholder who wishes to nominate a person for election as a director at a meeting of stockholders must deliver written notice to our corporate secretary. This notice must contain, as to each nominee, all of the information relating to such person as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement meeting the requirements of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act, and certain other information set forth in the bylaws. In order to be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director by a stockholder, such potential nominee must deliver to our corporate secretary a written questionnaire providing the requested information about the background and qualifications of such person and a written representation and agreement that such person is not and will not become a party to any voting agreements, any agreement or understanding with any person with respect to any compensation or indemnification in connection with service on the board of directors, and would be in compliance with all of our publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines.

Compensation Committee

We will not have a compensation committee because our executive officers will not receive any direct compensation from us.

Compensation of Directors

Our independent directors each will receive an annual fee of $    . They will also receive $     plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each board of directors meeting and will receive $     plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending each committee meeting. In addition, the Chairman of the Audit Committee will receive an annual fee of $     and each chairman of any other committee will receive an annual fee of $     for their additional services in these capacities. Independent directors will have the option to receive their directors’ fees paid in shares of our common stock issued at a price per share equal to the greater of net asset value or the market price at the time of payment. No compensation is expected to be paid to directors who are “interested persons.” In addition, we have purchased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of our directors and officers.

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compensation of Chief Executive Officer and Other Executive Officers

None of our officers will receive direct compensation from us. The compensation of our chief financial officer and our chief compliance officer will be paid by Garrison Capital Administrator, subject to reimbursement by us of an allocable portion of such compensation for services rendered by him to us. To the extent that our administrator outsources any of its functions we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without profit to the administrators.

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS

We have entered into agreements with our investment adviser, in which our senior management and members of our investment committee have ownership and financial interests. Members of our senior management and members of the investment committee also serve as principals of other investment managers affiliated with our investment adviser that do and may in the future manage investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles with investment objectives similar to ours. In addition, our executive officers and directors and the members of our investment adviser and members of the investment committee serve or may serve as officers, directors or principals of entities that operate in the same, or related, line of business as we do or of investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by our affiliates. These investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles may have investment objectives similar to our investment objective. As a result, we may not be given the opportunity to participate in certain investments made by investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles managed by our investment or its affiliates or by members of the investment committee. However, in order to fulfill its fiduciary duties to each of its clients, our investment adviser intends to allocate investment opportunities in a manner that is fair and equitable over time and is consistent with our investment adviser’s allocation policy, investment objective and strategies so that we are not disadvantaged in relation to any other client. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns.” Where we are able to co-invest consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act, if sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed demand, the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with our investment adviser’s pre-transaction determination. If there is an insufficient amount of an investment opportunity to satisfy our demand and that of other accounts sponsored or managed by our investment adviser or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and such other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on the amount that each such party would have invested if sufficient securities or loan amounts were available. Where we are unable to co-invest consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act, our investment adviser’s allocation policy provides for investments to be allocated on a rotational basis to assure that all clients have fair and equitable access to such investment opportunities.

Policies and Procedures for Managing Conflicts

Our investment adviser and its affiliates have both subjective and objective procedures and policies in place and designed to manage the potential conflicts of interest between our investment adviser’s fiduciary obligations to us and its similar fiduciary obligations to other clients. For example, such policies and procedures are designed to ensure that investment opportunities are allocated in a fair and equitable manner among us and their other clients. An investment opportunity that is suitable for multiple clients of our investment adviser and its affiliates may not be capable of being shared among some or all of such clients and affiliates due to the limited scale of the opportunity or other factors, including regulatory restrictions imposed by the 1940 Act. There can be no assurance that our investment adviser’s or its affiliates’ efforts to allocate any particular investment opportunity fairly among all clients for whom such opportunity is appropriate will result in an allocation of all or part of such opportunity to us. Not all conflicts of interest can be expected to be resolved in our favor.

Our investment adviser may manage investment vehicles with similar or overlapping investment strategies with us and has put in place a conflict-resolution policy that addresses the co-investment restrictions set forth under the 1940 Act and seeks to ensure the equitable allocation of investment opportunities when we are able to invest alongside other accounts managed by our adviser and its affiliates. When we invest alongside such other accounts as permitted, such investments are made consistent with the allocation policy of Garrison Investment Group and our investment adviser. Under this allocation policy, a fixed calculation, based on the type of investment, will be applied to determine the amount of each opportunity to be allocated to us. This allocation policy will be periodically reviewed by our investment adviser and approved by our independent directors. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts sponsored or managed by our investment adviser and its affiliates. Where we are able to co-invest consistent with the requirements of the 1940 Act, if sufficient securities or loan amounts are available to satisfy our and each such account’s proposed demand, we expect that the opportunity will be allocated in accordance with our investment adviser’s pre-transaction determination. If there is an insufficient amount of an investment

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

opportunity to satisfy us and other accounts sponsored or managed by our investment adviser or its affiliates, the allocation policy further provides that allocations among us and such other accounts will generally be made pro rata based on the amount that each such party would have invested if sufficient securities or loan amounts were available. However, we can offer no assurance that investment opportunities will be allocated to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time. We expect that these determinations will be made similarly for other accounts sponsored or managed by Garrison Investment Group and its affiliates. In situations where co-investment with other accounts managed by our investment adviser or its affiliates is not permitted or appropriate, Garrison Investment Group and our investment adviser will need to decide which client will proceed with the investment. Our investment adviser’s allocation policy provides, in such circumstances, for investments to be allocated on a rotational basis to assure that all clients have fair and equitable access to such investment opportunities.

Co-Investment Opportunities

We have in the past and expect in the future to co-invest on a concurrent basis with other affiliates, unless doing so is impermissible with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and our allocation procedures. Certain types of negotiated co-investments may be made only if we receive an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. There can be no assurance that we will obtain any such order. See “Regulation.” We, Garrison Investment Group and our investment adviser intend to submit an exemptive application to the SEC to permit greater flexibility to negotiate the terms of co-investments if our board of directors determines that it would be advantageous for us to co-invest with other accounts managed by our investment adviser or its affiliates in a manner consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies, strategies and restrictions as well as regulatory requirements and other pertinent factors.

Material Non-Public Information

Our senior management, members of our investment committee and other investment professionals from our investment adviser may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, companies in which we invest or in which we are considering making an investment. Through these and other relationships with a company, these individuals may obtain material non-public information that might restrict our ability to buy or sell the securities of such company under the policies of the company or applicable law.

Investment Advisory Agreement

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we will pay Garrison Capital Advisers a fee for investment management services consisting of a base management fee and an incentive fee. This fee structure may create an incentive for Garrison Capital Advisers to invest in certain types of securities. Additionally, we rely on investment professionals from our investment adviser to assist our board of directors with the valuation of our portfolio investments. See “— Staffing Agreement.”

The management fee and incentive fee paid to our investment adviser are based on the value of our investments and there may be a conflict of interest when personnel of our investment adviser are involved in the valuation process for our portfolio investments. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — There are significant conflicts of interest that could affect our investment returns.”

Staffing Agreement

Garrison Capital Advisers is an affiliate of Garrison Investment Group, with whom it has entered into the Staffing Agreement. Under the Staffing Agreement, Garrison Investment Group will make available to Garrison Capital Advisers experienced investment professionals and access to the senior investment personnel and other resources of Garrison Investment Group and its affiliates. The Staffing Agreement should provide Garrison Capital Advisers with access to deal flow generated by the professionals of Garrison Investment Group and commits the members of our investment adviser’s investment committee to serve in that capacity. Garrison Capital Advisers intends to capitalize on what we believe to be the significant deal origination, credit underwriting, due diligence, investment structuring, execution, portfolio management and monitoring experience of Garrison Investment Group’s investment professionals.

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Administration Agreement

We have entered into an Administration Agreement, pursuant to which Garrison Capital Administrator furnishes us with office facilities, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services. Under our Administration Agreement, Garrison Capital Administrator performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which include being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. Garrison Capital Advisers is the sole member of and controls Garrison Capital Administrator.

Concurrent Private Placement

Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will sell to certain of our officers and directors, their immediate family members or entities owned by, or family trusts for the benefit of, such persons,     shares of our common stock in the Concurrent Private Placement at the initial public offering price per share, resulting in aggregate net cash proceeds to us of $     million. We have also granted investors in the Concurrent Private Placement customary registration rights.

License Agreement

We have entered into the License Agreement with Garrison Investment Group LP pursuant to which Garrison Investment Group LP has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Garrison.” Under this agreement, we will have a right to use the Garrison name, for so long as Garrison Capital Advisers or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. The License Agreement is terminable by either party at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice and is also terminable by Garrison Investment Group LP in the case of certain events of non-compliance. Other than with respect to this limited license, we will have no legal right to the “Garrison” name.

Formation Transactions

Certain open-ended funds affiliated with our investment adviser contributed 100% of the stock of Garrison Capital CLO Ltd., which in turn owns all of the Subordinated Notes, to us as of December 31, 2010 in exchange for $80.6 million in fair value of units in Garrison Capital LLC. An independent third-party valuation firm was engaged to provide positive assurance regarding the fair value of the Subordinated Notes that were contributed to us as of the date of such contribution.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, Garrison Capital LLC intends to convert into a Delaware corporation, Garrison Capital Inc., and all of the outstanding units in Garrison Capital LLC will be converted into     shares of common stock in Garrison Capital Inc. As part of the BDC Conversion, the existing members of Garrison Capital LLC will receive an aggregate of     shares of our common stock in exchange for the     limited liability company interests they own in Garrison Capital LLC, representing an estimated equivalent price of $     per share based on the fair value of the assets contributed by such members in connection with our formation, as determined by our board of directors.

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

Immediately after giving effect to the BDC Conversion and prior to the completion of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement, there will be     shares of common stock outstanding and     stockholders of record. At that time, we will have no other shares of capital stock outstanding. The following table sets forth certain ownership information with respect to our common stock for those persons who directly or indirectly own, control or hold with the power to vote, 5% or more of our outstanding common stock and all officers and directors, as a group.

         
    Percentage of common stock outstanding
       Immediately prior
to this offering (1) and Concurrent Private
Placement (2)
  Immediately after
this offering (3) and
Concurrent Private
Placement (2)
Name and address (4)   Type of
ownership
  Shares
owned
  Percentage   Shares
owned
  Percentage
Garrison Investment Group LP (5)     Beneficial                       %                    
Garrison Capital Advisers LLC     Record                     %                    
Joseph Tansey (6)     Beneficial                     %                    
Steven Stuart (6)     Beneficial                     %                    
Rafael Astruc     Beneficial                     %                    
Brian Chase     Beneficial                     %                    
Julian Weldon     Beneficial                     %                    
All officers and directors as a group (9 persons)                            %                        

(1) Reflects     shares issued in the BDC Conversion.
(2) Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to sell     shares of common stock in the Concurrent Private Placement at a price of $     per share. We will receive the full proceeds of the Concurrent Private Placement, and no underwriting discounts or commissions will be paid in respect of these shares.
(3) Assumes the issuance of     shares offered by this prospectus. Does not reflect shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option
(4) The address for Garrison Capital Advisers LLC and each executive officer and director is c/o Garrison Investment Group, 1350 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019.
(5) Garrison Investment Group LP and its affiliates serve as investment adviser to GSOF-SP LLC, GSOF LLC, GSOIF Corporate Loan Pools Ltd. and Garrison Capital Offshore Ltd. By virtue of the investment power held over securities held by GSOF-SP LLC, GSOF LLC, GSOIF Corporate Loan Pools Ltd. and Garrison Capital Offshore Ltd., Garrison Investment Group LP and its affiliates may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over the     shares indirectly owned by GSOF-SP LLC, GSOF LLC, GSOIF Corporate Loan Pools Ltd. and Garrison Capital Offshore Ltd. although voting rights to such securities have been passed through to the members of GSOF-SP LLC, GSOF LLC, GSOIF Corporate Loan Pools Ltd. and Garrison Capital Offshore Ltd.
(6) Messrs. Tansey and Stuart are control persons of Garrison Investment Group LP and its affiliates and Garrison Capital Advisers. The shares of common stock shown in the above table as being owned by each named individual reflect the fact that, due to their control of such entities, each may be viewed as having investment power over     shares of common stock indirectly owned by such entities although voting rights to such securities have been passed through to the members of GSOF-SP LLC, GSOF LLC, GSOIF Corporate Loan Pools Ltd. and Garrison Capital Offshore Ltd. Messrs. Tansey and Stuart disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares of common stock except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interests therein.
* Less than 1 percent.

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth the dollar range of our equity securities beneficially owned by each of our directors after giving effect to the Concurrent Private Placement. We are not part of a “family of investment companies,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act.

 
Name of Director   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in Garrison Capital (1)
Independent Directors
        
           
           
Interested Directors
        
Joseph Tansey         
Steven Stuart         
Rafael Astruc         

(1) Dollar ranges are as follows: None, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000, or $100,001 –  $500,000; $500,001 – $1,000,000; and Over $1,000,000.

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE ADVISER AND THE ADMINISTRATOR

Garrison Capital Advisers is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser, and we and Garrison Capital Advisers have entered enter into the Investment Advisory Agreement.

Garrison Capital Advisers is a newly-formed Delaware limited liability company that intends to register as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act prior to completion of this offering. The principal executive offices of Garrison Capital Advisers are located at 1350 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019.

Investment Committee

Each of the individuals listed below, in addition to Messrs. Tansey, Stuart, Astruc and Chase, is a member of our investment committee and has primary responsibility for the day-to-day management of our portfolio. The members of our investment committee are also members of our investment adviser’s investment committee. All of the portfolio managers are employed by Garrison Investment Group.

The members of our investment committee will receive no compensation from us. These members will be employees of an affiliate of our investment adviser and will receive no direct compensation from our investment adviser.

Members of Our Investment Adviser’s Investment Committee Who Are Not Our Directors or Officers

Mitch Drucker has served as a member of Garrison Capital Advisers’ investment committee since 2011. Mr. Drucker also serves as the co-chief investment officer for Garrison Capital Advisers. Mr. Drucker joined Garrison Investment Group in June 2007 and is responsible for corporate finance transaction origination, analysis and execution. Prior to joining Garrison Investment Group, Mr. Drucker spent 23 years in various capacities with the CIT Group, or CIT, including senior managing director and leader of CIT’s Hedge Fund Coverage and National Restructuring groups from 2006 to 2007 and co-president of CIT Business Capital from 2004 to 2006 during which he presided over a team of 200 professionals. Prior to 2004, Mr. Drucker was CIT’s National Marketing Manager and was a founding member of CIT’s Restructuring Group in 1989. Mr. Drucker received a B.S. from Cornell University and an M.B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania.

Susan George has served as a member of Garrison Capital Advisers’ investment committee since 2011. Ms. George also serves as the chief workout officer for Garrison Capital Advisers. Ms. George joined Garrison Investment Group in March 2008 and is responsible for asset management within the Corporate Finance Group at Garrison Investment Group. Prior to joining Garrison Investment Group, Ms. George spent 21 years in various capacities with CIT, where she specialized in middle market corporate finance with an emphasis on debtor-in-possession, confirmation and turnaround financing activities. From 2005 to 2006, she served as Chief Operating Officer of CIT Business Capital and was a member of the Business Capital Investment Committee at CIT. Ms. George was also a coverage officer for CIT’s Hedge Fund Coverage Group from February 2007 to November 2007. From 1994 to 1995, Ms. George worked at Congress Financial Corporation as a new business originator. Ms. George received a B.S. from Manhattan College.

Terence Moore has served as a member of Garrison Capital Advisers’ investment committee since 2011. Mr. Moore also serves as the co-chief investment officer for Garrison Capital Advisers. Mr. Moore joined Garrison Investment Group in July 2007 and is responsible for corporate finance transaction analysis and execution. Prior to joining Garrison Investment Group, Mr. Moore worked for the Capital Markets group at CIT from January 2005 to June 2007 where he was responsible for leading the firm’s sales and distribution efforts in leveraged finance and asset based lending. Earlier in his career, Mr. Moore was a senior analyst at Moody’s Investors Service, where he was responsible for rating leveraged credits with an emphasis on the healthcare sector, and worked on leveraged finance and leveraged loan syndications at CIBC World Markets, a subsidiary of Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, First Union Capital Markets Group, a subsidiary of First Union Corporation, and Chase Manhattan Bank. Mr. Moore received a B.S. from Boston College and an M.B.A. from St. John’s University.

92


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Portfolio Management

The portfolio managers who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of Garrison Capital manage a total of 16 registered investment companies, pooled investment vehicles or other accounts with a total amount of approximately $1.5 billion in assets under management. The table below shows the dollar range of shares of common stock to be beneficially owned by each manager of our investment adviser and each of our officers after giving effect to the Concurrent Private Placement.

 
Name   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities in
Garrison Capital (1)
Joseph Tansey         
Steven Stuart         
Rafael Astruc         
Brian Chase         
Julian Weldon         
Mitch Drucker         
Susan George         
Terence Moore         

(1) Dollar ranges are as follows: None, $1 – $10,000, $10,001 – $50,000, $50,001 – $100,000, $100,001 –  $500,000; $500,001 – $1,000,000 or Over $1,000,000.

Investment Advisory Agreement

Garrison Capital Advisers will serve as our investment adviser subsequent to consummation of this offering in accordance with the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, the investment adviser will manage the day-to-day operations of, and provide investment management services to, us. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, Garrison Capital Advisers does and will:

determine the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;
identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies); and
close, monitor and administer the investments we make, including the exercise of any voting or consent rights.

Garrison Capital Advisers’ services under the Investment Advisory Agreement are not exclusive, and it is free to furnish similar services to other entities so long as its services to us are not impaired. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, we will pay Garrison Capital Advisers a fee for investment management services consisting of a base management fee and an incentive fee.

Management Fee.

The base management fee will be calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% of our gross assets, including cash and cash equivalents and assets purchased with borrowed funds, and is payable quarterly in arrears. The base management fee will be calculated based on the average carrying value of our gross assets at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters, and appropriately adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current calendar quarter. Base investment advisory fees for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro rated. Garrison Capital Advisers has agreed to waive its base management fee from the date of our election to become a business development company through December 31, 2011.

93


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Incentive Fee.

The incentive fee consists of two components that are independent of each other, with the result that one component may be payable even if the other is not.

The first component, which is income-based, will be calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter. For this purpose, Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income means interest income, distribution income and any other income (including any other fees (other than fees for providing managerial assistance), such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement and any interest expense and any distributions paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount, debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation.

The operation of the first component of the incentive fee for each quarter is as follows:

no incentive fee is payable to our investment adviser in any calendar quarter in which our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the Hurdle Rate of 1.75% (7.00% annualized);
100% of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income with respect to that portion of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) is payable to our investment adviser. We refer to this portion of our Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income (which exceeds the Hurdle Rate but is less than 2.1875%) as the “catch-up.” The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, if such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter, our investment adviser will receive 20% of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income as if the Hurdle Rate did not apply; and
20% of the amount of such Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income, if any, that exceeds 2.1875% in any calendar quarter (8.75% annualized) is payable to our investment adviser (once the Hurdle Rate is reached and the catch-up is achieved).

The portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or original issue discount) will be paid to our investment adviser, together with interest thereon from the date of deferral to the date of payment, only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such amounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction and possibly elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter.

There is no accumulation of amounts on the Hurdle Rate from quarter to quarter and, accordingly, there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly Hurdle Rate and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly Hurdle Rate. Since the Hurdle Rate is fixed, as interest rates rise, it will be easier for our investment adviser to surpass the Hurdle Rate and receive an incentive fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income.

Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee. These calculations will be appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.

94


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following is a graphical representation of the calculation of the income-based component of the incentive fee:

Quarterly Incentive Fee based on Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income
(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Percentage of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income allocated to first component of incentive fee

The second, capital gains component of the incentive fee will be determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), commencing on December 31, 2012, and will equal 20% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from January 1, 2012 through the end of that calendar year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees. If such amount is negative, then no capital gains incentive fee will be payable for such year. Additionally, if the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying the capital gains incentive fee. The capital gains component of the incentive fee is not subject to any minimum return to stockholders.

Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where we incur a loss. For example, if we receive Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income in excess of the Hurdle Rate, we will pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses.

Our investment adviser has also agreed to waive its incentive fee, if any, from the date of our election to become a business development company through December 31, 2011.

95


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation

Example 1: Income Related Portion of Incentive Fee (*):

Alternative 1

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 1.25%
Hurdle Rate (1) = 1.75%
Base management fee (2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income
    (investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 0.5625%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income does not exceed the Hurdle Rate, therefore there is no incentive fee.

Alternative 2

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 2.70%
Hurdle Rate (1) = 1.75%
Base management fee (2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income
    (investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.0125%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds the Hurdle Rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.

Incentive fee = (100% × “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.1875%)))

= (100.0% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 1.75%)) + 0%
= 100.0% × (2.0125% – 1.75%)
= 100.0% × 0.2625%
= 0.2625%

Alternative 3

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, distributions, fees, etc.) = 3.00%
Hurdle Rate (1) = 1.75%
Base management fee (2) = 0.4375%
Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.) (3) = 0.25%
Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income
    (investment income – (base management fee + other expenses)) = 2.3125%

Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income exceeds the Hurdle Rate, therefore there is an incentive fee.

Incentive fee = (100% × “Catch-Up”) + (the greater of 0% AND (20% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.1875%)))

= (100% × (2.1875% – 1.75%)) + (20.0% × (2.3125% – 2.1875%))
= 0.4375% + (20.0% × 0.125%)
= 0.4375% + 0.025%
= 0.4625%

(*) The hypothetical amount of Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income shown is based on a percentage of net assets.
(1) Represents 7.0% annualized Hurdle Rate.

96


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) Represents 1.75% annualized base management fee. Our investment adviser has agreed to waive its base management fee from the date of our election to become a business development company through December 31, 2011.
(3) Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

Example 2: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee:

Alternative 1:

Assumptions

Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), and $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)
Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million and fair market value, or FMV, of Investment B determined to be $32 million
Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million
Year 4: Investment B sold for $31 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

Year 1: None
Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $6.0 million ($30 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%)
Year 3: None; $5.0 million (20.0% multiplied by ($30 million cumulative capital gains less $5 million cumulative capital depreciation)) less $6.0 million (previous capital gains fee paid in Year 2)
Year 4: Capital gains incentive fee of $200,000; $6.2 million ($31 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20.0%) less $6.0 million (capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

Alternative 2

Assumptions

Year 1: $20 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $30 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $25 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”)
Year 2: Investment A sold for $50 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $25 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $25 million
Year 3: FMV of Investment B determined to be $27 million and Investment C sold for $30 million
Year 4: FMV of Investment B determined to be $35 million
Year 5: Investment B sold for $20 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:

Year 1: None
Year 2: Capital gains incentive fee of $5.0 million; 20.0% multiplied by $25 million ($30 million realized capital gains on Investment A less $5 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)
Year 3: Capital gains incentive fee of $1.4 million; $6.4 million (20.0% multiplied by $32 million ($35 million cumulative realized capital gains less $3 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)) less $5.0 million (capital gains fee received in Year 2)
Year 4: None

97


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Year 5: None; $5.0 million of capital gains incentive fee (20.0% multiplied by $25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $35 million less realized capital losses of $10 million)) less $6.4 million (cumulative capital gains fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3)

Pre-Conversion Payment

Prior to the pricing of this offering, our investment adviser will be allocated, in the form of shares of Garrison Capital, an amount equal to 10% of the positive difference between our total net asset value immediately prior to the pricing of this offering plus any dividends or other distributions made since inception and $160.6 million. Because this payment will be made prior to pricing of this offering, it will not dilute the interests in us of investors in this offering or the Concurrent Private Placement. It will, however, dilute investors in the Company as of the time such Pre-Conversion Payment is made. This payment is contingent upon the successful completion of this offering.

Payment of Our Expenses

All investment professionals of the investment adviser and their respective staffs when and to the extent engaged in providing investment advisory and management services, and the compensation and routine overhead expenses of such personnel allocable to such services, will be provided and paid for by our administrator. We will bear all other costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including:

our organization;
calculating our net asset value and net asset value per share (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);
fees and expenses, including travel expenses, incurred by Garrison Capital Advisers or payable to third parties in performing due diligence on prospective portfolio companies, monitoring our investments and, if necessary, enforcing our rights;
interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments;
the costs of this and all future offerings of common shares and other securities, if any;
the base management fee and any incentive fee;
distributions on our shares;
administration fees payable to Garrison Capital Administrator under the Administration Agreement;
transfer agent and custody fees and expenses;
the allocated costs incurred by Garrison Capital Administrator as our administrator in providing managerial assistance to those portfolio companies that request it;
amounts payable to third parties relating to, or associated with, evaluating, making and disposing of investments;
brokerage fees and commissions;
registration fees;
listing fees;
taxes;
independent director fees and expenses;
costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act and applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws;
the costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to our stockholders, including printing costs;
costs of holding stockholder meetings;
our fidelity bond;

98


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;
litigation, indemnification and other non-recurring or extraordinary expenses;
direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including audit and legal costs;
fees and expenses associated with marketing efforts;
dues, fees and charges of any trade association of which we are a member; and
all other expenses reasonably incurred by us or Garrison Capital Administrator in connection with administering our business, such as the allocable portion of overhead under our Administration Agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the costs and expenses of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs.

Duration and Termination

The Investment Advisory Agreement was approved by our board of directors, including a majority of our directors who are not interested persons of Garrison Capital, on       , 2011. Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its execution date. It will remain in effect from year to year thereafter if approved annually by our board of directors, or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, including, in either case, approval by a majority of our directors who are not interested persons of Garrison Capital. The Investment Advisory Agreement will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Investment Advisory Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not more than 60 days’ written notice to the other. Any termination by us must be authorized either by our board of directors or by vote of our stockholders. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — We depend upon key personnel of Garrison Investment Group and its affiliates.”

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that Garrison Capital Advisers and its officers, directors, employees and affiliates are not liable to us or any of our stockholders for any act or omission by it or its employees in the supervision or management of our investment activities or for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) or losses sustained by us or our stockholders, except that the foregoing exculpation does not extend to any act or omission constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement. The Investment Advisory Agreement also provides for indemnification by us of Garrison Capital Advisers’ members, directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to us, subject to the same limitations and to certain conditions.

Board of Directors Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement

Our board of directors determined at a meeting held on         , 2011, to approve the Investment Advisory Agreement. In its consideration of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the board of directors focused on information it had received relating to, among other things:

the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by the investment adviser;
comparative data with respect to advisory fees or similar expenses paid by other business development companies with similar investment objectives;
our projected operating expenses and expense ratio compared to business development companies with similar investment objectives;
any existing and potential sources of indirect income to the investment adviser or Garrison Capital Administrator from their relationships with us and the profitability of those relationships;
information about the services to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the Investment Advisory Agreement;
the organizational capability and financial condition of the investment adviser and its affiliates;

99


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the investment adviser’s practices regarding the selection and compensation of brokers that may execute our portfolio transactions and the brokers’ provision of brokerage and research services to the investment adviser; and
the possibility of obtaining similar services from other third party service providers or through an internally managed structure.

Based on the information reviewed and further discussions, the board of directors, including a majority of the non-interested directors, concluded that the investment advisory fee rates were reasonable in relation to the services to be provided.

Administration Agreement

Pursuant to the Administration Agreement, Garrison Capital Administrator will furnish us with office facilities, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and record keeping services. Under the Administration Agreement, Garrison Capital Administrator also will perform, or oversee the performance of, our required administrative services, which include, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, Garrison Capital Administrator will assist us in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversee the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports to our stockholders, and generally oversee the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Payments under the Administration Agreement will be equal to an amount based upon our allocable portion of Garrison Capital Administrator’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and our allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer and chief financial officer and their respective staffs. Under the Administration Agreement, Garrison Capital Administrator will also provide on our behalf managerial assistance to those portfolio companies to which we are required to provide such assistance. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. To the extent that our administrator outsources any of its functions we will pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without any profit to Garrison Capital Administrator.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

The Administration Agreement provides that Garrison Capital Administrator and its officers, directors, employees and affiliates are not liable to us or any of our stockholders for any act or omission by it or its employees in the supervision or management of our investment activities or for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) or losses sustained by us or our stockholders, except that the foregoing exculpation does not extend to any act or omission constituting willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations under either Administration Agreement. The Administration Agreement also provides for indemnification by us of Garrison Capital Administrator’s members, directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to us, subject to the same limitations and to certain conditions.

License Agreement

We have entered into the License Agreement with Garrison Investment Group LP pursuant to which Garrison Investment Group LP has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “Garrison.” Under this agreement, we will have a right to use the Garrison name, for so long as Garrison Capital Advisers or one of its affiliates remains our investment adviser. The License Agreement is terminable by either party at any time in its sole discretion upon 60 days prior written notice and is also terminable by Garrison Investment Group LP in the case of certain events of non-compliance. Other than with respect to this limited license, we will have no legal right to the “Garrison” name.

100


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

The net asset value per share of our outstanding shares of common stock will be determined quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares outstanding at the date as of which the determination is made.

We value our investments in accordance with ASC 820. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about assets and liabilities measured at fair value. ASC 820’s definition of fair value focuses on exit price in the principal, or most advantageous, market and prioritizes the use of market-based inputs over entity-specific inputs within a measurement of fair value. ASC 820 classifies the inputs used to measure these fair values into the following hierarchy:

Level 1  —  quoted unadjusted prices in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date
Level 2  —  other significant observable inputs (including quoted prices for similar investments, interest rates, prepayments, credit risk, etc.)
Level 3  —  significant unobservable inputs (including the Investment Adviser’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in determining the fair values of investments)

The valuation process is conducted at the end of each fiscal quarter, with a portion of our valuations of portfolio companies without market quotations subject to review by the independent valuation firms each quarter. When an external event with respect to one of our portfolio companies, such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we expect to use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation.

Our portfolio consists of primarily debt investments. These investments are valued at their bid quotations obtained from unaffiliated market makers, other financial institutions that trade in similar investments or based on prices provided by independent third party pricing services. For investments where there are no available bid quotations, fair value is derived using proprietary models that consider the analyses of independent valuation agents as well as credit risk, liquidity, market credit spreads, and other applicable factors for similar transactions.

Due to the nature of our strategy, our portfolio includes relatively illiquid investments that are privately held. Valuations of privately held investments are inherently uncertain and they may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates. The determination of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these investments existed. Our net asset value could be materially affected if the determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher or lower than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such investments.

The board of directors intends to retain one or more independent valuation firms to review the valuation of each portfolio investment for which a market quotation is not available at least once during each 12-month period. We plan for the independent valuation firms retained by our board of directors to provide a valuation review on 25% of our investments for which market quotations are not readily available each quarter subsequent to         , 2011 to ensure that the fair value of each investment for which a market quote is not readily available is reviewed by an independent valuation firm at least once during each 12-month period. However, our board of directors does not intend to have de minimis investments of less than 0.5% of our total assets (up to an aggregate of 10% of our total assets) independently reviewed.

Our board of directors is ultimately and solely responsible for determining the fair value of the portfolio investments that are not publicly traded, whose market prices are not readily available on a quarterly basis in good faith or any other situation where portfolio investments require a fair value determination.

Fair value of publicly traded instruments is generally based on quoted market prices. Fair value of non-publicly traded instruments, and of publicly traded instruments for which quoted market prices are not readily available, may be determined based on other relevant factors, including without limitation, quotations from unaffiliated market makers or independent third party pricing services, the price activity of equivalent instruments, and valuation pricing models. For those investments valued using quotations, the bid price is generally used, unless we determine that it is not representative of an exit price.

101


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors will undertake a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

Our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by investment professionals of our investment adviser responsible for credit monitoring.
Preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with our senior management and our investment adviser.
The audit committee of the board of directors reviews these preliminary valuations.
At least once annually, the valuation for each portfolio investment is reviewed by an independent valuation firm.
The board of directors discusses valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith.

Investments for which fair value is determined using inputs defined above as Level 3 are fair valued using the income and market approaches, which may include the discounted cash flow method, reference to performance statistics of industry comparables, relative comparable yield analysis, and in certain cases third party valuations performed by independent valuation firms. The valuation methods can reference various factors and use various inputs such as assumed growth rates, capitalization rates, and discount rates, loan-to-value ratios, liquidation value, relative capital structure priority, market comparables, compliance with applicable loan, covenant and interest coverage performance, book value, market derived multiples, reserve valuation, assessment of credit ratings of an underlying borrower, review of ongoing performance, review of financial projections as compared to actual performance, review of interest rate and yield risk. Such factors may be given different weighting depending on our assessment of the underlying investment, and we may analyze apparently comparable investments in different ways. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.”

102


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of our dividends and other distributions on behalf of our stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash as provided below. As a result, if the board of directors authorizes, and we declare, a cash dividend or other distribution, then our stockholders who have not ‘opted out’ of our dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distribution automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, rather than receiving the cash distribution.

No action is required on the part of a registered stockholder to have their cash dividend or other distribution reinvested in shares of our common stock. A registered stockholder may elect to receive an entire distribution in cash by notifying American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, the plan administrator and our transfer agent and registrar, in writing so that such notice is received by the plan administrator no later than the record date for distributions to stockholders. The plan administrator will set up an account for shares acquired through the plan for each stockholder who has not elected to receive dividends or other distributions in cash and hold such shares in non-certificated form. Upon request by a stockholder participating in the plan, received in writing not less than 10 days prior to the record date, the plan administrator will, instead of crediting shares to the participant’s account, issue a certificate registered in the participant’s name for the number of whole shares of our common stock and a check for any fractional share.

Those stockholders whose shares are held by a broker or other financial intermediary may receive dividends and other distributions in cash by notifying their broker or other financial intermediary of their election.

We intend to use primarily newly issued shares to implement the plan, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to net asset value. However, we reserve the right to purchase shares in the open market in connection with our implementation of the plan. The number of shares to be issued to a stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the distribution payable to such stockholder by the market price per share of our common stock at the close of regular trading on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on the valuation date fixed by our board of directors for such distribution. Market price per share on that date will be the closing price for such shares on The NASDAQ Global Select Market or, if no sale is reported for such day, at the average of their reported bid and asked prices. The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the dividend or other distribution cannot be established until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated. Stockholders who do not elect to receive dividends in shares of common stock may experience accretion to the net asset value of their shares if our shares are trading at a premium at the time we issue new shares under the plan and dilution if our shares are trading at a discount. The level of accretion or discount would depend on various factors, including the proportion of our stockholders who participate in the plan, the level of premium or discount at which our shares are trading and the amount of the dividend payable to a stockholder.

There will be no brokerage charges or other charges to stockholders who participate in the plan. The plan administrator’s fees will be paid by us. If a participant elects by written notice to the plan administrator to have the plan administrator sell part or all of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participant’s account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan administrator is authorized to deduct a $     transaction fee plus a $     per share brokerage commissions from the proceeds.

Stockholders who receive dividends and other distributions in the form of stock are subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax consequences as are stockholders who elect to receive their distributions in cash. A stockholder’s basis for determining gain or loss upon the sale of stock received in a dividend or other distribution from us will be equal to the total dollar amount of the dividend or other distribution payable to the stockholder. Any stock received in a dividend or other distribution will have a new holding period for tax purposes commencing on the day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S. stockholder’s account.

103


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Participants may terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the plan administrator via its website at www.amstock.com , by filling out the transaction request form located at bottom of their statement and sending it to the plan administrator of the address below. Such termination will be effective immediately if the participant’s notice is received by the plan administrator at least three days prior to any payment date; otherwise, such termination will be effective only with respect to any subsequent dividend or other distribution.

The plan may be terminated by us upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 30 days prior to any record date for the payment of any dividend by us. All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the plan administrator by mail at American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, New York 10269, or by the Plan Administrator’s Interactive Voice Response System at 1-888-777-0324.

104


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

The following description is based on relevant portions of the DGCL and on our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the DGCL and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions summarized below.

Capital Stock

Our authorized stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. We have applied to have our common stock traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “GARS.” There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock. No stock has been authorized for issuance under any equity compensation plans. Under Delaware law, our stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations.

The following are our outstanding classes of securities as of       , 2011:

     
(1) Title of Class
  (2) Amount
Authorized
  (3) Amount Held by
Us or for Our Account
  (4) Amount
Outstanding Exclusive of
Amounts Shown Under (3)
Common Stock     100,000,000              
Preferred Stock     1,000,000              

Common Stock

All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings, assets, dividends and voting and, when they are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Distributions may be paid to the holders of our common stock if, as and when authorized by the board of directors and declared by us out of funds legally available therefrom. Shares of our common stock have no preemptive, exchange, conversion or redemption rights and are freely transferable, except when their transfer is restricted by U.S. federal and state securities laws or by contract. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally available for distribution after we pay all debts and other liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of our preferred stock, if any preferred stock is outstanding at such time. Each share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of stock, the holders of our common stock will possess exclusive voting power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which means that holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock can elect all of our directors, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will not be able to elect any directors.

Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes the board of directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of preferred stock into other classes or series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of directors is required by Delaware law and by our certificate of incorporation to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best interest. You should note, however, that any issuance of preferred stock must comply with the requirements of the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act requires that (1) immediately after issuance and before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made, such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must not exceed an amount equal to 50% of our total assets after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class to elect two directors at all times and to elect a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock are in arrears by two years or more. Some matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, holders of preferred stock would vote separately from the

105


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

holders of common stock on a proposal to cease operations as a business development company. We believe that the availability for issuance of preferred stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring future financings and acquisitions.

Provisions of the DGCL and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Limitation on Liability of Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Advance of Expenses

The indemnification of our officers and directors is governed by Section 145 of the DGCL, and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Subsection (a) of DGCL Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if (1) such person acted in good faith, (2) in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (3) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

Subsection (b) of DGCL Section 145 empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court deems proper.

DGCL Section 145 further provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person will be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. In all cases in which indemnification is permitted under subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 (unless ordered by a court), it will be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the applicable standard of conduct has been met by the party to be indemnified. Such determination must be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (4) by the stockholders. The statute authorizes the corporation to pay expenses incurred by an officer or director in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to whom the advance will be made, to repay the advances if it is ultimately determined that he or she was not entitled to indemnification. DGCL Section 145 also provides that indemnification and advancement of expenses permitted under such Section are not to be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. DGCL Section 145 also authorizes the corporation to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of its directors, officers, employees and agents regardless of whether the corporation would have the statutory power to indemnify such persons against the liabilities insured.

106


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the current DGCL or as the DGCL may hereafter be amended. DGCL Section 102(b)(7) provides that the personal liability of a director to a corporation or its stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director may be eliminated except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, relating to unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemption of stock or (4) for any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.

Our bylaws provide for the indemnification of any person to the full extent permitted, and in the manner provided, by the current DGCL or as the DGCL may hereafter be amended. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers in order to effect the foregoing.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

The DGCL and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. These measures may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. These provisions could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over us. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing our expenses and disrupting our normal operations. We believe, however, that the benefits of these provisions outweigh the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition proposals because the negotiation of such proposals may improve their terms.

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, these provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

prior to such time, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced; or
on or after the date the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at a meeting of stockholders, by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines “business combination” to include the following:

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the corporation or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation owned by the interested stockholder; or
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

107


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of these entities or persons.

The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.

Election of Directors

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders present in person or by proxy at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and entitled to vote thereat will be required to elect a director. Under our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors may amend the bylaws to alter the vote required to elect directors.

Classified board of directors

Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms, with the term of office of only one of the three classes expiring each year. A classified board of directors may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of our board of directors. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors helps to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.

Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation provides that the number of directors will be set only by the board of directors in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than four nor more than eight. Under the DGCL, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise (which our certificate of incorporation does not), directors on a classified board of directors such as our board of directors may be removed only for cause by a majority vote of our stockholders. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, any vacancy on the board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of the board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. The limitations on the ability of our stockholders to remove directors and fill vacancies could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or discourage a third-party from seeking to acquire, control of us.

Action by Stockholders

Under our certificate of incorporation stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by unanimous written consent in lieu of a meeting. This may have the effect of delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next annual meeting.

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and Stockholder Proposals

Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (1) by or at the direction of the board of directors, (2) pursuant to our notice of meeting or (3) by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws. Nominations of persons for election to the board of directors at a special meeting may be made only by or at the direction of the board of directors, and provided that the board of directors has determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.

The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of nominations and other business is to afford our board of directors a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors any power to disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals recommending certain action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of

108


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

directors or the consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to us and our stockholders.

Stockholder Meetings

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it is properly brought before such meeting. In addition, in lieu of such a meeting, any such action may be taken by the unanimous written consent of our stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer or the board of directors. In addition, our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of candidates for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to the secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by our board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors and our chief executive officer.

Conflict with 1940 Act

Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of the DGCL or any provision of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws conflicts with any provision of the 1940 Act, the applicable provision of the 1940 Act will control.

109


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering and the Concurrent Private Placement,     shares of our common stock will be outstanding, based on the number of shares outstanding on     , 2011 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. Of these shares,     shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or limitation under the Securities Act, less that number of shares purchased by our affiliates. Any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as well as the     shares expected to be owned by our officers and directors, our investment adviser and the managers of our investment adviser immediately prior to this offering, will be subject to the public information, manner of sale and volume limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if six months have elapsed since the date of acquisition of restricted securities from us or any of our affiliates, the holder of such restricted securities can sell such securities; provided that the number of securities sold by such person with any three month period cannot exceed the greater of:

1% of the total number of securities then outstanding, or
the average weekly trading volume of our securities during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Sales under Rule 144 also are subject to certain manners of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of securities, or the availability of securities for future sales, will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our securities, or the perception that such sales could occur, may affect adversely prevailing market prices of our common stock. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to this Offering.”

Registration Rights

Immediately prior to this offering, we expect to sell     shares of common stock in the Concurrent Private Placement. Under a registration rights agreement signed at the time of such private placement, the holders of these shares will receive registration rights that will entitle them to make up to two demands on us to register their shares under the Securities Act. Holders of a majority of these shares may elect to exercise their registration rights at any time after the date on which these shares of common stock are released from the lock-up arrangement agreed as part of this offering. In addition, these stockholders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights that entitle them to include their shares in certain registration statements that we file subsequent to the closing date of this offering. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Lock-Up Agreements

During the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date     days after the date of this prospectus, we, our investment adviser, our administrator, our officers and directors and investors in the Concurrent Private Placement have agreed with the representatives of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to:

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or
enter into any swap or other agreement, arrangement or transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any common stock.

110


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Moreover, if (1) during the last 17 days of such     -day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of such     -day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such     -day restricted period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as the case may be, unless the representatives of the underwriters waive, in writing, such extension.

111


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REGULATION

We intend to file an election to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act and to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between business development companies and their affiliates (including any investment advisers or sub-advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors of a business development company be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a business development company unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances. We also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any registered investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses. None of these policies is fundamental and may be changed without stockholder approval.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a business development company may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in Section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as qualifying assets, unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our proposed business are the following:

(1) Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. An eligible portfolio company is defined in the 1940 Act as any issuer which:
(a) is organized under the laws of, and has its principal place of business in, the United States;
(b) is not an investment company (other than a small business investment company wholly owned by the business development company) or a company that would be an investment company but for certain exclusions under the 1940 Act; and
(c) satisfies any of the following:
does not have any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange or has any class of securities listed on a national securities exchange subject to a $250 million market capitalization maximum; or
is controlled by a business development company or a group of companies including a business development company, the business development company actually exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of the eligible portfolio company, and, as a result, the business development company has an affiliated person who is a director of the eligible portfolio company.
(2) Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.

112


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(3) Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident thereto, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.
(4) Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.
(5) Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described in (1) through (4) above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.
(6) Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment.

The regulations defining and interpreting qualifying assets may change over time. We expect to adjust our investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of any regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions in this area.

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

In addition, a business development company must have been organized and have its principal place of business in the United States and must be operated for the purpose of making investments in the types of securities described in (1), (2) or (3) above. However, in order to count portfolio securities as qualifying assets for the purpose of the 70% test, the business development company must either control the issuer of the securities or must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities (other than small and solvent companies described above) significant managerial assistance; except that, where the business development company purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together, one of the other persons in the group may make available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means, among other things, any arrangement whereby the business development company, through its directors, officers or employees, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities or high-quality debt securities maturing in one year or less from the time of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, provided that such agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. Government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price which is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the Diversification Tests in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Thus, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. Our investment adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Senior Securities

We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. We may also

113


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. We consolidate our financial results with those of GF 2010-1 for financial reporting purposes and measure our compliance with the leverage test applicable to business development companies under the 1940 Act on a consolidated basis. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Regulations governing our operation as a business development company will affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional debt or equity capital.”

Code of Ethics

We and Garrison Capital Advisers have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to each code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with the code’s requirements. You may read and copy the code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, each code of ethics is attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov . You may also obtain copies of each code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following Email address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to our investment adviser. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of our investment adviser are set forth below. The guidelines are reviewed periodically by our investment adviser and our non-interested directors, and, accordingly, are subject to change. For purposes of these Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures described below, “we” “our” and “us” refers to our investment adviser.

Introduction

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, we have a fiduciary duty to act solely in the best interests of our clients. As part of this duty, we recognize that we must vote client securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in the best interests of our clients.

These policies and procedures for voting proxies for our investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy Policies

We vote proxies relating to our clients’ portfolio securities in what we perceive to be the best interest of our clients’ shareholders. We review on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted to a shareholder vote to determine its impact on the portfolio securities held by our clients. In most cases, we will vote in favor of proposals that we believe are likely to increase the value of our clients’ portfolio securities. Although we will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative impact on our clients’ portfolio securities, we may vote for such a proposal if there exists compelling long-term reasons to do so.

Our proxy voting decisions are made by the senior officers who are responsible for monitoring each of clients’ investments. To ensure that our vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, we require that: (1) anyone involved in the decision making process disclose to our Chief Compliance Officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (2) employees involved in the decision making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how we intend to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties. Where conflicts of interest may be present, we will disclose such conflicts, including to Garrison Investment Group, and may request guidance on how to vote such proxies.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information without charge about how we voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: Investor Relations, 1350 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019.

114


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Privacy Principles

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of our stockholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

Generally, we do not receive any non-public personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain non-public personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any non-public personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).

We restrict access to non-public personal information about our stockholders to employees of our investment adviser and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. We will maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of our stockholders.

Other

We may also be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. The SEC has interpreted the prohibition on transactions by business development companies with affiliates to prohibit “joint” transactions among entities that share a common investment adviser. The staff of the SEC has granted no-action relief permitting purchases of a single class of privately placed securities provided that the adviser negotiates no term other than price and certain other conditions are met. Except in certain limited circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which another account sponsored or managed by our investment adviser has previously invested.

We will be periodically examined by the SEC for compliance with the 1940 Act.

Under the 1940 Act, we are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a business development company, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We and Garrison Capital Advisers will each be required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of the U.S. federal securities laws, review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation, and designate a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below current net asset value per share. We may, however, issue and sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below the then-current net asset value per share of our common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in the best interests of us and our stockholders, and if our stockholders approve such sale within the preceding 12 months. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price that, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount).

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 imposes a wide variety of new regulatory requirements on publicly held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:

pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer must certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;
pursuant to Item 307 of Regulation S-K, our periodic reports must disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;

115


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, our management must prepare an annual report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, which must be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm; and
pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K and Rule 13a-15 of the 1934 Act, our periodic reports must disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires us to review our current policies and procedures to determine whether we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder. We will continue to monitor our compliance with all regulations that are adopted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and will take actions necessary to ensure that we are in compliance with that act.

Small Business Investment Company Regulations

SBICs are designed to stimulate the flow of private equity capital to eligible small businesses. Under SBIC regulations, SBICs may make loans to eligible small businesses, invest in the equity securities of such businesses and provide them with consulting and advisory services.

Under present SBIC regulations, eligible small businesses generally include businesses that (together with their affiliates) have a tangible net worth not exceeding $18 million and have average annual net income after U.S. federal income taxes not exceeding $6 million (average net income to be computed without benefit of any carryover loss) for the two most recent fiscal years. In addition, an SBIC must devote 20% of its investment activity to “smaller” concerns as defined by the SBA. A smaller concern generally includes businesses that have a tangible net worth not exceeding $6 million and have average annual net income after U.S. federal income taxes not exceeding $2 million (average net income to be computed without benefit of any net carryover loss) for the two most recent fiscal years. SBIC regulations also provide alternative size standard criteria to determine eligibility for designation as an eligible small business or smaller concern, which criteria depend on the primary industry in which the business is engaged and are based on such factors as the number of employees and gross revenue. However, once an SBIC has invested in a company, it may continue to make follow-on investments in the company, regardless of the size of the company at the time of the follow-on investment, up to the time of the company’s initial public offering, if any.

The SBA prohibits an SBIC from providing funds to small businesses for certain purposes, such as relending or investing outside the United States, to businesses engaged in a few prohibited industries and to certain “passive” ( i.e. , non-operating) companies. In addition, without prior SBA approval, a SBIC may not invest an amount equal to more than approximately 30% of the SBIC’s regulatory capital in any one company and its affiliates.

The SBA places certain limitations on the financing terms of investments by SBICs in portfolio companies (such as limiting the permissible interest rate on debt securities held by a SBIC in a portfolio company). Although prior regulations prohibited an SBIC from controlling a small business concern except in limited circumstances, regulations adopted by the SBA in 2002 now allow a SBIC to exercise control over a small business for a period of up to seven years from the date on which the SBIC initially acquires its control position. This control period may be extended for an additional period of time with the SBA’s prior written approval.

The SBA restricts the ability of a SBIC to lend money to any of its officers, directors and employees or to invest in affiliates thereof. The SBA also prohibits, without prior SBA approval, a “change of control” of a SBIC or transfers that would result in any person (or a group of persons acting in concert) owning 10% or more of a class of capital stock of a licensed SBIC. A “change of control” is any event which would result in the transfer of the power, direct or indirect, to direct the management and policies of a SBIC, whether through ownership, contractual arrangements or otherwise.

An SBIC (or group of SBICs under common control) may generally have outstanding debentures guaranteed by the SBA in amounts up to twice the amount of the privately raised funds of the SBIC(s). Debentures guaranteed by the SBA have a maturity of ten years, require semi-annual payments of interest and do not require any principal payments prior to maturity.

116


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or the 2009 Stimulus Bill, contains several provisions applicable to SBIC funds. One of the key SBIC-related provisions included in the 2009 Stimulus Bill increased the maximum amount of combined SBIC leverage, or the SBIC leverage cap, to $225 million for affiliated SBIC funds. The prior maximum amount of SBIC leverage available to affiliated SBIC funds was approximately $137 million, as adjusted annually based upon changes in the Consumer Price Index.

SBICs must invest idle funds that are not being used to make loans in investments permitted under SBIC regulations in the following limited types of securities: (1) direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the U.S. government, which mature within 15 months from the date of the investment; (2) repurchase agreements with federally insured institutions with a maturity of seven days or less (and the securities underlying the repurchase obligations must be direct obligations of or guaranteed by the U.S. federal government); (3) certificates of deposit with a maturity of one year or less, issued by a federally insured institution; (4) a deposit account in a federally insured institution that is subject to a withdrawal restriction of one year or less; (5) a checking account in a federally insured institution; or (6) a reasonable petty cash fund.

SBICs are periodically examined and audited by the SBA’s staff to determine their compliance with SBIC regulations and are periodically required to file certain forms with the SBA.

Neither the SBA nor the U.S. government or any of its agencies or officers has approved any ownership interest to be issued by us or any obligation that we or any of our subsidiaries may incur.

117


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES

Since we will generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, we will infrequently use brokers in the normal course of our business. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, our investment adviser will be primarily responsible for the execution of the publicly traded securities portion of our portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions. Our investment adviser does not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but will seek to obtain the best net results for Garrison Capital, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While our investment adviser generally will seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs, Garrison Capital will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, our investment adviser may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to the investment adviser and Garrison Capital and any other clients. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if our investment adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

118


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TAX MATTERS

The following discussion is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and to an investment in our shares of common stock. This summary does not purport to be a complete description of the income tax considerations applicable to such an investment. For example, we have not described certain considerations that may be relevant to certain types of holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, dealers in securities, pension plans and trusts, and financial institutions. This summary assumes that investors hold our common stock as capital assets (within the meaning of the Code). The discussion is based upon the Code, Treasury regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations, each as of the date of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change, possibly retroactively, which could affect the continuing validity of this discussion. We have not sought and will not seek any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding this offering. This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. estate or gift tax or foreign, state or local tax. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws that could result if we invested in tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets. We urge investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the specific consequences of such an investment, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax laws, eligibility for the benefits of any applicable tax treaty, and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.

A “U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

a citizen or individual resident of the United States;
a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
a trust if either a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, was treated as a U.S. person prior to that date, and has made a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

A “Non-U.S. stockholder” is a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is not a U.S. stockholder.

If a partnership (including an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A prospective investor that is a partner in a partnership that will hold shares of our common stock should consult its tax advisors with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock.

Election to Be Taxed as a RIC

As a business development company, we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any net ordinary income or capital gains that we timely distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our net ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).

Taxation as a RIC

If we:

qualify as a RIC; and

119


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement;

then we will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our investment company taxable income and net capital gain, defined as net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses, we distribute to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular corporate rates on any net income or net capital gain not distributed to our stockholders. We may choose to retain our net capital gains or any investment company taxable income, and pay the associated U.S. federal corporate income tax, including the U.S. federal excise tax described below.

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on our undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income realized, but not distributed, in the preceding year (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by us that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed. We currently intend to make sufficient distributions each taxable year to satisfy the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement.

In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

qualify to be treated as a business development company under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;
derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends and other permitted RIC income) (the “90% Income Test”); and
diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year at least (1) 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and (2) no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer or of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable tax rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships (the “Diversification Tests”).

We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, with increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. Because any original issue discount accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount.

Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (1) treat dividends that would otherwise constitute qualified dividend income as non-qualified dividend income, (2) treat dividends that would otherwise be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction as ineligible for such treatment, (3) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (4) convert lower-taxed long term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (5) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (6) cause us to recognize income or gain without a

120


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

corresponding receipt of cash, (7) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (8) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (9) produce income that will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. We intend to monitor our transactions and may make certain tax elections to mitigate the effect of these provisions and prevent our disqualification as a RIC.

Some of the income and fees that we may recognize will not satisfy the 90% Income Test. In order to ensure that such income and fees do not disqualify us as a RIC for a failure to satisfy the 90% Income Test, we may be required to recognize such income and fees indirectly through one or more entities treated as corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such corporations will be required to pay U.S. corporate income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will reduce our return on such income and fees.

We may invest in partnerships, including qualified publicly traded partnerships, which may result in our being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding liabilities.

Failure to Qualify as a RIC

If we fail the gross income test for any taxable year, we nevertheless may qualify as a RIC for such year if we are entitled to relief under certain savings provisions of the Code and pay a penalty tax. The savings provisions generally will be available if (i) after we identify such failure, we file a schedule describing each item of gross income for such taxable year that fails the gross income test, and (ii) our failure to meet the test was due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect. The penalty tax equals the amount (if any) by which the gross income that fails the gross income test exceeds 1/9 of the gross income that satisfies the gross income test.

Similarly, if we fail to meet an asset test, we will not lose our RIC status if (i) once we identify the failure, we describe each asset that caused the failure in a schedule filed with the IRS; (ii) the failure is due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect; (iii) within 6 months of the close of the quarter in which we identify the failure, we either dispose of the asset or otherwise pass the asset test; and (iv) unless the failure is a “de minimis” failure, we pay a tax in an amount equal to the greater of (a) $50,000, or (b) the amount equal to the product of (I) the net income generated by the non-qualifying assets, and (II) the highest rate of corporate income tax. A failure of the assets tests is “de minimis” if the total value of the non-qualifying assets does not exceed the lesser of (i) 1 percent of the total value of our assets, and (ii) $10,000,000.

If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC, notwithstanding the availability of certain relief provisions, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates. We would not be able to deduct distributions to stockholders, nor would they be required to be made. Distributions, including distributions of net long-term capital gain, would generally be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate stockholders would be eligible to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to such dividends, and for tax years beginning before 2013, non-corporate stockholders would generally be able to treat such dividends as “qualified dividend income,” which is subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income tax. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. If we fail to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year we may be subject to regular corporate tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of our assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if we had been liquidated) that we elect to recognize on requalification or when recognized over the next ten years.

The remainder of this discussion assumes that we qualify as a RIC and have satisfied the Annual Distribution Requirement.

121


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Taxation of U.S. Stockholders

Distributions by us generally are taxable to U.S. stockholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gains. Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our net ordinary income plus net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of our common stock. For the tax years beginning on or before December 31, 2012, to the extent such distributions paid by us to non-corporate stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations and if certain holding period requirements are met, such distributions generally will be treated as qualified dividend income and eligible for a maximum U.S. federal tax rate of 15%. In this regard, it is anticipated that distributions paid by us will generally not be attributable to dividends and, therefore, generally will not qualify for the 15% maximum U.S. federal tax rate.

Distributions of our net capital gains (which is generally our realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a U.S. stockholder in the case of individuals, trusts or estates, as long-term capital gains (currently at a maximum U.S. federal tax rate of 15% through 2012), regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its common stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional common stock.

Any distributions in excess of our earnings and profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in such stockholder’s common stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such U.S. stockholder.

Stockholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock will generally be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the stockholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and will generally have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount.

Although we currently intend to distribute any net long-term capital gains at least annually, we may in the future decide to retain some or all of our net long-term capital gains but designate the retained amount as a “deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences, we will pay tax on the retained amount, each U.S. stockholder will be required to include its share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been distributed to the U.S. stockholder, and the U.S. stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to its allocable share of the tax paid on the deemed distribution by us. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s tax basis for its common stock.

For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

If an investor purchases shares of our common stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price of the shares of our common stock will include the value of the distribution and the investor will be subject to tax on the distribution even though it represents a return of its investment.

A stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if the stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of its shares of our common stock. Any gain arising from such sale or disposition generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the stockholder has held its shares of common stock for more than one year. Otherwise, it would be classified as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any loss recognized upon a

122


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed if other shares of our common stock are purchased (whether through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the common stock acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss.

In general, individual U.S. stockholders currently (through 2012) are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% on their net capital gain, i.e., the excess of realized net long-term capital gain over realized net short-term capital loss for a taxable year, including a long-term capital gain derived from an investment in our shares of common stock. Such rate is lower than the U.S. maximum federal income tax rate on ordinary income currently payable by individuals. Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the maximum 35% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate stockholders with net capital losses for a year (i.e., net capital losses in excess of net capital gains) generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their ordinary income each year; any net capital losses of a non-corporate stockholder in excess of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent years as provided in the Code.

We will send to each of our U.S. stockholders, as promptly as possible after the end of each calendar year, a notice detailing, on a per share and per distribution basis, the amounts includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the U.S. federal tax status of each year’s distributions generally will be reported to the IRS. Distributions may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s particular situation. Dividends distributed by us generally will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction or the lower tax rates applicable to certain qualified dividends.

We may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax (“backup withholding”) currently at a rate of 28% from all taxable distributions to any non-corporate U.S. stockholder (1) who fails to furnish us with a correct taxpayer identification number or a certificate that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding or (2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies us that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is his or her social security number. Any amount withheld under backup withholding is allowed as a credit against the U.S. stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such stockholder to a refund, provided that proper information is timely provided to the IRS.

If a U.S. stockholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of our common stock of $2 million or more for an individual stockholder or $10 million or more for a corporate stockholder, the stockholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct stockholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, stockholders of a RIC are not exempted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their specific circumstances.

For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a 3.8% tax will be imposed on the “net investment income” of certain individuals, and on the undistributed “net investment income” of certain estates and trusts. Among other items, net investment income generally includes gross income from interest, dividends and net gains from certain property sales, less certain deductions.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

The following discussion applies only to Non-U.S. stockholders. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their tax advisers before investing in our shares.

Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” to Non-U.S. stockholders (including interest income, net short-term capital gain or foreign-source dividend and interest income, which generally would be free of withholding if paid to Non-U.S. stockholders directly) will, subject to the discussion below, be subject to withholding of U.S. federal tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable treaty) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits unless the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder, and, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, in which case the distributions will be subject to U.S. federal

123


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons. In that case, we will not be required to withhold U.S. federal tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors.

Under a provision that is scheduled to expire for our taxable years beginning after December 31, 2011, properly designated dividends received by a Non-U.S. stockholder generally are exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax when they (1) are paid in respect of our “qualified net interest income” (generally, our U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which we are at least a 10% stockholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income), or (2) were paid in connection with our “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of our net short-term capital gain over our long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Depending on the circumstances, we may designate all, some or none of our potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a Non-U.S. stockholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or an acceptable substitute or successor form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary could withhold even if we designate the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. stockholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder upon the sale of our common stock, will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax and generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. stockholder and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. stockholder in the United States or, in the case of an individual Non-U.S. stockholder, the stockholder is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the year of the sale or capital gain dividend and certain other conditions are met. For a corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, distributions and gains realized upon the sale of our common stock that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate if provided for by an applicable treaty).

A Non-U.S. stockholder who is a non-resident alien individual, and who is otherwise subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax on dividends unless the Non-U.S. stockholder provides us or the dividend paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN (or an acceptable substitute form) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a Non-U.S. stockholder or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding.

Under recently enacted legislation, certain foreign financial institutions, investment funds and other non-U.S. persons are subject to information reporting requirements with respect to their direct and indirect U.S. shareholders and/or U.S. accountholders. A 30% withholding tax is imposed on certain payments that are made after December 31, 2012 to a non-U.S. person that is subject to such requirements and fails to comply. Such payments would include our dividends and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition (including a redemption) of our common stock.

An investment in shares by a non-U.S. person may also be subject to U.S. federal estate tax. Non-U.S. persons should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax, U.S. federal estate tax, withholding tax, and state, local and foreign tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of our common stock.

124


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below and joint book-running managers for this offering. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a purchase agreement among us, our investment adviser and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 
              Underwriter   Number of
Shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC             
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC             
      Total             

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the purchase agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the purchase agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the purchase agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the purchase agreement may be terminated.

We and our investment adviser have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the purchase agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the underwritten shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $     per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $     per share to other dealers. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

     
  Per Share   Without
Option
  With
Option
Public offering price                           
Sales load                  
Proceeds, before expenses, to Garrison Capital Inc.                           

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at approximately $       and are payable by us.

Overallotment Option

We have granted an option to the underwriters to purchase up to           additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

125


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain Shares to be Purchased by

We are concurrently offering         shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price directly to     , pursuant to this prospectus. These shares are included in the         shares being sold pursuant to this prospectus. Since these shares are being sold directly by us and not through the underwriters, no underwriting discount or commission will be paid to the underwriters for these shares.         will indirectly bear its allocable portion of the other expenses of this offering.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for         days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. Currently there are no securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock outstanding and no such securities are anticipated to be assumed by us during the         day period after the date of this prospectus. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

offer, lend, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,
sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,
purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,
grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,
otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,
exercise any right with respect to the registration of any common stock,
request or demand that we file, or file or cause to be filed, any registration statement related to the common stock, or
enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. In the event that either (x) during the last 17 days of lock-up period referred to above, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (y) prior to the expiration of the lock-up period, we announce that we will release earnings results or become aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the lock-up period, the restrictions described above may be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

NASDAQ Global Select Market Listing

We expect the shares to be approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “GARS.”

126


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Determination of the Initial Public Offering Price

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include the following:

the information included in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives,
the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us,
our financial information,
our prospects and the history and the prospects of the industry in which we compete,
an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,
the present state of our development,
the general condition of the securities markets at the time of the offering,
the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours, and
other factors deemed relevant by us and the representatives.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their overallotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the overallotment option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the overallotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a

127


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, J.P. Morgan Securities and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their Internet subscription customers. J.P. Morgan Securities and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to their online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet web sites maintained by J.P. Morgan Securities and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the J.P. Morgan Securities and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC web sites is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us, our affiliates or our portfolio companies. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

Additional Underwriting Compensation

There are no agreements between us and the underwriters or any of their affiliates other than as described herein.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the EEA

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), an offer to the public of any shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
(c) by the underwriters to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or
(d) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any representative of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Any person making or intending to make any offer of shares within the EEA should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

For the purposes of this provision, and your representation below, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any

128


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any shares under, the offer of shares contemplated by this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with us and each underwriter that:

(a) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and
(b) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive), or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA) as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended (CISA), and accordingly the shares being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licenseable, with FINMA. Therefore, the shares have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the shares offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. The shares may solely be offered to “qualified investors,” as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended (CISA), such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus and any other materials relating to the shares are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described herein and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the shares on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

129


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Principal Business Address

The principal business address of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179. The principal business address of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC is 375 Park Avenue, 4 th Floor, New York, New York 10152.

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DISTRIBUTION PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Our securities are held under a custody agreement by                   . The address of the custodian is:         . American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC will act as our transfer agent, distribution paying agent and registrar. The principal business address of American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC is P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, New York 10269, telephone number: (800) 937-5449.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters regarding the securities offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for Garrison Capital by Dechert LLP, Washington, D.C. Dechert LLP also represents Garrison Capital Advisers. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sidley Austin LLP, New York, New York. Sidley Austin LLP has in the past represented Garrison Investment Group LP and certain of its affiliates and continues to represent them on a regular basis in a variety of matters.

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2010 and the period from December 17, 2010 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2010 and the related senior securities table, as set forth in their reports. We have included our consolidated financial statements and our senior securities table in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. Ernst & Young LLP’s principal business address is 5 Times Square, New York, New York 10036.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2, together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the Securities Act of 1933, with respect to our shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. The registration statement contains additional information about us and our shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus.

Upon completion of this offering, we will file with or submit to the SEC annual, quarterly and current periodic reports, proxy statements and other information meeting the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. You may inspect and copy these reports, proxy statements and other information, as well as the registration statement and related exhibits and schedules, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Currently, we do not have a website. We maintain a website at www.garrisoncapitalbdc.com and intend to make all of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly filed information available, free of charge, on or through our website. In the interim, you may obtain such information by contacting us, in writing at: 1350 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Investor Relations, or by telephone at (212) 372-9500. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information filed electronically by us with the SEC which are available on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov . Copies of these reports, proxy and information statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

130


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

GARRISON CAPITAL LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-2  
Financial Statements
        
Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition     F-3  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments     F-4  
Consolidated Statement of Operations     F-10  
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Member’s Capital     F-11  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows     F-12  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-13  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Managing Member of
  Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition of Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries (the “Fund”), including the consolidated schedule of investments, as of December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ capital, and cash flows for the period from December 17, 2010 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Fund’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Fund is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Fund’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010, the consolidated results of their operations, the changes in their members’ capital and their cash flows for the period from December 17, 2010 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2010 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

February 25, 2011

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition
December 31, 2010

 
Assets
        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 80,000,000  
Cash and cash equivalents, securitization accounts     21,353,669  
Due from counterparties     2,333,573  
Investments, fair value
Non-control/Non-affiliate investments (amortized cost of $281,905,408)
    283,827,606  
Accrued interest receivable     1,126,499  
Deferred debt issuance costs (net of accumulated amortization of $297,057)     3,267,624  
Other assets     423,458  
Total assets   $ 392,332,429  
Liabilities and members’ capital
        
Liabilities:
        
Due to counterparties   $ 12,385,000  
Senior secured notes payable (Note 9)     218,304,117  
Interest payable on notes payable     1,035,001  
Accrued expenses and other payables     375,000  
Total liabilities     232,099,118  
Total members’ capital     160,233,311  
Total liabilities and members’ capital   $ 392,332,429  
Members’ Capital Units Per Share
        
Total members’ capital Units outstanding, par value $15.00     10,707,221  
Total members’ capital value per Unit   $ 14.96  

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments
December 31, 2010

       
Security Description   Par   Cost   Fair Value   % of
Members’
Capital
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments
                                   
Investments – United States
                                   
Bank Loans
                                   
Apparel & Accessory Stores
                                   
Marshall Retail Group LLC, LIBOR (“L”) + 4.50%,
2.75% L Floor, 04/16/2013
  $ 1,798,573     $ 1,672,673     $ 1,672,673       1.04 %  
Total Apparel & Accessory Stores              1,672,673       1,672,673       1.04  
Apparel Products
                                   
Strategic Partners, Inc.,
L+5.50%, 1.75% L Floor, 08/23/2016
    6,982,500       6,982,500       6,982,500       4.36  
Total Apparel Products              6,982,500       6,982,500       4.36  
Automotive
                                   
BBB Industries, LLC,
L+4.50%, 2.00% L Floor, 06/29/2013
    5,411,157       5,203,910       5,212,567       3.25  
Transtar Holding Company,
L+4.50%, 1.75% L Floor, 12/21/2016
    3,000,000       2,970,000       3,030,000       1.89  
Total Automotive              8,173,910       8,242,567       5.14  
Business Finance Services
                                   
Convergent Resources, Inc., L+5.50%, 06/30/2012     3,978,898       3,779,953       3,779,953       2.36  
Ocwen Financial Corporation,
L+7.00%, 2.00% L Floor, 07/29/2015
    5,136,447       5,118,954       5,110,765       3.19  
Total Business Finance Services              8,898,907       8,890,718       5.55  
Business Services
                                   
Network Solutions, LLC, L+2.25%, 03/07/2014     6,187,509       5,831,727       5,893,602       3.68  
Total Business Services              5,831,727       5,893,602       3.68  
Chemicals
                                   
Arclin US Holdings Inc.,
L+6.00%, 1.75% L Floor, 01/15/2015
    2,679,593       2,545,613       2,599,205       1.62  
Avantor Performance Materials Holdings, Inc.,
L+4.50%, 1.75% L Floor, 10/07/2016
    5,985,000       5,999,962       6,029,887       3.76  
General Chemical Corporation,
L+5.00%, 1.75% L Floor, 10/06/2015
    997,500       1,004,483       1,009,171       0.63  
Porex Corporation,
L+5.75%, 1.50% L Floor, 03/31/2015
    1,887,500       1,868,625       1,906,375       1.19  
Total Chemicals              11,418,683       11,544,638       7.20  

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)
December 31, 2010

       
Security Description   Par   Cost   Fair Value   % of
Members’
Capital
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments (continued)
                                   
Investments – United States (continued)
                                   
Bank Loans (continued)
                                   
Communications
                                   
Aspect Software, Inc.,
L+4.50%, 1.75% L Floor, 05/07/2016
  $ 5,969,923     $ 5,984,850     $ 5,992,312       3.74 %  
ConvergeOne Holdings Corp, L+2.75%,
05/31/2013
    2,140,727       1,926,654       1,926,654       1.20  
Einstruction Corp., L+3.75%, 07/02/2013     3,040,029       2,705,625       2,766,426       1.73  
Hyland Software, Inc.,
L+5.00%, 1.75% L Floor, 12/17/2016
    4,000,000       3,960,183       3,982,000       2.48  
NaviSite, Inc.,
L+6.00%, 3.15% L Floor, 06/08/2013
    1,884,169       1,771,118       1,789,960       1.12  
Transaction Network Services, Inc.,
L+4.00%, 2.00% L Floor, 11/18/2015
    4,848,439       4,858,136       4,858,136       3.03  
U.S. TelePacific Corp.,
L+7.25%, 2.00% L Floor, 08/17/2015
    992,500       999,944       1,000,738       0.63  
Vonage America Inc.,
L+8.00%, L Floor 1.75%, 12/14/2015
    2,000,000       1,940,396       1,995,000       1.24  
Total Communications              24,146,906       24,311,226       15.17  
Consumer Finance Services
                                   
Green Tree Credit Solutions LLC,
L+5.75%, 2.25% L Floor, 12/18/2015
    4,385,714       4,341,857       4,371,241       2.73  
Total Consumer Finance Services              4,341,857       4,371,241       2.73  
Crop Agriculture
                                   
Earthbound Holdings III, LLC,
L+5.00%, 1.75% L Floor, 12/21/2016
    3,000,000       2,955,041       3,020,700       1.89  
Total Crop Agriculture              2,955,041       3,020,700       1.89  
Educational Services
                                   
Educate, Inc.,
L+7.00%, 1.50% L Floor, 06/14/2014
    1,488,515       1,466,940       1,466,187       0.92  
Total Educational Services              1,466,940       1,466,187       0.92  
Electrical Equipment
                                   
Source Refrigeration & HVAC, Inc.,
B+7.75%, 01/30/2015
    1,328,688       1,222,393       1,222,393       0.76  
Syncsort Incorporated,
L+5.50%, 2.00% L Floor, 03/31/2015
    4,875,000       4,777,500       4,777,500       2.98  
Total Electrical Equipment              5,999,893       5,999,893       3.74  

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)
December 31, 2010

       
Security Description   Par   Cost   Fair Value   % of
Members’
Capital
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments (continued)
                                   
Investments – United States (continued)
                                   
Bank Loans (continued)
                                   
Food Products
                                   
Darling International Inc.,
L+3.50%, 1.50% L Floor, 12/17/2016
  $ 1,500,000     $ 1,492,500     $ 1,510,650       0.94 %  
Farley’s & Sathers Candy Company, Inc.
L+5.00%, 2.00% L Floor, 06/15/2011
    1,809,799       1,791,702       1,805,275       1.13  
NBTY Inc., L+4.50%, 1.75% L Floor, 10/01/2017     2,000,000       2,025,400       2,027,000       1.26  
Pabst Brewing Company,
L+5.00%, 1.50% L Floor, 06/25/2015
    3,888,889       3,869,444       3,869,444       2.41  
Pinnacle Foods Finance LLC,
L+4.25%, 1.75% L Floor, 04/02/2014
    832,454       841,111       841,694       0.53  
Total Food Products              10,020,157       10,054,063       6.27  
Health Services
                                   
APS Healthcare, Inc., L+3.25%, 03/30/2013     3,545,574       3,297,384       3,297,384       2.06  
CareMore Holdings, Inc., L+2.75%, 02/28/2013     3,234,000       2,991,450       2,910,600       1.82  
MCCI Group Holdings, LLC,
L+3.75%, 12/21/2012
    7,982,104       7,423,356       7,423,356       4.63  
Midwest Dental, L+3.25%, 05/03/2012     7,714,615       7,213,165       7,213,165       4.50  
Physiotherapy Associates, Inc.,
L+6.06%, 3.25% L Floor, 07/31/2013
    5,888,259       4,500,903       5,044,140       3.15  
Total Health Services              25,426,258       25,888,645       16.16  
Home Furnishings Stores
                                   
Hamilton Beach/Proctor-Silex, Inc., L+2.00%,
05/31/2013
    6,067,062       5,824,380       5,930,554       3.70  
Total Home Furnishings Stores              5,824,380       5,930,554       3.70  
Machinery
                                   
Dana Holding Corporation, L+4.25%, 01/30/2015     4,397,997       4,390,521       4,430,983       2.77  
Goodman Global, Inc.,
L+4.00%, 1.75% L Floor, 10/28/2016
    997,500       987,772       1,001,889       0.63  
Total Machinery              5,378,293       5,432,872       3.40  
Mining (Nonmetallic)
                                   
Resco Products, Inc.,
L+6.50%, 2.00% L Floor, 06/22/2013
    4,072,347       3,746,559       3,746,559       2.34  
Total Mining (Nonmetallic)              3,746,559       3,746,559       2.34  

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)
December 31, 2010

       
Security Description   Par   Cost   Fair Value   % of
Members’
Capital
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments (continued)
                                   
Investments – United States (continued)
                                   
Bank Loans (continued)
                                   
Miscellaneous Manufacturing
                                   
Alliance Laundry Systems LLC,
L+4.50%, 1.75% L Floor, 09/30/2016
  $ 978,947     $ 987,268     $ 991,576       0.62 %  
Alpha Packaging Holdings, Inc.,
L+5.00%, 1.75% L Floor, 09/17/2016
    3,241,875       3,144,619       3,144,619       1.96  
Camelbak Products, LLC,
L+5.25%, 1.75% L Floor, 06/21/2015
    4,802,961       4,725,152       4,742,923       2.96  
Pelican Products, Inc.,
L+4.25%, 1.50% L Floor, 11/30/2016
    4,000,000       3,960,458       4,012,400       2.50  
Total Miscellaneous Manufacturing              12,817,497       12,891,518       8.04  
Miscellaneous Retail
                                   
Provo Craft & Novelty, Inc.,
L+6.00%, 2.00% L Floor, 03/22/2016
    4,038,462       3,922,558       3,885,000       2.42  
PSP Holdco, LLC,
L+5.75%, 1.75% L Floor, 09/13/2016
    4,987,500       4,912,687       4,912,688       3.07  
Total Miscellaneous Retail              8,835,245       8,797,688       5.49  
Miscellaneous Services
                                   
Andrews International Inc.,
L+5.50%, 1.75% L Floor, 09/20/2015
    6,000,000       5,940,000       5,940,000       3.71  
BRSP, LLC, L+4.50%, 3.00% L Floor, 06/24/2014     994,855       999,615       999,829       0.62  
Peak 10, Inc., L+5.00%, 1.75% L Floor, 10/05/2016     8,977,500       8,887,725       9,022,387       5.63  
Protection One, Inc.,
L+4.25%, 1.75% L Floor, 06/04/2016
    2,877,308       2,870,114       2,877,308       1.80  
R3 Treatment Inc.,
L+6.19%, 2.00% L Floor, 03/10/2015
    7,672,500       7,611,167       7,610,700       4.75  
Savvis Communications Corporation,
L+5.00%, 1.75% L Floor, 08/04/2016
    4,987,500       5,039,869       5,060,816       3.16  
SMG, L+3.00%, 07/27/2014     7,211,931       6,779,215       6,851,334       4.27  
United States Infrastructure Corporation,
L+4.00%, 1.50% L Floor, 05/13/2015
    1,995,000       1,995,000       1,997,494       1.25  
Vision Solutions, Inc.,
L+6.00%, 1.75% L Floor, 07/23/2016
    6,737,500       6,636,438       6,670,125       4.16  
Volume Services America, Inc. (Centerplate)
L+8.39%, 2.00% L Floor, 06/28/2016
    8,907,500       8,756,431       8,891,892       5.55  
Total Miscellaneous Services              55,515,574       55,921,885       34.90  

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)
December 31, 2010

       
Security Description   Par   Cost   Fair Value   % of
Members’
Capital
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments (continued)
                                   
Investments – United States (continued)
                                   
Bank Loans (continued)
                                   
Oil & Gas Extraction
                                   
Gulf Coast Machine & Supply Co.,
L+9.50%, 4.00% L Floor, 01/31/2013
  $ 3,035,155     $ 2,429,000     $ 2,428,125       1.51 %  
TSI Acquisition LLC, L+2.75%, 03/12/2013     1,787,813       1,537,519       1,537,519       0.96  
Total Oil & Gas Extraction              3,966,519       3,965,644       2.47  
Papers & Allied Products
                                   
Hoffmaster Group, Inc.,
L+5.00%, 2.00% L Floor, 06/02/2016
    6,893,592       6,812,908       6,807,422       4.25  
LabelCorp Holdings, Inc,
L+5.50%, 3.00% L Floor, 08/08/2014
    5,320,813       4,908,450       4,948,356       3.09  
Total Papers & Allied Products              11,721,358       11,755,778       7.34  
Pipe Lines
                                   
Inland Pipe Rehabilitation, LLC,
L+4.50%, 3.00% L Floor, 07/05/2013
    6,879,301       6,672,922       6,672,922       4.16  
Total Pipe Lines              6,672,922       6,672,922       4.16  
Printing & Publishing
                                   
Cengage Learning, Inc., L+2.25%, 07/03/2014     8,702,638       7,995,114       8,213,550       5.13  
Interactive Data Corporation,
L+5.00%, 1.75% L Floor, 01/29/2017
    2,487,500       2,530,036       2,516,852       1.57  
Princeton Review, Inc. (The),
L+5.25%, 1.50% L Floor, 12/07/2014
    2,850,000       2,793,000       2,793,000       1.74  
Total Printing & Publishing              13,318,150       13,523,402       8.44  
Railroad Transportation
                                   
RailWorks, LLC,
L+3.75%, 1.50% L Floor, 05/07/2013
    3,483,946       3,414,169       3,414,169       2.13  
Total Railroad Transportation              3,414,169       3,414,169       2.13  
Restaurants
                                   
BMP/Pennant Holdings, LLC,
L+6.44%, 06/27/2014
    3,642,124       2,917,183       2,913,699       1.82  
Denny’s Inc.,
L+4.75%, 1.75% L Floor, 09/30/2016
    3,840,000       3,871,104       3,884,928       2.43  
Landry’s Restaurant, Inc.,
L+4.50%, 1.75% L Floor, 12/1/2014
    3,000,000       2,962,575       2,970,000       1.85  
Total Restaurants              9,750,862       9,768,627       6.10  

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments (continued)
December 31, 2010

       
Security Description   Par   Cost   Fair Value   % of
Members’
Capital
Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments (continued)
                                   
Investments – United States (continued)
                                   
Bank Loans (continued)
                                   
Specialty Services
                                   
SI Organization, Inc.,
L+4.00%, 1.75% L Floor, 11/22/2016
  $ 4,000,000     $ 3,977,793     $ 4,025,200       2.51 %  
Total Specialty Services              3,977,793       4,025,200       2.51  
Textile Products
                                   
Universal Fiber Systems, LLC,
L+5.25%, 1.75% L Floor, 06/26/2015
    5,000,000       4,950,000       4,950,000       3.09  
Total Textile Products              4,950,000       4,950,000       3.09  
Transport Equipment
                                   
Aerostructures Acquisition, LLC,
L+5.00%, 2.50% L Floor, 03/01/2013
    926,363       833,726       852,253       0.53  
Metaldyne, LLC,
L+6.00%, 1.75% L Floor, 10/22/2016
    4,987,500       5,049,844       5,027,899       3.14  
United Components, Inc.,
L+4.50%, 1.75% L Floor, 03/23/2017
    498,750       503,139       498,750       0.31  
Total Transport Equipment              6,386,709       6,378,902       3.98  
Transportation Services
                                   
Fleetgistics Holdings, Inc.,
L+5.50%, 2.00% L Floor, 03/23/2015
    3,303,125       3,311,383       3,311,383       2.07  
Kenan Advantage Group, Inc.,
L+4.00%, 1.50% L Floor, 06/11/2016
    3,000,000       2,970,150       2,997,000       1.87  
Ozburn-Hessey Holding Company LLC,
L+5.50%, 2.00% L Floor, 04/08/2016
    1,985,000       2,012,393       2,004,850       1.25  
Total Transportation Services           8,293,926       8,313,233       5.19  
Total Bank Loans           281,905,408       283,827,606       177.13  
Total Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments           281,905,408       283,827,606       177.13  
Total Investments – United States         $ 281,905,408     $ 283,827,606       177.13 %  

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Operations
Period from December 17, 2010 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2010

   
Investment income and expenses
                 
Expenses:
                 
Professional fees     375,000        
Total expenses     375,000        
Net investment loss           (375,000 )  
Net loss         $ (375,000 )  

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Members’ Capital
Period from December 17, 2010 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2010

   
  Managing Member   Members
Initial capital contributions at December 17, 2010   $     $ 80,000,000  
Additional capital contributions           80,608,311  
Allocation of net loss:
                       
Pro-rata allocation           (375,000 )  
Net loss           (375,000 )  
Members’ capital at December 31, 2010   $     $ 160,233,311  

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
Period from December 17, 2010 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2010

 
Cash flow from operating activities
        
Net loss   $ (375,000 )  
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operating activities:
        
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
        
Increase in accrued expenses and other payables     375,000  
Net cash from operating activities      
Cash flow from financing activities
        
Capital contributions     80,000,000  
Net cash from financing activities     80,000,000  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     80,000,000  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period      
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period   $ 80,000,000  
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash items
        
In-kind capital contribution of 100% Equity Interest in Garrison Capital CLO Ltd. in exchange for issuance of Units (See Note 10).   $ 80,608,311  

 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

1. Organization

Garrison Capital LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company, (the “Company”) commenced operations on December 17, 2010. The Company is an externally managed, closed-end, non-diversified management investment company. The Company intends to invest primarily in or originate (1) first lien senior secured loans, (2) second lien senior secured loans and (3) “one-stop” senior secured loans or “unitranche” loans. The term “one-stop” or “unitranche” refers to a loan that combines characteristics of traditional first lien senior secured loans and second lien or subordinated loans. The Company’s investment objective is to generate current income and capital appreciation by investing primarily in secured loans to middle-market companies. The Company intends to generate risk-adjusted net returns by assembling a diversified portfolio of investments.

On December 31, 2010, the Company acquired Garrison Capital CLO Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempted company, which was created on September 20, 2010 and initially capitalized on December 31, 2010. This entity is a wholly-owned consolidated subsidiary of the Company created for the purpose of acquiring and holding an investment in Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC (“GF 2010-1”).

On December 31, 2010, Garrison Capital CLO Ltd. acquired 100% of the lowest tranche subordinated notes and nominal equity of Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC, which is a collateralized loan obligation entity created on September 21, 2010 and initially capitalized on November 5, 2010 for the purpose of acquiring or participating in U.S. dollar-denominated senior, first and second lien secured and unsecured corporate debt obligations, subject to the terms and conditions outlined in its indenture. On November 5, 2010, GF 2010-1 completed a $300 million collateralized loan securitization which is more fully described in Note 9. GF 2010-1 is wholly-owned and consolidated by Garrison Capital CLO Ltd. The subordinated notes represent a claim to the residual cash flows of GF 2010-1. GF 2010-1 has appointed Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as its trustee. Garrison Investment Group, LP (the “Investment Manager”) is the collateral manager of GF 2010-1.

Garrison Capital LLC and its wholly-owned consolidated subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the “Fund”.

Garrison Capital MM LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company, is the managing member of the Company (the “Managing Member”). In its capacity as the Managing Member, it manages the Company’s affairs. Garrison Capital Advisers LLC (the “Investment Adviser”), a Delaware Limited Liability Company, is the investment adviser of the Company. The Managing Member and the Investment Adviser are affiliates of the Investment Manager. The Investment Adviser is collectively owned by the Investment Manager and members of the Company. Pursuant to an advisory agreement between the Investment Adviser and the Company, the Investment Adviser monitors the Company’s operations, oversees its investment activity, and has day-to-day portfolio management responsibility for the Company, subject to the supervision of the Managing Member.

Subsequent to December 31, 2010, the Company has taken steps to file a Form N-2 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that must be submitted by closed-end investment companies to register under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“1940 Act”) and to offer their shares under the Securities Act of 1933. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the Company intends to convert into a Delaware corporation, Garrison Capital Inc. which will file an election to be treated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940. As part of the BDC conversion, the existing members of the Company will receive shares of common stock in exchange for their limited liability company interests. The number of shares received by the members will be based on the fair value of the assets contributed by the members in connection with the BDC offering and conversion, as determined by our Investment Adviser. In addition, for tax purposes Garrison Capital Inc. will elect to be treated as a regulated investment company, or RIC, under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code.

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

1. Organization  – (continued)

SEI Investments Global Fund Services, Inc. is the Fund’s administrator (the “Administrator”). The Administrator performs certain accounting and administrative services for the Fund. The Administrator receives a monthly fee equal to a percentage of the total members’ capital of the Fund. The Administrator is also reimbursed by the Fund for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). The Company believes it has made all necessary adjustments so that the financial statements are presented fairly and that all such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The accounts of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as Garrison Capital LLC using consistent accounting policies. For consolidated subsidiaries acquired during the reporting period, the accounts of the subsidiaries are included from the date of acquisition.

Basis for Consolidation

Under the investment company rules and regulations pursuant to the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Audit and Accounting Guide for Investment Companies (the “Investment Company Guide”), codified in Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 946, Financial Services-Investment Companies (“ASC 946”), the Company is precluded from consolidating any entity other than another investment company. The Company generally consolidates any investment company or controlled entity when it owns 100% of its partners’ or members’ capital or equity units. Garrison Capital CLO Ltd. is a 100% owned company. Furthermore, Garrison Capital CLO Ltd. owns a 100% interest in GF 2010-1 which is deemed to be an investment company. As such, the Company has consolidated the accounts of both these entities into these financial statements.

Investment Classification

As required by the 1940 Act, investments are classified by level of control. As defined in the 1940 Act, “Control Investments” are investments in those companies that the Fund is deemed to “Control”. “Affiliate Investments” are investments in those companies that are “Affiliated Companies”, as defined in the 1940 Act, other than Control Investments. “Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments” are those that are neither Control Investments nor Affiliate Investments. Generally, under the 1940 Act, the Fund is deemed to control a company in which it has invested if it owns 25% or more of the voting securities of such company or has greater than 50% representation on its board. The Fund is deemed to be an affiliate of a company in which it has invested if it owns 5% or more and less than 25% of the voting securities of such company. As of December 31, 2010 all of the Fund’s investments were Non-Control/Non-Affiliate Investments.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, including the estimated fair values of investments and the amount of income and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

2. Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Cash and cash equivalents

The Fund defines cash equivalents as highly liquid financial instruments with original maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents, other than money market mutual funds, are carried at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value. Money market mutual funds are carried at net asset value which approximates fair value. Cash is generally held at two major financial institutions and cash is swept on an overnight basis into bank deposit accounts at one of those major financial institutions. At December 31, 2010, cash amounted to $80,000,000 held at one major financial institution and there were no cash equivalents.

Cash and cash equivalents, securitization accounts

Cash and cash equivalents, securitization accounts include amounts held by GF 2010-1 in designated bank accounts in the form of cash and short-term liquid investments in overnight sweep accounts. GF 2010-1 is required to use a portion of these amounts to pay interest expense, reduce borrowings, or pay other amounts in accordance with its indenture. Cash held in such accounts is not available for the general use of the Fund. At December 31, 2010 cash was held in the amount of $2,632,991 and cash equivalents were held in an overnight sweep account in the amount of $18,720,678 at one major financial institution.

Investment Transactions and Related Investment Income and Expense

The Fund records its investment transactions on a trade date basis, which is the date when management has determined that all material terms have been defined for the transactions. These transactions could possibly settle on a subsequent date depending on the transaction type. All related revenue and expenses attributable to these transactions are reflected on the consolidated statement of operations commencing on the trade date unless otherwise specified by the transaction documents. Realized gains and losses on investment transactions are recorded on the specific identification method.

The Fund accrues interest income if it expects that ultimately it will be able to collect it. Generally, when an interest default occurs on a loan in the portfolio, or if management otherwise believes that the issuer of the loan will not be able to service the loan and other obligations, the Investment Adviser will place the loan on non-accrual status and will cease recognizing interest income on that loan until all principal and interest is current through payment or until a restructuring occurs, such that the interest income is deemed to be collectible. However, the Fund remains contractually entitled to this interest. The Fund may make exceptions to this policy if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection. Accrued interest is written off when it becomes probable that the interest will not be collected and the amount of uncollectible interest can be reasonably estimated. Any original issue discounts, as well as any other purchase discounts or premiums on debt investments, are accreted or amortized to interest income or expense, respectively, over the maturity periods of the investments. During the period ended December 31, 2010, there were no loans originated at discounts or premiums; however there were loans purchased at a discount and premium.

Interest expense is recorded on an accrual basis. Certain expenses related to, but not limited to, legal and tax consultation, due diligence, rating fees, valuation expenses and independent collateral appraisals may arise when the Fund makes certain investments. These expenses are recognized in the consolidated statement of operations as they are incurred.

Loan Origination, Facility, Commitment and Amendment Fees

The Fund may receive fees in addition to interest income from the loans during the life of the investment. The Company may receive origination fees upon the origination of an investment. These origination fees are initially deferred and reduced from the cost basis of the investment and subsequently accreted into income over the term of the loan. GF 2010-1 is prohibited from originating loans by its indenture; therefore, it does not receive any origination fees. The Fund may receive facility, commitment and amendment fees, which are paid to the Fund on an ongoing basis. Facility fees, sometimes referred to as asset

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

2. Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

management fees, are accrued as a percentage periodic fee on the base amount (either the funded facility amount or the committed principal amount). Commitment fees are based upon the undrawn portion committed by the Fund and are recorded on an accrual basis. Amendment fees are paid in connection with loan amendments and waivers and are accounted for upon completion of the amendments or waivers, generally when such fees are receivable. Any such fees are included in other income on the consolidated statement of operations. For the period ended December 31, 2010 the Fund had not earned any such fees.

Valuation of Investments

The Fund values its investments in accordance with ASC 820. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about assets and liabilities measured at fair value. ASC 820’s definition of fair value focuses on exit price in the principal, or most advantageous, market and prioritizes the use of market-based inputs over entity-specific inputs within a measurement of fair value.

The Fund’s portfolio consists of primarily debt investments. These investments are valued by the Investment Adviser at their bid quotations obtained from unaffiliated market makers, other financial institutions that trade in similar investments or based on prices provided by independent third party pricing services. For investments where there are no available bid quotations, the Investment Adviser derives a fair value using proprietary models that consider the analyses of independent valuation agents as well as credit risk, liquidity, market credit spreads, and other applicable factors for similar transactions.

Due to the nature of the Fund’s strategy, the Fund’s portfolio includes relatively illiquid investments that are privately held. Valuations of privately held investments are inherently uncertain and they may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates. The determination of fair value by the Investment Adviser may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these investments existed. Our net asset value could be materially affected if the determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher or lower than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such investments.

Income Taxes

The Company is treated as a partnership for Federal and state or local income tax purposes and, therefore, no provision has been made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for Federal, state or local income taxes. In accordance with the Internal Revenue Code, the partners include their respective shares of the Company’s taxable profits or losses in their individual tax or information returns.

Garrison Capital is the 100% shareholder of Garrison Capital CLO Ltd., a Cayman domiciled corporation treated as a corporation for tax and is a Controlled Foreign Corporation (“CFC”). This will result in current inclusion of its income for U.S. tax purposes (i.e., “subpart F” income).

Garrison Capital CLO Ltd. holds the subordinated note and equity interest of Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC (“Garrison Funding”), a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Garrison Funding only purchased loans on the secondary market as it is precluded from originating loans. Thus, neither it nor Garrison Capital CLO was considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. pursuant to IRC Sec. 864(b)(2) as a result of its activities, and they do not generate effectively connected income (“ECI”). All income of Garrison Funding will be considered investment income and not trade or business income.

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

2. Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

The Managing Member is required to determine whether a tax position of the Company is more likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by the applicable taxing authority, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. De-recognition of a tax benefit previously recognized could result in the Company recording a tax liability that would reduce members’ capital. U.S. GAAP provides guidance on thresholds, measurement, de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition that is intended to provide better financial statement comparability among different entities. The Managing Member has concluded that it was not necessary to record a liability for any such tax positions as of December 31, 2010. However, the Managing Member’s conclusions regarding this policy may be subject to review and adjustment at a later date based on factors including, but not limited to, on-going analyses of, and changes to, tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof. The Company’s activities from commencement of operations remain subject to examination by U.S. federal, state, and local tax authorities; as of the date of this report the Company has not filed any U.S federal, state, or local tax returns. No interest expense or penalties have been assessed for the period ended December 31, 2010.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

On January 21, 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2010-06, Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements (“ASU 2010-06”). ASU 2010-06 amends FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (formerly FASB Statement No. 157, “ASC 820”), to require entities to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy and the reasons for these transfers, the reasons for any transfers in or out of Level 3, and information in the reconciliation of recurring Level 3 measurements about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements on a gross basis. In addition, ASU 2010-06 amends ASC 820 to clarify that reporting entities are required to provide fair value measurement disclosures for each “class” of assets and liabilities. All the amendments to ASC 820 made by ASU 2010-06 are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 with the exception of the requirement to separately disclose purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements of recurring Level 3 measurements, which becomes effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of ASU 2010-06 is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements, except it will enhance the disclosures around fair value of investments.

3. Investments

The Fund’s investments include (without limitation) bank loans (both funded and unfunded, “Bank Loans”) of diversified companies. These financial instruments also may be purchased indirectly through an interest in a limited partnership or a limited liability company. Certain of the risks of investing in the financial instruments of a distressed company are discussed herein.

The Fund invests in companies that are experiencing various forms of financial, operational, legal, and/or other distress or impairment, including without limitation, companies involved in bankruptcy or other reorganization or liquidation proceedings (collectively, “Reorganization Proceedings”), and those which might become involved in such proceedings. Through investing in these companies, the Fund is exposed to credit risk relating to whether the borrower will meet its obligation to pay when it comes due until the investments are sold or mature.

Any investment in a distressed company may involve special risks. For example (and without limitation), (i) many elements of a distressed company’s Reorganization Proceedings are beyond the control of the Fund, and (ii) certain of the Fund’s investments may be illiquid, non-interest bearing, unsecured, subordinated to other claimants within a distressed company’s capital structure and/or may subsequently become disallowed by a bankruptcy court.

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

3. Investments  – (continued)

The Fund’s transactions in Bank Loans are normally secured financings that are collateralized by physical assets and/or the enterprise value of the borrower. This collateral, and the Fund’s rights to this collateral, are different depending on the specific transaction and are defined by the legal offering documents agreed to in the transaction.

The terms of the Bank Loans may require the Fund to extend to a borrower additional credit, or provide funding for any unfunded portion of such bank loans at the request of the borrower. This exposes the Fund to potential liabilities that are not reflected on the consolidated statement of financial condition. As of December 31, 2010, the Fund had no unfunded obligations.

There is no clearinghouse for Bank Loans, nor is there a depository for custody of any such interests. The processes by which these interests are cleared, settled and held in custody are individually negotiated between the parties to the transaction. This subjects the Fund to operational risk to the extent that there are delays and failure in these processes.

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

U.S. GAAP requires enhanced disclosures about investments that are measured and reported on a fair value basis. Under U.S. GAAP, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Further, the guidance distinguishes between inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity (observable inputs) and inputs that reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs). Various inputs are used in determining the values of the Fund’s investments; these inputs are categorized as of each valuation date. The inputs are summarized in three broad levels listed below:

Level 1 — quoted unadjusted prices in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date
Level 2 — other significant observable inputs (including quoted prices for similar investments, interest rates, prepayments, credit risk, etc.)
Level 3 — significant unobservable inputs (including the Investment Adviser’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in determining the fair values of investments)

Fair value of publicly traded instruments is generally based on quoted market prices. Fair value of non-publicly traded instruments, and of publicly traded instruments for which quoted market prices are not readily available, may be determined based on other relevant factors, including without limitation, quotations from unaffiliated market makers or independent third party pricing services, the price activity of equivalent instruments, and valuation pricing models. For those investments valued using quotations, the bid price is generally used, unless the Fund determines that it is not representative of an exit price.

Investments for which fair value is determined using inputs defined above as Level 3 are fair valued using the income and market approaches, which may include the discounted cash flow method, reference to performance statistics of industry comparables, relative comparable yield analysis, and in certain cases third party valuations performed by independent valuation firms. The valuation methods can reference various factors and use various inputs such as assumed growth rates, capitalization rates, and discount rates, loan-to-value ratios, liquidation value, relative capital structure priority, market comparables, compliance with applicable loan, covenant and interest coverage performance, book value, market derived multiples, reserve valuation, assessment of credit ratings of an underlying borrower, review of ongoing performance, review of

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments  – (continued)

financial projections as compared to actual performance, review of interest rate and yield risk. Such factors may be given different weighting depending on management’s assessment of the underlying investment, and management may analyze apparently comparable investments in different ways.

Valuations performed by the independent valuation firms may utilize proprietary models and inputs. We have used, and intend to continue to use, independent valuation firms to provide additional support for estimating the fair values of investments. The inputs or methodology used for valuing securities are not necessarily an indication of the risk associated with investing in those securities. The following table summarizes the valuation of the Fund’s investments measured at fair value based on the fair value hierarchy defined above as of December 31, 2010:

       
  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
Total   $     $     $ 283,827,606     $ 283,827,606  

Refer to the consolidated schedule of investments for detailed disaggregation of the Fund’s investments. There were no transfers of securities between levels by the Fund nor did the Fund own any other securities types during the period from December 17, 2010 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2010.

The following table is a reconciliation of investments in which significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) were used in determining fair value:

 
For the Period Ended December 31, 2010   Investments
Fair value, December 17, 2010 (commencement of operations)   $  
Net purchases (sales)      
Accretion/amortization of discount/premium on investments      
Net realized and unrealized gain      
In-kind contribution of assets (See Note 10)     283,827,606  
Fair value, December 31, 2010   $ 283,827,606  
Net change in unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) included in earnings related to investments still held at reporting date   $  

5. Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, the Fund enters into certain contracts that provide a variety of indemnifications. The Fund’s maximum exposure under these indemnifications is unknown. However, no liabilities have arisen under these indemnifications in the past and, while there can be no assurances in this regard, there is no expectation that any will occur in the future. Therefore, the Fund does not consider it necessary to record a liability for any indemnifications under U.S. GAAP.

6. Due to and due from counterparties

The Fund executes investments with agents, brokers, investment companies, agent banks and other financial institutions. Due to and due from counterparties include amounts due to and from counterparties related to unsettled purchase and sale transactions of investments of GF 2010-1. Due from counterparties also includes principal pay downs from the issuers that are receivable as of December 31, 2010.

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

7. Members’ Capital

Members may purchase Units in the Company at the beginning of any calendar month. Members are initially required to invest a minimum of $1,000,000 subject to the discretion of the Managing Member. The Company is authorized to issue up to 100,000,000 Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding Units, the Company may not issue Units other than for cash. The maximum aggregate amount of such Unit issuance for cash cannot exceed $80,000,000. Additionally, the Units issued in connection with the acquisition by the Company of the equity interests of Garrison Capital CLO Ltd. did not require written consent. The Units issued by the Company are not certificated. A member does not have the right to redeem from the Company.

For the period from December 17, 2010 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2010, the Company issued 10,707,221 Units at a par value of $15.00 per Unit. The Managing Member does not own any Units.

No holder of Units shall sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of its Units without the prior written consent of the Managing Member, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Units have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 and may not be transferred except in a transaction exempt from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933.

8. Allocation of Profits and Losses

Members are issued units (“Units”) of the Fund by the Managing Member that represent their limited liability company interests in the Fund. Profits and losses are allocated on a pro-rata basis to all members based on the number of Units held by each member in proportion to the aggregate number of all outstanding Units of the Fund.

9. Financing

On November 5, 2010, GF 2010-1 completed a $300 million collateralized loan securitization. GF 2010-1 is a collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”) entity established to acquire or participate in U.S. and Canadian dollar-denominated senior corporate debt obligations. Currently, GF 2010-1 is the borrower under a collateralized loan obligation facility (the “CLO Facility”). As further described below, the CLO Facility comprises of senior secured notes (collectively the “GF 2010-1 Notes”). At December 31, 2010, the Company, through its ownership of Garrison Capital CLO Ltd., owns 100% of the subordinated notes and nominal equity in the form of limited liability interests, of GF 2010-1. The subordinated notes and nominal equity of GF 2010-1 represent approximately 50.1% of the Fund’s capital at December 31, 2010.

GF 2010-1 invests in Bank Loans which are valued consistent with the Fund’s valuation policies. These investments were acquired from proceeds received through the private placement issuance of the GF 2010-1 Notes and the subordinate note. The table below shows the GF 2010-1 Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2010:

       
  Amortized Carrying Value   Outstanding Principal at
Par
  Interest
Rate
  “Stated
Maturity”
GF 2010-1 Notes:
                                   
Class A-1 Senior Secured Notes   $ 164,500,000     $ 164,500,000       L + 2.40 %       11/20/2017  
Class A-2 Senior Secured Notes     24,596,481       25,000,000       L + 2.40 %       11/20/2017  
Class B Senior Secured Deferrable Notes     11,735,879       12,000,000       L + 3.75 %       11/20/2017  
Class C Senior Secured Deferrable Notes     17,471,757       18,000,000       L + 4.75 %       11/20/2017  
     $ 218,304,117     $ 219,500,000  

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

9. Financing  – (continued)

The fair value of the GF 2010-1 Notes approximates the carrying value on the consolidated statement of financial condition.

The Class A-2 Senior Secured Notes, Class B Senior Secured Deferrable Notes and Class C Senior Secured Deferrable Notes were issued at a discount to their par value. The aggregate amount of discount was $1,222,500. The carrying value of these notes in the consolidated statement of financial condition is net of the un-accreted discount. This original issue discount is being accreted to par over the stated maturity of the respective notes. At December 31, 2010, there are no undrawn tranches of debt. The subordinated note with a par value of $80,500,000 and was issued at $75,932,806, or 94.33% of par. The subordinated note matures on November 20, 2017 and does not bear a stated interest rate, instead the subordinated notes has claim to all residual cash flows of the CLO, after cash flows are allocated to the holders of the senior secured note holders in accordance with the Priority of Payments as defined in its indenture. The fair value of the subordinated note and nominal equity at December 31, 2010, is $80,272,811.

The indenture of the CLO Facility provides that, to the extent cash is available from cash collections the holders of all of the GF 2010-1 Notes are to receive quarterly interest payments on the 20 th business day of February, May, August and November of each year (the “Payment Date”) until the stated maturity. To the extent interest is not paid on the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes on any Payment Date, as defined in the indenture, such amounts will be deferred and added to the outstanding principal of the respective notes.

Through the terms of its indenture, GF 2010-1 is required to maintain a portfolio of Bank Loans that meet certain conditions governing GF 2010-1’s conduct of business. Additionally, GF 2010-1 must be in compliance with all debt covenants outlined in its indenture, which include, but are not limited to, minimum overcollateralization levels, an interest coverage test, limitations on industry concentrations and rating agency compliance. At December 31, 2010, the trustee has asserted that GF 2010-1 was in compliance with its financial debt covenants.

Pursuant to GF 2010-1’s investment objective, the Investment Manager monitors the financial condition of the issuers of Bank Loans and under certain circumstances will substitute any Bank Loans failing to meet certain criteria specified in GF 2010-1’s indenture.

The GF 2010-1 Notes and the subordinated note will mature at par on their Stated Maturity as defined in its indenture, unless previously redeemed or repaid. Starting at November 20, 2011, at the direction of greater than 50% of the holders of the subordinated notes the GF 2010-1 Notes may be redeemed without penalty in whole but not in part on any Payment Date as defined in its indenture. The subordinated note may be redeemed only after all of the GF 2010-1 Notes are paid off.

Included in deferred debt issuance costs on the consolidated statement of financial condition are structuring fees, rating agency fees and legal fees associated with the establishment of the CLO Facility. Such costs have been capitalized and are being amortized to expense through November 2012. At December 31, 2010, the weighted average interest rate of the GF 2010-1 Notes was 2.98%. The weighted average effective interest rate, including the effects of amortization of original issue discount and deferred debt issuance costs on the GF 2010-1 Notes was 3.65%.

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

10. Related Party Transactions

On the last day of each fiscal quarter, the Company pays a management fee (the “Management Fee”) to the Investment Adviser in arrears for the preceding fiscal quarter equal to 0.375% (1.5% per annum) of the value of the Company’s consolidated members’ capital (excluding the average amount of cash held during the period). For the period ended December 31, 2010, the Investment Adviser had not earned or received any Management Fees.

The Managing Member of the Investment Adviser is also the general partner of the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager, a Delaware limited partnership, is the investment manager of various members of the Company.

GSOF LLC, GSOF-SP LLC (both subsidiaries of Garrison Special Opportunities Fund LP), GSOIF Corporate Loan Pools Ltd. (a subsidiary of Garrison Special Opportunities Institutional Fund LP) and Garrison Capital Offshore Ltd. (a subsidiary of Garrison Credit Opportunities Holdings L.P.) (collectively the “Garrison Funds”) are all entities that are owned by funds that are managed by the Investment Manager. On December 31, 2010, each of the Garrison Funds contributed their pro-rata equity interest in Garrison Capital CLO Ltd. which aggregated to 100% of the equity interest of Garrison Capital CLO Ltd. As part of the overall consideration for this in-kind equity interest contribution, the Company issued an aggregate of 5,373,888 of its Member’s capital Units at $15 per Unit, to each of the Garrison Funds in the corresponding pro-rata share of their equity interest in Garrison Capital CLO Ltd. At December 31, 2010, the Garrison Funds sold 266,667 of the Member capital Units to certain unaffiliated third parties for a total cash consideration of $4,000,000. At December 31, 2010, the Garrison Funds own an aggregate of 5,107,221 of Members’ capital Units of the Company representing approximately 48% of the outstanding Members’ capital Units.

Garrison Capital CLO Ltd. owns 100% of the subordinated notes and nominal equity of GF 2010-1. Garrison Capital CLO Ltd. does not have any other assets or liabilities.

The following table describes the composition of the in-kind contribution at fair value described in the preceding paragraph:

 
Assets of GF 2010-1
        
Cash and cash equivalents, securitization accounts   $ 21,353,669  
Due from counterparty     2,333,573  
Investments at fair value (cost of $281,905,408)     283,827,606  
Accrued interest receivable     1,126,499  
Deferred debt issuance costs (net of accumulated amortization of $297,057)     3,267,624  
Other assets     423,458  
Liabilities of GF 2010-1
        
Due to counterparty     (12,385,000 )  
Class A-1 Notes payable     (164,500,000 )  
Class A-2 Notes payable     (24,596,481 )  
Class B Notes payable     (11,735,879 )  
Class C Notes payable     (17,471,757 )  
Interest payable on notes payable     (1,035,001 )  
Subordinated notes and equity held by Garrison Capital CLO Ltd.   $ 80,608,311  

As discussed in Note 1, the Investment Adviser could determine that an initial public offering of equity upon conversion to a BDC is the best source of additional capital. If the Investment Adviser is successful in an initial public offering, just prior to the pricing of such offering, the Investment Adviser would be allocated, in the form of shares of the Company, an amount equal to 10% of the positive difference between (a) the

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

10. Related Party Transactions  – (continued)

Company’s net asset value on the most recent date of calculation prior to the pricing of the public offering plus any dividends or other distributions made from the December 17, 2010 (commencement of operations) and (b) the amount of capital contributed by investors in the Company prior to consummation of such public offering.

11. Financial Highlights

The following represents total return and ratios to average members’ capital information for the period ended December 31, 2010:

 
Total Return
        
Total return     (0.27 )%  

Total return is calculated assuming a purchase of Members’ capital units at the Members’ capital per Unit value on the first day of the period and a sale at the current Members’ capital per Unit value on the last day of the period.

 
Ratios to average members’ capital
        
Net investment loss     (0.47 )%  
Expenses     0.47 %  

Total return and the ratios to average members’ capital are calculated for the members as a whole. An individual member’s return and ratios may vary from these returns and ratios based on the timing of capital transactions. The ratios to average member’s capital have not been annualized.

The following table shows the per Unit operating performance of the Company.

 
Member’s capital per Unit operating performance
        
Beginning Members’ capital per Unit   $ 15.00  
Income/(Loss) from Operations         
Net investment loss     (0.04 )  
Realized and Unrealized gain/loss     0.00  
Total Income/(Loss) from Operations     (0.04 )  
Ending Members’ Capital per Unit   $ 14.96  

12. Contingencies

In the ordinary course of business, the Fund may be named as a defendant or a plaintiff in various lawsuits and other legal proceedings. Such proceedings include actions brought against the Fund and others with respect to transactions to which the Fund has been a party. The outcomes of such lawsuits are uncertain and based on these lawsuits, the values of the investments to which they relate could decrease. Management does not believe that as a result of litigation, there would be any material impact on the consolidated financial condition of the Fund. The Fund has had no outstanding litigation proceedings brought against it since the commencement of the Fund on December 17, 2010.

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010

13. Subsequent Events

Pursuant to the Priority of Payments as defined in GF 2010-1’s indenture, GF 2010-1 made an interest payment of $1,187,364 on February 22, 2011 to Garrison Capital CLO Ltd. This payment was paid out of interest proceeds earned from Bank Loans and is net of interest payments due to the GF 2010-1 Notes.

These consolidated financial statements were approved by the Managing Member and were available for issuance on February 25, 2011. Subsequent events have been evaluated by management through this date. No material subsequent events have occurred through this date.

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

  

 

Through and including        , 2011 (the 25 th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in the offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
 
 
 

    Shares

Garrison Capital Inc.

Common Stock



 

PROSPECTUS



 

J.P. Morgan
Wells Fargo Securities

        , 2011

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GARRISON CAPITAL LLC
  
PART C
  
Other Information

ITEM 25. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

(1) Financial Statements

The following financial statements of Garrison Capital LLC (the “Company” or the “Registrant”) are included in Part A of this Registration Statement.

GARRISON CAPITAL LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     F-2  
Financial Statements
        
Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition     F-3  
Consolidated Schedule of Investments     F-4  
Consolidated Statement of Operations     F-10  
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Member’s Capital     F-11  
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows     F-12  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-13  

C-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) Exhibits

 
(a)(1)   Certificate of Formation
(a)(2)   Form of Certificate of Incorporation (1)
(b)(1)   First Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement
(b)(2)   Form of Bylaws (1)
(c)   Not applicable
(d)   Form of Stock Certificate (1)
(e)   Dividend Reinvestment Plan (1)
(f)   Not applicable
(g)   Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and Garrison Capital Advisers LLC (1)
(h)   Form of Underwriting Agreement (1)
(i)   Not applicable
(j)   Form of Custody Agreement (1)
(k)(1)   Certificate of Appointment of Transfer Agent (1)
(k)(2)   Form of Administration Agreement between Registrant and Garrison Capital Administrator LLC (1)
(k)(3)   Trademark License Agreement between the Registrant and Garrison Investment Group LP
(k)(4)   Form of Subscription Agreement between Registrant and Private Placement Investors in Concurrent Private Placement (1)
(k)(5)   Indenture by and between Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, dated as of November 5, 2010
(k)(6)   Collateral Management Agreement by and between Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC and Garrison Investment Group LP
(l)   Opinion and Consent of Dechert LLP, special counsel for Registrant (1)
(m)   Not applicable
(n)(1)   Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consent
(n)(2)   Report regarding “Senior Securities” table
(o)   Not applicable
(p)   Not applicable
(q)   Not applicable
(r)(1)   Code of Ethics of Garrison Capital Inc. (1)
(r)(2)   Code of Ethics of Garrison Capital Advisers LLC (1)

(1) To be filed by amendment.

ITEM 26. MARKETING ARRANGEMENTS

The information contained under the heading “Underwriting” on this Registration Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

C-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ITEM 27. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee   $ 14,513  
NASDAQ Global Select Market Listing Fee   $ 150,000  
FINRA filing fee   $ 13,000  
Accounting fees and expenses   $ (1)  
Legal fees and expenses   $ (1)  
Printing and engraving   $ (1)  
Miscellaneous fees and expenses   $ (1)  
Total   $  

(1) These amounts are estimates.

All of the expenses set forth above shall be borne by the Company.

ITEM 28. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL

To be provided by amendment.

ITEM 29. NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

The following table sets forth the approximate number of record holders of the Company’s common stock as of       , 2011.

 
Title of Class   Number of Record
Holders
Common stock, $0.001 par value         

ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION

As permitted by Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, the Registrant has adopted provisions in its certificate of incorporation, as amended, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of its directors for a breach of their fiduciary duty of care as a director. The duty of care generally requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information reasonably available to them. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to the Registrant or its stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for: any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders; any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; any act related to unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions or payment of dividends; or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. These limitations of liability do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

The Registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws provides that all directors, officers, employees and agents of the registrant shall be entitled to be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act. Under Section 145 of the DGCL, the Registrant is permitted to offer indemnification to its directors, officers, employees and agents.

Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise. Such indemnity may be against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and if, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the person did not have reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.

C-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise, against any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides, in general, that a corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person in any such capacity, or arising out of the person’s status as such, regardless of whether the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under the provisions of the law. We have obtained liability insurance for the benefit of our directors and officers.

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Garrison Capital Advisers LLC (the “Adviser”) and its officers, managers, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as an investment adviser of the Registrant.

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, Garrison Capital Administrator LLC and its officers, manager, agents, employees, controlling persons, members and any other person or entity affiliated with it are entitled to indemnification from the Registrant for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of Garrison Capital Administrator LLC’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as administrator for the Registrant.

The Underwriting Agreement provides that each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Registrant, its directors, each of its officers who signed this Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Registrant within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 20 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Adviser and Garrison Capital Administrator LLC against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, but only with respect to any untrue statements or omissions in this Registration Statement in reliance upon and in conformity with certain written information furnished to the Registrant by the Underwriters through J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC expressly for use herein.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question

C-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER

A description of any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which the Adviser, and each managing director, director or executive officer of the Adviser, is or has been during the past two fiscal years, engaged in for his or her own account or in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee, is set forth in Part A of this Registration Statement in the sections entitled “Management.” Additional information regarding the Adviser and its officers and directors is set forth in its Form ADV, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No.     ), and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 32. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and the rules thereunder are maintained at the offices of:

(1) the Registrant, Garrison Capital LLC, 1350 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10019;
(2) the Transfer Agent, American Stock Transfer & Trust, P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, NY 10269;
(3) the Custodian,                 ; and
(4) the Adviser, Garrison Capital Advisers, LLC, 1350 Avenue of the Americas, New York, NY 10019.

ITEM 33. MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Not Applicable.

ITEM 34. UNDERTAKINGS

1. The Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended if (1) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement; or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than the net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

2. Not applicable.

3. Not applicable.

4. Not applicable.

5. The Registrant undertakes that:

(a) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

C-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in The City of New York, in the State of New York, on this 23 nd day of March, 2011.

GARRISON CAPITAL LLC

By: /s/ Joseph Tansey  

Name: Joseph Tansey
Title: Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement on Form N-2 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

   
Signature   Title
/s/ Joseph Tansey

Joseph Tansey
  Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
  March 23, 2011
/s/ Brian Chase

Brian Chase
  Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)
  March 23, 2011

C-6



STATE of DELAWARE
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
CERTIFICATE of FORMATION

First: The name of the limited liability company is Garrison Capital LLC

Second: The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400 in the City of Wilmington , Zip code 19808 . The name of its Registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company

Third: (Use this paragraph only if the company is to have a specific effective date of dissolution: “The latest date on which the limited liability company is to dissolve is _____________.”)

Fourth: (Insert any other matters the members determine to include herein.)
 
 
 

In Witness Whereof, the undersigned have executed this Certificate of Formation this 24th day of November , 2010 .

By:
/s/ Brian Chase
 
Authorized Person(s)
   
Name: 
Brian Chase

 
 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT
 
OF
 
GARRISON CAPITAL LLC
 
A Delaware Limited Liability Company
 
Dated as of December 17, 2010
 
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR REGISTERED OR QUALIFIED UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND, AS SUCH, THEY MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, DELIVERED AFTER SALE, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN QUALIFIED AND REGISTERED UNDER APPLICABLE STATE AND FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS SUCH QUALIFICATION AND REGISTRATION IS NOT LEGALLY REQUIRED.  TRANSFERS OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT ARE FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS, TERMS AND CONDITIONS SET FORTH HEREIN.
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Page
     
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
1
1.1.
Construction
1
1.2.
Certain Definitions
1
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
7
2.1.
Formation; Effective Date
7
2.2.
Name
7
2.3.
Registered Agent; Offices
7
2.4.
Purpose
8
2.5.
Foreign Qualification
8
2.6.
Potential Liquidity Event
8
ARTICLE III
UNITS
9
3.1.
Existing Members; New Members
9
3.2.
Membership Interests; Certification
9
3.3.
Distributions/Redemptions
10
3.4.
Liability to Third Parties
10
3.5.
Lack of Authority
10
3.6.
Withdrawal
10
3.7.
Potential Conflicts with Legal Counsel
10
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
10
4.1.
Contributions
10
4.2.
Capital Contributions
10
ARTICLE V
MEMBER RIGHTS
11
5.1.
Transfer Restrictions; IPO Lock-up and Consent; Confidentiality
11
5.2.
Termination of Rights
12
ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
12
6.1.
Allocations
12
6.2.
Distributions
14
ARTICLE VII
THE MANAGING MEMBER; THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
14
7.1.
The Managing Member; Delegation of Authority and Duties
14
7.2.
Withdrawal and Removal of Managing Member
15

 
i

 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
   
Page
     
7.3.
The Investment Adviser; IPO Success Fee
16
ARTICLE VIII
EMPLOYEES OF THE COMPANY
16
8.1.
Designation and Appointment
16
8.2.
Resignation and Removal
16
8.3.
Duties of Officers Generally
17
ARTICLE IX
MEETINGS OF MEMBERS
17
9.1.
Meetings of Members.
17
9.2.
Notice
17
9.3.
Quorum; Voting
17
9.4.
Action by Written Consent
18
9.5.
Adjournment
18
9.6.
Merger and Consolidation; Sale of Assets
18
ARTICLE X
TAXES
18
10.1.
Tax Matters Member; Tax Returns
18
10.2.
Tax Allocations and Reports
19
10.3.
Partnership for U.S. Federal Tax Purposes
19
ARTICLE XI
INDEMNIFICATION; CORPORATE OPPORTUNITY
19
11.1.
Right to Indemnification
19
11.2.
Procedure for Determining Permissibility
20
11.3.
Contractual Obligation
21
11.4.
Indemnification Not Exclusive; Inuring of Benefit
21
11.5.
Insurance and Other Indemnification
21
11.6.
Corporate Opportunities
21
ARTICLE XII
BOOKS, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS
22
12.1.
Books
22
12.2.
Company Funds
22
12.3.
Financial Statements and Information
22
12.4.
Inspection Rights
23
ARTICLE XIII
DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, AND TERMINATION
23
13.1.
Dissolution
23

 
ii

 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
   
Page
     
13.2.
Liquidation and Termination
24
13.3.
Certificate of Cancellation
24
ARTICLE XIV
GENERAL PROVISIONS
24
14.1.
Notices
24
14.2.
Entire Agreement
25
14.3.
Effect of Waiver or Consent
25
14.4.
Amendment
25
14.5.
Binding Act
25
14.6.
Governing Law
25
14.7.
Consent to Exclusive Jurisdiction
25
14.8.
Severability
26
14.9.
Further Assurances
26
14.10.
No Third Party Benefit
26
14.11.
Counterparts
26

 
iii

 
 
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
 
 
Page
   
Act
1
Additional Interests
1, 9
Affiliate
1
Agreement
1, 2
Allocation Procedures
22
Bridge Period
2
Capital Account
2
Capital Contribution
3, 10
Certificate
3, 7
Code
3
Company
1
Confidential Information
12
control
1
controlled by
1
controlling
1
Depreciation
3
Excluded Units
3
Existing Members
1, 3
Fiscal Year
3
Garrison Parties
15
Gross Asset Value
3
Indemnified Party
19
Indemnified Party
4
Independent Accountants
4
Initial Purchase Price
4
Investment Adviser
4
Investment Advisory Agreement
4
IPO
4
IPO Success Fee
5, 16
Liquidity Event
5
Losses
6
Managing Member
5
Member
5
Membership Interest
5
Monthly Net Asset Value Calculation
5, 23
Officer/Employee Indemnified Party
5, 20
Officers
5, 16
Percentage Interest
5
Permitted Transferee
5
Person
6
Profits
6
Regulations
7
 
iv

 
  
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
(continued)

 
Page
   
relatives
5
Securities Act
7
Subsidiary
7
Tax
7
Tax Matters Member
7, 19
under common control with
1
Units
7

 
v

 
  
AMENDED AND RESTATED
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT
 
OF
 
GARRISON CAPITAL LLC
 
A Delaware Limited Liability Company
 
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) of GARRISON CAPITAL LLC (the “ Company ”) dated as of December 17, 2010 is entered into by and among the Company, the Managing Member, the Investment Adviser and each of the other Persons (as defined below) executing this Agreement (the “ Existing Members ”) and those other Persons who become Members (as defined below) of the Company from time to time, as hereinafter provided.  This Agreement amends and restates the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of November 29, 2010.
 
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
 
1.1.             Construction .  Whenever the context requires, the gender of all words used in this Agreement includes the masculine, feminine and neuter.  All references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement, and all references to Exhibits are to Exhibits attached hereto, each of which is made a part hereof for all purposes.  This Agreement and any provision of it shall not be construed against the party that drafted the Agreement or such provision.
 
1.2.             Certain Definitions .
 
(a)             “ Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C. § 18-101 et. seq.), and any successor statute, as amended from time to time.
 
(b)             “ Additional Interests ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.
 
(c)             “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; provided that no securityholder of the Company shall be deemed an Affiliate of any other securityholder solely by reason of an investment in the Company.  For the purpose of this definition, the term “ control ” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
 
 
 

 
 
(d)             “ Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement of the Company, dated as of the date hereof, as may be amended from time to time.
 
(e)             “ Bridge Period ” means the period beginning on the date of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of (i) one year from the date of this Agreement and (ii) the completion of a Liquidity Event.
 
(f)              “ Capital Account ” means, with respect to any Member, the Capital Account maintained in accordance with the following provisions:
 
(i)              To each Member's Capital Account there shall be credited such Member's Capital Contributions, such Member's distributive share of Profits and any items in the nature of income or gain which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(e) hereof, and the amount of any Company liabilities assumed by such Member or which are secured by any property distributed to such Member;
 
(ii)             To each Member's Capital Account there shall be debited the amount of cash and the Gross Asset Value of any property distributed to such Member pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, such Member's distributive share of Losses and any items in the nature of expenses or losses which are specially allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(e) hereof, and the amount of any liabilities of such Member assumed by the Company or which are secured by any property contributed by such Member to the Company; and
 
(iii)            In determining the amount of any liability for purposes of Sections 1.2(f)(i) and 1.2(f)(ii) hereof, there shall be taken into account Section 752(c) of the Code and any other applicable provisions of the Code and Regulations.
 
The foregoing provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b) and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Regulations.  In the event the Members shall determine that it is prudent to modify the manner in which the Capital Accounts, or any debits or credits thereto (including, without limitation, debits or credits relating to liabilities which are secured by contributed or distributed property or which are assumed by the Company or the Members), are computed in order to comply with such Regulations, the Members may make such modification; provided that it is not likely to have a material adverse effect on the amounts distributable to any Member pursuant to Section 13 hereof upon the dissolution of the Company.  The Members also shall (i) make any adjustments that are necessary or appropriate to maintain equality between the Capital Accounts of the Members and the amount of Company capital reflected on the Company's balance sheet, as computed for book purposes in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( g ), and (ii) make any appropriate modifications in the event unanticipated events might otherwise cause this Agreement not to comply with Regulations Section 1.704-1(b).
 
 
2

 
  
(g)             “ Capital Contribution ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1 hereof.
 
(h)             “ Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.
 
(i)              “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute.
 
(j)              “ Depreciation ” means, for each Fiscal Year, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or other cost recovery deduction allowable for federal income tax purposes with respect to an asset for such Fiscal Year, except that (i) if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted tax basis and such difference is being eliminated by use of the “remedial method” defined by Regulations Section 1.704-3(d), Depreciation for such Fiscal Year shall be the amount of book basis recovered for such Fiscal Year or other period under the rules prescribed by Regulations Section 1.704-3(d)(2), and (ii) if the Gross Asset Value of any other asset differs from its adjusted tax basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such Fiscal Year, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such Fiscal Year bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the adjusted tax basis for federal income tax purposes of an asset at the beginning of such Fiscal Year is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the Managing Member.
 
(k)             “ Excluded Units ” means (i) Units issued in connection with any pro rata stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization by the Company, (ii) Units issued pursuant to the acquisition of another business entity by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or shares or other reorganization whereby the Company will own equity securities of the surviving or successor Person otherwise permitted hereby and (iii) Units issued to the Investment Adviser in connection with the payment of the IPO Success Fee.
 
(l)              “ Existing Members ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.
 
(m)            “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company, which shall end on December 31 of each calendar year except as otherwise decided by the Managing Member or required by the Code and Regulations.
 
(n)             “ Gross Asset Value ” means, with respect to any asset, the asset’s adjusted basis for Federal income tax purposes, except as follows:
 
(i)              the Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company is the gross fair market value of such asset as determined by the Managing Member at the time of contribution;
 
 
3

 
 
(ii)             the Gross Asset Value of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values, as determined in good faith by the Managing Member, including as of the following times: (A) the acquisition of any Additional Interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for services or more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (B) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of property as consideration for an Additional Interest in the Company; and (C) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) or at such other times as the Managing Member deems necessary to reflect the intended economic interests of the Members in the Company; provided, however, that the adjustments pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) above shall be made only if the Managing Member reasonably determines that such adjustments are necessary or appropriate to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company; and
 
(iii)            the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the gross fair market value of such asset on the date of distribution as determined by the Managing Member.
 
If the Gross Asset Value of a Company asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (i) or (ii) above, such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset for purposes of computing Profit or Loss.
 
(o)             “ Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 hereof.
 
(p)             “ Independent Accountants ” means Ernst & Young LLP, or any replacement certified public accounting firm approved by the Managing Member.
 
(q)             “ Initial Purchase Price ” means a purchase price equal to Fifteen Dollars ($15) per Unit.
 
(r)             “ Investment Adviser ” means Garrison Capital Advisers LLC or such other investment adviser of the Company as the Managing Member may appoint pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof.
 
(s)             “ Investment Advisory Agreement ” means that certain Investment Advisory Agreement, dated the date hereof, between the Company and the Investment Adviser, as may be amended from time to time.
 
(t)              “ IPO ” means an initial public offering and listing by the Company of its equity securities on a national, international or private securities exchange, pursuant to which the Company would file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and elect to be a corporation treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, taxed as a regulated investment company under the Code and governed by an independent board of directors (instead of the Managing Member), in accordance with a corporate charter and bylaws.
  
(u)             “ IPO Success Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 hereof.
 
 
4

 
 
(v)             “ Liquidity Event ” means (i) an IPO, (ii) the Company halting making new investments and distributing to the Members proceeds from all completed investments as they are liquidated or (iii) with the consent of a majority of Members not affiliated with the Investment Adviser, the Company engaging in a strategic sale of the assets of the Company to, or other liquidity event with, an entity not affiliated with the Investment Adviser for consideration of either cash or publicly listed securities of the acquirer.
 
(w)            “ Managing Member ” means Garrison Capital MM LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or such other managing member of the Company as the Members may appoint pursuant to Section 7.1(e).
 
(x)             “ Member ” means (i) the Existing Members and (ii) any Person hereafter admitted to the Company as a member as provided in this Agreement, but shall not include any Person who has ceased to be a member in the Company.
 
(y)             “ Membership Interest ” means a Member’s entire interest in the Company, including such Member’s economic interest, the right to vote on or participate in the Company’s management and the right to receive information concerning the business and affairs of the Company, in each case, to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement or required by the Act.
 
(z)             “ Monthly Net Asset Value Calculation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3 hereof.
 
(aa)           “ Officer/Employee Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 hereof.
 
(bb)          “ Officers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1 hereof.
 
(cc)           “ Percentage Interest ,” with respect to each Member, means a fraction expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the number of Units held by such Member, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of all outstanding Units. 
    
(dd)          “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to any Person who is an individual, any of: (i) (A) such Person’s spouse, (B) the ancestors and descendants (whether natural or adopted) of such Person and of such Person’s spouse, (C) such Person’s parents’ descendants and (D) any spouse of the foregoing individuals (collectively, “ relatives ”); (ii) the personal representative of such Person; (iii) the trustee of any trust for the primary benefit of such Person and/or such Person’s relatives; and (iv) any limited partnership, limited liability company or corporation of which the sole owners of partnership interests, membership interests or any other equity interests are, and shall remain, limited to such Person and such Person’s relatives; provided that the determination of whether the transferee of a Permitted Transferee pursuant to (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above is also a Permitted Transferee shall be made by reference to the Person who first acquired the Units that are the subject of the subsequent transfer, not by reference to the transferring Permitted Transferee in such subsequent transfer.  “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to any Person that is an entity, (i) any of its stockholders, members, partners or other equity interest holders or (ii) any Affiliate of such Person.
 
 
5

 
 
(ee)           “ Person ” shall mean an individual, a corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, organization, association, government or any department or agency thereof, or any other individual or entity.
 
(ff)             “ Profits ” and “ Losses ” means, for each Fiscal Year or other period, an amount equal to the Company’s taxable income or loss for such year or period, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the Code (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Section 703(a)(l) of the Code shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments:
 
(i)              Income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses shall be added to such taxable income or loss.
 
(ii)             Expenditures of the Company described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code or treated as such expenditures pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)( i ), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss.
 
(iii)            In the event the Gross Asset Value of the Company is adjusted, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Profits or Losses.
 
(iv)            Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Company property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such property differs from its Gross Asset Value.
 
(v)             In lieu of depreciation, amortization and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Fiscal Year computed in accordance with Section 1.2(j) hereof.
  
(vi)            To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Section 734(b) of the Code is required pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)( m )( 4 ) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Member’s Membership Interest, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases the basis of the asset) from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses.
 
 
6

 
 
(vii)           Any items which are specially allocated pursuant to Sections 6.1(b) and 6.1(c) shall not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses.
 
(viii)          The amounts of items of Company income, gain, loss, or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Sections 6.1(b) and 6.1(c) shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in subparagraphs (i) through (vi) above.
 
(gg)          “ Regulations ” means the United States Treasury Regulations promulgated under the Code.
 
(hh)          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
 
(ii)             “ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any entity of which securities or other ownership interests having sufficient ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other Persons performing similar functions are at the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person.
 
(jj)             “ Tax ” means all U.S. federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind, including all interest, penalties and additions to tax imposed thereon.
 
(kk)           “ Tax Matters Member ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 hereof.
 
(ll)             “ Units ” means the units representing limited liability company interests in the Company as the Managing Member may issue from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
 
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
 
2.1.             Formation; Effective Date .  The Company was organized as a Delaware limited liability company on November 29, 2010 by the filing of a certificate of formation (the “ Certificate ”) with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware under and pursuant to the Act.  This Agreement amends and restates the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company dated as of November 29, 2010, and it shall be effective as of the date hereof.  To the extent that the rights or obligations of any Member differ by reason of any provision of this Agreement than they would be in the absence of such provisions, this Agreement shall, to the extent permitted by the Act, control.
  
2.2.             Name .  The name of the Company is “Garrison Capital LLC” or such other name as the Managing Member may designate from time to time.
 
2.3.             Registered Agent; Offices .  The registered agent and office of the Company required by the Act to be maintained in the State of Delaware shall be Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road Suite 400, Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808, or such other agent or office (which need not be a place of business of the Company) as the Managing Member may designate from time to time in the manner provided by applicable law.  The principal office of the Company shall be located at such place within or without the State of Delaware, and the Company shall maintain such records, as the Managing Member shall determine from time to time.  The Company may have such other offices as the Managing Member may designate from time to time.
 
 
7

 
 
2.4.             Purpose .
 
(a)             The purpose and business of the Company shall be (i) to carry on any lawful business, purpose or activity permitted to be carried on by limited liability companies under the Act, (ii) to exercise all rights and powers granted to the Company under this Agreement and any other agreements contemplated hereby, as the same may be amended from time to time and (iii) to engage in any other lawful acts or activities incidental or ancillary thereto as the Managing Member deems necessary or advisable for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act.
 
(b)             Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, convenient or incidental to, or for the furtherance of, the purposes set forth in Section 2.4(a).
 
(c)             Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, (i) the Company may enter into and perform any and all documents, agreements and instruments contemplated hereby, all without any further act, vote or approval of any Member and (ii) the Managing Member may authorize any Person (including any Member) to enter into any agreement and perform any action on behalf of the Company.
 
2.5.             Foreign Qualification .  The Officers shall cause the Company to comply with all requirements necessary to qualify the Company as a foreign limited liability company in any jurisdiction where the nature of its business makes such qualification necessary or desirable.  Subject to the preceding sentence, at the request of the Managing Member, each Member shall execute, acknowledge and deliver all certificates and other instruments conforming with this Agreement that are necessary or appropriate to qualify, continue or terminate the Company as a foreign limited liability company in all such jurisdictions in which the Company may conduct business.
 
2.6.             Potential Liquidity Event .  Within one year from the date of this Agreement, the Company will pursue a Liquidity Event.  For the avoidance of doubt, if a Liquidity Event of the type specified under clause (i) or (iii) of such definition is not pursued within one year from the date of this Agreement, the Company will pursue a Liquidity Event of the type specified under clause (ii) of such definition.  If the Company pursues a Liquidity Event of the type specified under clause (ii) of such definition, the Company may (a) complete any portfolio investments in process as of the one year anniversary of the date of this Agreement and (b) continue to use cash on hand to pay outstanding liabilities and expenses of the Company.  Any determination to consummate a Liquidity Event shall be made by the Managing Member in its sole discretion.  Each Member acknowledges that the Company has no present intention to conduct an IPO and shall have no recourse in the event the Company does not conduct an IPO during the Bridge Period.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 2.6 may not be amended without the prior consent of each Member.
 
 
8

 
 
ARTICLE III
UNITS
 
3.1.             Existing Members; New Members .
 
(a)             The name and address of each Member as well as the number of Units owned by each Member shall be maintained by the Managing Member.
 
(b)             Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall have the right to issue or sell to any Person (including Members and Affiliates of Members) any of the following (which for purposes of this Agreement shall be referred to as “ Additional Interests ”): (i) additional Units; (ii) warrants options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire Units; and (iii) any other equity interests in the Company (including any preferred equity security, debt security convertible or exchangeable for an equity interest or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such Units or other equity interests, but excluding any other class or series of common equity interests) as approved by the Managing Member.  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall determine the number of Units or other equity interests in the Company to be issued or sold and the contribution required in connection with the issuance of such Additional Interests.  In order for and prior to any Person being admitted as a new Member in connection with an issuance of Additional Interests or with respect to Membership Interests that have been transferred pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, such Person shall have delivered to the Company a written undertaking and/or subscription agreement in a form acceptable to the Company to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and shall have delivered such other documents and instruments as the Company may reasonably determine to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the issuance of Additional Interests to such Person or the transfer of Membership Interests to such Person to effect such Person’s admission as a Member.  Upon the delivery of such documents and instruments, such Person shall be admitted as a Member and deemed listed as such on the books and records of the Company and thereupon shall be issued such Person’s Membership Interest, including such number of Units that correspond to and are part of such Membership Interest.
 
3.2.             Membership Interests; Certification .
 
(a)             The Membership Interests initially shall consist of Units.  The Company is authorized to issue up to 100,000,000 Units.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the written consent of the holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding Units, the Company may not issue Units other than (1) for cash in an aggregate amount not to exceed Eighty Million Dollars ($80,000,000) and (2) in connection with the acquisition by the Company of the Subordinated Notes and equity interests in Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC.
 
 
9

 
 
(b)             The Units shall be uncertificated, unless the Managing Member determines to issue certificates to any Members representing the Units of Membership Interests held by such Members.  To the extent that a holder of Units is required by the other provisions of this Agreement to deliver or surrender such holder’s certificates representing such Units, then, in the event that the Units are not then held in certificated form, the Company shall provide a form to be completed and delivered by such holder in lieu thereof.
 
3.3.             Distributions/Redemptions .  Each holder of Units, by acceptance thereof, acknowledges and agrees that payment of distributions on, and redemption and repurchase of, such securities by the Company may be subject to restrictions contained in the documentation relating to Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC, a newly organized collateralized loan obligation facility.
 
3.4.             Liability to Third Parties .  Except as to any obligation it may have under the Act to repay funds that may have been wrongfully distributed to it, no Member shall be liable for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company, including under a judgment, decree or order of a court.
 
3.5.             Lack of Authority .  No Member shall have the authority or power in his, her or its capacity as a Member, without more, to act for or on behalf of the Company, to do any act that would be binding on the Company or to incur any expenditures on behalf of the Company.
 
3.6.             Withdrawal .  A Member does not have the right to withdraw from the Company as a Member (except in connection with a transfer of its Units in accordance with this Agreement), and any attempt to violate the provisions hereof shall be legally ineffective.
 
3.7.             Potential Conflicts with Legal Counsel.   Each Member hereby waives any actual or potential conflicts of interest between such member and any legal counsel to the Company.
 
ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
 
4.1.             Contributions .  Each Member shall make, shall have made or shall be required to make any Capital Contribution as provided for in this Article IV.  No Member shall be required to make any additional Capital Contributions.  A Member shall not be entitled to the return of any part of its Capital Contributions or to be paid interest in respect of its Capital Contributions.  A Capital Contribution is not a liability of the Company or of any Member.  As used herein, “ Capital Contribution ” means any contribution by a Member to the capital of the Company.
 
4.2.             Capital Contributions .  Each Member must make a Capital Contribution of Fifteen Dollars ($15) to acquire a Unit.
 
 
10

 
 
ARTICLE V
MEMBER RIGHTS
 
5.1.             Transfer Restrictions; IPO Lock-up and Consent; Confidentiality .
 
(a)             None of the holders of Units or any of their respective Permitted Transferees shall sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of its Units including to a Permitted Transferee without the prior written consent of the Managing Member, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Each holder of the Units agrees and acknowledges that the Units have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Units may not be transferred except in a transaction exempt from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
 
(b)            Upon the filing, if any, by the Company of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with a proposed IPO, each holder of Units hereby agrees, if requested by the Company, (i) for a period commencing on the date of the effectiveness of such filing and ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of a final prospectus relating to such IPO not to (A) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Units (or securities into which the Units may then have been exchanged or converted) or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for any such securities, or (B) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (A) or (B) above is to be settled by delivery of Units or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, (ii) to consent to the Managing Member or board of directors, as applicable, taking all actions necessary or desirable, in the judgment of the Managing Member or board of directors, as applicable, to effectuate such IPO, including, without limitation, (A) converting the Company to a Delaware corporation, (B) paying all fees and expenses relating to the preparation and filing of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the listing by the Company of its equity securities on a national, international or private securities exchange (C) providing information with respect to the holders of Units, as required by law, (D) negotiating any registration rights agreements on behalf of the holders of Units, (E) engaging one or more underwriters for such IPO and (F) electing for the Company to be treated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and taxed as a regulated investment company under the Code and (iii) to grant an irrevocable proxy to the Managing Member to elect and appoint individuals to the Company’s board of directors (both independent and interested) in contemplation of the conversion of the Company to a Delaware corporation. 
    
(c)             The limitation set forth in clause Section 5.1(b)(i) above shall not apply to any sale of Units (or securities into which the Units may then have been exchanged or converted) to the underwriters pursuant to an underwriting agreement in connection with the IPO or to the exercise by such holder of any warrants to purchase Units (or securities into which the Units may then have been exchanged or converted) but not the sale of any securities issued upon such exercise.  In addition, each holder of Units (or any other security into which the Units may then have been exchanged or converted) agrees that, without the prior written consent of the underwriters in connection with such IPO, it shall not, during the period commencing on the date of filing of a registration statement in connection with such IPO and ending one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of a final prospectus relating to such IPO, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Units (or any other security into which the Units may then have been exchanged or converted) or any security convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for such securities.
 
 
11

 
 
(d)             Without the prior written consent of the Company, no holder of Units may disclose, or cause its directors, agents, advisors, officers, employees, attorneys, accountants, stockholders or interest-holders, authorized representatives or affiliates to disclose, at any time, the terms of its investment in the Units, the existence or status of negotiations with respect thereto (including the name of the Company or the names of other investors in the Company in any manner, context or format) or any material, non-public information regarding the Company provided to such holder in its capacity as a holder of the  Units (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”); provided that any such holder may disclose (i) Confidential Information if and to the extent required by law, regulation or applicable judicial decisions, (ii) to its investors and lenders who are subject to similar obligations of confidentiality and (iii) the name of the Company and the notice of its investment in the Company with the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Prior to any such disclosure of Confidential Information, the holder of Units shall give the Company an opportunity to review the applicable disclosure to provide comments thereto, which comments such holder shall use its reasonable best efforts to accommodate.
 
5.2.             Termination of Rights .  All rights of, or restrictions imposed upon, all Members under this Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of the conversion of the Company to a Delaware corporation or pricing of an initial public offering of equity securities of the Company; provided that Section 5.1(b), Section 5.1(c), Section 7.2(b) and Section 11.1 (solely with respect to actions occurring on or prior to such date) shall survive any such conversion or pricing.
 
ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
 
6.1.             Allocations .
 
(a)             Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.1(b) through 6.1(e), the items of income, expense, gain and loss of the Company comprising Profits or Losses for a Fiscal Year shall be allocated among the persons who were Members during such Fiscal Year in accordance with Percentage Interests.
 
(b)              Loss Limitation .  Losses allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(a) hereof shall not exceed the maximum amount of Losses that can be allocated without causing any Member to have a negative Capital Account balance at the end of any Fiscal Year (after taking into account the adjustments, allocations and distributions described in Regulations Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )( 4 ), ( 5 ) and ( 6 )).  In the event some but not all of the Members would have negative Capital Account balances as a consequence of an allocation of Losses pursuant to Section 6.1(a) hereof, the limitation set forth in this Section 6.1(b) shall be applied on a Member by Member basis and Losses not allocable to any Member as a result of such limitation shall be allocated to other Members in accordance with the positive balances in such Member’s Capital Accounts so as to allocate the maximum permissible Losses to such Member under Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d ).  Allocations of Profit and Loss for the periods after a period to which this Section 6.1(b) applies shall be made in a way that, to the extent possible, reverses the effects of any limitations on allocations of Losses pursuant to this Section 6.1(b).
 
 
12

 
 
(c)              Compliance with Regulations .  The allocations set forth in Section 6.1(a) are intended to allocate Profits and Losses to the Members in compliance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder.  If the Managing Member reasonably determines that the allocation of Profits or Losses for any period pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(a) does not satisfy the “substantial economic effect” safe harbor of Section 704(b) of the Code or the Regulations promulgated thereunder (including the minimum gain and partner minimum gain chargeback requirements of Regulations Section 1.704-2 and the qualified income offset requirement of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)( d )), then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, items otherwise included in the computation of Profits and Losses shall be specially allocated in such manner as the Managing Member shall reasonably determine to be required by Section 704(b) of the Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder; provided, however, that if the Managing Member exercises its authority to make such special allocations, then, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article VI, but subject to Section 704(b) of the Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder, the Managing Member shall specially allocate subsequent Profits or Losses among the Members so as to cause the Members’ respective separate Capital Accounts to have the balances (or as close thereto as possible) that they would have if Profits and Losses were allocated without reference to the special allocations permitted by this Section 6.1(c).
 
(d)              Transfers of Units .  All items of Profit, Loss and credit allocable to any Units that may have been transferred or otherwise disposed of shall be allocated between the transferor and the transferee based on an interim closing of the books, as determined in good faith by the Managing Member; provided, however, that this allocation must be made in accordance with a method permissible under Section 706 of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.
 
(e)              Tax Allocations; Section 704(c) of the Code .  Profits, gain, Losses and deductions with respect to any property of the Company shall be allocated, for tax purposes, among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted tax basis of such property to the Company and its Gross Asset Value in accordance with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code and the Regulations thereunder.  Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the Managing Member; provided, however, that the Company shall use the “traditional method” pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-3(b).
 
Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(e) are solely for purposes of federal, state and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Member’s share of Profits, Losses, distributions or other items pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement.
 
 
13

 
 
6.2.           Distributions .  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company may make distributions to the Members from time to time from assets legally available for distribution in amounts determined by the Investment Adviser and any such distributions shall be made on a pro rata basis in accordance with each Member's Percentage Interest.
 
ARTICLE VII
THE MANAGING MEMBER; THE INVESTMENT ADVISER
 
7.1.          The Managing Member; Delegation of Authority and Duties
 
(a)           The Managing Member shall manage and control the business and affairs of the Company and shall possess all rights and powers as provided in the Act and otherwise by applicable law.  Except as otherwise expressly provided for herein, the Members hereby consent to the exercise by the Managing Member of all such powers and rights conferred on him by the Act or otherwise by applicable law with respect to the management and control of the Company.  No other Member shall have any power to act for, sign for or do any act that would bind the Company without the authorization of the Managing Member.  The Managing Member shall devote such time and effort to the affairs of the Company as it may deem appropriate for the oversight of the management and affairs of the Company and shall not be expected to devote all of its time or business efforts to the affairs of the Company.
 
(b)           The Managing Member shall have the power and authority to delegate to one or more other Persons its rights and powers to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, including delegating such rights and powers to the Affiliates or agents of the Company or the Investment Adviser.  The Managing Member may authorize any Persons (including, without limitation, any Member or Affiliate of the Company or the Investment Adviser) to enter into any document on behalf of the Company and perform the obligations of the Company thereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Managing Member shall not have the power and authority to delegate any rights or powers customarily requiring the approval of the managing member of a Delaware limited liability company.
 
(c)           The Managing Member shall, in the performance of its duties, be protected fully in relying in good faith upon the records of the Company and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Company by any Person as to matters the Managing Member reasonably believe are within such other Person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company.
    
(d)           Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, any action which could be taken by the Managing Member at a meeting of the Managing Member may be taken by the Managing Member without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the Managing Member.  Any such written consent may be executed and ascribed to by facsimile or similar electronic means.
 
 
14

 
 
7.2.           Withdrawal and Removal of Managing Member .
 
(a)           In the event that either Mr. Steven Stuart or Joseph Tansey is no longer managing the assets of the Company, the Managing Member shall notify the members promptly, and the Company’s investment activities shall be suspended until such time as a Special Meeting is convened (as set forth in Section 9.1(b)).  Notice to the Members of such Special Meeting must state that the purpose of such Special meeting is to (i) replace the Managing Member or (ii) deem a Liquidity Event of the type specified under clause (ii) of such definition to have occurred and to proceed to liquidate the Company or to take such action as such holders may direct.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Special Meeting shall be required to occur within ninety (90) calendar days following the delivery of such notice to Members.
 
(b)           Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, upon the vote of a majority of the outstanding Units, the Members shall have the right to remove and replace the Managing Member at any time, upon the occurrence of any one of the following events but prior to the curing of such event:
 
(i)             a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator finally determines that the Managing Member, Steven Stuart or Joseph Tansey (separately or together, the “ Garrison Parties ”) has committed gross negligence, fraud or willful misconduct or otherwise acted in bad faith in connection with their activities with the Company or with respect to a Member (or the Members as a whole) or has committed a material violation of the U.S. securities laws;
 
(ii)             a Garrison Party has filed a voluntary proceeding under the U.S. federal bankruptcy laws;
 
(iii)            the commencement of any enforcement or similar action against any Garrison Party by the Securities and Exchange Commission or similar state, U.S. federal, or national securities authority of any jurisdiction  that is reasonably likely to be adversely determined and, if so determined, is reasonably likely to be materially injurious to the Company;
 
(iv)            the voting interest in the Company is no longer controlled, or more than sixty percent (60%) of the economic interest in the Managing Member is no longer owned or controlled, either individually or collectively, directly or indirectly, by the owners of such interests as of the date of this Agreement; and
 
(v)            in the event that the Company amends this Agreement to permit discretionary withdrawals by Members, and the Managing Member is unable to cause the Company to fulfill withdrawal requests from Members for a period equal to or exceeding one hundred (100) calendar days.
  
(c)           In order to remove or replace the Managing Member in connection with one of the events set forth in this Section 7.2, Members constituting a majority of outstanding Units must vote to do so at a Special Meeting.
 
(d)          In the event that the Managing Member is removed or replaced in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 7.2, the Managing Member shall have the right to receive any amounts previously paid by it but owed by the Company.
 
 
15

 
 
7.3.           The Investment Adviser; IPO Success Fee.
 
(a)             Subject to Section 7.1(b), the Managing Member shall have the power and authority to delegate to the Investment Adviser, the right to administer the Company’s business activities and day-to-day operations, including, without limitation, the determination of quarterly distributions to be made to the Members, subject to the oversight of the Managing Member.
 
(b)             In the event the Investment Adviser is successful in completing an IPO, immediately prior to the pricing of such offering, the Investment Adviser shall be allocated an amount of Units or other equity securities of the Company equal to ten percent (10%) of the positive difference between (i) the Company’s net asset value on the most recent date of calculation prior to the end of the Bridge Period plus any dividends or other distributions made during the Bridge Period and (ii) the amount of Capital Contributions by the Members during the Bridge Period (the “ IPO Success Fee ”).  The Units or other equity securities to be awarded to the Investment Adviser shall be valued at the same price as the equity securities offered to the public in the IPO.
 
ARTICLE VIII
EMPLOYEES OF THE COMPANY
 
8.1.             Designation and Appointment .  The Managing Member may, from time to time, appoint such officers (“ Officers ”) as may be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the Company’s business (subject to the supervision and control of the Managing Member).  The Officers of the Company may be authorized by the Managing Member to open bank accounts, pay the debts of the Company, enter into contracts, execute agreements and other documentation of the Company and perform such other actions as the Managing Member may from time to time deem necessary or appropriate.  Any number of offices may be held by the same Person.  In the Managing Member’s discretion, it may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable.  Officers need not be residents of the State of Delaware.  Any Officer so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as is customary for an officer of such type for a Delaware corporation or as the Managing Member may, from time to time, delegate to such Officer.  The Managing Member may assign titles to particular Officers.  Each Officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall be duly designated and shall have qualified as an Officer or until his or her death or until he or she shall resign or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.  Officers of the Company shall not receive any salaries or other compensation directly from the Company.
 
8.2.             Resignation and Removal .  Any Officer may resign as such at any time, subject to any employment agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates.  Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time be specified, at the time of its receipt by the Managing Member.  The acceptance by the Managing Member of a resignation of any Officer shall not be necessary to make such resignation effective, unless otherwise specified in such resignation.  Any Officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, at any time by the Managing Member.  Designation of any Person as an Officer by the Managing Member pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.1 shall not in and of itself vest in such Person any contractual or employment rights with respect to the Company.
 
 
16

 
 
8.3.             Duties of Officers Generally .  The Officers, in the performance of their duties as such, shall (a) owe to the Company duties of loyalty and due care of the type owed by the officers of a corporation to such corporation and its stockholders under the laws of the State of Delaware, and (b) keep the Managing Member reasonably apprised of material developments in the business and affairs of the Company.
 
ARTICLE IX
MEETINGS OF MEMBERS
 
9.1.             Meetings of Members .
 
(a)             All meetings of the Members shall be held at the principal place of business of the Company or at such other place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be specified or fixed in the notices (or waivers of notice thereof).
 
(b)             Special meetings of the Members for any proper purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units.  Only business within the purpose or purposes described in the notice (or waiver thereof) required by this Agreement may be conducted at a special meeting of the Members.  Members may call a Special Meeting by following two steps.  First, Members may obtain a Members’ list in order to contact other Members, or the Managing Member, in its sole discretion, may agree to deliver such notice on behalf of such Members.  Members who obtain a list of Members shall be required to certify to the Company that the Members will not use the Members’ list for any purpose other than to call a Special Meeting.  Second, Members are required to send a notice to the Company which states that the Members propose to remove or replace the Managing Member.  Such notice must be signed by at least three Members who own at least 10% of all outstanding Units in the aggregate.
 
(c)             All meetings of the Members shall be presided over by an officer of the Managing Member.  The chairman of any meeting of Members shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order.
 
9.2.             Notice .  Written notice stating the place, day and hour of any meeting of the Members and, with respect to a special meeting of the Members, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than three (3) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of such meeting by or at the direction of the Managing Member, to each Member entitled to vote at such meeting.
  
9.3.             Quorum; Voting .
 
(a)             Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate or this Agreement or required by applicable law, a quorum shall be present at a meeting of Members if the holders of a majority of the Units are represented at the meeting in Person or by proxy.
 
 
17

 
 
(b)             A Member may vote either in Person or by proxy executed in writing by the Member.  A proxy shall be revocable unless the proxy form conspicuously states that the proxy is irrevocable.  Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate or this Agreement or required by applicable law, with respect to any matter, (i) each Unit shall be identical to each other Unit and shall accord the holders thereof the same obligations, rights (including, without limitation, voting rights) and privileges as are accorded to each other holder thereof, (ii) the holders of Units shall vote together as a single class on all matters, and (iii) each Unit holder shall be entitled to cast one vote for each Unit held, and partial Unit voting shall be permitted, and (iv) an affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units participating at a meeting of Members at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Members.
 
9.4.             Action by Written Consent .  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, any action which could be taken by the Members at a regular or special meeting of Members may be taken by the Members, without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units (or holders of such higher aggregate percentage of Units as is required to authorize or take such action under the terms of the Certificate, this Agreement or applicable law), provided that a copy of such consent shall be given to each member promptly thereafter.  Any such written consent may be executed and ascribed to by facsimile or similar electronic means.
 
9.5.             Adjournment .  The chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the Units present at the meeting shall have the power to adjourn such meeting from time to time, without any notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the holding of the adjourned meeting.  If such meeting is adjourned by holders of a majority of the outstanding Units present at the meeting, such time and place shall be determined by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units present at the meeting and no notice of the adjourned meeting need be given if such time and place are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  Upon the resumption of such adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.
 
9.6.             Merger and Consolidation; Sale of Assets .  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Company may merge or consolidate with or into one or more limited liability companies or one or more other business entities (as defined in the Act), and the Company may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property.
 
ARTICLE X
TAXES
 
10.1.             Tax Matters Member; Tax Returns .  The Managing Member shall cause the Company to prepare and file all necessary U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax returns for the Company.  Each Member shall furnish to the Company all pertinent information (including without limitation Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8EXP, as applicable) in its possession relating to Company operations that is necessary to enable the Company’s tax returns to be prepared and filed.  The Managing Member is hereby designated, and shall serve as, the “tax matters partner” (as defined in Section 6231 of the Code) (the “ Tax Matters Member ”).  The Tax Matters Member shall be authorized and required to represent the Company (at the Company’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Company’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings and to expend Company funds for professional services and costs associated therewith.
 
 
18

 
 
10.2.             Tax Allocations and Reports .  The Company shall take reasonable efforts so that as soon as they are available after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Managing Member shall cause the Company to furnish each Member an Internal Revenue Service Schedule K-1, which form shall duly reflect the allocation of income, gain, loss and deduction set forth in Article VI of this Agreement.  Upon the written request of any such Member and at the expense of such Member, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to deliver or cause to be delivered any additional information necessary for the preparation of any federal, state, local and foreign income tax return which must be filed by such Member.  Any deficiency for taxes imposed on any Member (including penalties, additions to tax or interest imposed with respect to such taxes) shall be paid by such Member, and if paid by the Company, shall be recoverable from such Member (including by offset against distributions otherwise payable to such Member).
 
10.3.             Partnership for U.S. Federal Tax Purposes .  As long as the Company remains a Delaware limited liability company, the parties agree to treat the Company as a partnership and to treat all Units as interests in such partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and no party shall take any position inconsistent with this characterization in any tax return or otherwise to the extent consistent with applicable law.
 
ARTICLE XI
INDEMNIFICATION; CORPORATE OPPORTUNITY
 
11.1.             Right to Indemnification .
 
(a)             The Managing Member and its directors, officers, employees, partners, members, advisors and agents (in their respective capacities as such) (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) shall not be liable to the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, the Members or any Affiliate of a Member for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission of such Indemnified Party arising from the performance of such Indemnified Party’s obligations or duties under this Agreement, except that an Indemnified Party shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Indemnified Party’s fraud, willful misconduct or gross negligence.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, an Indemnified Party shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for all expenses and liabilities (including judgments, fines, penalties, interest, amounts paid in a settlement approved by the Company and counsel fees and disbursements) incurred by such Indemnified Party by reason of any act or omission of such Indemnified Party arising from the performance of such Indemnified Party’s obligations or duties under this Agreement, including in connection with any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other action, suit or proceeding to which any such Indemnified Party may hereafter be made party by reason of being or having been the Managing Member, or as contemplated by Delaware law, a director, officer, employee, partner, member, advisor or agent of the Investment Adviser or Managing Member in such capacity, except that no Indemnified Party shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Indemnified Party by reason of fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to such acts or omissions.
 
 
19

 
 
(b)             No Officer shall be liable for monetary damages to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission arising from the performance of such Officer’s obligations or duties in connection with the Company, except that an Officer shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of an act or omission of such Officer not in good faith or an act or omission which involves such Officer’s intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law.
 
(c)             Any Officer and any Person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that the Person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of us, or is or was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Person (each an “ Officer/Employee Indemnified Party ”), shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for (i) expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such Officer/Employee Indemnified Party in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such Officer/Employee Indemnified Party acted in good faith and in a manner such Officer/Employee Indemnified Party reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the Company’s best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that such Officer/Employee Indemnified Party’s conduct was unlawful and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, that relate to the operations of the Company as set forth in this Agreement.
 
(d)              Advance of Expenses .  Expenses incurred by any Person entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 11.1 in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding subject to the provisions of any applicable law; provided such expenses shall be required to be repaid to the Company in the event the aforementioned losses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from actions or omissions for which the Company is not required to indemnify such Person pursuant to this Section 11.1.
  
11.2.             Procedure for Determining Permissibility .  To determine whether any indemnification or advance of expenses under this Article XI is permissible, the Managing Member may, and on request of any Person seeking indemnification or advance of expenses shall be required to, determine in each case whether the applicable standards in any applicable statute have been met.  Each of the persons entitled to be indemnified for expenses and liabilities as contemplated above may, in the performance of his, her or its duties, consult with legal counsel and accountants, and any act or omission by such person on the Company’s behalf in furtherance of the Company’s interests in good faith in reliance upon, and in accordance with, the advice of such legal counsel or accountants will be full justification for any such act or omission, and such person will be fully protected for such acts and omissions, so long as such legal counsel or accountants were selected with reasonable care by or on the Company’s behalf.  The reasonable expenses of any Person entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 11.1 in prosecuting a successful claim for indemnification, and the fees and expenses of any special legal counsel engaged by the Company to determine permissibility of indemnification or advance of expenses, shall be borne by the Company.
 
 
20

 
 
11.3.             Contractual Obligation .  The obligations of the Company to indemnify an Indemnified Party or an Officer/Employee Indemnified Party under this Article XI, including the duty to advance expenses, shall be considered a contract between the Company and such Person, and no modification or repeal of any provision of this Article XI shall affect, to the detriment of such Person, such obligations of the Company in connection with a claim based on any act or failure to act occurring before such modification or repeal.
 
11.4.             Indemnification Not Exclusive; Inuring of Benefit .  The indemnification and advance of expenses provided by this Article XI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other right to which an indemnified Person may be entitled under any statute, provision of the Certificate, this Agreement, vote of Members entitled to vote or otherwise and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of any such Person.
 
11.5.             Insurance and Other Indemnification .  The Managing Member shall have the power to (a) authorize the Company to purchase and maintain, at the Company’s expense, insurance on behalf of the Company and on behalf of others to the extent that power to do so has not been prohibited by statute, (b) create any fund of any nature, whether or not under the control of a trustee, or otherwise secure any of its indemnification obligations and (c) give other indemnification to the extent permitted by statute.
 
11.6.             Corporate Opportunities .
 
(a)             Each of the Members shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present any corporate opportunities to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and the Company and each of its Members, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Members, Subsidiaries and Affiliates hereby renounces and waives any right to require such Member to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 11.6.
 
(b)             The Officers of the Company may have ownership interests in a Member.
   
(c)             The Members acknowledge and agree that each of the Managing Member and its Affiliates is not restricted from forming additional investment funds, entering into other investment advisory relationships or engaging in other business activities, even though such activities may be in competition with the Company and/or may involve substantial time and resources of such Managing Member.  The Members also acknowledge that the Managing Member and its Affiliates will not be devoted exclusively to the business of the Company, shall devote their time and effort to the affairs of the Company as they deem appropriate for the oversight of the management and affairs of the Company and shall not be expected to devote all of their time or business efforts to the affairs of the Company.
 
 
21

 
 
(d)             The Managing Member and its Affiliates shall allocate investment opportunities among the Company and all other investment vehicles sponsored or managed by any of the them in accordance with the written allocation procedures of the Garrison Parties, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Allocation Procedures ”).  The Managing Member shall promptly furnish a copy of the Allocation Procedures to any Member upon request.   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Managing Member and its Affiliates shall not be obligated to cause the Company to invest in a particular opportunity even if such opportunity is of a character which is suitable for the Company.
 
ARTICLE XII
BOOKS, RECORDS, REPORTS, AND BANK ACCOUNTS
 
12.1.             Books .  The Managing Member shall retain an administrator to maintain in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States complete and accurate books of account of the Company, which books shall be open to inspection by any Member (or its authorized representative) to the extent required by the Act.
 
12.2.             Company Funds .  Except as specifically provided in this Agreement or with the approval of the Managing Member, the Company shall not pay to, or use for, the benefit of any Member, funds, assets, credit, or other resources of any kind or description of the Company; provided that the foregoing shall not limit the power of the Managing Member or any Officer to authorize expense reimbursements from the Company’s funds.  Funds of the Company shall (a) be deposited only in the accounts of the Company in the Company’s name, (b) not be commingled with funds of any Member and (c) be withdrawn only upon such signature or signatures as may be designated in writing from time to time by the Managing Member or the Investment Adviser.
 
12.3.             Financial Statements and Information .  The Company shall deliver to each holder of Units:
 
(a)             as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Company, (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year and (iii) a statement of Members’ equity as of the end of such year, with such financial statements to be audited and certified by the Independent Accountants;
  
(b)            as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar month, a calculation of the Company’s net asset value as of the end of such calendar month (each such calculation, a “ Monthly Net Asset Value Calculation ”);
 
(c)             as soon as practicable following the finalization thereof, a copy of the final version of any investment memoranda relating to an investment originated by the Company; and
 
(d)             as soon as available after the end of each Fiscal Year, an annual Tax Report on Schedule K-1 and related tax filing information.
 
 
22

 
 
In connection with preparation of the Monthly Net Asset Value Calculation, (i) investments for which market quotations are readily available will be valued at such market quotations as of the end of each calendar month and (ii) with respect to the Monthly Net Asset Value Calculations as of March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each calendar year, the Managing Member will engage one or more third-party valuation firms to review the valuation of each investment for which a market quotation is not available promptly following the end of each such quarter.
 
12.4.             Inspection Rights .  Each Member shall have the right to access all information to which such Member is entitled to have access pursuant to Section 18-305 of the Act; provided that such Member must provide five (5) days’ prior written notice to the Company of the materials such Member requests be made available and the purpose for inspecting such materials.  Such materials shall be provided at the offices of the Company during its regular business hours.  All expenses of providing the materials requested pursuant to this Section 12.4 including duplicating fees, shall be paid by the Member requesting the information.  Anything in this Section 12.4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Managing Member shall have the right to keep confidential from the Members, for such limited period of time as the Managing Member deems reasonable, any information which the Managing Member reasonably believes to be in the nature of a trade secret or other information the disclosure of which the Managing Member in good faith believes is not in the best interest of the Company or its business or which the Company is required by applicable law or by agreement with a third party to keep confidential.
 
ARTICLE XIII
DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION, AND TERMINATION
 
13.1.             Dissolution .  The Company shall dissolve and its affairs shall be wound up on the first to occur of the following:
 
(a)             the adoption of a resolution by the Managing Member approving the dissolution and liquidation, and the approval of such action by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units;
 
(b)             holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the aggregate outstanding Units vote to dissolve the Company;
  
(c)             entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Act;
 
(d)             the termination of the legal existence of the last remaining holder of Units or the occurrence of any other event that terminates the continued membership of the last remaining holder of Units, unless the Company is continued without dissolution in a manner provided under this Agreement or the Act; and
 
(e)             the liquidation of the Company’s final investment and the concurrent distribution of all assets of the Company to the Members.
 
 
23

 
 
The Company shall not be dissolved by the admission of Members in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  The death, insanity, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of a Member, or the occurrence of an event that terminates the continued membership of a Member in the Company, shall not cause the Company to be dissolved and its affairs wound up so long as the Company at all times has at least one Member.  Upon the occurrence of any such event, the business of the Company shall be continued without dissolution.
 
13.2.             Liquidation and Termination .
 
(a)             On dissolution of the Company, the Managing Member shall act as liquidator or may appoint one or more Members as liquidator.  The liquidator shall wind up the affairs of the Company as provided in the Act and shall have all the powers set forth in the Act.  The costs of liquidation shall be a Company expense.
 
(b)             A reasonable period of time shall be allowed for the orderly termination of the Company’s business, discharge of its liabilities, and distribution or liquidation of the remaining assets so as to enable the Company to minimize the normal losses attendant to the liquidation process.  Profits and Losses during the period of liquidation shall be allocated among the Members in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof.  Upon satisfaction (whether by payment or by the making of reasonable provision for payment) of the Company’s liabilities, the Company’s property and assets or the proceeds from the liquidation thereof shall be applied and distributed in accordance with the distribution priorities (and subject to the limitations) established in Section 6.2, to the extent not previously satisfied.  A full accounting of the assets and liabilities of the Company shall be taken and a statement thereof shall be furnished to each Member within thirty (30) days after the distribution of all of the assets of the Company.  Such accounting and statements shall be prepared under the direction of the Managing Member.
 
13.3.             Certificate of Cancellation .  On the completion of the winding up of the Company following its dissolution, the Company is terminated, and the Managing Member (or such other Person or Persons as the Act may require or permit) shall file a Certificate of Cancellation with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and cancel any other filings made pursuant to Section 2.5.
  
ARTICLE XIV
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
14.1.             Notices .  Except as expressly set forth to the contrary in this Agreement, all notices, requests or consents provided for or permitted to be sent under this Agreement must be in writing and must be sent by registered mail, addressed to the recipient, postage paid or by delivering that writing to the recipient in person, by internationally recognized express courier, or by electronic mail; and a notice, request or consent sent under this Agreement is effective on receipt by the Person to receive it.  A notice, request or consent shall be deemed received when delivered if personally delivered, or otherwise on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof.  All notices, requests and consents to be sent to a Member must be sent to or made at the address ascribed to that Member on the books of the Company or such other address as that Member may specify by notice to the Company and the other Members.  Any notice, request or consent to the Company must be sent to the Company at its principal office.  Whenever any notice is required to be sent by law, the Certificate or this Agreement, a written waiver thereof, signed by the Person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.
 
 
24

 
 
14.2.             Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties on the date hereof with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings, contracts or agreements among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.
 
14.3.             Effect of Waiver or Consent .  The failure of a Member to insist on the strict performance of any covenant or duty required by the Agreement, or to pursue any remedy under the Agreement, shall not constitute a waiver of the breach or the remedy.
 
14.4.             Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified, or any provision hereof may be waived; provided that such amendment, modification or waiver is set forth in a writing executed by the Managing Member; provided that (a) an amendment that (i) amends the voting rights of the holders of the Units or (ii) would materially and adversely affect the Members shall be effective only if the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units execute such amendment, (b) an amendment to Section 3.2(a) of this Agreement, shall be effective only if the holders of  two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding Units execute such amendment and (c) an amendment to Section 2.6 of this Agreement shall be effective only if all of the Members execute such amendment.  No course of dealing between or among any Persons having any interest in this Agreement shall be deemed effective to modify, amend or discharge any part of this Agreement or any rights or obligations of any Person under or by reason of this Agreement.
 
14.5.             Binding Act .  Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement is binding on and inures to the benefit of the Members and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.
 
14.6.             Governing Law .  All issues and questions concerning the application, construction, validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
  
14.7.             Consent to Exclusive Jurisdiction .  Each of the parties hereto agrees that any legal action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement or any agreement, certificate or other instrument entered into in contemplation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any matters arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or such other agreement, certificate or instrument, and any action for the enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, shall be brought exclusively in the Chancery Court of New Castle County, Delaware or the federal courts of the United States of America for the District of Delaware, unless the parties to any such action or dispute mutually agree to waive this provision.  By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto irrevocably consents to service of process out of any of the aforementioned courts in any such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized express carrier or delivery service, to the applicable party at his, her or its address referred to herein.  Each of the parties hereto irrevocably waives any objection which he, she or it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforementioned actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, or any related agreement, certificate or instrument referred to above, brought in the courts referred to above and hereby further irrevocably waives and agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in any inconvenient forum.  Nothing herein shall affect the right of any party to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
 
 
25

 
 
14.8.             Severability .  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.  The Members shall negotiate in good faith to replace any provision so held to be invalid or unenforceable so as to implement most effectively the transactions contemplated by such provision in accordance with the original intent of the Members signatory hereto.
 
14.9.             Further Assurances .  In connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, at the expense of the Company each Member shall execute and deliver any additional documents and instruments and perform any additional reasonable acts (so long as such documents, instruments and/or acts do not alter or amend, and which are consistent with, this Agreement) that may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate and perform the provisions of this Agreement and those transactions.
 
14.10.            No Third Party Benefit .  Except for any Indemnified Party or Officer/Employee Indemnified Party (with respect to Article XI), the Indemnified Parties and the Officer/Employee Indemnified Parties each being an intended beneficiary of this Agreement, the provisions hereof are solely for the benefit of the Company and its Members and are not intended to, and shall not be construed to, confer a right or benefit on any creditor of the Company or any other Person.  Covenants and other provisions of this Agreement created in favor of any Person specifically identified herein are solely for the benefit of such Person and are not intended to, and shall not be construed to, confer a right or benefit on any other Person, including, without limitation, any other Member, unless expressly so stated herein.
  
14.11.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signing parties had signed the same document.  All counterparts shall be construed together and constitute the same instrument.
 
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]

 
26

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 
GARRISON CAPITAL LLC
   
 
By:
/s/ Brian Chase  
   
Name:
BRIAN CHASE
 
   
Title:
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
 
     
 
GARRISON CAPITAL MM LCC
   
 
By:
/s/ Brian Chase  
   
Name:
BRIAN CHASE
 
   
Title:
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
 
     
 
GARRISON CAPITAL ADVISERS LLC
   
 
By:
/s/ Brian Chase  
   
Name:
BRIAN CHASE
 
   
Title:
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
 

[Signature Page to LLC Agreement]
 
 
 
 

 
Execution Version
 
TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT
 
This TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and effective as of December 17, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Garrison Investment Group LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Licensor ”), and Garrison Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Licensee ”) (each a “ party ,” and collectively, the “ parties ”).
 
RECITALS
 
WHEREAS, Licensee is a newly organized, externally managed investment company that is exempt from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”);
 
WHEREAS, Licensor and its affiliates have used the mark “Garrison” (the “ Licensed Mark ”) in the United States of America (the “ Territory ”) in connection with the investment management, investment consultation and investment advisory services they provide;
 
WHEREAS, Licensor is an affiliate of Garrison Capital Advisers LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Adviser ”);
 
WHEREAS, Licensee is entering into an investment advisory agreement with Adviser (the “ Advisory Agreement ”), wherein Licensee shall engage Adviser to act as the investment adviser to Licensee;
 
WHEREAS, it is intended that Adviser be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement; and
 
WHEREAS, Licensee desires to use the Licensed Mark as part of its corporate name and in connection with the operation of its business, and Licensor is willing to grant Licensee a license to use the Licensed Mark, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE 1.
LICENSE GRANT
 
1.1.            License .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Licensor hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee hereby accepts from Licensor, a personal, non-exclusive, royalty-free right and license to use the Licensed Mark solely and exclusively as a component of Licensee’s own corporate name and in connection with marketing the investment management, investment consultation and investment advisory services that Adviser may provide to Licensee.  During the term of this Agreement, Licensee shall use the Licensed Mark only to the extent permitted under this License, and except as provided above, neither Licensee nor any affiliate, owner, member, manager, director, officer, employee or agent thereof shall otherwise use the Licensed Mark or any derivative thereof in the Territory without the prior express written consent of Licensor, which consent Licensor may grant or withhold in its sole and absolute discretion, and shall not use the Licensed Mark for any purpose outside the Territory.  All rights not expressly granted to Licensee hereunder shall remain the exclusive property of Licensor.
 
 
 

 
 
1.2.           Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Licensor or any of its successors or assigns from using or permitting other entities to use the Licensed Mark, whether or not such entity directly or indirectly competes or conflicts with Licensee’s business in any manner.
 
ARTICLE 2.
COMPLIANCE
 
2.1.            Quality Control .  In order to preserve the inherent value of the Licensed Mark, Licensee agrees to use reasonable efforts to ensure that it maintains the quality of Licensee’s business and the operation thereof equal to the standards prevailing in the operation of Licensee’s business as of the date of this Agreement.  Licensee further agrees to use the Licensed Mark in accordance with such quality standards as may be reasonably established by Licensor and communicated to Licensee from time to time in writing, or as may be agreed to by Licensor and Licensee from time to time in writing.
 
2.2.            Compliance With Laws .  Licensee agrees that the business operated by it in connection with the Licensed Mark shall comply with all laws, rules, regulations and requirements of any governmental body in the Territory or elsewhere as may be applicable to the operation, marketing, and promotion of the business and shall notify Licensor of any action that must be taken by Licensee to comply with such laws, rules, regulations or requirements.
 
2.3.            Notification of Infringement .  Each party shall immediately notify the other party and provide to the other party all relevant background facts upon becoming aware of: (a) any registrations of, or applications for registration of, marks in the Territory that do or may conflict with Licensor’s rights in the Licensed Mark or the rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement, (b) any infringements or misuse of the Licensed Mark in the Territory by any third party (“ Third Party Infringement ”) or (c) any claim that Licensee’s use of the Licensed Mark infringes the intellectual property rights of any third party in the Territory (“ Third Party Claim ”).  Licensor shall have the exclusive right, but not the obligation, to prosecute, defend and/or settle, in its sole discretion, all actions, proceedings and claims involving any Third Party Infringement or Third Party Claim, and to take any other action that it deems necessary or proper for the protection and preservation of its rights in the Licensed Mark.  Licensee shall cooperate with Licensor in the prosecution, defense or settlement of such actions, proceedings or claims.
 
 
- 2 -

 
 
ARTICLE 3.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
 
3.1.          Licensee accepts this license on an “as is” basis.  Licensee acknowledges that Licensor makes no explicit or implicit representation or warranty as to the registrability, validity, enforceability or ownership of the Licensed Mark, or as to Licensee’s ability to use the Licensed Mark without infringing or otherwise violating the rights of others, and Licensor has no obligation to indemnify Licensee with respect to any claims arising from Licensee’s use of the Licensed Mark, including, without limitation, any Third Party Claim.
 
3.2.           Mutual Representations .  Each party hereby represents and warrants to the other party as follows:
 
(a)            Due Authorization .  Such party is a limited liability company or limited partnership, as applicable, duly formed and in good standing as of the Effective Date in its jurisdiction of formation, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such party.
 
(b)            Due Execution .  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such party and, upon due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the other party, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.
 
(c)            No Conflict .  Such party’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not: (i) violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any provision of the certificate of formation, limited liability company operating agreement, certificate of limited partnership or limited partnership agreement (or similar organizational documents) of such party; (ii) conflict with or violate any governmental order applicable to such party or any of its assets, properties or businesses; or (iii) conflict with, result in any breach of, constitute a default (or event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a default) under, require any consent under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration, suspension, revocation or cancellation of any contract, agreement, lease, sublease, license, permit, franchise or other instrument or arrangement to which it is a party.
 
ARTICLE 4.
TERM AND TERMINATION
 
4.1.           Term .  This Agreement shall expire if Adviser or one of its affiliates ceases to serve as investment adviser to Licensee.  This Agreement shall be terminable by Licensor, at any time and in its sole discretion, in the event that Licensor or Licensee receives notice of any Third Party Claim arising out of Licensee’s use of the Licensed Mark; by Licensor or Licensee upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other party; or by Licensor at any time in the event Licensee assigns or attempts to assign or sublicense this Agreement or any of Licensee’s rights or duties hereunder without the prior written consent of Licensor.
 
 
- 3 -

 
 
4.2.            Upon Termination .  Upon expiration or termination of this Agreement, all rights granted to Licensee under this Agreement with respect to the Licensed Mark shall cease, and Licensee shall immediately delete the term “Garrison” from its corporate name and shall discontinue all other use of the Licensed Mark.  For twenty-four (24) months following termination of this Agreement, Licensee shall specify on all public-facing materials in a prominent place and in prominent typeface that Licensee is no longer operating under the Licensed Mark, is no longer associated with Licensor, or such other notice as may be deemed necessary by Licensor, in its sole discretion, in its prosecution, defense, and/or settlement of any Third Party Claim.
 
ARTICLE 5.
MISCELLANEOUS
 
5.1.            Third Party Beneficiaries .  The parties agree that Adviser shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, and shall have the rights and protections provided to Licensee under this Agreement.  Nothing in this Agreement, either express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any third party, other than Adviser, any legal or equitable right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.
 
5.2.            Assignment .  Licensee shall not sublicense, assign, pledge, grant or otherwise encumber or transfer to any third party all or any part of its rights or duties under this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of Licensor, which consent Licensor may grant or withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.  Any purported transfer without such consent shall be void ab initio .
 
5.3.            Independent Contractor .  Neither party shall have, or shall represent that it has, any power, right or authority to bind the other party to any obligation or liability, or to assume or create any obligation or liability on behalf of the other party.
 
5.4.            Notices .  All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service (with signature required), by facsimile or by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties at the following addresses (or such other address as the parties may provide to each other by written Notice):
 
 
- 4 -

 
 
If to Licensor:
If to Licensee:
   
Garrison Investment Group LP
Garrison Capital LLC
1350 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 905
1350 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 905
New York, New York 10019
New York, New York 10019
Tel. No.: 212.372.9500
Tel. No.: 212.372.9500
Fax No.: 212.898.9075
Fax No.: 212.898.9075
Attn: Julian Weldon
Attn: Brian Chase
 
5.5.            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.  The parties unconditionally and irrevocably consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts located in the State of New York and waive any objection with respect thereto, for the purpose of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.
 
5.6.            Amendment .  This Agreement may not be amended or modified except by an instrument in writing signed by each party hereto.
 
5.7.            No Waiver .  The failure of either party to enforce at any time for any period the provisions of, or any rights deriving from, this Agreement shall not be construed to be a waiver of such provisions or rights or the right of such party thereafter to enforce such provisions, and no waiver shall be binding unless executed in writing by all parties hereto.
 
5.8.            Severability .  If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any law or public policy, all other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party.  Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.
 
5.9.            Headings .  The descriptive headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
 
5.10.          Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original instrument and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
 
5.11.          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to such subject matter.
 
[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
 
 
- 5 -

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party has caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date by its duly authorized officer.
 
LICENSOR :
 
   
GARRISON INVESTMENT GROUP LP
 
   
By:
GIG GP LC, its general partner
 
     
By:
/s/ Brian Chase
 
 
Name: Brian Chase
 
 
Title:     Authorized Signer
 

LICENSEE:
 
   
GARRISON CAPITAL LLC
 
   
By:
  /s/ Brian Chase   
 
Name:
BRIAN CHASE
 
 
Title:
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
 
 
ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO
AS OF    December 17     , 2010
 
GARRISON CAPITAL ADVISERS LLC
 
   
By:
/s/ Brian Chase  
 
Name:
BRIAN CHASE
 
 
Title:
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
 
 
[Signature Page to Trademark License Agreement]
 
 
 

 

EXECUTION COPY
  
 
INDENTURE

by and between

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC
Issuer

and

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS
Trustee

Dated as of November 5, 2010
  

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

     
Page
       
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
2
       
Section 1.1
 
Definitions
2
Section 1.2
 
Usage of Terms
59
Section 1.3
 
Assumptions as to Assets
60
       
ARTICLE II
THE NOTES
62
       
Section 2.1
 
Forms Generally
62
Section 2.2
 
Forms of Notes
63
Section 2.3
 
Authorized Amount; Stated Maturity; Denominations
64
Section 2.4
 
Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating
65
Section 2.5
 
Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange
65
Section 2.6
 
Mutilated, Defaced, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Note
73
Section 2.7
 
Payment of Principal and Interest and Other Amounts; Principal and Interest Rights Preserved
74
Section 2.8
 
Persons Deemed Owners
77
Section 2.9
 
Cancellation
78
Section 2.10
 
DTC Ceases to be Depository
78
Section 2.11
 
Non-Permitted Holders
79
Section 2.12
 
Treatment and Tax Certification
81
Section 2.13
 
Additional Issuance
82
       
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
83
       
Section 3.1
 
Conditions to Issuance of Notes on Closing Date
83
Section 3.2
 
Conditions to Additional Issuance
86
Section 3.3
 
Custodianship; Delivery of Collateral Obligations and Eligible Investments
87
       
ARTICLE IV
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
88
       
Section 4.1
 
Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
88
Section 4.2
 
Application of Trust Money
89
Section 4.3
 
Repayment of Monies Held by Paying Agent
89
       
ARTICLE V
REMEDIES
90
       
Section 5.1
 
Events of Default
90
Section 5.2
 
Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
91
Section 5.3
 
Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
  92
Section 5.4
 
Remedies
94
Section 5.5
 
Optional Preservation of Assets
96
Section 5.6
 
Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes
97
Section 5.7
 
Application of Money Collected
97

 
i

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

     
Page
       
Section 5.8
 
Limitation on Suits
97
Section 5.9
 
Unconditional Rights of Secured Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest
98
Section 5.10
 
Restoration of Rights and Remedies
98
Section 5.11
 
Rights and Remedies Cumulative
98
Section 5.12
 
Delay or Omission Not Waiver
99
Section 5.13
 
Control by Supermajority of Controlling Class
99
Section 5.14
 
Waiver of Past Defaults
99
Section 5.15
 
Undertaking for Costs
100
Section 5.16
 
Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
100
Section 5.17
 
Sale of Assets
100
Section 5.18
 
Action on the Notes
101
       
ARTICLE VI
THE TRUSTEE
101
       
Section 6.1
 
Certain Duties and Responsibilities
101
Section 6.2
 
Notice of Default
103
Section 6.3
 
Certain Rights of Trustee
103
Section 6.4
 
Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes
106
Section 6.5
 
May Hold Notes
106
Section 6.6
 
Money Held in Trust
107
Section 6.7
 
Compensation and Reimbursement
107
Section 6.8
 
Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility
108
Section 6.9
 
Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor
108
Section 6.10
 
Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
110
Section 6.11
 
Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of Trustee
110
Section 6.12
 
Co-Trustees
110
Section 6.13
 
Certain Duties of Trustee Related to Delayed Payment of Proceeds
111
Section 6.14
 
Authenticating Agents
112
Section 6.15
 
Withholding
112
Section 6.16
 
Fiduciary for Secured Noteholders Only; Agent for each other Secured Party and the Holders of the Subordinated Notes
113
Section 6.17
 
Representations and Warranties of the Bank
113
       
ARTICLE VII
COVENANTS
113
       
Section 7.1
 
Payment of Principal and Interest
114
Section 7.2
 
Maintenance of Office or Agency
114
Section 7.3
 
Money for Note Payments to be Held in Trust
115
Section 7.4
 
Existence of Issuer
116
Section 7.5
 
Protection of Assets
119
Section 7.6
 
Opinions as to Assets
120
 
 
ii

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

     
Page
       
Section 7.7
 
Performance of Obligations
121
Section 7.8
 
Negative Covenants
121
Section 7.9
 
Statement as to Compliance
123
Section 7.10
 
Issuer May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms
123
Section 7.11
 
Successor Substituted
124
Section 7.12
 
No Other Business
125
Section 7.13
 
Maintenance of Listing
125
Section 7.14
 
Annual Rating Review
125
Section 7.15
 
Reporting
125
Section 7.16
 
Calculation Agent
126
Section 7.17
 
Certain Tax Matters
126
Section 7.18
 
Asset Quality Matrix
127
Section 7.19
 
Representations Relating to Security Interests in the Assets
127
       
ARTICLE VIII
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
130
       
Section 8.1
 
Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders of Notes
130
Section 8.2
 
Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders of Notes
132
Section 8.3
 
Execution of Supplemental Indentures
133
Section 8.4
 
Effect of Supplemental Indentures
135
Section 8.5
 
Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures
135
       
ARTICLE IX
REDEMPTION OF NOTES
135
       
Section 9.1
 
Mandatory Redemption
135
Section 9.2
 
Optional Redemption
135
Section 9.3
 
Tax Redemption
136
Section 9.4
 
Redemption Procedures
136
Section 9.5
 
Notes Payable on Redemption Date
138
Section 9.6
 
Special Redemption
139
Section 9.7
 
Issuer Buy-Back
139
       
ARTICLE X
ACCOUNTS, ACCOUNTINGS AND RELEASES
140
       
Section 10.1
 
Collection of Money
140
Section 10.2
 
Collection Account
140
Section 10.3
 
Transaction Accounts
142
Section 10.4
 
The Revolver Funding Account
143
Section 10.5
 
Reinvestment of Funds in Accounts; Reports by Trustee
144
Section 10.6
 
Accountings
145
Section 10.7
 
Release of Securities
152
Section 10.8
 
Reports by Independent Accountants
153
Section 10.9
 
Reports to Rating Agencies and Additional Recipients
154
Section 10.10
 
Procedures Relating to the Establishment of Accounts Controlled by the Trustee
154
 
 
iii

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)

     
Page
       
Section 10.11
 
Section 3(c)(7) Procedures
154
       
ARTICLE XI
APPLICATION OF MONIES
157
       
Section 11.1
 
Disbursements of Monies from Payment Account
157
       
ARTICLE XII
SALE OF COLLATERAL OBLIGATIONS; PURCHASE OF ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL OBLIGATIONS
163
       
Section 12.1
 
Sales of Collateral Obligations
163
Section 12.2
 
Purchase of Additional Collateral Obligations
166
Section 12.3
 
Conditions Applicable to All Sale and Purchase Transactions
169
       
ARTICLE XIII
NOTEHOLDERS’ RELATIONS
170
       
Section 13.1
 
Subordination
170
Section 13.2
 
Standard of Conduct
170
       
ARTICLE XIV
MISCELLANEOUS
171
       
Section 14.1
 
Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee
171
Section 14.2
 
Acts of Holders
172
Section 14.3
 
Notices, etc., to Trustee, the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, Deutsche Bank Securities, the Collateral Administrator, the Paying Agent and each Rating Agency
172
Section 14.4
 
Notices to Holders; Waiver
174
Section 14.5
 
Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
175
Section 14.6
 
Successors and Assigns
175
Section 14.7
 
Severability
175
Section 14.8
 
Benefits of Indenture
175
Section 14.9
 
Legal Holidays
175
Section 14.10
 
Governing Law
175
Section 14.11
 
Submission to Jurisdiction
176
Section 14.12
 
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
176
Section 14.13
 
Counterparts
176
Section 14.14
 
Acts of Issuer
176
Section 14.15
 
Confidential Information
177
Section 14.16
 
Communications with Rating Agencies
178
       
ARTICLE XV
ASSIGNMENT OF CERTAIN AGREEMENTS
178
       
Section 15.1
 
Assignment of Collateral Management Agreement
178

 
iv

 

Schedules and Exhibits

Schedule 1
List of Collateral Obligations
Schedule 2
Moody’s Industry Classification Group List
Schedule 3
S&P Industry Classifications
Schedule 4
Diversity Score Classification
Schedule 5
Moody’s Rating Definitions
Schedule 6
S&P Recovery Rate Tables
Schedule 7
Approved Index List
Schedule 8
Form of Portfolio Acquisition and Sale Requirements Certification
   
Exhibit A
Forms of Notes
A-1-1
Form of Global Class A-1 Note
A-1-2
Form of Global Class A-2 Note
A-2
Form of Global Class B Note
A-3
Form of Global Class C Note
A-4
Form of Certificated Subordinated Note
A-5-1
Form of Certificated Class A-1 Note
A-5-2
Form of Certificated Class A-2 Note
A-6
Form of Certificated Class B Note
A-7
Form of Certificated Class C Note
   
Exhibit B
Forms of Transfer and Exchange Certificates
B-1
Form of Transferor Certificate for Transfer of Rule 144A Global Secured Note or Certificated Secured Note to Regulation S Global Secured Note
B-2
Form of Transferor Certificate for Transfer of Regulation S Global Secured Note or Certificated Secured Note to Rule 144A Global Secured Note
B-3
Form of Purchaser Representation Letter for Certificated Secured Notes
B-4
Form of Purchaser Representation Letter for Certificated Subordinated Notes
B-5
Form of Subordinated Note ERISA Certificate
B-6
Form of Transferee Certificate of Rule 144A Global Secured Note
B-7
Form of Transferee Certificate of Regulation S Global Secured Note
Exhibit C
Calculation of LIBOR
Exhibit D
Form of Note Owner Certificate
Exhibit E
Form of Direction of Reinvesting Holder
Exhibit F Form of Asset Quality Matrix Notice
Exhibit G
Form of Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate Notice
 
 
v

 

INDENTURE , dated as of November 5, 2010, between Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC, a   limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Issuer ”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (herein, together with its permitted successors and assigns in the trusts hereunder, the “ Trustee ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

The Issuer is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture to provide for the Notes issuable as provided in this Indenture. Except as otherwise provided herein, all covenants and agreements made by the Issuer herein are for the benefit and security of the Secured Parties. The Issuer is entering into this Indenture, and the Trustee is accepting the trusts created hereby, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged.

All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer in accordance with the agreement’s terms have been done.

GRANTING CLAUSES

The Issuer hereby Grants to the Trustee, for the benefit and security of the Holders of the Secured Notes, the Trustee, the Collateral Manager and the Collateral Administrator (collectively, the “ Secured Parties ”), a security interest in all of its right, title and interest in, to and under, in each case, whether now owned or existing, or hereafter acquired or arising, (a) the Collateral Obligations (listed, as of the Closing Date, in Schedule 1 to this Indenture) which the Issuer causes to be Delivered to the Trustee (directly or through an intermediary or bailee) herewith and all payments thereon or with respect thereto, and all Collateral Obligations which are Delivered to the Trustee in the future pursuant to the terms hereof and all payments thereon or with respect thereto, (b) each of the Accounts, and any Eligible Investments purchased with funds on deposit in any of the Accounts, and all income from the investment of funds therein, (c) the Issuer’s rights under the Collateral Management Agreement as set forth in Article XV   hereof and the Collateral Administration Agreement, (d) all Cash or Money Delivered to the   Trustee (or its bailee) from any source for the benefit of the Secured Parties or the Issuer, (e) any Equity Securities received by the Issuer, (f) all accounts, chattel paper, deposit accounts, financial assets, general intangibles, instruments, investment property, letter-of-credit rights and other supporting obligations relating to the foregoing (in each case as defined in the UCC), (g) any other property otherwise Delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Issuer (whether or not constituting Collateral Obligations or Eligible Investments) and (h) all proceeds with respect to the foregoing (the assets referred to in (a) through (h) are collectively referred to as the “ Assets ”).
 
 
 

 
 
The above Grant is made to secure the Secured Notes and certain other amounts payable by the Issuer as described herein. Except as set forth in the Priority of Payments and Article XIII of this Indenture, the Secured Notes are secured by the Grant equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction between any Secured Note and any other Secured Note by reason of difference in time of issuance or otherwise. The Grant is made to secure, in accordance with the priorities set forth in the Priority of Payments and Article XIII of this Indenture, (i) the payment of all amounts due on the Secured Notes in accordance with their terms, (ii) the payment of all other sums (other than in respect of the Subordinated Notes) payable under this Indenture, (iii) the payment of amounts owing by the Issuer under the Collateral Management Agreement, the Securities Account Control Agreement and the Collateral Administration Agreement and (iv) compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, all as provided in this Indenture. The foregoing Grant shall, for the purpose of determining the property subject to the lien of this Indenture, be deemed to include any securities and any investments granted to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Issuer, whether or not such securities or investments satisfy the criteria set forth in the definitions of “ Collateral Obligation ” or “ Eligible Investments ”, as the case may be.

The Trustee acknowledges such Grant, accepts the trusts hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof, and agrees to perform the duties herein in accordance with the terms hereof.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may otherwise require, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below for all purposes of this Indenture, and the definitions of such terms are equally applicable both to the singular and plural forms of such terms and to the masculine, feminine and neuter genders of such terms. The word “including” shall mean “including without limitation.” All references in this Indenture to designated “Articles”, “Sections”, “subsections” and other subdivisions are to the designated articles, sections, subsections and other subdivisions of this Indenture. The words “herein”, “hereof”, “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular article, section, subsection or other subdivision.

Accountants’ Certificate ”: A certificate of the firm or firms appointed by the Issuer pursuant to Section 10.8(a) .

Accounts ”: (i) the Payment Account, (ii) the Collection Account, (iii) the Revolver Funding Account, (iv) the Reinvestment Amount Account, (v) the Expense Reserve Account and (vi) the Custodial Account.

Accredited Investor ”: The meaning set forth in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

Act ” and “ Act of Holders ”: The meanings specified in Section 14.2 .
 
 
2

 

Adjusted Collateral Principal Amount ”: As of any date of determination, (a) the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Collateral Obligations (other than Defaulted Obligations, Discount Obligations and Deferring Obligations and Long Dated Obligations), plus (b) without duplication, the amounts on deposit in the Collection Account (including Eligible Investments therein) representing Principal Proceeds, plus (c) the lesser of the (i) S&P Collateral Value of all Defaulted Obligations and Deferring Obligations and (ii) Moody’s Collateral Value of all Defaulted Obligations and Deferring Obligations; provided that the Adjusted Collateral Principal Amount will be zero for any Defaulted Obligation which the Issuer has owned for more than three years after its default date, plus (d) the aggregate, for each Discount Obligation, of the purchase price, excluding accrued interest, expressed as a percentage of par and multiplied by the Principal Balance thereof, for such Discount Obligation, minus (e) the Excess CCC/Caa Adjustment Amount minus (f) the Excess Amended and Extended Obligation Amount; plus (g) the lesser of the (i) S&P Recovery Amount of all Long Dated Obligations and (ii) Moody’s Recovery Amount of all Long Dated Obligations; provided that, with respect to any Collateral Obligation that satisfies more than one of the definitions of Defaulted Obligation, Deferring Obligation, Discount Obligation, Long Dated Obligation, or any asset that falls into the Excess CCC/Caa Adjustment Amount or the Excess Amended and Extended Obligation Amount, such Collateral Obligation shall, for the purposes of this definition, be treated as belonging to the category of Collateral Obligations which results in the lowest Adjusted Collateral Principal Amount on any date of determination.
 
Adjusted Weighted Average Moody’s Rating Factor ”: As of any date of determination, a number equal to the Weighted Average Moody’s Rating Factor of all of the Collateral Obligations determined in the following manner: for purposes of determining a Moody’s Default Probability Rating, Moody’s Rating or Moody’s Derived Rating in connection with determining the Weighted Average Moody’s Rating Factor for purposes of this definition, the paragraph immediately preceding the last paragraph of the definition of “Moody’s Rating” and the last paragraph of the definition of each of “Moody’s Default Probability Rating” and “Moody’s Derived Rating” shall be disregarded, and instead each applicable rating on credit watch by Moody’s that is on (a) positive watch will be treated as having been upgraded by one rating subcategory, (b) negative watch will be treated as having been downgraded by two rating subcategories and (c) negative outlook will be treated as having been downgraded by one rating subcategory.

Administrative Expense Cap ”: An amount equal on any Payment Date (when taken together with any Administrative Expenses paid during the period since the preceding Payment Date or in the case of the first Payment Date, the period since the Closing Date), to the sum of (a) 0.035% per annum (prorated for the related Interest Accrual Period on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) of the Fee Basis Amount on the related Determination Date and (b) U.S.$250,000 per annum (prorated for the related Interest Accrual Period on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months); provided that (1) in respect of any Payment Date after the third Payment Date following the Closing Date, if the aggregate amount of Administrative Expenses paid pursuant to Sections 11.1(a)(i)(A) and 11.1(a)(ii)(A) (including any excess applied in accordance with this proviso) on the three immediately preceding Payment Dates and during the related Collection Periods is less than the stated Administrative Expense Cap (without regard to any excess applied in accordance with this proviso) in the aggregate for such three preceding Payment Dates, then the excess may be applied to the Administrative Expense Cap with respect to the then-current Payment Date; (2) in respect of the third Payment Date following the Closing Date, such excess amount shall be calculated based on the two Payment Dates preceding such Payment Date and (3) in respect of the second Payment Date following the Closing Date, such excess amount shall be calculated based on the Payment Date preceding such Payment Date.
 
 
3

 

Administrative Expenses ”: The fees, expenses (including indemnities) and other amounts due or accrued with respect to any Payment Date (including, with respect to any Payment Date, any such amounts that were due and not paid on any prior Payment Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments) and payable in the following order by the Issuer: first , to the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.7 and the other provisions of this Indenture, second , to the Collateral Administrator pursuant to the Collateral Administration Agreement, third , on a pro rata basis, the following amounts (excluding indemnities) to the following parties: (i) the   Independent accountants, agents (other than the Collateral Manager) and counsel of the Issuer for fees and expenses; (ii) the Rating Agencies for fees and expenses (including any annual fee, amendment fees and surveillance fees) in connection with any rating of the Secured Notes or in connection with the rating of (or provision of credit estimates in respect of) any Collateral Obligations; (iii) the Collateral Manager under this Indenture and the Collateral Management Agreement, including without limitation reasonable expenses of the Collateral Manager (including fees for its accountants, agents and counsel) incurred in connection with the purchase or sale of any Collateral Obligations, any other expenses incurred in connection with the Collateral Obligations and amounts payable pursuant to the Collateral Management Agreement but excluding the Collateral Management Fee; (iv) the Independent Manager of the Issuer for fees and expenses; (v) the Independent Review Party (as defined in the Collateral Management Agreement) for fees and expenses; and (vi) any other Person in respect of any other fees or expenses permitted under this Indenture and the documents delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Indenture (including the payment of all legal and other fees and expenses incurred in connection with the purchase or sale of any Collateral Obligations and any other expenses incurred in connection with the Collateral Obligations) and the Notes, including but not limited to, any amounts due in respect of the listing of the Notes on any stock exchange or trading system and fourth , on a pro rata basis, indemnities payable to any Person (other than the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator) pursuant to any Transaction Document; provided that (x) amounts due in respect of actions taken on or before the Closing Date shall not be payable as Administrative Expenses but shall be payable only from the Expense Reserve Account pursuant to Section 10.3(c) and (y) for the avoidance of doubt, amounts that are expressly payable to any Person under the Priority of Payments in respect of an amount that is stated to be payable as an amount other than as Administrative Expenses (including, without limitation, interest and principal in respect of the Notes) shall not constitute Administrative Expenses.

Affiliate ”: With respect to a Person, (i) any other Person who, directly or indirectly, is in control of, or controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person or (ii) any other Person who is a director, Officer or general partner (a) of such Person, (b) of any subsidiary or parent company of such Person or (c) of any Person described in clause (i) of this sentence. For the purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, (x) to vote more than 50% of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Persons or (y) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.

Agent Members ”: Members of, or participants in, DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream.

Aggregate Coupon ”: As of any date of determination, the sum of the products obtained by multiplying , in the case of each Fixed Rate Obligation (including, for any Deferrable Obligation, only the required current cash pay interest required by the Underlying Instruments thereon) (i) the stated coupon on such Collateral Obligation expressed as a percentage and (ii) the Principal Balance of such Collateral Obligation.

 
4

 

Aggregate Excess Funded Spread ”: As of any date of determination, the amount obtained by multiplying : (a) the amount equal to LIBOR applicable to the Secured Notes during the Interest Accrual Period in which such date occurs; by (b) the amount (not less than zero) equal to (i) the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Collateral Obligations (excluding, for any Deferrable Obligation, any interest that has been deferred and capitalized thereon) as of such date minus (ii) the Initial Par Amount plus (iii) the aggregate amount of Principal Proceeds received from the issuance of additional Subordinated Notes pursuant to Section 2.13 and 3.2 and not yet invested in additional Collateral Obligations.

Aggregate Funded Spread ”: As of any date of determination, the sum of: (a) in the case of each Floating Rate Obligation (including, for any Deferrable Obligation, only the required current cash pay interest required by the Underlying Instruments thereon and excluding the unfunded portion of any Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation and Revolving Collateral Obligation) that bears interest at a spread over a London interbank offered rate based index, (i)  the stated interest rate spread on such Collateral Obligation above such index multiplied by (ii) the Principal Balance of such Collateral Obligation and (b) in the case of each Floating Rate Obligation (including, for any Deferrable Obligation, only the required current cash pay interest required by the Underlying Instruments thereon and excluding the unfunded portion of any Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation and Revolving Collateral Obligation) that bears interest at a spread over an index other than a London interbank offered rate based index, (i) the excess of the sum of such spread and such index over LIBOR as of the immediately preceding Interest Determination Date (which spread or excess may be expressed as a negative percentage) multiplied by (ii) the Principal Balance of each such Collateral Obligation.

Aggregate Outstanding Amount ”: With respect to any of the Notes as of any date, (i) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Secured Notes Outstanding (including any Deferred Interest previously added to the principal amount of any Class of Secured Notes that remains unpaid except to the extent otherwise provided herein) or (ii) the actual face amount of the Subordinated Notes, in each case on such date.

Aggregate Principal Balance ”: When used with respect to all or a portion of the Collateral Obligations or the Assets, the sum of the Principal Balances of all or of such portion of the Collateral Obligations or Assets, respectively.

Aggregate Unfunded Spread ”: As of any date of determination, the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) for each Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation and Revolving Collateral Obligation (other than Defaulted Obligations), the related commitment fee then in effect as of such date and (ii) the undrawn commitments of each such Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation and Revolving Collateral Obligation as of such date.

Amended and Extended Obligation ”: Any Collateral Obligation (other than a Long Dated Obligation) included in the Assets as to which any one or more of the following events occurs or otherwise becomes binding on the Issuer (both measured relative to such Collateral Obligation as of the date it was first included in the Assets): (a) the prescribed amortization schedule for such Collateral Obligation is modified in a manner that increases the Average Life of such Collateral Obligation by more than 25%; or (b) the stated maturity date of such Collateral Obligation is extended by more than 24 months; provided that, with respect to any Collateral Obligation which satisfies the definitions of both “Restructured Obligation” and “Amended and Extended Obligation,” such Collateral Obligation shall be treated as a Restructured Obligation.
 
 
5

 

Amended and Extended Obligation Excess ”: As of any date of determination, the amount equal to the excess of the Principal Balance of all Amended and Extended Obligations that, if removed, would cause the Issuer to be in compliance with the Weighted Average Life Test as of such date; provided that, in determining which of the Amended and Extended Obligations shall be included in the Amended and Extended Obligation Excess, the Amended and Extended Obligations with the lowest Market Value (assuming that such Market Value is expressed as a percentage of the Principal Balance of such Collateral Obligations as of such date) shall be deemed to constitute such Amended and Extended Obligation Excess.

Applicable Advance Rate ”: For each Collateral Obligation and for the applicable number of Business Days between the certification date for a sale or participation required by Section 9.4 and the expected date of such sale or participation, the percentage specified below:

                      6-15  
   
Same Day
   
1-2 Days
   
3-5 Days
   
Days
 
                           
Senior Secured Loans with a
                         
Market Value of:
                         
90% or more
    100 %     93 %     92 %     88 %
                                 
below 90%
    100 %     80 %     73 %     60 %
                                 
Other Collateral Obligations
    100 %     89 %     85 %     75 %
with a Moody’s Rating of at
                               
least “B3” and a Market
                               
Value of 90% or more
                               
All other Collateral
    100 %     75 %     65 %     45 %
Obligations
                               

Applicable Laws ”: The meaning specified in Section 6.3(r) .

Approved Index List ”: The nationally recognized indices specified in Schedule 7 hereto as amended from time to time by the Collateral Manager with prior notice of any amendment to Moody’s and satisfaction of the S&P Rating Condition in respect of such amendment and delivery of a copy of any such amended Approved Index List to the Collateral Administrator.

Approved Valuation Firm ”: Any of (i) Duff & Phelps Corp., (ii) Axiom Valuation Solutions and (iii) Empire Valuation Consultants, LLC.

Asset Quality Matrix ”: The following chart used to determine which of the “row/column combinations” are applicable for purposes of determining compliance with the Moody’s Diversity Test, the Maximum Moody’s Weighted Average Rating Factor Test and the Minimum Weighted Average Spread Test, as set forth in Section 7.18(a) :

 
6

 

Minimum
                 
Weighted
       
Minimum Diversity Score
       
Average Spread
 
30
   
35
   
40
   
45
   
50
 
3.50%
    2522       2678       2815       2917       3005  
3.75%
    2575       2741       2878       2983       3069  
4.00%
    2629       2795       2942       3047       3122  
4.25%
    2688       2854       2995       3098       3161  
4.50%
    2746       2927       3050       3132       3186  
4.75%
    2800       2978       3069       3147       3210  
5.00%
    2859       3005       3083       3166       3235  
5.25%
    2912       3015       3108       3191       3259  
5.50%
    2951       3049       3137       3215       3279  
           
Weighted Average Moody’s Rating Factor
         

Asset-backed Commercial Paper ”: Commercial paper or other short-term obligations of a program that primarily issues externally rated commercial paper backed by assets or exposures held in a bankruptcy-remote, special purpose entity.

Assets ”: The meaning assigned in the Granting Clause hereof.

Assignment and Sale Agreement ”: The agreement dated as of November 5, 2010 by and between Garrison Funding 2008-1 Ltd., an exempted company incorporated with limited liability in the Cayman Islands, as assignor and the Issuer, as assignee, as amended from time to time.

Assumed Reinvestment Rate ”: LIBOR (as determined on the most recent Interest Determination Date relating to an Interest Accrual Period beginning on a Payment Date or the Closing Date) minus 0.20% per annum; provided that the Assumed Reinvestment Rate shall not be less than 0.00%.

Authenticating Agent ”: With respect to the Notes or a Class of the Notes, the Person designated by the Trustee to authenticate such Notes on behalf of the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.14 hereof.

Authorized Officer ”: With respect to the Issuer, any Officer or any other Person who is authorized to act for the Issuer in matters relating to, and binding upon, the Issuer. With respect to the Collateral Manager, any Officer, employee, member, partner, officer or agent of the Collateral Manager who is authorized to act for the Collateral Manager in matters relating to, and binding upon, the Collateral Manager with respect to the subject matter of the request, certificate or order in question. With respect to the Collateral Administrator (if not the same party as the Bank), any Officer, employee, partner or agent of the Collateral Administrator who is authorized to act for the Collateral Administrator in matters relating to, and binding upon, the Collateral Administrator with respect to the subject matter of the request, certificate or order in question. With respect to the Bank (in all of its capacities) or any other bank or trust company acting as trustee of an express trust or as custodian, a Trust Officer. With respect to any Authenticating Agent, any Officer or any Trust Officer of such Authenticating Agent who is authorized to authenticate the Notes. Each party may receive and accept a certification of the authority of any other party as conclusive evidence of the authority of any person to act, and such certification may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by such other party of written notice to the contrary.
 
 
7

 

Available Funds ”: With respect to any Payment Date, the amount of any positive balance (of Cash and Eligible Investments) in the Collection Account as of the Determination Date relating to such Payment Date and, with respect to any other date, such amount as of that date.

Average Life ”: As of any date of determination with respect to any Collateral Obligation, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (a) the number of years ( rounded up to the nearest one hundredth thereof) from such date of determination to the respective dates of each successive Scheduled Distribution of principal of such Collateral Obligation and (b) the respective amounts of principal of such Scheduled Distributions by (ii) the sum of all successive Scheduled Distributions of principal on such Collateral Obligation.

Balance ”: On any date, with respect to Cash or Eligible Investments in any account, the aggregate of the (i) current balance of Cash, demand deposits, time deposits, certificates of deposit and federal funds; (ii) principal amount of interest-bearing corporate and government securities, money market accounts and repurchase obligations; and (iii) purchase price (but not greater than the face amount) of non-interest-bearing government and corporate securities and commercial paper.

Bank ”: Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in its individual capacity and not as Trustee, or any successor thereto.

Bankruptcy Law ”: The federal Bankruptcy Code, Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time.

Base Collateral Management Fee ”: The fee payable to the Collateral Manager in arrears on each Payment Date (prorated for the related Interest Accrual Period) pursuant to Section 8(a) of the Collateral Management Agreement and Section 11.1 of this Indenture, in an amount equal to (a) for so long as Garrison Investment Group LP (or any Affiliate thereof) is the Collateral Manager, 0.00% or (b) at any other time, 0.25%, each per annum (calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) of the Fee Basis Amount at the beginning of the Collection Period relating to such Payment Date; provided that the Base Collateral Management Fee payable on any Payment Date shall not include any such fee (or any portion thereof) that has been waived by the Collateral Manager pursuant to Section 8(b) of the Collateral Management Agreement no later than the Determination Date immediately prior to such Payment Date.

Beneficial Owner ”: With respect to any Note (including any Global Secured Note), the owner of the beneficial interest in such Note who has delivered written notice or certification thereof to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Collateral Manager in accordance with this Indenture.

Benefit Plan Investor ”: Any employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of Title I of ERISA, any plan to which Section 4975 of the Code applies and any entity whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of such an employee benefit plan’s or a plan’s investment in such entity.
 
 
8

 

Blocker Subsidiary ”: An entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, 100% of the equity interests in which are owned directly or indirectly by the Issuer.

Board Resolution ”: A resolution or written consent of the managers of the Issuer.

Bond ”: A U.S. dollar-denominated debt security (other than a Loan) that is issued by a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust.

Bridge Loan ”: Any loan or other obligation that (x) is incurred in connection with a merger, acquisition, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person or similar transaction and (y) by its terms, is required to be repaid within one year of the incurrence thereof with proceeds from additional borrowings or other refinancings (it being understood that any such loan or debt security that has a nominal maturity date of one year or less from the incurrence thereof but has a term-out or other provision whereby (automatically or at the sole option of the obligor thereof) the maturity of the indebtedness thereunder may be extended to a later date is not a Bridge Loan).

Business Day ”: Any day other than (i) a Saturday or a Sunday or (ii) a day on which commercial banks are authorized or required by applicable law, regulation or executive order to close in New York, New York or in the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or, for any final payment of principal, in the relevant place of presentation.

Buy -Back Price ”: With respect to any Class of Notes being repurchased pursuant to Section 9.7 , a purchase price less than or equal to the Aggregate Outstanding Amount (plus   accrued and unpaid interest) of such repurchased Notes.

Caa Collateral Obligation ”: A Collateral Obligation (other than a Defaulted Obligation or a Deferring Obligation) with a Moody’s Default Probability Rating of “Caa1” or lower.

Calculation Agent ”: The meaning specified in Section 7.16 .

Cash ”: Such funds denominated in currency of the United States of America as at the time shall be legal tender for payment of all public and private debts, including funds standing to the credit of an Account.

CCC Collateral Obligation ”: A Collateral Obligation (other than a Defaulted Obligation or a Deferring Obligation) with an S&P Rating of “CCC+” or lower.

CCC/Caa Collateral Obligations ”: The CCC Collateral Obligations and the Caa Collateral Obligations.

CCC/Caa Excess ”: As of any date of determination, the amount equal to the excess of the Principal Balance of all CCC/Caa Collateral Obligations over an amount equal to 7.5% of the Collateral Principal Amount as of such date; provided that, in determining which of the CCC/Caa Collateral Obligations shall be included in the CCC/Caa Excess, the CCC/Caa Collateral Obligations with the lowest Market Value (assuming that such Market Value is expressed as a percentage of the Principal Balance of such Collateral Obligations as of such date) shall be deemed to constitute such CCC/Caa Excess; provided , further , that any Collateral Obligation which is both a CCC Collateral Obligation and a Caa Collateral Obligation shall be counted only once for purposes of calculating the CCC/Caa Excess.

 
9

 

Certificate of Authentication ”: The meaning specified in Section 2.1 .

Certificated Notes ”: The meaning specified in Section 2.2(b)(iii) .

Certificated Secured Note ”: The meaning specified in Section 2.2(b)(ii) .

Certificated Security ”: The meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(4) of the UCC.

Certificated Subordinated Note ”: The meaning specified in Section 2.2(b)(iii) .

Class ”: In the case of (i) the Secured Notes, all of the Secured Notes having the same Interest Rate, Stated Maturity and class designation and (ii) the Subordinated Notes, all of the Subordinated Notes.

Class A Coverage Tests ”: The Par Value Test and the Interest Coverage Test, each as applied with respect to the Class A Notes.

Class A Notes ”: Collectively, the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes.

Class A -1 Notes ”: The Class A-1 Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture and having the characteristics specified in Section 2.3 .

Class A -2 Notes ”: The Class A-2 Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture and having the characteristics specified in Section 2.3 .

Class B Coverage Tests ”: The Par Value Test and the Interest Coverage Test, each as applied with respect to the Class B Notes.

Class B Notes ”: The Class B Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture and having the characteristics specified in Section 2.3 .

Class Break-even Default Rate ”: With respect to any Class or Classes of Secured Notes, the maximum percentage of defaults, at any time, that the Current Portfolio or the Proposed Portfolio, as applicable, can sustain, determined through application of the applicable S&P CDO Monitor chosen by the Collateral Manager in accordance with the definition of “S&P CDO Monitor” that is applicable to the portfolio of Collateral Obligations, which, after giving effect to S&P’s assumptions on recoveries, defaults and timing and to the Priority of Payments, will result in sufficient funds remaining for the payment of such Class or Classes of Notes in full. After the Closing Date, S&P will provide the Collateral Manager with the Class Break-even Default Rates for each S&P CDO Monitor based upon the Weighted Average Floating Spread and the Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate to be associated with such S&P CDO Monitor as selected by the Collateral Manager from Section 2 of Schedule 6 or any other Weighted Average Floating Spread and Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate selected by the Collateral Manager from time to time.

 
10

 

Class C Coverage Tests ”: The Par Value Test and the Interest Coverage Test, each as applied with respect to the Class C Notes.

Class C Notes ”: The Class C Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture and having the characteristics specified in Section 2.3 .

Class Default Differential ”: With respect to any Class of Secured Notes, at any time, the rate calculated by subtracting the Class Scenario Default Rate at such time for such Class of Notes from the Class Break-even Default Rate for such Class of Notes at such time.

Class Scenario Default Rate ”: With respect to any Class of Secured Notes, at any time, an estimate of the cumulative default rate for the Current Portfolio or the Proposed Portfolio, as applicable, consistent with S&P’s Initial Rating of such Class of Notes, determined by application by the Collateral Manager of the S&P CDO Monitor at such time.

Clearing Agency ”: An organization registered as a “clearing agency” pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

Clearing Corporation ”: (i) Clearstream, (ii) DTC, (iii) Euroclear and (iv) any entity included within the meaning of “clearing corporation” under Section 8-102(a)(5) of the UCC.

Clearing Corporation Security ”: Securities which are in the custody of or maintained on the books of a Clearing Corporation or a nominee subject to the control of a Clearing Corporation and, if they are Certificated Securities in registered form, properly endorsed to or registered in the name of the Clearing Corporation or such nominee.

Clearstream ”: Clearstream Banking, société anonyme , a corporation organized under the laws of the Duchy of Luxembourg (formerly known as Cedelbank, société anonyme ).

Closing Date ”: November 5, 2010.

Closing Date Participation Interest ”: An undivided 100% participation interest granted by one or more funds that are managed by the Collateral Manager to the Issuer in and to any Collateral Obligation, pursuant to which the Issuer holds a Participation Interest as of the Closing Date; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, upon the conversion of such Closing Date Participation Interest into a full assignment of the related Loan, such Collateral Obligation shall no longer be treated as a Closing Date Participation Interest for any purpose under the Transaction Documents.

Code ”: The United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.

Collateral Administration Agreement ”: An agreement dated as of the Closing Date relating to the administration of the Assets among the Issuer, the Collateral Manager and the Collateral Administrator, as amended from time to time.

 
11

 

Collateral Administrator ”: Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, in its capacity as collateral administrator under the Collateral Administration Agreement, and any successor thereto.

Collateral Interest Amount ”: As of any date of determination, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Interest Proceeds that has been received or that is expected to be received (other than Interest Proceeds expected to be received from Defaulted Obligations and Deferring Obligations, but including Interest Proceeds actually received from Defaulted Obligations and Deferring Obligations), in each case during the Collection Period in which such date of determination occurs (or after such Collection Period but on or prior to the related Payment Date if such Interest Proceeds would be treated as Interest Proceeds with respect to such Collection Period).

Collateral Management Agreement ”: The agreement dated as of the Closing Date, between the Issuer and the Collateral Manager relating to the management of the Collateral Obligations and the other Assets by the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Collateral Management Fee ”: The Base Collateral Management Fee and Subordinated Collateral Management Fee.

Collateral Manager ”: Garrison Investment Group LP, a Delaware limited partnership, until a successor Person shall have become the Collateral Manager pursuant to the provisions of the Collateral Management Agreement, and thereafter “Collateral Manager” shall mean such successor Person.

Collateral Manager Standard ”: The standard of care applicable to the Collateral Manager set forth in the Collateral Management Agreement.

Collateral Obligation ”: A Senior Secured Loan, a Second Lien Loan or a Senior Unsecured Loan (including, but not limited to, interests in bank loans acquired by way of a purchase or assignment) or Participation Interest therein ( provided that Closing Date Participation Interests are expected to be converted into full assignments of the related Loans within 60 days following the Closing Date) pledged by the Issuer to the Trustee that as of the date of acquisition by the Issuer:

 
(i)
is U.S. Dollar denominated and is neither convertible by the issuer thereof into, nor payable in, any other currency;

 
(ii)
is not a Defaulted Obligation or a Credit Risk Obligation;

 
(iii)
is not a lease;

 
(iv)
if it is a Deferrable Obligation, it (a) is a Permitted Deferrable Obligation and (b) is not deferring or capitalizing the payment of interest, paying interest "in kind" or otherwise has an interest "in kind" balance outstanding at the time of purchase;
 
 
12

 

 
(v)
provides for a fixed amount of principal payable in Cash on scheduled payment dates and/or at maturity and does not by its terms provide for earlier amortization or prepayment at a price of less than par;

 
(vi)
does not constitute Margin Stock;

 
(vii)
the Issuer will receive payments due under the terms of such asset and proceeds from disposing of such asset free and clear of withholding tax, other than withholding tax as to which the Obligor or issuer must make additional payments so that the net amount received by the Issuer after satisfaction of such tax is the amount due to the Issuer before the imposition of any withholding tax;

 
(viii)
has a Moody’s Rating and an S&P Rating;

 
(ix)
is not a debt obligation whose repayment is subject to substantial non-credit related risk as determined by the Collateral Manager;

 
(x)
except for Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligations and Revolving Collateral Obligations, is not an obligation pursuant to which any future advances or payments to the borrower or the Obligor thereof may be required to be made by the Issuer;

 
(xi)
does not have an “f”, “r”, “p”, “pi”, “q” or “t” subscript assigned by S&P;

 
(xii)
is not a Zero Coupon Bond, a Bond, a Bridge Loan, a Step-Up Obligation, a Step-Down Obligation or a Structured Finance Obligation;

 
(xiii)
will not require the Issuer or the pool of Assets to be registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act;

 
(xiv)
is not an Equity Security or by its terms convertible into or exchangeable for an Equity Security at the option of the issuer thereof or any other Person other than the Issuer except for an Equity Security of a Blocker Subsidiary;

 
(xv)
is not the subject of an Offer of exchange, or tender by its issuer, for Cash, securities or any other type of consideration other than (A) a Permitted Offer or (B)  an exchange offer in which a security that is not registered under the Securities Act is exchanged for a security that has substantially identical terms (except for transfer restrictions) but is registered under the Securities Act or a security that would otherwise qualify for purchase under the Investment Criteria described herein;
 
 
(xvi)
does not have an S&P Rating that is below “CCC-” or a Moody’s Default Probability Rating that is below “Caa3”;

 
(xvii)
does not mature after the Stated Maturity of the Notes;
 
 
13

 

 
(xviii)
other than the case of a Fixed Rate Obligation, accrues interest at a floating rate determined by reference to (a) the Dollar prime rate, federal funds rate or LIBOR or (b) a similar interbank offered rate, commercial deposit rate or any other index in respect of which the S&P Rating Condition is satisfied;

 
(xix)
is Registered;

 
(xx)
is not a Synthetic Security;

 
(xxi)
is not a Cov-Lite Loan;

 
(xxii)
does not pay interest less frequently than semi-annually;

 
(xxiii)
does not include or support a letter of credit;

 
(xxiv)
is not an interest in a grantor trust;

 
(xxv)
is purchased at a price at least equal to 50.0% of its Principal Balance;

 
(xxvi)
is issued by an Obligor Domiciled in the United States, Canada, a Group I Country, a Group II Country, a Group III Country or a Tax Jurisdiction;

 
(xxvii)
if it is a Participation Interest (other than a Closing Date Participation Interest), the Moody’s Counterparty Criteria is satisfied with respect to the acquisition thereof;

 
(xxviii)
the acquisition (including the manner of acquisition), ownership, enforcement and disposition of such obligation or security will not cause the Issuer to be treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes or otherwise to be subject to tax on a net income basis in any jurisdiction outside its jurisdiction of incorporation; provided that the Issuer shall be deemed to have complied with this clause (xxviii) to the extent the Issuer or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer has complied with the investment guidelines set forth in Annex A to the Collateral Management Agreement;

 
(xxix)
is an “eligible asset” as defined in Rule 3a-7; and

 
(xxx)
does not constitute a “United States real property interest” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
 
 
14

 

For the avoidance of doubt, Collateral Obligations may include Current Pay Obligations. In addition, an obligation that is exchanged for, or results from an amendment, modification or waiver of the terms of, a Collateral Obligation pursuant to an Offer (i) shall be deemed (as of the date of such exchange, amendment, modification or waiver) to be a Collateral Obligation delivered as of such date (except as such date may be deemed to be earlier in accordance with the definitions of “Amended and Extended Obligation,” “Specified Amendment” and “Restructured Obligation”) and shall be deemed to satisfy the definition of “Collateral Obligation” for all purposes under the Transaction Documents so long as such Collateral Obligation is (x) U.S. Dollar denominated and (y) a Senior Secured Loan, a Second Lien Loan or a Senior Unsecured Loan or Participation Interest therein ( provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, to the extent such obligation is a Defaulted Obligation, a Current Pay Obligation or a Deferring Obligation, such obligation shall be treated as a Defaulted Obligation, a Current Pay Obligation or a Deferring Obligation, as applicable, for all purposes under the Transaction Documents) and (ii) may include the acquisition by the Issuer of Equity Securities only in connection with a Distressed Exchange. Obligations received pursuant to such an Offer that are not (x) U.S. Dollar denominated and (y) a Senior Secured Loan, a Second Lien Loan or a Senior Unsecured Loan or Participation Interest therein are referred to as “ Other Exchange Assets .”

Collateral Principal Amount ”: As of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Collateral Obligations (but excluding (i) Defaulted Obligations except as otherwise expressly set forth herein and (ii) any undrawn commitments of any Revolving Collateral Obligation or Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation that have not been irrevocably reduced or withdrawn) and (b) without duplication, the amounts on deposit in any Account (including Eligible Investments therein) representing Principal Proceeds; provided that for purposes of calculating the Concentration Limitations and the Event of Default set forth in Section 5.1(g) , in each case Defaulted Obligations shall be included in Collateral Principal Amount with a Principal Balance equal to the Defaulted Obligation Balance thereof.

Collateral Quality Test ”: A test satisfied on any date of determination on and after the Closing Date and during the Reinvestment Period if, in the aggregate, the Collateral Obligations owned (or in relation to a proposed purchase of a Collateral Obligation, proposed to be owned) by the Issuer satisfy each of the tests set forth below or, if a test is not satisfied on such date, the degree of compliance with such test is maintained or improved after giving effect to the investment, calculated in each case as required by Section 1.3 herein:

 
(i)
the Minimum Weighted Average Spread Test;

 
(ii)
the Minimum Weighted Average Coupon Test;

 
(iii)
the Maximum Moody’s Weighted Average Rating Factor Test;

 
(iv)
the Moody’s Diversity Test;

 
(v)
the S&P CDO Monitor Test;

 
(vi)
the Minimum Weighted Average Moody’s Recovery Rate Test;

 
(vii)
the Minimum Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate Test; and

 
(viii)
the Weighted Average Life Test.

Collection Account ”: The trust account established pursuant to Section 10.2 which consists of the Principal Collection Subaccount and the Interest Collection Subaccount.
 
 
15

 

Collection Period ”: (i) With respect to the first Payment Date, the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending at the close of business on the seventh Business Day prior to the first Payment Date; and (ii) with respect to any other Payment Date, the period commencing on the day immediately following the prior Collection Period and ending (a) in the case of the final Collection Period preceding the latest Stated Maturity of any Class of Notes, on the day of such Stated Maturity, (b) in the case of the final Collection Period preceding an Optional Redemption or Tax Redemption in whole of the Notes, on the Redemption Date and (c) in any other case, at the close of business on the seventh Business Day prior to such Payment Date.

Concentration Limitations ”: Limitations satisfied on any date of determination on or after the Closing Date and during the Reinvestment Period if, in the aggregate, the Collateral Obligations owned (or in relation to a proposed purchase of a Collateral Obligation, proposed to be owned) by the Issuer comply with all of the requirements set forth below (or in relation to a proposed purchase after the Closing Date, if not in compliance, the relevant requirements (excluding clause (xi) ) must be maintained or improved after giving effect to the purchase), calculated in each case as required by Section 1.3 herein:

(i)           not less than 95.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Senior Secured Loans and Eligible Investments;

(ii)          not more than 5.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Second Lien Loans or Senior Unsecured Loans;

(iii)         not more than 3.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of obligations issued by a single Obligor and its Affiliates;

(iv)         not more than 7.5% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Caa Collateral Obligations;

(v)          not more than 7.5% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of CCC Collateral Obligations;

(vi)         not more than 5.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Fixed Rate Obligations;

(vii)        not more than 3.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Current Pay Obligations;

(viii)       not more than 5.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of DIP Collateral Obligations;

(ix)         not more than 5.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist, in the aggregate, of unfunded commitments under Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligations and unfunded and funded commitments under Revolving Collateral Obligations;

(x)           not more than 5.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Participation Interests (other than Closing Date Participation Interests);

(xi)         the Third Party Credit Exposure may not exceed 5.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount and the Third Party Credit Exposure Limits may not be exceeded;
 
 
16

 

(xii)        not more than 10.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may have an S&P Rating derived from a Moody’s Rating as set forth in clause (iii)(a) of the definition of the term “S&P Rating”;

(xiii)       not more than 10.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Collateral Obligations with a Moody’s Rating derived from an S&P Rating as provided in clauses (e)(i)(A) or (B) of the definition of the term “Moody’s Derived Rating”;

(xiv)       (a) all of the Collateral Obligations must be issued by Non-Emerging Market Obligors; and (b) no more than the percentage listed below of the Collateral Principal Amount may be issued by Obligors Domiciled in the country or countries set forth opposite such percentage:

% Limit
 
Country or Countries
     
  5.0 %
all countries (in the aggregate) other than the
     
United States;
       
  5.0 %
Canada;
       
  2.5 %
all countries (in the aggregate) other than the
     
United States, Canada and the United Kingdom;
       
  2.5 %
any individual Group I Country;
       
  2.0 %
all Group II Countries in the aggregate;
       
  2.0 %
any individual Group II Country;
       
  1.5 %
all Group III Countries in the aggregate;
       
  1.5 %
all Tax Jurisdictions in the aggregate; and
       
  1.0 %
any individual country other than the United States,
     
the United Kingdom, Canada, the Netherlands, any
     
Group II Country or any Group III Country.

(xv)        not more than 9.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Collateral Obligations that are issued by Obligors that belong to any single S&P Industry Classification, except that (x) the largest S&P Industry Classification may represent up to 12.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount; and (y) the second-largest S&P Industry Classification may represent up to 10.0%of the Collateral Principal Amount;

(xvi)       not more than 9.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Collateral Obligations that are issued by Obligors that belong to any single Moody’s Industry Classification, except that (x) the largest Moody’s Industry Classification may represent up to 12.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount; and (y) the second-largest Moody’s Industry Classification may represent up to 10.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount;

 
17

 

(xvii)      not more than 5.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Collateral Obligations that pay interest less frequently than quarterly;

(xviii)     not more than 5.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Deferrable Obligations; and

(xix)        not more than 15.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount may consist of Closing Date Participation Interests.

Confidential Information ”: The meaning specified in Section 14.15(b) .

Controlling Class ”: The Class A Notes (voting as a single Class) so long as any Class A Notes are Outstanding; then the Class B Notes so long as any Class B Notes are Outstanding; then the Class C Notes so long as any Class C Notes are Outstanding; and then the Subordinated Notes.

Controlling Person ”: A Person (other than a Benefit Plan Investor) who has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the Issuer or any Person who provides investment advice for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to such assets or an affiliate of any such Person. For this purpose, an “affiliate” of a person includes any person, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the person. “Control,” with respect to a person other than an individual, means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of such person.

Corporate Trust Office ”: The principal corporate trust office of the Trustee at which this Indenture is administered, currently located at (a) for Note transfer purposes and presentment of the Notes for final payment thereon, DB Services Americas, Inc., 5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200, Jacksonville, Florida, 32256, Attention: Securities Payment Unit and (b) for all other purposes, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 1761 East St. Andrew Place, Santa Ana, California, 92705, Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010 -1 LLC, Facsimile No. (714) 656-2568; or in each case, such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders, the Collateral Manager and the Issuer or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee.

Cov-Lite Loan ”: A Collateral Obligation the Underlying Instruments for which do not (i) contain any financial covenants or (ii) require the borrower thereunder to comply with any Maintenance Covenant (regardless of whether compliance with one or more Incurrence Covenants is otherwise required by such Underlying Instruments).

Coverage Tests ”: The Par Value Test and the Interest Coverage Test, each as applied to each specified Class of Secured Notes.

 
18

 

Credit Improved Criteria ”: The criteria that will be met if with respect to any Collateral Obligation, the change in price of such Collateral Obligation during the period from the date on which it was acquired by the Issuer to the date of determination by a percentage either is more positive, or less negative, as the case may be, than the percentage change in the average price of any index specified on the Approved Index List plus (1) 0.25% or more in the case of a Collateral Obligation with a spread (prior to such increase) less than or equal to 4.00% or (2) 0.50% or more in the case of a Collateral Obligation with a spread (prior to such increase) greater than 4.00%, each over the same period.

Credit Improved Obligation ”: Any Collateral Obligation which, in the Collateral Manager’s reasonable commercial judgment, has significantly improved in credit quality after it was acquired by the Issuer; provided that during a Restricted Trading Period, a Collateral Obligation will qualify as a Credit Improved Obligation only if (i) it has been upgraded by any Rating Agency at least one rating sub-category or has been placed and remains on a credit watch with positive implication by Moody’s or S&P since it was acquired by the Issuer, (ii) the Credit Improved Criteria are satisfied with respect to such Collateral Obligation or (iii) a Majority of the Controlling Class consents to treat such Collateral Obligation as a Credit Improved Obligation.

Credit Risk Criteria ”: The criteria that will be met if with respect to any Collateral Obligation, the change in price of such Collateral Obligation during the period from the date on which it was acquired by the Issuer to the date of determination by a percentage either is more negative, or less positive, as the case may be, than the percentage change in the average price of any index specified on the Approved Index List less (1) 0.25% or more in the case of a Collateral Obligation with a spread (prior to such decrease) less than or equal to 4.00% or (2) 0.50% or more in the case of a Collateral Obligation with a spread (prior to such decrease) greater than 4.00%, each over the same period.

Credit Risk Obligation ”: Any Collateral Obligation that, in the Collateral Manager’s reasonable commercial judgment, has a significant risk of declining in credit quality or price; provided that, during a Restricted Trading Period, a Collateral Obligation will qualify as a Credit   Risk Obligation for purposes of sales of Collateral Obligations only if, (i) such Collateral Obligation has been downgraded by any Rating Agency at least one rating sub-category or has been placed and remains on a credit watch with negative implication by Moody’s or S&P since it was acquired by the Issuer, (ii) the Credit Risk Criteria are satisfied with respect to such Collateral Obligation or (iii) a Majority of the Controlling Class consents to treat such Collateral Obligation as a Credit Risk Obligation.

Current Pay Obligation ”: Any Collateral Obligation (other than a DIP Collateral Obligation) that would otherwise be treated as a Defaulted Obligation but as to which no payments are due and payable that are unpaid and with respect to which the Collateral Manager has certified to the Trustee (with a copy to the Collateral Administrator) in writing that it believes, in its reasonable business judgment, that the issuer or Obligor of such Collateral Obligation (a) will continue to make scheduled payments of interest thereon and will pay the principal thereof by maturity or as otherwise contractually due, (b) if the issuer or Obligor is subject to a bankruptcy proceeding, it has been the subject of an order of a bankruptcy court that permits it to make the scheduled payments on such Collateral Obligation and all interest and principal payments due thereunder have been paid in cash when due, (c) the Collateral Obligation has a Market Value of at least 80% of its par value and (d) if the Secured Notes are then rated by Moody’s (A) has a Moody’s Rating of at least “Caa1” and a Market Value of at least 80% of its par value or (B) has a Moody’s Rating of at least “Caa2” and its Market Value is at least 85% of its par value (Market Value being determined, solely for the purposes of clauses (c) and (d) , without taking into consideration clause (iii) of the definition of the term “Market Value”).

 
19

 

Current Portfolio ”: At any time, the portfolio of Collateral Obligations, Cash and Eligible Investments representing Principal Proceeds (determined in accordance with Section 1.3 to the extent applicable), then held by the Issuer.

Custodial Account ”: The custodial account established pursuant to Section 10.3(b) .

Custodian ”: The meaning specified in the first sentence of Section 3.3(a) with respect to items of collateral referred to therein, and each entity with which an Account is maintained, as the context may require, each of which shall be a Securities Intermediary.

Default ”: Any Event of Default or any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

Defaulted Obligation ”: Any Collateral Obligation included in the Assets as to which:

 
(a)
a default as to the payment of principal and/or interest has occurred and is continuing with respect to such Collateral Obligation (without regard to any grace period applicable thereto, or waiver or forbearance thereof, after the passage (in the case of a default that in the Collateral Manager’s judgment, as certified to the Trustee in writing, is not due to credit-related causes) of five Business Days or seven calendar days, whichever is greater, but in no case beyond the passage of any grace period applicable thereto);

 
(b)
a default as to the payment of principal and/or interest has occurred and is continuing on another debt obligation of the same issuer which is senior or pari passu in right of payment to such Collateral Obligation (without regard to any   grace period applicable thereto, or waiver or forbearance thereof, after the passage (in the case of a default that in the Collateral Manager’s judgment, as certified to the Trustee in writing, is not due to credit-related causes) of three Business Days or five calendar days, whichever is greater, but in no case beyond the passage of any grace period applicable thereto; provided that both the Collateral Obligation and such other debt obligation are full recourse obligations of the applicable obligor or issuer or secured by the same collateral);

 
(c)
the obligor, issuer or others have instituted proceedings to have the obligor or issuer adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent or placed into receivership and such proceedings have not been stayed or dismissed or such obligor or issuer has filed for protection under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code;

 
(d)
such Collateral Obligation has an S&P Rating of “CC” or lower or had such rating before such rating was withdrawn or the obligor or issuer on such Collateral Obligation has a “probability of default” rating assigned by Moody’s of “D” or “LD”;
 
 
20

 

 
(e)
such Collateral Obligation is pari passu in right of payment as to the payment of principal and/or interest to another debt obligation of the same obligor or issuer which has an S&P Rating of “CC” or lower or had such rating before such rating was withdrawn or the obligor or issuer on such Collateral Obligation has a “probability of default” rating assigned by Moody’s of “D” or “LD”; provided that both the Collateral Obligation and such other debt obligation are full recourse obligations of the applicable obligor or issuer or secured by the same collateral;

 
(f)
a default with respect to which the Collateral Manager has received notice or has knowledge that a default has occurred under the Underlying Instrument and any applicable grace period has expired and the holders of such Collateral Obligation have accelerated the repayment of the Collateral Obligation (but only until such acceleration has been rescinded) in the manner provided in the Underlying Instrument;

 
(g)
the Collateral Manager has in its reasonable commercial judgment otherwise declared such debt obligation to be a “Defaulted Obligation”;

 
(h)
such Collateral Obligation is a Participation Interest with respect to which the Selling Institution has defaulted in any respect in the performance of any of its payment obligations under the Participation Interest;

 
(i)
such Collateral Obligation is a Participation Interest in a Loan that would, if such Loan were a Collateral Obligation, constitute a “Defaulted Obligation” or with respect to which the Selling Institution has an S&P Rating of “CC” or lower or had such rating before such rating was withdrawn; or

 
(j)
such Collateral Obligation is a Restructured Obligation;

provided that (x) a Collateral Obligation shall not constitute a Defaulted Obligation if such   Collateral Obligation (or, in the case of a Participation Interest, the underlying Loan) is a Current Pay Obligation ( provided that the Aggregate Principal Balance of Current Pay Obligations exceeding 3.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount will be treated as Defaulted Obligations) and (y) a Collateral Obligation shall not constitute a Defaulted Obligation if such Collateral Obligation (or, in the case of a Participation Interest, the underlying Loan) is a DIP Collateral Obligation (other than a DIP Collateral Obligation that has an S&P Rating of “CC” or lower).

Defaulted Obligation Balance ”: For any Defaulted Obligation, the lesser of the (i) S&P Collateral Value of such Defaulted Obligation and (ii) Moody’s Collateral Value of such Defaulted Obligation; provided that the Defaulted Obligation Balance will be zero if the Issuer has owned such Defaulted Obligation for more than three years after its default date.

Deferrable Obligation ”: A Collateral Obligation (including any Permitted Deferrable Obligation) that by its terms permits the deferral or capitalization of payment of accrued and unpaid interest.

Deferred Interest ”: With respect to the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes, the meaning specified in Section 2.7(a) .
 
 
21

 

Deferring Obligation ”: A Deferrable Obligation that is deferring the payment of cash interest due thereon and has been so deferring the payment of cash interest due thereon (i) with respect to Collateral Obligations that have a Moody’s Rating of at least “Baa3”, for the shorter of two consecutive accrual periods or one year, and (ii) with respect to Collateral Obligations that have a Moody’s Rating of “Ba1” or below, for the shorter of one accrual period or six consecutive months, which deferred capitalized interest has not, as of the date of determination, been paid in Cash.

Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation ”: A Collateral Obligation that (a) requires the Issuer to make one or more future advances to the borrower under the Underlying Instrument relating thereto, (b) specifies a maximum amount that can be borrowed on one or more fixed borrowing dates, and (c) does not permit the re-borrowing of any amount previously repaid by the borrower thereunder; but any such Collateral Obligation will be a Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation only until all commitments by the Issuer to make advances to the borrower expire or are terminated or are reduced to zero.

Deliver ” or “ Delivered ” or “ Delivery ”: The taking of the following steps:

 
(i)
in the case of each Certificated Security (other than a Clearing Corporation Security), Instrument and Participation Interest in which the underlying loan is represented by an Instrument,

 
(a)
causing the delivery of such Certificated Security or Instrument to the Custodian by registering the same in the name of the Custodian or its affiliated nominee or by endorsing the same to the Custodian or in blank;

 
(b)
causing the Custodian to indicate continuously on its books and records that such Certificated Security or Instrument is credited to the applicable Account; and

 
(c)
causing the Custodian to maintain continuous possession of such Certificated Security or Instrument;

 
(ii)
in the case of each Uncertificated Security (other than a Clearing Corporation Security),

 
(a)
causing such Uncertificated Security to be continuously registered on the books of the issuer thereof to the Custodian; and

 
(b)
causing the Custodian to indicate continuously on its books and records that such Uncertificated Security is credited to the applicable Account;

 
(iii)
in the case of each Clearing Corporation Security,

 
(a)
causing the relevant Clearing Corporation to credit such Clearing Corporation Security to the securities account of the Custodian, and
 
 
22

 

 
(b)
causing the Custodian to indicate continuously on its books and records that such Clearing Corporation Security is credited to the applicable Account;

 
(iv)
in the case of each security issued or guaranteed by the United States of America or agency or instrumentality thereof and that is maintained in book-entry records of a Federal Reserve Bank (“ FRB ”) (each such security, a “ Government Security ”),

 
(a)
causing the creation of a Security Entitlement to such Government Security by the credit of such Government Security to the securities account of the Custodian at such FRB, and

 
(b)
causing the Custodian to indicate continuously on its books and records that such Government Security is credited to the applicable Account;

 
(v)
in the case of each Security Entitlement not governed by clauses (i) through (iv) above,

 
(a)
causing a Securities Intermediary (x) to indicate on its books and records that the underlying Financial Asset has been credited to the Custodian’s securities account, (y) to receive a Financial Asset from a Securities Intermediary or acquiring the underlying Financial Asset for a Securities Intermediary, and in either case, accepting it for credit to the Custodian’s securities account or (z) to become obligated under other law, regulation or rule to credit the underlying Financial Asset to a Securities Intermediary’s securities account,
  
 
(b)
causing such Securities Intermediary to make entries on its books and records continuously identifying such Security Entitlement as belonging to the Custodian and continuously indicating on its books and records that such Security Entitlement is credited to the Custodian’s securities account, and

 
(c)
causing the Custodian to indicate continuously on its books and records that such Security Entitlement (or all rights and property of the Custodian representing such Security Entitlement) is credited to the applicable Account;

 
(vi)
in the case of Cash or Money,

 
(a)
causing the delivery of such Cash or Money to the Trustee for credit to the applicable Account or to the Custodian,

 
(b)
if delivered to the Custodian, causing the Custodian to treat such Cash or Money as a Financial Asset maintained by such Custodian for credit to the applicable Account in accordance with the provisions of Article 8 of the UCC or causing the Custodian to deposit such Cash or Money to a deposit account over which the Custodian has control (within the meaning of Section 9-104 of the UCC), and
 
 
23

 

 
(c)
causing the Custodian to indicate continuously on its books and records that such Cash or Money is credited to the applicable Account; and

 
(vii)
in the case of each general intangible (including any Participation Interest in which neither the Participation Interest nor the underlying loan is represented by an Instrument), causing the filing of a Financing Statement in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

In addition, the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer will obtain any and all consents required by the Underlying Instruments relating to any general intangibles for the transfer of ownership and/or pledge hereunder (except to the extent that the requirement for such consent is rendered ineffective under Section 9-406 of the UCC).

Determination Date ”: The last day of each Collection Period.

Deutsche Bank Securities ”: Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Deutsche Bank Companies ”: Deutsche Bank Securities and its Affiliates.

DIP Collateral Obligation ”: A loan made to a debtor-in-possession pursuant to Section 364 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code having the priority allowed by either Section 364(c) or 364(d) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and fully secured by senior liens.

Discount Obligation ”: Any Collateral Obligation forming part of the Assets which was purchased (as determined without averaging prices of purchases on different dates) for less than (a) 85.0% of its Principal Balance, if such Collateral Obligation has a Moody’s Rating lower than “B3”, or (b) 80.0% of its Principal Balance, if such Collateral Obligation has a Moody’s Rating of “B3”or higher; provided that

(x) such Collateral Obligation shall cease to be a Discount Obligation at such time as the Market Value (expressed as a percentage of the par amount of such Collateral Obligation) determined for such Collateral Obligation on each day during any period of 30 consecutive days since the acquisition by the Issuer of such Collateral Obligation, equals or exceeds 90% on each such day;

(y) any Collateral Obligation that would otherwise be considered a Discount Obligation, but that is purchased in accordance with the Investment Criteria with the proceeds of sale of a Collateral Obligation that was not a Discount Obligation at the time of its purchase but was sold by the Issuer at a price less than (i) 85% of the Principal Balance of such sold Collateral Obligation, if such sold Collateral Obligation has a Moody’s Rating lower than “B3” or (ii) 80.0% of the Principal Balance of such sold Collateral Obligation, if such sold Collateral Obligation has a Moody’s Rating of “B3”or higher, in each case so long as such purchased Collateral Obligation (A) is purchased or committed to be purchased within five Business Days of such sale, (B) is purchased at a purchase price (expressed as a percentage of the par amount of such Collateral Obligation) equal to or greater than the sale price of the sold Collateral Obligation, (C) is purchased at a purchase price (expressed as a percentage of the par amount of such Collateral Obligation) not less than 50% and (D) maintains or improves each of the requirements of the Collateral Quality Test except that at least one of the requirements of the Collateral Quality Test is improved after giving effect to the purchase, (E) is of a better credit quality than the sold Collateral Obligation, in the commercially reasonable judgment of the Collateral Manager, and at the time of its acquisition has a rating no lower than the rating of the sold Collateral Obligation and (F) has a Moody’s Default Probability Rating equal to or greater than the Moody’s Default Probability Rating of the sold Collateral Obligation, will not be considered to be a Discount Obligation; and

 
24

 

(z) clause (y) above in this proviso shall not apply to any such Collateral Obligation at any time on or after the acquisition by the Issuer of such Collateral Obligation if, as determined at the time of such acquisition, such application would result in (A) more than 5.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount consisting of Collateral Obligations to which such clause (y) has been applied (or more than 2.5% of the Collateral Principal Amount consisting of Collateral Obligations to which such clause (y) has been applied if the purchase price of the Collateral Obligation is less than 75% of the Principal Balance thereof) or (B) the Aggregate Principal Balance of all Collateral Obligations to which such clause (y) has been applied since the Closing Date being more than 10.0% of the Initial Par Amount.

Distressed Exchange ”: An Offer undertaken in connection with (a) the conversion of a Defaulted Obligation or (B) an exchange initiated by the Obligor to avoid bankruptcy.

Distribution Amount ”: The meaning specified in Section 11.1(e) .

Distribution Compliance Period ”: As set forth on Exhibit B-3 , the 40-day period prescribed by Regulation S commencing on the later of (a) the date upon which Secured Notes are first offered to Persons other than the Initial Purchaser and any other distributor (as such term is defined in Regulation S) of the Secured Notes and (b) the Closing Date.

Distribution Report ”: The meaning specified in Section 10.6(b) .

Diversity Score ”: A single number that indicates collateral concentration in terms of both issuer and industry concentration, calculated as set forth in Schedule 4 hereto.

Dollar ”, “ USD ” or “ U.S.$ ”: A dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time shall be legal tender for all debts, public and private.

Domicile ” or “ Domiciled ”: With respect to any issuer of, or Obligor with respect to, a Collateral Obligation:

 
(a)
except as provided in clause (b) below, its country of organization; or

 
(b)
if it is organized in a Tax Jurisdiction, each of such jurisdiction and the country in which, in the Collateral Manager’s good faith estimate, a substantial portion of its operations are located or from which a substantial portion of its revenue is derived, in each case directly or through subsidiaries (which shall be any jurisdiction and country known at the time of designation by the Collateral Manager to be the source of the majority of revenues, if any, of such issuer or Obligor).
 
 
25

 
 
DTC ”: The Depository Trust Company, its nominees, and their respective successors.

Due Date ”: Each date on which any payment is due on an Asset in accordance with its terms.

Eligible Investment Required Ratings ”: (a) If such obligation or security (i) has both a long-term and a short-term credit rating from Moody’s, such ratings are “Aa3” or better (not on credit watch for possible downgrade) and “P-1” (not on credit watch for possible downgrade), respectively, (ii) has only a long-term credit rating from Moody’s, such rating is “Aaa” (not on credit watch for possible downgrade) and (iii) has only a short-term credit rating from Moody’s, such rating is “P-1” (not on credit watch for possible downgrade) and (b) “A-1” or better (or, in the absence of a short-term credit rating, “A+” or better) from S&P.

Eligible Investments ”: Either Cash or any Dollar investment that, at the time it is Delivered (directly or through an intermediary or bailee), (x) matures not later than the earlier of (A) the date that is 60 days after the date of Delivery thereof and (B) the Business Day immediately preceding the Payment Date immediately following the date of Delivery thereof, and (y) is one or more of the following obligations or securities:

 
(i)
direct Registered obligations of, and Registered obligations the timely payment of principal and interest on which is fully and expressly guaranteed by, the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality of the United States of America whose obligations are expressly backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America;

 
(ii)
demand and time deposits in, certificates of deposit of, trust accounts with, bankers’ acceptances issued by, or federal funds sold by any depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the United States of America (including Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas) or any state thereof and subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or state banking authorities, in each case payable within one hundred and eighty-three (183) days after issuance, so long as the commercial paper and/or the debt obligations of such depository institution or trust company (or, in the case of the principal depository institution in a holding company system, the commercial paper or debt obligations of such holding company) at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment have the Eligible Investment Required Ratings;

 
(iii)
unleveraged repurchase obligations (if treated as debt by the Issuer and the counterparty) with respect to (a) any security described in clause (i) above or (b) any other Registered security issued or guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America, in either case entered into with a depository institution or trust company (acting as principal) described in clause (ii) above or entered into with an entity (acting as principal) with, or whose parent   company has (in addition to a guarantee agreement with such entity, which guarantee agreement complies with S&P’s then-current criteria with respect to guarantees), the Eligible Investment Required Ratings;
 
 
26

 

 
(iv)
Registered debt securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by a corporation formed under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof that satisfies the Eligible Investment Required Ratings at the time of such investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment;

 
(v)
commercial paper or other short-term obligations (other than Asset-backed Commercial Paper) with the Eligible Investment Required Ratings and that either bear interest or are sold at a discount from the face amount thereof and have a maturity of not more than one-hundred eighty-three (183) days from their date of issuance;

 
(vi)
a Reinvestment Agreement issued by any bank (if treated as a deposit by such bank), or a Reinvestment Agreement issued by any insurance company or other corporation or entity, in each case with the Eligible Investment Required Ratings; provided that (a) the Global Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with   respect to such investment or (b) such Reinvestment Agreement may be unwound at the option of the Issuer without penalty; and

 
(vii)
money market funds that have, at all times, credit ratings of “Aaa” and “MR1+” by Moody’s and “AAAm” or “AAAm-G” by S&P, respectively; provided that should such credit ratings by Moody’s be discontinued, replaced or otherwise modified due to a change in Moody’s criteria, the ratings then assignable by Moody’s to the highest quality money-market funds shall be applicable to eligible investments in money market funds;

provided that (1) Eligible Investments purchased with funds in the Collection Account shall be   held until maturity except as otherwise specifically provided herein and shall include only such obligations or securities, other than those referred to in clause (vii) above, as mature (or are putable at par to the issuer thereof) no later than the Business Day prior to the next Payment Date unless such Eligible Investments are issued by the Trustee in its capacity as a banking institution, in which event such Eligible Investments may mature on such Payment Date; and (2) none of the foregoing obligations or securities shall constitute Eligible Investments if (a) such obligation or security has an “f”, “r”, “p”, “pi”, “q” or “t” subscript assigned by S&P, (b) all, or substantially all, of the remaining amounts payable thereunder consist of interest and not principal payments, (c) payments with respect to such obligations or securities or proceeds of disposition are subject to withholding taxes by any jurisdiction unless the payor is required to make “gross-up” payments that cover the full amount of any such withholding tax on an after-tax basis, (d) such obligation or security is secured by real property, (e) such obligation or security is purchased at a price greater than 100% of the principal or face amount thereof, (f) such obligation or security is subject of a tender offer, voluntary redemption, exchange offer, conversion or other similar action, (g) in the Collateral Manager’s judgment, such obligation or security is subject to material non-credit related risks, (h) such obligation is a Structured Finance Obligation, (i) the acquisition (including the manner of acquisition), ownership, enforcement and disposition of such obligations or securities will cause the Issuer to be engaged in a trade or business within the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes or be subject to tax in any jurisdiction outside of the Issuer’s jurisdiction of incorporation or (j) such obligation or security is represented by a certificate of interest in a grantor trust. Eligible Investments may include, without limitation, those investments issued by or made with the Bank or for which the Bank or the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Bank or the Trustee provides services and receives compensation.
 
 
27

 

Enforcement Event ”: The meaning specified in Section 11.1(a)(iii) .

Entitlement Order ”: The meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(8) of the UCC.

Equity Security ”: Any security that by its terms does not provide for periodic payments of interest at a stated coupon rate and repayment of principal at a stated maturity, any other security that is not eligible for purchase by the Issuer as a Collateral Obligation and any security which the Issuer had initially purchased as part of a unit with a Collateral Obligation and that has been detached from the Collateral Obligation and that is itself not eligible for purchase by the Issuer; it being understood that Equity Securities may not be purchased by the Issuer but may be received by the Issuer in exchange for a Collateral Obligation or a portion thereof in connection with an insolvency, bankruptcy, reorganization, debt restructuring or workout of the issuer thereof.

ERISA ”: The United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

Euroclear ”: Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V.

Event of Default ”: The meaning specified in Section 5.1 .

Excel Default Model Input File ”: A Microsoft Excel file that provides all of the inputs required to determine whether the S&P CDO Monitor Test has been satisfied and the Collateral Manager shall provide a Microsoft Excel file including, at a minimum, the following data with respect to each Collateral Obligation: CUSIP number (if any), name of Obligor, coupon, spread (if applicable), legal final maturity date, average life, principal balance, identification as a Cov-Lite Loan or otherwise, settlement date, S&P Industry Classification and S&P Recovery Rate.

Excess Amended and Extended Obligation Amount ”: As of any date of determination, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Aggregate Principal Balance of all Collateral Obligations included in the Amended and Extended Obligation Excess; multiplied by (ii) the difference of (A) one minus (B) the number, expressed as a percentage, obtained by (x) summing the Market Values of all Amended and Extended Obligations, (y) dividing such sum by the Aggregate Principal Balance of all Amended and Extended Obligations and (z) rounding up to the nearest tenth of a percentage.

Excess CCC/Caa Adjustment Amount ”: As of any date of determination, an amount equal to the product of (i) the Aggregate Principal Balance of all Collateral Obligations included in the CCC/Caa Excess, multiplied by (ii) the difference of (A) one minus (B) the number, expressed as a percentage, obtained by (x) summing the Market Values of all CCC/Caa Collateral Obligations, (y) dividing such sum by the Aggregate Principal Balance of all CCC/Caa Collateral Obligations and (z) rounding up to the nearest tenth of a percentage.
 
 
28

 

Excess Weighted Average Coupon ”: A percentage equal as of any date of determination to a number obtained by multiplying (a) the excess, if any, of the Weighted Average Coupon over the Minimum Weighted Average Coupon by (b) the number obtained by dividing the Aggregate Principal Balance of all Fixed Rate Obligations by the Aggregate   Principal Balance of all Floating Rate Obligations.

Excess Weighted Average Floating Spread ”: A percentage equal as of any date of determination to a number obtained by multiplying (a) the excess, if any, of the Weighted Average Floating Spread over the Minimum Floating Spread by (b) the number obtained by dividing the Aggregate Principal Balance of all Floating Rate Obligations by the Aggregate   Principal Balance of all Fixed Rate Obligations.

Exchange Act ”: The United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Expense Reserve Account ”: The trust account established pursuant to Section 10.3(c) .

Federal Reserve Board ”: The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Fee Basis Amount ”: As of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the Collateral Principal Amount, (b) the Aggregate Principal Balance of all Defaulted Obligations and (c) the aggregate amount of all Principal Financed Accrued Interest.

Financial Asset ”: The meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(9) of the UCC.

Financing Statements ”: The meaning specified in Section 9-102(a)(39) of the UCC.

Fixed Rate Obligation ”: Any Collateral Obligation that bears a fixed rate of interest.

Floating Rate Obligation ”: Any Collateral Obligation that bears a floating rate of interest.

GAAP ”: The meaning specified in Section 6.3(j) .

Global Secured Note ”: Any Regulation S Global Secured Note or Rule 144A Global Secured Note.

Global Rating Agency Condition ”: With respect to any action taken or to be taken by or on behalf of the Issuer, satisfaction of both the Moody’s Rating Condition and the S&P Rating Condition.

Grant ” or “ Granted ”: To grant, bargain, sell, convey, assign, transfer, mortgage, pledge, create and grant a security interest in and right of setoff against, deposit, set over and confirm. A Grant of the Assets, or of any other instrument, shall include all rights, powers and options (but none of the obligations) of the granting party thereunder, including, the immediate continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and receipt for principal and interest payments in respect of the Assets, and all other Monies payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and other communications, to make waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and options, to bring Proceedings in the name of the granting party or otherwise, and generally to do and receive anything that the granting party is or may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto.
 
 
29

 

Group I Country ”: The Netherlands, Australia, New Zealand and the United Kingdom (or such other countries as may be notified by Moody’s to the Collateral Manager from time to time).

Group II Country ”: Germany, Ireland, Sweden and Switzerland (or such other countries as may be notified by Moody’s to the Collateral Manager from time to time).

Group III Country ”: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Iceland, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Norway and Spain (or such other countries as may be notified by Moody’s to the Collateral Manager from time to time).

Holder ” or “ holder ”: With respect to any Note, the Person whose name appears on the Register as the registered holder of such Note; provided that, with respect to the delivery of notices, reports and other communications required to be delivered thereto under any Transaction Document, the “Holder” or “holder” shall be the registered owners of the related Class of Notes and each Beneficial Owner thereof.

Incurrence Covenant ”: A covenant by any borrower to comply with one or more financial covenants only upon the occurrence of certain actions of the borrower, including a debt issuance, dividend payment, share purchase, merger, acquisition or divestiture.

Indenture ”: This instrument as originally executed and, if from time to time supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof, as so supplemented or amended.

Independent ”: As to any Person, any other Person (including, in the case of an accountant or lawyer, a firm of accountants or lawyers, and any member thereof, or an investment bank and any member thereof) who (i) does not have and is not committed to acquire any material direct or any material indirect financial interest in such Person or in any Affiliate of such Person, and (ii) is not connected with such Person as an Officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, voting trustee, partner, manager, director or Person performing similar functions. “Independent” when used with respect to any accountant may include an accountant who audits the books of such Person if in addition to satisfying the criteria set forth above the accountant is independent with respect to such Person within the meaning of Rule 101 of the Code of Professional Conduct of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. For purposes of this definition, no manager or director of any Person will fail to be Independent solely because such Person acts as an independent manager or independent director thereof or of any such Person’s affiliates.

Whenever any Independent Person’s opinion or certificate is to be furnished to the Trustee, such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read this definition and that the signer is Independent within the meaning hereof.
 
 
30

 

Any pricing service, certified public accountant or legal counsel that is required to be Independent of another Person under this Indenture must satisfy the criteria above with respect to the Issuer, the Collateral Manager and their Affiliates.

Independent Manager ”: A natural person who, (A) for the five-year period prior to his or her appointment as Independent Manager, has not been, and during the continuation of his or her service as Independent Manager is not: (i) an employee, director, stockholder, member, manager, partner or officer or direct or indirect legal or beneficial owner (or a person who controls, whether directly, indirectly, or otherwise any of the foregoing) of the Issuer, the member of the Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates (other than his or her service as a special member or an independent manager of the Issuer or other Affiliates that are structured to be “bankruptcy remote”); (ii) a customer, consultant, creditor, contractor or supplier (or a person who controls, whether directly, indirectly, or otherwise any of the foregoing) of the Issuer, the member of the Issuer or any of their respective Affiliates (other than his or her service as a special member or an independent manager of the Issuer); (iii) affiliated with a tax-exempt entity that receives significant contributions from the member of the Issuer or any of its Affiliates; or (iv) any member of the immediate family of a person described in (i), (ii) or (iii) (other than with respect to clauses (i) , (ii) or (iii) relating to his or her service as (y) an Independent Manager of the Issuer or (z) an independent manager of any Affiliate of the Issuer which is a bankruptcy remote limited purpose entity), and (B) has, (i) prior experience as an Independent Manager for a corporation or limited liability company whose charter documents required the unanimous consent of all Independent Managers thereof before such corporation or limited liability company could consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or could file a petition seeking relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy and (ii) at least three years of employment experience with one or more entities that provide, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, advisory, management or placement services to issuers of securitization or structured finance instruments, agreements or securities.

Index Maturity ”: With respect to any Class of Secured Notes, the period indicated with respect to such Class in Section 2.3 .

Information ”: S&P’s “Credit Estimate Information Requirements” dated August 2008 and any other available information S&P reasonably requests in order to produce a credit estimate for a particular asset.

Initial Par Amount ”: US$300,267,556.

Initial Purchaser ”: Deutsche Bank Securities, in its capacity as initial purchaser of the Secured Notes under the Purchase Agreement.

Initial Rating ”: With respect to the Secured Notes, the rating or ratings, if any, indicated in Section 2.3 .

Institutional Accredited Investor ”: An institutional Accredited Investor within the meaning set forth in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act.

Instrument ”: The meaning specified in Section 9-102(a)(47) of the UCC.
 
 
31

 

Interest Accrual Period ”: (i) With respect to the initial Payment Date, the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding such Payment Date; and (ii) with respect to each succeeding Payment Date, the period from and including the immediately preceding Payment Date to but excluding the following Payment Date until the principal of the Secured Notes is paid or made available for payment.

Interest Collection Subaccount ”: The meaning specified in Section 10.2(a) .

Interest Coverage Ratio ”: For any designated Class or Classes of Secured Notes, as of any date of determination, the percentage derived from the following equation: (A – B) / C, where:

A = The Collateral Interest Amount as of such date of determination;

B = Amounts payable (or expected as of the date of determination to be payable) on the following Payment Date as set forth in clauses (A) and (B) in Section 11.1(a)(i) ; and

C = Interest due and payable on the Secured Notes of such Class or Classes and each Class of Secured Notes that rank senior to or pari passu with such Class or Classes (excluding Deferred Interest but including any interest on Deferred Interest with respect to the Class B Notes and/or Class C Notes) on such Payment Date.

Interest Coverage Test ”: A test that is satisfied with respect to any Class or Classes of Secured Notes as of any date of determination on which such test is applicable if (i) the Interest Coverage Ratio for such Class or Classes on such date is at least equal to the Required Interest Coverage Ratio for such Class or Classes or (ii) such Class or Classes of Secured Notes is no longer outstanding.

Interest Determination Date ”: The second London Banking Day preceding the first day of each Interest Accrual Period.

Interest Proceeds ”: With respect to any Collection Period or Determination Date, without duplication, the sum of:

 
(i)
all payments of interest and delayed compensation (representing compensation for delayed settlement) received in Cash by the Issuer during the related Collection Period on the Collateral Obligations and Eligible Investments, including the accrued interest received in connection with a sale thereof during the related Collection Period, less any such amount that represents Principal Financed Accrued Interest (other than Warehouse Principal Financed Accrued Interest);

 
(ii)
all principal and interest payments received by the Issuer during the related Collection Period on Eligible Investments purchased with Interest Proceeds;

 
(iii)
all amendment and waiver fees, late payment fees and other fees received by the Issuer during the related Collection Period, except for those in connection with (a) the lengthening of the maturity of the related Collateral Obligation or (b) the reduction of the par of the related Collateral Obligation, as determined by the Collateral Manager with notice to the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator;
 
 
32

 

 
(iv)
commitment fees and other similar fees received by the Issuer during such Collection Period in respect of Revolving Collateral Obligations and Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligations; and

 
(v)
any amounts deposited in the Collection Account from the Expense Reserve Account that are designated as Interest Proceeds in the sole discretion of the Collateral Manager pursuant to this Indenture in respect of the related Determination Date;

provided that (x) any amounts received in respect of any Defaulted Obligation will constitute   Principal Proceeds (and not Interest Proceeds) until the aggregate of all collections in respect of such Defaulted Obligation since it became a Defaulted Obligation equals the Principal Balance of such Collateral Obligation at the time it became a Defaulted Obligation (y) any amounts received in respect of any Equity Security that was received in a Distressed Exchange and is held by a Blocker Subsidiary will constitute Principal Proceeds (and not Interest Proceeds) until the aggregate of all collections in respect of such Equity Security equals the Principal Balance of the Collateral Obligation, at the time it became a Defaulted Obligation, for which such Equity Security was received in exchange and (z) any amounts received in respect of any other asset held by a Blocker Subsidiary will constitute Principal Proceeds (and not Interest Proceeds); provided , further , that capitalized interest shall not constitute Interest Proceeds.

Interest Rate ”: With respect to each Class of Secured Notes, the per annum stated interest rate payable on such Class with respect to each Interest Accrual Period equal to LIBOR for such Interest Accrual Period plus the spread specified in Section 2.3 .

Investment Advisers Act ”: The Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

Investment Company Act ”: The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time.

Investment Criteria ”: The criteria specified in Section 12.2 .

Irish Paying Agent ”: The meaning specified in Section 7.2 .

Issuer ”: The Person named as such on the first page of this Indenture until a successor Person shall have become the Issuer pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Issuer” shall mean such successor Person.

Issuer Order ”: A written order or request (which may be a standing order or request) dated and signed in the name of the Issuer or by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer or by the Collateral Manager by an Authorized Officer thereof, on behalf of the Issuer.

Junior Class ”: With respect to a particular Class of Notes, each Class of Notes that is subordinated to such Class, as indicated in Section 2.3 .
 
 
33

 

Last Out Senior Secured Loan ”: Any assignment of or Participation Interest in a Loan that: (a) may, by its terms, become subordinate in right of payment to any other obligation of the obligor of the Loan; (b) is secured by a valid first-priority perfected security interest or lien in, to or on specified collateral securing the obligor’s obligations under the Loan; (c) the value of the collateral securing the Loan at the time of purchase together with other attributes of the obligor (including, without limitation, its general financial condition, ability to generate cash flow available for debt service and other demands for that cash flow) is adequate (in the commercially reasonable judgment of the Collateral Manager) to repay the Loan in accordance with its terms and to repay all other Loans of equal seniority secured by a first lien or security interest in the same collateral and (d) is not secured solely or primarily by common stock or other equity interests.

LIBOR ”: The meaning set forth in Exhibit C hereto.

Lien ”: Any grant of a security interest in, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing (including any UCC financing statement or any similar instrument filed against a Person’s assets or properties).

Loan ”: Any obligation for the payment or repayment of borrowed money that is documented by a term loan agreement, revolving loan agreement or other similar credit agreement.

Listed Notes ”: The Notes specified as such in Section 2.3 .

London Banking Day ”: A day on which commercial banks are open for business (including dealings in foreign exchange and foreign currency deposits) in London, England.

Long Dated Obligation ”: Any Collateral Obligation included in the Assets as permitted hereunder the stated maturity date of which is (or becomes) scheduled to occur after the Stated Maturity; provided that, with respect to any Collateral Obligation which satisfies the definitions of both “Restructured Obligation” and “Long Dated Obligation,” such Collateral Obligation shall be treated as a Restructured Obligation.

Maintenance Covenant ”: A covenant by any borrower to comply with one or more financial covenants during each reporting period, whether or not such borrower has taken any specified action.

Majority ”: With respect to any Class or Classes of Notes, the Holders of more than 50% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes of such Class or Classes, as applicable.

Margin Stock ”: “Margin Stock” as defined under Regulation U issued by the Federal Reserve Board, including any debt security which is by its terms convertible into “Margin Stock.”
 
 
34

 

Market Value ”: With respect to any loans or other assets, the amount (determined by the Collateral Manager) equal to the product of the principal amount thereof and the price, as of such date of determination, determined in the following manner:

 
(i)
the bid price determined by Loan Pricing Corporation or LoanX Mark-It Partners, or any other nationally recognized loan pricing service selected by the Collateral Manager with notice to Moody’s and which selection is approved by S&P in writing; or

 
(ii)
if a price described in clause (i) is not available,

 
(A)
the average of the bid prices determined by three broker-dealers active in the trading of such asset that are Independent from each other and the Issuer and the Collateral Manager;

 
(B)
if only two such bids can be obtained, the lower of the bid prices of such two bids; or

 
(C)
if only one such bid can be obtained, and such bid was obtained from a Qualified Broker/Dealer, such bid; or

 
(iii)
if a value cannot be obtained by the Collateral Manager exercising reasonable efforts pursuant to the means contemplated by clauses (i) or (ii) , the value determined as the bid side market value of such Collateral Obligation as reasonably determined by the Collateral Manager consistent with the Collateral Manager Standard and certified by the Collateral Manager to the Trustee, which value has been confirmed by an Approved Valuation Firm within fifteen (15) Business Days thereof; provided that if such Collateral Obligation has a public rating from Moody’s or S&P, the Market Value of such Collateral Obligation for a period of 30 days after such date of determination shall be the lower of:

 
(A)
the bid side market value thereof as reasonably determined by the Collateral Manager consistent with the Collateral Manager Standard and certified by the Collateral Manager to the Trustee; and

 
(B)
the higher of (x) 70% multiplied by the Principal Balance of such Collateral Obligation and (y) the lower of the applicable Moody’s Recovery Rate or the applicable S&P Recovery Rate multiplied by the Principal Balance of such Collateral Obligation;

and, following such 30 day period, the Market Value of such Collateral Obligation shall be zero; or

 
(iv)
if the Market Value of an asset is not determined in accordance with clauses (i) , (ii) or   (iii) above, then such Market Value shall be deemed to be zero until such   determination is made in accordance with clauses (i) , (ii) or (iii) above; provided that to the extent the Collateral Manager is not a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act, then the Collateral Manager’s determination of any bid side market value pursuant to clause (iii) hereof shall not be higher than the bid side market value contemporaneously determined by the Collateral Manager for such asset in relation to any other account or portfolio for which the Collateral Manager serves as investment adviser.
 
 
35

 

Maturity ”: With respect to any Note, the date on which the unpaid principal of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

Maximum Moody’s Weighted Average Rating Factor Test ”: A test that will be satisfied on any date of determination if the Adjusted Weighted Average Moody’s Rating Factor of the Collateral Obligations is less than or equal to the number set forth in the Asset Quality Matrix at the intersection of the applicable “row/column combination” chosen by the Collateral Manager (or interpolating between two adjacent rows and/or two adjacent columns, as applicable) in accordance with Section 7.18(a) .

Measurement Date ”: (i) Any day on which a purchase of a Collateral Obligation occurs, (ii) any Determination Date, (iii) the date as of which the information in any Monthly Report is calculated and (iv) with six Business Days prior written notice, any Business Day requested by either Rating Agency.

Membership Interests ”: As defined in Section 2.5(c)(ii) .

Merging Entity ”: As defined in Section 7.10 .

Minimum Floating Spread ”: The number set forth in the column entitled “Minimum Weighted Average Spread” in the Asset Quality Matrix based upon the applicable “row/column combination” chosen by the Collateral Manager (or interpolating between two adjacent rows and/or two adjacent columns, as applicable) in accordance with Section 7.18(a) .

Minimum Weighted Average Coupon ”: (i) if any of the Collateral Obligations are Fixed Rate Obligations, 8.00% and (ii) otherwise, 0%.

Minimum Weighted Average Coupon Test ”: A test that is satisfied on any date of determination if the Weighted Average Coupon plus the Excess Weighted Average Floating Spread equals or exceeds the Minimum Weighted Average Coupon.

Minimum Weighted Average Moody’s Recovery Rate Test ”: The test that will be satisfied on any date of determination if the Weighted Average Moody’s Recovery Rate equals or exceeds 45.0%.

Minimum Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate Test ”: The test that will be satisfied on any date of determination if the Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate for each Class of Secured Notes outstanding equals or exceeds the Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate for such Class selected by the Collateral Manager in connection with the S&P CDO Monitor Test.
 
 
36

 

Minimum Weighted Average Spread Test ”: The test that is satisfied on any date of determination if the Weighted Average Floating Spread plus the Excess Weighted Average Coupon equals or exceeds the Minimum Floating Spread.

 
Money ”: The meaning specified in Section 1-201(24) of the UCC.
 
 “ Monthly Report ”: The meaning specified in Section 10.6(a) .

 
Monthly Report Determination Date ”: The meaning specified in Section 10.6(a) .

Moody’s ”: Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Moody’s Collateral Value ”: On any date of determination, with respect to any Defaulted Obligation or Deferring Obligation, the lesser of (i) the Moody’s Recovery Amount of such Defaulted Obligation or Deferring Obligation as of such date and (ii) the Market Value of such Defaulted Obligation or Deferring Obligation as of such date.

Moody’s Counterparty Criteria ”: With respect to any Participation Interest (other than a Closing Date Participation Interest) proposed to be acquired by the Issuer, criteria that will be met if immediately after giving effect to such acquisition, (x) the percentage of the Collateral Principal Amount that consists in the aggregate of Participation Interests with Selling Institutions that have the same or a lower Moody’s credit rating does not exceed the “Aggregate Percentage Limit” set forth below for such Moody’s credit rating and (y) the percentage of the Collateral Principal Amount that consists in the aggregate of Participation Interests with any single Selling Institution that has the Moody’s credit rating set forth below or a lower credit rating does not exceed the “Individual Percentage Limit” set forth below for such Moody’s credit rating:

Moody’s credit rating of
       
Selling Institution (at or
 
Aggregate Percentage
 
Individual Percentage
below)
 
Limit
 
Limit
         
Aaa
 
5.00%
 
5.00%
Aa1
 
5.00%
 
5.00%
Aa2
 
5.00%
 
5.00%
Aa3
 
5.00%
 
5.00%
A1
 
5.00%
 
2.00%
A2
 
5.00%
 
2.00%
A3 or below
  
0%
  
0%

Moody’s Default Probability Rating ”: With respect to any Collateral Obligation as of any date of determination, the rating determined pursuant to Schedule 5 hereto (or such other schedule provided by Moody’s to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator and the Collateral Manager).

Moody’s Derived Rating ”: With respect to any Collateral Obligation whose Moody’s Rating or Moody’s Default Probability Rating cannot otherwise be determined pursuant to the definitions thereof, the rating determined for such Collateral Obligation as set forth in Schedule 5  hereto (or such other schedule provided by Moody’s to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator and the Collateral Manager).
 
 
37

 

Moody’s Diversity Test ”: A test that will be satisfied on any date of determination if the Diversity Score (rounded up to the nearest whole number) equals or exceeds the number set forth in the column entitled “Minimum Diversity Score” in the Asset Quality Matrix based upon the applicable “row/column combination” chosen by the Collateral Manager (or interpolating between two adjacent rows and/or two adjacent columns, as applicable) in accordance with Section 7.18(a) .

Moody’s Industry Classification ”: The industry classifications set forth in Schedule 2 hereto, as such industry classifications shall be updated at the option of the Collateral Manager if Moody’s publishes revised industry classifications.

Moody’s Non-Senior Secured Loan ”: Any assignment of or Participation Interest in or other interest in a loan that is not a Moody’s Senior Secured Loan.

Moody’s Rating ”: With respect to any Collateral Obligation as of any date of determination, the rating determined pursuant to Schedule 5 hereto (or such other schedule provided by Moody’s to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator and the Collateral Manager).

Moody’s Rating Condition ”: With respect to any action taken or to be taken by or on behalf of the Issuer, a condition that is satisfied if Moody’s has confirmed in writing that no immediate withdrawal or reduction with respect to its then-current rating by Moody’s of any Class of Secured Notes will occur as a result of such action, or has issued a press release to this effect; provided that the Moody’s Rating Condition will be deemed to be satisfied if no Class of Secured Notes then Outstanding is rated by Moody’s.

Moody’s Rating Factor ”: For each Collateral Obligation, the number set forth in the table below opposite the Moody’s Default Probability Rating of such Collateral Obligation.

Moody’s Default
     
Moody’s Default
   
Probability
 
Moody’s Rating
 
Probability
 
Moody’s Rating
Rating
 
Factor
 
Rating
 
Factor
Aaa
 
1
 
Ba1
 
940
Aa1
 
10
 
Ba2
 
1,350
Aa2
 
20
 
Ba3
 
1,766
Aa3
 
40
 
B1
 
2,220
A1
 
70
 
B2
 
2,720
A2
 
120
 
B3
 
3,490
A3
 
180
 
Caa1
 
4,770
Baa1
 
260
 
Caa2
 
6,500
Baa2
 
360
 
Caa3
 
8,070
Baa3
  
610
  
Ca or lower
  
10,000
 
 
38

 

For purposes of the Maximum Moody’s Weighted Average Rating Factor Test, any Collateral Obligation issued or guaranteed by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof is assigned a Moody’s Rating Factor of 1.

Moody’s Recovery Amount ”: With respect to any Collateral Obligation, an amount equal to (a) the applicable Moody’s Recovery Rate multiplied by (b) the Principal Balance of such Collateral Obligation.

Moody’s Recovery Rate ”: As of any date of determination, with respect to any Collateral Obligation, the recovery rate determined in accordance with the following, in the following order of priority:

 
(i)
if the Collateral Obligation has been specifically assigned a recovery rate by Moody’s (for example, in connection with the assignment by Moody’s of an estimated rating), such recovery rate;

 
(ii)
if the preceding clause does not apply to the Collateral Obligation, and the Collateral Obligation is a Moody’s Senior Secured Loan or a Moody’s Non-Senior Secured Loan (in each case other than a DIP Collateral Obligation), the rate determined pursuant to the table below based on the number of rating subcategories difference between the Collateral Obligation’s Moody’s Rating and its Moody’s Default Probability Rating (for purposes of clarification, if the Moody’s Rating is higher than the Moody’s Default Probability Rating, the rating subcategories difference will be positive and if it is lower, negative):

Number of Moody’s
       
Ratings Subcategories
       
Difference Between the
       
Moody’s Rating and the
       
Moody’s Default
 
Moody’s Senior
 
Moody’s Non-Senior
Probability Rating
 
Secured Loans
 
Secured Loans
+2 or more
 
60%
 
45%
+1
 
50%
 
42.5%
0
 
45%
 
40%
-1
 
40%
 
30%
-2
 
30%
 
15%
-3 or less
  
20%
  
10%

 
(iii)
if the Collateral Obligation is a DIP Collateral Obligation (other than a DIP Collateral Obligation which has been specifically assigned a recovery rate by Moody’s), 50%.

Moody’s RiskCalc ”: Moody’s KMV RiskCalc®, as set forth in Schedule 5 hereto.

Moody’s Senior Secured Loan ”: The meaning specified in Schedule 5 (or such other schedule provided by Moody’s to the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Manager).
 
 
39

 

Non-Call Period ”: The period from the Closing Date to but excluding the Payment Date in November 2011.

Non-Emerging Market Obligor ”: An Obligor that is Domiciled in any country that has a country ceiling for foreign currency bonds of at least “Aa2” by Moody’s and a foreign currency issuer credit rating of at least “AA” by S&P.

 
Non-Permitted ERISA Holder ”: As defined in Section 2.11(d) .
 
Non-Permitted Holder ”: As defined in Section 2.11(b) .

 
Note Interest Amount ”: With respect to any Class of Secured Notes and any Payment Date, the amount of interest for the related Interest Accrual Period payable in respect of each U.S.$100,000 Outstanding principal amount of such Class of Secured Notes.

Note Payment Sequence ”: The application, in accordance with the Priority of Payments of Interest Proceeds or Principal Proceeds, as applicable, in the following order:

(i)           to the payment of principal of the Class A-1 Notes (including any defaulted interest) until such amount has been paid in full;

(ii)          to the payment of principal of the Class A-2 Notes (including any defaulted interest) until such amount has been paid in full;

(iii)         to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest (excluding Deferred Interest) on the Class B Notes;

(iv)         to the payment of Deferred Interest and principal of the Class B Notes until the Class B Notes have been paid in full;

(v)          to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest (excluding Deferred Interest) on the Class C Notes; and

(vi)         to the payment of Deferred Interest and principal of the Class C Notes until the Class C Notes have been paid in full.

Noteholder ”: With respect to any Note, the Person whose name appears on the Register as the registered holder of such Note.

Noteholder Reporting Obligations ”: The obligations set forth in Section 2.12(d) .

Notes ”: Collectively, the Secured Notes and the Subordinated Notes authorized by, and authenticated and delivered under, this Indenture (as specified in Section 2.3 ).

Obligor ”: With respect to any Collateral Obligation, any Person or Persons obligated to make payments pursuant to or with respect to such Collateral Obligation, including any guarantor thereof, but excluding, in each case, any such Person that is an obligor or guarantor that is in addition to the primary obligors or guarantors with respect to the assets, cash flows or credit on which the related Collateral Obligation is principally underwritten.
 
 
40

 

Offer ”: As defined in Section 10.7(c) .

Offering ”: The offering of any Notes pursuant to the relevant Offering Circular.

Offering Circular ”: Each offering circular relating to the offer and sale of the Notes, including any supplements thereto.

Officer ”: (a) With respect to the Issuer and any limited liability company, any managing member or manager thereof or any person to whom the rights and powers of management thereof are delegated in accordance with the limited liability company agreement of such limited liability company; (b) with respect to any corporation, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of such entity and (c) with respect to the Collateral Manager, any partner or officer thereof.

offshore transaction ”: The meaning specified in Regulation S.

Opinion of Counsel ”: A written opinion addressed to the Trustee and, if required by the terms hereof, each Rating Agency, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (and, if so addressed, each Rating Agency), of an attorney admitted to practice, or a nationally or internationally recognized and reputable law firm one or more of the partners of which are admitted to practice in any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, which attorney or law firm, as the case may be, may, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, be counsel for the Issuer, and which attorney or law firm, as the case may be, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee. Whenever an Opinion of Counsel is required hereunder, such Opinion of Counsel may rely on opinions of other counsel who are so admitted and so satisfactory, which opinions of other counsel shall accompany such Opinion of Counsel and shall be addressed to the Trustee (and, if required by the terms hereof, each Rating Agency) or shall state that the Trustee (and, if required by the terms hereof, each Rating Agency) shall be entitled to rely thereon.

Optional Redemption ”: A redemption of the Notes in accordance with Section 9.2 .

Organizing Entity ”: Any person (other than any rating organization rating the Issuer’s securities) involved in the organization or operation of the Issuer or an affiliate, as defined in rule 405 under the Securities Act, of such a person.

Other Plan Law ”: Any state, local, other federal or non-U.S. laws or regulations that are substantially similar to the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Outstanding ”: With respect to the Notes or the Notes of any specified Class, as of any date of determination, all of the Notes or all of the Notes of such Class, as the case may be, theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:
 
 
41

 

 
(i)
Notes theretofore canceled by the Registrar or delivered to the Registrar for cancellation in accordance with the terms of Section 2.9 ;

 
(ii)
Notes or portions thereof for whose payment or redemption funds in the necessary amount have been theretofore irrevocably deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes pursuant to Section 4.1(a)(ii) ; provided that if such Notes or portions thereof are to be redeemed, notice of such   redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

 
(iii)
Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, unless proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by a “protected purchaser” (within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC); and

 
(iv)
Notes alleged to have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen for which replacement Notes have been issued as provided in Section 2.6 ;

provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite Aggregate Outstanding   Amount have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, (a) Notes owned by the Issuer or (only in the case of a vote on (i) the removal of the Collateral Manager for “cause”, (ii) the approval of a successor Collateral Manager if the appointment of the Collateral Manager is being terminated pursuant to the Collateral Management Agreement for “cause” and (iii) the waiver of any event constituting “cause”) the Collateral Manager, an Affiliate thereof, or an account, fund, client or portfolio established and controlled by the Collateral Manager or an Affiliate thereof or for which the Collateral Manager or an Affiliate thereof acts as the investment adviser or with respect to which it or an Affiliate exercises discretionary authority shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge to be so owned shall be so disregarded and (b) Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith shall be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not one of the Persons specified above.

Par Value Ratio ”: With respect to any specified Class or Classes of Secured Notes as of any date of determination, the percentage derived from: (i) the Adjusted Collateral Principal Amount on such date divided by (ii) the Aggregate Outstanding Amount on such date of the Secured Notes of such Class or Classes and each Priority Class of Secured Notes.

Par Value Test ”: A test that is satisfied with respect to any Class or Classes of Secured Notes as of any date of determination on which such test is applicable if (i) the Par Value Ratio for such Class or Classes on such date is at least equal to the Required Par Value Ratio for such Class or Classes or (ii) such Class or Classes of Secured Notes is no longer outstanding.
 
 
42

 

Participation Interest ”: (i) Any participation interest in a loan that, at the time of acquisition or the Issuer’s commitment to acquire the same, is represented by a contractual obligation of a Selling Institution that has at the time of such acquisition or the Issuer’s commitment to acquire the same at least a short-term rating of “A-1” (or if no short-term rating exists, a long-term rating of “A+”) by S&P and (ii) each Closing Date Participation Interest.

Participation and Pledge Agreement ”: The agreement dated as of November 5, 2010 by and between Garrison Funding 2008-1 Ltd., an exempted company incorporated with limited liability in the Cayman Islands, as grantor and the Issuer, as participant, as amended from time to time.

Paying Agent ”: Any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Issuer as specified in Section 7.2 .

Payment Account ”: The payment account of the Trustee established pursuant to Section 10.3(a) .

Payment Date ”: The 20th day of February, May, August and November of each year (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), commencing in February 2011, except that the final Payment Date (subject to any earlier redemption or payment of the Notes) shall be November 20, 2017 (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

PBGC ”: The United States Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Permitted Deferrable Obligation ”: Any Deferrable Obligation the Underlying Instrument of which carries a current cash pay interest rate of not less than (a) in the case of a Floating Rate Obligation, LIBOR plus 1.00% per annum or (b) in the case of a Fixed Rate Obligation, the zero-coupon swap rate in a fixed/floating interest rate swap with a term equal to five years.

Permitted Offer ”: An Offer (i) pursuant to the terms of which the offeror offers to acquire a debt obligation (including a Collateral Obligation) in exchange for consideration consisting solely of Cash in an amount equal to or greater than the full face amount of such debt obligation plus any accrued and unpaid interest and (ii) as to which the Collateral Manager has determined in its reasonable commercial judgment that the offeror has sufficient access to financing to consummate the Offer.

Person ”: An individual, corporation (including a business trust), partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, statutory trust, trust (including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated association or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Portfolio Acquisition and Sale Requirements ”: With respect to any acquisition or sale of a Collateral Obligation by the Issuer, the following requirements the satisfaction of which shall be certified to in writing in the form of Schedule 8 attached hereto by the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer to the Trustee on or before the date of such acquisition or sale: (a) such Collateral Obligation, if being acquired by the Issuer, is an “eligible asset” as defined in Rule 3a-7, (b) such Collateral Obligation is being acquired or disposed of in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, (c) the acquisition or disposition of such Collateral Obligation does not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then-current rating on any Class of Secured Notes by any Rating Agency and (d) such Collateral Obligation is not being acquired or disposed of for the primary purpose of recognizing gains or decreasing losses resulting from market value changes; provided that, at any time, the Issuer (at the direction of the Collateral Manager) may elect by written notice to the Trustee (who shall forward a copy of such notice to all Noteholders) to cease compliance with Rule 3a-7, in which case the Portfolio Acquisition and Sale Requirements will no longer be applicable under this Indenture.
 
 
43

 

Principal Balance ”: Subject to Section 1.3 , with respect to (a) any Asset other than a Revolving Collateral Obligation or Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of such Asset (excluding any capitalized interest) and (b) any Revolving Collateral Obligation or Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of such Revolving Collateral Obligation or Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation (excluding any capitalized interest), plus (except as expressly set forth in this Indenture) any undrawn commitments that have not been irrevocably reduced or withdrawn with respect to such Revolving Collateral Obligation or Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation; provided that for all purposes the Principal Balance of (1) any Equity Security or interest only strip shall be deemed to be zero and (2) any Defaulted Obligation that is not sold or terminated within three years after becoming a Defaulted Obligation shall be deemed to be zero.

Principal Collection Subaccount ”: The meaning specified in Section 10.2(a) .

Principal Financed Accrued Interest ”: With respect to (i) any Collateral Obligation owned or purchased by the Issuer on the Closing Date, an amount equal to the amount of Warehouse Principal Financed Accrued Interest and (ii) any Collateral Obligation purchased after the Closing Date, the amount of Principal Proceeds, if any, applied towards the purchase of accrued interest on such Collateral Obligation.

Principal Proceeds ”: With respect to any Collection Period or Determination Date, all amounts received by the Issuer during the related Collection Period that do not constitute Interest Proceeds and any other amounts that have been designated as Principal Proceeds pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

Priority Category ”: With respect to any Collateral Obligation, the applicable category listed in the table under the heading “Priority Category” in clause 1(b) of Schedule 6 .

Priority Class ”: With respect to any specified Class of Notes, each Class of Notes that ranks senior to such Class, as indicated in Section 2.3 .

Priority of Payments ”: The meaning specified in Section 11.1(a) .

Proceeding ”: Any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding.

Proposed Portfolio ”: The portfolio of Collateral Obligations and Eligible Investments resulting from the proposed purchase, sale, maturity or other disposition of a Collateral Obligation or a proposed reinvestment in an additional Collateral Obligation, as the case may be.
 
 
44

 

Purchase Agreement ”: The agreement dated as of November 5, 2010 by and between the Issuer and the Initial Purchaser relating to the Offering of the Secured Notes, as amended from time to time.

QIB/QP ”: Any Person that, at the time of its acquisition, purported acquisition or proposed acquisition of Notes is both a Qualified Institutional Buyer and a Qualified Purchaser.

Qualified Broker/Dealer ”: Any of Bank of America/Merrill Lynch; The Bank of Montreal; The Bank of New York Mellon, N.A.; Barclays Bank plc; BNP Paribas; Broadpoint Securities; Calyon; Citibank, N.A.; Credit Agricole S.A.; Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce; Credit Suisse; Deutsche Bank AG; Dresdner Bank AG; Goldman Sachs & Co.; HSBC Bank; Imperial Capital LLC; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.; Lloyds TSB Bank; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated; Morgan Stanley & Co.; Natixis; Northern Trust Company; Royal Bank of Canada; The Royal Bank of Scotland plc; Societe Generale; The Toronto-Dominion Bank; UBS AG; U.S. Bank, National Association; and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.

Qualified Institutional Buyer ”: The meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

Qualified Purchaser ”: The meaning specified in Section 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act and Rule 2a51-2 or 2a51-3 under the Investment Company Act.

Rating Agency ”: Each of Moody’s and S&P or, with respect to Assets generally, if at any time Moody’s or S&P ceases to provide rating services with respect to debt obligations, any other nationally recognized investment rating agency selected by the Issuer (or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer). If at any time Moody’s ceases to be a Rating Agency, references to rating categories of Moody’s in this Indenture shall be deemed instead to be references to the equivalent categories of such other rating agency as of the most recent date on which such other rating agency and Moody’s published ratings for the type of obligation in respect of which such alternative rating agency is used; provided that if any S&P Rating is determined by reference to a rating by Moody’s, such change shall be subject to satisfaction of the S&P Rating Condition. If at any time S&P ceases to be a Rating Agency, references to rating categories of S&P in this Indenture shall be deemed instead to be references to the equivalent categories of such other rating agency as of the most recent date on which such other rating agency and S&P published ratings for the type of obligation in respect of which such alternative rating agency is used.

Record Date ”: (i) With respect to the Global Secured Notes, the date one Business Day prior to the applicable Payment Date and (ii) with respect to the Certificated Secured Notes and the Certificated Subordinated Notes, the date 15 days prior to the applicable Payment Date.

Redemption Date ”: Any Payment Date specified for a redemption of Notes pursuant to Article IX .
 
 
45

 

Redemption Price ”: (a) For each Secured Note to be redeemed (x) 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of such Secured Note, plus (y) accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including, in the case of a Class B Note or a Class C Note, interest on any accrued and unpaid Deferred Interest with respect to such Class B Note or such Class C Note) to the Redemption Date (in each case exclusive of accrued and unpaid interest and any other amounts, the payment of which shall have been duly provided herein) and (b) for each Subordinated Note, its proportional share (based on the unpaid face amount of such Subordinated Notes) of the amount of the proceeds of the Assets remaining after giving effect to the Optional Redemption or Tax Redemption of the Secured Notes in whole or after all of the Secured Notes have been repaid in full and payment in full of (and/or creation of a reserve for) all expenses (including all Collateral Management Fees and Administrative Expenses, which shall not be subject to the Administrative Expense Cap) of the Issuer; provided that, in connection with any Optional Redemption or any Tax Redemption, holders of 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of any Class of Secured Notes may elect to receive less than 100% of the Redemption Price that would otherwise be payable to the Holders of such Class of Secured Notes.

Reference Banks ”: The meaning specified in Exhibit C hereto.

Register and Registrar ”: The respective meanings specified in Section 2.5(a) .

Registered ”: In registered form for U.S. federal income tax purposes and issued after July 18, 1984; provided that a certificate of interest in a grantor trust shall not be treated as Registered unless each of the obligations or securities held by the trust was issued after that date.

Regulation S ”: Regulation S, as amended, under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Secured Note ”: The meaning specified in Section 2.2(b)(i) .

Reinvesting Holder ”: Each Holder on the Closing Date of a Subordinated Note, and such Holder’s successors other than any purchaser of all or any portion of the Subordinated Notes of such Holder.

Reinvestment Agreement ”: A guaranteed reinvestment agreement from a bank, insurance company or other corporation or entity having an Eligible Investment Required Rating; provided that such agreement provides that it is terminable by the purchaser, without penalty, if   the rating assigned to such agreement by either Rating Agency is at any time lower than such agreement’s Eligible Investment Required Rating.

Reinvestment Amount ”: With respect to the Subordinated Notes held by a Reinvesting Holder, any amount that is available to be distributed on any Payment Date during the Reinvestment Period to such Reinvesting Holder in respect of its Subordinated Notes pursuant to clause (M) of   Section 11.1(a)(i) but is instead deposited in the Reinvestment Amount Account on   such Payment Date at the direction of such Reinvesting Holder in accordance with Section 11.1(e) . Each Reinvestment Amount shall be deemed to be paid to the applicable Reinvesting   Holder on the Payment Date on which it is deposited in the Reinvestment Amount Account at the direction of such Reinvesting Holder, and each Reinvestment Amount will be actually paid to such Reinvesting Holder after such Payment Date, without interest thereon and solely to the extent of Principal Proceeds available therefor pursuant to clause (L) of Section 11.1(a)(ii) or proceeds in respect of the Assets available therefor pursuant to clause (O) of Section 11.1(a)(iii) , as applicable.
 
 
46

 

Reinvestment Amount Account ”: The trust account established pursuant to Section 10.3(d) .

Reinvestment Par Balance ”: As of any date of determination, the Initial Par Amount minus (i) the amount of any reduction in the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes   through the payment of Principal Proceeds plus (ii) the aggregate amount of Principal Proceeds that result from the issuance of any additional Subordinated Notes pursuant to Section 2.13 (after giving effect to such issuance of any additional Subordinated Notes) plus (iii) the aggregate outstanding amount of Deferred Interest accrued through such date with respect to the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes.

Reinvestment Period ”: The period from and including the Closing Date to and excluding the earliest of (i) the Payment Date in November 2011, (ii) the date of the acceleration of the Maturity of any Class of Secured Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 , (iii) the date on which the Collateral Manager reasonably determines that it can no longer reinvest in additional Collateral Obligations in accordance with the terms hereof or the Collateral Management Agreement and (iv) the date that Garrison Investment Group LP (or any Affiliate thereof) is removed as Collateral Manager pursuant to the terms of the Collateral Management Agreement; provided that, in the case of clause (iii) , the Collateral Manager notifies the Issuer, the Trustee (who shall notify the Holders of Notes) and the Collateral Administrator thereof in writing at least five Business Days prior to such date.

Required Interest Coverage Ratio ”: (a) for the Class A Notes, 120.0%, (b) for the Class B Notes, 110.0% and (c) for the Class C Notes, 105.0%.

Required Par Value Ratio ”: (a) for the Class A Notes, 147.49%, (b) for the Class B Notes, 141.11% and (c) for the Class C Notes, 129.96%.

Restricted Trading Period ”: The period during which (a) the Moody’s rating of any of the Class A Notes is one or more sub-categories below its rating on the Closing Date, (b) the Moody’s rating of any of the Class B Notes and/or Class C Notes is two or more sub-categories below its rating on the Closing Date or (c) the Moody’s rating of any Secured Notes (in each case then outstanding) has been withdrawn and not reinstated; provided that such period will not be a Restricted Trading Period (so long as the Moody’s rating of any of the Secured Notes has not been further downgraded, withdrawn or put on watch for potential downgrade) upon the direction of the Issuer with the consent of a Majority of the Controlling Class.

Restructured Obligation ”: Any Collateral Obligation included in the Assets as to which any one or more of the following events occurs or otherwise becomes binding on the Issuer (each measured relative to such Collateral Obligation as of the date it was first included in the Assets): (a) the cash spread or coupon payable by the obligor thereunder is reduced by more than 2.00% (excluding any increase in an interest rate arising by operation of a default or penalty interest clause pursuant to the Underlying Instruments or as a result of an increase in the interest rate index for any reason other than an amendment, waiver or modification); (b) such Collateral Obligation is contractually or structurally subordinated by operation of a priority of payments, turnover provisions, the transfer of assets in order to limit recourse to the related obligor or the granting of liens (other than permitted liens) on any of the underlying collateral securing such Collateral Obligation; (c) the Principal Balance of such Collateral Obligation is reduced other than through the repayment thereof or (d) any current interest payable by the obligor thereunder is deferred by more than two accrual periods; provided that if, at any time after the Collateral Obligation has become a Restructured Obligation, (i) S&P provides a public rating or a written credit estimate of CCC- or higher or Moody’s provides a public rating or a written credit estimate of Caa3 or higher with respect of such Restructured Obligation and (ii) such Restructured Obligation would qualify as a Collateral Obligation if purchased at such time, such Collateral Obligation shall no longer be considered a Restructured Obligation.
 
 
47

 

Revolver Funding Account ”: The account established pursuant to Section 10.4 .

Revolving Collateral Obligation ”: Any Collateral Obligation (other than a Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation) that is a loan (including, without limitation, revolving loans, including funded and unfunded portions of revolving credit lines and letter of credit facilities, unfunded commitments under specific facilities and other similar loans and investments) that by its terms may require one or more future advances to be made to the borrower by the Issuer; provided that any such Collateral Obligation will be a Revolving Collateral Obligation only until   all commitments to make advances to the borrower expire or are terminated or irrevocably reduced to zero.

Rule 144A ”: Rule 144A, as amended, under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A Global Secured Note ”: The meaning specified in Section 2.2(b)(ii) .

Rule 144A Information ”: The meaning specified in Section 7.15 .

Rule 3a-7 ”: Rule 3a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act.

S&P ”: Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor or successors thereto.

S&P CDO Monitor ”: Each dynamic, analytical computer model developed by S&P used to calculate the default frequency in terms of the amount of debt assumed to default as a percentage of the original principal amount of the Collateral Obligations consistent with a specified benchmark rating level based upon certain assumptions (including the applicable Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate) and S&P’s proprietary corporate default studies, as may be amended by S&P from time to time upon notice to the Issuer, the Collateral Administrator and the Trustee. Each S&P CDO Monitor shall be chosen by the Collateral Manager and associated with either (x) a Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate and a Weighted Average Floating Spread from Section 2 of Schedule 6 or (y) a Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate and a Weighted Average Floating Spread confirmed by S&P; provided that as of any date of determination the Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate for each Class of Secured Notes Outstanding equals or exceeds the Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate for such Class chosen by the Collateral Manager and the Weighted Average Floating Spread equals or exceeds the Weighted Average Floating Spread chosen by the Collateral Manager.

 
48

 

S&P CDO Monitor Test ”: A test that will be satisfied on any date of determination on or after the Closing Date following receipt by the Issuer and the Collateral Administrator of the S&P CDO Monitor (along with the assumptions and instructions to run the S&P CDO Monitor and in a form that performs as intended with respect to the Assets) if, after giving effect to the sale of a Collateral Obligation or the purchase of a Collateral Obligation, each Class Default Differential of the Proposed Portfolio is positive. The S&P CDO Monitor Test will be considered to be improved if each Class Default Differential of the Proposed Portfolio is greater than the corresponding Class Default Differential of the Current Portfolio.

S&P Collateral Value ”: With respect to any Defaulted Obligation or Deferring Obligation, the lesser of (i) the S&P Recovery Amount of such Defaulted Obligation or Deferring Obligation as of the relevant Measurement Date and (ii) the Market Value of such Defaulted Obligation or Deferring Obligation as of the relevant Measurement Date.

S&P Industry Classification ”: The S&P Industry Classifications set forth in Schedule 3 hereto, and such industry classifications shall be updated at the option of the Collateral Manager if S&P publishes revised industry classifications.

S&P Rating ”: With respect to any Collateral Obligation, as of any date of determination, the rating determined in accordance with the following methodology:

 
(i)
(a) if there is an issuer credit rating of the issuer of such Collateral Obligation by S&P as published by S&P, or the guarantor which unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees such Collateral Obligation pursuant to a form of guaranty approved by S&P for use in connection with this transaction, then the S&P Rating shall be such rating (regardless of whether there is a published rating by S&P on the Collateral Obligations of such issuer held by the Issuer; provided that private ratings (that is, ratings provided at the request of the obligor) may be used for purposes of this definition if the related obligor has consented to the disclosure thereof and a copy of such consent has been provided to S&P) or (b) if there is no issuer credit rating of the issuer by S&P but (1) there is a senior secured rating on any obligation or security of the issuer, then the S&P Rating of such Collateral Obligation shall be one sub-category below such rating; (2) if clause (1) above does not apply, but there is a senior unsecured rating on any obligation or security of the issuer, the S&P Rating of such Collateral Obligation shall equal such rating; and (3) if neither clause (1) nor clause (2) above applies, but there is a subordinated rating on any obligation or security of the issuer, then the S&P Rating of such Collateral Obligation shall be one sub-category above such rating if such rating is higher than “BB+”, and shall be two sub-categories above such rating if such rating is “BB+” or lower;

 
(ii)
with respect to any Collateral Obligation that is a DIP Collateral Obligation, the S&P Rating thereof shall be the credit rating assigned to such issue by S&P;

 
(iii)
if there is not a rating by S&P on the issuer or on an obligation of the issuer, then the S&P Rating may be determined pursuant to clauses (a) through (c) below:
 
 
49

 

 
(a)
if an obligation of the issuer is not a DIP Collateral Obligation and is publicly rated by Moody’s, then the S&P Rating will be determined in accordance with the methodologies for establishing the Moody’s Rating set forth above except that the S&P Rating of such obligation will be (1) one sub-category below the S&P equivalent of the Moody’s Rating if such Moody’s Rating is “Baa3” or higher and (2) two sub-categories below the S&P equivalent of the Moody’s Rating if such Moody’s Rating is “Ba1” or lower;

 
(b)
the S&P Rating may be based on a credit estimate provided by S&P, and in connection therewith, the Issuer, the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer or the issuer of such Collateral Obligation shall, prior to or within 30 days after the acquisition of such Collateral Obligation, apply (and concurrently submit all available Information in respect of such application) to S&P for a credit estimate which shall be its S&P Rating; provided that, if such Information is submitted within such 30-day period,   then, pending receipt from S&P of such estimate, such Collateral Obligation shall have an S&P Rating as determined by the Collateral Manager in its sole discretion if the Collateral Manager certifies to the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator that it believes that such S&P Rating determined by the Collateral Manager is commercially reasonable and will be at least equal to such rating; provided further , that if such Information is not submitted within such 30-day period, then, pending receipt from S&P of such estimate, the Collateral Obligation shall have (1) the S&P Rating as determined by the Collateral Manager for a period of up to 90 days after the acquisition of such Collateral Obligation and (2) an S&P Rating of “CCC-” following such 90-day period; unless, during such 90-day period, the Collateral Manager has requested the extension of such period and S&P, in its sole discretion, has granted such request; provided further , that if such 90-day period (or other extended period) elapses pending S&P’s decision with respect to such application, the S&P Rating of such Collateral Obligation shall be “CCC-”; provided further , that if the Collateral Obligation has had a public rating by S&P   that S&P has withdrawn or suspended within six months prior to the date of such application for a credit estimate in respect of such Collateral Obligation, the S&P Rating in respect thereof shall be “CCC-” pending receipt from S&P of such estimate, and S&P may elect not to provide such estimate until a period of six months have elapsed after the withdrawal or suspension of the public rating; provided further that the S&P Rating may not be determined pursuant to this clause (b) if the Collateral Obligation is a DIP Collateral Obligation; provided further that such credit estimate shall expire 12 months after the acquisition of such Collateral Obligation, following which such Collateral Obligation shall have an S&P Rating of “CCC-” unless, during such 12-month period, the Issuer applies for renewal thereof in accordance with Section 7.14(b) , in which case such credit estimate shall continue to be the S&P Rating of such Collateral Obligation until S&P has confirmed or revised such credit estimate, upon which such confirmed or revised credit estimate shall be the S&P Rating of such Collateral Obligation; provided further that such confirmed or revised credit estimate shall expire on the next succeeding 12-month anniversary of the date of the acquisition of such Collateral Obligation and (when renewed annually in accordance with Section 7.14(b) ) on each 12-month anniversary thereafter;
 
 
50

 

 
(c)
with respect to a Collateral Obligation that is not a Defaulted Obligation, the S&P Rating of such Collateral Obligation will at the election of the Issuer (at the direction of the Collateral Manager) be “CCC-”; provided that (i) neither the issuer of such Collateral Obligation nor any of its Affiliates are subject to any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings and (ii) the issuer has not defaulted on any payment obligation in respect of any debt security or other obligation of the issuer at any time within the two year period ending on such date of determination, all such debt securities and other obligations of the issuer that are pari passu with or senior to the Collateral Obligation are current and the Collateral Manager reasonably expects them to remain current; or

 
(iv)
with respect to a DIP Collateral Obligation that has no issue rating by S&P or a Current Pay Obligation that is rated “D” or “SD” by S&P, the S&P Rating of such DIP Collateral Obligation or Current Pay Obligation, as applicable, will be, at the election of the Issuer (at the direction of the Collateral Manager), “CCC-” or the S&P Rating determined pursuant to clause (iii)(b) above;

provided that for purposes of the determination of the S&P Rating, (x) if the applicable rating   assigned by S&P to an obligor or its obligations is on “credit watch positive” by S&P, such rating will be treated as being one sub-category above such assigned rating and (y) if the applicable rating assigned by S&P to an obligor or its obligations is on “credit watch negative” by S&P, such rating will be treated as being one sub-category below such assigned rating.

S&P Rating Condition ”: With respect to any action taken or to be taken by or on behalf of the Issuer, a condition that is satisfied if S&P has confirmed in writing that no immediate withdrawal or reduction with respect to its then-current rating by S&P of any Class of Secured Notes will occur as a result of such action; provided that the S&P Rating Condition will be deemed to be satisfied if no Class of Secured Notes then Outstanding is rated by S&P.

S&P Recovery Amount ”: With respect to any Collateral Obligation, an amount equal to: (a) the applicable S&P Recovery Rate multiplied by (b) the Principal Balance of such Collateral Obligation.

S&P Recovery Rate ”: With respect to a Collateral Obligation, the recovery rate set forth in Section 1 of Schedule 6 using the initial rating of the most senior Class of Secured Notes Outstanding at the time of determination.

S&P Recovery Rating ”: With respect to a Collateral Obligation for which an S&P Recovery Rate is being determined, the “Recovery Rating” assigned by S&P to such Collateral Obligation based upon the following table:
 
 
51

 

Recovery Rating
 
Description of Recovery
 
Recovery Range (%)
         
1+
 
High expectation, full recovery
 
75-95
1
 
Very high recovery
 
65-95
2
 
Substantial recovery
 
50-85
3
 
Meaningful recovery
 
30-65
4
 
Average recovery
 
20-45
5
 
Modest recovery
 
5-25
6
  
Negligible recovery
  
2-10

Sale ”: The meaning specified in Section 5.17 .

Sale Proceeds ”: All proceeds (excluding accrued interest, if any) received with respect to Assets as a result of sales of such Assets in accordance with Article XII less any reasonable expenses incurred by the Collateral Manager, the Collateral Administrator or the Trustee (other than amounts payable as Administrative Expenses) in connection with such sales. Sale Proceeds will include Principal Financed Accrued Interest received in respect of such sale.

Schedule of Collateral Obligations ”: The schedule of Collateral Obligations attached as Schedule 1 hereto, which schedule shall include the issuer, Principal Balance, coupon/spread, the   stated maturity, the Moody’s Rating, the S&P Rating (unless such rating is based on a credit estimate or is a private or confidential rating from S&P), the Moody’s Industry Classification and the S&P Industry Classification for each Collateral Obligation and the percentage of the aggregate commitment under each Revolving Collateral Obligation and Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation that is funded, as amended from time to time (without the consent of or any action on the part of any Person) to reflect the release of Collateral Obligations pursuant to Article X hereof and the inclusion of additional Collateral Obligations as provided in   Section 12.2 hereof.

Scheduled Distribution ”: With respect to any Asset, for each Due Date, the scheduled payment of principal and/or interest due on such Due Date with respect to such Asset, determined in accordance with the assumptions specified in Section 1.3 hereof.

Second Lien Loan ”: Any assignment of or Participation Interest in a Loan that: (a) is not (and cannot by its terms become) subordinate in right of payment to any other obligation of the obligor of the Loan but which is subordinated (with respect to liquidation preferences with respect to pledged collateral) to a Senior Secured Loan of the obligor; (b) is secured by a valid second-priority perfected security interest or lien in, to or on specified collateral securing the obligor’s obligations under the Second Lien Loan the value of which is adequate (in the commercially reasonable business judgment of the Collateral Manager) to repay the Loan in accordance with its terms and to repay all other Loans of equal or higher seniority secured by a lien or security interest in the same collateral and (c) is not secured solely or primarily by common stock or other equity interests.

Secured Noteholders ”: The Holders of the Secured Notes.

Secured Notes ”: The Class A Notes, the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes.

 
52

 

Secured Parties ”: The meaning specified in the Granting Clauses.

Securities Account Control Agreement ”: The Securities Account Control Agreement dated as of the Closing Date between the Issuer, the Trustee and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as custodian.

Securities Act ”: The United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Securities Intermediary ”: As defined in Section 8-102(a)(14) of the UCC.

Security Entitlement ”: The meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(17) of the UCC.

Selling Institution ”: The entity obligated to make payments to the Issuer under the terms of a Participation Interest (other than a Closing Date Participation Interest).

Senior Secured Loan ”: Any assignment of or Participation Interest in a Loan that: (a) is not (and cannot by its terms become) subordinate in right of payment to any other obligation of the obligor of the Loan (other than with respect to liquidation, trade claims, capitalized leases or similar obligations); (b) is secured by a valid first-priority perfected security interest or lien in, to or on specified collateral securing the obligor’s obligations under the Loan; (c) the value of the collateral securing the Loan at the time of purchase together with other attributes of the obligor (including, without limitation, its general financial condition, ability to generate cash flow available for debt service and other demands for that cash flow) is adequate (in the commercially reasonable judgment of the Collateral Manager) to repay the Loan in accordance with its terms and to repay all other Loans of equal seniority secured by a first lien or security interest in the same collateral and (d) is not secured solely or primarily by common stock or other equity interests.

Senior Unsecured Loan ”: A senior unsecured Loan obligation of any corporation, partnership or trust which is not (and by its terms is not permitted to become) subordinate in right of payment to any other debt for borrowed money incurred by the obligor under such Loan.

Similar Law ”: Any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other law or regulation that could cause the underlying assets of the Issuer to be treated as assets of the investor in any Note (or any interest therein) by virtue of its interest and thereby subject the Issuer or the Collateral Manager (or other persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Issuer’s assets) to laws or regulations that are similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions contained in Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

Special Redemption ”: As defined in Section 9.6 .

Special Redemption Amount ”: As defined in Section 9.6 .

Special Redemption Date ”: As defined in Section 9.6 .

Specified Amendment ”: With respect to any Collateral Obligation that is the subject of a rating estimate or is a private or confidential rating by S&P, any waiver, modification, amendment or variance that would (each measured relative to such Collateral Obligation as of the date it was first included in the Assets):
 
 
53

 

 
(a)
modify the amortization schedule with respect to such Collateral Obligation in a manner that:

 
(i)
reduces the Dollar amount of any Scheduled Distribution by more than the greater of (x) 20% and (y) $250,000;

 
(ii)
postpones any Scheduled Distribution by more than two payment periods or eliminates a Scheduled Distribution; or

 
(iii)
causes the Weighted Average Life of the applicable Collateral Obligation to increase by more than 10%;

 
(b)
reduce or increase the Cash interest rate payable by the Obligor thereunder by more than 100 basis points (excluding any increase in an interest rate arising by operation of a default or penalty interest clause under a Collateral Obligation);

 
(c)
extend the stated maturity date of such Collateral Obligation by more than 24 months;

 
(d)
release any party from its obligations under such Collateral Obligation, if such release would have a material adverse effect on the Collateral Obligation;

 
(e)
reduce the principal amount thereof; or

 
(f)
in the reasonable business judgment of the Collateral Manager, have a material adverse impact on the value of such Collateral Obligation.

Standby Directed Investment ”: Shall mean, initially, JPMorgan U.S. Treasury Plus Money Mark Fund (which investment shall be, for the avoidance of doubt, an Eligible Investment); provided that the Issuer, or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer, may by written notice to the Trustee change the Standby Directed Investment to any other Eligible Investment of the type described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Eligible Investments” maturing not later than the earlier of (i) 30 days after the date of such investment (unless putable at par to the issuer thereof) or (ii) the Business Day immediately preceding the next Payment Date (or such shorter maturities expressly provided herein).

Stated Maturity ”: With respect to the Notes of any Class, the date specified as such in Section 2.3 .

Step-Down Obligation ”: An obligation or security which by the terms of the related Underlying Instruments provides for a decrease in the per annum interest rate on such obligation or security (other than by reason of any change in the applicable index or benchmark rate used to determine such interest rate) or in the spread over the applicable index or benchmark rate, solely as a function of the passage of time; provided that an obligation or security providing for payment of a constant rate of interest at all times after the date of acquisition by the Issuer shall not constitute a Step-Down Obligation.
 
 
54

 

Step-Up Obligation ”: An obligation or security which by the terms of the related Underlying Instruments provides for an increase in the per annum interest rate on such obligation or security, or in the spread over the applicable index or benchmark rate, solely as a function of the passage of time; provided that an obligation or security providing for payment of a constant rate of interest at all times after the date of acquisition by the Issuer shall not constitute a Step-Up Obligation.

Structured Finance Obligation ”: Any obligation issued by a special purpose vehicle and secured directly by, referenced to, or representing ownership of, a pool of receivables or other financial assets of any Obligor, including collateralized debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities.

Subordinated Collateral Management Fee ”: The fee payable to the Collateral Manager in arrears on each Payment Date (prorated for the related Interest Accrual Period) pursuant to Section 8(a) of the Collateral Management Agreement and Section 11.1 of this Indenture, in an amount equal to (a) for so long as Garrison Investment Group LP (or any Affiliate thereof) is the Collateral Manager, 0.00% or (b) at any other time, 0.35%, each per annum (calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) of the Fee Basis Amount at the beginning of the Collection Period relating to such Payment Date; provided that the Subordinated Collateral Management Fee payable on any Payment Date shall not include any such fee (or any portion thereof) that has been waived by the Collateral Manager pursuant to Section 8(b) of the Collateral Management Agreement no later than the Determination Date immediately prior to such Payment Date.

Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement ”: The agreement dated as of November 5, 2010 by and between the Issuer and Garrison Funding 2008-1 Ltd., an exempted company incorporated with limited liability in the Cayman Islands, as initial purchaser of the Subordinated Notes, as amended from time to time.

Subordinated Notes ”: The subordinated notes issued pursuant to this Indenture and having the characteristics specified in Section 2.3 .

Subsequent Delivery Date ”: The settlement date with respect to the Issuer’s acquisition of a Collateral Obligation to be pledged to the Trustee after the Closing Date.

Successor Entity ”: The meaning specified in Section 7.10 .

Supermajority ”: With respect to any Class of Notes, the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes of such Class.

Synthetic Security ”: A security or swap transaction, other than a Participation Interest, that has payments associated with either payments of interest on and/or principal of a reference obligation or the credit performance of a reference obligation.

 
55

 
 
Tax ”: Any tax, levy, impost, duty, charge or assessment of any nature (including interest, penalties and additions thereto) imposed by any governmental taxing authority.

Tax Event ”: An event that occurs if a change in or the adoption of any U.S. or foreign tax statute or treaty, or any change in or the issuance of any regulation (whether final, temporary or proposed), rule, ruling, practice, procedure or judicial decision or interpretation of the foregoing after the Closing Date results in (i)(x) any Obligor under any Collateral Obligation being required to deduct or withhold from any payment under such Collateral Obligation to the Issuer for or on account of any Tax for whatever reason (other than withholding tax imposed as a result of the failure by any Holder to comply with its Noteholder Reporting Obligations, so long as the Issuer, within 30 days after the imposition of such withholding tax, exercises its right to demand that such Non-Permitted Holder transfer its interest to a Person that is not a Non-Permitted Holder and, if such Non- Permitted Holder fails to so transfer its Notes, the Issuer exercises its right to sell such Notes or interest therein to a Person that is not a Non-Permitted Holder) and such Obligor is not required to pay to the Issuer such additional amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by the Issuer (free and clear of Taxes, whether assessed against such Obligor or the Issuer) will equal the full amount that the Issuer would have received had no such deduction or withholding occurred and (y) the total amount of such deductions or withholdings on the Assets results in a payment by, or charge or tax burden to, the Issuer that results or will result in the withholding of 5% or more of Scheduled Distributions for any Collection Period, or (ii) any jurisdiction imposing net income, profits or similar Tax on the Issuer in an aggregate amount in any Collection Period in excess of U.S.$100,000.

Tax Jurisdiction ”: The Bahamas, Bermuda, the British Virgin Islands, the Cayman Islands, the Channel Islands or the Netherlands Antilles and any other tax advantaged jurisdiction as may be notified by Moody’s to the Collateral Manager from time to time.

Tax Redemption ”: The meaning specified in Section 9.3(a) hereof.

Third Party Credit Exposure ”: As of any date of determination, the Principal Balance of each Collateral Obligation that consists of a Participation Interest (other than a Closing Date Participation Interest).

Third Party Credit Exposure Limits ”: Limits that shall be satisfied if the Third Party Credit Exposure with counterparties having the ratings below from S&P do not exceed the percentage of the Collateral Principal Amount specified below:
 
       
Individual
S&P’s credit rating of
 
Aggregate Percentage
 
Percentage
Selling Institution
 
Limit
 
Limit
         
AAA
 
5.00%
 
5.00%
AA+
 
5.00%
 
5.00%
AA
 
5.00%
 
5.00%
AA-
 
5.00%
 
5.00%
A+
 
5.00%
 
2.00%
A
 
5.00%
 
2.00%
 
 
56

 
 
       
Individual
S&P’s credit rating of
 
Aggregate Percentage
 
Percentage
Selling Institution
 
Limit
 
Limit
         
A- or below
 
0%
 
0%
 
provided that a Selling Institution having an S&P credit rating of “A” must also have a short-term S&P rating of “A-1” otherwise its Aggregate Percentage Limit and Individual Percentage Limit shall be 0%.

Trading Plan ”: The meaning specified in Section 12.2(b) .

Trading Plan Period ”: The meaning specified in Section 12.2(b) .

Transaction Documents ”: This Indenture, the Collateral Management Agreement, the Collateral Administration Agreement, the Securities Account Control Agreement, the Participation and Pledge Agreement, the Assignment and Sale Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement.

Transfer Agent ”: The Person or Persons, which may be the Issuer, authorized by the Issuer to exchange or register the transfer of Notes.

Trust Officer ”: When used with respect to the Bank (in all of its capacities), any officer within the Corporate Trust Office (or any successor group of the Trustee) authorized to act for and on behalf of the Bank in such capacity, including any vice president, assistant vice president or officer of the Bank in such capacity customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred at the Corporate Trust Office because of such person’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and, in each case, having direct responsibility for the administration of this transaction.

Trustee ”: As defined in the first sentence of this Indenture.

UCC ”: The Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York or, if different, the political subdivision of the United States that governs the perfection of the relevant security interest as amended from time to time.

Uncertificated Security ”: The meaning specified in Section 8-102(a)(18) of the UCC.

Underlying Instrument ”: The loan agreement, credit agreement, indenture or other customary agreement pursuant to which an Asset has been created or issued and each other agreement that governs the terms of or secures the obligations represented by such Asset or of which the holders of such Asset are the beneficiaries.

United States owned foreign entity ”: The meaning specified in Section 2.12(d) .

Unregistered Securities ”: The meaning specified in Section 5.17(c) .

 
57

 
 
U. S. Person ” and “ U.S. person ”: The meanings specified in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code or in Regulation S, as the context requires.

Warehouse Principal Financed Accrued Interest ”: U.S.$0.

Weighted Average Coupon ”: As of any date of determination, the number obtained by dividing :

 
(a)
the amount equal to the Aggregate Coupon; by

 
(b)
an amount equal to the Aggregate Principal Balance of all Fixed Rate Obligations as of such date, in each case excluding, for any Deferrable Obligation, any interest that has been deferred and capitalized thereon.

Weighted Average Floating Spread ”: As of any date of determination, the number obtained by dividing :

 
(a)
the amount equal to (A) the Aggregate Funded Spread plus (B) the Aggregate Unfunded Spread plus (C) the Aggregate Excess Funded Spread; by

 
(b)
an amount equal to the Aggregate Principal Balance of all Floating Rate Obligations as of such date, in each case excluding, for any Deferrable Obligation, any interest that has been deferred and capitalized thereon.

Weighted Average Life ”: As of any date of determination with respect to all Collateral Obligations other than Defaulted Obligations, the number of years following such date obtained by summing the products obtained by multiplying :

(a) the Average Life at such time of each such Collateral Obligation by (b) the Principal Balance of such Collateral Obligation

and dividing such sum by:

(b) the aggregate remaining principal balance at such time of all Collateral Obligations other than Defaulted Obligations.

Weighted Average Life Test ”: A test satisfied on any date of determination if the Weighted Average Life of all Collateral Obligations as of such date is less than the number of years ( rounded up to the nearest one hundredth thereof) during the period from such date of determination to August 4, 2015.

Weighted Average Moody’s Rating Factor ”: The number ( rounded up to the nearest whole number) determined by :

(a) summing the products of (i) the Principal Balance of each Collateral Obligation (excluding Equity Securities) multiplied by (ii) the Moody’s Rating Factor of such Collateral Obligation (as described below) and

 
58

 
 
(b) dividing such sum by the Principal Balance of all such Collateral Obligations.

For purposes of the foregoing, the “Moody’s Rating Factor” relating to any Collateral Obligation is the number set forth in the table below opposite the Moody’s Default Probability Rating of such Collateral Obligation.

Moody’s Default
 
Moody’s Rating
 
Moody’s Default
 
Moody’s Rating
Probability Rating
 
Factor
 
Probability Rating
 
Factor
Aaa
 
1
 
Ba1
 
940
Aa1
 
10
 
Ba2
 
1,350
Aa2
 
20
 
Ba3
 
1,766
Aa3
 
40
 
B1
 
2,220
A1
 
70
 
B2
 
2,720
A2
 
120
 
B3
 
3,490
A3
 
180
 
Caa1
 
4,770
Baa1
 
260
 
Caa2
 
6,500
Baa2
 
360
 
Caa3
 
8,070
Baa3
 
610
 
Ca or lower
 
10,000

For purposes of the Maximum Moody’s Weighted Average Rating Factor Test, any Collateral Obligation issued or guaranteed by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality thereof is assigned a Moody’s Rating Factor of 1.

Weighted Average Moody’s Recovery Rate ”: As of any date of determination, the number, expressed as a percentage, obtained by (i) summing the products of the Moody’s Recovery Rate on such date of each Collateral Obligation and the Principal Balance of such Collateral Obligation, (ii) dividing such sum by the Aggregate Principal Balance of all such Collateral Obligations and (iii) rounding up to the nearest tenth of a percentage.

Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate ”: As of any date of determination, the number, expressed as a percentage and determined separately for each Class of Secured Notes, obtained by (i) summing the products obtained by multiplying the Principal Balance of each Collateral Obligation by its corresponding recovery rate as determined in accordance with Section 1 of Schedule 6 hereto, (ii)   dividing   such sum by the Aggregate Principal Balance of all such   Collateral Obligations, and (iii) rounding up to the nearest tenth of a percentage.

Zero Coupon Bond ”: Any debt security that by its terms (a) does not bear interest for all or part of the remaining period that it is outstanding, (b) provides for periodic payments of interest in Cash less frequently than semi-annually or (c) pays interest only at its stated maturity.

Section 1.2     Usage of Terms . With respect to all terms in this Indenture, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words importing any gender include the other genders; references to “writing” include printing, typing, lithography and other means of reproducing words in a visible form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all amendments, modifications and supplements thereto or any changes therein entered into in accordance with their respective terms and not prohibited by this Indenture; references to Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; and the term “including” means “including without limitation.”

 
59

 
 
Section 1.3     Assumptions as to Assets . In connection with all calculations required to be made pursuant to this Indenture with respect to Scheduled Distributions on any Asset, or any payments on any other assets included in the Assets, with respect to the sale of and reinvestment in Collateral Obligations, and with respect to the income that can be earned on Scheduled Distributions on such Assets and on any other amounts that may be received for deposit in the Collection Account, the provisions set forth in this Section 1.3 shall be applied. The provisions of this Section 1.3 shall be applicable to any determination or calculation that is covered by this Section 1.3 , whether or not reference is specifically made to Section 1.3 , unless some other   method of calculation or determination is expressly specified in the particular provision.

(a)           All calculations with respect to Scheduled Distributions on the Assets securing the Notes shall be made on the basis of information as to the terms of each such Asset and upon reports of payments, if any, received on such Asset that are furnished by or on behalf of the issuer of such Asset and, to the extent they are not manifestly in error, such information or reports may be conclusively relied upon in making such calculations.

(b)           For purposes of calculating the Coverage Tests, except as otherwise specified in the Coverage Tests, such calculations will not include scheduled interest and principal payments on Defaulted Obligations unless or until such payments are actually made.

(c)           For each Collection Period and as of any date of determination, the Scheduled Distribution on any Asset (including Current Pay Obligations and DIP Collateral Obligations but excluding Defaulted Obligations, which, except as otherwise provided herein, shall be assumed to have a Scheduled Distribution of zero, except to the extent any payments have actually been received) shall be the sum of (i) the total amount of payments and collections to be received during such Collection Period in respect of such Asset (including the proceeds of the sale of such Asset received and, in the case of sales which have not yet settled, to be received during the Collection Period and not reinvested in additional Collateral Obligations or Eligible Investments or retained in the Collection Account for subsequent reinvestment pursuant to Section 12.2 ) that, if received as scheduled, will be available in the Collection Account at the end of the Collection Period and (ii) any such amounts received in prior Collection Periods that were not disbursed on a previous Payment Date.

(d)          Each Scheduled Distribution receivable with respect to an Asset shall be assumed to be received on the applicable Due Date, and each such Scheduled Distribution shall be assumed to be immediately deposited in the Collection Account to earn interest at the Assumed Reinvestment Rate. All such funds shall be assumed to continue to earn interest until the date on which they are required to be available in the Collection Account for application, in accordance with the terms hereof, to payments of principal of or interest on the Notes or other amounts payable pursuant to this Indenture. For purposes of the applicable determinations required by Section 10.6(b)(iv) , Article XII   and the definition of “Interest Coverage Ratio”, the expected   interest on the Secured Notes and Floating Rate Obligations will be calculated using the then current interest rates applicable thereto.

 
60

 
 
(e)           References in Section 11.1(a) to calculations made on a “pro forma basis” shall mean such calculations after giving effect to all payments, in accordance with the Priority of Payments described herein, that precede (in priority of payment) or include the clause in which such calculation is made.

(f)           For purposes of calculating all Concentration Limitations, in both the numerator and the denominator of any component of the Concentration Limitations, Defaulted Obligations will be treated as having a Principal Balance equal to the Defaulted Obligation Balance.

(g)           If a Collateral Obligation included in the Assets would be deemed a Current Pay Obligation but for the applicable percentage limitation in the proviso to clause (x) of the proviso to the definition of “Defaulted Obligation”, then the Current Pay Obligations with the lowest Market Value (assuming that such Market Value is expressed as a percentage of the Principal Balance of such Current Pay Obligations as of the date of determination) shall be deemed Defaulted Obligations. Each such Defaulted Obligation will be treated as a Defaulted Obligation for all purposes until such time as the Aggregate Principal Balance of Current Pay Obligations would not exceed, on a pro forma basis including such Defaulted Obligation, the applicable percentage of the Collateral Principal Amount.

(h)          Except where expressly referenced herein for inclusion in such calculations, Defaulted Obligations will not be included in the calculation of the Collateral Quality Test.

(i)           For purposes of calculating compliance with the Investment Criteria, upon the direction of the Collateral Manager by notice to the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator, any Eligible Investment representing Principal Proceeds received upon the sale or other disposition of a Collateral Obligation shall be deemed to have the characteristics of such Collateral Obligation until reinvested in an additional Collateral Obligation. Such calculations shall be based upon the principal amount of such Collateral Obligation, except in the case of Defaulted Obligations and Credit Risk Obligations, in which case the calculations will be based upon the Principal Proceeds received on the disposition or sale of such Defaulted Obligation or Credit Risk Obligation.

(j)           For the purposes of calculating compliance with each of the Concentration Limitations all calculations will be rounded up to the nearest 0.1%. All other calculations, unless otherwise set forth herein or the context otherwise requires, shall be rounded up to the nearest ten-thousandth if expressed as a percentage, and to the nearest one-hundredth if expressed otherwise.

(k)           Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture to the contrary, all monetary calculations under this Indenture shall be in Dollars.

(l)           Any reference in this Indenture to an amount of the Trustee’s or the Collateral Administrator’s fees calculated with respect to a period at a per annum rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months prorated for the related Interest Accrual Period and shall be based on the aggregate face amount of the Assets.
 
 
61

 
 
(m)         To the extent of any ambiguity in the interpretation of any definition or term contained in this Indenture or to the extent more than one methodology can be used to make any of the determinations or calculations set forth herein, the Collateral Administrator shall request direction from the Collateral Manager as to the interpretation and/or methodology to be used, and the Collateral Administrator shall follow such direction, and together with the Trustee, shall be entitled to conclusively rely thereon without any responsibility or liability therefor.

(n)           For purposes of calculating compliance with any tests under this Indenture, the trade date (and not the settlement date) with respect to any acquisition or disposition of a Collateral Obligation or Eligible Investment shall be used to determine whether and when such acquisition or disposition has occurred.

(o)           If any Closing Date Participation Interest is not converted into a full assignment of the related Loan within 60 days of the Closing Date, such Closing Date Participation Interest shall be deemed to have a Principal Balance of zero until such time as it is converted into a full assignment of the related Loan.

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

Section 2.1      Forms Generally . The Notes and the Trustee’s or Authenticating Agent’s certificate of authentication thereon (the “ Certificate of Authentication ”) shall be in substantially the forms required by this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon, as may be consistent herewith, determined by the Authorized Officers of the Issuer executing such Notes as evidenced by their execution of such Notes. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.

Section 2.2      Forms of Notes . (a) The forms of the Notes, including the forms of Certificated Secured Notes, Certificated Subordinated Notes, Regulation S Global Secured Notes and Rule 144A Global Secured Notes, shall be as set forth in the applicable part of Exhibit A hereto.

 
(b)
Secured Notes and Subordinated Notes .

(i)      The Secured Notes of each Class sold to Qualified Purchasers who are not U.S. persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall each be issued initially in the form of one permanent Global Secured Note per Class in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons substantially in the applicable form attached as Exhibit A-1 , Exhibit A-2 or Exhibit A-3 hereto, in the case of the Secured Notes (each, a “ Regulation S Global Secured Note ”), and shall be deposited on behalf of the subscribers for such Notes represented thereby with the Trustee as custodian for, and registered in the name of a nominee of, DTC for the respective accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

 
62

 
 
(ii)     The Secured Notes of each Class sold to persons that are QIB/QPs shall each be issued initially in the form of one permanent Global Secured Note per Class in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons substantially in the applicable form attached as Exhibit A -1 , Exhibit A-2 or Exhibit A-3 hereto (each, a “ Rule 144A Global Secured Note ”), and shall be deposited on behalf of the subscribers for such Notes   represented thereby with the Trustee as custodian for, and registered in the name of a nominee of, DTC, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The Secured Notes sold to persons that, at the time of the acquisition, purported acquisition or proposed acquisition of any such Secured Note, are Institutional Accredited Investors and Qualified Purchasers (or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser) shall be issued in the form of definitive, fully registered notes without coupons substantially in the applicable form attached as Exhibit A-5 , Exhibit A-6 or Exhibit A-7 hereto (a “ Certificated Secured Note ”) which shall be registered in the name of the beneficial owner or a nominee   thereof, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

(iii)    The Subordinated Notes sold to Qualified Purchasers (or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser) that, at the time of the acquisition, purported acquisition or proposed acquisition of any such Subordinated Note, are also (A) Qualified Institutional Buyers or (B) Organizing Entities that are either (I) Institutional Accredited Investors or (II) non U.S. persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act shall be issued in the form of definitive, fully registered notes without coupons substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A-4 hereto (each, a “ Certificated Subordinated Note ” and, together with the Certificated Secured Notes, “ Certificated Notes ”) which shall be registered in the name of the beneficial owner or a nominee   thereof, duly executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

(iv)    The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Secured Notes and the Rule 144A Global Secured Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee or DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as hereinafter provided.

(c)          Book Entry Provisions . This Section 2.2(c) shall apply only to Global Secured Notes deposited with or on behalf of DTC.

The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” of Euroclear and the “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Participants” of Clearstream, respectively, will be applicable to the Global Secured Notes insofar as interests in such Global Secured Notes are held by the Agent Members of Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be.

Agent Members shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Secured Notes held on their behalf by the Trustee, as custodian for DTC and DTC may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee, and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee, or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or impair, as between DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 
63

 
 
Section 2.3      Authorized Amount; Stated Maturity; Denominations . The aggregate principal amount of Secured Notes and Subordinated Notes that may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture is limited to U.S.$219,500,000 aggregate principal amount of Secured Notes and U.S.$80,500,000 face amount of Subordinated Notes (except for (i) Deferred Interest with respect to the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes, (ii) Notes authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Notes pursuant to Section 2.5 , Section 2.6 or Section 8.5 of this Indenture or (iii) additional Subordinated Notes issued in accordance with Sections 2.13 and 3.2 ).

Such Notes shall be divided into the Classes, having the designations, original principal amounts or face amounts (in the case of the Subordinated Notes) and other characteristics as follows:
 
Class
Designation
 
A-1
 
A-2
 
B
 
C
 
Subordinated
Original Principal Amount or Face Amount 1
 
U.S.$164,500,000
 
U.S.$25,000,000
 
U.S.$12,000,000
 
U.S.$18,000,000
 
U.S.$80,500,000
Stated Maturity
 
November 20, 2017
 
November 20, 2017
 
November 20, 2017
 
November 20, 2017
 
November 20, 2017
Fixed Rate Note
 
No
 
No
 
No
 
No
 
N/A
Interest Rate:
                   
Floating Rate Note
 
Yes
 
Yes
 
Yes
 
Yes
 
N/A
Index
 
LIBOR
 
LIBOR
 
LIBOR
 
LIBOR
 
N/A
Index Maturity
 
3 month 2
 
3 month 2
 
3 month 2
 
3 month 2
 
N/A
Spread
 
2.40%
 
2.40%
 
3.75%
 
4.75%
 
N/A
Initial Rating(s):
                   
S&P
 
AAA
 
AAA
 
AA
 
A
 
None
Moody’s
 
Aaa
 
Aaa
 
Aa2
 
A2
 
None
Priority Classes
 
None
 
A-1
 
A-1, A-2
 
A-1, A-2, B
 
A-1, A-2, B, C
Junior Classes
 
A-2, B, C, Subordinated
 
B, C, Subordinated
 
C, Subordinated
 
Subordinated
 
None
Listed Notes
 
Yes
 
Yes
 
Yes
 
Yes
 
No
Interest deferrable
 
No
 
No
 
Yes
 
Yes
 
N/A
 
The Secured Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of U.S.$250,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof. The Subordinated Notes shall be issued in minimum denominations of U.S.$100,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof. Notes shall only be transferred or resold in compliance with the terms of this Indenture.
 

1
As of the Closing Date.

2
LIBOR shall be calculated by reference to three-month LIBOR, in accordance with the definition of LIBOR set forth in Exhibit C hereto; provided that LIBOR for the first Interest Accrual Period shall equal 0.31155%.
 
 
64

 
 
Section 2.4       Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating . The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by one of its Authorized Officers. The signature of such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.

Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time the Authorized Officers of the Issuer, shall bind the Issuer notwithstanding the fact that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of issuance of such Notes.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for authentication and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent, upon Issuer Order, shall authenticate and deliver such Notes as provided in this Indenture and not otherwise.

Each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent upon Issuer Order on the Closing Date shall be dated as of the Closing Date. All other Notes that are authenticated after the Closing Date for any other purpose under this Indenture shall be dated the date of their authentication.

Notes issued upon transfer, exchange or replacement of other Notes shall be issued in authorized denominations reflecting the original Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes so transferred, exchanged or replaced, but shall represent only the current Outstanding principal amount of the Notes so transferred, exchanged or replaced. If any Note is divided into more than one Note in accordance with this Article II , the original principal amount of such Note shall be proportionately divided among the Notes delivered in exchange therefor and shall be deemed to be the original aggregate principal amount of such subsequently issued Notes.

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a Certificate of Authentication, substantially in the form provided for herein, executed by the Trustee or by the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of one of their Authorized Officers, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 2.5       Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange . (a) The Issuer shall cause the Notes to be Registered and shall cause to be kept a register (the “ Register ”) at the office of the Trustee in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and the registration of transfers of Notes. The Trustee is hereby initially appointed registrar (the “ Registrar ”) for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of such Notes with respect to the Register maintained in the United States as herein provided. Upon any resignation or removal of the Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor or, in the absence of such appointment, assume the duties of Registrar.

 
65

 
 
If a Person other than the Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as Registrar, the Issuer will give the Trustee prompt written notice of the appointment of a Registrar and of the location, and any change in the location, of the Register, and the Trustee shall have the right to inspect the Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof and the Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a certificate executed on behalf of the Registrar by an Officer thereof as to the names and addresses of the Holders of the Notes and the principal or face amounts and numbers of such Notes. Upon written request at any time the Registrar shall provide to the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Initial Purchaser or any Holder a current list of Holders as reflected in the Register.

Subject to this Section 2.5 , upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 7.2 , the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denomination and of a like aggregate principal or face amount. At any time, the Issuer, the Collateral Manager or the Initial Purchaser may request a list of Holders from the Trustee.

At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for Notes of like terms, in any authorized denominations and of like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Note is surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Notes issued and authenticated upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer evidencing the same debt (to the extent they evidence debt), and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Registrar or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Registrar or the Trustee shall be permitted to request such evidence reasonably satisfactory to it documenting the identity and/or signatures of the transferor and transferee.

(b)         No Note may be sold or transferred (including, without limitation, by pledge or hypothecation) unless such sale or transfer is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, is exempt from the registration requirements under applicable state securities laws and will not cause the Issuer to become subject to the requirement that it register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

 
66

 
 
(c)         (i)     No transfer of any Subordinated Note (or any interest therein) will be effective, and the Trustee will not recognize any such transfer, if after giving effect to such transfer 25% or more of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Subordinated Notes would be held by Persons who have represented that they are Benefit Plan Investors. For purposes of these calculations and all other calculations required by this subsection, (A) any Notes of the Issuer held by a Controlling Person, the Trustee, the Collateral Manager, the Initial Purchaser or any of their respective affiliates shall be disregarded and not treated as Outstanding and (B) an “affiliate” of a Person shall include any Person, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Person, and “control” with respect to a Person other than an individual shall mean the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of such Person. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely exclusively upon the information set forth in the face of the transfer certificates received pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.5 and only Notes that a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge to be so held shall be so disregarded.

(ii)     All of the Subordinated Notes and the membership interests of the Issuer (the “ Membership Interests ”) to be issued on the Closing Date are intended to be issued to Garrison Funding 2008-1 Ltd., which is an Affiliate of the Collateral Manager, but may be sold to related and/or unrelated Persons at any time thereafter in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, with respect to the Membership Interests of the Issuer, the Issuer’s organizational documents. As to the transfer and ownership of Membership Interests, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely exclusively upon the information set forth in the transfer certificates received pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.5 , and the Trustee shall have no obligation to determine or monitor the ownership and transfer of Membership Interests.

(iii)    No Subordinated Note (or interest therein) may be acquired or owned by any Person that is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disregarded entity (unless the beneficial owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the disregarded entity is a corporation, other than a subchapter S corporation, or is otherwise taxable as a corporation), partnership, subchapter S corporation or grantor trust unless such Person (i) is an Affiliate of the Collateral Manager or (ii) obtains an Opinion of Counsel that such acquisition or transfer will not cause the Issuer to be treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.

(iv)    No Subordinated Note (or interest therein) may be acquired, and no Holder of a Subordinated Note may sell, transfer, assign, participate, pledge or otherwise dispose of any Subordinated Note (or interest therein) or cause any Subordinated Note (or interest therein) to be marketed, (1) on or through an “established securities market” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Code and Treas. Reg. § 1.7704-1(b), including, without limitation, an interdealer quotation system that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations, (2) on or through a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(2) of the Code, including a market wherein any Subordinated Note (or interest therein) is regularly quoted by any Person making a market in such interests and a market wherein any Person regularly makes available bid or offer quotes with respect to any Subordinated Note (or interest therein) and stands ready to effect buy or sell transactions at the quoted prices for itself or on behalf of others, or (3) if such acquisition, sale, transfer, assignment, participation, pledge or other disposition would cause the Subordinated Notes (or interest therein) to be held by more than 100 Persons at any time, taking into account the anti-avoidance rule in U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704-1(h)(3).

 
67

 
 
(d)        Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Trustee shall not be responsible for ascertaining whether any transfer complies with, or for otherwise monitoring or determining compliance with, the registration provisions of or any exemptions from the Securities Act, applicable state securities laws or the applicable laws of any other jurisdiction, ERISA, the Code, the Investment Company Act, or the terms hereof; provided that if a certificate is specifically required by the terms of this Section 2.5 to be provided to the Trustee by a prospective transferor or transferee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to receive and examine the same to determine whether or not the certificate substantially conforms on its face to the applicable requirements of this Indenture and shall promptly notify the party delivering the same if such certificate does not comply with such terms.

(e)         Transfers of Global Secured Notes shall only be made in accordance with Section 2.2(b) and this Section 2.5(e) .

(i)      Rule 144A Global Secured Note to Regulation S Global Secured Note . If a holder of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Secured Note deposited with DTC wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Secured Note for an interest in the corresponding Regulation S Global Secured Note, or to transfer its interest in such Rule 144A Global Secured Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in the corresponding Regulation S Global Secured Note, such holder ( provided that such holder or, in the case of a transfer, the transferee is (x) not a U.S. person and is acquiring such interest in an offshore transaction (as defined in Regulation S) and (y) a Qualified Purchaser) may, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence and the rules and procedures of DTC, exchange or transfer, or cause the exchange or transfer of, such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the corresponding Regulation S Global Secured Note. Upon receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions given in accordance with DTC’s procedures from an Agent Member directing the Registrar to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the corresponding Regulation S Global Secured Note, but not less than the minimum denomination applicable to such holder’s Notes, in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Secured Note to be exchanged or transferred, (B) a written order given in accordance with DTC’s procedures containing information regarding the participant account of DTC and the Euroclear or Clearstream account to be credited with such increase, (C) a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-1 attached hereto given by the holder of such beneficial interest stating that the exchange or transfer of such interest has been made in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Secured Notes, including that the holder or the transferee, as applicable, is a Qualified Purchaser and not a U.S. person, and in an offshore transaction pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the Securities Act, and (D) a written certification in the form of Exhibit B-7 attached hereto given by the transferee in respect of such beneficial interest stating, among other things, that such transferee is a Qualified Purchaser and a non-U.S. person purchasing such beneficial interest in an offshore transaction in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act, then the Registrar shall approve the instructions at DTC to reduce the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Secured Note and to increase the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Secured Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Secured Note to be exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the securities account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the corresponding Regulation S Global Secured Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Secured Note.

 
68

 
 
(ii)      Regulation S Global Secured Note to Rule 144A Global Secured Note . If   a holder of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Secured Note deposited with DTC wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Regulation S Global Secured Note for an interest in the corresponding Rule 144A Global Secured Note or to transfer its interest in such Regulation S Global Secured Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in the corresponding Rule 144A Global Secured Note, such holder may, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence and the rules and procedures of Euroclear, Clearstream and/or DTC, as the case may be, exchange or transfer, or cause the exchange or transfer of, such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in the corresponding Rule 144A Global Secured Note. Upon receipt by the Registrar of (A) instructions from Euroclear, Clearstream and/or DTC, as the case may be, directing the Registrar to cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the corresponding Rule 144A Global Secured Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Secured Note, but not less than the minimum denomination applicable to such holder’s Notes to be exchanged or transferred, such instructions to contain information regarding the participant account with DTC to be credited with such increase, (B) a certificate in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto given by the holder of such beneficial interest and stating, among other things, that, in the case of a transfer, the Person transferring such interest in such Regulation S Global Secured Note reasonably believes that the Person acquiring such interest in a Rule 144A Global Secured Note is a Qualified Purchaser and a Qualified Institutional Buyer, is obtaining such beneficial interest in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, in compliance with certain restrictions imposed during the Distribution Compliance Period, if applicable, and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction and (C) a written certification in the form of Exhibit B-6 attached hereto given by the transferee in respect of such beneficial interest   stating, among other things, that such transferee is a Qualified Institutional Buyer and a Qualified Purchaser, then the Registrar will approve the instructions at DTC to reduce, or cause to be reduced, the Regulation S Global Secured Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Secured Note to be transferred or exchanged and the Registrar shall instruct DTC, concurrently with such reduction, to credit or cause to be credited to the securities account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the corresponding Rule 144A Global Secured Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Secured Note.

 
69

 
 
(iii)     Global Secured Note to Certificated Secured Note . If a holder of a   beneficial interest in a Global Secured Note deposited with DTC wishes at any time to transfer its interest in such Global Secured Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a corresponding Certificated Secured Note, such holder may, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence and the rules and procedures of Euroclear, Clearstream and/or DTC, as the case may be, transfer, or cause the transfer of, such interest for a Certificated Secured Note. Upon receipt by the Registrar of (A) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3 attached hereto executed by the transferee and (B) appropriate instructions from DTC, if required, the Registrar will approve the instructions at DTC to reduce, or cause to be reduced, the Global Secured Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Secured Note to be transferred, record the transfer in the Register in accordance with Section 2.5(a) and upon execution by the Issuer and authentication and delivery by the Trustee, one or more corresponding Certificated Secured Notes, registered in the names specified in the instructions described in clause (B) above, in principal amounts designated by the transferee (the aggregate of such principal amounts being equal to the aggregate principal amount of the interest in such Global Secured Note transferred by the transferor), and in authorized denominations.

(f) Transfers of Certificated Secured Notes shall only be made in accordance with Section 2.2(b) and this Section 2.5(f) .

(i)       Certificated Secured Note to Global Secured Note . If a holder of a Certificated Secured Note wishes at any time to transfer such Certificated Secured Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a corresponding Global Secured Note, such holder may, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence and the rules and procedures of Euroclear, Clearstream and/or DTC, as the case may be, exchange or transfer, or cause the exchange or transfer of, such Certificated Secured Note for a beneficial interest in a corresponding Global Secured Note. Upon receipt by the Registrar of (A) a Holder’s Certificated Secured Note properly endorsed for assignment to the transferee, (B) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 or   B-2 (as applicable) attached hereto executed by the transferor and   certificates substantially in the forms of Exhibit B-6 or B-7 (as applicable) attached hereto executed by the transferee, (C) instructions given in accordance with Euroclear, Clearstream or DTC’s procedures, as the case may be, from an Agent Member to instruct DTC to cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the applicable Global Secured Notes in an amount equal to the Certificated Secured Notes to be transferred or exchanged, and (D) a written order given in accordance with DTC’s procedures containing information regarding the participant’s account at DTC and/or Euroclear or Clearstream to be credited with such increase, the Registrar shall cancel such Certificated Secured Note in accordance with Section 2.9 , record the transfer in the Register in accordance with Section 2.5(a) and approve the instructions at DTC, concurrently with such cancellation,   to credit or cause to be credited to the securities account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the corresponding Global Secured Note equal to the principal amount of the Certificated Secured Note transferred or exchanged.

(ii)      Certificated Secured Note to Certificated Secured Note . Upon receipt by the Registrar of (A) a Holder’s Certificated Secured Note properly endorsed for assignment to the transferee, and (B) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B-3 attached hereto executed by the transferee, the Registrar shall cancel such Certificated Secured Note in accordance with Section 2.9 , record the transfer in the Register in accordance with Section 2.5(a) and upon execution by the Issuer and authentication and delivery by the Trustee, deliver one or more Certificated Secured Notes bearing the same designation as the Certificated Secured Note endorsed for transfer, registered in the names specified in the assignment described in clause (A) above, in principal amounts designated by the transferee (the aggregate of such principal amounts being equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Certificated Secured Note surrendered by the transferor), and in authorized denominations.

 
70

 
 
(g)        Transfers of Certificated Subordinated Notes shall only be made in accordance with Section 2.2(b) and this Section 2.5(g) . Upon receipt by the Registrar of (A) a Holder’s Certificated Subordinated Note properly endorsed for assignment to the transferee, and (B) certificates in the form of Exhibits B-4 and B-5 attached hereto given by the transferee of such Certificated Subordinated Note, the Registrar shall cancel such Certificated Subordinated Note in accordance with Section 2.9 , record the transfer in the Register in accordance with Section 2.5(a) and upon execution by the Issuer and authentication and delivery by the Trustee, deliver one or more Certificated Subordinated Notes bearing the same designation as the Certificated Subordinated Note endorsed for transfer, registered in the names specified in the assignment described in clause (A) above, in principal amounts designated by the transferee (the aggregate of such principal amounts being equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Certificated Subordinated Note surrendered by the transferor), and in authorized denominations.

(h)         If Notes are issued upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the applicable legends set forth in the applicable part of Exhibit A hereto, and if a request is made to remove such applicable legend on such Notes, the Notes so issued shall bear such applicable legend, or such applicable legend shall not be removed, as the case may be, unless there is delivered to the Trustee and the Issuer such satisfactory evidence, which may include an Opinion of Counsel acceptable to them, as may be reasonably required by the Issuer (and which shall by its terms permit reliance by the Trustee), to the effect that neither such applicable legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers thereof comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, the Investment Company Act, ERISA or the Code. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee or its Authenticating Agent, at the written direction of the Issuer shall, after due execution by the Issuer authenticate and deliver Notes that do not bear such applicable legend.

(i)          Each Person who becomes a beneficial owner of Offered Securities represented by an interest in a Global Secured Note will be deemed to have represented and agreed as follows:

 
71

 
 
(i)       In connection with the purchase of such Global Secured Notes: (A) none of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates is acting as a fiduciary or financial or investment adviser for such beneficial owner; (B) such beneficial owner is not relying (for purposes of making any investment decision or otherwise) upon any advice, counsel or representations (whether written or oral) of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates other than any statements in the final Offering Circular for such Global Secured Notes, and such beneficial owner has read and understands such final Offering Circular; (C) such beneficial owner has consulted with its own legal, regulatory, tax, business, investment, financial and accounting advisors to the extent it has deemed necessary and has made its own investment decisions (including decisions regarding the suitability of any transaction pursuant to this Indenture) based upon its own judgment and upon any advice from such advisors as it has deemed necessary and not upon any view expressed by the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates; (D) such beneficial owner is either (1) (in the case of a beneficial owner of an interest in a Rule 144A Global Secured Note) both (a) a Qualified Institutional Buyer and (b) a Qualified Purchaser (or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser) or (2) both (a) not a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act and is acquiring the Global Secured Notes in an offshore transaction (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Regulation S under the Securities Act and (b) a Qualified Purchaser (or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser); (E) such beneficial owner is acquiring its interest in such Global Secured Notes for its own account; (F) such beneficial owner was not formed for the purpose of investing in such Global Secured Notes; (G) such beneficial owner understands that the Issuer may receive a list of participants holding interests in the Global Secured Notes from one or more book-entry depositories; (H) such beneficial owner will hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of such Global Secured Notes; (I) such beneficial owner is a sophisticated investor and is purchasing the Global Secured Notes with a full understanding of all of the terms, conditions and risks thereof, and is capable of and willing to assume those risks; (J) such beneficial owner will provide notice of the relevant transfer restrictions to subsequent transferees and (K) if it is not a U.S. person, it is not acquiring any Global Secured Note as part of a plan to reduce, avoid or evade U.S. federal income tax.

(ii)      Each Person who purchases or transfers a Global Secured Note or any interest therein will be required or deemed to represent, warrant and agree that (A) if such Person is, or is acting on behalf of, a Benefit Plan Investor, its acquisition, holding and disposition of such Global Secured Note or interest therein does not and will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, and (B) if such Person is a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any Other Plan Law, (i) such Person is not and will not be subject to any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other law or regulation that could cause the underlying assets of the Issuer to be treated as assets of such Person and thereby subject the Issuer or the Collateral Manager (or other persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Issuer’s assets) to Other Plan Law and (ii) such Person’s acquisition, holding and disposition of such Global Secured Note will not constitute or result in a non-exempt violation of any such Other Plan Law.

 
72

 
 
(iii)     Such beneficial owner understands that such Global Secured Notes are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act, such Global Secured Notes have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act, and, if in the future such beneficial owner decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer such Global Secured Notes, such Global Secured Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the legend on such Global Secured Notes. Such beneficial owner acknowledges that no representation has been made as to the availability of any exemption under the Securities Act or any state securities laws for resale of such Global Secured Notes. Such beneficial owner understands that the Issuer has not been registered under the Investment Company Act, and that the Issuer is exempt from registration as such by virtue of Section 3(c)(7) and Rule 3a-7 of the Investment Company Act.

(iv)    Such beneficial owner is aware that, except as otherwise provided in this Indenture, any Global Secured Notes being sold to it in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act will be represented by one or more Regulation S Global Secured Notes and that beneficial interests therein may be held only through DTC for the respective accounts of Euroclear or Clearstream.

(v) Such beneficial owner will provide notice to each Person to whom it proposes to transfer any interest in the Global Secured Notes of the transfer restrictions and representations set forth in this Section 2.5 , including the Exhibits referenced herein.

(j)          Each Person who becomes an owner of a Certificated Secured Note will be required to make the representations and agreements set forth in Exhibit B-3 . Each Person who becomes an owner of a Certificated Subordinated Note will be required to make the representations and agreements set forth in Exhibit B-4 .

(k)         Any purported transfer of a Note not in accordance with this Section 2.5 shall be null and void and shall not be given effect for any purpose whatsoever.

(l)          To the extent required by the Issuer, as determined by the Issuer or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer, the Issuer may, upon written notice to the Trustee, impose additional transfer restrictions on the Notes to comply with the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 and other similar laws or regulations, including, without limitation, requiring each transferee of a Note to make representations to the Issuer in connection with such compliance.

(m)         The Registrar, the Trustee and the Issuer shall be entitled to conclusively rely on the information set forth on the face of any transferor and transferee certificate delivered pursuant to this Section 2.5 and shall be able to presume conclusively the continuing accuracy thereof, in each case without further inquiry or investigation.

Section 2.6       Mutilated, Defaced, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Note . If (a) any mutilated or defaced Note is surrendered to a Transfer Agent, or if there shall be delivered to the Issuer, the Trustee and the relevant Transfer Agent evidence to their reasonable satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (b) there is delivered to the Issuer, the Trustee and such Transfer Agent such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Trustee or such Transfer Agent that such Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, the Issuer shall execute and, upon Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder, in lieu of any such mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note, of like tenor (including the same date of issuance) and equal principal or face amount, registered in the same manner, dated the date of its authentication, bearing interest from the date to which interest has been paid on the mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Note and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

 
73

 
 
If, after delivery of such new Note, a protected purchaser of the predecessor Note presents for payment, transfer or exchange such predecessor Note, the Issuer, the Transfer Agent and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such new Note from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking therefrom, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent in connection therewith.

In case any such mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note without requiring surrender thereof except that any mutilated or defaced Note shall be surrendered.

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 2.6 , the Issuer may require the payment by the Holder thereof of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 2.6 in lieu of any mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer and such new Note shall be entitled, subject to the second paragraph of this Section 2.6 , to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes of the same Class duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 2.6 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

Section 2.7       Payment of Principal and Interest and Other Amounts; Principal and Interest Rights Preserved . (a) The Secured Notes of each Class shall accrue interest during each   Interest Accrual Period at the applicable Interest Rate and such interest will be payable in arrears on each Payment Date on the Aggregate Outstanding Amount thereof on the first day of the related Interest Accrual Period (after giving effect to payments of principal thereof on such date), except as otherwise set forth below. Payment of interest on each Class of Secured Notes (and payments of available Interest Proceeds to the Holders of the Subordinated Notes) will be subordinated to the payment of interest on each related Priority Class as provided in Section 11.1 . So long as any Priority Class is Outstanding with respect to the Class B Notes and/or the   Class C notes, any payment of interest due on the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes, as applicable, which is not available to be paid (“ Deferred Interest ”) in accordance with the Priority of Payments on any Payment Date shall not be considered “due and payable” for the purposes of Section 5.1(a) (and the failure to pay such interest shall not be an Event of Default) until the earliest of (i) the Payment Date on which funds are available to pay such Deferred Interest in accordance with the Priority of Payments, (ii) the Redemption Date with respect to the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes, as applicable, and (iii) the Stated Maturity of the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes, as applicable. Deferred Interest on the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes, as applicable, shall be added to the unpaid principal amount of the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes, as applicable, and shall be payable on the first Payment Date on which funds are available to be used for such purpose in accordance with the Priority of Payments, but in any event no later than the earlier of the Payment Date (i) which is the Redemption Date with respect to the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes, as applicable, and (ii) which is the Stated Maturity of the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes, as applicable. Regardless of whether any Priority Class is Outstanding with respect to the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes, as applicable, to the extent that funds are not available on any Payment Date (other than the Redemption Date with respect to, or Stated Maturity of, the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes, as applicable) to pay previously accrued Deferred Interest, such previously accrued Deferred Interest will not be due and payable on such Payment Date and any failure to pay such previously accrued Deferred Interest on such Payment Date will not be an Event of Default. Interest will cease to accrue on each Secured Note, or in the case of a partial repayment, on such repaid part, from the date of repayment. To the extent lawful and enforceable, interest on any interest that is not paid when due on any Class A-1 Note or Class A-2 Note or, if no Class A Notes are Outstanding, any Class B Note or, if no Class B Notes are Outstanding, any Class C Notes, shall accrue at the Interest Rate for such Class until paid as provided herein. The Subordinated Notes shall not accrue interest at a stated rate and shall be entitled to distributions of Interest Proceeds in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

 
74

 
 
(b)        The principal of each Secured Note of each Class matures at par and is due and payable on the date of the Stated Maturity for such Class, unless such principal has been previously repaid or unless the unpaid principal of such Secured Note becomes due and payable at an earlier date by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the payment of principal of each Class of Secured Notes (and payments of Principal Proceeds to the Holders of the Subordinated Notes) may only occur (other than amounts constituting Deferred Interest thereon which will be payable from Interest Proceeds pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i) ) in accordance with the Priority of Payments. Payments of principal on any Class of Secured Notes, and distributions of Principal Proceeds to Holders of Subordinated Notes, which are not paid, in accordance with the Priority of Payments, on any Payment Date (other than the Payment Date which is the Stated Maturity of the such Class of Notes or any Redemption Date), because of insufficient funds therefor shall not be considered “due and payable” for purposes of Section 5.1(a) until the Payment Date on which such principal may be paid in accordance with the Priority of Payments or all Priority Classes with respect to such Class have been paid in full.

(c)         Principal payments on the Notes will be made in accordance with the Priority of Payments and Section 9.1 .

(d)        The Paying Agent shall require the previous delivery of properly completed and signed applicable tax certifications (generally, in the case of U.S. federal income tax, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code or the applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a Person that is not a United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) or other certification acceptable to it to enable the Issuer, the Trustee and any Paying Agent to determine their duties and liabilities with respect to any taxes or other charges that they may be required to pay, deduct or withhold from payments in respect of such Note or the Holder or beneficial owner of such Note under any present or future law or regulation of the United States, any other jurisdiction or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority therein or to comply with any reporting or other requirements under any such law or regulation. The Issuer shall not be obligated to pay any additional amounts to the Holders or beneficial owners of the Notes as a result of deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges with respect to the Notes. Nothing herein shall be construed to obligate the Paying Agent to determine the duties or liabilities of the Issuer or any other paying agent with respect to any tax certification or withholding requirements, or any tax certification or withholding requirements of any jurisdiction, political subdivision or taxing authority outside the United States.

 
75

 
 
(e)         Payments in respect of interest on and principal of any Secured Note and any payment with respect to any Subordinated Note shall be made by the Trustee or by the Irish Paying Agent, if applicable, in Dollars to DTC or its designee with respect to a Global Secured Note and to the Holder or its nominee with respect to a Certificated Note, by wire transfer, as directed by the Holder, in immediately available funds to a Dollar account maintained by DTC or its nominee with respect to a Global Secured Note, and to the Holder or its nominee with respect to a Certificated Note; provided that (1) in the case of a Certificated Note, the Holder thereof shall have provided written wiring instructions to the Trustee and, if such payment is to be made by the Irish Paying Agent to such agent, on or before the related Record Date and (2) if appropriate instructions for any such wire transfer are not received by the related Record Date, then such payment shall be made by check drawn on a U.S. bank mailed to the address of the Holder specified in the Register. Upon final payment due on the Maturity of a Note, the Holder thereof shall present and surrender such Note at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or at the office of any Paying Agent (other than the Irish Paying Agent) on or prior to such Maturity; provided that if the Trustee and the Issuer shall have been furnished such security or indemnity   as may be required by them to save each of them harmless and an undertaking thereafter to surrender such certificate, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer or the Trustee that the applicable Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, such final payment shall be made without presentation or surrender. Neither the Issuer, the Trustee, the Collateral Manager, nor any Paying Agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspects of the records maintained by DTC, Euroclear, Clearstream or any of the Agent Members relating to or for payments made thereby on account of beneficial interests in a Global Secured Note. In the case where any final payment of principal and interest is to be made on any Secured Note (other than on the Stated Maturity thereof) or any final payment is to be made on any Subordinated Note (other than on the Stated Maturity thereof), the Trustee, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer shall, not more than 30 nor less than 10 days prior to the date on which such payment is to be made, mail (by first class mail, postage prepaid) to the Persons entitled thereto at their addresses appearing on the Register a notice which shall specify the date on which such payment will be made, the amount of such payment per U.S.$1,000 original principal amount of Secured Notes, face amount of Subordinated Notes and the place where such Notes may be presented and surrendered for such payment.

(f)         Payments of principal to Holders of the Secured Notes of each Class shall be made in the proportion that the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Secured Notes of such Class registered in the name of each such Holder on the applicable Record Date bears to the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Secured Notes of such Class on such Record Date. Payments to the Holders of the Subordinated Notes from Interest Proceeds and Principal Proceeds shall be made in the proportion that the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Subordinated Notes registered in the name of each such Holder on the applicable Record Date bears to the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Subordinated Notes on such Record Date.

 
76

 
 
(g)        Interest accrued with respect to the Secured Notes shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Accrual Period divided by 360.

(h)         All reductions in the principal amount of a Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) effected by payments of installments of principal made on any Payment Date or Redemption Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of such Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, whether or not such payment is noted on such Note.

(i)          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely from the Assets and following realization of the Assets, and application of the proceeds thereof in accordance with this Indenture, all obligations of and any claims against the Issuer hereunder or in connection herewith after such realization shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive. No recourse shall be had against any Officer, director, employee, shareholder, authorized person or incorporator of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager or their respective Affiliates, successors or assigns for any amounts payable under the Notes or this Indenture. It is understood that the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (i) shall not (i) prevent recourse to the Assets for the sums due or to become due under any security, instrument or agreement which is part of the Assets or (ii) constitute a waiver, release or discharge of any indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Notes or secured by this Indenture until such Assets have been realized. It is further understood that the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (i) shall not limit the right of any Person to name the Issuer as a party defendant in any Proceeding or in the exercise of any other remedy under the Notes or this Indenture, so long as no judgment in the nature of a deficiency judgment or seeking personal liability shall be asked for or (if obtained) enforced against any such Person or entity. The Subordinated Notes are not secured hereunder.

(j)          Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.7 , each Note delivered under this Indenture and upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to unpaid interest and principal (or other applicable amount) that were carried by such other Note.

Section 2.8       Persons Deemed Owners . The Issuer, the Trustee, and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall treat as the owner of each Note the Person in whose name such Note is registered on the Register on the applicable Record Date for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest on such Note and on any other date for all other purposes whatsoever (whether or not such Note is overdue), and none of the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 
77

 
 
Section 2.9        Cancellation . All Notes surrendered for payment, registration of transfer, exchange or redemption, or deemed lost or stolen, shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee and may not be reissued or resold. No Note may be surrendered (including any surrender in connection with any abandonment) except for payment as provided herein, or for registration of transfer, exchange or redemption, or for replacement in connection with any Note deemed lost or stolen. Any such Notes shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in this Section 2.9 , except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All canceled Notes held by the Trustee shall be destroyed by the Trustee in accordance with its standard policy unless the Issuer shall direct by an Issuer Order received by the Trustee prior to destruction that such Notes be returned to it.

Section 2.10     DTC Ceases to be Depository . (a) A Global Secured Note deposited with DTC pursuant to Section 2.2 shall be transferred in the form of a corresponding Certificated Note to the beneficial owners thereof only if (A) such transfer complies with Section 2.5 of this Indenture and (B) either (x) (i) DTC notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depository for such Global Secured Note or (ii) DTC ceases to be a Clearing Agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in each case, a successor depository is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days after such event or (y) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and such transfer is requested by the Holder of such Global Secured Note.

(b)         Any Global Secured Note that is transferable in the form of a corresponding Certificated Note to the beneficial owner thereof pursuant to this Section 2.10 shall be surrendered by DTC to the Trustee’s Corporate Trust Office designated for such purpose to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Secured Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of definitive physical certificates (pursuant to the instructions of DTC) in authorized denominations. Any Certificated Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Secured Note shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.5 , bear the legends set forth in the applicable   Exhibit A and shall be subject to the   transfer restrictions referred to in such legends.

(c)         Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section 2.10 , the Holder of a Global Secured Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which such Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(d)         In the event of the occurrence of either of the events specified in subsection (a) of this Section 2.10 , the Issuer will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Certificated Notes.

If Certificated Notes are not so issued by the Issuer to such beneficial owners of interests in Global Secured Notes as required by subsection (a) of this Section 2.10 , the Issuer expressly acknowledges that the beneficial owners shall be entitled to pursue any remedy that the Holders of a Global Secured Note would be entitled to pursue in accordance with Article V of this Indenture (but only to the extent of such beneficial owner’s interest in the Global Secured Note) as if corresponding Certificated Notes had been issued; provided that the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon any certificate of ownership provided by such beneficial owners (including a certificate in the form of Exhibit D ) and/or other forms of reasonable evidence of such ownership.

 
78

 
 
Section 2.11     Non-Permitted Holders . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Indenture, (x) any transfer of a beneficial interest in any Secured Note to (i) a U.S. person that is not a QIB/QP (other than a U.S. person that is an Institutional Accredited Investor and is also a Qualified Purchaser (or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser)) or (ii) a non-U.S. person that is not purchasing such beneficial interest in an offshore transaction in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act or that is not a Qualified Purchaser (or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser), and in each case, that does not have an exemption available under the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act and (y) any transfer of a beneficial interest in any Subordinated Note to a person that is not a Qualified Purchaser (or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser) and also (i) a Qualified Institutional Buyer or (ii) an Organizing Entity that is either (A) an Institutional Accredited Investor or (B) a non-U.S. person purchasing such beneficial interest in an offshore transaction in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act, and in each case, that does not have an exemption available under the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act shall be null and void and any such purported transfer of which the Issuer or the Trustee shall have notice may be disregarded by the Issuer and the Trustee for all purposes.

(b)        If (x)(i) any U.S. person that is not a QIB/QP (other than a U.S. person that is an Institutional Accredited Investor and is also a Qualified Purchaser (or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser)) or (ii) any non-U.S. person that is not purchasing such beneficial interest in an offshore transaction in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act or that is not a Qualified Purchaser (or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser), and in each case, that does not have an exemption available under the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act shall become the holder or beneficial owner of an interest in any Secured Note, (y) any person that is not a Qualified Purchaser (or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser) and also (i) a Qualified Institutional Buyer or (ii) an Organizing Entity that is either (A) an Institutional Accredited Investor or (B) a non-U.S. person purchasing such beneficial interest in an offshore transaction in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act, and in each case, that does not have an exemption available under the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act shall become the holder or beneficial owner of an interest in any Subordinated Note or (z) any holder of Notes shall fail to comply with the Noteholder Reporting Obligations (any such person a “ Non-Permitted Holder ”), the Issuer (or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer) shall, promptly after discovery that such person is a Non-Permitted Holder by the Issuer or, if a Trust Officer of the Trustee obtains actual knowledge, the Trustee (and notice by the Trustee to the Issuer, if the Trustee makes the discovery and who agrees to notify the Issuer of such discovery, if any), send notice to such Non-Permitted Holder demanding that such Non-Permitted Holder transfer its interest in the Notes held by such Person to a Person that is not a Non-Permitted Holder within 30 days after the date of such notice. If such Non-Permitted Holder fails to so transfer such Notes, the Issuer or the Collateral Manager acting for the Issuer shall have the right, without further notice to the Non-Permitted Holder, to sell such Notes or interest in such Notes to a purchaser selected by the Issuer that is not a Non-Permitted Holder on such terms as the Issuer may choose. The Issuer, or the Collateral Manager acting on behalf of the Issuer, may select the purchaser by soliciting one or more bids from one or more brokers or other market professionals that regularly deal in securities similar to the Notes and sell such Notes to the highest such bidder; provided that the Collateral Manager, its Affiliates and accounts, funds, clients or portfolios established and controlled by the Collateral Manager shall be entitled to bid in any such sale. However, the Issuer or the Collateral Manager may select a purchaser by any other means determined by it in its sole discretion. The Holder of each Note, the Non-Permitted Holder and each other Person in the chain of title from the Holder to the Non-Permitted Holder, by its acceptance of an interest in the Notes, agrees to cooperate with the Issuer, the Collateral Manager and the Trustee to effect such transfers. The proceeds of such sale, net of any commissions, expenses and taxes due in connection with such sale shall be remitted to the Non-Permitted Holder. The terms and conditions of any sale under this subsection shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Issuer, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Collateral Manager shall be liable to any Person having an interest in the Notes sold as a result of any such sale or the exercise of such discretion.

 
79

 
 
(c)         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Indenture, any transfer of a beneficial interest in any Subordinated Note to a Person who has made an ERISA-related representation required by Section 2.5 that is subsequently shown to be false or misleading shall be null and void and any such purported transfer of which the Issuer or the Trustee shall have notice may be disregarded by the Issuer and the Trustee for all purposes.

(d)         If any Person shall become the beneficial owner of an interest in any Note who has made or is deemed to have made a prohibited transaction, Benefit Plan Investor, Controlling Person, Similar Law or Other Plan Law representation required by Section 2.5 that is subsequently shown to be false or misleading or whose beneficial ownership otherwise causes the underlying assets of the Issuer to be deemed to be “plan assets” (as determined under 29 C.F.R. 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA) (any such person a “ Non-Permitted ERISA Holder ”), the Issuer (or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer) shall, promptly after discovery that such person is a Non-Permitted ERISA Holder by the Issuer or, if a Trust Officer of the Trustee obtains actual knowledge, the Trustee (and notice by the Trustee to the Issuer, if the Trustee makes the discovery and who agrees to notify the Issuer of such discovery, if any), send notice to such Non-Permitted ERISA Holder demanding that such Non-Permitted ERISA Holder transfer its interest in the Notes held by such Person to a Person that is not a Non-Permitted ERISA Holder within 20 days after the date of such notice. If such Non-Permitted ERISA Holder fails to so transfer such Notes the Issuer shall have the right, without further notice to the Non-Permitted ERISA Holder, to sell such Notes or interest in such Notes to a purchaser selected by the Issuer that is not a Non-Permitted ERISA Holder on such terms as the Issuer may choose. The Issuer may select the purchaser by soliciting one or more bids from one or more brokers or other market professionals that regularly deal in securities similar to the Notes and selling such Notes to the highest such bidder. The Holder of each Note, the Non-Permitted ERISA Holder and each other Person in the chain of title from the Holder to the Non- Permitted ERISA Holder, by its acceptance of an interest in the Notes agrees to cooperate with the Issuer and the Trustee to effect such transfers. The proceeds of such sale, net of any commissions, expenses and taxes due in connection with such sale shall be remitted to the Non-Permitted ERISA Holder. The terms and conditions of any sale under this subsection shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Issuer, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee or the Collateral Manager shall be liable to any Person having an interest in the Notes sold as a result of any such sale or the exercise of such discretion.

 
80

 
 
Section 2.12     Treatment and Tax Certification . (a) The Issuer and the Trustee agree, and each Holder and each beneficial owner of a Secured Note, by acceptance of such Secured Note or an interest in such Secured Note shall be deemed to have agreed, to treat, and shall treat, the Secured Notes as debt of (i) with respect to any period during which the Issuer is disregarded as an entity separate form its owner, such owner and (ii) with respect to any other period, the Issuer, in each case for United States federal and, to the extent permitted by law, state and local income and franchise tax purposes and shall take no action inconsistent with such treatment unless required by any relevant taxing authority. The Issuer will also treat the Secured Notes as debt for legal, accounting and ratings purposes.

(b)         The Issuer and the Trustee agree, and each Holder and each beneficial owner of a Subordinated Note, by acceptance of such Subordinated Note or an interest in such Subordinated Note shall be deemed to have agreed, to treat, and shall treat, the Subordinated Notes as equity in the Issuer for United States federal and, to the extent permitted by law, state and local income and franchise tax purposes and shall take no action inconsistent with such treatment unless required by any relevant taxing authority.

(c)         Each Holder and beneficial owner of a Note, by acceptance of such Note or an interest in such Note, shall be deemed to understand and acknowledge that failure to provide the Issuer, the Trustee or any Paying Agent with the properly completed and signed applicable tax certifications (generally, in the case of U.S. federal income tax, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a U.S. Person or the applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) in the case of a Person that is not a U.S. Person) or the failure to meet its Noteholder Reporting Obligations may result in withholding from payments in respect of such Note, including U.S. federal withholding or back-up withholding.

(d)         Each purchaser, beneficial owner and subsequent transferee of a Note or interest therein, by acceptance of such Note or an interest in such Note, shall: (1) be required or deemed to agree to provide the Issuer and Trustee with (i) any information as is necessary (in the sole determination of the Issuer or the Trustee, as applicable) for the Issuer and the Trustee to determine whether such purchaser, beneficial owner or transferee is a U.S. Person or a United States owned foreign entity (as defined in Section 1471(d)(3) of the Code) (“ United States owned foreign entity ”) and (ii) any additional information that the Issuer or its agent requests in connection with Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and (2) if it is a U.S. Person or a United States owned foreign entity that is a Holder or beneficial owner of Notes or an interest therein, be required to (x) provide the Issuer and Trustee its name, address, U.S. taxpayer identification number and, if it is a United States owned foreign entity, the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each of its “substantial United States owners” as defined in Section 1473(2) of the Code, and any other information requested by the Issuer or its agent upon request and (y) update any such information provided in clause (x) promptly upon learning that any such information previously provided has become obsolete or incorrect or is otherwise required (such obligation, the “ Noteholder Reporting Obligations ”). Each purchaser and subsequent transferee of Notes will be required or deemed to acknowledge that the Issuer may provide such information and any other information concerning its investment in the Notes to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. Each purchaser and subsequent transferee of Notes will be required or deemed to understand and acknowledge that the Issuer has the right, hereunder, to compel any beneficial owner of an interest in a Note that fails to comply with the foregoing requirements to sell its interest in such Note, or may sell such interest on behalf of such owner

 
81

 
 
(e)        Each Subordinated Noteholder acknowledges and agrees to the provisions set forth in Section 7 of the limited liability company agreement of the Issuer and covenants to take no action inconsistent with such provisions.

Section 2.13     Additional Issuance . (a) At any time, the Issuer may issue and sell additional Subordinated Notes and use the net proceeds to purchase additional Collateral Obligations or for other purposes permitted under this Indenture; provided that the following conditions are met:
(i)      the Collateral Manager consents to such issuance and such issuance is consented to by a Majority of the Subordinated Notes;

(ii)     the aggregate face amount of such Subordinates Notes issued in all additional issuances shall not exceed 100% of the respective original face amount of the Subordinated Notes;

(iii)    the terms of the notes issued must be identical to the respective terms of previously issued Subordinated Notes (except that the prices of such additional Subordinated Notes do not have to be identical to those of the initial Subordinated Notes);

(iv)    the proceeds of any additional Subordinated Notes (net of fees and expenses incurred in connection with such issuance) shall be treated as Principal Proceeds and used to purchase additional Collateral Obligations, to invest in Eligible Investments or to apply pursuant to the Priority of Payments;

(v)     the Issuer shall notify each Rating Agency of the issuance of additional Subordinated Notes prior to the issuance date; and

(vi)    immediately after giving effect to such issuance, each Coverage Test is satisfied or, with respect to any Coverage Test that was not satisfied immediately prior to giving effect to such issuance and will continue not to be satisfied immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the degree of compliance with such Coverage Test is maintained or improved immediately after giving effect to such issuance and the application of the proceeds thereof.

 
82

 
 
(b)        Any additional Subordinated Notes issued as described above will, to the extent reasonably practicable, be offered first to Holders of the Subordinated Notes in such amounts as are necessary to preserve their pro rata holdings.

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 3.1 Conditions to Issuance of Notes on Closing Date . The Notes to be issued on the Closing Date may be executed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and thereupon the same shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee upon Issuer Order and upon receipt by the Trustee of the following:

(i)       Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer Regarding Corporate Matters . An Officer’s certificate of the Issuer (A) evidencing the authorization by Board Resolution of the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Collateral Management Agreement, the Collateral Administration Agreement and related transaction documents and in each case the execution, authentication and delivery of the Notes applied for by it and specifying the Stated Maturity, principal amount and Interest Rate of each Class of Secured Notes to be authenticated and delivered and the Stated Maturity and face amount of Subordinated Notes to be authenticated and delivered and (B) certifying that (1) the attached copy of the Board Resolution is a true and complete copy thereof, (2) such resolutions have not been rescinded and are in full force and effect on and as of the Closing Date and (3) the Officers authorized to execute and deliver such documents hold the offices and have the signatures indicated thereon.

(ii)      Governmental Approvals . From the Issuer either (A) a certificate of the   Issuer or other official document evidencing the due authorization, approval or consent of any governmental body or bodies, at the time having jurisdiction in the premises, together with an Opinion of Counsel of the Issuer that no other authorization, approval or consent of any governmental body is required for the valid issuance of the Notes or (B) an Opinion of Counsel of the Issuer that no such authorization, approval or consent of any governmental body is required for the valid issuance of such Notes except as has been given.

(iii)     U.S. Counsel Opinions . Opinions of Dechert LLP, counsel to the Issuer   and the Initial Purchaser, Pepper Hamilton LLP, special Delaware counsel to the Issuer, Sidley Austin LLP, counsel to the Collateral Manager and Seyfarth Shaw LLP, counsel to the Trustee and Collateral Administrator, each dated the Closing Date.

(iv)     Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer Regarding Indenture . An Officer’s   certificate of the Issuer stating that, to the best of the signing Officer’s knowledge, the Issuer is not in default under this Indenture and that the issuance of the Notes applied for by it will not result in a default or a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, its organizational documents, any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or any order of any court or administrative agency entered in any Proceeding to which it is a party or by which it may be bound or to which it may be subject; that all conditions precedent provided in this Indenture relating to the authentication and delivery of the Notes applied for by it have been complied with; and that all expenses due or accrued with respect to the Offering of such Notes or relating to actions taken on or in connection with the Closing Date have been paid or reserves therefor have been made. The Officer’s certificate of the Issuer shall also state that all of its representations and warranties contained herein are true and correct as of the Closing Date.

 
83

 
  
(v)     Transaction Documents . An executed counterpart of each Transaction Document.

(vi)     Certificate of the Collateral Manager . An Officer’s certificate of the   Collateral Manager, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that immediately before the Delivery of the Collateral Obligations on the Closing Date:

(A)           the information with respect to each Collateral Obligation in the Schedule of Collateral Obligations is correct and such schedule is complete with respect to each such Collateral Obligation;

(B)           each Collateral Obligation in the Schedule of Collateral Obligations satisfies the requirements of the definition of “Collateral Obligation”;

(C)           the Issuer purchased or entered into each Collateral Obligation in the Schedule of Collateral Obligations in compliance with Section 12.2 ; and

(D)           the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Collateral Obligations which the Issuer has purchased (including any Closing Date Participation Interests) or entered into binding commitments to purchase on or prior to the Closing Date is at least U.S.$300,267,556.

(vii)    Grant of Collateral Obligations . The Grant pursuant to the Granting Clauses of this Indenture of all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral Obligations pledged to the Trustee for inclusion in the Assets on the Closing Date shall be effective, and Delivery of such Collateral Obligations (including any promissory note and all other Underlying Instruments related thereto to the extent received by the Issuer) as contemplated by Section 3.3 shall have been effected.

(viii)   Certificate of the Issuer Regarding Assets . A certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that:

(A)           in the case of each Collateral Obligation pledged to the Trustee for inclusion in the Assets, on the Closing Date and immediately prior to the Delivery thereof (or immediately after Delivery thereof, in the case of clause (VI)(ii) below):

(I)          the Issuer is the owner of such Collateral Obligation free and clear of any liens, claims or encumbrances of any nature whatsoever except for (i) those which are being released on the Closing Date and (ii) those Granted pursuant to this Indenture;

 
84

 
 
(II)         the Issuer has acquired its ownership in such Collateral Obligation in good faith without notice of any adverse claim, except as described in clause (I) above;

(III)       the Issuer has not assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered any interest in such Collateral Obligation (or, if any such interest has been assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered, it has been released) other than interests Granted pursuant to this Indenture;

(IV)        the Issuer has full right to Grant a security interest in and assign and pledge such Collateral Obligation to the Trustee;

(V)        based on the certificate of the Collateral Manager delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(vi) , the information set forth with respect to such Collateral Obligation in the Schedule of Collateral Obligations is correct;

(VI)       (i)    based on the certificate of the Collateral Manager delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(vi) , each Collateral Obligation included in the Assets satisfies the requirements of the definition of “Collateral Obligation” and (ii) the requirements of Section 3.1(vii) have been satisfied; and

(VII)      upon Grant by the Issuer, the Trustee has a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral Obligations and other Assets, except as permitted by this Indenture;

(B)           based on the certificate of the Collateral Manager delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(vi) , each Collateral Obligation that the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer purchased or committed to purchase on or prior to the Closing Date satisfies, or will upon its acquisition satisfy, the requirements of the definition of “Collateral Obligation”; and

(C)           based on the certificate of the Collateral Manager delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(vi) , the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Collateral Obligations which the Issuer has purchased (including any Closing Date Participation Interests) or entered into binding commitments to purchase on or prior to the Closing Date is at least U.S.$300,267,556.

(ix)      Rating Letters . An Officer’s certificate of the Issuer to the effect that   attached thereto is a true and correct copy of a letter signed by each Rating Agency, as applicable, and confirming that each Class of Notes has been assigned the applicable Initial Rating and that such ratings are in effect on the Closing Date.

(x)     Accounts . Evidence of the establishment of each of the Accounts.

 
85

 
 
(xi)     Issuer Order for Deposit of Funds into Accounts . (A) An Issuer Order signed in the name of the Issuer by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer, dated as of the Closing Date, authorizing the deposit of U.S.$4,365,000 from the proceeds of the issuance of the Notes into the Expense Reserve Account for use pursuant to Section 10.3(c) and (B) an Issuer Order signed in the name of the Issuer by an Authorized   Officer of the Issuer, dated as of the Closing Date, authorizing the deposit of U.S.$0 from the proceeds of the issuance of the Notes into the Revolver Funding Account for use pursuant to Section 10.4 .

(xii)     Accountants’ Certificate . An Accountants’ Certificate satisfactory to the   Issuer (A) confirming that the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Collateral Obligations that the Issuer has purchased (including any Closing Date Participation Interests) or entered into binding commitments to purchase on or prior to the Closing Date in accordance with customary settlement procedures in the relevant markets is at least U.S.$300,267,556, that the Collateral Quality Tests are satisfied as of the Closing Date and that the Par Value Test is satisfied as of the Closing Date, (B) specifying the procedures undertaken by them to review data and computations relating to this Section 3.1(xii) , (C) confirming the weighted average purchase price of the Collateral Obligations as of the Closing Date, (D) calculating as of the Closing Date the level of compliance with, or satisfaction or non-satisfaction of the Concentration Limitations and (E) indicating the percentage of Collateral Obligations constituting Discount Obligations.

(xiii)    Other Documents . Such other documents as the Trustee may reasonably   require; provided that nothing in this clause (xiii) shall imply or impose a duty on the part of the Trustee to require any other documents.

Section 3.2      Conditions to Additional Issuance . (a) Any additional Subordinated Notes to be issued in accordance with Section 2.13 may be executed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and thereupon the same shall be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee upon Issuer Order (setting forth registration, delivery and authentication instructions) and upon receipt by the Trustee of the following:

(i)       Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer Regarding Corporate Matters . An Officer’s certificate of the Issuer (A) evidencing the authorization by Board Resolution of the execution, authentication and delivery of the Subordinated Notes applied for by it and specifying the Stated Maturity, principal amount and Interest Rate (if applicable) of the Subordinated Notes to be authenticated and delivered and (B) certifying that (1) the attached copy of the Board Resolution is a true and complete copy thereof, (2) such resolutions have not been rescinded and are in full force and effect on and as of the date of issuance and (3) the Officers authorized to execute and deliver such documents hold the offices and have the signatures indicated thereon.

(ii)      Governmental Approvals . From the Issuer either (A) a certificate of the Issuer or other official document evidencing the due authorization, approval or consent of any governmental body or bodies, at the time having jurisdiction in the premises, together with an Opinion of Counsel of the Issuer that no other authorization, approval or consent of any governmental body is required for the valid issuance of the additional Subordinated Notes or (B) an Opinion of Counsel of the Issuer that no such authorization, approval or consent of any governmental body is required for the valid issuance of such additional Subordinated Notes except as has been given.

 
86

 
 
(iii)     Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer Regarding Indenture . An Officer’s certificate of the Issuer stating that, to the best of the signing Officer’s knowledge, the Issuer is not in default under this Indenture and that the issuance of the additional Subordinated Notes applied for by it will not result in a default or a breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, its organizational documents, any indenture or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, or any order of any court or administrative agency entered in any Proceeding to which it is a party or by which it may be bound or to which it may be subject; that the provisions of Section 2.13 and all conditions precedent provided in this Indenture relating to the authentication and delivery of the additional Subordinated Notes applied for by it have been complied with; and that all expenses due or accrued with respect to the offering of such Subordinated Notes or relating to actions taken on or in connection with the additional issuance have been paid or reserves therefor have been made. The Officer’s certificate of the Issuer shall also state that all of its representations and warranties contained herein are true and correct as of the date of additional issuance.

(iv)     Supplemental Indenture . A fully executed counterpart of the supplemental indenture, if any, making such changes to this Indenture as shall be necessary to permit such additional issuance.

(v)      Issuer Order for Deposit of Funds into Accounts . An Issuer Order signed in the name of the Issuer by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer, dated as of the date of the additional issuance, authorizing the deposit of the net proceeds of the issuance into the Principal Collection Subaccount for use pursuant to Section 10.2 .

(vi)     Evidence of Required Consents . A certificate of the Collateral Manager consenting to such issuance, and satisfactory evidence of a Majority of the Subordinated Notes to such issuance (which may be in the form of an Officer’s certificate of the Issuer).

(vii)    Other Documents . Such other documents as the Trustee may reasonably require; provided that nothing in this clause (vii) shall imply or impose a duty on the part of the Trustee to require any other documents.

Section 3.3       Custodianship; Delivery of Collateral Obligations and Eligibl e I nvestments . (a) The Collateral Manager, on behalf of the Issuer, shall deliver or cause to be   delivered to a custodian appointed by the Issuer, which shall be a Securities Intermediary (the “ Custodian ”), all Assets in accordance with the definition of “Deliver.” Initially, the Custodian shall be the Bank. Any successor custodian shall be a state or national bank or trust company that has capital and surplus of at least U.S.$200,000,000 and is a Securities Intermediary. Subject to the limited right to relocate Assets as provided in Section 7.5(b) , the Trustee or the Custodian, as applicable, shall hold (i) all Collateral Obligations, Eligible Investments, Cash and other investments purchased or received in accordance with this Indenture and (ii) any other property of the Issuer otherwise Delivered to the Trustee or the Custodian, as applicable, by or on behalf of the Issuer, in the relevant Account established and maintained pursuant to Article X ; as to which in each case the Trustee shall have entered into the Securities Account Control Agreement with the Custodian providing, inter alia , that the establishment and maintenance of such Account will be governed by a law of a jurisdiction satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee.

 
87

 
 
(b)        Each time that the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer directs or causes the acquisition of any Collateral Obligation, Eligible Investment or other investment, the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Issuer) shall, if the Collateral Obligation, Eligible Investment or other investment is required to be, but has not already been, transferred to the relevant Account, cause the Collateral Obligation, Eligible Investment or other investment to be Delivered to the Custodian to be held in the Custodial Account (or in the case of any such investment that is not a Collateral Obligation, in the Account in which the funds used to purchase the investment are held in accordance with Article X ) for the benefit of the Trustee in accordance with this Indenture. The security interest of the Trustee in the funds or other property used in connection with the acquisition shall, immediately and without further action on the part of the Trustee, be released. The security interest of the Trustee shall nevertheless come into existence and continue in the Collateral Obligation, Eligible Investment or other investment so acquired, including all interests of the Issuer in to any contracts related to and proceeds of such Collateral Obligation, Eligible Investment or other investment.

ARTICLE IV

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 4.1        Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) substitution of mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Holders to receive payments of principal thereof and interest thereon, (iv) the rights and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the obligations under this Article IV , (v) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Collateral Manager hereunder and under the Collateral Management Agreement, (vi) the rights, obligations and immunities of the Collateral Administrator under the Collateral Administration Agreement and (vii) the rights of Holders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property deposited with the Trustee and payable to all or any of them (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture) when:

 
(a)
either:

(i)     all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered to Holders (other than (A) Notes which have been mutilated, defaced, destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.6 and (B) Notes for whose payment Money has theretofore irrevocably been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 7.3 ) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 
88

 
 
(ii)     all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable, or (B) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or (C) are to be called for redemption pursuant to Article IX under an arrangement satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Issuer pursuant to Section 9.4 and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, in trust for such purpose, Cash or non-callable direct obligations of the United States of America; provided that the obligations are entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States of America or are debt obligations which are rated “Aaa” by Moody’s and “AAA” by S&P, in an amount sufficient, as verified by a firm of Independent certified public accountants which are nationally recognized, to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes which have become due and payable), or to their Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be, and shall have Granted to the Trustee a valid perfected security interest in such Eligible Investment that is of first priority or free of any adverse claim, as applicable, and shall have furnished an Opinion of Counsel with respect thereto; provided that this subsection (ii) shall not apply if an election to act in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.5(a) shall have been made and not rescinded;

(b)        the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable hereunder (including, without limitation, any amounts then due and payable pursuant to the Collateral Administration Agreement and the Collateral Management Agreement, in each case, without regard to the Administrative Expense Cap) by the Issuer and no other amounts are scheduled to be due and payable by the Issuer; and

(c)        the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee, an Officer’s certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with;

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the rights and obligations of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Collateral Manager and, if applicable, the Holders, as the case may be, under Sections 2.7 , 4.2 , 5.4(d) , 5.9 , 5.18 , 6.1 , 6.3 , 6.6 , 6.7 , 7.1 , 7.3 , 13.1 and 14.16 shall survive.

Section 4.2      Application of Trust Money . All Cash and obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust and applied by it in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, including, without limitation, the Priority of Payments, to the payment of principal and interest (or other amounts with respect to the Subordinated Notes), either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Trustee may determine; and such Cash and obligations shall be held in a segregated account identified as being held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Section 4.3       Repayment of Monies Held by Paying Agent . In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, all Monies then held by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon demand of the Issuer, be paid to the Trustee to be held and applied pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof and in accordance with the Priority of Payments and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such Monies.

 
89

 
 
ARTICLE V

REMEDIES

Section 5.1       Events of Default . “ Event of Default ”, wherever used herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

(a)        a default in the payment, when due and payable, of (i) any interest on any Class A Note or, if there are no Class A Notes Outstanding, any Class B Note or, if there are no Class B Notes Outstanding, any Class C Note and, in each case, the continuation of any such default, for five Business Days, or (ii) any principal of, or interest or Deferred Interest on, or any Redemption Price in respect of, any Secured Note at its Stated Maturity or any Redemption Date; provided that, in the case of a failure to disburse due to an administrative error or omission by   the Collateral Manager, Trustee, Collateral Administrator or any Paying Agent, such failure continues for seven Business Days after a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives written notice or has actual knowledge of such administrative error or omission;

(b)        the failure on any Payment Date to disburse amounts available in the Payment Account in excess of $1,000 in accordance with the Priority of Payments and continuation of such failure for a period of five Business Days or, in the case of a failure to disburse due to an administrative error or omission by the Trustee, Collateral Administrator or any Paying Agent, such failure continues for seven Business Days after a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives written notice or has actual knowledge of such administrative error or omission;

(c)        either the Issuer or the Assets becomes an investment company required to be registered under the Investment Company Act;

(d)        except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.1 , a default in a material respect in the performance, or breach in a material respect, of any other material covenant of the Issuer in this Indenture (it being understood, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, that any failure to meet any Concentration Limitation, Collateral Quality Test or Coverage Test is not an Event of Default, except to the extent provided in clause (g) below), or the failure of any material representation or warranty of the Issuer made in this Indenture or in any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith to be correct in each case in all material respects when the same shall have been made, and the continuation of such default, breach or failure for a period of 45 days after notice to the Issuer, and the Collateral Manager by registered or certified mail or overnight courier, by the Trustee, the Issuer or the Collateral Manager, or to the Issuer, the Collateral Manager and the Trustee at the direction of the Holders of at least a Supermajority of the Controlling Class, specifying such default, breach or failure and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;

 
90

 
 
(e)        the entry of a decree or order by a court having competent jurisdiction adjudging the Issuer as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Issuer under the Bankruptcy Law or any other applicable law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, or sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Issuer or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;

(f)         the institution by the Issuer of Proceedings to have the Issuer adjudicated as bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent of the Issuer to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency Proceedings against the Issuer or the filing by the Issuer of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under the Bankruptcy Law or any other similar applicable law, or the consent by the Issuer to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment in a Proceeding of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Issuer or of any substantial part of its property or the making by the Issuer of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the admission by the Issuer in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of any action by the Issuer in furtherance of any such action; or

(g)       on any Measurement Date, failure of the percentage equivalent of a fraction (i) the numerator of which is equal to the Collateral Principal Amount and (ii) the denominator of which is equal to the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Class A Notes, to equal or exceed 100.0%.

Upon obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of an Event of Default, each of (i) the Issuer, (ii) the Trustee and (iii) the Collateral Manager shall notify each other. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default of which a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge, the Trustee shall, not later than three Business Days thereafter, notify the Noteholders (as their names appear on the Register), each Paying Agent, the Collateral Manager (and the Collateral Manager shall notify each of the Rating Agencies) and the Irish Stock Exchange (for so long as any Class of Listed Notes is listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and so long as the guidelines of such exchange so require) of such Event of Default in writing (unless such Event of Default has been waived as provided in Section 5.14 ).

Section 5.2        Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment . (a) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(e) or (f)) , the Trustee may, and shall, upon the written direction of a Supermajority of the Controlling   Class, by notice to the Issuer and the Collateral Manager (which notice the Collateral Manager shall provide to each Rating Agency), declare the principal of all the Secured Notes to be immediately due and payable, and upon any such declaration such principal, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon (including Deferred Interest), and other amounts payable hereunder, shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in Section 5.1(e) or   (f) occurs, all unpaid principal, together with all accrued and unpaid interest   thereon, of all the Secured Notes, and other amounts payable thereunder and hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Noteholder.

 
91

 
 
(b)        At any time after such a declaration of acceleration of maturity has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the Money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article V , a Supermajority of the Controlling Class by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if:

(i)      The Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay:

(A)           all unpaid installments of interest and principal then due (as if such acceleration had not occurred) on the Secured Notes;

(B)           to the extent that the payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon any Deferred Interest at the applicable Interest Rate; and

(C)           all unpaid taxes and Administrative Expenses of the Issuer and other sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder or by the Collateral Administrator under the Collateral Administration Agreement or hereunder, accrued and unpaid Collateral Management Fees and any other amounts then payable by the Issuer hereunder prior to such Administrative Expenses and such Collateral Management Fees; and

(ii)      It has been determined that all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the interest on or principal of the Secured Notes that has become due solely by such acceleration, have (A) been cured, and a Supermajority of the Controlling Class by written notice to the Trustee has agreed with such determination (which agreement shall not be unreasonably withheld), or (B) been waived as provided in Section 5.14 .

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

(c)        Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.2 to the contrary, the Secured Notes will not be subject to acceleration by the Trustee or the Holders of a Supermajority of the Controlling Class solely as a result of the failure to pay any amount due on the Notes that are not of the Controlling Class.

Section 5.3       Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee . The Issuer covenants that if a default shall occur in respect of the payment of any principal of or interest when due and payable on any Secured Note, the Issuer will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holder of such Secured Note, the whole amount, if any, then due and payable on such Secured Note for principal and interest with interest upon the overdue principal and, to the extent that payments of such interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the applicable Interest Rate, and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

 
92

 
 
If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may, and shall, subject to the terms of this Indenture (including Section 6.3(e) ) upon direction of a Supermajority of the Controlling Class, institute a Proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such Proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Secured Notes and collect the Monies adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the Assets.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion, and shall, subject to the terms of this Indenture (including Section 6.3(e) ) upon written direction of the Supermajority of the Controlling Class, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Secured Parties by such appropriate Proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual (if no such direction is received by the Trustee) or as the Trustee may be directed by the Supermajority of the Controlling Class, to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

In case there shall be pending Proceedings relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Secured Notes under the Bankruptcy Law or any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or its property, or in case of any other comparable Proceedings relative to the Issuer or other obligor upon the Secured Notes, or the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor, the Trustee, regardless of whether the principal of any Secured Note shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and regardless of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.3 , shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such Proceedings or otherwise:

(a)         to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Secured Notes upon direction by a Supermajority of the Controlling Class and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, except as a result of negligence or bad faith) and of the Secured Noteholders allowed in any Proceedings relative to the Issuer or other obligor upon the Secured Notes or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other obligor;

(b)        unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on behalf of the Secured Noteholders upon the direction of a Supermajority of the Controlling Class, in any election of a trustee or a standby trustee in arrangement, reorganization, liquidation or other bankruptcy or insolvency Proceedings or person performing similar functions in comparable Proceedings; and

 
93

 
 
(c)         to collect and receive any Monies or other property payable to or deliverable on any such claims, and to distribute all amounts received with respect to the claims of the Noteholders and of the Trustee on their behalf; and any trustee, receiver or liquidator, custodian or other similar official is hereby authorized by each of the Secured Noteholders to make payments to the Trustee, and, if the Trustee shall consent to the making of payments directly to the Secured Noteholders to pay to the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any Secured Noteholders, any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Secured Notes or any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Secured Noteholders, as applicable, in any such Proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar person.

In any Proceedings brought by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Secured Notes (and any such Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the Trustee shall be a party), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the Secured Notes.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.3 to the contrary, the Trustee may not sell or liquidate the Assets or institute Proceedings in furtherance thereof pursuant to this Section 5.3 except according to the provisions specified in Section 5.5(a) .

Section 5.4 Remedies . (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and the Secured Notes have been declared due and payable and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Issuer agrees that the Trustee may, and shall, subject to the terms of this Indenture (including Section 6.3(e) ), upon written direction of a Supermajority of the Controlling Class, to the extent permitted by applicable law, exercise one or more of the following rights, privileges and remedies:

(i)      institute Proceedings for the collection of all amounts then payable on the Secured Notes or otherwise payable under this Indenture, whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained, and collect from the Assets any Monies adjudged due;

(ii)     sell or cause the sale of all or a portion of the Assets or rights or interests therein, at one or more public or private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law and in accordance with Section 5.17 hereof;

(iii)    institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the Assets;

(iv)    exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC and take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders of the Secured Notes hereunder (including exercising all rights of the Trustee under the Securities Account Control Agreement); and

 
94

 
 
(v)     exercise any other rights and remedies that may be available at law or in equity;

provided that the Trustee may not sell or liquidate the Assets or institute Proceedings in   furtherance thereof pursuant to this Section 5.4 except according to the provisions of Section 5.5(a) .

The Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking firm of national reputation (the cost of which shall be payable as an Administrative Expense) in structuring and distributing securities similar to the Secured Notes, which may be the Initial Purchaser, as to the feasibility of any action proposed to be taken in accordance with this Section 5.4 and as to the sufficiency of the proceeds and other amounts receivable with respect to the Assets to make the required payments of principal of and interest on the Secured Notes which opinion shall be conclusive evidence as to such feasibility or sufficiency.

(b)        If an Event of Default as described in Section 5.1(d) hereof shall have occurred and be continuing the Trustee may, and at the direction of the Holders of not less than 25% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Controlling Class shall, subject to the terms of this Indenture (including Section 6.3(e) ), institute a Proceeding solely to compel performance of the covenant or agreement or to cure the representation or warranty, the breach of which gave rise to the Event of Default under such Section, and enforce any equitable decree or order arising from such Proceeding.

(c)        Upon any sale, whether made under the power of sale hereby given or by virtue of judicial Proceedings, any Secured Party may bid for and purchase the Assets or any part thereof and, upon compliance with the terms of sale, may hold, retain, possess or dispose of such property in its or their own absolute right without accountability.

Upon any sale, whether made under the power of sale hereby given or by virtue of judicial Proceedings, the receipt of the Trustee, or of the Officer making a sale under judicial Proceedings, shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers at any sale for its or their purchase Money, and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obliged to see to the application thereof.

Any such sale, whether under any power of sale hereby given or by virtue of judicial Proceedings, shall bind the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Secured Notes, shall operate to divest all right, title and interest whatsoever, either at law or in equity, of each of them in and to the property sold, and shall be a perpetual bar, both at law and in equity, against each of them and their successors and assigns, and against any and all Persons claiming through or under them.

 
95

 
 
(d)        Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, none of the Trustee, the Secured Parties or the Noteholders may, prior to the date which is one year and one day (or if longer, any applicable preference period then in effect plus one day) after the payment in full of all Notes, institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation Proceedings, or other Proceedings under U.S. federal or state bankruptcy or similar laws. Nothing in this Section 5.4 shall preclude, or be deemed to stop, the Trustee (i) from taking any action prior to   the expiration of the aforementioned period in (A) any case or Proceeding voluntarily filed or commenced by the Issuer or (B) any involuntary insolvency Proceeding filed or commenced by a Person other than the Trustee, or (ii) from commencing against the Issuer or any of its properties any legal action which is not a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation Proceeding.

Section 5.5       Optional Preservation of Assets . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee shall retain the Assets securing the Secured Notes intact (subject to Article X and Article XII ), collect and cause the collection of the proceeds thereof, and make and apply all payments and deposits and maintain all accounts in respect of the Assets and the Notes in accordance with the Priority of Payments and the provisions of Article X , Article XII and Article XIII unless either:

(i)      the Trustee, pursuant to Section 5.5(c) , determines that the anticipated proceeds of a sale or liquidation of the Assets (after deducting the reasonable expenses of such sale or liquidation) would be sufficient to discharge in full the amounts then due (or, in the case of interest, accrued) and unpaid on the Secured Notes for principal and interest (including accrued and unpaid Deferred Interest), and all other amounts payable prior to payment of principal on such Secured Notes (including amounts due and owing as Administrative Expenses (without giving effect to the Administrative Expense Cap) and due and unpaid Collateral Management Fees) and a Supermajority of the Controlling Class agrees with such determination; or

(ii)     Holders of at least (a) a Supermajority of the Controlling Class and (b) a Supermajority of each other Class of Secured Notes (voting separately by Class, including the Class A-2 Notes), if the Par Value Ratio applicable to the Class of Notes ranking immediately senior to such Class of Notes is greater than 100%, direct the sale and liquidation of the Assets.

So long as such Event of Default is continuing, any such retention pursuant to this Section 5.5(a) may be rescinded at any time when the conditions specified in clauses (i) or (ii) exist.
 
(b)        Subject to Article X and Article XII , nothing contained in Section 5.5(a) shall be construed to require the Trustee to sell the Assets securing the Secured Notes if the conditions set forth in clauses (i) or (ii) of Section 5.5(a) are not satisfied. Nothing contained in Section 5.5(a) shall be construed to require the Trustee to preserve the Assets securing the Notes if prohibited by applicable law.

(c)         In determining whether the condition specified in Section 5.5(a)(i) exists, the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts to obtain, with the cooperation of the Collateral Manager, bid prices with respect to each security contained in the Assets from two nationally recognized dealers (as specified by the Collateral Manager in writing) at the time making a market in such securities and shall compute the anticipated proceeds of sale or liquidation on the basis of the lower of such bid prices for each such security. In addition, for the purposes of determining issues relating to the execution of a sale or liquidation of the Assets and the execution of a sale or other liquidation thereof in connection with a determination whether the condition specified in Section 5.5(a)(i) exists, the Trustee may retain and rely on an opinion of an Independent investment banking firm of national reputation (the cost of which shall be payable as an Administrative Expense).

 
96

 
 
The Trustee shall deliver to the Noteholders and the Collateral Manager a report stating the results of any determination required pursuant to Section 5.5(a)(i) no later than 10 days after such determination is made. The Trustee shall make the determinations required by Section 5.5(a)(i) within 30 days after an Event of Default and at the request of a Supermajority of   the Controlling Class at any time during which the Trustee retains the Assets pursuant to Section 5.5(a)(i) .

Section 5.6       Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes . All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or under any of the Secured Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Secured Notes or the production thereof in any trial or other Proceeding relating thereto, and any such action or Proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall be applied as set forth in Section 5.7 hereof.

Section 5.7       Application of Money Collected . Any Money collected by the Trustee with respect to the Notes pursuant to this Article V and any Money that may then be held or thereafter received by the Trustee with respect to the Notes hereunder shall be applied, subject to Section 13.1 and in accordance with the provisions of   Section 11.1(a)(i) and   Section 11.1(a)(ii) or, following the occurrence of an Enforcement Event, Section 11.1(a)(iii) , at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee (each such date to occur on a Payment Date). Upon the final distribution of all proceeds of any liquidation effected hereunder, the provisions of Section 4.1(b) shall be deemed satisfied for the purposes of discharging this Indenture pursuant to Article IV .

Section 5.8       Limitation on Suits . No Holder of any Note shall have any right to institute any Proceedings, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless:

(a)       such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of an Event of Default;

(b)        the Holders of not less than 25% of the then Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes of the Controlling Class shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute Proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder and such Holder or Holders have provided the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities which might reasonably be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction;

(c)        the Trustee, for 30 days after its receipt of such notice, request and provision of such indemnity, has failed to institute any such Proceeding; and

 
97

 
 
(d)        no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 30-day period by a Supermajority of the Controlling Class; it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing itself of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Notes of the same Class or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other Holders of the Notes of the same Class or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all the Holders of Notes of the same Class subject to and in accordance with Section 13.1 and the Priority of Payments.

In the event the Trustee shall receive conflicting or inconsistent requests and indemnity pursuant to this Section 5.8 from two or more groups of Holders of the Controlling Class, each representing less than a Supermajority of the Controlling Class, the Trustee shall act in accordance with the request specified by the group of Holders with the greatest percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Controlling Class, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture. If all such groups represent the same percentage, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, shall be taken.

Section 5.9       Unconditional Rights of Secured Noteholders to Receive Principal an d I nterest . Subject to   Section 2.7(i) , but notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the   Holder of any Secured Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest on such Secured Note, as such principal, interest and other amounts become due and payable in accordance with the Priority of Payments and Section 13.1 , as the case may be, and, subject to the provisions of   Section 5.8 , to institute   proceedings for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder. Holders of Secured Notes ranking junior to Notes still Outstanding shall have no right to institute Proceedings for the enforcement of any such payment until such time as no Secured Note ranking senior to such Secured Note remains Outstanding, which right shall be subject to the provisions of Section 5.8 , and shall not be impaired without the consent of any such Holder.

Section 5.10     Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Trustee or any Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Noteholder, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Trustee and the Noteholder shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Noteholder shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

Section 5.11    Rights and Remedies Cumulative . No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 
98

 
 
Section 5.12    Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or any Holder of Secured Notes to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein or of a subsequent Event of Default. Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders of the Secured Notes may be exercised from   time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of the Secured Notes.

Section 5.13    Control by Supermajority of Controlling Class . A Supermajority of the Controlling Class shall have the right following the occurrence, and during the continuance of, an Event of Default to cause the institution of and direct the time, method and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee; provided that:

(a)        such direction shall not conflict with any rule of law or with any express provision of this Indenture;

(b)        the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction; provided that subject to Section 6.1 , the Trustee need not take any action that it determines might involve it in liability or expense (unless the Trustee has received the indemnity as set forth in (c) below);

(c)        the Trustee shall have been provided with indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it; and

(d)        notwithstanding the foregoing, any direction to the Trustee to undertake a Sale of the Assets shall be by the Holders of Notes representing the requisite percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of Notes of the Controlling Class specified in Section 5.4 and/or Section 5.5 .

Section 5.14     Waiver of Past Defaults . Prior to the time a judgment or decree for payment of the Money due has been obtained by the Trustee, as provided in this Article V , a Supermajority of the Controlling Class may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default and its consequences, except a Default:

(a)         in the payment of the principal of any Secured Note (which may be waived only with the consent of the Holder of such Secured Note);

(b)        in the payment of interest on the Notes (which may be waived only with the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note that has not received a payment of interest when due);

(c)         in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that under Section 8.2 cannot be modified or amended without the waiver or consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note materially and adversely affected thereby (which may be waived only with the consent of each such Holder); or

(d)         in respect of a representation contained in Section 7.19 (which may be waived only by a Supermajority of the Controlling Class if the S&P Rating Condition is satisfied).

 
99

 
 
In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder, respectively, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto. The Trustee shall promptly give written notice of any such waiver to the Collateral Manager (and the Collateral Manager shall provide such notice to each Rating Agency) and each Holder. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture.

Section 5.15     Undertaking for Costs . All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder’s acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.15 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any   Noteholder, or group of Noteholders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Controlling Class, or to any suit instituted by any Noteholder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note on or after the applicable Stated Maturity (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the applicable Redemption Date).

Section 5.16     Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any valuation, appraisement, redemption or marshalling law or rights, in each case wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants, the performance of or any remedies under this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law or rights, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted or rights created.

Section 5.17      Sale of Assets .

(a)        The power to effect any sale (a “ Sale ”) of any portion of the Assets pursuant to Sections 5.4 and 5.5 shall not be exhausted by any one or more Sales as to any portion of such   Assets remaining unsold, but shall continue unimpaired until the entire Assets shall have been sold or all amounts secured by the Assets shall have been paid. The Trustee may upon notice to the Noteholders, and shall, upon direction of a Supermajority of the Controlling Class, from time to time postpone any Sale by public announcement made at the time and place of such Sale. The Trustee hereby expressly waives its rights to any amount fixed by law as compensation for any Sale; provided that the Trustee shall be authorized to deduct the reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred by it in connection with such Sale from the proceeds thereof notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.7 or other applicable terms hereof.

 
100

 
 
(b)        The Trustee may bid for and acquire any portion of the Assets in connection with a public Sale thereof, and may pay all or part of the purchase price by crediting against amounts owing on the Secured Notes in the case of the Assets or other amounts secured by the Assets, all or part of the net proceeds of such Sale after deducting the reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with such Sale notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.7 hereof or other applicable terms hereof. The Secured Notes need not be produced in order to complete any such Sale, or in order for the net proceeds of such Sale to be credited against amounts owing on the Notes. The Trustee may hold, lease, operate, manage or otherwise deal with any property so acquired in any manner permitted by law in accordance with this Indenture.

(c)         If any portion of the Assets consists of securities issued without registration under the Securities Act (“ Unregistered Securities ”), the Trustee may seek an Opinion of Counsel, or, if no such Opinion of Counsel can be obtained and with the consent of a Supermajority of the Controlling Class, seek a no action position from the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other relevant federal or State regulatory authorities, regarding the legality of a public or private Sale of such Unregistered Securities.

(d)         The Trustee shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument of conveyance transferring its interest in any portion of the Assets in connection with a Sale thereof. In addition, the Trustee is hereby irrevocably appointed the agent and attorney in fact of the Issuer to transfer and convey its interest in any portion of the Assets in connection with a Sale thereof, and to take all action necessary to effect such Sale. No purchaser or transferee at such a sale shall be bound to ascertain the Trustee’s authority, to inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any Monies.

Section 5.18     Action on the Notes . The Trustee’s right to seek and recover judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected by the seeking or obtaining of or application for any other relief under or with respect to this Indenture. Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or remedies of the Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of any judgment by the Trustee against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under such judgment upon any portion of the Assets or upon any of the assets of the Issuer.

ARTICLE VI

THE TRUSTEE

Section 6.1 Certain Duties and Responsibilities . (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default known to the Trustee:

(i)      the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

 
101

 
 
(ii)     in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; provided that in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they substantially conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture and shall promptly, but in any event within three Business Days in the case of an Officer’s certificate furnished by the Collateral Manager, notify the party delivering the same if such certificate or opinion does not conform. If a corrected form shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 15 days after such notice from the Trustee, the Trustee shall so notify the Noteholders.

(b)        In case an Event of Default known to the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall, prior to the receipt of directions, if any, from a Majority of the Controlling Class, or such other percentage as permitted by this Indenture, exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(c)         No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(i)      this subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of subsection (a) of this Section 6.1 ;
 
(ii)     the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it shall be proven that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

(iii)    the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Issuer or the Collateral Manager in accordance with this Indenture and/or a Majority (or such other percentage as may be required by the terms hereof) of the Controlling Class (or other Class if required or permitted by the terms hereof), relating to the time, method and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;

(iv)    no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial or other liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers contemplated hereunder, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it (if the amount of such funds or risk or liability is reasonably expected not to exceed the amount payable to the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i)(A) on the immediately succeeding Payment Date, the Trustee shall be deemed to be reasonably assured of such repayment) unless such risk or liability relates to the performance of its ordinary services, including mailing of notices under Article V , under this Indenture; and

 
102

 
 
(v)     in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage (including lost profits) even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such damages and regardless of such action.

(d)        For all purposes under this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default described in Sections 5.1(c) , (d) , (e) , or (f) unless a Trust Officer assigned to and working in the Corporate Trust Office has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such an Event of Default or Default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references the Notes generally, the Issuer, the Assets or this Indenture. For purposes of determining the Trustee’s responsibility and liability hereunder, whenever reference is made in this Indenture to such an Event of Default or a Default, such reference shall be construed to refer only to such an Event of Default or Default of which the Trustee is deemed to have notice as described in this Section 6.1 .

(e)         Upon the Trustee receiving written notice from the Collateral Manager that an event constituting “Cause” as defined in the Collateral Management Agreement has occurred, the Trustee shall, not later than three Business Days thereafter, notify the Noteholders (as their names appear in the Register).

(f)         Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 6.1 .

Section 6.2     Notice of Default . Promptly (and in no event later than three Business Days) after the occurrence of any Default of which a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge or after any declaration of acceleration has been made or delivered to the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.2 , the Trustee shall transmit by mail or e-mail to the Collateral Manager (and the Collateral Manager shall provide such notice to each Rating Agency) and all Holders, as their names and addresses appear on the Register, and the Irish Stock Exchange, for so long as any Class of Listed Notes is listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and so long as the guidelines of such exchange so require, notice of all Defaults hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived.

Section 6.3        Certain Rights of Trustee . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1 :

(a)        the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, note or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(b)        any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Order;

(c)         whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall (i) deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer’s certificate or (ii) be required to determine the value of any Assets or funds hereunder or the cash flows projected to be received therefrom, the Trustee may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely on reports of nationally recognized accountants, investment bankers or other persons qualified to provide the information required to make such determination, including nationally recognized dealers in securities of the type being valued and securities quotation services;

 
103

 
 
(d)        as a condition to the taking or omitting of any action by it hereunder, the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(e)         the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise or to honor any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have provided to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) and liabilities which might reasonably be incurred by it in complying with such request or direction;

(f)         the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, note or other paper or document, but the Trustee may, and upon the written direction of a Majority of the Controlling Class or of a Rating Agency shall (subject to the right hereunder to be indemnified for associated expense and liability), make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit or as it shall be directed, and the Trustee shall be entitled, on reasonable prior notice to the Issuer and the Collateral Manager, to examine the books and records relating to the Notes and the Assets, personally or by agent or attorney, during the Issuer’s or the Collateral Manager’s normal business hours; provided that the Trustee shall, and shall cause its agents to, hold in confidence all such information, except (i) to the extent disclosure may be required by law or by any regulatory, administrative or governmental authority and (ii) to the extent that the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine that such disclosure is consistent with its obligations hereunder; provided , further , that the Trustee may disclose on a confidential basis any such information to its agents, attorneys and auditors in connection with the performance of its responsibilities hereunder;

(g)        the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys; provided that the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any non-Affiliated agent appointed and supervised, or non-Affiliated attorney appointed, with due care by it hereunder;

(h)        the Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers hereunder;

(i)          nothing herein shall be construed to impose an obligation on the part of the Trustee to recalculate, evaluate or verify or independently determine the accuracy of any report, certificate or information received from the Issuer or Collateral Manager (unless and except to the extent otherwise expressly set forth herein);

 
104

 
 
(j)          to the extent any defined term hereunder, or any calculation required to be made or determined by the Trustee hereunder, is dependent upon or defined by reference to generally accepted accounting principles (as in effect in the United States) (“ GAAP ”), the Trustee shall be entitled to request and receive (and rely upon) instruction from the Issuer or the accountants identified in the Accountants’ Certificate (and in the absence of its receipt of timely instruction therefrom, shall be entitled to obtain from an Independent accountant at the expense of the Issuer) as to the application of GAAP in such connection, in any instance;

(k)         the Trustee shall not be liable for the actions or omissions of the Collateral Manager, the Issuer, any Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) and without limiting the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be under any obligation to monitor, evaluate or verify compliance by the Collateral Manager with the terms hereof or of the Collateral Management Agreement, or to verify or independently determine the accuracy of information received by the Trustee from the Collateral Manager (or from any selling institution, agent bank, trustee or similar source) with respect to the Assets;

(l)          notwithstanding any term hereof (or any term of the UCC that might otherwise be construed to be applicable to a “securities intermediary” as defined in the UCC) to the contrary, none of the Trustee, the Custodian or the Securities Intermediary shall be under a duty or obligation in connection with the acquisition or Grant by the Issuer to the Trustee of any item constituting the Assets, or to evaluate the sufficiency of the documents or instruments delivered to it by or on behalf of the Issuer in connection with its Grant or otherwise, or in that regard to examine any Underlying Instrument, in each case, in order to determine compliance with applicable requirements of and restrictions on transfer in respect of such Assets;

(m)        in the event the Bank is also acting in the capacity of Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent, Custodian, Calculation Agent or Securities Intermediary, the rights, protections, benefits, immunities and indemnities afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall also be afforded to the Bank acting in such capacities;

(n)        any permissive right of the Trustee to take or refrain from taking actions enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty;

(o)        to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of this Indenture or otherwise;

(p)        the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any matter unless a Trust Officer has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office and such notice references the Notes generally, the Issuer or this Indenture. Whenever reference is made in this Indenture to a Default or an Event of Default such reference shall, insofar as determining any liability on the part of the Trustee is concerned, be construed to refer only to a Default or an Event of Default of which the Trustee is deemed to have knowledge in accordance with this paragraph;

(q)        the Trustee shall not be responsible for delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its control;

 
105

 
 
(r)          in order to comply with the laws, rules, regulations and executive orders in effect from time to time applicable to banking institutions, including those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering (“ Applicable Laws ”), the Trustee shall obtain, verify and record certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Trustee. Accordingly, each of the parties agrees to provide to the Trustee, upon its request from time to time such identifying information and documentation as may be available for such party in order to enable the Trustee to comply with Applicable Laws;

(s)         to the extent not inconsistent herewith, the rights, protections, immunities and indemnities afforded to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture also shall be afforded to the Collateral Administrator;

(t)         in making or disposing of any investment permitted by this Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to deal with itself (in its individual capacity) or with any one or more of its Affiliates, in each case on an arm’s-length basis, whether it or such Affiliate is acting as a subagent of the Trustee or for any third person or dealing as principal for its own account. If otherwise qualified, obligations of the Bank or any of its Affiliates shall qualify as Eligible Investments hereunder;

(u)        the Trustee or its Affiliates are permitted to receive additional compensation that could be deemed to be in the Trustee’s economic self-interest for (i) serving as investment adviser, administrator, shareholder, servicing agent, custodian or subcustodian with respect to certain of the Eligible Investments, (ii) using Affiliates to effect transactions in certain Eligible Investments and (iii) effecting transactions in certain Eligible Investments. Such compensation is not payable or reimbursable under Section 6.7 of this Indenture; and

(v)        the Trustee shall have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing, or depositing of this Indenture or any supplemental indenture or any financing statement or continuation statement evidencing a security interest, or to see to the maintenance of any such recording, filing or depositing or to any rerecording, refiling or redepositing of any thereof or (ii) to maintain any insurance.

Section 6.4       Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes . The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, other than the Certificate of Authentication thereon, shall be taken as the statements of the Issuer; and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture (except as may be made with respect to the validity of the Trustee’s obligations hereunder), the Assets or the Notes. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of the Notes or the proceeds thereof or any Money paid to the Issuer pursuant to the provisions hereof.

Section 6.5       May Hold Notes . The Trustee, any Paying Agent, Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any of their Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar or such other agent.

 
106

 
 
Section 6.6       Money Held in Trust . Money held by the Trustee hereunder shall be held in trust to the extent required herein. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any Money received by it hereunder except to the extent of income or other gain on investments which are deposits in or certificates of deposit of the Bank in its commercial capacity and income or other gain actually received by the Trustee on Eligible Investments.

Section 6.7        Compensation and Reimbursement . (a) The Issuer agrees:

(i)      to pay the Trustee on each Payment Date reasonable compensation, as set forth in a separate fee schedule, for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(ii)     except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee in a timely manner upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture or other Transaction Document (including, without limitation, securities transaction charges and the reasonable compensation and expenses and disbursements of its agents and legal counsel and of any accounting firm or investment banking firm employed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 5.4 , 5.5 , 6.3(c) or 10.6 , except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith) but with respect to securities transaction charges, only to the extent any such charges have not been waived during a Collection Period due to the Trustee’s receipt of a payment from a financial institution with respect to certain Eligible Investments, as specified by the Collateral Manager;

(iii)    to indemnify the Trustee and its Officers, directors, employees and agents for, and to hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) incurred without negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on their part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending themselves (including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs) against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their powers or duties hereunder and under any other agreement or instrument related hereto; and

(iv)    to pay the Trustee reasonable additional compensation together with its expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) for any collection action taken pursuant to Section 6.13 hereof.

(b)        The Trustee shall receive amounts pursuant to this Section 6.7 and any other amounts payable to it under this Indenture or in any of the Transaction Documents to which the Trustee is a party only as provided in Section 11.1(a) but only to the extent that funds are available for the payment thereof. Subject to Section 6.9 , the Trustee shall continue to serve as Trustee under this Indenture notwithstanding the fact that the Trustee shall not have received amounts due it hereunder; provided that nothing herein shall impair or affect the Trustee’s rights under Section 6.9 . No direction by the Noteholders shall affect the right of the Trustee to collect amounts owed to it under this Indenture. If on any date when a fee shall be payable to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture insufficient funds are available for the payment thereof, any portion of a fee not so paid shall be deferred and payable on such later date on which a fee shall be payable and sufficient funds are available therefor.

 
107

 
 
(c)        The Trustee hereby agrees not to cause the filing of a petition in bankruptcy for the non-payment to the Trustee of any amounts provided by this Section 6. 7 until at least one year and one day, or if longer the applicable preference period then in effect plus one day, after the payment in full of all Notes issued under this Indenture; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit the filing of proofs of claim in any action that is not caused by the filing by the Trustee of a petition in bankruptcy.

(d)        The Issuer’s payment obligations to the Trustee under this Section 6.7 shall be secured by the lien of this Indenture, and shall survive the discharge of this Indenture and the earlier resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default under Section 5.1(e) or (f) , the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

Section 6.8       Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility . There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be an Independent organization or entity organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S.$200,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority, having a rating of at least “Baa1” by Moody’s and at least “BBB+” by S&P and having an office within the United States. The Trustee shall not be “affiliated” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) with the Issuer or any person involved in the organization or operation of the Issuer and shall not provide credit or credit enhancement to the Issuer. If such organization or entity publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.8 , the combined capital and surplus of such organization or entity shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent published report of condition. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.8 , it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article VI .

Section 6.9     Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor . (a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.10 .

(b)        The Trustee may resign at any time by providing not less than 30 days’ written notice thereof to the Issuer, the Holders of the Notes and the Collateral Manager (and the Collateral Manager shall provide such notice to each Rating Agency). Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Issuer, by Issuer Order, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees satisfying the requirements of Section 6.8 ; provided that such successor Trustee shall be appointed only upon the written consent of a Majority of the Secured Notes of each Class (or if there are no Secured Notes Outstanding, a Majority of the Subordinated Notes) or, at any time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or when a successor Trustee has been appointed pursuant to Section 6.9(e) , by an Act of a Majority of the Controlling Class. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed and shall have accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, any Holder, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, or the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 6.8 .

 
108

 
 
(c)        The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of a Majority of each Class of Notes (for which purpose, the Class A-1 Notes will constitute and vote together as a single Class, and the Class A-2 Notes will constitute and vote together as a single Class) or, at any time when an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing by an Act of a Majority of the Controlling Class, delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer.

(d)        If at any time:

(i)      the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.8 and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Holder; or

(ii)     the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver or liquidator of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation;

then, in any such case (subject to Section 6.9(a) ), (A) the Issuer, by Issuer Order, may remove the Trustee, or (B) subject to Section 5.15 , any Holder may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e)         If the Trustee shall be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of the Trustee for any reason (other than resignation), the Issuer, by Issuer Order, shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees satisfying the requirements of Section 6.8 . If the Issuer shall fail to appoint a successor Trustee within 60 days after such removal or incapability or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee may be appointed by a Majority of the Controlling Class by written instrument delivered to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee. The successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee and supersede any successor Trustee proposed by the Issuer. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Issuer or a Majority of the Controlling Class and shall have accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, subject to Section 5.15 , any Holder, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee satisfying the requirements of Section 6.8 .

(f)         The Issuer shall give prompt notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee by mailing written notice of such event by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the Collateral Manager (which notice the Collateral Manager shall provide to each Rating Agency) and to the Holders of the Notes as their names and addresses appear in the Register. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. If the Issuer fail to mail such notice within ten days after acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee, the successor Trustee shall cause such notice to be given at the expense of the Issuer.

 
109

 
 
Section 6.10    Acceptance of Appointment by Successor . Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall meet the requirements of Section 6.8 and shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment. Upon delivery of the required instruments, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations of the retiring Trustee; but, on request of the Issuer or a Majority of any Class of Secured Notes or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges then unpaid, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee, and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and Money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuer shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts.

Section 6.11  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business of Trustee . Any organization or entity into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any organization or entity resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any organization or entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder; provided that such organization or entity shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VI , without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any of the Notes has been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

Section 6.12    Co-Trustees . At any time or times, for the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Assets may at the time be located, the Issuer and the Trustee shall have power to appoint one or more Persons to act as co-trustee (subject to satisfaction of the Global Rating Agency Condition), jointly with the Trustee, of all or any part of the Assets, with the power to file such proofs of claim and take such other actions pursuant to Section 5.6 herein and to make such claims and enforce such rights of action on behalf of the Holders, as such Holders themselves may have the right to do, subject to the other provisions of this Section 6.12 .

The Issuer shall join with the Trustee in the execution, delivery and performance of all instruments and agreements necessary or proper to appoint a co-trustee. If the Issuer does not join in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by them of a request to do so, the Trustee shall have the power to make such appointment.

Should any written instrument from the Issuer be required by any co-trustee so appointed, more fully confirming to such co-trustee such property, title, right or power, any and all such instruments shall, on request, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Issuer. The Issuer agrees to pay, to the extent funds are available therefor under Section 11.1(a)(i)(A) , for any reasonable fees and expenses in connection with such appointment.

 
110

 
 
Every co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, but to such extent only, be appointed subject to the following terms:

(a)         the Notes shall be authenticated and delivered and all rights, powers, duties and obligations hereunder in respect of the custody of securities, Cash and other personal property held by, or required to be deposited or pledged with, the Trustee hereunder, shall be exercised solely by the Trustee;

(b)        the rights, powers, duties and obligations hereby conferred or imposed upon the Trustee in respect of any property covered by the appointment of a co-trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee or by the Trustee and such co-trustee jointly as shall be provided in the instrument appointing such co-trustee;

(c)         the Trustee at any time, by an instrument in writing executed by it, with the concurrence of the Issuer evidenced by an Issuer Order, may accept the resignation of or remove any co-trustee appointed under this Section 6.12 , and in case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall have the power to accept the resignation of, or remove, any such co-trustee without the concurrence of the Issuer. A successor to any co-trustee so resigned or removed may be appointed in the manner provided in this Section 6.12 ;

(d)        no co-trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any act or omission of the Trustee hereunder;

(e)        the Trustee shall not be liable by reason of any act or omission of a co-trustee; and

(f)         any Act of Holders delivered to the Trustee shall be deemed to have been delivered to each co-trustee.

The Issuer shall notify each Rating Agency of the appointment of a co-trustee hereunder.

Section 6.13     Certain Duties of Trustee Related to Delayed Payment of Proceeds . If the Trustee shall not have received a payment with respect to any Asset on its Due Date, (a) the Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer and the Collateral Manager in writing and (b) unless within three Business Days (or the end of the applicable grace period for such payment, if any) after such notice (x) such payment shall have been received by the Trustee or (y) the Issuer, in its absolute discretion (but only to the extent permitted by Section 10.2(a) ), shall have made provision for such payment satisfactory to the Trustee in accordance with Section 10.2(a) , the Trustee shall, not later than the Business Day immediately following the last day of such period and in any case upon request by the Collateral Manager, request the issuer of such Asset, the trustee under the related Underlying Instrument or paying agent designated by either of them, as the case may be, to make such payment not later than three Business Days after the date of such request. If such payment is not made within such time period, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of clause (iv) of Section 6.1(c) , shall take such action as the Collateral Manager shall direct. Any such action shall be without prejudice to any right to claim a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture. If the Issuer or the Collateral Manager requests a release of an Asset and/or delivers an additional Collateral Obligation in connection with any such action under the Collateral Management Agreement, such release and/or substitution shall be subject to Section 10.7 and Article XII of this Indenture, as the case may be. Notwithstanding any other   provision hereof, the Trustee shall deliver to the Issuer or its designee any payment with respect to any Asset or any additional Collateral Obligation received after the Due Date thereof to the extent the Issuer previously made provisions for such payment satisfactory to the Trustee in accordance with this Section 6.13 and such payment shall not be deemed part of the Assets.

 
111

 
 
Section 6.14     Authenticating Agents . Upon the request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall, and if the Trustee so chooses the Trustee may, appoint one or more Authenticating Agents with power to act on its behalf and subject to its direction in the authentication of Notes in connection with issuance, transfers and exchanges under Sections 2.4 , 2.5 , 2.6 and 8.5 , as fully to all intents and purposes as though each such Authenticating Agent had been expressly authorized by such Sections to authenticate such Notes. For all purposes of this Indenture, the authentication of Notes by an Authenticating Agent pursuant to this Section 6.14 shall be deemed to be the authentication of Notes by the Trustee.

Any corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, consolidation or conversion to which any Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate trust business of any Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of such Authenticating Agent hereunder, without the execution or filing of any further act on the part of the parties hereto or such Authenticating Agent or such successor corporation.

Any Authenticating Agent may at any time resign by giving written notice of resignation to the Trustee and the Issuer. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of any Authenticating Agent by giving written notice of termination to such Authenticating Agent and the Issuer. Upon receiving such notice of resignation or upon such a termination, the Trustee shall promptly appoint a successor Authenticating Agent and shall give written notice of such appointment to the Issuer.

Unless the Authenticating Agent is also the same entity as the Trustee, the Issuer agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services, and reimbursement for its reasonable expenses relating thereto as an Administrative Expense. The provisions of Sections 2.8 , 6.4 and 6.5 shall be applicable to any Authenticating Agent.

Section 6.15     Withholding . If any withholding tax is imposed on the Issuer’s payment (or allocations of income) under the Notes by law or pursuant to an agreement between the Issuer and a governmental authority, such tax shall reduce the amount otherwise distributable to the relevant Holder. The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to retain from amounts otherwise distributable to any Holder sufficient funds for the payment of any tax that is required by law or pursuant to an agreement between the Issuer and a governmental authority to be withheld by the Issuer (but such authorization shall not prevent the Trustee from contesting any such tax in appropriate proceedings and withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by law, pending the outcome of such proceedings) and to timely remit such amounts to the appropriate taxing authority. The amount of any withholding tax imposed with respect to any Note shall be treated as Cash distributed to the relevant Holder at the time it is withheld by the Trustee. If there is a possibility that withholding tax is payable with respect to a distribution, the Paying Agent or the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, withhold such amounts in accordance with this Section 6.15 . If any Holder or beneficial owner wishes to apply for a refund of any such withholding tax, the Trustee shall reasonably cooperate with such Person in providing readily available information so long as such Person agrees to reimburse the Trustee for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred. Nothing herein shall impose an obligation on the part of the Trustee to determine the amount of any tax or withholding obligation on the part of the Issuer or in respect of the Notes.

 
112

 
 
Section 6.16     Fiduciary for Secured Noteholders Only; Agent for each other Secured Party and the Holders of the Subordinated Notes . With respect to the security interest created   hereunder, the delivery of any item of Asset to the Trustee is to the Trustee as representative of the Secured Noteholders and agent for each other Secured Party and the Holders of the Subordinated Notes. In furtherance of the foregoing, the possession by the Trustee of any Asset, the endorsement to or registration in the name of the Trustee of any Asset (including without limitation as entitlement holder of the Custodial Account) are all undertaken by the Trustee in its capacity as representative of the Secured Noteholders, and agent for each other Secured Party and the Holders of the Subordinated Notes.

Section 6.17     Representations and Warranties of the Bank . The Bank hereby represents and warrants as follows:

(a)          Organization . The Bank has been duly organized and is validly existing as a   banking corporation with trust powers under the laws of the State of New York and has the power to conduct its business and affairs as a trustee, paying agent, registrar, transfer agent, custodian, calculation agent and securities intermediary.

(b)          Authorization; Binding Obligations . The Bank has the corporate power and   authority to perform the duties and obligations of Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent, Custodian, Calculation Agent and Securities Intermediary under this Indenture. The Bank has taken all necessary corporate action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Indenture, and all of the documents required to be executed by the Bank pursuant hereto. This Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Bank and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Bank enforceable in accordance with its terms subject, as to enforcement, (i) to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights as such laws would apply in the event of any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency or similar event applicable to the Issuer and (ii) to general equitable principles (whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

(c)        Eligibility . The Bank is eligible under Section 6.8 to serve as Trustee hereunder.

(d)         No Conflict . Neither the execution, delivery and performance of this Indenture,   nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture, (i) is prohibited by, or requires the Bank to obtain any consent, authorization, approval or registration under, any law, statute, rule or regulation or, to the best of its knowledge, judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree that is binding upon the Bank, or (ii) will violate any provision of, result in any default or acceleration of any obligations under, result in the creation or imposition of any lien pursuant to, or require any consent under, any material agreement to which the Bank is a party, which in each case would have a material adverse effect on the Bank’s performance of its obligations hereunder.

 
113

 
 
ARTICLE VII

COVENANTS

Section 7.1       Payment of Principal and Interest . The Issuer will duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Secured Notes, in accordance with the terms of such Notes and this Indenture pursuant to the Priority of Payments. The Issuer will, to the extent funds are available pursuant to the Priority of Payments, duly and punctually pay all required distributions on the Subordinated Notes, in accordance with the Subordinated Notes and this Indenture.
 
Amounts properly withheld under the Code or other applicable law by any Person from a payment under a Note shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer to the relevant Holder for all purposes of this Indenture.

Section 7.2       Maintenance of Office or Agency . The Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as a Paying Agent for payments on the Notes and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee at its applicable Corporate Trust Office, as the Issuer’s agent where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange.

The Issuer may at any time and from time to time vary or terminate the appointment of any such agent or appoint any additional agents for any or all of such purposes; provided that (x) the Issuer will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of such Notes and this Indenture may be served and, subject to any laws or regulations applicable thereto, an office or agency outside of the United States where Notes may be presented for payment; and (y) no paying agent shall be appointed in a jurisdiction which subjects payments on the Notes to withholding tax solely as a result of such Paying Agent’s activities. The Issuer hereby appoints, for so long as any Class of Listed Notes is listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and the requirements of such exchange so require, Custom House Administration and Listing Services Limited (the “ Irish Paying Agent ”) as Paying Agent in Ireland in respect of the Listed Notes for purposes of the payment of principal and interest on the Listed Notes. The Issuer shall at all times maintain a duplicate copy of the Register at the Corporate Trust Office. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee, the Collateral Manager (which notice the Collateral Manager shall provide to each Rating Agency) and the Holders of the appointment or termination of any such agent and of the location and any change in the location of any such office or agency.

If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, or outside the United States, or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, notices and demands may be served on the Issuer, and Notes may be presented and surrendered for payment to the appropriate Paying Agent at its designated office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the same as its agent to receive such respective notices, demands, presentations and surrenders.

 
114

 
 
Section 7.3       Money for Note Payments to be Held in Trust . All payments of amounts due and payable with respect to any Notes that are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Payment Account shall be made on behalf of the Issuer by the Trustee or a Paying Agent with respect to payments on the Notes.

When the Issuer shall have a Paying Agent that is not also the Registrar, it shall furnish, or cause the Registrar to furnish, no later than the fifth calendar day after each Record Date a list, if necessary, in such form as such Paying Agent may reasonably request, of the names and addresses of the Holders and of the certificate numbers of individual Notes held by each such Holder.

Whenever the Issuer shall have a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, it shall, on or before the Business Day next preceding each Payment Date and any Redemption Date, as the case may be, direct the Trustee to deposit on such Payment Date or such Redemption Date, as the case may be, with such Paying Agent, if necessary, an aggregate sum sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming due (to the extent funds are then available for such purpose in the Payment Account), such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. Any Monies deposited with a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) in excess of an amount sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming due on the Notes with respect to which such deposit was made shall be paid over by such Paying Agent to the Trustee for application in accordance with Article X .

The initial Paying Agent shall be as set forth in Section 7. 2 . Any additional or successor Paying Agents shall be appointed by Issuer Order with written notice thereof to the Trustee; provided that so long as the Notes of any Class are rated by a Rating Agency, with respect to any   additional or successor Paying Agent, either (i) such Paying Agent has a long- term debt rating of “A+” or higher by S&P and “A1” or higher by Moody’s or a short-term debt rating of “P-1” by Moody’s and “A-1” by S&P or (ii) the Global Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. If such successor Paying Agent ceases to have a long-term debt rating of “A+” or higher by S&P and “A1” or higher by Moody’s or a short-term debt rating of “P-1” by Moody’s and “A-1” by S&P, the Issuer shall promptly remove such Paying Agent and appoint a successor Paying Agent. The Issuer shall not appoint any Paying Agent that is not, at the time of such appointment, a depository institution or trust company subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or state and/or national banking authorities. The Issuer shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee and if the Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees, subject to the provisions of this Section 7.3 , that such Paying Agent will:

(a)        allocate all sums received for payment to the Holders of Notes for which it acts as Paying Agent on each Payment Date and any Redemption Date among such Holders in the proportion specified in the applicable Distribution Report to the extent permitted by applicable law;

 
115

 
 
(b)        hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as herein provided;

(c)         if such Paying Agent is not the Trustee, immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards set forth above required to be met by a Paying Agent at the time of its appointment;

(d)        if such Paying Agent is not the Trustee, immediately give the Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment required to be made; and

(e)         if such Paying Agent is not the Trustee, during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuer or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such Money.

Except as otherwise required by applicable law, any Money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for any payment on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such amount has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Order; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment of such amounts (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the Issuer) and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust Money shall thereupon cease. The Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such release of payment, may, but shall not be required to, adopt and employ, at the expense of the Issuer any reasonable means of notification of such release of payment, including, but not limited to, mailing notice of such release to Holders whose Notes have been called but have not been surrendered for redemption or whose right to or interest in Monies due and payable but not claimed is determinable from the records of any Paying Agent, at the last address of record of each such Holder.

Section 7.4       Existence of Issuer . (a) The Issuer shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, maintain in full force and effect its existence and rights as a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and shall obtain and preserve its qualification to do business as a foreign company in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes, or any of the Assets; provided that the Issuer shall be entitled to change its jurisdiction of formation from the State of Delaware to any other jurisdiction reasonably selected by the Issuer at the direction of a Majority of the Subordinated Notes so long as (i) the Issuer has received a legal opinion (upon which the Trustee may conclusively rely) to the effect that such change is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders, (ii) written notice of such change shall have been given to the Trustee and the Collateral Manager by the Issuer, which notice shall be promptly forwarded by the Trustee to the Holders and by the Collateral Manager to each Rating Agency, (iii) the S&P Rating Condition is satisfied and (iv) on or prior to the 15th Business Day following receipt of such notice the Trustee shall not have received written notice from a Majority of the Controlling Class objecting to such change.

 
116

 
 
(b)        The Issuer shall ensure that all limited liability company formalities regarding its existence (including holding regular managers’ or other similar meetings) are followed. The Issuer shall not take any action, or conduct its affairs in a manner, that is likely to result in its separate existence being ignored or in its assets and liabilities being substantively consolidated with any other Person in a bankruptcy, reorganization or other insolvency proceeding. Without limiting the foregoing, (i) the Issuer shall not have any subsidiaries other than any Blocker Subsidiaries and (ii) except to the extent contemplated in the Issuer’s limited liability company agreement, (x) the Issuer shall not (A) have any employees (other than its managers), (B) except as contemplated by the Collateral Management Agreement and the Issuer’s limited liability company agreement, engage in any transaction with any member that would constitute a conflict of interest or (C) pay dividends other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Issuer’s limited liability company agreement and (y) the Issuer shall (A) maintain books and records separate from any other Person, (B) maintain its accounts separate from those of any other Person, (C) not commingle its assets with those of any other Person, (D) conduct its own business in its own name, (E) maintain separate financial statements if required by law or this Indenture, (F) pay its own liabilities out of its own funds, (G) maintain an arm’s length relationship with its Affiliates, (H) use separate stationery, invoices and checks, (I) hold itself out as a separate Person and (J) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity.

(c)        With respect to any Blocker Subsidiary:

(i)      the Issuer shall not permit such Blocker Subsidiary to incur any indebtedness (other than the guarantee and grant of security interest in favor of the Trustee described in Section 7.4(c)(vii) below);

(ii)     the constitutive documents of such Blocker Subsidiary shall provide that (A) recourse with respect to the costs, expenses or other liabilities of such Subsidiary shall be solely to the assets of such Blocker Subsidiary and no creditor of such Blocker Subsidiary shall have any recourse whatsoever to the Issuer or its assets except to the extent otherwise required under applicable law, (B) the activities and business purposes of such Blocker Subsidiary shall be limited to holding securities or obligations in accordance with Section 12.1(j) that are otherwise required to be sold pursuant to Sections 12.1(d) ,   (h) or   (i) and activities reasonably incidental thereto (including holding   interests in other Blocker Subsidiaries), (C) such Blocker Subsidiary will not incur any indebtedness (other than the guarantee and grant of security interest in favor of the Trustee described in Section 7.4(c)(vii) below), (D) such Blocker Subsidiary will not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any lien, charge or other encumbrance on any of its assets, or sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of its assets, or assign or sell any income or revenues or rights in respect thereof, (E) such Blocker Subsidiary will be subject to the limitations on powers set forth in the organizational documents of the Issuer, (F) if such Blocker Subsidiary is a foreign corporation for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, such Blocker Subsidiary shall file a US federal income tax return reporting all effectively connected income, if any, arising as a result of owning the permitted assets of such Blocker Subsidiary, (G) after paying Taxes and expenses payable by such Blocker Subsidiary or setting aside adequate reserves for the payment of such Taxes and expenses, such Blocker Subsidiary will distribute 100% of the proceeds of the assets acquired by it (net of such Taxes, expenses and reserves), (H) such Blocker Subsidiary will not form or own any subsidiary or any interest in any other entity other than interests in another Blocker Subsidiary or securities or obligations held in accordance with Section 12.1(j)   that would otherwise be required to be sold by the Issuer pursuant to   Sections 12.1(d) ,   (h) or   (i) and (I) such Blocker Subsidiary will not acquire or hold title to any real   property or a controlling interest in any entity that owns real property;

 
117

 
 
(iii)    the constitutive documents of such Blocker Subsidiary shall provide that such Blocker Subsidiary will (A) maintain books and records separate from any other Person, (B) maintain its accounts separate from those of any other Person, (C) not commingle its assets with those of any other Person, (D) conduct its own business in its own name, (E) maintain separate financial statements, (F) pay its own liabilities out of its own funds, (G) observe all corporate formalities and other formalities in its by-laws and its certificate of incorporation, (H) maintain an arm's length relationship with its Affiliates, (I) not have any employees, (J) not guarantee or become obligated for the debts of any other person (other than the Issuer) or hold out its credit as being available to satisfy the obligations of others (other than the Issuer), (K) not acquire obligations or securities of the Issuer, (L) allocate fairly and reasonably any overhead for shared office space, (M) use separate stationery, invoices and checks, (N) not pledge its assets for the benefit of any other Person (other than the Trustee) or make any loans or advance to any Person, (O) hold itself out as a separate Person, (P) correct any known misunderstanding regarding its separate identity and (Q) maintain adequate capital in light of its contemplated business operations;

(iv)    the constitutive documents of such Blocker Subsidiary shall provide that the business of such Blocker Subsidiary shall be managed by or under the direction of a board of at least one director and that at least one such director shall be a person who is not at the time of appointment and for the five years prior thereto has not been (A) a direct or indirect legal or beneficial owner of the Portfolio Manager, such Blocker Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates (excluding de minimis ownership), (B) a creditor, supplier, officer, manager, or contractor of the Collateral Manager, such Blocker Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates or (C) a person who controls (whether directly, indirectly or otherwise) the Collateral Manager, such Blocker Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates or any creditor, supplier, officer, manager or contractor of the Collateral Manager, such Blocker Subsidiary or any of their respective Affiliates;

 
118

 
 
(v)     the constitutive documents of such Blocker Subsidiary shall provide that, so long as the Blocker Subsidiary is owned directly or indirectly by the Issuer, upon the date of any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Issuer, (x) the Issuer shall sell or otherwise dispose of all of its equity interests in such Blocker Subsidiary within a reasonable time or (y) such Blocker Subsidiary shall (A) sell or otherwise dispose of all of its property or, to the extent such Blocker Subsidiary is unable to sell or otherwise dispose of such property within a reasonable time, distribute such property in kind to its stockholders, (B) make provision for the filing of a tax return and any action required in connection with winding up such Blocker Subsidiary, (C) liquidate and (D) distribute the proceeds of liquidation to its stockholders;

(vi)    to the extent payable by the Issuer, with respect to any Blocker Subsidiary, (i) any expenses related to such Blocker Subsidiary will be considered Administrative Expenses pursuant to subclause (vi) of clause third of the definition thereof and will be payable as Administrative Expenses pursuant to Section 11.1(a) (Disbursements of Monies from Payment Account); and

(vii)   the Issuer shall cause each Blocker Subsidiary (x) to give a guarantee in favor of the Trustee pursuant to which such Blocker Subsidiary absolutely and unconditionally guarantees, to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the obligations under this Indenture and (y) to enter into a security agreement between such Blocker Subsidiary and the Trustee pursuant to which such Blocker Subsidiary grants a perfected, first-priority continuing security interest in all of its property to secure its obligations under such guarantee.

(d)        The Issuer and the Trustee agree, for the benefit of all Holders of each Class of Notes, not to institute against any Blocker Subsidiary any proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law, or a petition for its winding -up or liquidation (other than a winding-up or liquidation of a Blocker Subsidiary that no longer holds any assets), until the payment in full of all Notes and the expiration of a period equal to one year and one day or, if longer, the applicable preference period then in effect plus one day, following such payment in full.

Section 7.5       Protection of Assets . (a) The Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer will cause the taking of such action within the Collateral Manager’s control as is reasonably necessary in order to maintain the perfection and priority of the security interest of the Trustee in the Assets; provided that the Collateral Manager shall be entitled to rely on any Opinion of Counsel delivered pursuant to Section 7.6 and any Opinion of Counsel with respect to the same subject matter delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(iii) to determine what actions are reasonably necessary, and shall be fully protected in so relying on such an Opinion of Counsel, unless the Collateral Manager has actual knowledge that the procedures described in any such Opinion of Counsel are no longer adequate to maintain such perfection and priority. The Issuer shall from time to time execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto and file or authorize the filing of all such Financing Statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments, and shall take such other action as may be necessary, reasonably advisable or desirable to secure the rights and remedies of the Holders of the Secured Notes hereunder and to:

(i)       Grant more effectively all or any portion of the Assets;

 
119

 
 
(ii)     maintain, preserve and perfect any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture including, without limitation, the first priority nature of the lien or carry out more effectively the purposes hereof;

(iii)    perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture (including, without limitation, any and all actions necessary or desirable as a result of changes in law or regulations);

(iv)   enforce any of the Assets or other instruments or property included in the Assets;

(v)     preserve and defend title to the Assets and the rights therein of the Trustee and the Holders of the Secured Notes in the Assets against the claims of all Persons and parties; or

(vi)    pay or cause to be paid any and all taxes levied or assessed upon all or any part of the Assets.

The Issuer hereby designates the Trustee as its agent and attorney in fact to file any Financing Statement, continuation statement and all other instruments prepared and delivered to it for execution, and take all other actions, required pursuant to this Section 7.5 . Such designation shall not impose upon the Trustee, or release or diminish, the Issuer’s and the Collateral Manager’s obligations under this Section 7.5 . The Issuer further authorizes and shall cause the Issuer’s United States counsel to file without the Issuer’s signature a Financing Statement that names the Issuer as debtor and the Trustee, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as secured party and that describes “all personal property of the Debtor now owned or hereafter acquired” as the Assets in which the Trustee has a Grant.

(b)        The Trustee shall not, except in accordance with Section 5.5 or Section 10.7(a) , (b) and   (c) , as applicable, permit the removal of any portion of the Assets or transfer any such   Assets from the Account to which it is credited, or cause or permit any change in the Delivery made pursuant to Section 3.3 with respect to any Assets, if, after giving effect thereto, the jurisdiction governing the perfection of the Trustee’s security interest in such Assets is different from the jurisdiction governing the perfection at the time of delivery of the most recent Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 7.6 (or, if no Opinion of Counsel has yet been delivered pursuant to Section 7.6 , the Opinion of Counsel delivered at the Closing Date pursuant to Section 3.1(iii) unless the Trustee shall have received an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the   lien and security interest created by this Indenture with respect to such property and the priority thereof will continue to be maintained after giving effect to such action or actions).

Section 7.6       Opinions as to Assets . On or before November 5 th in each calendar year, commencing in 2011, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee and Moody’s an Opinion of Counsel relating to the security interest granted by the Issuer to the Trustee, stating that, as of the date of such opinion, the lien and security interest created by this Indenture with respect to the Assets remain in effect and that no further action (other than as specified in such opinion) needs to be taken to ensure the continued effectiveness of such lien over the next year.

 
120

 
 
Section 7.7      Performance of Obligations . (a) The Issuer shall not take any action, and will use its best efforts not to permit any action to be taken by others, that would release any Person from any of such Person’s covenants or obligations under any instrument included in the Assets, except in the case of enforcement action taken with respect to any Defaulted Obligation in accordance with the provisions hereof and actions by the Collateral Manager under the Collateral Management Agreement and in conformity with this Indenture or as otherwise required hereby.
  
(b)        The Issuer shall notify S&P and Moody’s within 10 Business Days after it has received notice from any Noteholder or the Issuer of any material breach of any Transaction Document, following any applicable cure period for such breach.

(c)         The Issuer shall cause the Collateral Manager to re-calculate the Market Value of all Collateral Obligations included in the Assets no less frequently than once every three calendar months.

Section 7.8       Negative Covenants . (a) The Issuer will not from and after the Closing  Date:

(i)      sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of, or pledge, mortgage, hypothecate or otherwise encumber (or permit such to occur or suffer such to exist), any part of the Assets, or enter into an agreement or commitment to do so or enter into or engage in any business with respect to any part of the Assets, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture and the Collateral Management Agreement;

(ii)     claim any credit on, make any deduction from, or dispute the enforceability of payment of the principal or interest payable (or any other amount) in respect of the Notes (other than amounts withheld or deducted in accordance with the Code or any applicable laws of any other applicable jurisdiction);

(iii)     (A) incur or assume or guarantee any indebtedness, other than the Notes, this Indenture and the transactions contemplated hereby or (B)(1) issue any additional class of securities except in accordance with Section 2.13 and 3.2 or (2) issue any additional membership interests;

(iv)    (A) permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture or any Grant hereunder to be impaired, or permit the lien of this Indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to this Indenture or the Notes except as may be permitted hereby or by the Collateral Management Agreement, (B) except as permitted by this Indenture, permit any lien, charge, adverse claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien of this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden any part of the Assets, any interest therein or the proceeds thereof, or (C) except as permitted by this Indenture, take any action that would permit the lien of this Indenture not to constitute a valid first priority security interest in the Assets;

 
121

 
 
(v)     amend the Collateral Management Agreement except pursuant to the terms thereof and Article XV of this Indenture;

(vi)    dissolve or liquidate in whole or in part, except as permitted hereunder or required by applicable law;

(vii)    pay any distributions other than in accordance with the Priority of Payments;

(viii)   permit the formation of any subsidiaries (other than any Blocker Subsidiaries);

(ix)      conduct business under any name other than its own;

(x)      have any employees (other than managers to the extent they are employees); and

(xi)     fail to maintain an Independent Manager under the Issuer’s limited liability company agreement.

(b)        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Issuer shall not acquire any asset, conduct any activity or take any action if the acquisition or ownership of such asset, the conduct of such activity or the taking of such action, as the case may be, would cause the Issuer to be engaged, or deemed to be engaged, in a trade or business within the United States for United States federal income tax purposes or otherwise to be subject to United States federal income tax on a net basis or income tax on a net income basis in any other jurisdiction except that the Issuer may hold Equity Securities, Defaulted Obligations and securities or other consideration received in an Offer pending their sale or transfer in accordance with Sections 12.1(d) ,   (h) or   (i) or   Section 12.1(j) , as applicable. The Issuer shall be deemed to have   complied with this clause (b) to the extent the Issuer or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer has complied with the investment guidelines set forth in Annex A to the Collateral Management Agreement.

(c)         The Issuer shall not be party to any agreements without including customary “non-petition” and “limited recourse” provisions therein (and shall not amend or eliminate such provisions in any agreement to which it is party), except for any agreements related to the purchase and sale of any Collateral Obligations or Eligible Investments which contain customary (as determined by the Collateral Manager in its sole discretion) purchase or sale terms or which are documented using customary (as determined by the Collateral Manager in its sole discretion) loan trading documentation.

(d)        Notwithstanding anything contained in this Indenture to the contrary, the Issuer may not acquire any of the Secured Notes; provided that this Section 7.8(d) shall not be deemed to limit an optional or mandatory redemption pursuant to the terms of this Indenture or a buy-back pursuant to Section 9.7 .

 
122

 
 
Section 7.9       Statement as to Compliance . On or before November 20th in each calendar year commencing in 2011, or immediately if there has been a Default under this Indenture and prior to the issuance of any additional Subordinated Notes pursuant to Section 2.13 , the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee (to be forwarded by the Trustee to the Collateral   Manager (which shall forward such notice to each Rating Agency), and each Noteholder making a written request therefor) an Officer’s certificate of the Issuer that, having made reasonable inquiries of the Collateral Manager, and to the best of the knowledge, information and belief of the Issuer, there did not exist, as at a date not more than five days prior to the date of the certificate, nor had there existed at any time prior thereto since the date of the last certificate (if any), any Default hereunder or, if such Default did then exist or had existed, specifying the same and the nature and status thereof, including actions undertaken to remedy the same, and that the Issuer has complied with all of its obligations under this Indenture or, if such is not the case, specifying those obligations with which it has not complied.

Section 7.10     Issuer May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms . The Issuer (the “ Merging Entity ”) shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or transfer or convey all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, unless permitted by United States and Delaware law and unless:

(a)        the Merging Entity shall be the surviving corporation, or the Person (if other than the Merging Entity) formed by such consolidation or into which the Merging Entity is merged or to which all or substantially all of the assets of the Merging Entity are transferred (the “ Successor Entity ”) (A) if the Merging Entity is the Issuer, shall be a company organized and existing under   the laws of the State of Delaware or such other jurisdiction approved by a Majority of the Controlling Class provided that no such approval shall be required in connection with any such transaction undertaken solely to effect a change in the jurisdiction of incorporation pursuant to Section 7.4 , and (B) in any case shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto,   executed and delivered to the Trustee and each Holder, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all Secured Notes and the performance and observance of every covenant of this Indenture on its part to be performed or observed, all as provided herein;

(b)        the Global Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such consolidation or merger;

(c)         if the Merging Entity is not the Successor Entity, the Successor Entity shall have agreed with the Trustee (i) to observe the same legal requirements for the recognition of such formed or surviving corporation as a legal entity separate and apart from any of its Affiliates as are applicable to the Merging Entity with respect to its Affiliates and (ii) not to consolidate or merge with or into any other Person or transfer or convey the Assets or all or substantially all of its assets to any other Person except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.10 ;

 
123

 
 
(d)        if the Merging Entity is not the Successor Entity, the Successor Entity shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Collateral Manager (and the Collateral Manager shall have delivered to each Rating Agency) an Officer’s certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such Person is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing in the jurisdiction in which such Person is organized; that such Person has sufficient power and authority to assume the obligations set forth in subsection (a) above and to execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto for the purpose of assuming such obligations; that such Person has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of an indenture supplemental hereto for the purpose of assuming such obligations and that such supplemental indenture is a valid, legal and binding obligation of such Person, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject only to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium and other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); if the Merging Entity is the Issuer, that, immediately following the event which causes such Successor Entity to become the successor to the Issuer, (i) such Successor Entity has title, free and clear of any lien, security interest or charge, other than the lien and security interest of this Indenture, to the Assets securing all of the Notes, (ii) the Trustee continues to have a valid perfected first priority security interest in the Assets securing all of the Secured Notes; and in each case as to such other matters as the Trustee or any Noteholder may reasonably require and (iii) such Successor Entity will not be subject to U.S. net income tax or treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

(e)         immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

(f)         the Merging Entity shall have notified the Collateral Manager (and the Collateral Manager shall have notified each Rating Agency) of such consolidation, merger, transfer or conveyance and shall have delivered to the Trustee and each Noteholder an Officer’s certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, transfer or conveyance and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article VII and that all conditions precedent in this Article VII relating to such transaction have been complied with;

(g)        the Merging Entity shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that after giving effect to such transaction, the Issuer (or, if applicable, the Successor Entity) will not be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act; and

(h)        after giving effect to such transaction, the outstanding stock of the Merging Entity (or, if applicable, the Successor Entity) will not be beneficially owned within the meaning of the Investment Company Act by any U.S. Person.

Section 7.11     Successor Substituted . Upon any consolidation or merger, or transfer or conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets of the Issuer in accordance with Section 7.10 in which the Merging Entity is not the surviving corporation, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Merging Entity under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein. In the event of any such consolidation, merger, transfer or conveyance, the Person named as the “Issuer” in the first paragraph of this Indenture or any successor which shall theretofore have become such in the manner prescribed in this Article VII may be dissolved, wound up and liquidated at any time thereafter, and such Person thereafter shall be released from its liabilities as obligor and maker on all the Notes and from its obligations under this Indenture.

 
124

 
 
Section 7.12    No Other Business . The Issuer shall not have any employees (other than its managers and only to the extent contemplated in the Issuer’s limited liability company agreement) and shall not engage in any business or activity other than the issuance, redemption and payment of the Secured Notes and the issuance, redemption and payment of the Subordinated Notes and any additional Subordinated Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture, the acquisition, holding, selling, exchanging, redeeming and pledging of Collateral Obligations, Other Exchange Assets, Equity Securities, Eligible Investments and shares in Blocker Subsidiaries, solely for its own account, the entering into and acting in accordance with agreements with governmental authorities (including agreements that may allow the Issuer to receive payments at a reduced rate of withholding tax) and other incidental activities, including entering into and exercising its rights and performing its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party. The Issuer shall not hold itself out as originating loans, lending funds, making a market in loans or other assets or selling loans or other assets to customers or as willing to enter into, assume, offset, assign or otherwise terminate positions in derivative financial instruments with customers. The Issuer may amend, or permit the amendment of, its limited liability company agreement and certificate of formation only if such amendment would satisfy the Global Rating Agency Condition.

Section 7.13     Maintenance of Listing . So long as any Listed Notes remain Outstanding, the Issuer shall use reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of such Listed Notes on the Irish Stock Exchange.

Section 7.14     Annual Rating Review . (a) So long as any of the Secured Notes of any Class remain Outstanding, on or before November 20th in each year commencing in 2011, the Issuer shall obtain and pay for an annual review of the rating of each such Class of Secured Notes from each Rating Agency, as applicable. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Collateral Manager in writing (and the Trustee shall promptly provide the Holders with a copy of such notice) if at any time the then-current rating of any such Class of Secured Notes has been, or is known will be, changed or withdrawn.

(b)        The Issuer shall obtain and pay for an annual review of any Collateral Obligation which has a Moody’s Rating derived as set forth in clause (e)(ii) of the definition of the term “Moody’s Derived Rating” in Schedule 5 and any DIP Collateral Obligation. The Issuer shall obtain and pay for an annual review of any Collateral Obligation which has a S&P Rating derived as set forth in clause (iii)(b) of the part of the definition of the term “S&P Rating.”

Section 7.15     Reporting . At any time when the Issuer is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and is not exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3 - 2(b) under the Exchange Act, upon the request of a Holder or beneficial owner of a Note, the Issuer shall promptly furnish or cause to be furnished Rule 144A Information to such Holder or beneficial owner, to a prospective purchaser of such Note designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, or to the Trustee for delivery to such Holder or beneficial owner or a prospective purchaser designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, as the case may be, in order to permit compliance by such Holder or beneficial owner with Rule 144A under the Securities Act in connection with the resale of such Note. “Rule 144A Information” shall be such information as is specified pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto).

 
125

 

 
Section 7.16     Calculation Agent . (a) The Issuer hereby agrees that for so long as any Secured Notes remain Outstanding there will at all times be an agent appointed (which does not control or is not controlled or under common control with the Issuer or its Affiliates or the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates) to calculate LIBOR in respect of each Interest Accrual Period in accordance with the terms of Exhibit C hereto (the “ Calculation Agent ”). The Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as Calculation Agent. The Calculation Agent may be removed by the Issuer or the Collateral Manager, on behalf of the Issuer, at any time. If the Calculation Agent is unable or unwilling to act as such or is removed by the Issuer or the Collateral Manager, on behalf of the Issuer, or if the Calculation Agent fails to determine any of the information required to be published on the Irish Stock Exchange via the Companies Announcement Office, as described in subsection (b), in respect of any Interest Accrual Period, the Issuer or the Collateral Manager, on behalf of the Issuer, will promptly appoint a replacement Calculation Agent which does not control or is not controlled by or under common control with the Issuer or its Affiliates or the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates. The Calculation Agent may not resign its duties or be removed without a successor having been duly appointed.

(b)        The Calculation Agent shall be required to agree (and the Trustee as Calculation Agent does hereby agree) that, as soon as possible after 11:00 a.m. (London time) on each Interest Determination Date, but in no event later than 11:00 a.m. (New York time) on the London Banking Day immediately following each Interest Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will calculate the Interest Rate applicable to each Class of Secured Notes during the related Interest Accrual Period and the Note Interest Amount (in each case, rounded up to the nearest cent, with half a cent being rounded upward) payable on the related Payment Date in respect of such Class of Secured Notes in respect of the related Interest Accrual Period. At such time, the Calculation Agent will communicate such rates and amounts to the Issuer, the Trustee, each Paying Agent, the Collateral Manager, Euroclear and Clearstream. The Calculation Agent will also specify to the Issuer the quotations upon which the foregoing rates and amounts are based, and in any event the Calculation Agent shall notify the Issuer before 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on every Interest Determination Date if it has not determined and is not in the process of determining any such Interest Rate or Note Interest Amount together with its reasons therefor. The Calculation Agent’s determination of the foregoing rates and amounts for any Interest Accrual Period will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding upon all parties.

Section 7.17     Certain Tax Matters . (a) So long as the Subordinated Notes and Membership Interests are held by one Person, the Issuer will not elect to be treated as other than an entity disregarded from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes without first obtaining the consent of a Majority of the Holders of the Subordinated Notes. If at any time the Subordinated Notes or any Membership Interests in the Issuer are held by more than one Person, in accordance with this Indenture the Issuer will not elect to be classified as other than a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(b)         The Issuer will treat each purchase of Collateral Obligations as a “purchase” for tax accounting and reporting purposes.

(c)         The Issuer shall file, or cause to be filed, any tax returns, including information tax returns, required by any governmental authority.

 
126

 
 
Section 7.18     Asset Quality Matrix . (a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Collateral Manager shall elect the “row/column combination” of the Asset Quality Matrix that shall apply to the Collateral Obligations for purposes of determining compliance with the Moody’s Diversity Test, the Maximum Moody’s Weighted Average Rating Factor Test and the Minimum Weighted Average Spread Test by providing written notice in the form of Exhibit F . Thereafter, at any time on written notice of one Business Day to the Trustee and the Rating Agencies, the Collateral Manager may elect a different “row/column combination” to apply to the Collateral Obligations; provided that if: (i) the Collateral Obligations are currently in compliance with the Asset Quality Matrix case then applicable to the Collateral Obligations, the Collateral Obligations comply with the Asset Quality Matrix case to which the Collateral Manager desires to change or (ii) the Collateral Obligations are not currently in compliance with the Asset Quality Matrix case then applicable to the Collateral Obligations or would not be in compliance with any other Asset Quality Matrix case, the Collateral Obligations need not comply with the Asset Quality Matrix case to which the Collateral Manager desires to change; provided that if subsequent to such election the Collateral Obligations comply with any Asset Quality Matrix case, the Collateral Manager shall elect a “row/column combination” that corresponds to a Asset Quality Matrix case in which the Collateral Obligations are in compliance. If the Collateral Manager does not notify the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator that it will alter the “row/column combination” of the Asset Quality Matrix chosen on or prior to the Closing Date in the manner set forth above, the “row/column combination” of the Asset Quality Matrix chosen on or prior to the Closing Date shall continue to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral Manager may elect at any time after the Closing Date, in lieu of selecting a “row/column combination” of the Asset Quality Matrix, to interpolate between two adjacent rows and/or two adjacent columns, as applicable, on a straight-line basis and round the results to two decimal points.

(b)         Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate . On or prior to the Closing Date, the Collateral Manager shall elect the Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate that shall apply to the Collateral Obligations for purposes of determining compliance with the Minimum Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate Test by providing written notice in the form of Exhibit G . Thereafter, at any time on written notice to the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator and S&P, the Collateral Manager may elect a different Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate to apply to the Collateral Obligations; provided that, if: (i) the Collateral Obligations are currently in compliance with the Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate case then applicable to the Collateral Obligations, the Collateral Obligations comply with the Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate case to which the Collateral Manager desires to change or (ii) the Collateral Obligations are not currently in compliance with the Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate case then applicable to the Collateral Obligations and would not be in compliance with any other Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate case, the Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate to apply to the Collateral Obligations shall be the lowest Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate in Section 2 of Schedule 6 . If the Collateral Manager does not notify the Trustee and the Collateral   Administrator that it will alter the Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate chosen on or prior to the Closing Date in the manner set forth above, the Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate chosen on or prior to the Closing Date shall continue to apply.

Section 7.19     Representations Relating to Security Interests in the Assets . (a) The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that, as of the Closing Date (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution of this Indenture and be deemed to be repeated on each date on which an Asset is Granted to the Trustee hereunder):

 
127

 
 
(i)      The Issuer owns such Asset free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance of any person, other than such as are created under, or permitted by, this Indenture.

(ii)     Other than the security interest Granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, except as permitted by this Indenture, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Assets. The Issuer has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any Financing Statements against the Issuer that include a description of collateral covering the Assets other than any Financing Statement relating to the security interest granted to the Trustee hereunder or that has been terminated; the Issuer is not aware of any judgment, PBGC liens or tax lien filings against the Issuer.

(iii)    All Assets constitute Cash, accounts (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(2) of the UCC), Instruments, general intangibles (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(42) of the UCC), uncertificated securities (as defined in Section 8-102(a)(18) of the UCC), Certificated Securities or security entitlements to financial assets resulting from the crediting of financial assets to a “securities account” (as defined in Section 8-501(a) of the UCC).

(iv)   All Accounts constitute “securities accounts” under Section 8-501(a) of the UCC.

(v)     This Indenture creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in Section 1 - 201(37) of the UCC) in such Assets in favor of the Trustee, for the benefit and security of the Secured Parties, which security interest is prior to all other liens, claims and encumbrances (except as permitted otherwise in this Indenture), and is enforceable as such against creditors of and purchasers from the Issuer.

(b)        The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that, as of the Closing Date (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution of this Indenture and be deemed to be repeated on each date on which an Asset is Granted to the Trustee hereunder), with respect to Assets that constitute Instruments:

(i)      Either (x) the Issuer has caused or will have caused, within ten days after the Closing Date, the filing of all appropriate Financing Statements in the proper office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Instruments granted to the Trustee, for the benefit and security of the Secured Parties or (y) (A) all original executed copies of each promissory note or mortgage note that constitutes or evidences the Instruments have been delivered to the Trustee or the Issuer has received written acknowledgement from a custodian that such custodian is holding the mortgage notes or promissory notes that constitute evidence of the Instruments solely on behalf of the Trustee and for the benefit of the Secured Parties and (B) none of the Instruments that constitute or evidence the Assets has any marks or notations indicating that they have been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

 
128

 
 
(ii)     The Issuer has received all consents and approvals required by the terms of the Assets to the pledge hereunder to the Trustee of its interest and rights in the Assets.

(c)         The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that, as of the Closing Date (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution of this Indenture and be deemed to be repeated on each date on which an Asset is Granted to the Trustee hereunder), with respect to the Assets that constitute Security Entitlements:

(i)      All of such Assets have been and will have been credited to one of the Accounts which are securities accounts within the meaning of Section 8-501(a) of the UCC. The Securities Intermediary for each Account has agreed to treat all assets credited to such Accounts as “financial assets” within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(9) the UCC.

(ii)     The Issuer has received all consents and approvals required by the terms of the Assets to the pledge hereunder to the Trustee of its interest and rights in the Assets.

(iii)    (x) The Issuer has caused or will have caused, within ten days after the Closing Date, the filing of all appropriate Financing Statements in the proper office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest granted to the Trustee, for the benefit and security of the Secured Parties, hereunder and (y) (A) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee a fully executed Securities Account Control Agreement pursuant to which the Custodian has agreed to comply with all instructions originated by the Trustee relating to the Accounts without further consent by the Issuer or (B) the Issuer has taken all steps necessary to cause the Custodian to identify in its records the Trustee as the person having a security entitlement against the Custodian in each of the Accounts.

(iv)    The Accounts are not in the name of any person other than the Issuer or the Trustee. The Issuer has not consented to the Custodian to comply with the entitlement order of any Person other than the Trustee (and the Issuer prior to a notice of exclusive control being provided by the Trustee).

(d)        The Issuer hereby represents and warrants that, as of the Closing Date (which representations and warranties shall survive the execution of this Indenture and be deemed to be repeated on each date on which an Asset is Granted to the Trustee hereunder), with respect to Assets that constitute general intangibles:

(i)      The Issuer has caused or will have caused, within ten days after the Closing Date, the filing of all appropriate Financing Statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Assets granted to the Trustee, for the benefit and security of the Secured Parties, hereunder.

(ii)     The Issuer has received, or will receive, all consents and approvals required by the terms of the Assets to the pledge hereunder to the Trustee of its interest and rights in the Assets.

 
129

 
 
The Issuer agrees to notify the Collateral Manager promptly (which notice the Collateral Manager shall forward to the Rating Agencies) if it becomes aware of the breach of any of the representations and warranties contained in this Section 7.19 and shall not, without satisfaction of the S&P Rating Condition, waive any of the representations and warranties in this Section 7.19 or any breach thereof.

ARTICLE VIII

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 8.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders of Notes . Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes (except any consent required by clauses (iii) , (vi) , (ix) , (xii) ,   (xiii) or   (xvi) below) but with the written consent of the Collateral Manager, the Issuer,   when authorized by Board Resolutions, and the Trustee at any time and from time to time subject to Section 8.3 , may, without an Opinion of Counsel or an Officer’s certificate of the Collateral Manager being provided to the Issuer or the Trustee as to whether or not any Class of Notes would be materially and adversely affected thereby (except in the case of clauses (iii) , (vi) , (ix) , (xii) ,   (xiii) or   (xvi) below), enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form   satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

(i)      to evidence the succession of another Person to the Issuer and the assumption by any such successor Person of the covenants of the Issuer herein and in the Notes;
 
(ii)     to add to the covenants of the Issuer or the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

(iii)    to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property to or with the Trustee or add to the conditions, limitations or restrictions on the authorized amount, terms and purposes of the issue, authentication and delivery of the Notes; provided that if the Holders of any Class of Notes would be materially and adversely affected by such supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to this clause (iii) , the consent to such supplemental indenture has been obtained from a Majority of each such Class;

(iv)    to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Sections 6.9 , 6.10 and 6.12 hereof;

(v)     to correct or amplify the description of any property at any time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or to better assure, convey and confirm unto the Trustee any property subject or required to be subjected to the lien of this Indenture (including, without limitation, any and all actions necessary or desirable as a result of changes in law or regulations, whether pursuant to Section 7.5 or otherwise) or to subject to the lien of this Indenture any additional property;

 
130

 

 
(vi)    to modify the restrictions on and procedures for resales and other transfers of Notes to reflect any changes in ERISA or other applicable law or regulation (or the interpretation thereof) or to enable the Issuer to rely upon any exemption from registration under the Securities Act or the Investment Company Act or to remove restrictions on resale and transfer to the extent not required thereunder; provided that if the Holders of any Class of Notes would be materially and adversely affected by such supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to this clause (vi) , the consent to such supplemental indenture has been obtained from a Majority of each such Class ;

(vii)   to make such changes (including the removal and appointment of any listing agent or Paying Agent in Ireland) as shall be necessary or advisable in order for the Listed Notes to be or remain listed on an exchange, including the Irish Stock Exchange;

(viii)  to correct or supplement any inconsistent or defective provisions in this Indenture, to cure any ambiguity, omission or errors in this Indenture or to conform the provisions of this Indenture to the Offering Circular;

(ix)     to take any action necessary or helpful to prevent the Issuer or the Trustee from becoming subject to any withholding or other taxes or assessments; provided that, if the Holders of any Class of Notes would be materially and adversely affected by such supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to this clause (ix) , the consent to such supplemental indenture has been obtained from a Majority of each such Class;

(x)      to make such changes as shall be necessary to permit the Issuer to issue additional Subordinated Notes; provided that any such additional issuance of Subordinated Notes shall be issued in accordance with this Indenture, including Sections 2.13  and 3.2 ;

(xi)    to amend the name of the Issuer;

(xii)   to modify, amend or add to any component of the Asset Quality Matrix, the restrictions on the sales of Collateral Obligations, the Collateral Quality Test or any of the Concentration Limitations and the definitions related thereto which affect the calculation thereof in a manner that would not materially and adversely affect any holder of the Notes, as evidenced by a certificate of an officer of the Collateral Manager or an Opinion of Counsel (which may be supported as to factual (including financial and capital markets) matters by any relevant certificates and other documents necessary or advisable in the judgment of counsel delivering the opinion) and with respect to which the Global Rating Agency Condition is satisfied; provided that if the holders of any Class of Notes would be materially and adversely affected by such supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to this clause (xii) , the consent to such supplemental indenture has been obtained from a Majority of each such Class;

 
131

 

 
(xiii)   to take any action advisable to prevent the Issuer from becoming subject to withholding or other taxes, fees or assessments or to prevent the Issuer from being treated as engaged in a trade or business within the United States for United States federal income tax purposes or otherwise being subject to United States federal, state or local income tax on a net income basis; provided that if the holders of any Class of Notes would be materially and adversely affected by such supplemental indenture entered into pursuant to this clause (xiii) , the consent to such supplemental indenture has been obtained from a Majority of each such Class;

(xiv)  to modify any provision to facilitate an exchange of one obligation for another obligation of the same Obligor that has substantially identical terms except transfer restrictions, including to effect any serial designation relating to the exchange;

(xv)   to evidence any waiver or modification by any Rating Agency as to any requirement or condition, as applicable, of such Rating Agency set forth herein or to modify the terms hereof in order that it may be consistent with the requirements of the Rating Agencies, including to address any change in the rating methodology employed by either Rating Agency; or

(xvi)  to make such other changes as the Issuer deems appropriate and that do not materially and adversely affect the interests of any holder of the Notes as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Trustee (which may be supported as to factual (including financial and capital markets) matters by any relevant certificates and other documents necessary or advisable in the judgment of counsel delivering the opinion) or a certificate of an Officer of the Collateral Manager.

Section 8.2       Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders of Notes . With the written consent of the Collateral Manager, a Majority of each Class of Secured Notes materially and adversely affected thereby, if any, and, if the Subordinated Notes are materially and adversely affected thereby, a Majority of the Subordinated Notes, the Trustee and the Issuer may, subject to Section 8. 3 , execute one or more indentures supplemental hereto to add any provisions to, or change in any manner or eliminate any of the provisions of, this Indenture or modify in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes of any Class under this Indenture; provided that notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of each Holder of each Outstanding Note of each Class materially and adversely affected thereby:

(i)      change the Stated Maturity of the principal of or the due date of any installment of interest on any Secured Note, reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or the Redemption Price with respect to any Note, or change the earliest date on which Notes of any Class may be redeemed, change the provisions of this Indenture relating to the application of proceeds of any Assets to the payment of principal of or interest on the Secured Notes or distributions on the Subordinated Notes or change any place where, or the coin or currency in which, Notes or the principal thereof or interest or any distribution thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment or distribution on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the applicable Redemption Date);

(ii)     reduce the percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of Holders of each Class whose consent is required for the authorization of any such supplemental indenture or for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder or their consequences provided for in this Indenture;

 
132

 
 
(iii)    materially impair or materially adversely affect the Assets except as otherwise permitted in this Indenture;

(iv)    except as otherwise permitted by this Indenture, permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on a parity with the lien of this Indenture with respect to any part of the Assets or terminate such lien on any property at any time subject hereto or deprive the Holder of any Secured Note of the security afforded by the lien of this Indenture;

(v)     reduce the percentage of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of Holders of any Class of Secured Notes whose consent is required to request the Trustee to preserve the Assets or rescind the determination to preserve the Assets pursuant to Section 5.5 or to sell or liquidate the Assets pursuant to Section 5.4 or 5.5 ;

(vi)    modify any of the provisions of (x) this Section 8.2 , except to increase the percentage of Notes the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such action or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Note Outstanding and affected thereby or (y) Section 8.1 or Section 8.3 ;

(vii)   modify the definition of the term “Outstanding” or the Priority of Payments set forth in Section 11.1(a) ; or

(viii)  modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in such a manner as to affect the calculation of the amount of any payment of interest on or principal of any Secured Note or any amount available for distribution to the Subordinated Notes, or to affect the rights of the Holders of any Secured Notes to the benefit of any provisions for the redemption of such Secured Notes contained herein.

Section 8.3       Execution of Supplemental Indentures . (a) The Trustee shall join in the execution of any such supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee’s (or, for so long as the Trustee is also the Collateral Administrator, the Collateral Administrator’s) own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, except to the extent required by law.

 
133

 

 
(b)        With respect to any supplemental indenture permitted by Section 8.1 or 8.2 the consent to which is expressly required pursuant to such Section from all or a Majority of Holders of each Class materially and adversely affected thereby, the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel (which may be supported as to factual (including financial and capital markets) matters by any relevant certificates and other documents necessary or advisable in the judgment of counsel delivering such Opinion of Counsel) or an Officer’s certificate of the Collateral Manager as to (i) whether or not the Holders of any Class of Secured Notes would be materially and adversely affected by a supplemental indenture, unless the Holders of a Majority in Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Notes of such Class have provided written notice to the Trustee prior to execution of such supplemental indenture that such Class would be materially and adversely affected thereby and (ii) whether or not the Subordinated Notes would be materially and adversely affected by a supplemental indenture, unless the Holders of a Majority in Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Subordinated Notes have provided written notice to the Trustee prior to execution of such supplemental indenture that the Subordinated Notes would be materially and adversely affected thereby. Such determination shall, in each such case, be conclusive and binding on all present and future Holders. In executing or accepting the additional trusts created by any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article VIII or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Sections 6.1 and 6.3 ) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s certificate of the Collateral Manager stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent thereto have been satisfied. The Trustee shall not be liable for any reliance made in good faith upon such Opinions of Counsel or such Officer’s certificates of the Collateral Manager.

(c)         At the cost of the Issuer, for so long as any Notes shall remain Outstanding, not later than 15 Business Days prior to the execution of any proposed supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 8.1 and not later than 10 Business Days prior to the execution of any proposed supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 8.2 , the Trustee shall deliver to the Collateral Manager, the Collateral Administrator and the Noteholders a copy of such supplemental indenture. If any Class of Secured Notes is then Outstanding and is rated by a Rating Agency, unless such supplemental indenture effects only changes described in Section 8.1(vii)   or such supplemental indenture is a supplemental indenture described in   Section 8.1(x) effecting an additional issuance of Subordinated Notes only, the Trustee shall enter into any such supplemental indenture only if, as a result of such supplemental indenture, the Global Rating Agency Condition is satisfied. At the cost of the Issuer, for so long as any Class of Secured Notes shall remain Outstanding and such Class is rated by a Rating Agency, the Issuer (or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer) shall provide to such Rating Agency a copy of any proposed supplemental indenture at least 10 Business Days prior to the execution thereof (unless such period is waived by the applicable Rating Agency, the proposed supplemental indenture effects only changes described in Section 8.1(vii) or such supplemental indenture is a supplemental indenture described in Section 8.1(x) effecting an additional issuance of Subordinated Notes only) and, for so long as such Class of Secured Notes is Outstanding and so rated, request written confirmation (unless such supplemental indenture effects only changes described in Section 8.1(vii) or such supplemental indenture is a supplemental indenture described in Section 8.1(x) effecting an additional issuance of Subordinated Notes only) that the Global Rating Agency Condition is satisfied and, as soon as practicable after the execution of any such supplemental indenture, provide to such Rating Agency a copy of the executed supplemental indenture. At the cost of the Issuer, the Trustee shall provide to the Holders (in the manner described in Section 14.3(a)(ix) ) a copy of the executed supplemental indenture after its execution together with a copy of any confirmations from Rating Agencies that were received in connection with the supplemental indenture. Any failure of the Trustee to publish or deliver such notice, or any defect therein, shall not in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

(d)        It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be sufficient, if the consent of any Holders to such proposed supplemental indenture is required, that such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

 
134

 
 
(e)         The Collateral Manager shall not be bound to follow any amendment or supplement to this Indenture unless it has consented thereto in accordance with this Article VIII .

(f)         For so long as any Listed Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange, the Issuer shall notify the Irish Stock Exchange of any modification to this Indenture.

Section 8.4       Effect of Supplemental Indentures . Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article VIII , this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore and thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

Section 8.5       Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures . Notes authenticated and delivered as part of a transfer, exchange or replacement pursuant to Article II of Notes originally issued hereunder after the execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article VIII may, and if required by the Issuer shall, bear a notice in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer shall so determine, new Notes, so modified as to conform in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer to any such supplemental indenture, may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE IX

REDEMPTION OF NOTES

Section 9.1       Mandatory Redemption . If a Coverage Test is not satisfied on any Determination Date on which such Coverage Test is applicable, on the related Payment Date the Issuer shall apply available amounts in the Payment Account to make payments on the Secured Notes pursuant to the Priority of Payments.

Section 9.2       Optional Redemption . (a) The Secured Notes shall be redeemable by the Issuer at the written direction of a Majority of the Subordinated Notes as follows: based upon such written direction, the Secured Notes shall be redeemed in whole (with respect to all Classes of Secured Notes) but not in part on any Payment Date after the end of the Non-Call Period from Sale Proceeds and proceeds from the sale of other Assets.

(b)        The Issuer may redeem the Subordinated Notes in whole but not in part on any Payment Date on or after the redemption or repayment in full of the Secured Notes, at the written direction of either of (x) a Majority of the Subordinated Notes or (y) the Collateral Manager, so long as Garrison Investment Group LP or any Affiliate thereof is the Collateral Manager.

(c)         In connection with any Optional Redemption, Holders of 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of any Class of Secured Notes may elect to receive less than 100% of the Redemption Price that would otherwise be payable to the Holders of such Class of Secured Notes.

 
135

 
 
Section 9.3        Tax Redemption . (a) The Notes shall be redeemed in whole but not in part on any Payment Date (any such redemption, a “ Tax Redemption ”) at the written direction (delivered to the Trustee) of a Majority of the Subordinated Notes following the occurrence and continuation of a Tax Event.

(b)        If an Officer of the Collateral Manager obtains actual knowledge of the occurrence of a Tax Event, the Collateral Manager shall promptly notify the Issuer, the Collateral Administrator, each Rating Agency and the Trustee thereof, and upon receipt of such notice the Trustee shall promptly notify the Holders of the Notes thereof.

(c)        In connection with any Tax Redemption, Holders of 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of any Class of Secured Notes may elect to receive less than 100% of the Redemption Price that would otherwise be payable to the Holders of such Class of Secured Notes.

Section 9.4       Redemption Procedures . (a) In connection with any redemption pursuant to Section 9.2 or Section 9.3 , the Secured Notes shall be redeemed at the applicable Redemption Prices and a Majority of the Subordinated Notes must provide the above described written direction to the Issuer, the Trustee and the Collateral Manager not later than 45 days prior to the Payment Date on which such redemption is to be made (which date shall be designated in such notice); provided that all Secured Notes must be redeemed simultaneously. The Issuer shall, at least 30 days prior to the Redemption Date, notify the Trustee in writing of such Redemption Date, the applicable Record Date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed on such Redemption Date and the applicable Redemption Prices; provided that failure to effect any Optional Redemption or any Tax Redemption which is withdrawn by the Issuer in accordance with this Indenture shall not constitute an Event of Default under this Indenture. Notice of an Optional Redemption or Tax Redemption shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not later than nine Business Days prior to the applicable Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes, at such Holder’s address in the Register, and each Rating Agency. In addition, for so long as any Listed Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and so long as the guidelines of such exchange so require, notice of redemption pursuant to Section 9.2 or Section 9.3   shall also be given to the Holders thereof by publication on the Irish Stock Exchange via the   Companies Announcement Office.

(b)       Upon receipt of a notice of redemption in whole of the Secured Notes pursuant to Section 9.2 or   Section 9.3 , the Collateral Manager shall direct the sale (and the manner thereof)   of all or part of the Collateral Obligations and other Assets such that the proceeds from such sale and all other funds available for such purpose in the Collection Account and the Payment Account will be at least sufficient to pay the Redemption Prices of the Secured Notes to be redeemed and to pay all Administrative Expenses (regardless of the Administrative Expense Cap) and Collateral Management Fees due and payable under the Priority of Payments. If such proceeds of such sale and all other funds available for such purpose in the Collection Account and the Payment Account would not be sufficient to redeem all Secured Notes then required to be redeemed and to pay such fees and expenses, the Secured Notes may not be redeemed. The Collateral Manager, in its sole discretion, may effect the sale of all or any part of the Collateral Obligations or other Assets through the direct sale of such Collateral Obligations or other Assets or by participation or other arrangement.

(c)          All notices of redemption delivered pursuant to Section 9.4(a) shall state:

 
136

 
 
(i)      the applicable Redemption Date;

(ii)     the Redemption Prices of the Notes to be redeemed;

(iii)    all of the Secured Notes that are to be redeemed are to be redeemed in full and that interest on such Secured Notes shall cease to accrue on the Payment Date specified in the notice;

(iv)    the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Prices, which shall be the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 7.2 and, so long as any Listed Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange, the Irish Paying Agent; and

(v)     if all Secured Notes are being redeemed, whether the Subordinated Notes are to be redeemed in full on such Redemption Date and, if so, the place or places where the Subordinated Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Prices, which shall be the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 7.2 .

(d)        In the event of any redemption pursuant to Section 9.2 or 9.3 , no Secured Notes may be optionally redeemed unless (i) at least five Business Days before the scheduled Redemption Date the Collateral Manager shall have furnished to the Trustee evidence, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, that the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer has entered into a binding agreement or agreements with a financial or other institution or institutions whose short-term unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations whose rating is based on the credit of a person other than such institution) are rated, or guaranteed by a Person whose short-term unsecured debt obligations are rated, at least “A-1” by S&P and at least “P-1” by Moody’s to purchase (directly or by participation or other arrangement), not later than the Business Day immediately preceding the scheduled Redemption Date in immediately available funds, all or part of the Assets at a purchase price at least sufficient, together with the Eligible Investments maturing, redeemable or putable to the issuer thereof at par on or prior to the scheduled Redemption Date, to pay all Administrative Expenses (regardless of the Administrative Expense Cap) and Collateral Management Fees payable in accordance with the Priority of Payments and redeem all of the Secured Notes on the scheduled Redemption Date at the applicable Redemption Prices (or in the case of any Class of Secured Notes, such other amount that the Holders of such Class have elected to receive, in the case of an Optional Redemption or a Tax Redemption where Holders of such Class have elected to receive less than 100% of the Redemption Price that would otherwise be payable to the Holders of such Class), or (ii) prior to selling any Collateral Obligations and/or other Assets, the Collateral Manager shall certify to the Trustee that, in its judgment, the aggregate sum of (A) expected proceeds from the sale of Eligible Investments, and (B) for each Collateral Obligation, the product of its Market Value and its Applicable Advance Rate, shall exceed the aggregate sum of (x) the aggregate Redemption Prices (or in the case of any Class of Secured Notes, such other amount that the Holders of such Class have elected to receive, in the case of an Optional Redemption or a Tax Redemption where Holders of such Class have elected to receive less than 100% of the Redemption Price that would otherwise be payable to the Holders of such Class) of the Outstanding Secured Notes and (y) all Administrative Expenses payable under the Priority of Payments. Any certification of the Collateral Manager pursuant to clause (ii) above shall include (1) the prices of, and expected proceeds from, the sale (directly or by participation or other arrangement) of any Collateral Obligations and/or other Assets and (2) all calculations required by this Section 9.4(d) . Any holder of Notes, the Collateral Manager or any of the Collateral Manager’s Affiliates or accounts managed by it shall have the right, subject to the same terms and conditions afforded to other bidders, to bid on Assets to be sold as part of an Optional Redemption or a Tax Redemption.

 
137

 

 
(e)         Notice of redemption pursuant to Section 9.2 or Section 9.3 shall be given by the Issuer or, upon an Issuer Order, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. Failure to give notice of redemption, or any defect therein, to any Holder of any Note selected for redemption shall not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Notes.

(f)         The Issuer may withdraw any notice of redemption delivered pursuant to Section 9.2 or   Section 9.3 on any day up to and including the later of (x) the day on which the   Collateral Manager is required to deliver to the Trustee the sale agreement or agreements or certifications as described in Section 9.4(d) , by written notice to the Trustee that the Collateral Manager will be unable to deliver the sale agreement or agreements or certifications described in Section 9.4(d) and   Sections 12.1(e) and   (f) and (y) the day on which the Holders of Notes are   notified of such redemption in accordance with Section 9.4(a) , at the written direction of a Majority of the Subordinated Notes to the Trustee and the Collateral Manager.

Section 9.5       Notes Payable on Redemption Date . (a) Notice of redemption pursuant to Section 9.4 having been given as aforesaid, the Notes to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption   Date, subject to Section 9.4(d) and the Issuer’s right to withdraw any notice of redemption pursuant to Section 9.4(f) , become due and payable at the Redemption Prices therein specified, and from and after the Redemption Date (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the Redemption Prices and accrued interest) all such Notes that are Secured Notes shall cease to bear interest on the Redemption Date. Upon final payment on a Note to be so redeemed, the Holder shall present and surrender such Note at the place specified in the notice of redemption on or prior to such Redemption Date; provided that if there is delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save such party harmless and an undertaking thereafter to surrender such Note, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer or the Trustee that the applicable Note has been acquired by a protected purchaser, such final payment shall be made without presentation or surrender. Payments of interest on Secured Notes so to be redeemed which are payable on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Secured Notes, or one or more predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Date according to the terms and provisions of Section 2.7(e) .

(b)        If any Secured Note called for redemption shall not be paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal thereof shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the applicable Interest Rate for each successive Interest Accrual Period such Secured Note remains Outstanding; provided that the reason for such non-payment is not the fault of such Noteholder.

 
138

 

 
Section 9.6       Special Redemption . Principal payments on the Secured Notes shall be made in part in accordance with the Priority of Payments on any Payment Date during the Reinvestment Period, if the Collateral Manager in its sole discretion notifies the Trustee at least five Business Days prior to the applicable Special Redemption Date that it has been unable, for a period of at least 20 consecutive Business Days, to identify additional Collateral Obligations that are deemed appropriate by the Collateral Manager in its sole discretion and which would satisfy the Investment Criteria in sufficient amounts to permit the investment or reinvestment of all or a portion of the funds then in the Collection Account that are to be invested in additional Collateral Obligations (a “ Special Redemption ”). On the first Payment Date (and all subsequent Payment Dates unless the Collateral Manager withdraws such notice) following the Collection Period in which such notice is given (a “ Special Redemption Date ”), the amount in the Collection Account representing Principal Proceeds that the Collateral Manager has determined cannot be reinvested in additional Collateral Obligations (such amount, a “ Special Redemption Amount ”) will be available to be applied in accordance with the Priority of Payments. Notice of payments pursuant to this Section 9.6 shall be given by the Trustee not less than three Business Days prior to the applicable Special Redemption Date by facsimile, email transmission or first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder of Secured Notes affected thereby at such Holder’s facsimile number, email address or mailing address in the Register and to the Collateral Manager (who shall forward such notice to both Rating Agencies). In addition, for so long as any Listed Notes are listed on the Irish Stock Exchange and so long as the guidelines of such exchange so require, notice of Special Redemption to the holders of such Listed Notes shall also be given by the Issuer or, upon Issuer Order, by the Irish Paying Agent in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, to Noteholders by publication on the Irish Stock Exchange via the Companies Announcement Office.

Section 9.7       Issuer Buy-Back . All or a portion of the Class A-1 Notes or if the Class A-1 Notes are no longer Outstanding, the Class A-2 Notes or if the Class A-2 Notes are no longer Outstanding, the Class B Notes or if the Class B Notes are no longer Outstanding, the Class C Notes or if the Class C Notes are no longer Outstanding, the Subordinated Notes may be repurchased by the Issuer, at the written direction of the Collateral Manager, on any Payment Date at the Buy-Back Price, so long as an equivalent offer is extended to all Holders of the Notes of the same Class, pro rata to the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of such Notes held thereby and all Coverage Tests and the Moody’s Weighted Average Rating Factor Test are satisfied; provided that no Holder is obligated to accept such offer. The Issuer shall give notice to such   Class not later than fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the Payment Date on which such repurchase occurs. Notes repurchased by the Issuer shall be immediately delivered to the Trustee for cancellation under Section 2.9 .

 
139

 

 
ARTICLE X

ACCOUNTS, ACCOUNTINGS AND RELEASES

Section 10.1     Collection of Money . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or other intermediary, all Money and other property payable to or receivable by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, including all payments due on the Assets, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Assets. The Trustee shall segregate and hold all such Money and property received by it in trust for the Holders of the Notes and shall apply it as provided in this Indenture. Each Account established under this Indenture shall be established and maintained with (a) a federal or state-chartered depository institution rated at least “A-1” by S&P (or at least “A+” by S&P and “Aa3” by Moody’s if such institution has no short-term rating) and “P-1” by Moody’s and if such institution’s rating falls below “A-1” by S&P (or below “A+” by S&P or “Aa3” by Moody’s if such institution has no short-term rating) or “P-1” by Moody’s, the assets held in such Account shall be moved within 60 calendar days to another institution that is rated at least “A-1” by S&P (or at least “A+” by S&P and “Aa3” by Moody’s if such institution has no short-term rating) and “P-1” by Moody’s or (b) in segregated trust accounts with the corporate trust department of a federal or state-chartered deposit institution subject to regulations regarding fiduciary funds on deposit similar to Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulation Section 9.10(b). Such institution shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least U.S.$200,000,000. All Cash deposited in the Accounts shall be invested only in Eligible Investments or Collateral Obligations in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. To avoid the consolidation of the Assets of the Issuer with the general assets of the Bank under any circumstances, the Trustee shall comply, and shall cause the Custodian to comply, with all law applicable to it as a national bank with trust powers holding segregated trust assets in a fiduciary capacity.

Section 10.2    Collection Account . (a) In accordance with this Indenture and the Securities Account Control Agreement, the Trustee shall, prior to the Closing Date, establish at the Custodian two segregated trust accounts, one of which will be designated the “Interest Collection Subaccount” and one of which will be designated the “Principal Collection Subaccount” (and which together will comprise the Collection Account), each held in the name of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties and each of which shall be maintained with the Custodian in accordance with the Securities Account Control Agreement. The Trustee shall from time to time deposit into the Interest Collection Subaccount, in addition to the deposits required pursuant to Section 10.5(a) , immediately upon receipt thereof or upon transfer from the Expense Reserve Account, all Interest Proceeds (unless simultaneously reinvested in additional Collateral Obligations in accordance with Article XII ). The Trustee shall deposit immediately upon receipt thereof or upon transfer from the Expense Reserve Account, Reinvestment Amount Account or Revolver Funding Account all other amounts remitted to the Collection Account into the Principal Collection Subaccount, including in addition to the deposits required pursuant to Section 10.5(a) , (i) any funds designated as Principal Proceeds by the Collateral Manager in accordance with this Indenture and (ii) all other Principal Proceeds (unless simultaneously reinvested in additional Collateral Obligations in accordance with Article XII or in Eligible Investments). The Issuer may, but under no circumstances shall be required to, deposit from time to time into the Collection Account, in addition to any amount required hereunder to be deposited therein, such Monies received from external sources for the benefit of the Secured Parties (other than payments on or in respect of the Collateral Obligations, Eligible Investments or other existing Assets) as the Issuer deems, in its sole discretion, to be advisable and to designate them as Interest Proceeds or Principal Proceeds. All Monies deposited from time to time in the Collection Account pursuant to this Indenture shall be held by the Trustee as part of the Assets and shall be applied to the purposes herein provided. Subject to Section 10.2(d) , amounts in the Collection Account shall be reinvested pursuant to Section 10.5(a) .

 
140

 

 
(b)        The Trustee, within one Business Day after receipt of any distribution or other proceeds in respect of the Assets which are not Cash, shall so notify the Issuer and the Issuer (or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer) shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to, within five Business Days after receipt of such notice from the Trustee (or as soon as practicable thereafter), sell such distribution or other proceeds for Cash in an arm’s length transaction and deposit the proceeds thereof in the Collection Account; provided that the Issuer (i) need not sell such distributions or other proceeds if it delivers an Issuer Order or an Officer’s certificate to the Trustee certifying that such distributions or other proceeds constitute Collateral Obligations or Eligible Investments or (ii) may otherwise retain such distribution or other proceeds for up to two years from the date of receipt thereof if it delivers an Officer’s certificate to the Trustee certifying that (x) it will sell such distribution within such two-year period and (y) retaining such distribution is not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture.

(c)         At any time when reinvestment is permitted pursuant to Article XII , the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer may by Issuer Order direct the Trustee to, and upon receipt of such Issuer Order the Trustee shall, withdraw funds on deposit in the Principal Collection Subaccount representing Principal Proceeds (together with Interest Proceeds but only to the extent used to pay for accrued interest on an additional Collateral Obligation) and reinvest such funds in additional Collateral Obligations or exercise a warrant held in the Assets, in each case in accordance with the requirements of Article XII and such Issuer Order. At any time, the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer may by Issuer Order direct the Trustee to, and upon receipt of such Issuer Order the Trustee shall, withdraw funds on deposit in the Principal Collection Subaccount representing Principal Proceeds and deposit such funds in the Revolver Funding Account to meet funding requirements on Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligations or Revolving Collateral Obligations. On any Payment Date when permitted pursuant to Section 9.7 , the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer may by Issuer Order direct the Trustee to, and upon receipt of such Issuer Order the Trustee shall, withdraw funds on deposit in the Principal Collection Subaccount representing Principal Proceeds from amortizations or prepayments (but excluding Sales Proceeds) of Collateral Obligations in the amount of any Buy-Back Price then required to be paid by the Issuer.

(d)        The Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer may by Issuer Order direct the Trustee to, and upon receipt of such Issuer Order the Trustee shall, pay from amounts on deposit in the Collection Account on any Business Day during any Interest Accrual Period (i) any amount required to exercise a warrant or right to acquire securities held in the Assets in accordance with the requirements of Article XII and such Issuer Order, and (ii) from Interest Proceeds only, any Administrative Expenses (such payments to be counted against the Administrative Expense Cap for the applicable period and to be subject to the order of priority as stated in the definition of Administrative Expenses); provided that the aggregate Administrative Expenses paid pursuant to this Section 10.2(d) during any Collection Period shall not exceed the Administrative Expense Cap for the related Payment Date; provided , further , that the Trustee shall be entitled (but not required) without liability on its part, to refrain from making any such payment of an Administrative Expense pursuant to this Section 10.2 on any day other than a Payment Date if, in its reasonable determination, the payment of such amount is likely to leave insufficient funds available to pay in full each of the items described in Section 11.1(a)(i)(A) as reasonably anticipated to be or become due and payable on the next Payment Date, taking into account the Administrative Expense Cap.

 
141

 
 
(e)        The Trustee shall transfer to the Payment Account, from the Collection Account for application pursuant to Section 11.1(a) , on the Business Day immediately preceding each Payment Date, the amount set forth to be so transferred in the Distribution Report for such Payment Date.

Section 10.3     Transaction Accounts . (a) Payment Account . In accordance with this Indenture and the Securities Account Control Agreement, the Trustee shall, prior to the Closing Date, establish at the Custodian a single, segregated non-interest bearing trust account held in the name of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which shall be designated as the Payment Account, which shall be maintained with the Custodian in accordance with the Securities Account Control Agreement. Except as provided in Section 11.1(a) , the only permitted withdrawal from or application of funds on deposit in, or   otherwise to the credit of, the Payment Account shall be to pay amounts due and payable on the Notes in accordance with their terms and the provisions of this Indenture and, upon Issuer Order, to pay Administrative Expenses, Collateral Management Fees and other amounts specified herein, each in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The Issuer shall not have any legal, equitable or beneficial interest in the Payment Account other than in accordance with the Priority of Payments. Amounts in the Payment Account shall remain uninvested.

(b)         Custodial Account . In accordance with this Indenture and the Securities Account   Control Agreement, the Trustee shall, prior to the Closing Date, establish at the Custodian a single, segregated non-interest bearing trust account held in the name of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which shall be designated as the Custodial Account, which shall be maintained with the Custodian in accordance with the Securities Account Control Agreement. All Collateral Obligations shall be credited to the Custodial Account. The only permitted withdrawals from the Custodial Account shall be in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. The Issuer shall not have any legal, equitable or beneficial interest in the Custodial Account other than in accordance with this Indenture and the Priority of Payments.

(c)          Expense Reserve Account . In accordance with this Indenture and the Securities   Account Control Agreement, the Trustee shall, prior to the Closing Date, establish at the Custodian a single, segregated non-interest bearing trust account held in the name of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which shall be designated as the Expense Reserve Account, which shall be maintained with the Custodian in accordance with the Securities Account Control Agreement. The Issuer shall direct the Trustee to deposit the amount specified in Section 3.1(xi)(A) to the Expense Reserve Account. On any Business Day from the Closing Date to and including the Determination Date relating to the first Payment Date following the Closing Date, the Trustee shall apply funds from the Expense Reserve Account, as directed by the Collateral Manager, to pay expenses of the Issuer incurred in connection with the establishment of the Issuer, the structuring and consummation of the Offering and the issuance of the Notes or to the Collection Account as Principal Proceeds. By the Determination Date relating to the first Payment Date following the Closing Date, all funds in the Expense Reserve Account (after deducting any expenses paid on such Determination Date) will be deposited in the Collection Account as Interest Proceeds and/or Principal Proceeds (in the respective amounts directed by the Collateral Manager in its sole discretion) and the Expense Reserve Account will be closed. Any income earned on amounts deposited in the Expense Reserve Account will be deposited in the Interest Collection Subaccount as Interest Proceeds as it is received.

 
142

 
 
(d)         Reinvestment Amount Account . In accordance with this Indenture and the Securities Account Control Agreement, the Trustee shall, prior to the Closing Date, establish at the Custodian a single, segregated non-interest bearing trust account held in the name of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties which will be designated as the Reinvestment Amount Account, which shall be maintained with the Custodian in accordance with the Securities Account Control Agreement. Reinvestment Amounts deposited in the Reinvestment Amount Account will be withdrawn, not later than the Business Day after the Payment Date on which such Reinvestment Amounts are deposited in the Reinvestment Amount Account, solely to be transferred to the Collection Account as Principal Proceeds to purchase additional Collateral Obligations in accordance with Section 12.2 . Amounts in the Reinvestment Amount Account shall remain uninvested.

Section 10.4    The Revolver Funding Account . Upon the purchase of any Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation, funds in an amount equal to the undrawn portion of such obligation shall be withdrawn from the Principal Collection Subaccount and deposited by the Trustee in a single, segregated non-interest bearing trust account established at the Custodian and held in the name of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, for the benefit of the Secured Parties (the “ Revolver Funding Account ”). Upon initial purchase of any such obligations, funds deposited in the Revolver Funding Account in respect of any Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation will be treated as part of the purchase price therefor. Amounts on deposit in the Revolver Funding Account will be invested in overnight funds that are Eligible Investments selected by the Collateral Manager pursuant to Section 10.5 and earnings from all such investments will be deposited in the Interest Collection Subaccount as Interest Proceeds.

The Issuer shall, at all times maintain sufficient funds on deposit in the Revolver Funding Account such that the sum of the amount of funds on deposit in the Revolver Funding Account shall be equal to or greater than the sum of the unfunded funding obligations under all such Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligations and Revolving Collateral Obligations then included in the Assets. Funds shall be deposited in the Revolver Funding Account upon the purchase of any Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation and upon the receipt by the Issuer of any Principal Proceeds with respect to a Revolving Collateral Obligation as directed by the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer. In the event of any shortfall in the Revolver Funding Account, the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Issuer) may direct the Trustee to, and the Trustee thereafter shall, transfer funds in an amount equal to such shortfall from the Principal Collection Subaccount to the Revolver Funding Account.

Any funds in the Revolver Funding Account (other than earnings from Eligible Investments therein) will be available solely to cover any drawdowns on the Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligations and Revolving Collateral Obligations; provided that any excess of (A) the amounts on deposit in the Revolver Funding Account over (B) the sum of the unfunded funding obligations under all Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligations and Revolving Collateral Obligations may be transferred by the Trustee (at the written direction of the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer) from time to time as Principal Proceeds to the Principal Collection Subaccount.

 
143

 
 
Section 10.5     Reinvestment of Funds in Accounts; Reports by Trustee . (a) By Issuer Order (which may be in the form of standing instructions), the Issuer (or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer) shall at all times direct the Trustee to, and, upon receipt of such Issuer Order, the Trustee shall, invest all funds on deposit in the Collection Account, the Revolver Funding Account and the Expense Reserve Account, as so directed in Eligible Investments having stated maturities no later than the Business Day preceding the next Payment Date (or such shorter maturities expressly provided herein). If prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Issuer shall not have given any such investment directions, the Trustee shall seek instructions from the Collateral Manager within three Business Days after transfer of any funds to such accounts. If the Trustee does not thereafter receive written instructions from the Collateral Manager within five Business Days after transfer of such funds to such accounts, it shall invest and reinvest the funds held in such accounts, as fully as practicable, in the Standby Directed Investment or other Eligible Investments of the type described in clause (ii) of the definition of “Eligible Investments” maturing no later than the Business Day immediately preceding the next Payment Date (or such shorter maturities expressly provided herein). If after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Issuer shall not have given such investment directions to the Trustee for three consecutive days, the Trustee shall invest and reinvest such Monies as fully as practicable in the Standby Directed Investment unless and until contrary investment instructions as provided in the preceding sentence are received or the Trustee receives a written instruction from the Issuer, or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer, changing the Standby Directed Investment. Except to the extent expressly provided otherwise herein, all interest and other income from such investments shall be deposited in the Interest Collection Subaccount, any gain realized from such investments shall be credited to the Principal Collection Subaccount upon receipt, and any loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to the Principal Collection Subaccount. The Trustee shall not in any way be held liable by reason of any insufficiency of such accounts which results from any loss relating to any such investment; provided that nothing herein shall relieve the Bank of (i) its obligations or liabilities under any   security or obligation issued by the Bank or any Affiliate thereof or (ii) liability for any loss resulting from gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud on the part of the Bank or any Affiliate thereof.

(b)         The Trustee agrees to give the Issuer immediate notice if (to the actual knowledge of a Trust Officer of the Trustee) any Account or any funds on deposit in any Account, or otherwise to the credit of an Account, shall become subject to any writ, order, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process.

(c)         The Trustee shall supply, in a timely fashion, to the Issuer and the Collateral Manager (and the Collateral Manager shall supply to each Rating Agency) any information regularly maintained by the Trustee that the Issuer, the Rating Agencies or the Collateral Manager may from time to time reasonably request with respect to the Assets, the Accounts and the other Assets and provide any other requested information reasonably available to the Trustee by reason of its acting as Trustee hereunder and required to be provided by Section 10.6 or to permit the Collateral Manager to perform its obligations under the Collateral Management Agreement or the Issuer’s obligations hereunder that have been delegated to the Collateral Manager. The Trustee shall promptly forward to the Collateral Manager copies of notices and other writings received by it from the issuer of any Collateral Obligation or from any Clearing Agency with respect to any Collateral Obligation which notices or writings advise the holders of such Collateral Obligation of any rights that the holders might have with respect thereto (including, without limitation, requests to vote with respect to amendments or waivers and notices of prepayments and redemptions) as well as all periodic financial reports received from such issuer and Clearing Agencies with respect to such issuer.

 
144

 
 
Section 10.6     Accountings . (a) Monthly . Not later than the 20th calendar day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day) of each calendar month (other than February, May, August and November in each year) and commencing in January 2011, the Issuer shall compile and make available (or cause to be compiled and made available) to the Trustee, the Collateral Manager (who shall email a copy of such report to each Rating Agency), the Initial Purchaser and, upon written request therefor, to any Holder shown on the Register and, upon written notice to the Trustee in the form of Exhibit D , any beneficial owner of a Note, a monthly report on a trade date basis (each such report a “ Monthly Report ”). As used herein, the “ Monthly Report Determination Date ” with respect to any calendar month will be the seventh Business Day prior to the 20th day of such calendar month. The Monthly Report for a calendar month shall contain the following information with respect to the Collateral Obligations and Eligible Investments included in the Assets, and shall be determined as of the Monthly Report Determination Date for such calendar month:

(i)      Aggregate Principal Balance of Collateral Obligations and Eligible Investments representing Principal Proceeds.

(ii)    Adjusted Collateral Principal Amount of Collateral Obligations.

(iii)   Collateral Principal Amount of Collateral Obligations.

(iv)    A list of Collateral Obligations, including, with respect to each such Collateral Obligation, the following information:

(A)           The obligor thereon (including the issuer ticker, if any);

(B)            The CUSIP or security identifier thereof;

(C)           The Principal Balance thereof (other than any accrued interest that was purchased with Principal Proceeds (but excluding any capitalized interest));

(D)           The percentage of the aggregate Collateral Principal Amount represented by such Collateral Obligation;

(E)             The related interest rate or spread;

(F)             The stated maturity thereof;

(G)              The related Moody’s Industry Classification;

 
145

 
 
(H)        The related S&P Industry Classification;

(I)         The Moody’s Rating, unless such rating is based on a credit estimate unpublished by Moody’s (and, in the event of a downgrade or withdrawal of the applicable Moody’s Rating, the prior rating and the date such Moody’s Rating was changed); provided that if such rating is based on a credit estimate unpublished by Moody’s, it shall include the date such rating was obtained and/or last refreshed;

(J)         The Moody’s Default Probability Rating;

(K)         The S&P published rating (if applicable);

(L)          The S&P implied rating (if applicable);

(M)        The country of Domicile;

(N)       An indication as to whether each such Collateral Obligation is (1) a Senior Secured Loan, (2) a Last Out Senior Secured Loan, (3) a Defaulted Obligation, (4) a Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation, (5) a Revolving Collateral Obligation, (6) a Participation Interest (indicating the related Selling Institution and its ratings by each Rating Agency), (7) a Deferrable Obligation, (8) a Bond, (9) a Fixed Rate Obligation, (10) a Current Pay Obligation, (11) a DIP Collateral Obligation, (12) a Discount Obligation, (13) a Discount Obligation purchased in the manner described in clause (y) of the proviso to the definition “Discount Obligation” or (14) a Cov-Lite Loan;

(O)       With respect to each Collateral Obligation that is a Discount Obligation purchased in the manner described in clause (y) of the proviso to the definition “Discount Obligation”,

(I)      the identity of the Collateral Obligation (including whether such Collateral Obligation was classified as a Discount Obligation at the time of its original purchase) the proceeds of whose sale are used to purchase the purchased Collateral Obligation;

(II)     the purchase price (as a percentage of par) of the purchased Collateral Obligation and the sale price (as a percentage of par) of the Collateral Obligation the proceeds of whose sale are used to purchase the purchased Collateral Obligation;

(III)   the Moody’s Default Probability Rating assigned to the purchased Collateral Obligation and the Moody’s Default Probability Rating assigned to the Collateral Obligation the proceeds of whose sale are used to purchase the purchased Collateral Obligation; and

 
146

 
 
(IV)    the Aggregate Principal Balance of Collateral Obligations that have been excluded from the definition of “Discount Obligation” and relevant calculations indicating whether such amount is in compliance with the limitations described in clauses (z)(A) and (z)(B) of the proviso to the definition of “Discount Obligation.”

(P)       The Aggregate Principal Balance of all Cov-Lite Loans;

(Q)      The Moody’s Recovery Rate;

(R)        The S&P Recovery Rate;

(S)        In the case of each Collateral Obligation, the following financial information: (1) EBITDA, (2) tranche leverage, (3) total leverage, (4) purchase price, (5) current Market Value, (6) pricing source for Market Value determination and (7) pricing date for Market Value determination; provided that the information in clauses (1) through (3) shall be the information that has been made most recently available to the Collateral Manager; provided , further , that the information in clause (5) shall be based the information known to the Collateral Manager as of the prior month’s end; and

(T)       Whether the information relating to such Collateral Obligation is given on a settlement basis or a trade date basis.

(v)     If the Monthly Report Determination Date occurs on or prior to the last day of the Reinvestment Period, for each of the limitations and tests specified in the definitions of Concentration Limitations and Collateral Quality Test, (1) the result, (2) the related minimum or maximum test level and (3) a determination as to whether such result satisfies the related test.

(vi)   The calculation of each of the following:

(A)       Each Interest Coverage Ratio (and setting forth the percentage required to satisfy each Interest Coverage Test); and

(B)        Each Par Value Ratio (and setting forth the percentage required to satisfy each Par Value Ratio Test).

(vii)   The calculation specified in Section 5.1(g) .

(viii)  For each Account, a schedule showing the beginning balance, each credit or debit specifying the nature, source and amount, and the ending balance.

(ix)     A schedule showing for each of the following the beginning balance, the amount of Interest Proceeds received from the date of determination of the immediately preceding Monthly Report, and the ending balance for the current Measurement Date:

(A)      Interest Proceeds from Collateral Obligations; and

(B)       Interest Proceeds from Eligible Investments.

 
147

 
 
(x)      Purchases, prepayments, and sales:

(A)       The identity, Principal Balance (other than any accrued interest that was purchased with Principal Proceeds (but excluding any capitalized interest)), Principal Proceeds and Interest Proceeds received, and date for (X) each Collateral Obligation that was released for sale or disposition pursuant to Section 12.1 since the last Monthly Report Determination Date and (Y) for each   prepayment or redemption of a Collateral Obligation, and in the case of (X), whether such Collateral Obligation was a Credit Risk Obligation or a Credit Improved Obligation, whether the sale of such Collateral Obligation was a discretionary sale; and

 
(B)       The identity, Principal Balance (other than any accrued interest that was purchased with Principal Proceeds (but excluding any capitalized interest)), and Principal Proceeds and Interest Proceeds expended to acquire each Collateral Obligation acquired pursuant to Section 12.2 since the last Monthly Report Determination Date.

(xi)     The identity of each Defaulted Obligation, the Moody’s and S&P Collateral Value and Market Value of each such Defaulted Obligation and date of default thereof.
 
(xii)    The identity of each Collateral Obligation with an S&P Rating of “CCC+” or below and/or a Moody’s Default Probability Rating of “Caa1” or below and the Market Value of each such Collateral Obligation.

(xiii)   The identity of each Deferring Obligation, the Moody’s and S&P Collateral Value and Market Value of each Deferring Obligation, and the date on which interest was last paid in full in Cash thereon.

(xiv)   The identity of each Current Pay Obligation, the Market Value of each such Current Pay Obligation, and the percentage of the Collateral Principal Amount comprised of Current Pay Obligations.

(xv)    The Weighted Average Moody’s Rating Factor and the Adjusted Weighted Average Moody’s Rating Factor.

(xvi)  An indication as to whether the S&P CDO Monitor Test is satisfied.

(xvii)  Such other information as, any Rating Agency or the Collateral Manager may reasonably request.

 
148

 

 
Upon receipt of each Monthly Report, the Trustee shall, if not the same person as the Collateral Administrator, compare the information contained in such Monthly Report to the information contained in its records with respect to the Assets and shall, within three Business Days after receipt of such Monthly Report, notify the Issuer, the Collateral Administrator and the Collateral Manager (and the Collateral Manager shall notify each Rating Agency) if the information contained in the Monthly Report does not conform to the information maintained by the Trustee with respect to the Assets. If any discrepancy exists, the Trustee and the Issuer, or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer, shall attempt to resolve the discrepancy. If such discrepancy cannot be promptly resolved, the Trustee shall within five Business Days notify the Collateral Manager who shall, on behalf of the Issuer, request that the Independent accountants appointed by the Issuer pursuant to Section 10.8 review such Monthly Report and the Trustee’s records to determine the cause of such discrepancy. If such review reveals an error in the Monthly Report or the Trustee’s records, the Monthly Report or the Trustee’s records shall be revised accordingly and, as so revised, shall be utilized in making all calculations pursuant to this Indenture and notice of any error in the Monthly Report shall be sent as soon as practicable by the Issuer to all recipients of such report which may be accomplished by making a notation of such error in the subsequent Monthly Report.

(b)         Payment Date Accounting . The Issuer shall render an accounting (each a “ Distribution Report ”), determined as of the close of business on each Determination Date preceding a Payment Date, and shall make available such Distribution Report to the Trustee, the Collateral Manager (who shall email a copy of such report to each Rating Agency), the Initial Purchaser and, upon written request therefor, any Holder shown on the Register and, upon written notice to the Trustee in the form of Exhibit D , any beneficial owner of a Note not later than the Business Day preceding the related Payment Date. The Distribution Report shall contain the following information:

(i)       the information required to be in the Monthly Report pursuant to Section 10.6(a) ;

(ii)     (a) the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Secured Notes of each Class at the beginning of the related Interest Accrual Period and such amount as a percentage of the original Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Secured Notes of such Class, (b) the amount of principal payments to be made on the Secured Notes of each Class on the next Payment Date, the amount of any Deferred Interest on the Class B Notes and/or the Class C Notes, and the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Secured Notes of each Class after giving effect to the principal payments, if any, on the related Payment Date and such amount as a percentage of the original Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Secured Notes of such Class and (c) the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Subordinated Notes at the beginning of the Interest Accrual Period and such amount as a percentage of the original Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Subordinated Notes, the amount of payments to be made on the Subordinated Notes from Interest Proceeds and Principal Proceeds on the next Payment Date, and the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Subordinated Notes after giving effect to such payments, if any, on the related Payment Date and such amount as a percentage of the original Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Subordinated Notes;

(iii)     the Interest Rate and accrued interest for each applicable Class of Secured Notes for the related Payment Date;

 
149

 
 
(iv)    the amounts payable pursuant to each clause of Section 11.1(a)(i) and each clause of Section 11.1(a)(ii) or each clause of Section 11.1(a)(iii) , as applicable, on the related Payment Date;

(v)    for the Collection Account:

(A)       the Balance on deposit in the Collection Account at the end of the related Collection Period (or, with respect to the Interest Collection Subaccount, the next Business Day);

(B)       the amounts payable from the Collection Account to the Payment Account, in order to make payments pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i) , Section 11.1(a)(ii) and   Section 11.1(a)(iii) on the related Payment Date (net of   amounts which the Collateral Manager intends to re-invest in additional Collateral Obligations pursuant to Article XII ); and

(C)       the Balance remaining in the Collection Account immediately after all payments and deposits to be made on the related Payment Date; and

(vi)    such other information as the Collateral Manager may reasonably request.

Each Distribution Report shall constitute instructions to the Trustee to withdraw funds from the Payment Account and pay or transfer such amounts set forth in such Distribution Report in the manner specified and in accordance with the priorities established in Section 11.1 and Article XIII .

(c)          Interest Rate Notice . The Trustee shall include in the Monthly Report a notice   setting forth the Interest Rate for each Class of Secured Notes for the Interest Accrual Period preceding the next Payment Date.

(d)         Failure to Provide Accounting . If the Trustee shall not have received any accounting provided for in this Section 10.6 on the first Business Day after the date on which such accounting is due to the Trustee, the Trustee shall notify the Collateral Manager who shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain such accounting by the applicable Payment Date. To the extent the Collateral Manager is required to provide any information or reports pursuant to this Section 10.6 as a result of the failure of the Issuer to provide such information or reports, the Collateral Manager shall be entitled to retain an Independent certified public accountant in connection therewith and the reasonable costs incurred by the Collateral Manager for such Independent certified public accountant shall be paid by the Issuer.

(e)          Required Content of Certain Reports . Each Monthly Report and each Distribution Report sent to any Holder or beneficial owner of an interest in a Note shall contain, or be accompanied by, the following notices:

 
150

 
 
The Notes may be beneficially owned only by Persons that (a) are Qualified Purchasers or corporations, partnerships, limited liability companies or other entities (other than trusts) each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser who are also (1) with respect to the Secured Notes, (i) not U.S. persons (within the meaning of Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and are purchasing their beneficial interest in an offshore transaction or (ii)(x) Qualified Institutional Buyers or (y) solely in the case of the Certificated Secured Notes, institutional “accredited investors” within the meaning set forth in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and (2) with respect to the Certificated Subordinated Notes, (i) Qualified Institutional Buyers or (ii) Organizing Entities that are either (x) Institutional Accredited Investors or (y) not U.S. persons (within the meaning of Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and are purchasing their beneficial interest in an offshore transaction and (b) can make the representations set forth in Section 2.5 of this Indenture or the appropriate Exhibit to this Indenture. Beneficial ownership interests in the Rule 144A Global Secured Notes may be transferred only to a Person that is both a Qualified Institutional Buyer and a Qualified Purchaser and that can make the representations referred to in clause (b) of the preceding sentence. The Issuer has the right to compel any beneficial owner of an interest in Rule 144A Global Secured Notes that does not meet the qualifications set forth in the preceding sentence to sell its interest in such Notes, or may sell such interest on behalf of such owner, pursuant to Section 2.11 .

Each holder receiving this report agrees to keep all non -public information herein confidential and not to use such information for any purpose other than its evaluation of its investment in the Notes; provided that any holder may provide such information on a confidential basis to any prospective purchaser of such holder’s Notes that is permitted by the terms of this Indenture to acquire such holder’s Notes and that agrees to keep such information confidential in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

(f)          Issuer Information . The Issuer may post the information contained in a Monthly   Report or Distribution Report to a password-protected internet site accessible only to the Holders of the Notes and to the Collateral Manager.

(g)         Distribution of Reports . The Trustee will make the Monthly Report and the   Distribution Report available via its internet website. The Trustee’s internet website shall initially be located at “https://tss.sfs.db.com/investpublic/.” The Trustee shall have the right to change the way such statements are distributed in order to make such distribution more convenient and/or more accessible to the above parties and the Trustee shall provide timely and adequate notification to all above parties regarding any such changes. As a condition to access to the Trustee’s internet website, the Trustee may require registration and the acceptance of a disclaimer. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on but shall not be responsible for the content or accuracy of any information provided in the Monthly Report and the Distribution Report which the Trustee disseminates in accordance with this Indenture and may affix thereto any disclaimer it deems appropriate in its reasonable discretion.

 
151

 
 
Section 10.7    Release of Securities . (a) Subject to Article XII , the Issuer may, by Issuer Order executed by an Authorized Officer of the Collateral Manager, delivered to the Trustee at least one Business Day prior to the settlement date for any sale of an Asset certifying that the sale of such Asset is being made in accordance with Section 12.1 hereof and such sale complies with all applicable requirements of Section 12.1 (provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, neither the Issuer nor the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Issuer) may direct the Trustee to release or cause to be released such Asset from the lien of this Indenture pursuant to a sale under Section 12.1(g)) , direct the Trustee to release or cause to be released such Asset from the lien of this Indenture and, upon receipt of such Issuer Order, the Trustee shall deliver any such Asset, if in physical form, duly endorsed to the broker or purchaser designated in such Issuer Order or, if such Asset is a Clearing Corporation Security or in book-entry form, cause an appropriate transfer thereof to be made, in each case against receipt of the sales price therefor as specified by the Collateral Manager in such Issuer Order; provided that the Trustee may deliver any such Asset in physical form for examination in accordance with street delivery custom.

(b)        Subject to the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee shall upon an Issuer Order (i) deliver any Asset, and release or cause to be released such security from the lien of this Indenture, which is set for any mandatory call or redemption or payment in full to the appropriate paying agent on or before the date set for such call, redemption or payment, in each case against receipt of the call or redemption price or payment in full thereof and (ii) provide notice thereof to the Collateral Manager.

(c)         Upon receiving actual notice of any Offer or any request for a waiver, consent, amendment or other modification or action with respect to any Collateral Obligation, the Trustee on behalf of the Issuer shall notify the Collateral Manager of any Collateral Obligation that is subject to a tender offer, voluntary redemption, exchange offer, conversion or other similar action (an “ Offer ”) or such request. The Collateral Manager may direct (x) the Trustee to accept or participate in or decline or refuse to participate in such Offer and, in the case of acceptance or participation, to release from the lien of this Indenture such Collateral Obligation in accordance with the terms of the Offer against receipt of payment therefor, or (y) the Issuer or the Trustee to agree to or otherwise act with respect to such consent, waiver, amendment, modification or action; provided that in the absence of any such direction, the Trustee shall not respond or react to such Offer or request; provided , further , that if the Notes have been accelerated following an Event of Default, any such direction may only be made with the consent of a Majority of the Controlling Class.

(d)        As provided in Section 10.2(a) , the Trustee shall deposit any proceeds received by it from the disposition of an Asset in the applicable subaccount of the Collection Account, unless simultaneously applied to the purchase of additional Collateral Obligations or Eligible Investments as permitted under and in accordance with the requirements of this Article X and Article XII .

(e)         The Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order at such time as there are no Secured Notes Outstanding and all obligations of the Issuer hereunder have been satisfied, release any remaining Assets from the lien of this Indenture.

(f)         Any security, Collateral Obligation or amounts that are released pursuant to Section 10.7(a) , (b) or (c) shall be released from the lien of this Indenture.

(g)        Any amounts paid from the Payment Account to the Holders of the Subordinated Notes in accordance with the Priority of Payments (other than Reinvestment Amounts reinvested by Reinvesting Holders) shall be released from the lien of this Indenture.

 
152

 
 
Section 10.8    Reports by Independent Accountants . (a) At the Closing Date, the Issuer shall appoint one or more firms of Independent certified public accountants of recognized international reputation for purposes of reviewing and delivering the reports or certificates of such accountants required by this Indenture, which may be the firm of Independent certified public accountants that performs accounting services for the Issuer or the Collateral Manager. The Issuer may remove any firm of Independent certified public accountants at any time without the consent of any Holder of Notes. Upon any resignation by such firm or removal of such firm by the Issuer, the Issuer (or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer) shall promptly appoint by Issuer Order delivered to the Trustee and each Rating Agency a successor thereto that shall also be a firm of Independent certified public accountants of recognized international reputation, which may be a firm of Independent certified public accountants that performs accounting services for the Issuer or the Collateral Manager. If the Issuer shall fail to appoint a successor to a firm of Independent certified public accountants which has resigned within 30 days after such resignation, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of such failure in writing. If the Issuer shall not have appointed a successor within ten days thereafter, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Collateral Manager, who shall appoint a successor firm of Independent certified public accountants of recognized international reputation. The fees of such Independent certified public accountants and its successor shall be payable by the Issuer. In the event such firm requires the Trustee to agree to the procedures performed by such firm, the Issuer hereby directs the Trustee to so agree; it being understood and agreed that the Trustee will deliver such letter of agreement in conclusive reliance on the foregoing direction of the Issuer, and the Trustee shall make no inquiry or investigation as to, and shall have no obligation in respect of, the sufficiency, validity or correctness of such procedures.

(b)        On or before November 20th of each year commencing 2011, the Issuer shall cause to be delivered to the Trustee, the Collateral Manager, each Holder of the Notes upon written request therefor and each Rating Agency a statement from a firm of Independent certified public accountants for each Distribution Report received since the last statement (i) indicating that the calculations within those Distribution Reports (excluding the S&P CDO Monitor Test) have been performed in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and (ii) listing the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Assets and the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Collateral Obligations securing the Secured Notes as of the immediately preceding Determination Dates; provided that in the event of a conflict between such firm of Independent certified public accountants and the Issuer with respect to any matter in this Section 10.8 , the determination by such firm of Independent public accountants shall be conclusive. To the extent a beneficial owner or Holder of a Note requests the yield to maturity in respect of the relevant Note in order to determine any “original issue discount” in respect thereof, the Trustee shall request that the firm of Independent certified public accountants appointed by the Issuer calculate such yield to maturity. The Trustee shall have no responsibility to calculate the yield to maturity nor to verify the accuracy of such Independent certified public accountants’ calculation. If the firm of Independent certified public accountants fails to calculate such yield to maturity, the Trustee shall have no responsibility to provide such information to the beneficial owner or Holder of a Note.

 
153

 
 
(c)        Upon the written request of the Trustee, or any Holder of a Subordinated Note, the Issuer will cause the firm of Independent certified public accountants appointed pursuant to Section 10.8(a) to provide any Holder of Subordinated Notes with all of the information required to be provided by the Issuer or pursuant to Section 7.17 or assist the Issuer in the preparation thereof.

Section 10.9     Reports to Rating Agencies and Additional Recipients . In addition to the information and reports specifically required to be provided to each Rating Agency pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, the Issuer shall provide the Collateral Manager (and the Collateral Manager shall provide each Rating Agency) with all information or reports delivered to the Trustee hereunder, and such additional information as either Rating Agency may from time to time reasonably request (including notification to Moody’s and S&P of any modification of any loan document relating to a DIP Collateral Obligation or any release of collateral thereunder not permitted by such loan documentation, notification to S&P of any Specified Amendment, which notice to S&P shall include a copy of such Specified Amendment and a brief summary of its purpose, and notification to Moody’s upon any Collateral Obligation becoming an Amended and Extended Obligation). Within 10 Business Days after the Closing Date, together with each Monthly Report and on each Payment Date, the Issuer shall provide to S&P, via e-mail in accordance with Section 14.3(a) , a Microsoft Excel file of the Excel Default Model Input File and, with respect to each Collateral Obligation, the name of each obligor thereon, the CUSIP number thereof (if applicable) and the Priority Category (as specified in the definition of “ Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate ”).

Section 10.10   Procedures Relating to the Establishment of Accounts Controlled by the Trustee . Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, the Trustee agrees that with respect to each of the Accounts, it will cause each Securities Intermediary establishing such accounts to enter into a securities account control agreement and, if the Securities Intermediary is the Bank, shall cause the Bank to comply with the provisions of such securities account control agreement. The Trustee shall have the right to open such subaccounts of any such account as it deems necessary or appropriate for convenience of administration.

Section 10.11    Section 3(c)(7) Procedures . For so long as any Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer shall do the following:

(a)          Notification . Each Monthly Report sent or caused to be sent by the Issuer to the Noteholders will include a notice to the following effect:
 
 
154

 
  
“The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”), requires that all holders of the outstanding securities of the Issuer be “Qualified Purchasers” (“ Qualified Purchasers ”) as defined in Section 2(a)(51)(A) of the Investment Company Act and related rules. Under the rules, the Issuer must have a “reasonable belief” that all holders of its outstanding securities, including transferees, are Qualified Purchasers. Consequently, all sales and resales of the Notes must be made solely to purchasers that are Qualified Purchasers. Each purchaser of a Note will be deemed to represent at the time of purchase that: (i) the purchaser is a Qualified Purchaser or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser who is also (I) with respect to the Secured Notes, (1)(x) a qualified institutional buyer (“ QIB ”) as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) or (y) solely in the case of Certificated Secured Notes, an institutional “accredited   investor” (“ IAI ”) within the meaning of Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act or (2) not a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S and is acquiring the Notes in an offshore transaction (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Regulation S under the Securities Act and (II) with respect to the Subordinated Notes, (1) a QIB or (2) a “person (other than any rating organization rating the Issuer’s securities) involved in the organization or operation of the Issuer or an affiliate, as defined in rule 405 under the Securities Act, of such a person” (“ Organizing Entity ”) that is either (x) an IAI or (y) not a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S and is acquiring the Notes in an offshore transaction (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Regulation S under the Securities Act; (ii) the purchaser is acting for its own account or the account of another Qualified Purchaser who is, in the case of the Secured Notes, a QIB, IAI or not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S) and in the case of the Subordinated Notes, a QIB or an Organizing Entity (as applicable); (iii) the purchaser is not formed for the purpose of investing in the Issuer; (iv) the purchaser, and each account for which it is purchasing, will hold and transfer at least the minimum denominations of the Secured Notes specified in this Indenture; (v) the purchaser understands that the Issuer may receive a list of participants holding positions in securities from one or more book-entry depositories; and (vi) the purchaser will provide written notice of the foregoing, and of any applicable restrictions on transfer, to any subsequent transferees. The Secured Notes may only be transferred to another Qualified Purchaser who is also a QIB, IAI or not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Regulation S). The Subordinated Notes may only be transferred to another Qualified Purchaser who is also a QIB or an Organizing Entity that is either an IAI or not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Regulation S) (as applicable) and all subsequent transferees are deemed to have made representations (i) through (vi) above.”

“The Issuer requests that the recipient of this notice, and any recipient of a copy of this notice, provide a copy to any Person having an interest in this Note as indicated on the books of DTC or on the books of a participant in DTC or on the books of an indirect participant for which such participant in DTC acts as agent.”

“The Indenture provides that if, notwithstanding the restrictions on transfer contained therein, the Issuer determines that any holder of, or beneficial owner of an interest in a Note who is determined not to have been a Qualified Purchaser at the time of acquisition of such Note or beneficial interest therein, the Issuer may require, by notice to such Holder or beneficial owner, that such Holder or beneficial owner sell all of its right, title and interest to such Note (or any interest therein) to a Person that is a Qualified Purchaser who, with respect to the Secured Notes, is either (x) not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Regulation S) or (y) an IAI or a QIB (as applicable) and who, with respect to the Subordinated Notes, is either (x) a QIB or (y) an Organizing Entity that is either an IAI or not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Regulation S) (as applicable), with such sale to be effected within 30 days after notice of such sale requirement is given. If such holder or beneficial owner fails to effect the transfer required within such 30-day period, (i) upon direction from the Collateral Manager or the Issuer, the Trustee, on behalf of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall and is hereby irrevocably authorized by such holder or beneficial owner, to cause its Note or beneficial interest therein to be transferred in a commercially reasonable sale (conducted by the Trustee in accordance with Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York as applied to securities that are sold on a recognized market or that may decline speedily in value) to a Person that certifies to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Collateral Manager, in connection with such transfer, that such Person is a Qualified Purchaser who, with respect to the Secured Notes, is either (x) not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Regulation S) or (y) an IAI or a QIB (as applicable) and who, with respect to the Subordinated Notes, is either (x) a QIB or (y) an Organizing Entity that is either an IAI or not a U.S. Person (as defined in Regulation S) (as applicable), and (ii) pending such transfer, no further payments will be made in respect of such Rule 144A Note or beneficial interest therein held by such holder or beneficial owner.”
 
 
155

 
 
(b)         DTC Actions . The Issuer will direct DTC to take the following steps in connection with the Global Secured Notes:

(i)         The Issuer will direct DTC to include the marker “3c7” in the DTC 20-character security descriptor and the 48-character additional descriptor for the Global Secured Notes in order to indicate that sales are limited to Qualified Purchasers.

(ii)        The Issuer will direct DTC to cause each physical deliver order ticket that is delivered by DTC to purchasers to contain the 20-character security descriptor. The Issuer will direct DTC to cause each deliver order ticket that is delivered by DTC to purchasers in electronic form to contain a “3c7” indicator and a related user manual for participants. Such user manual will contain a description of the relevant restrictions imposed by Section 3(c)(7).

(iii)       On or prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer will instruct DTC to send a Section 3(c)(7) Notice to all DTC participants in connection with the offering of the Global Secured Notes.

(iv)       In addition to the obligations of the Registrar set forth in Section 2.5, the Issuer will from time to time (upon the request of the Trustee) make a request to DTC to deliver to the Issuer a list of all DTC participants holding an interest in the Global Secured Notes.
                 
(v)        The Issuer will cause each CUSIP number obtained for a Global Note to have a fixed field containing “3c7” and “144A” indicators, as applicable, attached to such CUSIP number.

(c)            Bloomberg Screens, Etc . The Issuer will from time to time request all third-party   vendors to include on screens maintained by such vendors appropriate legends regarding Rule 144A and Section 3(c)(7) under the Investment Company Act restrictions on the Global Secured Notes. Without limiting the foregoing, the Initial Purchaser will request that each third-party vendor include the following legends on each screen containing information about the Notes:

(i)          Bloomberg

(A)         “Iss’d Under 144A/3c7”, to be stated in the “Note Box” on the bottom of the “Security Display” page describing the Global Secured Notes;

(B)         a flashing red indicator stating “See Other Available Information” located on the “Security Display” page;
 
 
156

 
 
(C)         a link to an “Additional Security Information” page on such indicator stating that the Global Secured Notes are being offered in reliance on the exception from registration under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933 to persons that are both (i) “Qualified Institutional Buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act and (ii) “Qualified Purchasers” as defined under Section 2(a)(51) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; and

(D)         a statement on the “Disclaimer” page for the Global Secured Notes that the Notes will not be and have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, that the Issuer has not been registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and that the Global Secured Notes may only be offered or sold in accordance with Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 
(ii)
Reuters .
 
(A)        a “144A – 3c7” notation included in the security name field at the top of the Reuters Instrument Code screen;

(B)         a <144A3c7Disclaimer> indicator appearing on the right side of the Reuters Instrument Code screen; and

(C)         a link from such <144A3c7Disclaimer> indicator to a disclaimer screen containing the following language: “These Notes may be sold or transferred only to Persons who are both (i) Qualified Institutional Buyers, as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and (ii) Qualified Purchasers, as defined under Section 3(c)(7) under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940.”

ARTICLE XI

APPLICATION OF MONIES
  
Section 11.1        Disbursements of Monies from Payment Account . (a) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, but subject to the other subsections of this Section 11.1 and to Section 13.1 , on each Payment Date, the Trustee shall disburse amounts transferred from the Collection Account to the Payment Account pursuant to Section 10.2 in accordance with the following priorities (the “ Priority of Payments ”); provided that, unless an Enforcement Event has occurred and is continuing, (x) amounts transferred from the Interest Collection Subaccount shall be applied solely in accordance with Section 11.1(a)(i) ; and (y) amounts transferred from the Principal Collection Subaccount shall be applied solely in accordance with Section 11.1(a)(ii) .

(i)         On each Payment Date, unless an Enforcement Event has occurred and is continuing, Interest Proceeds on deposit in the Collection Account, to the extent received on or before the related Determination Date and that are transferred into the Payment Account, shall be applied in the following order of priority:
 
 
157

 
 
(A)         (1) first , to the payment of taxes and governmental fees owing by the Issuer, if any, and (2) second , to the payment of the accrued and unpaid Administrative Expenses, in the priority stated in the definition thereof, up to the Administrative Expense Cap (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with any Optional Redemption or any Tax Redemption);
                                                            
(B)         to the payment of the Base Collateral Management Fee due and payable to the Collateral Manager until such amount has been paid in full;

(C)         (i) to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Class A-1 Notes and then (ii) to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Class A-2 Notes;

(D)         if either of the Class A Coverage Tests is not satisfied on the related Determination Date, to make payments in accordance with the Note Payment Sequence to the extent necessary to cause all Class A Coverage Tests that are applicable on such Payment Date to be satisfied on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all payments pursuant to this clause (D) ;

(E)         to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest (excluding Deferred Interest but including interest on Deferred Interest) on the Class B Notes;

(F)         if either of the Class B Coverage Tests is not satisfied on the related Determination Date, to make payments in accordance with the Note Payment Sequence to the extent necessary to cause all Class B Coverage Tests that are applicable on such Payment Date to be satisfied on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all payments pursuant to this clause (F) ;
(G)          to the payment of any Deferred Interest on the Class B Notes;

(H)         to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest (excluding Deferred Interest but including interest on Deferred Interest) on the Class C Notes;
  
(I)          if either of the Class C Coverage Tests is not satisfied on the related Determination Date, to make payments in accordance with the Note Payment Sequence to the extent necessary to cause all Class C Coverage Tests that are applicable on such Payment Date to be satisfied on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all payments pursuant to this clause (I) ;

(J)           to the payment of any Deferred Interest on the Class C Notes;

(K)         to the payment (in the same manner and order of priority stated therein) of any Administrative Expenses not paid pursuant to clause (A)(2) above due to the limitation contained therein;

(L)         to the payment of the Subordinated Collateral Management Fee due and payable to the Collateral Manager until such amount has been paid in full; and
 
 
158

 
 
(M)         any remaining Interest Proceeds to be paid to the holders of the Subordinated Notes (other than, during the Reinvestment Period, any Reinvesting Holder that has directed that Reinvestment Amounts in respect of its Subordinated Notes be deposited on such Payment Date into the Reinvestment Amount Account subject to the provisions of Section 11.1(e) ).

(ii)         On each Payment Date, unless an Enforcement Event has occurred and is continuing, Principal Proceeds on deposit in the Collection Account that are received on or before the related Determination Date and that are transferred to the Payment Account (which will not include (i) amounts required to meet funding requirements with respect to Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligations and Revolving Collateral Obligations that are deposited in the Revolver Funding Account or (ii) during the Reinvestment Period, Principal Proceeds that have previously been reinvested in Collateral Obligations or that the Collateral Manager intends to cause the Issuer to invest in Collateral Obligations during the next Interest Accrual Period) shall be applied in the following order of priority:

(A)         to pay the amounts referred to in clauses (A) through (C) of Section 11. 1(a)(i) (and in the same manner and order of priority stated therein),   but only to the extent not paid in full thereunder;

(B)         to pay the amounts referred to in clause (D) of Section 11.1(a)(i) but only to the extent not paid in full thereunder and to the   extent necessary to cause the Coverage Tests that are applicable on such Payment Date with respect to the Class A Notes to be met as of the related Determination Date on a pro forma basis after giving effect to any payments made through this clause (B) ;
 
(C)         to the extent no Class A Notes are Outstanding on such Payment Date, to pay the amounts referred to in clause (E) of Section 11.1(a)(i) but only to the extent not paid in full thereunder;

(D)         to pay the amounts referred to in clause (F) of Section 11.1(a)(i) but only to the extent not paid in full thereunder and to the   extent necessary to cause the Coverage Tests that are applicable on such Payment Date with respect to the Class B Notes to be met as of the related Determination Date on a pro forma basis after giving effect to any payments made through this clause (D) ;
 
(E)         to the extent no Class A Notes or Class B Notes are Outstanding on such Payment Date, to pay the amounts referred to in clause (H) of Section 11.1(a)(i)   but only to the extent not paid in full thereunder;

(F)         to pay the amounts referred to in clause (I) of Section 11.1(a)(i) but only to the extent not paid in full thereunder and to the extent necessary to cause the Coverage Tests that are applicable on such Payment Date with respect to the Class C Notes to be met as of the related Determination Date on a pro forma basis after giving effect to any payments made through this clause (F) ;
 
 
159

 
 
(G)         (1) if such Payment Date is a Redemption Date, to make payments in accordance with the Note Payment Sequence, and (2) on any other Payment Date, to make payments in the amount of the Special Redemption Amount, if any, at the election of the Collateral Manager, in accordance with the Note Payment Sequence;

(H)        during the Reinvestment Period, to the Collection Account as Principal Proceeds to invest in Eligible Investments (pending the purchase of additional Collateral Obligations) and/or to the purchase of additional Collateral Obligations;

(I)         after the Reinvestment Period, to make payments in accordance with the Note Payment Sequence;

(J)         after the Reinvestment Period, to pay the amounts referred to in clause (K) of   Section 11.1(a)(i) only to the extent not already paid (in the same   manner and order of priority stated therein);

(K)        after the Reinvestment Period, to pay the amounts referred to in clause (L) of   Section 11.1(a)(i) only to the extent not already paid;

(L)         to pay the Reinvesting Holders of the Subordinated Notes (whether or not any applicable Reinvesting Holder continues on such Payment Date to hold all or any portion of such Subordinated Notes) any Reinvestment Amounts accrued and not previously paid pursuant to this clause (L) with respect to their respective Subordinated Notes, pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate Reinvestment Amounts with respect to the Subordinated Notes; and

(M)       any remaining proceeds to be paid to the Holders of the Subordinated Notes.
  
On the Stated Maturity of the Notes, the Trustee shall pay all available Cash, but only after the payment of (or establishment of a reserve for) all Administrative Expenses (in the same manner and order of priority stated in the definition thereof) and Collateral Management Fees, and interest and principal on the Secured Notes, to the Holders of the Subordinated Notes in final payment of such Subordinated Notes.

(iii)         Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing Sections 11.1(a)(i) and 11.1(a)(ii) , if declaration of acceleration of the maturity of the Secured Notes has   occurred following an Event of Default and such Event of Default is continuing and has not been cured or waived (regardless of whether such declaration of acceleration has been rescinded) (an “ Enforcement Event ”), pursuant to Section 5.5 and Section 5.7 , proceeds in respect of the Assets will be applied on a Payment Date in the following order of priority:
 
 
160

 
 
(A)         (1) first, to the payment of taxes and governmental fees owing by the Issuer, if any, and (2) second, to the payment of the accrued and unpaid Administrative Expenses, in the priority stated in the definition thereof, up to the Administrative Expense Cap ( provided that payments to the Trustee pursuant to this clause (A)(2) shall not be subject to the Administrative Expense Cap);

(B)         to the payment of the Base Collateral Management Fee due and payable (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon) to the Collateral Manager until such amount has been paid in full;

(C)          to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Class A-1 Notes;
 
(D)        to the payment of principal of the Class A-1 Notes, until the Class A-1 Notes have been paid in full;
   
(E)         to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Class A-2 Notes;
 
(F)         to the payment of principal of the Class A-2 Notes, until the Class A-2 Notes have been paid in full;
 
(G)         to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest (excluding Deferred Interest but including interest on Deferred Interest) on the Class B Notes;

(H)         to the payment of any Deferred Interest on the Class B Notes;

(I)          to the payment of principal of the Class B Notes until the Class B Notes have been paid in full;

(J)          to the payment of accrued and unpaid interest (excluding Deferred Interest but including interest on Deferred Interest) on the Class C Notes;

(K)         to the payment of any Deferred Interest on the Class C Notes;

(L)         to the payment of principal of the Class C Notes until the Class C Notes have been paid in full;

(M)        to the payment of (in the same manner and order of priority stated therein) any Administrative Expenses not paid pursuant to clause (A)(2) above due to the limitation contained therein;

(N)        to the payment of the Subordinated Collateral Management Fee due and payable (including any accrued and unpaid interest thereon) to the Collateral Manager until such amount has been paid in full;
 
 
161

 
 
(O)         to the payment to the Reinvesting Holders of the Subordinated Notes (whether or not any applicable Reinvesting Holder continues on the date of such payment to hold all or any portion of such Subordinated Notes) of any Reinvestment Amounts accrued and not previously paid pursuant to this clause (O) or pursuant to   clause (L) of   Section 11.1(a)(ii) with respect to their respective   Subordinated Notes, pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate Reinvestment Amounts with respect to the Subordinated Notes; and

(P)          to pay the balance to the Holders of the Subordinated Notes.

(b)         If on any Payment Date the amount available in the Payment Account is insufficient to make the full amount of the disbursements required by the Distribution Report, the Trustee shall make the disbursements called for in the order and according to the priority set forth under Section 11.1(a) above, subject to Section 13.1 , to the extent funds are available therefor.

(c)         In connection with the application of funds to pay Administrative Expenses of the Issuer in accordance with Section 11.1(a)(i) , Section 11.1(a)(ii) and Section 11.1(a)(iii) , the Trustee shall remit such funds, to the extent available (and subject to the order of priority set forth in the definition of “Administrative Expenses”), as directed and designated in an Issuer Order (which may be in the form of standing instructions, including standing instructions to pay Administrative Expenses in such amounts and to such entities as indicated in the Distribution Report in respect of such Payment Date) delivered to the Trustee no later than the Business Day prior to each Payment Date.

(d)         The Collateral Manager may, in its sole discretion, elect to irrevocably waive payment of any or all of any Collateral Management Fee otherwise due on any Payment Date by notice to the Issuer, the Collateral Administrator and the Trustee no later than the Determination Date immediately prior to such Payment Date in accordance with the terms of Section 8(c) of the Collateral Management Agreement. Any such Collateral Management Fee, once waived, shall not thereafter become due and payable and any claim of the Collateral Manager therein shall be extinguished.

(e)         During the Reinvestment Period, at the written direction of any Reinvesting Holder to the Trustee (with a copy to the Collateral Administrator) in substantially the form of Exhibit E , but without the consent or action of any other Person, all or a specified portion of   amounts that would otherwise be distributed on a Payment Date to such Reinvesting Holder pursuant to clause (M) of Section 11.1(a)(i) will instead be deposited by the Trustee in the Reinvestment Amount Account, and such deposit shall be deemed to constitute payment of such amounts for purposes of all distributions from the Payment Account to be made on such Payment Date. Any amounts so deposited shall not earn interest and shall not increase the unpaid face amount of the related Subordinated Notes. Reinvestment Amounts will be paid to any applicable Reinvesting Holder on the first subsequent Payment Date Principal Proceeds are available therefor as provided in Section 11.1(a)(ii) or that proceeds in respect of the Assets are available therefor as provided in Section 11.1(a)(iii) as applicable. Any such direction of any Reinvesting Holder shall specify the percentage(s) of the amount(s) that such Reinvesting Holder is entitled to receive on the applicable Payment Date in respect of distributions pursuant to clause (M) of Section 11.1(a)(i) (such Reinvesting Holder’s “ Distribution Amount ”) that such Reinvesting   Holder wishes the Trustee to deposit in the Reinvestment Amount Account, and shall be given to the Trustee in writing (with a copy to the Collateral Administrator) not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York time) one Business Day prior to the applicable Payment Date. The Issuer (or the Collateral Administrator on the Issuer’s behalf) shall provide each Reinvesting Holder with an estimate of such Reinvesting Holder’s Distribution Amount not later than two Business Days prior to any subsequent Payment Date.
 
 
162

 
 
ARTICLE XII

SALE OF COLLATERAL OBLIGATIONS;
PURCHASE OF ADDITIONAL COLLATERAL OBLIGATIONS
                          
Section 12.1      Sales of Collateral Obligations . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions specified in Section 12.3 , the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer may (except as otherwise specified in this Section 12.1 ), direct the Trustee to sell and the Trustee shall sell on behalf of the Issuer in the manner directed by the Collateral Manager any Collateral Obligation, Other Exchange Asset or Equity Security (which shall include the direct sale or liquidation of the equity interest of any Blocker Subsidiary or of any asset held by a Blocker Subsidiary) if, as certified by the Collateral Manager, such sale meets the requirements of any one of paragraphs (a) through (h) of this Section 12.1 (subject in each case to any applicable requirement of disposition under Section 12.1(h) and provided that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Manager may not direct the Trustee to sell any Collateral Obligation, Other Exchange Asset or Equity Security pursuant to Section 12.1(g) ). For purposes of this Section 12.1 , the Sale Proceeds of a Collateral Obligation or Other Exchange Asset sold by the   Issuer shall include any Principal Financed Accrued Interest received in respect of such sale.

(a)          Credit Risk Obligations . Subject to the satisfaction of the Portfolio Acquisition   and Sale Requirements, the Collateral Manager may direct the Trustee to sell any Credit Risk Obligation at any time without restriction.

(b)          Credit Improved Obligations . Subject to the satisfaction of the Portfolio   Acquisition and Sale Requirements, the Collateral Manager may direct the Trustee to sell any Credit Improved Obligation either:

(i)           at any time if (A) the Sale Proceeds from such sale are at least equal to the Principal Balance (or, in the case of any Discount Obligation, the purchase price, excluding accrued interest, expressed as a percentage of par and multiplied by the Principal Balance thereof) of such Credit Improved Obligation or (B) after giving effect to such sale, the Adjusted Collateral Principal Amount (excluding the Collateral Obligation being sold but including, without duplication, the anticipated net proceeds of such sale) will be greater than the Reinvestment Par Balance; or

(ii)           solely during the Reinvestment Period, if the Collateral Manager reasonably believes prior to such sale that either (A) after giving effect to such sale and subsequent reinvestment, the Adjusted Collateral Principal Amount (excluding the Collateral Obligation being sold but including, without duplication, the Collateral Obligation being purchased and the anticipated cash proceeds, if any, of such sale that are not applied to the purchase of such additional Collateral Obligation) will be greater than the Reinvestment Par Balance, or (B) it will be able to enter into binding commitments to reinvest all or a portion of the proceeds of such sale, in compliance with the Investment Criteria, in one or more additional Collateral Obligations with an Aggregate Principal Balance at least equal to the Principal Balance (or, in the case of any Discount Obligation, the purchase price, excluding accrued interest, expressed as a percentage of par and multiplied by the Principal Balance thereof) of such Credit Improved Obligation within 20 Business Days of such sale;
 
 
163

 
 
(c)          Defaulted Obligations . Subject to the satisfaction of the Portfolio Acquisition and   Sale Requirements, the Collateral Manager may direct the Trustee to sell any Defaulted Obligation, any Closing Date Participation Interest that was not converted into a full assignment of the related Loan within 60 days of the Closing Date, any Long Dated Obligation or any Other Exchange Asset at any time during or after the Reinvestment Period without restriction. With respect to each Defaulted Obligation that has not been sold or terminated within three years after becoming a Defaulted Obligation, the Market Value and Principal Balance of such Defaulted Obligation shall be deemed to be zero.

(d)          Equity Securities . Subject to the satisfaction of the Portfolio Acquisition and Sale   Requirements, the Collateral Manager may direct the Trustee to sell any Equity Security at any time without restriction, and shall (unless such Equity Security is required to be sold as set forth in clause (i) below or has been transferred to a Blocker Subsidiary as set forth in clause (j) below) use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the sale of any Equity Security (other than an interest in a Blocker Subsidiary), regardless of price:

(i)        within three years after receipt if such Equity Security is received in a Distressed Exchange; and
    
(ii)       within 45 days after receipt if such Equity Security constitutes Margin Stock, unless such sale is prohibited by applicable law, in which case such Equity Security shall be sold as soon as such sale is permitted by applicable law.

(e)          Optional Redemption . After the Issuer has notified the Trustee of an Optional   Redemption of the Notes in accordance with Section 9.2, the Collateral Manager shall direct the Trustee to sell (which sale may be through participation or other arrangement) all or a portion of the Collateral Obligations and any other Asset if the requirements of Article IX (including the certification requirements of Section 9.4(d)(ii) , if applicable) and the Portfolio Acquisition and Sale Requirements are satisfied. If any such sale is made through participations, the Issuer shall use reasonable efforts to cause such participations to be converted to assignments within six months after the sale.

(f)          Tax Redemption . After a Majority of the Subordinated Notes has directed (by a   written direction delivered to the Trustee) a Tax Redemption, the Issuer (or the Collateral Manager on its behalf) may at any time effect the sale (which sale may be through participation or other arrangement) of all or a portion of the Collateral Obligations and any other Asset if the requirements of Article IX (including the certification requirements of Section 9.4(d)(ii) , if applicable) and the Portfolio Acquisition and Sale Requirements are satisfied. If any such sale is made through participations, the Issuer shall use reasonable efforts to cause such participations to be converted to assignments within six months after the sale.
 
 
164

 
 
(g)          Discretionary Sales . During the Reinvestment Period and subject to the satisfaction of the Portfolio Acquisition and Sale Requirements, the Collateral Manager may direct the Trustee to sell any Collateral Obligation at any time other than during a Restricted Trading Period if (i) after giving effect to such sale, the Aggregate Principal Balance of all Collateral Obligations sold as described in this Section 12.1(g) during the preceding period of 12 calendar months (or, for the first 12 calendar months after the Closing Date, during the period commencing on the Closing Date) is not greater than 20% of the Collateral Principal Amount as of the first day of such 12 calendar month period (or as of the Closing Date, as the case may be); and (ii) either:
   
(A)       solely during the Reinvestment Period, the Collateral Manager reasonably believes prior to such sale that it will be able to enter into binding commitments to reinvest all or a portion of the proceeds of such sale, in compliance with the Investment Criteria, in one or more additional Collateral Obligations with an Aggregate Principal Balance at least equal to the Principal Balance (or, in the case of any Discount Obligation, the purchase price, excluding accrued interest expressed as a percentage of par and multiplied by the Principal Balance thereof) of such Collateral Obligation within 30 days after such sale; or
 
(B)        after giving effect to such sale, the Adjusted Collateral Principal Amount (excluding the Collateral Obligation being sold but including, without duplication, the anticipated net proceeds of such sale) will be greater than the Reinvestment Par Balance.

(h)          Mandatory Sales . Subject to the satisfaction of the Portfolio Acquisition and Sale   Requirements, the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the sale (regardless of price) of any Collateral Obligation that (i) no longer meets the criteria described in clause (vii) of the definition of “Collateral Obligation” within 18 months after the failure of such Collateral Obligation to meet any such criteria and (ii) no longer meets the criteria described in clause (vi) of the definition of “Collateral Obligation” within 45 days after the failure of such Collateral Obligation to meet either such criteria.
 
(i)          Within five Business Days after the Issuer’s receipt thereof (or within five Business Days after such later date as such security may first be disposed of in accordance with its terms), the Issuer shall (unless such security or obligation has been transferred to a Blocker Subsidiary as set forth in clause (j) below) dispose of any Equity Security, Defaulted Obligation or security or other consideration that does not comply with clause (xxviii) of the definition of “Collateral Obligation.”
  
 
165

 
 
(j)         The Collateral Manager may effect the transfer to a Blocker Subsidiary of (x) any security or obligation required to be sold pursuant to clauses (d) , (h) or (i) above within five Business Days after the Issuer’s receipt thereof (or within five Business Days after such later date as such security or obligation may be disposed of in accordance with its terms) or (y) any Collateral Obligation or portion thereof with respect to which the Issuer will receive a security or obligation described in subclause (x) above prior to the receipt of such security or obligation. On the Closing Date, the Issuer shall have been furnished an opinion of counsel addressed to the Issuer and the Trustee, stating that the creation of a Blocker Subsidiary, the transfer of assets to it from the Issuer and the sale of, or receipt of income from, a Blocker Subsidiary will not (A) cause the Issuer to be treated as engaged in a U.S. trade or business or otherwise to be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its net income, (B) cause the Secured Notes to be treated as exchanged for modified debt obligations for purposes of section 1.1001-3 of the U.S. Treasury Regulations or (C) alter the characterization of the Secured Notes as debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Issuer shall not be required to obtain confirmation of satisfaction of the S&P Rating Condition or the Moody’s Rating Condition in connection with the incorporation of, or transfer of any security or obligation to, any Blocker Subsidiary; provided that (a) prior to the incorporation of any Blocker Subsidiary, the Collateral Manager will, on behalf of the Issuer, provide written notice thereof to S&P and Moody’s and the Issuer (or the Collateral Manager on its behalf) shall, based on consultation with appropriate counsel, deliver an Officer’s certificate to Moody’s and the Trustee certifying that since the Closing Date there has been no change in law that would affect the opinions expressed in such opinion of counsel and (b) prior to the scheduled delivery to a Blocker Subsidiary of any security or obligation, the Collateral Manager will, on behalf of the Issuer, provide written notice thereof to Moody’s. If a Blocker Subsidiary will own more than 15% of the equity interests in the issuer of an Equity Security, the Collateral Manager will, on behalf of the Issuer, provide notice to S&P at least five Business Days prior to scheduled delivery of such Equity Security (or, if not practicable, such shorter amount of time as would be practicable). The Issuer shall not be required to continue to hold in a Blocker Subsidiary (and may instead hold directly) a security that ceases to be considered an Equity Security, as determined by the Collateral Manager based on written advice of nationally recognized counsel to the effect that the Issuer can transfer such security or obligation from the Blocker Subsidiary to the Issuer and can hold such security directly without causing the Issuer to be treated as engaged in a trade or business in the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. For financial accounting reporting purposes (including each monthly report prepared under this Indenture) and the Coverage Tests and the Collateral Quality Test (and, for the avoidance of doubt, not for tax purposes), the Issuer will be deemed to own an Equity Security or Collateral Obligation held by a Blocker Subsidiary rather than its interest in that Blocker Subsidiary.

Section 12.2    Purchase of Additional Collateral Obligations . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions specified in Section 12.3 , on any date during the Reinvestment Period, the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer may, subject to the other requirements in this Indenture, direct the Trustee to invest (the settlement date of which may occur after the end of the Reinvestment Period) Principal Proceeds, proceeds of additional Subordinated Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.13 and 3.2 , Reinvestment Amounts and Principal Financed Accrued Interest, and the Trustee shall invest such Principal Proceeds and other amounts in accordance with such direction. After the Reinvestment Period, the Collateral Manager shall not direct the Trustee to invest any amounts on behalf of the Issuer unless such direction relates to a trade entered into but not settled prior to the end of the Reinvestment Period; provided that in accordance with Section 12.2(d) , Cash on deposit in any Account (other than the Payment Account and the Reinvestment Amount Account) may be invested in Eligible Investments following the Reinvestment Period.
 
 
166

 
 
(a)           Investment Criteria . No obligation may be purchased by the Issuer unless each of the following conditions is satisfied as of the date the Collateral Manager commits on behalf of the Issuer to make such purchase, in each case as determined by the Collateral Manager after giving effect to such purchase and all other sales or purchases previously or simultaneously committed to:

(i)         such obligation is a Collateral Obligation;

(ii)       if the commitment to make such purchase occurs on or after the Closing Date, (A) each Coverage Test will be satisfied, or if not satisfied, such Coverage Test will be maintained or improved and (B) if each Coverage Test is not satisfied, the Principal Proceeds received in respect of any Defaulted Obligation or the proceeds of any sale of a Defaulted Obligation pursuant to Section 12.1(c) above shall not be reinvested in additional Collateral Obligations;

(iii)      (A) in the case of an additional Collateral Obligation purchased with the proceeds from the sale of a Credit Risk Obligation or a Defaulted Obligation, either (1) the Aggregate Principal Balance of all additional Collateral Obligations purchased with the proceeds from such sale will at least equal the Sale Proceeds from such sale, (2) the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Collateral Obligations will be maintained or increased (when compared to the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Collateral Obligations immediately prior to such sale) or (3) the Adjusted Collateral Principal Amount (excluding the Collateral Obligation being sold but including, without duplication, the Collateral Obligation being purchased and the anticipated cash proceeds, if any, of such sale that are not applied to the purchase of such additional Collateral Obligation) will be greater than the Reinvestment Par Balance and (B) in the case of any other purchase of additional Collateral Obligations purchased with the proceeds from the sale of a Collateral Obligation, either (1) the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Collateral Obligations will be maintained or increased (when compared to the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Collateral Obligations immediately prior to such sale) or (2) the Adjusted Collateral Principal Amount (excluding the Collateral Obligation being sold but including, without duplication, the Collateral Obligation being purchased and the anticipated cash proceeds, if any, of such sale that are not applied to the purchase of such additional Collateral Obligation) will be greater than the Reinvestment Par Balance;

(iv)      either (A) each requirement or test, as the case may be, of the Concentration Limitations and the Collateral Quality Test (except, in the case of an additional Collateral Obligation purchased with the proceeds from the sale of a Credit Risk Obligation or a Defaulted Obligation, the S&P CDO Monitor Test) will be satisfied or (B) if any such requirement or test was not satisfied immediately prior to such investment, such requirement or test will be maintained or improved after giving effect to the investment;
 
(v)       the date on which the Issuer (or the Collateral Manager on its behalf) commits to purchase such Collateral Obligation occurs during the Reinvestment Period;
 
 
167

 
 
(vi)         all Collateral Obligations (other than the initial Collateral Obligations and any Closing Date Participation Interest that has been converted into a full assignment of the related Loan) purchased by the Issuer from Affiliates of the Collateral Manager shall be (i) purchased within 30 days of acquisition by any such Affiliate or (ii) any asset that in the Collateral Manager’s reasonable commercial judgment has significantly improved in credit quality after it was acquired by such Affiliate; and

(vii)        (A) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Collateral Obligations (other than the initial Collateral Obligations and any Closing Date Participation Interest that has been converted into a full assignment of the related Loan) purchased by the Issuer from Affiliates of the Collateral Manager shall not exceed 10.0% of the Initial Par Amount; provided that the purchase price of each such Collateral Obligation that has an observable quote from LoanX Mark-It Partners shall not be less than the bid side price (expressed as a percentage of par) determined by Loan-X Mark-It Partners and (B) if each such Collateral Obligation does not have an observable quote from LoanX Mark-It Partners, the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Collateral Obligations (other than the initial Collateral Obligations and any Closing Date Participation Interest that has been converted into a full assignment of the related Loan) purchased by the Issuer from Affiliates of the Collateral Manager shall not exceed 3.0% of the Initial Par Amount; provided that the purchase price shall not be less than the bid side price (expressed as a percentage of par) determined by any other secondary loan market dealers active in the trading of such Collateral Obligation or obligations or securities similar thereto or pricing services; provided , further , that if the purchase price cannot be obtained by the Collateral Manager exercising reasonable efforts pursuant to the means contemplated above in this clause (vii) , the purchase price shall be the bid side price (expressed as a percentage of par) as reasonably determined by the Collateral Manager consistent with the Collateral Manager Standard and certified by the Collateral Manager to the Trustee, which price has been confirmed by an Approved Valuation Firm prior to such purchase.

(b)         Trading Plan Period . For purposes of calculating compliance with the Investment   Criteria, at the election of the Collateral Manager in its sole discretion, any proposed investment (whether a single Collateral Obligation or a group of Collateral Obligations identified by the Collateral Manager as such at the time when compliance with the Investment Criteria is required to be calculated (a “ Trading Plan ”)) may be evaluated after giving effect to all sales and reinvestments proposed to be entered into within the three Business Days following the date of determination of such compliance (such period, the “ Trading Plan Period ”); provided that (w) no Trading Plan may result in the purchase of Collateral Obligations having an Aggregate Principal Balance that exceeds 5% of the Collateral Principal Amount as of the first day of the Trading Plan Period, (x) no Trading Plan Period may include a Payment Date, (y) no more than one Trading Plan may be in effect at any time during a Trading Plan Period and (z) if the Investment Criteria are satisfied prospectively after giving effect to a Trading Plan but are not satisfied upon the expiry of the related Trading Plan Period, the Investment Criteria shall not at any time thereafter be evaluated by giving effect to a Trading Plan.
    
(c)          Certification by Collateral Manager . Not later than the Subsequent Delivery Date for any Collateral Obligation purchased in accordance with this Section 12.2 , the Collateral Manager shall deliver by e-mail or other electronic transmission to the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator an Officer’s certificate of the Collateral Manager certifying that such purchase complies with this Section 12.2 and Section 12.3 .
 
 
168

 
 
(d)          Investment in Eligible Investments . Cash on deposit in any Account (other than the Payment Account and the Reinvestment Amount Account) may be invested at any time in Eligible Investments in accordance with Article X .
  
Section 12.3      Conditions Applicable to All Sale and Purchase Transactions . (a) Any transaction effected under this Article XII or in connection with the acquisition of additional Collateral Obligations shall be conducted on an arm’s length basis and, if effected with a Person Affiliated with the Collateral Manager (or with an account or portfolio for which the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates serves as investment adviser), shall be effected in accordance with the requirements of Section 5 of the Collateral Management Agreement on terms no less favorable to the Issuer than would be the case if such Person were not so Affiliated; provided that the Trustee shall have no responsibility to oversee compliance with this clause (a) by the other parties. The Issuer and each Holder consents and agrees that, if any transaction involving the Issuer shall be subject to the disclosure and consent requirements of Section 206(3) of the Investment Advisers Act, such requirements shall be satisfied with respect to the Issuer and all securityholders thereof if disclosure shall be given to, and consent obtained from, the Independent Review Party.

(b)         Upon any acquisition of a Collateral Obligation pursuant to this Article XII , all of the Issuer’s right, title and interest to the Asset or Assets shall be Granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, such Asset or Assets shall be Delivered to the Custodian, and, if applicable, the Custodian shall receive such Asset or Assets. The Trustee shall also receive, not later than the Subsequent Delivery Date, an Officer’s certificate of the Issuer containing the statements set forth in Section 3.1(viii) ; provided that such requirement shall be satisfied, and such statements shall be deemed to have been made by the Issuer, in respect of such acquisition by the delivery to the Trustee of a trade ticket in respect thereof that is signed by an Authorized Officer of the Collateral Manager.

(c)         Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article XII or Article V to the contrary, the Issuer shall have the right to effect any sale of any Asset or purchase of any Collateral Obligation (x) that has been consented to by Noteholders evidencing at least (i) with respect to purchases during the Reinvestment Period and sales during or after the Reinvestment Period, 75% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of each Class of Notes and (ii) with respect to purchases after the Reinvestment Period, 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of each Class of Notes and (y) of which each Rating Agency and the Trustee has been notified.

(d)         Any acquisition or disposition of any Collateral Obligation shall satisfy the Portfolio Acquisition and Sale Requirements; provided that nothing in the Portfolio Acquisition and Sale Requirements shall obligate the Issuer (or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer) to request, or either Rating Agency to provide, satisfaction of the Moody’s Rating Condition or the S&P Rating Condition in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any Collateral Obligation hereunder.
 
 
169

 
 
ARTICLE XIII

NOTEHOLDERS’ RELATIONS
                 
Section 13.1     Subordination . (a) Anything in this Indenture or the Notes to the contrary notwithstanding, the Holders of each Class of Notes that constitute a Junior Class agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes of each Priority Class with respect to such Junior Class that such Junior Class shall be subordinate and junior to the Notes of each such Priority Class to the extent and in the manner set forth in this Indenture.
  
(b)         If contrary to the provisions of this Indenture any Holder of Notes of any Junior Class shall have received any payment or distribution in respect of such Notes, then, unless and until each Priority Class with respect thereto shall have been paid in full in Cash or, to the extent a Majority of such Priority Class consents, other than in Cash in accordance with this Indenture, such payment or distribution shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of, and shall forthwith be paid over and delivered to, the Trustee, which shall pay and deliver the same to the Holders of the applicable Priority Class(es) in accordance with this Indenture; provided that if any such payment or distribution is made other than in Cash, it shall be held by the Trustee as part of the Assets and subject in all respects to the provisions of this Indenture, including this Section 13.1 .

(c)         Each Holder of Notes of any Junior Class agrees with all Holders of the applicable Priority Classes that such Holder of Junior Class Notes shall not demand, accept, or receive any payment or distribution in respect of such Notes in violation of the provisions of this Indenture including, without limitation, this Section 13.1 ; provided that after a Priority Class has been paid in full, the Holders of the related Junior Class or Classes shall be fully subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Priority Class. Nothing in this Section 13.1 shall affect the obligation of the Issuer to pay Holders of any Junior Class of Notes.

(d)         The Holders of each Class of Notes and the Beneficial Owners of each Class of Notes agree, for the benefit of all Holders and Beneficial Owners of each Class of Notes, not to cause the filing of a petition in bankruptcy against the Issuer until the payment in full of all Notes and the expiration of a period equal to one year and one day or, if longer, the applicable preference period then in effect plus one day, following such payment in full.

Section 13.2     Standard of Conduct . In exercising any of its or their voting rights, rights to direct and consent or any other rights as a Holder under this Indenture, a Holder or Holders shall not have any obligation or duty to any Person or to consider or take into account the interests of any Person and shall not be liable to any Person for any action taken by it or them or at its or their direction or any failure by it or them to act or to direct that an action be taken, without regard to whether such action or inaction benefits or adversely affects any Holder, the Issuer, or any other Person, except for any liability to which such Holder may be subject to the extent the same results from such Holder’s taking or directing an action, or failing to take or direct an action, in bad faith or in violation of the express terms of this Indenture.

 
170

 
 
ARTICLE XIV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 14.1     Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee . In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an Officer of the Issuer or the Collateral Manager may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel (provided that such counsel is a nationally or internationally recognized and reputable law firm, one or more of the partners of which are admitted to practice before the highest court of any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, which law firm may, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, be counsel for the Issuer), unless such Officer knows, or should know that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which such certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Officer of the Issuer or the Collateral Manager or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, the Issuer, the Collateral Manager or any other Person, stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager or such other Person, unless such Officer of the Issuer or the Collateral Manager or such counsel knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. Any Opinion of Counsel may also be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer of the Collateral Manager or the Issuer, stating that the information with respect to such matters is in the possession of the Collateral Manager or the Issuer, unless such counsel knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Whenever in this Indenture it is provided that the absence of the occurrence and continuation of a Default or Event of Default is a condition precedent to the taking of any action by the Trustee at the request or direction of the Issuer, then notwithstanding that the satisfaction of such condition is a condition precedent to the Issuer’s right to make such request or direction, the Trustee shall be protected in acting in accordance with such request or direction if it does not have knowledge of the occurrence and continuation of such Default or Event of Default as provided in Section 6.1(d) .
 
 
171

 
 
Section 14.2      Acts of Holders . (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action or actions embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “ Act ” or the “ Act of Holders ” signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 14.2 .

(b)        The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c)         The principal amount or face amount, as the case may be, and registered numbers of Notes held by any Person, and the date of such Person’s holding the same, shall be proved by the Register.

(d)         Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder (and any transferee thereof) of such and of every Note issued upon the registration thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
  
Section 14.3       Notices, etc., to Trustee, the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, Deutsche Bank Securities, the Collateral Administrator, the Paying Agent and each Rating Agency . (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, instruction, order, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given, e-mailed or furnished to, or filed with:
                     
(i)        the Trustee shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to and mailed, by certified mail, return receipt requested, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service guaranteeing next day delivery, by electronic mail, or by facsimile in legible form, to the Trustee addressed to it at its applicable Corporate Trust Office, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the other parties hereto by the Trustee, and executed by an Authorized Officer of the entity sending such request, demand, authorization, direction, instruction, order, notice, consent, waiver or other document; provided that any demand, authorization, direction, instruction, order, notice, consent, waiver or other document sent to Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (in any capacity hereunder) will be deemed effective only upon receipt thereof by Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas;
 
(ii)       the Issuer shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service or by facsimile in legible form, to the Issuer addressed to it at c/o Puglisi & Associates, 850 Library Avenue, Suite 204, Newark, DE 19711, Attention: Don Puglisi, Facsimile No. (302) 738-7210 or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the other parties hereto by the Issuer with a copy to the Collateral Manager at its address below;
  
 
172

 
 
(iii)      the Collateral Manager shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service or by facsimile in legible form, to the Collateral Manager addressed to it at 1350 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 905, New York, New York 10019, Attention: Rob Feeney, Facsimile No. (212) 372-9525 or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the parties hereto;

(iv)      Deutsche Bank Securities shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service or by telecopy in legible form, addressed to Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Global Markets, Facsimile No. (212) 553-2486 or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee by Deutsche Bank Securities;

(v)       the Collateral Administrator shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service or by facsimile in legible form, to the Collateral Administrator at Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, 1761 East St. Andrew Place, Santa Ana, California, 92705, Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC, Facsimile No. (714) 656-2568, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the parties hereto;

(vi)      the Rating Agencies shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service to each Rating Agency addressed to it at Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York, 10007, Attention: CBO/CLO Monitoring or by email to cdomonitoring@moodys.com and Standard & Poor’s, 55 Water Street, 41st Floor, New York, New York 10041-0003 or by facsimile in legible form to Facsimile No. (212) 438 2655, Attention: Asset Backed-CBO/CLO Surveillance or by e-mail to CDO_Surveillance@sandp.com; provided that in respect of any application for a ratings estimate by S&P in respect of a Collateral Obligation, Information must be submitted to credit_estimates@sandp.com; and

(vii)     the Irish Paying Agent shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to and mailed, by certified mail, return receipt requested, hand delivered, sent by overnight courier service guaranteeing next day delivery or by facsimile in legible form, to the Irish Paying Agent addressed to it at any address previously furnished in writing to the other parties hereto by the Irish Paying Agent.

(b)         If any provision in this Indenture calls for any notice or document to be delivered simultaneously to the Trustee and any other person or entity, the Trustee’s receipt of such notice or document shall entitle the Trustee to assume that such notice or document was delivered to such other person or entity unless otherwise expressly specified herein.
 
 
173

 
 
(c)         Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any agreement or document related thereto, any report, statement or other information required to be provided by the Issuer or the Trustee (except information required to be provided to the Irish Stock Exchange) may be provided by providing access to a website containing such information.
 
Section 14.4     Notices to Holders; Waiver . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event,
   
(a)         such notice shall be sufficiently given to Holders if in writing and mailed, first class postage prepaid (or, in the case of Holders of Global Secured Notes, e-mailed to DTC), to each Holder affected by such event, at the address of such Holder as it appears in the Register, not earlier than the earliest date and not later than the latest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice; and

(b)          such notice shall be in the English language.
  
Such notices will be deemed to have been given on the date of such mailing.

Notwithstanding clause (a) above, a Holder may give the Trustee a written notice that it is requesting that notices to it be given by electronic mail or by facsimile transmissions and stating the electronic mail address or facsimile number for such transmission. Thereafter, the Trustee shall give notices to such Holder by electronic mail or facsimile transmission, as so requested; provided that if such notice also expressly requests that notices be given by mail, then such   notice shall also be given by mail in accordance with clause (a) above.

Subject to the requirements of Section 14.15 , the Trustee will deliver to the Holders any information or notice relating to this Indenture requested to be so delivered by at least 25% of the Holders of any Class of Notes (by Aggregate Outstanding Amount), at the expense of the Issuer; provided that the Trustee may decline to send any such notice that it reasonably determines to be   contrary to (i) any of the terms of this Indenture, (ii) any duty or obligation that the Trustee may have hereunder or (iii) applicable law. The Trustee may require the requesting Holders to comply with its standard verification policies in order to confirm Noteholder status.

Neither the failure to mail any notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity or by reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail of any event to Holders when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then such notification to Holders as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification to such Holders for every purpose hereunder.

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
 
 
174

 
 
Section 14.5     Effect of Headings and Table of Contents .
   
The Article and Section headings herein (including those used in cross-references herein) and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
  
Section 14.6 Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Issuer shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.
  
Section 14.7 Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Indenture or the Notes, or the application thereof to any party hereto or any circumstance, is held to be unenforceable, invalid or illegal (in whole or in part) for any reason (in any relevant jurisdiction), the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture or the Notes, modified by the deletion of the unenforceable, invalid or illegal portion (in any relevant jurisdiction), will continue in full force and effect, and such unenforceability, invalidity, or illegality will not otherwise affect the enforceability, validity or legality of the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be, so long as this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be, as so modified continues to express, without material change, the original intentions of the parties as to the subject matter hereof and the deletion of such portion of this Indenture or the Notes, as the case may be, will not substantially impair the respective expectations or reciprocal obligations of the parties or the practical realization of the benefits that would otherwise be conferred upon the parties.
    
Section 14.8 Benefits of Indenture . Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, expressed or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, the Collateral Manager, the Collateral Administrator, the Holders of the Notes and (to the extent provided herein) and the other Secured Parties any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
     
Section 14.9 Legal Holidays . If the date of any Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity shall not be a Business Day, then notwithstanding any other provision of the Notes or this Indenture, payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the nominal date of any such Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity date, as the case may be, and except as provided in the definition of “Interest Accrual Period”, no interest shall accrue on such payment for the period from and after any such nominal date.
  
Section 14.10 Governing Law . This Indenture shall be construed in accordance with, and this Indenture and any matters arising out of or relating in any way whatsoever to this Indenture (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York.
 
 
175

 
 
Section 14.11 Submission to Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Indenture or any matter between the parties arising under or in connection with this Indenture (“ Proceedings ”), each party irrevocably: (i) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof; and (ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party. Nothing in this Indenture precludes any of the parties from bringing Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, nor will the bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

Section 14.12 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH OF THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. Each party hereby (i) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of the other has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the other would not, in the event of a Proceeding, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (ii) acknowledges that it has been induced to enter into this Indenture by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this paragraph.

Section 14.13 Counterparts . This Indenture (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of it) and the Notes may be executed and delivered in counterparts (including by facsimile transmission), each of which will be deemed an original, and all of which together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart signature page of this Indenture by e-mail (PDF) or telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Indenture.

Section 14.14 Acts of Issuer . Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or performed by the Issuer shall be effective if given or performed by the Issuer or by the Collateral Manager on the Issuer’s behalf.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver to be given to a Rating Agency by the Issuer (including under Sections 2.13(v) , 6.12 , 7.7 , 7.14 , 7.19 , 10.6 , 10.8 , 10.9 and 12.1(j)) the Issuer shall instead provide such document or notification to the Collateral Manager, and the Collateral Manager shall then provide such document or notification to the applicable Rating Agencies.

The Issuer agrees to coordinate with the Collateral Manager with respect to any communication to a Rating Agency and to comply with the provisions of this Section and Section 14.16 , unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Collateral Manager.
 
 
176

 
 
Section 14.15 Confidential Information . (a) The Trustee, the Collateral Administrator and each Holder of Notes will maintain the confidentiality of all Confidential Information in accordance with procedures adopted by the Issuer or such Holder in good faith to protect Confidential Information of third parties delivered to such Person; provided that such Person may deliver or disclose Confidential Information to: (i) such Person’s directors, trustees, officers, employees, agents, attorneys and affiliates who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 14.15 and to the extent such disclosure is reasonably required for the administration of this Indenture, the matters contemplated hereby or the investment represented by the Notes; (ii) such Person’s legal advisors, financial advisors and other professional advisors who agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with the terms of this Section 14.15 and to the extent such disclosure is reasonably required for the administration of this Indenture, the matters contemplated hereby or the investment represented by the Notes; (iii) any other Holder, or any of the other parties to this Indenture, the Collateral Management Agreement or the Collateral Administration Agreement; (iv) any Person of the type that would be, to such Person’s knowledge, permitted to acquire Notes in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.5 hereof to which such Person sells or offers to sell any such Note or any part thereof (if such Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 14.15 ); (v) any other Person from which such former Person offers to purchase any security of the Issuer (if such other Person has agreed in writing prior to its receipt of such Confidential Information to be bound by the provisions of this Section 14.15 ); (vi) any federal or state or other regulatory, governmental or judicial authority having jurisdiction over such Person; (vii) the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization, or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about the investment portfolio of such Person, reinsurers and liquidity and credit providers that agree to hold confidential the Confidential Information substantially in accordance with this Section 14.15 ; (viii) Moody’s or S&P (subject to Section 14.16 and, with respect to the   Collateral Administrator, Section 24 of the Collateral Administration Agreement); (ix) any other Person with the consent of the Issuer and the Collateral Manager; or (x) any other Person to which such delivery or disclosure may be necessary or appropriate (A) to effect compliance with any law, rule, regulation or order applicable to such Person, (B) in response to any subpoena or other legal process upon prior notice to the Issuer (unless prohibited by applicable law, rule, order or decree or other requirement having the force of law), (C) in connection with any litigation to which such Person is a party upon prior notice to the Issuer (unless prohibited by applicable law, rule, order or decree or other requirement having the force of law) or (D) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the extent such Person may reasonably determine such delivery and disclosure to be necessary or appropriate in the enforcement or for the protection of the rights and remedies under the Notes or this Indenture or (E) in the Trustee’s or Collateral Administrator’s performance of its obligations under this Indenture, the Collateral Administration Agreement or other transaction document related thereto; and provided that delivery to Holders by the Trustee or the Collateral Administrator of any report of information required by the terms of this Indenture to be provided to Holders shall not be a violation of this Section 14.15 . Each Holder of Notes agrees, except as set forth in clauses (vi) , (vii) and (x) above, that it shall use the Confidential Information for the sole purpose of making an   investment in the Notes or administering its investment in the Notes; and that the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator shall neither be required nor authorized to disclose to Holders any Confidential Information in violation of this Section 14.15 . In the event of any required disclosure of the Confidential Information by such Holder, such Holder agrees to use reasonable efforts to protect the confidentiality of the Confidential Information. Each Holder of a Note, by its acceptance of a Note, will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to be entitled to the benefits of this Section 14.15 (subject to Section 7.17(e) ).
 
177

 
 
(b)         For the purposes of this Section 14.15 , “ Confidential Information ” means information delivered to the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator or any Holder of Notes by or on behalf of the Issuer in connection with and relating to the transactions contemplated by or otherwise pursuant to this Indenture; provided that such term does not include information that: (i) was publicly known or otherwise known to the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator or such Holder prior to the time of such disclosure; (ii) subsequently becomes publicly known through no act or omission by the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, any Holder or any person acting on behalf of the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator or any Holder; (iii) otherwise is known or becomes known to the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator or any Holder other than (x) through disclosure by the Issuer or (y) to the knowledge of the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator or a Holder, as the case may be, in each case after reasonable inquiry, as a result of the breach of a fiduciary duty to the Issuer or a contractual duty to the Issuer; or (iv) is allowed to be treated as non-confidential by consent of the Issuer.

(c)         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator may disclose Confidential Information to the extent disclosure thereof may be required by law or by any regulatory or governmental authority and the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator may disclose on a confidential basis any Confidential Information to its agents, attorneys and auditors in connection with the performance of its responsibilities hereunder.

Section 14.16 Communications with Rating Agencies . If the Issuer or the Trustee shall receive any written or oral communication from any Rating Agency (or any of their respective officers, directors or employees) with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or under the Transaction Documents or in any way relating to the Notes, each of the Issuer and the Trustee agree to refrain from communicating with such Rating Agency and to promptly (and, in any event, within one Business Day) notify the Collateral Manager of such communication. Each of the Issuer and the Trustee agree to coordinate with the Collateral Manager with respect to any communication to a Rating Agency and further agree that in no event shall it engage in any oral communication with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or under the Transaction Documents or in any way relating to the Notes with any Rating Agency (or any of their respective officers, directors or employees) without the participation of the Collateral Manager, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Collateral Manager.

ARTICLE XV
  
ASSIGNMENT OF CERTAIN AGREEMENTS
     
Section 15.1 Assignment of Collateral Management Agreement . (a) The Issuer hereby acknowledges that its Grant pursuant to the first Granting Clause hereof includes all of the Issuer’s estate, right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral Management Agreement, including (i) the right to give all notices, consents and releases thereunder, (ii) the right to give all notices of termination and to take any legal action upon the breach of an obligation of the Collateral Manager thereunder, including the commencement, conduct and consummation of proceedings at law or in equity, (iii) the right to receive all notices, accountings, consents, releases and statements thereunder and (iv) the right to do any and all other things whatsoever that the Issuer is or may be entitled to do thereunder; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Trustee shall not have the authority to exercise any of the rights set forth in (i) through (iv) above or that may otherwise arise as a result of the Grant until the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder and such authority shall terminate at such time, if any, as such Event of Default is cured or waived.
 
 
178

 
 
(b)         The assignment made hereby is executed as collateral security, and the execution and delivery hereby shall not in any way impair or diminish the obligations of the Issuer under the provisions of the Collateral Management Agreement, nor shall any of the obligations contained in the Collateral Management Agreement be imposed on the Trustee.

(c)         Upon the retirement of the Notes, the payment of all amounts required to be paid pursuant to the Priority of Payments and the release of the Assets from the lien of this Indenture, this assignment and all rights herein assigned to the Trustee for the benefit of the Secured Parties shall cease and terminate and all the estate, right, title and interest of the Trustee in, to and under the Collateral Management Agreement shall revert to the Issuer and no further instrument or act shall be necessary to evidence such termination and reversion.

(d)         The Issuer represents that the Issuer has not executed any other assignment of the Collateral Management Agreement.

(e)         The Issuer agrees that this assignment is irrevocable, and that it will not take any action which is inconsistent with this assignment or make any other assignment inconsistent herewith. The Issuer will, from time to time, execute all instruments of further assurance and all such supplemental instruments with respect to this assignment as may be necessary to continue and maintain the effectiveness of such assignment.

(f)          The Issuer hereby agrees, and hereby undertakes to obtain the agreement and consent of the Collateral Manager in the Collateral Management Agreement, to the following:

(i)        The Collateral Manager shall consent to the provisions of this assignment and agree to perform any provisions of this Indenture applicable to the Collateral Manager subject to the terms (including the standard of care set forth in the Collateral Management Agreement) of the Collateral Management Agreement.

(ii)       The Collateral Manager shall acknowledge that the Issuer is assigning all of its right, title and interest in, to and under the Collateral Management Agreement to the Trustee as representative of the Secured Parties and the Collateral Manager shall agree that all of the representations, covenants and agreements made by the Collateral Manager in the Collateral Management Agreement are also for the benefit of the Trustee.

(iii)      The Collateral Manager shall deliver to the Trustee copies of all notices, statements, communications and instruments delivered or required to be delivered by the Collateral Manager to the Issuer pursuant to the Collateral Management Agreement.

(iv)      Neither the Issuer nor the Collateral Manager will enter into any agreement amending, modifying or terminating the Collateral Management Agreement other than an amendment to (x) correct inconsistencies, typographical or other errors, defects or ambiguities or (y) conform the Collateral Management Agreement to the final Offering Circular with respect to the Notes or to this Indenture (as it may be amended from time to time pursuant to Article VIII ) without the consent of a Majority of the Controlling Class and without satisfaction of the Global Rating Agency Condition.
 
 
179

 
 
(v)       Except as otherwise set forth herein and therein (including pursuant to Section 9 of the Collateral Management Agreement), the Collateral Manager shall continue to serve as Collateral Manager under the Collateral Management Agreement notwithstanding that the Collateral Manager shall not have received amounts due it under the Collateral Management Agreement because sufficient funds were not then available hereunder to pay such amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments set forth under Section 11.1 . The Collateral Manager agrees not to cause the filing of a petition in bankruptcy against the Issuer for the nonpayment of the fees or other amounts payable by the Issuer to the Collateral Manager under the Collateral Management Agreement until the payment in full of all Notes issued under this Indenture and the expiration of a period equal to one year and a day, or, if longer, the applicable preference period then in effect plus one day, following such payment. Nothing in this Section 15.1 shall preclude, or be deemed to stop, the Collateral Manager (i) from taking any action prior to the expiration of the aforementioned period in (A) any case or Proceeding voluntarily filed or commenced by the Issuer or (B) any involuntary insolvency Proceeding filed or commenced by a Person other than the Collateral Manager, or (ii) from commencing against the Issuer or any of its properties any legal action which is not a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation proceeding.

(vi)      Except with respect to transactions contemplated by Section 5 of the Collateral Management Agreement, if the Collateral Manager determines that it or any of its Affiliates has a conflict of interest between the Holder of any Note and any other account or portfolio for which the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates is serving as investment adviser which relates to any action to be taken with respect to any Asset, then the Collateral Manager will give written notice to the Trustee, who shall promptly forward such notice to the relevant Holder, briefly describing such conflict and the action it proposes to take. The provisions of this clause (vi) shall not apply to any transaction permitted by the terms of the Collateral Management Agreement.

(vii)     On each Measurement Date on which the S&P CDO Monitor Test is used, the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer will measure compliance under such test.
   
(g)         The Issuer and the Trustee agree that the Collateral Manager shall be a third party beneficiary of this Indenture, and shall be entitled to rely upon and enforce such provisions of this Indenture to the same extent as if it were a party hereto.
    
[Signature Pages Follow]
 
 
180

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have set out hands as of the day and year first written above.

 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC,
 
as Issuer
      
 
By
/s/ Donald J. Puglisi
   
Name:     
Donald J. Puglisi
   
Title:
Independent Manager
 
Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Indenture
 
 
 

 
 
 
DEUTSEHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
 
as Trustee
     
 
By
/s/ Vincent Pham
   
Name:     
Vincent Pham
   
Title:
Assistant Vice President
     
     
 
By
/s/ Alice Carter
   
Name:
Alice Carter
   
Title
Authorized Signer
 
Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Indenture
 
 
 

 
 
Issuer
 
Facility Description
 
Principal Balance
   
Spread
 
Maturity
 
Moody's Obligation Rating
   
S&P Rating
 
Obligor 1
 
Term Loan
  $ 927,244       5.00 %
1-Mar-13
  ***     ***  
Obligor 2
 
Term Loan
  $ 5,775,000       5.50 %
19-Oct-13
  B1     B-  
Obligor 3
 
Term Loan
  $ 1,000,000       4.50 %
30-Sep-16
  B1     B  
Obligor 4
 
Tranche B Term Loan
  $ 3,250,000       5.00 %
17-Sep-16
  ***     ***  
Obligor 5
 
Term Loan
  $ 6,000,000       5.50 %
20-Sep-15
  ***     ***  
Obligor 6
 
Term Loan (First Lien)
  $ 3,554,759       2.75 %
30-Mar-13
  ***     ***  
Obligor 7
 
2nd Lien Term Loan
  $ 2,686,342       6.00 %
15-Jan-15
  ***     ***  
Obligor 8
 
Tranche B Term Loan
  $ 5,984,962       4.50 %
7-May-16
 
Ba3
    B  
Obligor 9
 
Term Loan
  $ 6,000,000       4.50 %
7-Oct-16
 
Ba3
    B+  
Obligor 10
 
Term Loan (First Lien)
  $ 5,425,448       4.50 %
29-Jun-13
  ***     ***  
Obligor 11
 
Term Loan A
  $ 2,997,554       4.25 %
27-Jun-14
  ***     ***  
Obligor 11
 
Term Loan B
  $ 636,524       6.00 %
27-Jun-14
  ***     ***  
Obligor 12
 
Term Loan
  $ 1,000,000       4.50 %
24-Jun-14
  B1    
BB-
 
Obligor 13
 
Term Loan
  $ 4,894,737       5.25 %
21-Jun-15
  ***     ***  
Obligor 14
 
Term Loan
  $ 3,244,000       2.75 %
28-Feb-13
  B2     B  
Obligor 15
 
Term Loan
  $ 8,725,126       2.25 %
3-Jul-14
  B2     B+  
Obligor 16
 
Term Loan
  $ 3,990,850       5.50 %
29-Jun-12
  ***     ***  
Obligor 17
 
Term A Loan
  $ 2,140,727       2.75 %
31-May-13
  ***     ***  
Obligor 18
 
Term Advance
  $ 4,409,411       4.25 %
30-Jan-15
  B1     B+  
Obligor 19
 
Term Loan
  $ 4,000,000       4.75 %
30-Sep-16
  B1     B+  
Obligor 20
 
Canadian Term Loan (First Lien)
  $ 1,720,430       2.75 %
3-Jul-14
  ***     ***  
Obligor 20
 
US Term Loan (First Lien)
  $ 3,025,516       2.75 %
3-Jul-14
  ***     ***  
Obligor 21
 
Term Loan
  $ 1,492,541       7.00 %
14-Jun-14
  B3     B-  
Obligor 22
 
Initial Term Loan
  $ 3,094,320       4.00 %
2-Jul-13
  ***     ***  
Obligor 23
 
Term Loan B
  $ 1,814,383       5.00 %
15-Jun-11
  ***     ***  
Obligor 24
 
Term Loan
  $ 3,368,750       5.50 %
23-Mar-15
  ***     ***  
Obligor 25
 
Tranche B Term Loan
  $ 1,000,000       5.00 %
6-Oct-15
  B1     B  
Obligor 26
 
Term Loan
  $ 1,000,000       4.00 %
1-Nov-16
  B1     B+  
Obligor 27
 
Initial Term Loan
  $ 4,385,714       5.75 %
18-Dec-15
  B1     B+  
Obligor 28
 
Term Loan
  $ 3,024,896       7.50 %
31-Jan-13
  ***     ***  
Obligor 29
 
Term Loan
  $ 6,083,575       2.00 %
31-May-13
  B1     B  
Obligor 30
 
Term Loan
  $ 3,000,000       5.00 %
1-Oct-16
  B1     B  
Obligor 31
 
Term Loan (First Lien)
  $ 6,937,500       5.00 %
2-Jun-16
  B1     B  
Obligor 32
 
Term Loan
  $ 4,850,000       2.75 %
31-Jul-13
  B2     B+  
Obligor 33
 
Term Loan
  $ 6,897,123       5.00 %
5-Jul-13
  ***     ***  
Obligor 34
 
Term Loan
  $ 2,493,750       5.00 %
29-Jan-17
 
Ba3
    B  
Obligor 35
 
US Term Loan
  $ 5,334,421       5.50 %
8-Aug-14
  B1     B-  
Obligor 36
 
Term Loan-A
  $ 1,847,082       4.50 %
16-Apr-13
  ***     ***  
Obligor 37
 
Term Loan (First Lien)
  $ 2,660,873       4.00 %
21-Dec-12
  ***     ***  
Obligor 38
 
Term Loan
  $ 5,000,000       6.00 %
21-Oct-16
  B1     B+  
Obligor 39
 
Term Loan B
  $ 3,000,000       2.25 %
3-Nov-13
 
Ba1
    B  
 
 
 

 
 
Obligor 40
 
Term Loan (First Lien)
  $ 7,735,000       3.25 %
3-May-12
  ***     ***  
Obligor 41
 
Term Loan
  $ 2,261,440       6.00 %
10-Jun-13
  ***     ***  
Obligor 42
 
Term Loan B
  $ 2,000,000       4.50 %
1-Oct-17
 
Ba3
    B+  
Obligor 43
 
Initial Term Loan (First Lien)
  $ 6,344,372       2.25 %
7-Mar-14
  B1     B  
Obligor 44
 
Initial Term Loan
  $ 4,875,000       7.00 %
29-Jul-15
  B1     B  
Obligor 44
 
Initial Term Loan
  $ 4,000,000       7.00 %
29-Jul-15
  B1     B  
Obligor 45
 
Term Loan
  $ 3,531,818       3.00 %
31-Jul-12
  ***     ***  
Obligor 46
 
Term Loan
  $ 1,990,000       5.50 %
8-Apr-16
 
Ba3
    B-  
Obligor 47
 
Term Loan
  $ 4,305,556       5.00 %
25-Jun-15
  ***     ***  
Obligor 48
 
Term Loan B
  $ 9,000,000       5.00 %
5-Oct-16
  ***     ***  
Obligor 49
 
Term Loan
  $ 5,000,000       5.75 %
13-Sep-16
  ***     ***  
Obligor 50
 
Term Loan
  $ 4,588,259       5.25 %
28-Jun-13
  ***     ***  
Obligor 50
 
Term Loan (Second Lien)
  $ 1,000,000       9.75 %
31-Dec-13
  ***     ***  
Obligor 51
 
Tranche D Term Loan
  $ 997,500       4.25 %
2-Apr-14
 
Ba3
    B  
Obligor 52
 
US Term Loan A
  $ 1,925,000       5.75 %
31-Mar-15
  ***     ***  
Obligor 53
 
Term Loan
  $ 2,925,000       5.25 %
7-Dec-14
  ***     ***  
Obligor 54
 
Term Loan B
  $ 2,992,500       4.25 %
4-Jun-16
  B2     B+  
Obligor 55
 
Term Loan
  $ 5,000,000       6.00 %
22-Mar-16
  B1     B  
Obligor 56
 
Term Loan
  $ 3,493,846       3.75 %
7-May-13
  ***     ***  
Obligor 57
 
Term Loan A
  $ 8,000,000       6.00 %
29-Dec-14
  ***     ***  
Obligor 58
 
Term Loan (First Lien)
  $ 4,408,216       6.50 %
22-Jun-13
  ***     ***  
Obligor 59
 
Term Loan
  $ 2,175,918       6.00 %
31-Aug-13
  ***     ***  
Obligor 60
 
Term Loan
  $ 6,000,000       1.50 %
16-Apr-13
 
Baa3
   
BBB-
 
Obligor 61
 
Term Loan
  $ 5,000,000       5.00 %
4-Aug-16
  B1     B  
Obligor 62
 
Term B Loan
  $ 2,344,414       7.50 %
31-Mar-11
  ***     ***  
Obligor 63
 
Term B Loan
  $ 7,211,931       3.00 %
27-Jul-14
  ***     ***  
Obligor 64
 
Term Loan A
  $ 1,361,905       6.75 %
31-Dec-12
  ***     ***  
Obligor 65
 
Term Loan
  $ 7,000,000       5.50 %
23-Aug-16
  B1     B  
Obligor 66
 
Term Loan
  $ 4,937,500       5.50 %
31-Mar-15
  ***     ***  
Obligor 67
 
Initial Term Loan
  $ 4,196,923       4.00 %
18-Nov-15
 
Ba3
   
BB-
 
Obligor 67
 
Series 1 New Term Loan
  $ 676,900       4.00 %
18-Nov-15
 
Ba3
   
BB-
 
Obligor 68
 
Term Loan
  $ 500,000       4.50 %
23-Mar-17
 
Ba3
    B+  
Obligor 69
 
Term Loan
  $ 5,000,000       5.25 %
26-Jun-15
  ***     ***  
Obligor 70
 
Term Loan
  $ 1,995,000       4.00 %
13-May-15
  ***     ***  
Obligor 71
 
Term Loan
  $ 995,000       7.25 %
17-Aug-15
  B2     B-  
Obligor 72
 
Term Loan
  $ 6,825,000       6.00 %
23-Jul-16
  B1     B  
Obligor 73
 
Term Loan A
  $ 2,000,000       8.00 %
16-Sep-15
  B3     B  
Obligor 73
 
Term Loan B
  $ 7,000,000       8.50 %
16-Sep-16
  B3     B  
 
 
 

 
 
Schedule 2

Moody’s Industry Classification Group List
     
CORP - Aerospace & Defense

CORP - Automotive

CORP - Banking, Finance, Insurance & Real Estate

CORP - Beverage, Food & Tobacco

CORP - Capital Equipment

CORP - Chemicals, Plastics, & Rubber

CORP - Construction & Building

CORP - Consumer goods: Durable

CORP - Consumer goods: Non-durable

CORP - Containers, Packaging & Glass

CORP - Energy: Electricity

CORP - Energy: Oil & Gas

CORP - Environmental Industries

CORP - Forest Products & Paper

CORP - Healthcare & Pharmaceuticals

CORP - High Tech Industries

CORP - Hotel, Gaming & Leisure

CORP - Media: Advertising, Printing & Publishing

CORP - Media: Broadcasting & Subscription

CORP - Media: Diversified & Production

CORP - Metals & Mining

CORP - Retail

CORP - Services: Business

CORP - Services: Consumer
 
 
S-2-1

 
 
CORP - Sovereign & Public Finance

CORP - Telecommunications

CORP - Transportation: Cargo

CORP - Transportation: Consumer

CORP - Utilities: Electric

CORP - Utilities: Oil & Gas

CORP - Utilities: Water

CORP - Wholesale
 
 

 
 
Schedule 3

S&P Industry Classifications
 
Asset
 
Asset
Code
 
Description
     
1
 
Aerospace & Defense
     
2
 
Air transport
     
3
 
Automotive
     
4
 
Beverage & Tobacco
     
5
 
Radio & Television
     
6
   
     
7
 
Building & Development
     
8
 
Business equipment & services
     
9
 
Cable & satellite television
     
10
 
Chemicals & plastics
     
11
 
Clothing/textiles
     
12
 
Conglomerates
     
13
 
Containers & glass products
     
14
 
Cosmetics/toiletries
     
15
 
Drugs
     
16
 
Ecological services & equipment
     
17
 
Electronics/electrical
     
18
 
Equipment leasing
     
19
 
Farming/agriculture
     
20
 
Financial intermediaries
     
21
 
Food/drug retailers
     
22
 
Food products
     
23
 
Food service
     
24
 
Forest products
     
25
 
Health care
     
26
 
Home furnishings
     
27
 
Lodging & casinos
 
 
S-3-1

 
 
28
 
Industrial equipment
     
29
   
     
30
 
Leisure goods/activities/movies
     
31
 
Nonferrous metals/minerals
     
32
 
Oil & gas
     
33
 
Publishing
     
34
 
Rail industries
     
35
 
Retailers (except food & drug)
     
36
 
Steel
     
37
 
Surface transport
     
38
 
Telecommunications
     
39
 
Utilities
     
43
 
Life Insurance
     
44
 
Health Insurance
     
45
 
Property & Casualty Insurance
     
46
 
Diversified Insurance
 
 
 

 
 
Schedule 4

Diversity Score Calculation
     
The Diversity Score is calculated as follows:
      
 
(a) 
An “ Issuer Par Amount ” is calculated for each issuer of a Collateral Obligation, and is equal to the Aggregate Principal Balance of all Collateral Obligations issued by that issuer and all affiliates.
 
 
(b) 
An “ Average Par Amount ” is calculated by summing the Issuer Par Amounts for all issuers, and dividing by the number of issuers.
 
 
(c) 
An “ Equivalent Unit Score ” is calculated for each issuer, and is equal to the lesser of (x) one and (y) the Issuer Par Amount for such issuer divided by the Average Par Amount.
 
 
(d) 
An “ Aggregate Industry Equivalent Unit Score ” is then calculated for each of the Moody’s industry classification groups, shown on Schedule 2 , and is equal to the sum of the Equivalent Unit Scores for each issuer in such industry classification group.
 
 
(e) 
An “ Industry Diversity Score ” is then established for each Moody’s industry classification group, shown on Schedule 2 , by reference to the following table for the related Aggregate Industry Equivalent Unit Score; provided that if any Aggregate Industry Equivalent Unit Score falls between any two such scores, the applicable Industry Diversity Score will be the lower of the two Industry Diversity Scores:
 
Aggregate
         
Aggregate
         
Aggregate
         
Aggregate
       
Industry
   
Industry
   
Industry
   
Industry
   
Industry
   
Industry
   
Industry
   
Industry
 
Equivalent
   
Diversity
   
Equivalent
   
Diversity
   
Equivalent
   
Diversity
   
Equivalent
   
Diversity
 
Unit Score
   
Score
   
Unit Score
   
Score
   
Unit Score
   
Score
   
Unit Score
   
Score
 
                                             
  0.0000       0.0000       5.0500       2.7000       10.1500       4.0200       15.2500       4.5300  
  0.0500       0.1000       5.1500       2.7333       10.2500       4.0300       15.3500       4.5400  
  0.1500       0.2000       5.2500       2.7667       10.3500       4.0400       15.4500       4.5500  
  0.2500       0.3000       5.3500       2.8000       10.4500       4.0500       15.5500       4.5600  
  0.3500       0.4000       5.4500       2.8333       10.5500       4.0600       15.6500       4.5700  
  0.4500       0.5000       5.5500       2.8667       10.6500       4.0700       15.7500       4.5800  
  0.5500       0.6000       5.6500       2.9000       10.7500       4.0800       15.8500       4.5900  
  0.6500       0.7000       5.7500       2.9333       10.8500       4.0900       15.9500       4.6000  
  0.7500       0.8000       5.8500       2.9667       10.9500       4.1000       16.0500       4.6100  
  0.8500       0.9000       5.9500       3.0000       11.0500       4.1100       16.1500       4.6200  
  0.9500       1.0000       6.0500       3.0250       11.1500       4.1200       16.2500       4.6300  
  1.0500       1.0500       6.1500       3.0500       11.2500       4.1300       16.3500       4.6400  
  1.1500       1.1000       6.2500       3.0750       11.3500       4.1400       16.4500       4.6500  
  1.2500       1.1500       6.3500       3.1000       11.4500       4.1500       16.5500       4.6600  
  1.3500       1.2000       6.4500       3.1250       11.5500       4.1600       16.6500       4.6700  
  1.4500       1.2500       6.5500       3.1500       11.6500       4.1700       16.7500       4.6800  
  1.5500       1.3000       6.6500       3.1750       11.7500       4.1800       16.8500       4.6900  
 
 
S-4-1

 
 
Aggregate
         
Aggregate
         
Aggregate
         
Aggregate
       
Industry
   
Industry
   
Industry
   
Industry
   
Industry
   
Industry
   
Industry
   
Industry
 
Equivalent
   
Diversity
   
Equivalent
   
Diversity
   
Equivalent
   
Diversity
   
Equivalent
   
Diversity
 
Unit Score
   
Score
   
Unit Score
   
Score
   
Unit Score
   
Score
   
Unit Score
   
Score
 
                                             
  1.6500       1.3500       6.7500       3.2000       11.8500       4.1900       16.9500       4.7000  
  1.7500       1.4000       6.8500       3.2250       11.9500       4.2000       17.0500       4.7100  
  1.8500       1.4500       6.9500       3.2500       12.0500       4.2100       17.1500       4.7200  
  1.9500       1.5000       7.0500       3.2750       12.1500       4.2200       17.2500       4.7300  
  2.0500       1.5500       7.1500       3.3000       12.2500       4.2300       17.3500       4.7400  
  2.1500       1.6000       7.2500       3.3250       12.3500       4.2400       17.4500       4.7500  
  2.2500       1.6500       7.3500       3.3500       12.4500       4.2500       17.5500       4.7600  
  2.3500       1.7000       7.4500       3.3750       12.5500       4.2600       17.6500       4.7700  
  2.4500       1.7500       7.5500       3.4000       12.6500       4.2700       17.7500       4.7800  
  2.5500       1.8000       7.6500       3.4250       12.7500       4.2800       17.8500       4.7900  
  2.6500       1.8500       7.7500       3.4500       12.8500       4.2900       17.9500       4.8000  
  2.7500       1.9000       7.8500       3.4750       12.9500       4.3000       18.0500       4.8100  
  2.8500       1.9500       7.9500       3.5000       13.0500       4.3100       18.1500       4.8200  
  2.9500       2.0000       8.0500       3.5250       13.1500       4.3200       18.2500       4.8300  
  3.0500       2.0333       8.1500       3.5500       13.2500       4.3300       18.3500       4.8400  
  3.1500       2.0667       8.2500       3.5750       13.3500       4.3400       18.4500       4.8500  
  3.2500       2.1000       8.3500       3.6000       13.4500       4.3500       18.5500       4.8600  
  3.3500       2.1333       8.4500       3.6250       13.5500       4.3600       18.6500       4.8700  
  3.4500       2.1667       8.5500       3.6500       13.6500       4.3700       18.7500       4.8800  
  3.5500       2.2000       8.6500       3.6750       13.7500       4.3800       18.8500       4.8900  
  3.6500       2.2333       8.7500       3.7000       13.8500       4.3900       18.9500       4.9000  
  3.7500       2.2667       8.8500       3.7250       13.9500       4.4000       19.0500       4.9100  
  3.8500       2.3000       8.9500       3.7500       14.0500       4.4100       19.1500       4.9200  
  3.9500       2.3333       9.0500       3.7750       14.1500       4.4200       19.2500       4.9300  
  4.0500       2.3667       9.1500       3.8000       14.2500       4.4300       19.3500       4.9400  
  4.1500       2.4000       9.2500       3.8250       14.3500       4.4400       19.4500       4.9500  
  4.2500       2.4333       9.3500       3.8500       14.4500       4.4500       19.5500       4.9600  
  4.3500       2.4667       9.4500       3.8750       14.5500       4.4600       19.6500       4.9700  
  4.4500       2.5000       9.5500       3.9000       14.6500       4.4700       19.7500       4.9800  
  4.5500       2.5333       9.6500       3.9250       14.7500       4.4800       19.8500       4.9900  
  4.6500       2.5667       9.7500       3.9500       14.8500       4.4900       19.9500       5.0000  
  4.7500       2.6000       9.8500       3.9750       14.9500       4.5000                  
  4.8500       2.6333       9.9500       4.0000       15.0500       4.5100                  
  4.9500       2.6667       10.0500       4.0100       15.1500       4.5200                  

 
(f) 
The Diversity Score is then calculated by summing each of the Industry Diversity Scores for each Moody’s industry classification group shown on Schedule 2 .
 
For purposes of calculating the Diversity Score, affiliated issuers in the same Industry are deemed to be a single issuer except as otherwise agreed to by Moody’s.
 
 
S-4-2

 
 
Schedule 5

Moody’s Rating Definitions

MOODY’S DEFAULT PROBABILITY RATING

(a)         With respect to a Collateral Obligation that is a Moody’s Senior Secured Loan or Participation Interest in a Moody’s Senior Secured Loan, if the obligor of such Collateral Obligation has a corporate family rating by Moody’s, then such corporate family rating; and (solely for purposes of determining the Adjusted Weighted Average Moody's Rating Factor) with respect to a Collateral Obligation that is a Current Pay Obligation, one subcategory below the facility rating (whether public or private) of such Current Pay Obligation rated by Moody's;
 
(b)         With respect to a Collateral Obligation that is a Moody’s Senior Secured Loan or Participation Interest in a Moody’s Senior Secured Loan, if not determined pursuant to clause  (a)   above, if such Collateral Obligation (A) is publicly rated by Moody’s, such public rating, or (B) is not publicly rated by Moody’s but for which a rating or corporate family rating estimate has been assigned by Moody’s upon the request of the Issuer or the Collateral Manager, such rating or the corporate family rating estimate, as applicable;
 
(c)         With respect to a Collateral Obligation, if not determined pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above, (A) if the obligor of such Collateral Obligation has one or more senior unsecured obligations publicly rated by Moody’s, then the Moody’s public rating on any such obligation (or, if such Collateral Obligation is a Moody’s Senior Secured Loan, the Moody’s rating that is one subcategory higher than the Moody’s public rating on any such senior unsecured obligation) as selected by the Collateral Manager in its sole discretion or, if no such rating is available, (B) if such Collateral Obligation is publicly rated by Moody’s, such public rating or, if no such rating is available, (C) if a rating or rating estimate has been assigned to such Collateral Obligation by Moody’s upon the request of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager or an affiliate of the Collateral Manager, such rating or, in the case of a rating estimate, the applicable rating estimate for such obligation or (D) if such Collateral Obligation is a DIP Collateral Obligation, the Moody’s Derived Rating set forth in clause (a) in the definition thereof; and
 
(d)         With respect to a Collateral Obligation, if not determined pursuant to clause (a) , (b) or (c) above, the Moody’s Derived Rating;
  
provided that, for purposes of calculating a Moody’s Default Probability Rating, each applicable   rating on credit watch by Moody’s with positive or negative implication at the time of calculation will be treated as having been upgraded or downgraded by one rating subcategory, as the case may be.
    
MOODY’S RATING
   
(a)         With respect to a Collateral Obligation that (A) is publicly rated by Moody’s, such public rating, or (B) is not publicly rated by Moody’s but for which a rating or rating estimate has been assigned by Moody’s (including, without limitation, any such estimate based on Moody’s RiskCalc; provided that such Collateral Obligation is eligible for a rating based on Moody’s RiskCalc in accordance with terms thereof) upon the request of the Issuer or the Collateral Manager, such rating or, in the case of a rating estimate, the applicable rating estimate for such obligation.
 
 
S-5-1

 
   
(b)         With respect to a Collateral Obligation that is a Moody’s Senior Secured Loan or Participation Interest in a Moody’s Senior Secured Loan (if not determined pursuant to clause (a)   above), if the obligor of such Collateral Obligation has a corporate family rating by Moody’s, then such corporate family rating.
 
(c)         With respect to a Collateral Obligation, if not determined pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above, if the obligor of such Collateral Obligation has one or more senior unsecured obligations publicly rated by Moody’s, then the Moody’s public rating on any such obligation (or, if such Collateral Obligation is a Moody’s Senior Secured Loan, the Moody’s rating that is one subcategory higher than the Moody’s public rating on any such senior unsecured obligation) as selected by the Collateral Manager in its sole discretion.
 
(d)         With respect to a Collateral Obligation, if not determined pursuant to clause (a) , (b) or (c) above, the Moody’s Derived Rating;
 
provided that, with respect to Collateral Obligations the Moody’s Rating of which is determined   through application of Moody’s RiskCalc, (i) such Collateral Obligations, at all times prior to the end of the Reinvestment Period, shall not represent more than 10% of the Collateral Principal Amount and (ii) such Collateral Obligations shall not represent, after the end of the Reinvestment Period, the greater of (x) 10% of the Collateral Principal Amount and (y) the Aggregate Principal Balance of Collateral Obligations included in the Assets which have a Moody’s Rating previously determined through application of Moody’s RiskCalc; provided , further , that the Collateral Manager shall redetermine and report to Moody’s the Moody’s Rating   for each Collateral Obligation determined through application of Moody’s RiskCalc within 30 days after receipt of the annual audited financial statements from the related Obligor.
     
For purposes of calculating a Moody’s Rating, each applicable rating on credit watch by Moody’s with positive or negative implication at the time of calculation will be treated as having been upgraded or downgraded by one rating subcategory, as the case may be.
   
For purposes of the definitions of “Moody’s Default Probability Rating”, “Moody’s Derived Rating” and “Moody’s Rating”, any credit estimate assigned by Moody’s and any Moody’s RiskCalc rating obtained by the Issuer or the Collateral Manager shall expire one year from the date such estimate was issued; provided that, for purposes of any calculation under this Indenture, if for any reason (except as set forth below) a credit estimate is not received from Moody’s for a previously acquired Collateral Obligation thereunder on or before such one-year anniversary (which may be extended at Moody’s option to the extent the annual audited financial statements for the Obligor have not yet been received), after the Issuer or the Collateral Manager on the Issuer’s behalf has submitted to Moody’s all information required to provide such renewal, (1) the Issuer for a period of 60 days will continue using the previous credit estimate assigned by Moody’s with respect to such Collateral Obligation until such time as Moody’s renews the credit estimate for such Collateral Obligation and (2) after 60 days but before Moody’s renews the credit estimate for such Collateral Obligation, the Collateral Obligation will be deemed to have a Moody’s rating of “Caa1”; provided , further , that if the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Issuer) fails to submit to Moody’s all information required to provide such a renewal (other than to the extent the annual audited financial statements for the Obligor have not yet been received), then from and after the related one-year anniversary, such Collateral Obligation will be deemed to have a Moody’s rating of “Caa3” until such time as Moody’s renews the credit estimate for such Collateral Obligation.
 
 
S-5-2

 
 
MOODY’S DERIVED RATING

With respect to a Collateral Obligation whose Moody’s Rating or Moody’s Default Probability Rating cannot otherwise be determined pursuant to the definitions thereof, such Moody’s Rating or Moody’s Default Probability Rating shall be determined as set forth below.

 
(a)
With respect to any DIP Collateral Obligation and (solely for purposes of determining the Adjusted Weighted Average Moody’s Rating Factor) any Current Pay Obligation, one subcategory below the facility rating (whether public or private) of such DIP Collateral Obligation or Current Pay Obligation, as applicable, rated by Moody’s.

 
(b)
If not determined pursuant to clause (a) above, if the obligor of such Collateral Obligation has a long-term issuer rating by Moody’s, then such long-term issuer rating.

 
(c) 
If not determined pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above, if another obligation of the obligor is rated by Moody’s, then by adjusting the rating of the related Moody’s rated obligations of the related obligor by the number of rating sub-categories according to the table below:
  
       
Number of Subcategories
Obligation Category of
 
Rating of
 
Relative to Rated
Rated Obligation
 
Rated Obligation
 
Obligation Rating
Senior secured obligation
 
greater than or equal to B2
 
-1
Senior secured obligation
 
less than B2
 
-2
Subordinated obligation
 
greater than or equal to B3
 
+1
Subordinated obligation
  
less than B3
  
0

 
(d)
If not determined pursuant to clause (a) , (b) or (c) above, if the obligor of such Collateral Obligation has a corporate family rating by Moody’s, then one subcategory below such corporate family rating.

 
(e) 
If not determined pursuant to clause (a) , (b) , (c) or (d) above, then by using any one of the methods provided below:
 
 
(i)
(A) pursuant to the table below:
 
 
S-5-3

 
 
           
Number of
 
   
S&P Rating
     
Subcategories Relative
 
   
(Public and
 
Collateral Obligation
 
to Moody’s Equivalent
 
Type of Collateral Obligation
 
Monitored)
 
Rated by S&P
 
of S&P Rating
 
Not Structured Finance Obligation
 
> “BBB-”
 
Not a Loan or
 
-1
 
       
Participation Interest in
     
       
Loan
     
Not Structured Finance Obligation
 
< “BB+”
 
Not a Loan or
 
-2
 
       
Participation Interest in
     
       
Loan
     
Not Structured Finance Obligation
     
Loan or Participation
 
-2
 
 
  
 
  
Interest in Loan
     
                           
 
(B) 
if such Collateral Obligation is not rated by S&P but another security or obligation of the obligor has a public and monitored rating by S&P (a parallel security ”), then the rating of such parallel security will at the election of the Collateral Manager be determined in accordance with the table set forth in subclause (e)(i)(A) above , and the Moody’s Rating or Moody’s Default Probability Rating of such Collateral Obligation will be determined in accordance with the methodology set forth in clause (a) above (for such purposes treating the parallel security as if it were rated by Moody’s at the rating determined pursuant to this subclause (e)(i)(B) ); or
  
 
(C) 
if such Collateral Obligation is a DIP Collateral Obligation, no Moody’s Rating or Moody’s Default Probability Rating may be determined based on a rating by S&P or any other rating agency;
 
(ii)       if such Collateral Obligation is not rated by Moody’s or S&P and no other security or obligation of the issuer of such Collateral Obligation is rated by Moody’s or S&P, and if Moody’s has been requested by the Issuer, the Collateral Manager or the issuer of such Collateral Obligation to assign a rating or rating estimate with respect to such Collateral Obligation but such rating or rating estimate has not been received, pending receipt of such estimate, the Moody’s Rating or Moody’s Default Probability Rating of such Collateral Obligation shall be (1) “B3” if the Collateral Manager certifies to the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator that the Collateral Manager believes that such estimate will be at least “B3” and if the Aggregate Principal Balance of Collateral Obligations determined pursuant to this clause (ii) does not exceed 5% of the Collateral Principal Amount of all Collateral Obligations or (2) otherwise, “Caa1.”
 
For purposes of calculating a Moody’s Derived Rating, each applicable rating on credit watch by Moody’s with positive or negative implication at the time of calculation will be treated as having been upgraded or downgraded by one rating subcategory, as the case may be.
 
MOODY’S RISKCALC CALCULATION
   
1. Defined Terms. The following terms shall be used in this Schedule 5 with the meanings provided below.

.”EDF” means, with respect to any Collateral Obligation, the lowest 5-year expected default frequency for such Collateral Obligation as determined by running the current version of Moody’s RiskCalc in both the Financial Statement Only (“FSO”) and the Credit Cycle Adjusted (“CAA”) modes.
 
S-5-4

 
 
“Moody’s Industries” means any one of the Moody’s industrial classification groups as published by Moody’s from time to time.

“Pre-Qualifying Conditions” means, with respect to any Collateral Obligation, conditions that will be satisfied if the Obligor with respect to the applicable Collateral Obligation satisfies the following criteria:
1.           the independent accountants of such Obligor shall have issued a signed, unqualified audit opinion with respect to the most recent fiscal year financial statements, including no explanatory paragraph addressing “going concern” or other issues;

2.           the Obligor’s EBITDA is equal to or greater than $5,000,000;
 
3.           the Obligor’s annual sales are equal to or greater than $10,000,000;
 
4.           the Obligor’s book assets are equal to or greater than $10,000,000;
 
5.           the Obligor represents not more than 4.0% of the Collateral Principal Amount;
 
6.           the Obligor is a private company with no public rating from Moody’s;
 
7.           for the current and prior fiscal year, such Obligor’s:
 
(a)       EBIT/interest expense ratio is greater than 1.0:1.0 and 1.25:1.00 with respect to retail (adjusted for rent expense);
 
(b)       debt/EBITDA ratio is less than 6.0:1.0; provided that the debt/EBITDA ratio is less than 8.0:1.0 for any Collateral Obligations with respect to the following Moody’s Industries: (A) Telecommunications (Moody’s industrial classification group #29), (B) Printing and Publishing (Moody’s industrial classification group #26) or (C) Broadcasting and Entertainment (Moody’s industrial classification group #33);
 
8.           no greater than 25% of the Obligor’s revenue is generated from any one customer of the Obligor;
 
9.           no financial covenants in the Underlying Instruments have been modified or waived within the immediately preceding three month period;
 
10.         none of the original terms of the Underlying Instruments have been modified or waived within the immediately preceding three month period; and
 
11.         the Obligor is a for-profit operating company in any one of the Moody’s Industries with the exception of (i) Buildings and Real Estate (Moody’s industrial classification group #5), (ii) Finance (Moody’s industrial classification group #14), and (iii) Insurance (Moody’s industrial classification group #20).
 
 
S-5-5

 
  
2.   The Collateral Manager shall calculate the .EDF for each of the Collateral Obligations to be rated pursuant to this Schedule 5 . The Collateral Manager shall also provide Moody’s with the .EDF and the information necessary to calculate such .EDF upon request from Moody’s. Moody’s shall have the right (in its sole discretion) to (i) amend or modify any of the information utilized to calculate the .EDF and recalculate the .EDF based upon such revised information, in which case such .EDF shall be determined using the table in paragraph 3 below in order to determine the applicable Moody’s Rating, or (ii) have a Moody’s credit analyst provide a rating estimate for any Collateral Obligation rated pursuant to this Schedule 5 , in which case such rating estimate provided by such credit analyst shall be the applicable Moody’s Rating.

3.   The Moody’s Rating for each Collateral Obligation that satisfies the Pre-Qualifying Conditions shall be the lower of (i) the Collateral Manager’s internal rating or (ii) the rating based on the .EDF for such Collateral Obligation, as determined in accordance with the table below:

Lowest .EDF
 
Moody’s Rating
less than or equal to .baa
 
Ba3
.ba1
 
B1
.ba2, .ba3 or .b1
 
B2
.b2 or.b3
 
B3
.caa
  
Caa1

provided that the Moody’s Rating determined pursuant the chart above will be reduced by an   additional one-half rating subcategory for Collateral Obligations originated in connection with leveraged buyout transactions.

4.   The Moody’s Recovery Rate for each Collateral Obligation that meets the Pre-Qualifying Conditions shall be the lower of (i) the Collateral Manager’s internal recovery rate or (ii) the recovery rate as determined in accordance with the table below:

Type of Collateral Obligation
 
Moody’s Recovery Rate
U.S. or Canadian Obligor senior
 
50%
secured, first priority, first lien and
   
first out
   
U.S. or Canadian Obligor second lien,
 
40%
first lien and last out, all other senior
   
secured
   
U.S. or Canadian Obligor senior
 
30%
unsecured
   
U.S. or Canadian Obligor senior
 
15%
subordinated or junior subordinated
   
Non-U.S. Non-Canadian Obligor any
 
0%
loan
  
 
 
 
S-5-6

 
 
provided that Moody’s shall have the right (in its sole discretion) to issue a recovery rate   assigned by one of its credit analysts, in which case such recovery rate provided by such credit analyst shall be the applicable Moody’s Recovery Rate.
                       
MOODY’S SENIOR SECURED LOAN
                           
(a)          A loan that:
 
(i)          is not (and cannot by its terms become) subordinate in right of payment to any other debt obligation of the Obligor of the loan;
 
(ii)         (x) is secured by a valid first priority perfected security interest or lien in, to or on specified collateral securing the Obligor’s obligations under the loan and (y) such specified collateral does not consist entirely of equity securities or common stock; provided that any loan that would be considered a Moody’s Senior Secured Loan but for   clause (y) above shall be considered a Moody’s Senior Secured Loan if it is a loan made   to a parent entity and as to which the Collateral Manager determines in good faith that the value of the common stock of the subsidiary (or other equity interests in the subsidiary) securing such loan at or about the time of acquisition of such loan by the Issuer has a value that is at least equal to the outstanding principal balance of such loan and the outstanding principal balances of any other obligations of such parent entity that are pari passu with such loan, which value may include, among other things, the enterprise value of such subsidiary of such parent entity; and
 
(iii)        the value of the collateral securing the loan together with other attributes of the Obligor (including, without limitation, its general financial condition, ability to generate cash flow available for debt service and other demands for that cash flow) is adequate (in the commercially reasonable judgment of the Collateral Manager) to repay the loan in accordance with its terms and to repay all other loans of equal seniority secured by a first lien or security interest in the same collateral; or
 
(b)          a loan that:
 
(i)          is not (and cannot by its terms become) subordinate in right of payment to any other debt obligation of the Obligor of the loan, except that such loan can be subordinate with respect to the liquidation of such obligor or the collateral for such loan;
 
(ii)         with respect to such liquidation, is secured by a valid perfected security interest or lien that is not a first priority in, to or on specified collateral securing the Obligor’s obligations under the loan;
 
(iii)        the value of the collateral securing the loan together with other attributes of the Obligor (including, without limitation, its general financial condition, ability to generate cash flow available for debt service and other demands for that cash flow) is adequate (in the commercially reasonable judgment of the Collateral Manager) to repay the loan in accordance with its terms and to repay all other loans of equal or higher seniority secured in the same collateral; and
  
 
S-5-7

 
 
(iv)        (x) has a Moody’s facility rating and the obligor of such loan has a Moody’s corporate family rating and (y) such Moody’s facility rating is not lower than such Moody’s corporate family rating; and
 
(c)          the loan is not:
 
(i)           a DIP Collateral Obligation; or
 
(ii)         a loan for which the security interest or lien (or the validity or effectiveness thereof) in substantially all of its collateral attaches, becomes effective, or otherwise “springs” into existence after the origination thereof.
 
 
S-5-8

 

Schedule 6

S&P RECOVERY RATE TABLES
    
1.
 
(a)        (i) If a Collateral Obligation has an S&P Recovery Rating, or is pari passu with another obligation of the same obligor that has an S&P Recovery Rating and is secured by the same collateral as such other obligation, the S&P Recovery Rate for such Collateral Obligation shall be determined as follows:

S&P Recovery
       
Rating
                                     
of a Collateral
                                     
Obligation
    Initial Liability Rating  
     
“AAA”
   
“AA”
    “A”    
“BBB”
   
“BB”
   
“B” and below
 
1+       75 %     85 %     88 %     90 %     92 %     95 %
1       65 %     75 %     80 %     85 %     90 %     95 %
2       50 %     60 %     66 %     73 %     79 %     85 %
3       30 %     40 %     46 %     53 %     59 %     65 %
4       20 %     26 %     33 %     39 %     43 %     45 %
5       5 %     10 %     15 %     20 %     23 %     25 %
6       2 %     4 %     6 %     8 %     10 %     10 %
     
Recovery rate
 

 
(ii)
If (x) a Collateral Obligation does not have an S&P Recovery Rating and such Collateral Obligation is a senior unsecured loan, second lien loan or senior unsecured bond and (y) the issuer of such Collateral Obligation has issued another debt instrument that is outstanding and senior to such Collateral Obligation that is a Senior Secured Loan, senior secured note or senior secured bond (a “ Senior Secured Debt Instrument ”) that has an S&P Recovery Rating, the S&P Recovery Rate for such Collateral Obligation shall be determined as follows:
 
For Collateral Obligations Domiciled in Group A
S&P Recovery
       
Rating
                                     
of the Senior
                                     
Secured
                                     
Debt Instrument
    Initial Liability Rating  
     
“AAA”
   
“AA”
    “A”    
“BBB”
   
“BB”
   
“B” and below
 
1+       18 %     20 %     23 %     26 %     29 %     31 %
1       18 %     20 %     23 %     26 %     29 %     31 %
2       18 %     20 %     23 %     26 %     29 %     31 %
3       12 %     15 %     18 %     21 %     22 %     23 %
 
 
S-6-1

 
 
S&P Recovery
       
Rating
                                     
of the Senior
                                     
Secured
                                     
Debt Instrument
    Initial Liability Rating  
4       5 %     8 %     11 %     13 %     14 %     15 %
5       2 %     4 %     6 %     8 %     9 %     10 %
6       - %     - %     - %     - %     - %     - %
     
Recovery rate
 
     
For Collateral Obligations Domiciled in Group B
S&P Recovery
       
Rating
                                     
of the Senior
                                     
Secured
                                     
Debt Instrument
    Initial Liability Rating  
     
“AAA”
   
“AA”
    “A”    
“BBB”
   
“BB”
   
“B” and below
 
1+       16 %     18 %     21 %     24 %     27 %     29 %
1       16 %     18 %     21 %     24 %     27 %     29 %
2       16 %     18 %     21 %     24 %     27 %     29 %
3       10 %     13 %     15 %     18 %     19 %     20 %
4       5 %     5 %     5 %     5 %     5 %     5 %
5       2 %     2 %     2 %     2 %     2 %     2 %
6       - %     - %     - %     - %     - %     - %
     
Recovery rate
 
 
For Collateral Obligations Domiciled in Group C
S&P Recovery
       
Rating
                                     
of the Senior
                                     
Secured
                                     
Debt Instrument
    Initial Liability Rating  
     
“AAA”
   
“AA”
    “A”    
“BBB”
   
“BB”
   
“B” and
below
 
1+       13 %     16 %     18 %     21 %     23 %     25 %
1       13 %     16 %     18 %     21 %     23 %     25 %
2       13 %     16 %     18 %     21 %     23 %     25 %
3       8 %     11 %     13 %     15 %     16 %     17 %
4       5 %     5 %     5 %     5 %     5 %     5 %
5       2 %     2 %     2 %     2 %     2 %     2 %
6       - %     - %     - %     - %     - %     - %
     
Recovery rate
 
 
 
S-6-2

 
 
 
(iii)
If (x) a Collateral Obligation does not have an S&P Recovery Rating and such Collateral Obligation is a subordinated loan or subordinated bond and (y) the issuer of such Collateral Obligation has issued another debt instrument that is outstanding and senior to such Collateral Obligation that is a Senior Secured Debt Instrument that has an S&P Recovery Rating, the S&P Recovery Rate for such Collateral Obligation shall be determined as follows:
 
For Collateral Obligations Domiciled in Groups A, B and C
S&P Recovery
       
Rating
                                     
of the Senior
                                     
Secured
                                     
Debt Instrument
    Initial Liability Rating  
     
“AAA”
   
“AA”
    “A”    
“BBB”
   
“BB”
   
“B” and below
 
1+       8 %     8 %     8 %     8 %     8 %     8 %
1       8 %     8 %     8 %     8 %     8 %     8 %
2       8 %     8 %     8 %     8 %     8 %     8 %
3       5 %     5 %     5 %     5 %     5 %     5 %
4       2 %     2 %     2 %     2 %     2 %     2 %
5       - %     - %     - %     - %     - %     - %
6       - %     - %     - %     - %     - %     - %
     
Recovery rate
 

(b)         If a recovery rate cannot be determined using clause (a) , the recovery rate shall be determined using the following table.
  
Recovery rates for obligors Domiciled in Group A, B, C or D:
Priority Category
  Initial Liability Rating  
                                 
“B” and
 
   
“AAA”
   
“AA”
    “A”    
“BBB”
   
“BB”
   
“CCC”
 
Senior Secured Loans
                                 
Group A
    50 %     55 %     59 %     63 %     75 %     79 %
Group B
    45 %     49 %     53 %     58 %     70 %     74 %
Group C
    39 %     42 %     46 %     49 %     60 %     63 %
Group D
    17 %     19 %     27 %     29 %     31 %     34 %
 
 
S-6-3

 
Priority Category
  Initial Liability Rating  
Senior Unsecured Loans; Last Out Senior Secured Loans and Second Lien Loans (up to 15% of the Collateral Principal  Amount)
 
Group A
    18 %     20 %     23 %     26 %     29 %     31 %
Group B
    16 %     18 %     21 %     24 %     27 %     29 %
Group C
    13 %     16 %     18 %     21 %     23 %     25 %
Group D
    10 %     12 %     14 %     16 %     18 %     20 %
Subordinated loans and Second Lien Loans (in excess of 15% of the Collateral Principal Amount)
 
Group A
    8 %     8 %     8 %     8 %     8 %     8 %
Group B
    10 %     10 %     10 %     10 %     10 %     10 %
Group C
    9 %     9 %     9 %     9 %     9 %     9 %
Group D
    5 %     5 %     5 %     5 %     5 %     5 %
   
Recovery rate
 
Group A:  Australia, Denmark, Finland, Hong Kong, Ireland, The Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Singapore, Sweden, U.K.
Group B:  Austria, Belgium, Canada, Germany, Israel, Japan, Luxembourg, Portugal, South Africa, Switzerland, U.S.
Group C:  Argentina, Brazil, Chile, France, Greece, Italy, Mexico, South Korea, Spain, Taiwan, Turkey, United Arab Emirates.
Group D:  Kazakhstan, Russia, Ukraine, others
    
 
S-6-4

 
 
2.        S&P CDO Monitor
  
Liability
Rating
 
“AAA”
   
“AA”
      “A”  
Weighted
    41.0 %     46.0 %     50.0 %
Average
    42.0 %     47.0 %     51.0 %
S&P
    43.0 %     48.0 %     52.0 %
Recovery
    44.0 %     49.0 %     53.0 %
Rate
    45.0 %     50.0 %     54.0 %
      46.0 %     51.0 %     55.0 %
      47.0 %     52.0 %     56.0 %
 
Weighted
    4.0 %
Average
    4.1 %
Floating
    4.2 %
Spread
    4.3 %
      4.4 %
      4.5 %
      4.6 %
      4.7 %
      4.8 %
 
As of the Closing Date the Collateral Manager will elect the following Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rates:
      
Liability
Rating
 
“AAA”
   
“AA”
      “A”  
Weighted
                   
Average
                        
S&P
    43.0 %     48.0 %     52.0 %
Recovery
                       
Rate
                       
 
As of the Closing Date the Collateral Manager will elect the following Weighted Average Floating Spread:
   
Weighted
     
Average
       
S&P
    4.5 %
Floating
       
Spread
       

For purposes of calculating the Collateral Quality Test, DIP Collateral Obligations will be treated as having an S&P Recovery Rate equal to the S&P Recovery Rate for Senior Secured Loans.
 
 
S-6-5

 
 
Schedule 7

APPROVED INDEX LIST
 
1.
Merrill Lynch Investment Grade Corporate Master Index
   
2.
CSFB Leveraged Loan Index
   
3.
JPMorgan Domestic High Yield Index
   
4.
Lehman Brothers U.S. Corporate High-Yield Index
   
5.
Merrill Lynch High Yield Master Index
   
6.
Deutsche Bank Leveraged Loan Index
   
7.
Goldman Sachs/Loan Pricing Corporation Liquid Leveraged Loan Index
   
8.
Banc of America Securities Leveraged Loan Index
   
9.
S&P/LSTA Leveraged Loan Index
 
 
S-7-1

 
 
Schedule 8

PORTFOLIO ACQUISITION AND SALE REQUIREMENTS CERTIFICATE
   
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.:   (714) 656-2568
  
Re:        Sale/Acquisition of any Collateral Obligation
     
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 5, 2010 between Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC, as the issuer (the “ Issuer ”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.
    
The undersigned, a Authorized Officer of the Collateral Manager, hereby certifies on behalf of the Issuer that the [sale][acquisition] of [insert description of Collateral Obligation], complies with the Portfolio Acquisition and Sale Requirements including each of the following:

a.          the Collateral Obligation, if being acquired by the Issuer, is an “eligible asset” as defined in Rule 3a-7;
 
b.          the Collateral Obligation is being acquired or disposed of in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture;
 
c.          the acquisition or disposition of the Collateral Obligation does not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then-current rating on any Class of Secured Notes by any Rating Agency; and
 
d.          the Collateral Obligation is not being acquired or disposed of for the primary purpose of recognizing gains or decreasing losses resulting from market value changes.
 
The primary purpose of the [sale][acquisition] is to [select one of the items below]:

[Comply with the Concentration Limitations]
[Comply with the Collateral Quality Test]
[Comply with any Coverage Test]
[Comply with eligible asset requirements]
[Comply with Investment Criteria]
   
[Purchase during the Reinvestment Period in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture for the purpose of maintaining the Aggregate Principal Balance]
 
 
S-8-1

 
 
[Sale for credit related (not value related) reasons—Sale of any Defaulted Obligation, any Closing Date Participation Interest that was not converted into a full assignment of the related Loan within 60 days following the Closing Date, any Long Dated Obligation or any Other Exchange Asset, in each case in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture]
[Sale for credit related (not value related) reasons—Sale of Credit Risk Obligation in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture]
[Sale for credit related (not value related) reasons—Sale of Equity Security in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture]
[Sale for credit related (not value related) reasons –Sale of Credit Improved Obligation in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture]
    
[Sale for discretionary reasons – Sale of Collateral Obligation in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture]
 
[Sale of Collateral Obligation that no longer meets the criteria of clause (vii) of the definition of “Collateral Obligation” or clause (vi) of the definition of “Collateral Obligation” in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture]

[In connection with an Optional Redemption in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture]
[In connection with a Tax Redemption in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture]

[Other – Please Specify].
 
 
S-8-2

 
 
EXHIBIT A
    
FORMS OF NOTES
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT A-1-1
    
FORM OF GLOBAL CLASS A-1 NOTE

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL SECURED NOTE
representing
CLASS A-1 SENIOR SECURED FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017
     
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” (AS DEFINED FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 3(C)(7) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT) OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER THAT IS EITHER (A)(1) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTION FROM SECURITIES ACT REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY SUCH RULE OR (2) AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 (a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF A CLASS A-1 NOTE WHO HAS MADE OR HAS BEEN DEEMED TO MAKE A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION OR OTHER PLAN LAW REPRESENTATION THAT IS SUBSEQUENTLY SHOWN TO BE FALSE OR MISLEADING TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT BOTH (A) A QUALIFIED PURCHASER OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER AND (B)(1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR (2) A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.
 
 
A-1-1-1

 
 
EACH PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL BE REQUIRED OR DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT (A) IF IT IS, OR IS ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTE OR INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”) OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND (B) IF IT IS A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH, NON-U.S. OR OTHER PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY STATE, LOCAL, OTHER FEDERAL OR NON-U.S. LAW OR REGULATION THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (ANY SUCH LAW OR REGULATION, AN “OTHER PLAN LAW”), ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTES WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF ANY SUCH OTHER PLAN LAW. “BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR” MEANS A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA AND INCLUDES (A) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF TITLE I OF ERISA) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (B) A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (C) ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE OF THIS NOTE FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN, UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR OF SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.).

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE.

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.
 
 
A-1-1-2

 
 
THE FAILURE TO PROVIDE THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE AND ANY PAYING AGENT WITH THE PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED TAX CERTIFICATIONS (GENERALLY, IN THE CASE OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX, AN INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-9 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE OR THE APPROPRIATE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-8 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR THE FAILURE TO MEET ITS NOTEHOLDER REPORTING OBLIGATIONS MAY RESULT IN WITHHOLDING FROM PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF SUCH NOTE, INCLUDING U.S. FEDERAL WITHHOLDING OR BACK-UP WITHHOLDING.

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1471(d)(3) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT (I) IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE ITS NAME, ADDRESS, U.S. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND, IF IT IS A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, THE NAME, ADDRESS AND TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OF EACH OF ITS “SUBSTANTIAL UNITED STATES OWNERS” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1473(2) OF THE CODE), AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR THE HOLDER REQUESTS AND (II) IT WILL UPDATE ANY SUCH INFORMATION PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (I) PROMPTLY UPON LEARNING THAT ANY SUCH INFORMATION PREVIOUSLY PROVIDED HAS BECOME OBSOLETE OR INCORRECT OR IS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. IN ADDITION, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE (X) ANY INFORMATION AS IS NECESSARY (IN THE SOLE DETERMINATION OF THE ISSUER OR THE TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE) FOR THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE TO DETERMINE WHETHER SUCH HOLDER OR BENEFICIAL OWNER IS A UNITED STATES PERSON OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, AND (Y) ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT REQUESTS IN CONNECTION WITH SECTIONS 1471- 1474 OF THE CODE. EACH SUCH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER WILL AGREE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE BE DEEMED TO AGREE, THAT THE ISSUER MAY PROVIDE SUCH INFORMATION AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING ITS INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES TO THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE. THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN A NOTE THAT FAILS TO COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.
 
 
A-1-1-3

 
 
EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, A REPRESENTATION TO THE EFFECT THAT (A) EITHER (I) IT IS NOT A BANK EXTENDING CREDIT PURSUANT TO A LOAN AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF ITS TRADE OR BUSINESS (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 881(c)(3)(A) OF THE CODE), OR (II) IT IS A PERSON THAT IS ELIGIBLE FOR BENEFITS UNDER AN INCOME TAX TREATY WITH THE UNITED STATES THAT ELIMINATES U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION OF U.S. SOURCE INTEREST NOT ATTRIBUTABLE TO A PERMANENT ESTABLISHMENT IN THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) IT IS NOT PURCHASING THIS NOTE IN ORDER TO REDUCE ITS U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY PURSUANT TO A TAX AVOIDANCE PLAN.

EACH HOLDER AND EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE, BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, AS THE CASE MAY BE, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO TREAT, AND SHALL TREAT, THIS NOTE AS DEBT OF THE ISSUER FOR U.S. FEDERAL AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, STATE AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX PURPOSES AND SHALL TAKE NO ACTION INCONSISTENT WITH SUCH TREATMENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY ANY RELEVANT TAXING AUTHORITY.

 
 
A-1-1-4

 
 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC
  
  [RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL SECURED NOTE
representing
CLASS A-1 SENIOR SECURED FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017

A-1/[R][S]-1
[DATE]
   
CUSIP No.: [366558AA2] 1 [G38508AA8] 2
Up to U.S.$164,500,000
   
ISIN No.: [US366558AA25] 3 [XS0551679821] 4
 

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Issuer ”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, upon presentation and surrender of this Note (except as otherwise permitted by the Indenture referred to below), the principal sum as indicated on Schedule A hereto on November 20, 2017 (the “ Stated Maturity ”) except as provided below and in the Indenture. The obligations of the Issuer under this Class A-1 Note and the Indenture are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely from the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, and following realization of the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, all claims of Noteholders shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive.

The Issuer promises to pay interest, if any, on the 20th day of February, May, August and November in each year, commencing in February, 2011 (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.40% per annum on the Aggregate Outstanding Amount hereof until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Accrual Period divided by 360. The interest so payable on any Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Class A-1 Note (or one or more predecessor Class A-1 Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest, which shall be the Business Day prior to such Payment Date.

Interest will cease to accrue on each Class A-1 Note, or in the case of a partial repayment, on such repaid part, from the date of repayment. If this Class A-1 Note is called for redemption and principal payments hereon are not paid upon surrender of this Class A-1 Note, the principal thereof shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the applicable Interest Rate for each successive Interest Accrual Period this Class A -1 Note remains Outstanding; provided that the reason for such non-payment is not the fault of such Noteholder. The principal of this Class A-1 Note shall be payable on the first Payment Date on which funds are permitted to be used for such purpose in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The principal of each Class A-1 Note shall be payable no later than the Stated Maturity unless the unpaid principal of such Note becomes due and payable at an earlier date by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.
  

1 Rule 144A Global Class A-1 Note.
 
2 Regulation S Global Class A-1 Note.
 
3 Rule 144A Global Class A-1 Note.
 
4 Regulation S Global Class A-1 Note.
 
 
A-1-1-5

 
    
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of one of their Authorized Officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class A-1 Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2017 (the “ Class A-1 Notes ” and, together with the other classes of Notes issued under the Indenture, the “ Notes ”) issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”, which term includes any successor trustee as permitted under the Indenture). Reference is hereby made to the Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to optional redemption, in whole but not in part, as specified in the Indenture. In the case of any optional redemption of Class A-1 Notes, interest and principal installments with a Payment Date on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Class A-1 Notes, or one or more predecessor Class A-1 Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Date.

Transfers of this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to a nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or such successor’s nominee, except as otherwise set forth in the Indenture.

Interests in this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note will be transferable in accordance with DTC’s rules and procedures in use at such time.
If (a) a redemption occurs because any Coverage Test is not satisfied as set forth in Section 9.1 of the Indenture, (b) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes provide written direction to such effect as set forth in Section 9.2 of the Indenture, (c) a Special Redemption occurs during the Reinvestment Period as set forth in Section 9.6 of the Indenture or (d) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes so direct the Trustee following the occurrence of a Tax Event as set forth in Section 9.3 of the Indenture, then in each case this Note may be redeemed in whole in the manner, under the conditions and with the effect provided in the Indenture. In connection with any redemption pursuant to clause (b) or clause (d) , Holders of 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of any Class of Secured   Notes may elect to receive less than 100% of the Redemption Price that would otherwise be payable to such Holders of Secured Notes.
 
 
A-1-1-6

 
 
The Issuer, the Trustee, and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner of such Note on the Register on the applicable Record Date for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest on such Note and on any other date for all other purposes whatsoever (whether or not such Note is overdue), and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
 
If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Class A-1 Notes may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.
 
Interests in this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note may be exchanged for an interest in, or transferred to a transferee taking an interest in, the corresponding [Regulation S][Rule 144A] Global Secured Note subject to the restrictions as set forth in the Indenture. This [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note is subject to mandatory exchange for Certificated Notes under the limited circumstances set forth in the Indenture.

Upon redemption, exchange of or increase in any interest represented by this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note, this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note shall be endorsed on Schedule A hereto to reflect the reduction of or increase in the principal amount evidenced hereby.
 
The Class A -1 Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of U.S.$250,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.
Title to Notes shall pass by registration in the Register kept by the Registrar.

No service charge shall be made for registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the Registrar or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Registrar or the Trustee shall be permitted to request such evidence reasonably satisfactory to it documenting the identity and/or signature of the transferor and the transferee.

AS PROVIDED IN THE INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES AND ANY MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY WHATSOEVER TO THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

- signature page follows -
 
 
A-1-1-7

 
  
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set forth above.

 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC
   
 
By:
  
   
Name:
   
Title:

 
A-1-1-8

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 
This is one of the Class A-1 Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
 
AMERICAS,
 
as Trustee
   
 
By:
  
   
Authorized Signatory

 
A-1-1-9

 

SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OR REDEMPTIONS

The outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes represented by this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note on the Closing Date is U.S.$[_____]. The following exchanges, redemptions of or increase in the whole or a part of the Class A-1 Notes represented by this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note have been made:
 
           
Remaining principal
   
       
Part of principal
 
amount of this [Rule
   
       
amount of this [Rule
 
144A][Regulation S]
   
   
Original principal
 
144A][Regulation S]
 
Global Secured Note
   
   
amount of this [Rule
 
Global Secured Note
 
following such
 
Notation made by
Date exchange/
 
144A][Regulation S]
 
exchanged/redeemed/
 
exchange/redemption/
 
or on behalf of the
increase made
 
Global Secured Note
 
increased
 
increase
 
Issuer
                 
                 
                 

 
 
A-1-1-10

 

EXHIBIT A-1-2

FORM OF GLOBAL CLASS A-2 NOTE

  [RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL SECURED NOTE
representing
CLASS A-2 SENIOR SECURED FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” (AS DEFINED FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 3(C)(7) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT) OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER THAT IS EITHER (A)(1) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTION FROM SECURITIES ACT REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY SUCH RULE OR (2) AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 (a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF A CLASS A-2 NOTE WHO HAS MADE OR HAS BEEN DEEMED TO MAKE A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION OR OTHER PLAN LAW REPRESENTATION THAT IS SUBSEQUENTLY SHOWN TO BE FALSE OR MISLEADING TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT BOTH (A) A QUALIFIED PURCHASER OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER AND (B)(1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR (2) A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

 
A-1-2-1

 

 
EACH PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL BE REQUIRED OR DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT (A) IF IT IS, OR IS ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTE OR INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”) OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND (B) IF IT IS A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH, NON-U.S. OR OTHER PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY STATE, LOCAL, OTHER FEDERAL OR NON-U.S. LAW OR REGULATION THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (ANY SUCH LAW OR REGULATION, AN “OTHER PLAN LAW”), ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTES WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF ANY SUCH OTHER PLAN LAW. “BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR” MEANS A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA AND INCLUDES (A) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF TITLE I OF ERISA) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (B) A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (C) ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE OF THIS NOTE FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN, UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR OF SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.).

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE.

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

 
A-1-2-2

 

 
THE FAILURE TO PROVIDE THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE AND ANY PAYING AGENT WITH THE PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED TAX CERTIFICATIONS (GENERALLY, IN THE CASE OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX, AN INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-9 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE OR THE APPROPRIATE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-8 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR THE FAILURE TO MEET ITS NOTEHOLDER REPORTING OBLIGATIONS MAY RESULT IN WITHHOLDING FROM PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF SUCH NOTE, INCLUDING U.S. FEDERAL WITHHOLDING OR BACK-UP WITHHOLDING.

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1471(d)(3) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT (I) IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE ITS NAME, ADDRESS, U.S. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND, IF IT IS A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, THE NAME, ADDRESS AND TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OF EACH OF ITS “SUBSTANTIAL UNITED STATES OWNERS” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1473(2) OF THE CODE), AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR THE HOLDER REQUESTS AND (II) IT WILL UPDATE ANY SUCH INFORMATION PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (I) PROMPTLY UPON LEARNING THAT ANY SUCH INFORMATION PREVIOUSLY PROVIDED HAS BECOME OBSOLETE OR INCORRECT OR IS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. IN ADDITION, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE (X) ANY INFORMATION AS IS NECESSARY (IN THE SOLE DETERMINATION OF THE ISSUER OR THE TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE) FOR THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE TO DETERMINE WHETHER SUCH HOLDER OR BENEFICIAL OWNER IS A UNITED STATES PERSON OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, AND (Y) ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT REQUESTS IN CONNECTION WITH SECTIONS 1471- 1474 OF THE CODE. EACH SUCH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER WILL AGREE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE BE DEEMED TO AGREE, THAT THE ISSUER MAY PROVIDE SUCH INFORMATION AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING ITS INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES TO THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE. THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN A NOTE THAT FAILS TO COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

 
A-1-2-3

 

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, A REPRESENTATION TO THE EFFECT THAT (A) EITHER (I) IT IS NOT A BANK EXTENDING CREDIT PURSUANT TO A LOAN AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF ITS TRADE OR BUSINESS (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 881(c)(3)(A) OF THE CODE), OR (II) IT IS A PERSON THAT IS ELIGIBLE FOR BENEFITS UNDER AN INCOME TAX TREATY WITH THE UNITED STATES THAT ELIMINATES U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION OF U.S. SOURCE INTEREST NOT ATTRIBUTABLE TO A PERMANENT ESTABLISHMENT IN THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) IT IS NOT PURCHASING THIS NOTE IN ORDER TO REDUCE ITS U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY PURSUANT TO A TAX AVOIDANCE PLAN.

EACH HOLDER AND EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE, BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, AS THE CASE MAY BE, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO TREAT, AND SHALL TREAT, THIS NOTE AS DEBT OF THE ISSUER FOR U.S. FEDERAL AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, STATE AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX PURPOSES AND SHALL TAKE NO ACTION INCONSISTENT WITH SUCH TREATMENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY ANY RELEVANT TAXING AUTHORITY.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT (“OID”) FOR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF OID, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS NOTE MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITING TO DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., 60 WALL STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005, TELEPHONE NO. 212-250-2500.

 
A-1-2-4

 

 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC

  [RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL SECURED NOTE
representing
CLASS A-2 SENIOR SECURED FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017

A-2/[R][S]-1
[DATE]
   
CUSIP No.:  [366558AB0] 5 [G38508AB6] 6
Up to U.S.$25,000,000
   
ISIN No.:  [US366558AB08] 7 [XS0551680837] 8
 

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Issuer ”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, upon presentation and surrender of this Note (except as otherwise permitted by the Indenture referred to below), the principal sum as indicated on Schedule A hereto on November 20, 2017 (the “ Stated Maturity ”) except as provided below and in the Indenture. The obligations of the Issuer under this Class A-2 Note and the Indenture are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely from the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, and following realization of the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, all claims of Noteholders shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive.

The Issuer promises to pay interest, if any, on the 20th day of February, May, August and November in each year, commencing in February, 2011 (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.40% per annum on the Aggregate Outstanding Amount hereof until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Accrual Period divided by 360. The interest so payable on any Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Class A-2 Note (or one or more predecessor Class A-2 Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest, which shall be the Business Day prior to such Payment Date.

Payments of principal of and interest on this Class A-2 Note are subordinated to the payment on each Payment Date of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments and Section 13.1 of the Indenture.
 

5   Rule 144A Global Class A-2 Note.

6   Regulation S Global Class A-2 Note.

7   Rule 144A Global Class A-2 Note.

8   Regulation S Global Class A-2 Note.
 
 
A-1-2-5

 
 
Interest will cease to accrue on each Class A-2 Note, or in the case of a partial repayment, on such repaid part, from the date of repayment. If this Class A-2 Note is called for redemption and principal payments hereon are not paid upon surrender of this Class A-2 Note, the principal thereof shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the applicable Interest Rate for each successive Interest Accrual Period this Class A -2 Note remains Outstanding; provided that the reason for such non-payment is not the fault of such Noteholder. The principal of this Class A-2 Note shall be payable on the first Payment Date on which funds are permitted to be used for such purpose in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The principal of each Class A-2 Note shall be payable no later than the Stated Maturity unless the unpaid principal of such Note becomes due and payable at an earlier date by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of one of their Authorized Officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class A-2 Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2017 (the “ Class A-2 Notes ” and, together with the other classes of Notes issued under the Indenture, the “ Notes ”) issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”, which term includes any successor trustee as permitted under the Indenture). Reference is hereby made to the Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to optional redemption, in whole but not in part, as specified in the Indenture. In the case of any optional redemption of Class A-2 Notes, interest and principal installments with a Payment Date on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Class A-2 Notes, or one or more predecessor Class A-2 Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Date.

Transfers of this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to a nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or such successor’s nominee, except as otherwise set forth in the Indenture.

Interests in this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note will be transferable in accordance with DTC’s rules and procedures in use at such time.

If (a) a redemption occurs because any Coverage Test is not satisfied as set forth in Section 9.1 of the Indenture, (b) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes provide written direction to such effect as set forth in Section 9.2 of the Indenture, (c) a Special Redemption occurs during the Reinvestment Period as set forth in Section 9.6 of the Indenture or (d) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes so direct the Trustee following the occurrence of a Tax Event as set forth in Section 9.3 of the Indenture, then in each case this Note may be redeemed in whole in the manner, under the conditions and with the effect provided in the Indenture. In connection with any redemption pursuant to clause (b) or clause (d) , Holders of 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of any Class of Secured Notes may elect to receive less than 100% of the Redemption Price that would otherwise be payable to such Holders of Secured Notes.

 
A-1-2-6

 
 
The Issuer, the Trustee, and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner of such Note on the Register on the applicable Record Date for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest on such Note and on any other date for all other purposes whatsoever (whether or not such Note is overdue), and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Class A-2 Notes may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Interests in this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note may be exchanged for an interest in, or transferred to a transferee taking an interest in, the corresponding [Regulation S][Rule 144A] Global Secured Note subject to the restrictions as set forth in the Indenture. This [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note is subject to mandatory exchange for Certificated Notes under the limited circumstances set forth in the Indenture.

Upon redemption, exchange of or increase in any interest represented by this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note, this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note shall be endorsed on Schedule A hereto to reflect the reduction of or increase in the principal amount evidenced hereby.
 
The Class A -2 Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of U.S.$250,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.

Title to Notes shall pass by registration in the Register kept by the Registrar.

No service charge shall be made for registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the Registrar or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Registrar or the Trustee shall be permitted to request such evidence reasonably satisfactory to it documenting the identity and/or signature of the transferor and the transferee.

AS PROVIDED IN THE INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES AND ANY MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY WHATSOEVER TO THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

- signature page follows -
 
 
A-1-2-7

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set forth above.

 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC
   
 
By:
  
   
Name:
   
Title:

 
A-1-2-8

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class A-2 Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
 
AMERICAS,
 
as Trustee
   
 
By:
  
   
Authorized Signatory
 
 
A-1-2-9

 

SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OR REDEMPTIONS

The outstanding principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes represented by this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note on the Closing Date is U.S.$[_____]. The following exchanges, redemptions of or increase in the whole or a part of the Class A-2 Notes represented by this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note have been made:
 
           
Remaining principal
   
       
Part of principal
 
amount of this [Rule
   
       
amount of this [Rule
 
144A][Regulation S]
   
   
Original principal
 
144A][Regulation S]
 
Global Secured Note
   
   
amount of this [Rule
 
Global Secured Note
 
following such
 
Notation made by
Date exchange/
 
144A][Regulation S]
 
exchanged/redeemed/
 
exchange/redemption/
 
or on behalf of the
increase made
 
Global Secured Note
 
increased
 
increase
 
Issuer
                 
                 
                 
 
 
A-1-2-10

 
 
EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF GLOBAL CLASS B NOTE

  [RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL SECURED NOTE
representing
CLASS B SENIOR SECURED DEFERRABLE FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” (AS DEFINED FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 3(C)(7) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT) OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER THAT IS EITHER (A)(1) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTION FROM SECURITIES ACT REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY SUCH RULE OR (2) AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 (a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF A CLASS B NOTE WHO HAS MADE OR HAS BEEN DEEMED TO MAKE A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION OR OTHER PLAN LAW REPRESENTATION THAT IS SUBSEQUENTLY SHOWN TO BE FALSE OR MISLEADING TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT BOTH (A) A QUALIFIED PURCHASER OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER AND (B)(1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR (2) A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

 
A-2-1

 

 
EACH PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL BE REQUIRED OR DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT (A) IF IT IS, OR IS ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTE OR INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”) OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND (B) IF IT IS A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH, NON-U.S. OR OTHER PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY STATE, LOCAL, OTHER FEDERAL OR NON-U.S. LAW OR REGULATION THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (ANY SUCH LAW OR REGULATION, AN “OTHER PLAN LAW”), ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTES WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF ANY SUCH OTHER PLAN LAW. “BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR” MEANS A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA AND INCLUDES (A) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF TITLE I OF ERISA) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (B) A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (C) ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE OF THIS NOTE FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN, UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR OF SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.).

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE.

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.
 
 
A-2-2

 

 
THE FAILURE TO PROVIDE THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE AND ANY PAYING AGENT WITH THE PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED TAX CERTIFICATIONS (GENERALLY, IN THE CASE OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX, AN INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-9 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE OR THE APPROPRIATE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-8 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR THE FAILURE TO MEET ITS NOTEHOLDER REPORTING OBLIGATIONS MAY RESULT IN WITHHOLDING FROM PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF SUCH NOTE, INCLUDING U.S. FEDERAL WITHHOLDING OR BACK-UP WITHHOLDING.

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1471(d)(3) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT (I) IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE ITS NAME, ADDRESS, U.S. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND, IF IT IS A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, THE NAME, ADDRESS AND TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OF EACH OF ITS “SUBSTANTIAL UNITED STATES OWNERS” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1473(2) OF THE CODE), AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR THE HOLDER REQUESTS AND (II) IT WILL UPDATE ANY SUCH INFORMATION PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (I) PROMPTLY UPON LEARNING THAT ANY SUCH INFORMATION PREVIOUSLY PROVIDED HAS BECOME OBSOLETE OR INCORRECT OR IS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. IN ADDITION, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE (X) ANY INFORMATION AS IS NECESSARY (IN THE SOLE DETERMINATION OF THE ISSUER OR THE TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE) FOR THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE TO DETERMINE WHETHER SUCH HOLDER OR BENEFICIAL OWNER IS A UNITED STATES PERSON OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, AND (Y) ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT REQUESTS IN CONNECTION WITH SECTIONS 1471- 1474 OF THE CODE. EACH SUCH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER WILL AGREE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE BE DEEMED TO AGREE, THAT THE ISSUER MAY PROVIDE SUCH INFORMATION AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING ITS INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES TO THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE. THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN A NOTE THAT FAILS TO COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

 
A-2-3

 

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, A REPRESENTATION TO THE EFFECT THAT (A) EITHER (I) IT IS NOT A BANK EXTENDING CREDIT PURSUANT TO A LOAN AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF ITS TRADE OR BUSINESS (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 881(c)(3)(A) OF THE CODE), OR (II) IT IS A PERSON THAT IS ELIGIBLE FOR BENEFITS UNDER AN INCOME TAX TREATY WITH THE UNITED STATES THAT ELIMINATES U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION OF U.S. SOURCE INTEREST NOT ATTRIBUTABLE TO A PERMANENT ESTABLISHMENT IN THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) IT IS NOT PURCHASING THIS NOTE IN ORDER TO REDUCE ITS U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY PURSUANT TO A TAX AVOIDANCE PLAN.

EACH HOLDER AND EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE, BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, AS THE CASE MAY BE, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO TREAT, AND SHALL TREAT, THIS NOTE AS DEBT OF THE ISSUER FOR U.S. FEDERAL AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, STATE AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX PURPOSES AND SHALL TAKE NO ACTION INCONSISTENT WITH SUCH TREATMENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY ANY RELEVANT TAXING AUTHORITY.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT (“OID”) FOR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF OID, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS NOTE MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITING TO DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., 60 WALL STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005, TELEPHONE NO. 212-250-2500.

 
A-2-4

 

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL SECURED NOTE
representing
CLASS B SENIOR SECURED DEFERRABLE FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017

B/[R][S]-1
[DATE]
   
CUSIP No.:  [366558AC8] 9 [G38508AC4] 10
Up to U.S.$12,000,000
   
ISIN No.:  [US366558AC80] 11 [XS0551681488] 12
 

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Issuer ”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, upon presentation and surrender of this Note (except as otherwise permitted by the Indenture referred to below), the principal sum as indicated on Schedule A hereto on November 20, 2017 (the “ Stated Maturity ”) except as provided below and in the Indenture. The obligations of the Issuer under this Class B Note and the Indenture are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely from the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, and following realization of the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, all claims of Noteholders shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive.

The Issuer promises to pay interest, if any, on the 20th day of February, May, August and November in each year, commencing in February, 2011 (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.75% per annum on the Aggregate Outstanding Amount hereof until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Accrual Period divided by 360. The interest so payable on any Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Class B Note (or one or more predecessor Class B Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest, which shall be the Business Day prior to such Payment Date.

Payments of principal of and interest on this Class B Note are subordinated to the payment on each Payment Date of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments and Section 13.1 of the Indenture.
 

9   Rule 144A Global Class B Note.

10   Regulation S Global Class B Note.

11   Rule 144A Global Class B Note.

12   Regulation S Global Class B Note.

 
A-2-5

 
 
So long as any Priority Class is Outstanding with respect to the Class B Notes, any payment of interest due on the Class B Notes which is not available to be paid (“ Deferred Interest ”) in accordance with the Priority of Payments on any Payment Date shall not be   considered “due and payable” for the purposes of Section 5.1(a) of the Indenture (and the failure to pay such interest shall not be an Event of Default) until the earliest of (i) the Payment Date on which funds are available to pay such Deferred Interest in accordance with the Priority of Payments, (ii) the Redemption Date with respect to the Class B Notes and (iii) the Stated Maturity of the Class B Notes. Deferred Interest on the Class B Notes shall be added to the unpaid principal balance of the Class B Notes and shall be payable on the first Payment Date on which funds are available to be used for such purpose in accordance with the Priority of Payments, but in any event no later than the earlier of the Payment Date (i) which is the Redemption Date with respect to the Class B Notes and (ii) which is the Stated Maturity of the Class B Notes. Regardless of whether any Priority Class is Outstanding with respect to the Class B Notes, to the extent that funds are not available on any Payment Date (other than the Redemption Date with respect to, or Stated Maturity of, the Class B Notes) to pay previously accrued Deferred Interest, such previously accrued Deferred Interest will not be due and payable on such Payment Date and any failure to pay such previously accrued Deferred Interest on such Payment Date will not be an Event of Default under the Indenture.

Interest will cease to accrue on each Class B Note, or in the case of a partial repayment, on such repaid part, from the date of repayment. If this Class B Note is called for redemption and principal payments hereon are not paid upon surrender of this Class B Note, the principal thereof shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the applicable Interest Rate for each successive Interest Accrual Period this Class B Note remains Outstanding; provided that the reason for such non-payment is not the fault of such Noteholder. The principal of this Class B Note shall be payable on the first Payment Date on which funds are permitted to be used for such purpose in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The principal of each Class B Note shall be payable no later than the Stated Maturity unless the unpaid principal of such Note becomes due and payable at an earlier date by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.
 
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of one of their Authorized Officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class B Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate Notes due 2017 (the “ Class B Notes ” and, together with the other classes of Notes issued under the Indenture, the “ Notes ”) issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”, which term includes any successor trustee as permitted under the Indenture). Reference is hereby made to the Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to optional redemption, in whole but not in part, as specified in the Indenture. In the case of any optional redemption of Class B Notes, interest and principal installments with a Payment Date on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Class B Notes, or one or more predecessor Class B Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Date.
 
 
A-2-6

 
 
Transfers of this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to a nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or such successor’s nominee, except as otherwise set forth in the Indenture.

Interests in this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note will be transferable in accordance with DTC’s rules and procedures in use at such time.

If (a) a redemption occurs because any Coverage Test is not satisfied as set forth in Section 9.1 of the Indenture, (b) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes provide written direction to such effect as set forth in Section 9.2 of the Indenture, (c) a Special Redemption occurs during the Reinvestment Period as set forth in Section 9.6 of the Indenture or (d) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes so direct the Trustee following the occurrence of a Tax Event as set forth in Section 9.3 of the Indenture, then in each case this Note may be redeemed in whole in the manner, under the conditions and with the effect provided in the Indenture. In connection with any redemption pursuant to clause (b) or clause (d) , Holders of 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of any Class of Secured   Notes may elect to receive less than 100% of the Redemption Price that would otherwise be payable to such Holders of Secured Notes.

The Issuer, the Issuer, the Trustee, and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner of such Note on the Register on the applicable Record Date for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest on such Note and on any other date for all other purposes whatsoever (whether or not such Note is overdue), and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Class B Notes may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Interests in this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note may be exchanged for an interest in, or transferred to a transferee taking an interest in, the corresponding [Regulation S][Rule 144A] Global Secured Note subject to the restrictions as set forth in the Indenture. This [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note is subject to mandatory exchange for Certificated Notes under the limited circumstances set forth in the Indenture.

Upon redemption, exchange of or increase in any interest represented by this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note, this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note shall be endorsed on Schedule A hereto to reflect the reduction of or increase in the principal amount evidenced hereby.

The Class B Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of U.S.$250,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.

Title to Notes shall pass by registration in the Register kept by the Registrar.

 
A-2-7

 

No service charge shall be made for registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the Registrar or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Registrar or the Trustee shall be permitted to request such evidence reasonably satisfactory to it documenting the identity and/or signature of the transferor and the transferee.

AS PROVIDED IN THE INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES AND ANY MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY WHATSOEVER TO THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

- signature page follows -

 
A-2-8

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set forth above.
 
 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC
   
 
By:
  
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
A-2-9

 
 
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class B Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
 
 
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
 
AMERICAS,
 
as Trustee
   
 
By:
  
   
Authorized Signatory
 
 
A-2-10

 

SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OR REDEMPTIONS

The outstanding principal amount of the Class B Notes represented by this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note on the Closing Date is U.S.$[_____]. The following exchanges, redemptions of or increase in the whole or a part of the Class B Notes represented by this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note have been made:
 
           
Remaining principal
   
       
Part of principal
 
amount of this [Rule
   
       
amount of this [Rule
 
144A][Regulation S]
   
   
Original principal
 
144A][Regulation S]
 
Global Secured Note
   
   
amount of this [Rule
 
Global Secured Note
 
following such
 
Notation made by
Date exchange/
 
144A][Regulation S]
 
exchanged/redeemed/
 
exchange/redemption/
 
or on behalf of the
increase made
 
Global Secured Note
 
increased
 
increase
 
Issuer
                 
                 
                 
 
 
A-2-11

 

EXHIBIT A-3

FORM OF GLOBAL CLASS C NOTE

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL SECURED NOTE
representing
CLASS C SENIOR SECURED DEFERRABLE FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” (AS DEFINED FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 3(C)(7) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT) OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER THAT IS EITHER (A)(1) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTION FROM SECURITIES ACT REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY SUCH RULE OR (2) AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 (a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF A CLASS C NOTE WHO HAS MADE OR HAS BEEN DEEMED TO MAKE A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION OR OTHER PLAN LAW REPRESENTATION THAT IS SUBSEQUENTLY SHOWN TO BE FALSE OR MISLEADING TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT BOTH (A) A QUALIFIED PURCHASER OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER AND (B)(1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR (2) A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

 
A-3-1

 

EACH PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL BE REQUIRED OR DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT (A) IF IT IS, OR IS ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTE OR INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”) OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND (B) IF IT IS A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH, NON-U.S. OR OTHER PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY STATE, LOCAL, OTHER FEDERAL OR NON-U.S. LAW OR REGULATION THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (ANY SUCH LAW OR REGULATION, AN “OTHER PLAN LAW”), ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTES WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF ANY SUCH OTHER PLAN LAW. “BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR” MEANS A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA AND INCLUDES (A) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF TITLE I OF ERISA) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (B) A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (C) ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE OF THIS NOTE FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN, UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR OF SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO.).

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE.

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

 
A-3-2

 

 
THE FAILURE TO PROVIDE THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE AND ANY PAYING AGENT WITH THE PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED TAX CERTIFICATIONS (GENERALLY, IN THE CASE OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX, AN INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-9 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE OR THE APPROPRIATE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-8 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR THE FAILURE TO MEET ITS NOTEHOLDER REPORTING OBLIGATIONS MAY RESULT IN WITHHOLDING FROM PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF SUCH NOTE, INCLUDING U.S. FEDERAL WITHHOLDING OR BACK-UP WITHHOLDING.

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1471(d)(3) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT (I) IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE ITS NAME, ADDRESS, U.S. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND, IF IT IS A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, THE NAME, ADDRESS AND TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OF EACH OF ITS “SUBSTANTIAL UNITED STATES OWNERS” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1473(2) OF THE CODE), AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR THE HOLDER REQUESTS AND (II) IT WILL UPDATE ANY SUCH INFORMATION PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (I) PROMPTLY UPON LEARNING THAT ANY SUCH INFORMATION PREVIOUSLY PROVIDED HAS BECOME OBSOLETE OR INCORRECT OR IS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. IN ADDITION, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE (X) ANY INFORMATION AS IS NECESSARY (IN THE SOLE DETERMINATION OF THE ISSUER OR THE TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE) FOR THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE TO DETERMINE WHETHER SUCH HOLDER OR BENEFICIAL OWNER IS A UNITED STATES PERSON OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, AND (Y) ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT REQUESTS IN CONNECTION WITH SECTIONS 1471- 1474 OF THE CODE. EACH SUCH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER WILL AGREE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE BE DEEMED TO AGREE, THAT THE ISSUER MAY PROVIDE SUCH INFORMATION AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING ITS INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES TO THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE. THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN A NOTE THAT FAILS TO COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

 
A-3-3

 

 
EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, A REPRESENTATION TO THE EFFECT THAT (A) EITHER (I) IT IS NOT A BANK EXTENDING CREDIT PURSUANT TO A LOAN AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF ITS TRADE OR BUSINESS (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 881(c)(3)(A) OF THE CODE), OR (II) IT IS A PERSON THAT IS ELIGIBLE FOR BENEFITS UNDER AN INCOME TAX TREATY WITH THE UNITED STATES THAT ELIMINATES U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION OF U.S. SOURCE INTEREST NOT ATTRIBUTABLE TO A PERMANENT ESTABLISHMENT IN THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) IT IS NOT PURCHASING THIS NOTE IN ORDER TO REDUCE ITS U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY PURSUANT TO A TAX AVOIDANCE PLAN.

EACH HOLDER AND EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE, BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, AS THE CASE MAY BE, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO TREAT, AND SHALL TREAT, THIS NOTE AS DEBT OF THE ISSUER FOR U.S. FEDERAL AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, STATE AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX PURPOSES AND SHALL TAKE NO ACTION INCONSISTENT WITH SUCH TREATMENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY ANY RELEVANT TAXING AUTHORITY.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT (“OID”) FOR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF OID, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS NOTE MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITING TO DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., 60 WALL STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005, TELEPHONE NO. 212-250-2500.

 
A-3-4

 

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC

[RULE 144A][REGULATION S] GLOBAL SECURED NOTE
representing
CLASS C SENIOR SECURED DEFERRABLE FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017

C/[R][S]-1
[DATE]
   
CUSIP No.:  [366558AD6] 13 [G38508AD2] 14
Up to U.S.$18,000,000
   
ISIN No.:  [US366558AD63] 15 [XS0551682452] 16
 

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Issuer ”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns, upon presentation and surrender of this Note (except as otherwise permitted by the Indenture referred to below), the principal sum as indicated on Schedule A hereto on November 20, 2017 (the “ Stated Maturity ”) except as provided below and in the Indenture. The obligations of the Issuer under this Class C Note and the Indenture are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely from the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, and following realization of the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, all claims of Noteholders shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive.

The Issuer promises to pay interest, if any, on the 20th day of February, May, August and November in each year, commencing in February, 2011 (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 4.75% per annum on the Aggregate Outstanding Amount hereof until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Accrual Period divided by 360. The interest so payable on any Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Class C Note (or one or more predecessor Class C Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest, which shall be the Business Day prior to such Payment Date.

Payments of principal of and interest on this Class C Note are subordinated to the payment on each Payment Date of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments and Section 13.1 of the Indenture.
 
13   Rule 144A Global Class C Note.

14   Regulation S Global Class C Note.

15   Rule 144A Global Class C Note.

16   Regulation S Global Class C Note.

 
A-3-5

 
 
So long as any Priority Class is Outstanding with respect to the Class C Notes, any payment of interest due on the Class C Notes which is not available to be paid (“ Deferred Interest ”) in accordance with the Priority of Payments on any Payment Date shall not be   considered “due and payable” for the purposes of Section 5.1(a) of the Indenture (and the failure to pay such interest shall not be an Event of Default) until the earliest of (i) the Payment Date on which funds are available to pay such Deferred Interest in accordance with the Priority of Payments, (ii) the Redemption Date with respect to the Class C Notes and (iii) the Stated Maturity of the Class C Notes. Deferred Interest on the Class C Notes shall be added to the unpaid principal balance of the Class C Notes and shall be payable on the first Payment Date on which funds are available to be used for such purpose in accordance with the Priority of Payments, but in any event no later than the earlier of the Payment Date (i) which is the Redemption Date with respect to the Class C Notes and (ii) which is the Stated Maturity of the Class C Notes. Regardless of whether any Priority Class is Outstanding with respect to the Class C Notes, to the extent that funds are not available on any Payment Date (other than the Redemption Date with respect to, or Stated Maturity of, the Class C Notes) to pay previously accrued Deferred Interest, such previously accrued Deferred Interest will not be due and payable on such Payment Date and any failure to pay such previously accrued Deferred Interest on such Payment Date will not be an Event of Default under the Indenture.

Interest will cease to accrue on each Class C Note, or in the case of a partial repayment, on such repaid part, from the date of repayment. If this Class C Note is called for redemption and principal payments hereon are not paid upon surrender of this Class C Note, the principal thereof shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the applicable Interest Rate for each successive Interest Accrual Period this Class C Note remains Outstanding; provided that the reason for such non-payment is not the fault of such Noteholder. The principal of this Class C Note shall be payable on the first Payment Date on which funds are permitted to be used for such purpose in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The principal of each Class C Note shall be payable no later than the Stated Maturity unless the unpaid principal of such Note becomes due and payable at an earlier date by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.
 
Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of one of their Authorized Officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class C Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate Notes due 2017 (the “ Class C Notes ” and, together with the other classes of Notes issued under the Indenture, the “ Notes ”) issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”, which term includes any successor trustee as permitted under the Indenture). Reference is hereby made to the Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to optional redemption, in whole but not in part, as specified in the Indenture. In the case of any optional redemption of Class C Notes, interest and principal installments with a Payment Date on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Class C Notes, or one or more predecessor Class C Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Date.
 
 
A-3-6

 
 
Transfers of this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to a nominee of DTC or to a successor of DTC or such successor’s nominee, except as otherwise set forth in the Indenture.

Interests in this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note will be transferable in accordance with DTC’s rules and procedures in use at such time.

If (a) a redemption occurs because any Coverage Test is not satisfied as set forth in Section 9.1 of the Indenture, (b) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes provide written direction to such effect as set forth in Section 9.2 of the Indenture, (c) a Special Redemption occurs during the Reinvestment Period as set forth in Section 9.6 of the Indenture or (d) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes so direct the Trustee following the occurrence of a Tax Event as set forth in Section 9.3 of the Indenture, then in each case this Note may be redeemed in whole in the manner, under the conditions and with the effect provided in the Indenture. In connection with any redemption pursuant to clause (b) or clause (d) , Holders of 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of any Class of Secured   Notes may elect to receive less than 100% of the Redemption Price that would otherwise be payable to such Holders of Secured Notes.

The Issuer, the Trustee, and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner of such Note on the Register on the applicable Record Date for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest on such Note and on any other date for all other purposes whatsoever (whether or not such Note is overdue), and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Class C Notes may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Interests in this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note may be exchanged for an interest in, or transferred to a transferee taking an interest in, the corresponding [Regulation S][Rule 144A] Global Secured Note subject to the restrictions as set forth in the Indenture. This [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note is subject to mandatory exchange for Certificated Notes under the limited circumstances set forth in the Indenture.

Upon redemption, exchange of or increase in any interest represented by this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note, this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note shall be endorsed on Schedule A hereto to reflect the reduction of or increase in the principal amount evidenced hereby.

The Class C Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of U.S.$250,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.

Title to Notes shall pass by registration in the Register kept by the Registrar.

 
A-3-7

 

No service charge shall be made for registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the Registrar or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Registrar or the Trustee shall be permitted to request such evidence reasonably satisfactory to it documenting the identity and/or signature of the transferor and the transferee.

AS PROVIDED IN THE INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES AND ANY MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY WHATSOEVER TO THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

- signature page follows -

 
A-3-8

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set forth above.

 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC
   
 
By:
  
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
A-3-9

 
 
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class C Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.
 
 
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
 
AMERICAS,
 
as Trustee
   
 
By:
  
   
Authorized Signatory
 
 
A-3-10

 

SCHEDULE A

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OR REDEMPTIONS

The outstanding principal amount of the Class C Notes represented by this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note on the Closing Date is U.S.$[_____]. The following exchanges, redemptions of or increase in the whole or a part of the Class C Notes represented by this [Rule 144A][Regulation S] Global Secured Note have been made:
 
           
Remaining principal
   
       
Part of principal
 
amount of this [Rule
   
       
amount of this [Rule
 
144A][Regulation S]
   
   
Original principal
 
144A][Regulation S]
 
Global Secured Note
   
   
amount of this [Rule
 
Global Secured Note
 
following such
 
Notation made by
Date exchange/
 
144A][Regulation S]
 
exchanged/redeemed/
 
exchange/redemption/
 
or on behalf of the
increase made
 
Global Secured Note
 
increased
 
increase
 
Issuer
                 
                 
                 
 
 
A-3-11

 

EXHIBIT A-4

FORM OF CERTIFICATED SUBORDINATED NOTE

CERTIFICATED SUBORDINATED NOTE

SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2017

THIS SUBORDINATED NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” (AS DEFINED FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 3(C)(7) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT) OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER (IN EACH CASE, AS DEFINED FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 3(C)(7) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT) THAT IS EITHER (X) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTION FROM SECURITIES ACT REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY SUCH RULE OR (Y) A “PERSON (OTHER THAN ANY RATING ORGANIZATION RATING THE ISSUER’S SECURITIES) INVOLVED IN THE ORGANIZATION OR OPERATION OF THE ISSUER OR AN AFFILIATE, AS DEFINED IN RULE 405 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OF SUCH A PERSON” (AN “ORGANIZING ENTITY”) AS SET FORTH IN RULE 3A-7 OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT THAT IS EITHER (1) AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 (a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (2) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.
 
 
A-4-1

 
 
EACH PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL BE REQUIRED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE IN WRITING TO THE TRUSTEE (1) WHETHER OR NOT, FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN, IT IS, OR IS ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, (2) WHETHER OR NOT, FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN, IT IS A CONTROLLING PERSON, (3) IF IT IS, OR IS ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTES WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ ERISA ”) OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “ CODE ”) AND (4) THAT, IF IT IS A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH, NON-U.S. OR OTHER PLAN, (I) IT IS NOT, AND FOR SO LONG AS IT HOLDS THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST HEREIN IT WILL NOT BE, SUBJECT TO ANY FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL NON-U.S. OR OTHER LAW OR REGULATION THAT COULD CAUSE THE UNDERLYING ASSETS OF THE ISSUER TO BE TREATED AS ASSETS OF THE INVESTOR IN ANY NOTE (OR INTEREST THEREIN) BY VIRTUE OF ITS INTEREST AND THEREBY SUBJECT THE ISSUER AND THE COLLATERAL MANAGER (OR OTHER PERSONS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INVESTMENT AND OPERATION OF THE ISSUER’S ASSETS) TO LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SIMILAR TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY OR PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE, AND (II) ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF THIS NOTE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF ANY APPLICABLE STATE, LOCAL, OTHER FEDERAL OR NON-U.S. LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE. EACH PURCHASER OR SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE, AS APPLICABLE, OF SUBORDINATED NOTES IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATED NOTE WILL BE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR CERTIFICATE IDENTIFYING ITS STATUS AS A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR OR A CONTROLLING PERSON. “BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR” MEANS A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA AND INCLUDES (A) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF TITLE I OF ERISA) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (B) A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (C) ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY. “CONTROLLING PERSON” MEANS A PERSON (OTHER THAN A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR) WHO HAS DISCRETIONARY AUTHORITY OR CONTROL WITH RESPECT TO THE ASSETS OF THE ISSUER OR ANY PERSON WHO PROVIDES INVESTMENT ADVICE FOR A FEE (DIRECT OR INDIRECT) WITH RESPECT TO SUCH ASSETS, OR ANY AFFILIATE OF ANY SUCH PERSON. AN “AFFILIATE” OF A PERSON INCLUDES ANY PERSON, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY THROUGH ONE OR MORE INTERMEDIARIES, CONTROLLING, CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE PERSON. “CONTROL” WITH RESPECT TO A PERSON OTHER THAN AN INDIVIDUAL MEANS THE POWER TO EXERCISE A CONTROLLING INFLUENCE OVER THE MANAGEMENT OR POLICIES OF SUCH PERSON.

NO TRANSFER OF A SUBORDINATED NOTE OR ANY INTEREST THEREIN WILL BE PERMITTED, AND THE TRUSTEE WILL NOT RECOGNIZE ANY SUCH TRANSFER, IF IT WOULD CAUSE 25% OR MORE OF THE TOTAL VALUE OF THE SUBORDINATED NOTES TO BE HELD BY BENEFIT PLAN INVESTORS, DISREGARDING SUBORDINATED NOTES (OR INTERESTS THEREIN) HELD BY CONTROLLING PERSONS.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF A SUBORDINATED NOTE WHO HAS MADE OR HAS BEEN DEEMED TO MAKE A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION, BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, CONTROLLING PERSON, SIMILAR LAW OR OTHER PLAN LAW REPRESENTATION THAT IS SUBSEQUENTLY SHOWN TO BE FALSE OR MISLEADING OR WHOSE OWNERSHIP OTHERWISE CAUSES A VIOLATION OF THE 25% LIMITATION TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN THE SUBORDINATED NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.
 
 
A-4-2

 

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN A SUBORDINATED NOTE THAT IS NOT BOTH (A) A QUALIFIED PURCHASER OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER AND (B)(1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR (2) AN ORGANIZING ENTITY THAT IS EITHER AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN THE SUBORDINATED NOTES, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL PROCEEDS AND INTEREST PROCEEDS TO THE HOLDER OF THE SUBORDINATED NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBORDINATED TO THE PAYMENT ON EACH PAYMENT DATE OF PRINCIPAL OF AND INTEREST ON THE SECURED NOTES OF THE ISSUER AND THE PAYMENT OF CERTAIN OTHER AMOUNTS, TO THE EXTENT AND AS DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

THE FAILURE TO PROVIDE THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE AND ANY PAYING AGENT WITH THE PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED TAX CERTIFICATIONS (GENERALLY, IN THE CASE OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX, AN INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-9 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE OR THE APPROPRIATE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-8 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR THE FAILURE TO MEET ITS NOTEHOLDER REPORTING OBLIGATIONS MAY RESULT IN WITHHOLDING FROM PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF SUCH NOTE, INCLUDING U.S. FEDERAL WITHHOLDING OR BACK-UP WITHHOLDING.
 
 
A-4-3

 
 
EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1471(d)(3) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT (I) IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE ITS NAME, ADDRESS, U.S. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND, IF IT IS A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, THE NAME, ADDRESS AND TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OF EACH OF ITS “SUBSTANTIAL UNITED STATES OWNERS” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1473(2) OF THE CODE), AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR THE HOLDER REQUESTS AND (II) IT WILL UPDATE ANY SUCH INFORMATION PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (I) PROMPTLY UPON LEARNING THAT ANY SUCH INFORMATION PREVIOUSLY PROVIDED HAS BECOME OBSOLETE OR INCORRECT OR IS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. IN ADDITION, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE (X) ANY INFORMATION AS IS NECESSARY (IN THE SOLE DETERMINATION OF THE ISSUER OR THE TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE) FOR THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE TO DETERMINE WHETHER SUCH HOLDER OR BENEFICIAL OWNER IS A UNITED STATES PERSON OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, AND (Y) ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT REQUESTS IN CONNECTION WITH SECTIONS 1471-1474 OF THE CODE. EACH SUCH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER WILL AGREE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE BE DEEMED TO AGREE, THAT THE ISSUER MAY PROVIDE SUCH INFORMATION AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING ITS INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES TO THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE. THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN A NOTE THAT FAILS TO COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, A REPRESENTATION TO THE EFFECT THAT (A) EITHER (I) IT IS NOT A BANK EXTENDING CREDIT PURSUANT TO A LOAN AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF ITS TRADE OR BUSINESS (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 881(c)(3)(A) OF THE CODE), OR (II) IT IS A PERSON THAT IS ELIGIBLE FOR BENEFITS UNDER AN INCOME TAX TREATY WITH THE UNITED STATES THAT ELIMINATES U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION OF U.S. SOURCE INTEREST NOT ATTRIBUTABLE TO A PERMANENT ESTABLISHMENT IN THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) IT IS NOT PURCHASING THIS NOTE IN ORDER TO REDUCE ITS U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY PURSUANT TO A TAX AVOIDANCE PLAN.

EACH HOLDER AND EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS SUBORDINATED NOTE, BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, AS THE CASE MAY BE, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO TREAT, AND SHALL TREAT, THIS SUBORDINATED NOTE AS EQUITY IN THE ISSUER FOR U.S. FEDERAL AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, STATE AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX PURPOSES AND SHALL TAKE NO ACTION INCONSISTENT WITH SUCH TREATMENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY ANY RELEVANT TAXING AUTHORITY.
 
 
A-4-4

 

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC

CERTIFICATED SUBORDINATED NOTE
representing
SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2017
 
S/R-1
[DATE]
   
CUSIP No.:  [366557AB2]
U.S.$                                    
   
ISIN No.:  [US366557AB25]
 
 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Issuer ”), for value received, hereby promises to pay to [____________________], or registered assigns, upon presentation and surrender of this Note (except as otherwise permitted by the Indenture referred to below), the face amount of [______] United States Dollars (U.S.$[_______]) on November 20, 2017 (the “ Stated Maturity ”) except as provided below and in the Indenture. The obligations of the Issuer under this Subordinated Note and the Indenture are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely from the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, and following realization of the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, all claims of Subordinated Noteholders shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive. The Subordinated Notes represent unsecured, subordinated obligations of the Issuer and are not entitled to security under the Indenture.

The principal of each Subordinated Note shall be payable no later than the Stated Maturity unless the unpaid principal of such Subordinated Note becomes due and payable at an earlier date by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

Payments of Interest Proceeds and Principal Proceeds to the Holders of the Subordinated Notes are subordinated to payments in respect of the Secured Notes as set forth in the Indenture and failure to pay such amounts to the Holders of the Subordinated Notes will not constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of one of their Authorized Officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Subordinated Notes due 2017 (the “ Subordinated Notes ” and, together with the Secured Notes issued under the Indenture, the “ Notes ”) issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”, which term includes any successor trustee as permitted under the Indenture). Reference is hereby made to the Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

 
A-4-5

 

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

This Note may be redeemed, in whole but not in part, (a) on any Payment Date on or after the redemption or repayment in full of the Secured Notes, at the written direction of (x) a Majority of the Subordinated Notes or (y) the Collateral Manager, so long as Garrison Investment Group LP or an Affiliate thereof is the Collateral Manager, or (b) if a Tax Redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes so direct the Trustee following the occurrence of a Tax Event as set forth in Section 9.3 of the Indenture, in each case in the manner, under the conditions and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

The Issuer, the Trustee, and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name this Subordinated Note is registered as the owner of such Subordinated Note on the Register on the applicable Record Date for the purpose of receiving distributions of Principal Proceeds of and Interest Proceeds on such Subordinated Note and on any other date for all other purposes whatsoever (whether or not such Subordinated Note is overdue), and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

This Certificated Subordinated Note may be transferred to a transferee acquiring Certificated Subordinated Notes, subject to and in accordance with the restrictions set forth in the Indenture.

The Subordinated Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of U.S.$100,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.

Title to Notes shall pass by registration in the Register kept by the Registrar.

No service charge shall be made for registration of transfer or exchange of this Subordinated Note, but the Registrar or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Registrar or the Trustee shall be permitted to request such evidence reasonably satisfactory to it documenting the identity and/or signature of the transferor and the transferee.

AS PROVIDED IN THE INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES AND ANY MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY WHATSOEVER TO THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

- signature page follows -

 
A-4-6

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Subordinated Note to be duly executed as of the date set forth above.

 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC
   
 
By:
  
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
A-4-7

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Subordinated Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS,
 
as Trustee
   
 
By:
  
   
Authorized Signatory
 
 
A-4-8

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

For value received ___________________________________________
 
does hereby sell, assign, and transfer to
 
___________________________________________
 
___________________________________________
Please insert social security or
other identifying number of assignee
 
Please print or type name
and address, including zip code,
of assignee:
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   

the within Security and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ____________________________ Attorney to transfer the Security on the books of the Trustee with full power of substitution in the premises.

Date: _______________
Your Signature     
__________________________
   
(Sign exactly as your name
   
appears in the security)
 
 
A-4-9

 

EXHIBIT A-5-1

FORM OF CERTIFICATED CLASS A-1 NOTE

  CERTIFICATED NOTE
representing
CLASS A-1 SENIOR SECURED FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” (AS DEFINED FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 3(C)(7) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT) OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER THAT IS EITHER (A)(1) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTION FROM SECURITIES ACT REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY SUCH RULE OR (2) AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 (a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF A CLASS A-1 NOTE WHO HAS MADE OR HAS BEEN DEEMED TO MAKE A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION OR OTHER PLAN LAW REPRESENTATION THAT IS SUBSEQUENTLY SHOWN TO BE FALSE OR MISLEADING TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT BOTH (A) A QUALIFIED PURCHASER OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER AND (B)(1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR (2) A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

 
A-5-1-1

 

EACH PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL BE REQUIRED OR DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT (A) IF IT IS, OR IS ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTE OR INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”) OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND (B) IF IT IS A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH, NON-U.S. OR OTHER PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY STATE, LOCAL, OTHER FEDERAL OR NON-U.S. LAW OR REGULATION THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (ANY SUCH LAW OR REGULATION, AN “OTHER PLAN LAW”), ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTES WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF ANY SUCH OTHER PLAN LAW. “BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR” MEANS A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA AND INCLUDES (A) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF TITLE I OF ERISA) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (B) A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (C) ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

THE FAILURE TO PROVIDE THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE AND ANY PAYING AGENT WITH THE PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED TAX CERTIFICATIONS (GENERALLY, IN THE CASE OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX, AN INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-9 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE OR THE APPROPRIATE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-8 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR THE FAILURE TO MEET ITS NOTEHOLDER REPORTING OBLIGATIONS MAY RESULT IN WITHHOLDING FROM PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF SUCH NOTE, INCLUDING U.S. FEDERAL WITHHOLDING OR BACK-UP WITHHOLDING.
 
 
A-5-1-2

 

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1471(d)(3) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT (I) IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE ITS NAME, ADDRESS, U.S. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND, IF IT IS A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, THE NAME, ADDRESS AND TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OF EACH OF ITS “SUBSTANTIAL UNITED STATES OWNERS” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1473(2) OF THE CODE), AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR THE HOLDER REQUESTS AND (II) IT WILL UPDATE ANY SUCH INFORMATION PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (I) PROMPTLY UPON LEARNING THAT ANY SUCH INFORMATION PREVIOUSLY PROVIDED HAS BECOME OBSOLETE OR INCORRECT OR IS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. IN ADDITION, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE (X) ANY INFORMATION AS IS NECESSARY (IN THE SOLE DETERMINATION OF THE ISSUER OR THE TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE) FOR THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE TO DETERMINE WHETHER SUCH HOLDER OR BENEFICIAL OWNER IS A UNITED STATES PERSON OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, AND (Y) ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT REQUESTS IN CONNECTION WITH SECTIONS 1471-1474 OF THE CODE. EACH SUCH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER WILL AGREE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE BE DEEMED TO AGREE, THAT THE ISSUER MAY PROVIDE SUCH INFORMATION AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING ITS INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES TO THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE. THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN A NOTE THAT FAILS TO COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, A REPRESENTATION TO THE EFFECT THAT (A) EITHER (I) IT IS NOT A BANK EXTENDING CREDIT PURSUANT TO A LOAN AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF ITS TRADE OR BUSINESS (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 881(c)(3)(A) OF THE CODE), OR (II) IT IS A PERSON THAT IS ELIGIBLE FOR BENEFITS UNDER AN INCOME TAX TREATY WITH THE UNITED STATES THAT ELIMINATES U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION OF U.S. SOURCE INTEREST NOT ATTRIBUTABLE TO A PERMANENT ESTABLISHMENT IN THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) IT IS NOT PURCHASING THIS NOTE IN ORDER TO REDUCE ITS U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY PURSUANT TO A TAX AVOIDANCE PLAN.
 
 
A-5-1-3

 

EACH HOLDER AND EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE, BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, AS THE CASE MAY BE, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO TREAT, AND SHALL TREAT, THIS NOTE AS DEBT OF THE ISSUER FOR U.S. FEDERAL AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, STATE AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX PURPOSES AND SHALL TAKE NO ACTION INCONSISTENT WITH SUCH TREATMENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY ANY RELEVANT TAXING AUTHORITY.
 
 
A-5-1-4

 

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC

  CERTIFICATED NOTE
representing
CLASS A-1 SENIOR SECURED FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017

A-1/R-1
[DATE]          
   
CUSIP No.: [366558AE4]
U.S.$[________]          
   
ISIN No.:  [US366558AE47]
 

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Issuer ”) for value received, hereby promises to pay to [____________________], or registered assigns, upon presentation and surrender of this Class A-1 Note (except as otherwise permitted by the Indenture referred to below), the principal sum of [_______________] United States Dollars (U.S.$[__________]) on November 20, 2017 (the “ Stated Maturity ”) except as provided below and in the Indenture. The obligations of the Issuer under this Class A-1 Note and the Indenture are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely from the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, and following realization of the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, all claims of Noteholders shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive.

The Issuer promises to pay interest, if any, on the 20th day of February, May, August and November in each year, commencing in February, 2011 (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.40% per annum on the Aggregate Outstanding Amount hereof until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Accrual Period divided by 360. The interest so payable on any Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Class A-1 Note (or one or more predecessor Class A-1 Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest, which shall be the fifteenth day (whether or not a Business Day) prior to such Payment Date.

Interest will cease to accrue on each Class A-1 Note, or in the case of a partial repayment, on such repaid part, from the date of repayment. If this Class A-1 Note is called for redemption and principal payments hereon are not paid upon surrender of this Class A-1 Note, the principal thereof shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the applicable Interest Rate for each successive Interest Accrual Period this Class A -1 Note remains Outstanding; provided that the reason for such non-payment is not the fault of such Noteholder. The principal of this Class A-1 Note shall be payable on the first Payment Date on which funds are permitted to be used for such purpose in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The principal of each Class A-1 Note shall be payable no later than the Stated Maturity unless the unpaid principal of such Note becomes due and payable at an earlier date by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.
 
 
A-5-1-5

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of one of their Authorized Officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class A-1 Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2017 (the “ Class A-1 Notes ” and, together with the other classes of Notes issued under the Indenture, the “ Notes ”) issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”, which term includes any successor trustee as permitted under the Indenture). Reference is hereby made to the Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to optional redemption, in whole but not in part, as specified in the Indenture. In the case of any optional redemption of Class A-1 Notes, interest and principal installments with a Payment Date on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Class A-1 Notes, or one or more predecessor Class A-1 Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Date.

If (a) a redemption occurs because any Coverage Test is not satisfied as set forth in Section 9.1 of the Indenture, (b) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes provide written direction to such effect as set forth in Section 9.2 of the Indenture, (c) a Special Redemption occurs during the Reinvestment Period as set forth in Section 9.6 of the Indenture or (d) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes so direct the Trustee following the occurrence of a Tax Event as set forth in Section 9.3 of the Indenture, then in each case this Note may be redeemed in whole in the manner, under the conditions and with the effect provided in the Indenture. In connection with any redemption pursuant to clause (b) or clause (d) , Holders of 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of any Class of Secured   Notes may elect to receive less than 100% of the Redemption Price that would otherwise be payable to such Holders of Secured Notes.

The Issuer, the Trustee, and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner of such Note on the Register on the applicable Record Date for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest on such Note and on any other date for all other purposes whatsoever (whether or not such Note is overdue), and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Class A-1 Notes may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.
 
 
A-5-1-6

 

Interests in this Certificated Secured Note may be exchanged for an interest in, or transferred to a transferee taking an interest in, the corresponding Global Secured Note or Certificated Secured Note subject to the restrictions as set forth in the Indenture.

The Class A -1 Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of U.S.$250,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.

Title to Notes shall pass by registration in the Register kept by the Registrar.

No service charge shall be made for registration of transfer or exchange of this Class A-1 Note, but the Registrar or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Registrar or the Trustee shall be permitted to request such evidence reasonably satisfactory to it documenting the identity and/or signature of the transferor and the transferee.

AS PROVIDED IN THE INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES AND ANY MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY WHATSOEVER TO THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

- signature page follows -

 
A-5-1-7

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set forth above.

 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC
   
 
By:
   
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
A-5-1-8

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class A-1 Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS,
 
as Trustee
   
 
By:
   
   
Authorized Signatory
 
 
A-5-1-9

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

For value received ___________________________________________
 
does hereby sell, assign, and transfer to
 
___________________________________________
 
___________________________________________
Please insert social security or
other identifying number of assignee
 
Please print or type name
and address, including zip code,
of assignee:
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
  
 
   
  
 

the within Security and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ___________________________ Attorney to transfer the Security on the books of the Trustee with full power of substitution in the premises.

Date: _______________
Your Signature   
__________________________
   
(Sign exactly as your name
   
appears in the security)
 
 
A-5-1-10

 

EXHIBIT A-5-2

FORM OF CERTIFICATED CLASS A-2 NOTE
 
CERTIFICATED NOTE
representing
CLASS A-2 SENIOR SECURED FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” (AS DEFINED FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 3(C)(7) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT) OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER THAT IS EITHER (A)(1) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTION FROM SECURITIES ACT REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY SUCH RULE OR (2) AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 (a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF A CLASS A-2 NOTE WHO HAS MADE OR HAS BEEN DEEMED TO MAKE A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION OR OTHER PLAN LAW REPRESENTATION THAT IS SUBSEQUENTLY SHOWN TO BE FALSE OR MISLEADING TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT BOTH (A) A QUALIFIED PURCHASER OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER AND (B)(1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR (2) A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.
 
 
A-5-2-1

 

EACH PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL BE REQUIRED OR DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT (A) IF IT IS, OR IS ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTE OR INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”) OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND (B) IF IT IS A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH, NON-U.S. OR OTHER PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY STATE, LOCAL, OTHER FEDERAL OR NON-U.S. LAW OR REGULATION THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (ANY SUCH LAW OR REGULATION, AN “OTHER PLAN LAW”), ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTES WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF ANY SUCH OTHER PLAN LAW. “BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR” MEANS A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA AND INCLUDES (A) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF TITLE I OF ERISA) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (B) A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (C) ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

THE FAILURE TO PROVIDE THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE AND ANY PAYING AGENT WITH THE PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED TAX CERTIFICATIONS (GENERALLY, IN THE CASE OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX, AN INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-9 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE OR THE APPROPRIATE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-8 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR THE FAILURE TO MEET ITS NOTEHOLDER REPORTING OBLIGATIONS MAY RESULT IN WITHHOLDING FROM PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF SUCH NOTE, INCLUDING U.S. FEDERAL WITHHOLDING OR BACK-UP WITHHOLDING.
 
 
A-5-2-2

 

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1471(d)(3) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT (I) IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE ITS NAME, ADDRESS, U.S. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND, IF IT IS A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, THE NAME, ADDRESS AND TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OF EACH OF ITS “SUBSTANTIAL UNITED STATES OWNERS” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1473(2) OF THE CODE), AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR THE HOLDER REQUESTS AND (II) IT WILL UPDATE ANY SUCH INFORMATION PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (I) PROMPTLY UPON LEARNING THAT ANY SUCH INFORMATION PREVIOUSLY PROVIDED HAS BECOME OBSOLETE OR INCORRECT OR IS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. IN ADDITION, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE (X) ANY INFORMATION AS IS NECESSARY (IN THE SOLE DETERMINATION OF THE ISSUER OR THE TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE) FOR THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE TO DETERMINE WHETHER SUCH HOLDER OR BENEFICIAL OWNER IS A UNITED STATES PERSON OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, AND (Y) ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT REQUESTS IN CONNECTION WITH SECTIONS 1471- 1474 OF THE CODE. EACH SUCH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER WILL AGREE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE BE DEEMED TO AGREE, THAT THE ISSUER MAY PROVIDE SUCH INFORMATION AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING ITS INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES TO THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE. THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN A NOTE THAT FAILS TO COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, A REPRESENTATION TO THE EFFECT THAT (A) EITHER (I) IT IS NOT A BANK EXTENDING CREDIT PURSUANT TO A LOAN AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF ITS TRADE OR BUSINESS (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 881(c)(3)(A) OF THE CODE), OR (II) IT IS A PERSON THAT IS ELIGIBLE FOR BENEFITS UNDER AN INCOME TAX TREATY WITH THE UNITED STATES THAT ELIMINATES U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION OF U.S. SOURCE INTEREST NOT ATTRIBUTABLE TO A PERMANENT ESTABLISHMENT IN THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) IT IS NOT PURCHASING THIS NOTE IN ORDER TO REDUCE ITS U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY PURSUANT TO A TAX AVOIDANCE PLAN.

 
A-5-2-3

 

EACH HOLDER AND EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE, BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, AS THE CASE MAY BE, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO TREAT, AND SHALL TREAT, THIS NOTE AS DEBT OF THE ISSUER FOR U.S. FEDERAL AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, STATE AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX PURPOSES AND SHALL TAKE NO ACTION INCONSISTENT WITH SUCH TREATMENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY ANY RELEVANT TAXING AUTHORITY.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT (“OID”) FOR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF OID, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS NOTE MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITING TO DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., 60 WALL STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005, TELEPHONE NO. 212-250-2500.
 
 
A-5-2-4

 

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC

  CERTIFICATED NOTE
representing
CLASS A-2 SENIOR SECURED FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017

A-2/R-1
[DATE]    
   
CUSIP No.: [366558AF1]
U.S.$[_______]    
   
ISIN No.:  [US366558AF12]
 
 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Issuer ”) for value received, hereby promises to pay to [____________________], or registered assigns, upon presentation and surrender of this Class A-2 Note (except as otherwise permitted by the Indenture referred to below), the principal sum of [_______________] United States Dollars (U.S.$[__________]) on November 20, 2017 (the “ Stated Maturity ”) except as provided below and in the Indenture. The obligations of the Issuer under this Class A-2 Note and the Indenture are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely from the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, and following realization of the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, all claims of Noteholders shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive.

The Issuer promises to pay interest, if any, on the 20th day of February, May, August and November in each year, commencing in February, 2011 (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.40% per annum on the Aggregate Outstanding Amount hereof until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Accrual Period divided by 360. The interest so payable on any Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Class A-2 Note (or one or more predecessor Class A-2 Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest, which shall be the fifteenth day (whether or not a Business Day) prior to such Payment Date.

Payments of principal of and interest on this Class A-2 Note are subordinated to the payment on each Payment Date of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments and Section 13.1 of the Indenture.

Interest will cease to accrue on each Class A-2 Note, or in the case of a partial repayment, on such repaid part, from the date of repayment. If this Class A-2 Note is called for redemption and principal payments hereon are not paid upon surrender of this Class A-2 Note, the principal thereof shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the applicable Interest Rate for each successive Interest Accrual Period this Class A -2 Note remains Outstanding; provided that the reason for such non-payment is not the fault of such Noteholder. The principal of this Class A-2 Note shall be payable on the first Payment Date on which funds are permitted to be used for such purpose in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The principal of each Class A-2 Note shall be payable no later than the Stated Maturity unless the unpaid principal of such Note becomes due and payable at an earlier date by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.
 
 
A-5-2-5

 

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of one of their Authorized Officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class A-2 Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2017 (the “ Class A-2 Notes ” and, together with the other classes of Notes issued under the Indenture, the “ Notes ”) issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”, which term includes any successor trustee as permitted under the Indenture). Reference is hereby made to the Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to optional redemption, in whole but not in part, as specified in the Indenture. In the case of any optional redemption of Class A-2 Notes, interest and principal installments with a Payment Date on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Class A-2 Notes, or one or more predecessor Class A-2 Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Date.

If (a) a redemption occurs because any Coverage Test is not satisfied as set forth in Section 9.1 of the Indenture, (b) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes provide written direction to such effect as set forth in Section 9.2 of the Indenture, (c) a Special Redemption occurs during the Reinvestment Period as set forth in Section 9.6 of the Indenture or (d) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes so direct the Trustee following the occurrence of a Tax Event as set forth in Section 9.3 of the Indenture, then in each case this Note may be redeemed in whole in the manner, under the conditions and with the effect provided in the Indenture. In connection with any redemption pursuant to clause (b) or clause (d) , Holders of 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of any Class of Secured   Notes may elect to receive less than 100% of the Redemption Price that would otherwise be payable to such Holders of Secured Notes.

The Issuer, the Trustee, and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner of such Note on the Register on the applicable Record Date for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest on such Note and on any other date for all other purposes whatsoever (whether or not such Note is overdue), and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Class A-2 Notes may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.
 
 
A-5-2-6

 

Interests in this Certificated Secured Note may be exchanged for an interest in, or transferred to a transferee taking an interest in, the corresponding Global Secured Note or Certificated Secured Note subject to the restrictions as set forth in the Indenture.

 
The Class A -2 Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of U.S.$250,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.
  
Title to Notes shall pass by registration in the Register kept by the Registrar.

No service charge shall be made for registration of transfer or exchange of this Class A-2 Note, but the Registrar or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Registrar or the Trustee shall be permitted to request such evidence reasonably satisfactory to it documenting the identity and/or signature of the transferor and the transferee.

AS PROVIDED IN THE INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES AND ANY MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY WHATSOEVER TO THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

- signature page follows -

 
A-5-2-7

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set forth above.

 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
A-5-2-8

 
 
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class A-2 Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS,
 
as Trustee
   
 
By:
 
   
Authorized Signatory
 
 
A-5-2-9

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

For value received ___________________________________________
  
does hereby sell, assign, and transfer to
 
___________________________________________
 
___________________________________________
Please insert social security or
other identifying number of assignee
 
Please print or type name
and address, including zip code,
of assignee:
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 

the within Security and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ___________________________ Attorney to transfer the Security on the books of the Trustee with full power of substitution in the premises.

Date: _______________
Your Signature     
 
   
(Sign exactly as your name appears
   
in the security)


 
A-5-2-10

 

EXHIBIT A-6

FORM OF CERTIFICATED CLASS B NOTE

CERTIFICATED NOTE
representing
CLASS B SENIOR SECURED DEFERRABLE FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” (AS DEFINED FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 3(C)(7) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT) OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER THAT IS EITHER (A)(1) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTION FROM SECURITIES ACT REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY SUCH RULE OR (2) AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 (a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF A CLASS B NOTE WHO HAS MADE OR HAS BEEN DEEMED TO MAKE A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION OR OTHER PLAN LAW REPRESENTATION THAT IS SUBSEQUENTLY SHOWN TO BE FALSE OR MISLEADING TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT BOTH (A) A QUALIFIED PURCHASER OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER AND (B)(1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR (2) A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.
 
 
A-6-1

 

EACH PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL BE REQUIRED OR DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT (A) IF IT IS, OR IS ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTE OR INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”) OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND (B) IF IT IS A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH, NON-U.S. OR OTHER PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY STATE, LOCAL, OTHER FEDERAL OR NON-U.S. LAW OR REGULATION THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (ANY SUCH LAW OR REGULATION, AN “OTHER PLAN LAW”), ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTES WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF ANY SUCH OTHER PLAN LAW. “BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR” MEANS A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA AND INCLUDES (A) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF TITLE I OF ERISA) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (B) A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (C) ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

THE FAILURE TO PROVIDE THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE AND ANY PAYING AGENT WITH THE PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED TAX CERTIFICATIONS (GENERALLY, IN THE CASE OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX, AN INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-9 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE OR THE APPROPRIATE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-8 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR THE FAILURE TO MEET ITS NOTEHOLDER REPORTING OBLIGATIONS MAY RESULT IN WITHHOLDING FROM PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF SUCH NOTE, INCLUDING U.S. FEDERAL WITHHOLDING OR BACK-UP WITHHOLDING.
 
 
A-6-2

 

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1471(d)(3) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT (I) IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE ITS NAME, ADDRESS, U.S. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND, IF IT IS A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, THE NAME, ADDRESS AND TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OF EACH OF ITS “SUBSTANTIAL UNITED STATES OWNERS” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1473(2) OF THE CODE), AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR THE HOLDER REQUESTS AND (II) IT WILL UPDATE ANY SUCH INFORMATION PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (I) PROMPTLY UPON LEARNING THAT ANY SUCH INFORMATION PREVIOUSLY PROVIDED HAS BECOME OBSOLETE OR INCORRECT OR IS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. IN ADDITION, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE (X) ANY INFORMATION AS IS NECESSARY (IN THE SOLE DETERMINATION OF THE ISSUER OR THE TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE) FOR THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE TO DETERMINE WHETHER SUCH HOLDER OR BENEFICIAL OWNER IS A UNITED STATES PERSON OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, AND (Y) ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT REQUESTS IN CONNECTION WITH SECTIONS 1471- 1474 OF THE CODE. EACH SUCH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER WILL AGREE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE BE DEEMED TO AGREE, THAT THE ISSUER MAY PROVIDE SUCH INFORMATION AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING ITS INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES TO THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE. THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN A NOTE THAT FAILS TO COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, A REPRESENTATION TO THE EFFECT THAT (A) EITHER (I) IT IS NOT A BANK EXTENDING CREDIT PURSUANT TO A LOAN AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF ITS TRADE OR BUSINESS (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 881(c)(3)(A) OF THE CODE), OR (II) IT IS A PERSON THAT IS ELIGIBLE FOR BENEFITS UNDER AN INCOME TAX TREATY WITH THE UNITED STATES THAT ELIMINATES U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION OF U.S. SOURCE INTEREST NOT ATTRIBUTABLE TO A PERMANENT ESTABLISHMENT IN THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) IT IS NOT PURCHASING THIS NOTE IN ORDER TO REDUCE ITS U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY PURSUANT TO A TAX AVOIDANCE PLAN.
 
 
A-6-3

 

EACH HOLDER AND EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE, BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, AS THE CASE MAY BE, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO TREAT, AND SHALL TREAT, THIS NOTE AS DEBT OF THE ISSUER FOR U.S. FEDERAL AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, STATE AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX PURPOSES AND SHALL TAKE NO ACTION INCONSISTENT WITH SUCH TREATMENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY ANY RELEVANT TAXING AUTHORITY.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT (“OID”) FOR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF OID, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS NOTE MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITING TO DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., 60 WALL STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005, TELEPHONE NO. 212-250-2500.
 
 
A-6-4

 

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC

CERTIFICATED NOTE
representing
CLASS B SENIOR SECURED DEFERRABLE FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017

B/R-1
[DATE]
   
CUSIP No.: [366558AG9]
U.S.$[____________]
   
ISIN No.:  [US366558AG94]
 

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Issuer ”) for value received, hereby promises to pay to [____________________], or registered assigns, upon presentation and surrender of this Class B Note (except as otherwise permitted by the Indenture referred to below), the principal sum of [_______________] United States Dollars (U.S.$[__________]) on November 20, 2017 (the “ Stated Maturity ”) except as provided below and in the Indenture. The obligations of the Issuer under this Class B Note and the Indenture are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely from the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, and following realization of the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, all claims of Noteholders shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive.

The Issuer promises to pay interest, if any, on the 20th day of February, May, August and November in each year, commencing in February, 2011 (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 3.75% per annum on the Aggregate Outstanding Amount hereof until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Accrual Period divided by 360. The interest so payable on any Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Class B Note (or one or more predecessor Class B Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest, which shall be the fifteenth day (whether or not a Business Day) prior to such Payment Date.

Payments of principal of and interest on this Class B Note are subordinated to the payment on each Payment Date of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments and Section 13.1 of the Indenture.

So long as any Priority Class is Outstanding with respect to the Class B Notes, any payment of interest due on the Class B Notes which is not available to be paid (“ Deferred Interest ”) in accordance with the Priority of Payments on any Payment Date shall not be   considered “due and payable” for the purposes of Section 5.1(a) of the Indenture (and the failure to pay such interest shall not be an Event of Default) until the earliest of (i) the Payment Date on which funds are available to pay such Deferred Interest in accordance with the Priority of Payments, (ii) the Redemption Date with respect to the Class B Notes and (iii) the Stated Maturity of the Class B Notes. Deferred Interest on the Class B Notes shall be added to the unpaid principal balance of the Class B Notes and shall be payable on the first Payment Date on which funds are available to be used for such purpose in accordance with the Priority of Payments, but in any event no later than the earlier of the Payment Date (i) which is the Redemption Date with respect to the Class B Notes and (ii) which is the Stated Maturity of the Class B Notes. Regardless of whether any Priority Class is Outstanding with respect to the Class B Notes, to the extent that funds are not available on any Payment Date (other than the Redemption Date with respect to, or Stated Maturity of, the Class B Notes) to pay previously accrued Deferred Interest, such previously accrued Deferred Interest will not be due and payable on such Payment Date and any failure to pay such previously accrued Deferred Interest on such Payment Date will not be an Event of Default under the Indenture.
 
 
A-6-5

 

Interest will cease to accrue on each Class B Note, or in the case of a partial repayment, on such repaid part, from the date of repayment. If this Class B Note is called for redemption and principal payments hereon are not paid upon surrender of this Class B Note, the principal thereof shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the applicable Interest Rate for each successive Interest Accrual Period this Class B Note remains Outstanding; provided that the reason for such non-payment is not the fault of such Noteholder. The principal of this Class B Note shall be payable on the first Payment Date on which funds are permitted to be used for such purpose in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The principal of each Class B Note shall be payable no later than the Stated Maturity unless the unpaid principal of such Note becomes due and payable at an earlier date by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of one of their Authorized Officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class B Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate Notes due 2017 (the “ Class B Notes ” and, together with the other classes of Notes issued under the Indenture, the “ Notes ”) issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”, which term includes any successor trustee as permitted under the Indenture). Reference is hereby made to the Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to optional redemption, in whole but not in part, as specified in the Indenture. In the case of any optional redemption of Class B Notes, interest and principal installments with a Payment Date on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Class B Notes, or one or more predecessor Class B Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Date.
 
 
A-6-6

 

If (a) a redemption occurs because any Coverage Test is not satisfied as set forth in Section 9.1 of the Indenture, (b) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes provide written direction to such effect as set forth in Section 9.2 of the Indenture, (c) a Special Redemption occurs during the Reinvestment Period as set forth in Section 9.6 of the Indenture or (d) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes so direct the Trustee following the occurrence of a Tax Event as set forth in Section 9.3 of the Indenture, then in each case this Note may be redeemed in whole in the manner, under the conditions and with the effect provided in the Indenture. In connection with any redemption pursuant to clause (b) or clause (d) , Holders of 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of any Class of Secured   Notes may elect to receive less than 100% of the Redemption Price that would otherwise be payable to such Holders of Secured Notes.

The Issuer, the Trustee, and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner of such Note on the Register on the applicable Record Date for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest on such Note and on any other date for all other purposes whatsoever (whether or not such Note is overdue), and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Class B Notes may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Interests in this Certificated Secured Note may be exchanged for an interest in, or transferred to a transferee taking an interest in, the corresponding Global Secured Note or Certificated Secured Note subject to the restrictions as set forth in the Indenture.

The Class B Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of U.S.$250,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.

Title to Notes shall pass by registration in the Register kept by the Registrar.

No service charge shall be made for registration of transfer or exchange of this Class B Note, but the Registrar or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Registrar or the Trustee shall be permitted to request such evidence reasonably satisfactory to it documenting the identity and/or signature of the transferor and the transferee.

AS PROVIDED IN THE INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES AND ANY MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY WHATSOEVER TO THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

- signature page follows -

 
A-6-7

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set forth above.

 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
A-6-8

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class B Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS,
 
as Trustee
   
 
By:
 
   
Authorized Signatory
 
 
A-6-9

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
   
For value received ___________________________________________
  
does hereby sell, assign, and transfer to
 
___________________________________________
 
___________________________________________
Please insert social security or
other identifying number of assignee
 
Please print or type name
and address, including zip code,
of assignee:
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
the within Security and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ___________________________ Attorney to transfer the Security on the books of the Trustee with full power of substitution in the premises.

Date: _______________
Your Signature      
 
   
(Sign exactly as your name appears
   
in the security)
 
 
A-6-10

 

EXHIBIT A-7

FORM OF CERTIFICATED CLASS C NOTE

CERTIFICATED NOTE
representing
CLASS C SENIOR SECURED DEFERRABLE FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND MAY BE REOFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY TO A “QUALIFIED PURCHASER” (AS DEFINED FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 3(C)(7) OF THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT) OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER THAT IS EITHER (A)(1) A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN RELIANCE ON THE EXEMPTION FROM SECURITIES ACT REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY SUCH RULE OR (2) AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501 (a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF REGULATION D UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) NOT A “U.S. PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH CASE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CERTIFICATION AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW OF ANY APPLICABLE JURISDICTION.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF A CLASS C NOTE WHO HAS MADE OR HAS BEEN DEEMED TO MAKE A PROHIBITED TRANSACTION OR OTHER PLAN LAW REPRESENTATION THAT IS SUBSEQUENTLY SHOWN TO BE FALSE OR MISLEADING TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT BOTH (A) A QUALIFIED PURCHASER OR A CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY OR OTHER ENTITY (OTHER THAN A TRUST) EACH SHAREHOLDER, PARTNER, MEMBER OR OTHER EQUITY OWNER OF WHICH IS A QUALIFIED PURCHASER AND (B)(1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER OR AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR (2) A NON-U.S. PERSON IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.
 
 
A-7-1

 

EACH PURCHASER OR TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN WILL BE REQUIRED OR DEEMED TO REPRESENT, WARRANT AND AGREE THAT (A) IF IT IS, OR IS ACTING ON BEHALF OF, A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTE OR INTEREST HEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”) OR SECTION 4975 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), AND (B) IF IT IS A GOVERNMENTAL, CHURCH, NON-U.S. OR OTHER PLAN WHICH IS SUBJECT TO ANY STATE, LOCAL, OTHER FEDERAL OR NON-U.S. LAW OR REGULATION THAT IS SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE PROHIBITED TRANSACTION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE (ANY SUCH LAW OR REGULATION, AN “OTHER PLAN LAW”), ITS ACQUISITION, HOLDING AND DISPOSITION OF SUCH NOTES WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF ANY SUCH OTHER PLAN LAW. “BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR” MEANS A BENEFIT PLAN INVESTOR, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(42) OF ERISA AND INCLUDES (A) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF TITLE I OF ERISA) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF ERISA, (B) A PLAN THAT IS SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR (C) ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE “PLAN ASSETS” BY REASON OF ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN’S OR PLAN’S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY.

TRANSFERS OF THIS NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.

PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE AS SET FORTH HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF. ANY PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE MAY ASCERTAIN ITS CURRENT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT BY INQUIRY OF THE TRUSTEE.

THE FAILURE TO PROVIDE THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE AND ANY PAYING AGENT WITH THE PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SIGNED TAX CERTIFICATIONS (GENERALLY, IN THE CASE OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX, AN INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-9 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE OR THE APPROPRIATE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE FORM W-8 (OR APPLICABLE SUCCESSOR FORM) IN THE CASE OF A PERSON THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR THE FAILURE TO MEET ITS NOTEHOLDER REPORTING OBLIGATIONS MAY RESULT IN WITHHOLDING FROM PAYMENTS IN RESPECT OF SUCH NOTE, INCLUDING U.S. FEDERAL WITHHOLDING OR BACK-UP WITHHOLDING.
 
 
A-7-2

 

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1471(d)(3) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT (I) IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE ITS NAME, ADDRESS, U.S. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND, IF IT IS A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, THE NAME, ADDRESS AND TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OF EACH OF ITS “SUBSTANTIAL UNITED STATES OWNERS” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 1473(2) OF THE CODE), AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR THE HOLDER REQUESTS AND (II) IT WILL UPDATE ANY SUCH INFORMATION PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (I) PROMPTLY UPON LEARNING THAT ANY SUCH INFORMATION PREVIOUSLY PROVIDED HAS BECOME OBSOLETE OR INCORRECT OR IS OTHERWISE REQUIRED. IN ADDITION, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, REPRESENTATIONS TO THE EFFECT THAT IT WILL PROVIDE TO THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE (X) ANY INFORMATION AS IS NECESSARY (IN THE SOLE DETERMINATION OF THE ISSUER OR THE TRUSTEE, AS APPLICABLE) FOR THE ISSUER AND THE TRUSTEE TO DETERMINE WHETHER SUCH HOLDER OR BENEFICIAL OWNER IS A UNITED STATES PERSON OR A UNITED STATES OWNED FOREIGN ENTITY, AND (Y) ANY ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THAT THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT REQUESTS IN CONNECTION WITH SECTIONS 1471-1474 OF THE CODE. EACH SUCH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER WILL AGREE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE BE DEEMED TO AGREE, THAT THE ISSUER MAY PROVIDE SUCH INFORMATION AND ANY OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING ITS INVESTMENT IN THE NOTES TO THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE. THE ISSUER HAS THE RIGHT, UNDER THE INDENTURE, TO COMPEL ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF AN INTEREST IN A NOTE THAT FAILS TO COMPLY WITH THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS TO SELL ITS INTEREST IN SUCH NOTE, OR MAY SELL SUCH INTEREST ON BEHALF OF SUCH OWNER.

EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE THAT IS NOT A “UNITED STATES PERSON” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 7701(a)(30) OF THE CODE) WILL MAKE, OR BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR AN INTEREST IN THIS NOTE WILL BE DEEMED TO MAKE, A REPRESENTATION TO THE EFFECT THAT (A) EITHER (I) IT IS NOT A BANK EXTENDING CREDIT PURSUANT TO A LOAN AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO IN THE ORDINARY COURSE OF ITS TRADE OR BUSINESS (WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 881(c)(3)(A) OF THE CODE), OR (II) IT IS A PERSON THAT IS ELIGIBLE FOR BENEFITS UNDER AN INCOME TAX TREATY WITH THE UNITED STATES THAT ELIMINATES U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAXATION OF U.S. SOURCE INTEREST NOT ATTRIBUTABLE TO A PERMANENT ESTABLISHMENT IN THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) IT IS NOT PURCHASING THIS NOTE IN ORDER TO REDUCE ITS U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LIABILITY PURSUANT TO A TAX AVOIDANCE PLAN.
 
 
A-7-3

 

EACH HOLDER AND EACH BENEFICIAL OWNER OF THIS NOTE, BY ACQUIRING THIS NOTE OR ITS INTEREST IN THIS NOTE, AS THE CASE MAY BE, SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE AGREED TO TREAT, AND SHALL TREAT, THIS NOTE AS DEBT OF THE ISSUER FOR U.S. FEDERAL AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, STATE AND LOCAL INCOME AND FRANCHISE TAX PURPOSES AND SHALL TAKE NO ACTION INCONSISTENT WITH SUCH TREATMENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY ANY RELEVANT TAXING AUTHORITY.

THIS NOTE HAS BEEN ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT (“OID”) FOR UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF OID, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY OF THIS NOTE MAY BE OBTAINED BY WRITING TO DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., 60 WALL STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10005, TELEPHONE NO. 212-250-2500.
 
 
A-7-4

 

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC
 
CERTIFICATED NOTE
representing
CLASS C SENIOR SECURED DEFERRABLE FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2017

C/R-1
[DATE]
   
CUSIP No.: [366558AH7]
U.S.$[____________]
   
ISIN No.:  [US366558AH77]
 

GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Issuer ”) for value received, hereby promises to pay to [____________________], or registered assigns, upon presentation and surrender of this Class C Note (except as otherwise permitted by the Indenture referred to below), the principal sum of [_______________] United States Dollars (U.S.$[__________]) on November 20, 2017 (the “ Stated Maturity ”) except as provided below and in the Indenture. The obligations of the Issuer under this Class C Note and the Indenture are limited recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely from the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, and following realization of the Assets in accordance with the Indenture, all claims of Noteholders shall be extinguished and shall not thereafter revive.

The Issuer promises to pay interest, if any, on the 20th day of February, May, August and November in each year, commencing in February, 2011 (or, if any such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), at the rate equal to LIBOR plus 4.75% per annum on the Aggregate Outstanding Amount hereof until the principal hereof is paid or duly provided for. Interest shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the applicable Interest Accrual Period divided by 360. The interest so payable on any Payment Date will, as provided in the Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Class C Note (or one or more predecessor Class C Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest, which shall be the fifteenth day (whether or not a Business Day) prior to such Payment Date.

Payments of principal of and interest on this Class C Note are subordinated to the payment on each Payment Date of certain other amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments and Section 13.1 of the Indenture.

So long as any Priority Class is Outstanding with respect to the Class C Notes, any payment of interest due on the Class C Notes which is not available to be paid (“ Deferred Interest ”) in accordance with the Priority of Payments on any Payment Date shall not be   considered “due and payable” for the purposes of Section 5.1(a) of the Indenture (and the failure to pay such interest shall not be an Event of Default) until the earliest of (i) the Payment Date on which funds are available to pay such Deferred Interest in accordance with the Priority of Payments, (ii) the Redemption Date with respect to the Class C Notes and (iii) the Stated Maturity of the Class C Notes. Deferred Interest on the Class C Notes shall be added to the unpaid principal balance of the Class C Notes and shall be payable on the first Payment Date on which funds are available to be used for such purpose in accordance with the Priority of Payments, but in any event no later than the earlier of the Payment Date (i) which is the Redemption Date with respect to the Class C Notes and (ii) which is the Stated Maturity of the Class C Notes. Regardless of whether any Priority Class is Outstanding with respect to the Class C Notes, to the extent that funds are not available on any Payment Date (other than the Redemption Date with respect to, or Stated Maturity of, the Class C Notes) to pay previously accrued Deferred Interest, such previously accrued Deferred Interest will not be due and payable on such Payment Date and any failure to pay such previously accrued Deferred Interest on such Payment Date will not be an Event of Default under the Indenture.
 
 
A-7-5

 

Interest will cease to accrue on each Class C Note, or in the case of a partial repayment, on such repaid part, from the date of repayment. If this Class C Note is called for redemption and principal payments hereon are not paid upon surrender of this Class C Note, the principal thereof shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the applicable Interest Rate for each successive Interest Accrual Period this Class C Note remains Outstanding; provided that the reason for such non-payment is not the fault of such Noteholder. The principal of this Class C Note shall be payable on the first Payment Date on which funds are permitted to be used for such purpose in accordance with the Priority of Payments. The principal of each Class C Note shall be payable no later than the Stated Maturity unless the unpaid principal of such Note becomes due and payable at an earlier date by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by the manual signature of one of their Authorized Officers, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Class C Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate Notes due 2017 (the “ Class C Notes ” and, together with the other classes of Notes issued under the Indenture, the “ Notes ”) issued and to be issued under an indenture dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”, which term includes any successor trustee as permitted under the Indenture). Reference is hereby made to the Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

This Note is subject to optional redemption, in whole but not in part, as specified in the Indenture. In the case of any optional redemption of Class C Notes, interest and principal installments with a Payment Date on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Class C Notes, or one or more predecessor Class C Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant Record Date.

 
A-7-6

 

If (a) a redemption occurs because any Coverage Test is not satisfied as set forth in Section 9.1 of the Indenture, (b) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes provide written direction to such effect as set forth in Section 9.2 of the Indenture, (c) a Special Redemption occurs during the Reinvestment Period as set forth in Section 9.6 of the Indenture or (d) a redemption occurs because a Majority of the Subordinated Notes so direct the Trustee following the occurrence of a Tax Event as set forth in Section 9.3 of the Indenture, then in each case this Note may be redeemed in whole in the manner, under the conditions and with the effect provided in the Indenture. In connection with any redemption pursuant to clause (b) or clause (d) , Holders of 100% of the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of any Class of Secured   Notes may elect to receive less than 100% of the Redemption Price that would otherwise be payable to such Holders of Secured Notes.

The Issuer, the Trustee, and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner of such Note on the Register on the applicable Record Date for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest on such Note and on any other date for all other purposes whatsoever (whether or not such Note is overdue), and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Class C Notes may become or be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

Interests in this Certificated Secured Note may be exchanged for an interest in, or transferred to a transferee taking an interest in, the corresponding Global Secured Note or Certificated Secured Note subject to the restrictions as set forth in the Indenture.

The Class C Notes will be issued in minimum denominations of U.S.$250,000 and integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.

Title to Notes shall pass by registration in the Register kept by the Registrar.

No service charge shall be made for registration of transfer or exchange of this Class C Note, but the Registrar or the Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. The Registrar or the Trustee shall be permitted to request such evidence reasonably satisfactory to it documenting the identity and/or signature of the transferor and the transferee.

AS PROVIDED IN THE INDENTURE, THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES AND ANY MATTERS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING IN ANY WAY WHATSOEVER TO THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES (WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE), SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

- signature page follows -

 
A-7-7

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set forth above.

 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
A-7-8

 
 
CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This is one of the Class C Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 
DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
AMERICAS,
 
as Trustee
   
 
By:
 
   
Authorized Signatory
 
 
A-7-9

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

For value received ___________________________________________
 
does hereby sell, assign, and transfer to
 
___________________________________________
 
___________________________________________
Please insert social security or
other identifying number of assignee
 
Please print or type name
and address, including zip code,
of assignee:
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 

the within Security and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ___________________________ Attorney to transfer the Security on the books of the Trustee with full power of substitution in the premises.

Date: _______________
Your Signature      
 
   
(Sign exactly as your name appears
   
in the security)
 
 
A-7-10

 

EXHIBIT B

FORMS OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE CERTIFICATES

 
B-1

 

EXHIBIT B-1

FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER OF RULE 144A GLOBAL
SECURED NOTE OR CERTIFICATED SECURED NOTE TO REGULATIONS
GLOBAL SECURED NOTE

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

 
Re:
Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC (the “ Issuer ”) Class [A-1][A-2][B][C] Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”)

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

 
This letter relates to U.S. $___________ aggregate principal amount of Notes which are held in the form of a [Rule 144A Global Secured Note representing Class [A-1][A-2][B][C] Notes] [Certificated [Class [A-1][A-2][B][C]] Note] [with the Depository] in the name of _______ (the “ Transferor ”) to effect the transfer of the Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a [Regulation S Global Class [A-1][A-2][B][C] Note].

 
In connection with such transfer, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such Notes are being transferred to ___________ (the “ Transferee ”) in accordance with Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Offering Circular defined in the Indenture relating to such Notes and that:
     
a.           the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;
  
b.          at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or the Transferor and any person acting on its behalf reasonably believed that the Transferee was outside the United States;
  
c.           no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S, as applicable;
  
d.          the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act;
  
e.           the Transferee is not a U.S. Person; and
  
f.            the Transferee is a Qualified Purchaser.
 
 
B-1-1

 
 
The Transferor understands that the Issuer, the Trustee and their counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and the Transferor hereby consents to such reliance.

 
(Name of Transferor)
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:

Dated:     _________, _____

cc:
Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
c/o Puglisi & Associates
850 Library Avenue, Suite 204
Newark, Delaware 19711
Attention: Don Puglisi
Facsimile No.: (302) 738-7210

 
B-1-2

 

EXHIBIT B-2

FORM OF TRANSFEROR CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER OF REGULATIONS
GLOBAL SECURED NOTE OR CERTIFICATED SECURED NOTE TO RULE 144A
GLOBAL SECURED NOTE

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

 
Re:
Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC (the “ Issuer ”) Class [A-1][A-2][B][C] Notes due 2017 (the “ Notes ”)

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

This letter relates to U.S. $___________ Aggregate Outstanding Amount of Notes which are held in the form of a [Regulation S Global Secured Note representing Class [A-1][A-2][B][C] Notes] [Certificated [Class [A-1][A-2][B][C][Note]] [with the Depository] in the name of ______ (the “ Transferor ”) to effect the transfer of the Notes in exchange for an equivalent beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Class [A-1][A-2][B][C] Note.

In connection with such transfer, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such Notes are being transferred to ____________ (the “ Transferee ”) in accordance with (i) the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Offering Circular relating to such Notes and (ii) Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and it reasonably believes that the Transferee is purchasing the Notes for its own account or an account with respect to which the Transferee exercises sole investment discretion, the Transferee and any such account is a Qualified Purchaser and a Qualified Institutional Buyer, in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

The Transferor understands that the Issuer, the Trustee and their counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and the Transferor hereby consents to such reliance.

 
(Name of Transferor)
   
 
By:
 
   
Name:
   
Title:
 
 
B-2-1

 

Dated:     _________, _____
     
cc:
Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
c/o Puglisi & Associates
850 Library Avenue, Suite 204
Newark, Delaware 19711
Attention: Don Puglisi
Facsimile No.: (302) 738-7210

 
B-2-2

 

EXHIBIT B-3

FORM OF PURCHASER REPRESENTATION LETTER FOR CERTIFICATED
SECURED NOTES

[DATE]                    

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568
 
 
Re:
Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC (the “ Issuer ”); Class [A-1][A-2][B][C] Notes

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Capitalized terms not defined in this Certificate shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the final offering circular of the Issuer or the Indenture.

This letter relates to U.S.$___________ Aggregate Outstanding Amount of Class [A-1][A-2][B][C] Notes (the “ Notes ”), in the form of one or more Certificated Notes to effect the transfer of the Notes to ______________ (the “ Transferee ”).

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that the Notes are being transferred (i) in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and (ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and covenants for the benefit of the Issuer and its counsel that it is:
  
(a)           an institutional “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act who is also a Qualified Purchaser;

(b)           acquiring the Notes for its own account (and not for the account of any other Person) in a minimum denomination of U.S.$250,000 and in integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof; and

(c)           not acquiring the Notes during the Distribution Compliance Period from a transferor that held such Notes in the form of a Regulation S Global Secured Note.
 
 
B-3-1

 
The Transferee further represents, warrants and agrees as follows:
    
1.           It understands that the Notes have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act, and, if in the future it decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes, such Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and the legends on such Notes, including the requirement for written certifications. In particular, it understands that the Notes may be transferred only to a person that is a “qualified purchaser” (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”)) or an entity beneficially owned by one or more “qualified purchasers” that in each case is either (a)(i) a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act who purchases such Notes in reliance on the exemption from Securities Act registration provided by Rule 144A thereunder or (ii) solely in the case of Notes that are issued in the form of Certificated Secured Notes, an institutional “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act or (b) a person that is not a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act, and is acquiring the Notes in an offshore transaction (as defined in Regulation S thereunder) in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Regulation S thereunder. It acknowledges that no representation is made as to the availability of any exemption under the Securities Act or any state securities laws for resale of the Notes.

2.           In connection with its purchase of the Notes: (i) none of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates is acting as a fiduciary or financial or investment adviser for it; (ii) it is not relying (for purposes of making any investment decision or otherwise) upon any written or oral advice, counsel or representations of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates other than any statements in the final offering circular for such Notes; (iii) it has read and understands the final offering circular for such Notes (including, without limitation, the descriptions therein of the structure of the transaction in which the Notes are being issued and the risks to purchasers of the Notes); (iv) it has consulted with its own legal, regulatory, tax, business, investment, financial and accounting advisers to the extent it has deemed necessary, and has made its own investment decisions (including decisions regarding the suitability of any transaction pursuant to the Indenture) based upon its own judgment and upon any advice from such advisers as it has deemed necessary and not upon any view expressed by the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates and provide notice of the relevant transfer restrictions to subsequent transferees; (v) it will hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of such Notes and provide notice of the relevant transfer restrictions to subsequent transferees; (vi) it was not formed for the purpose of investing in the Notes; and (vii) it is a sophisticated investor and is purchasing the Notes with a full understanding of all of the terms, conditions and risks thereof, and it is capable of assuming and willing to assume those risks.

3.           (i) It is an institutional “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and also (x) a “qualified purchaser” for purposes of Section 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act or (y) a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is either a “qualified purchaser”; (ii) it is acquiring its interest in the Notes as principal solely for its own account for investment and not with a view to the resale, distribution or other disposition thereof in violation of the Securities Act; (iii) it is not a (A) partnership, (B) common trust fund, or (C) special trust, pension, profit sharing or other retirement trust fund or plan in which the partners, beneficiaries or participants may designate the particular investments to be made; (iv) it agrees that it shall not hold any Notes for the benefit of any other person, that it shall at all times be the sole beneficial owner thereof for purposes of the Investment Company Act and all other purposes and that it shall not sell participation interests in the Notes or enter into any other arrangement pursuant to which any other person shall be entitled to a beneficial interest in the distributions on the Notes; and (v) it is not acquiring the Notes as a part of a plan to reduce, avoid or evade U.S. federal income tax.
  
 
B-3-2

 
 
4.           It represents, warrants and agrees that (a) if it is, or is acting on behalf of, a Benefit Plan Investor, as defined in Section 3(42) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), its acquisition, holding and disposition of such Notes will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (b) if it is a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any state, local, other federal or non-U.S. law or regulation that is substantially similar to the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (any such law or regulation an “ Other Plan Law ”), (i) it is not and will not be subject to any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other law or   regulation that could cause the underlying assets of the Issuer to be treated as assets of the Transferee and thereby subject the Issuer or the Collateral Manager (or other persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Issuer’s assets) to Other Plan Law and (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of such Notes will not constitute or result in a non-exempt violation of any such Other Plan Law.

5.           It will treat its Notes as debt of the Issuer for United States federal and, to the extent permitted by law, state and local income and franchise tax purposes and shall take no action inconsistent with such treatment unless required by any relevant taxing authority unless otherwise required by any relevant taxing authority.

6.           It is ______ (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, and a properly completed and signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto; or ______ (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, and a properly completed and signed applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto. It understands and acknowledges that failure to provide the Issuer or the Trustee with the applicable tax certifications or the failure to meet its Noteholder Reporting Obligations may result in withholding or back-up withholding from payments to it in respect of the Notes.

7.           It hereby agrees to provide the Issuer and Trustee (i) any information as is necessary (in the sole determination of the Issuer or the Trustee, as applicable) for the Issuer and the Trustee to determine whether it is a United States person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “ United States person ”) or a United States owned foreign entity as defined in Section 1471(d)(3) of the Code (a “ United States owned foreign entity ”) and (ii) any additional information that the Issuer or its agent requests in connection with Sections 1471-1474 of the Code. If it is a United States person or a United States owned foreign entity that is a holder or beneficial owner of Notes or an interest therein, it also hereby agrees to (x) provide the Issuer and Trustee its name, address, U.S. taxpayer identification number and, if it is a United States owned foreign entity, the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each of its “substantial United States owners” as defined in Section 1473(2) of the Code, and any other   information requested by the Issuer or its agent upon request and (y) update any such information provided in clause (x) promptly upon learning that any such information previously provided has become obsolete or incorrect or is otherwise required. It understands and acknowledges that the Issuer may provide such information and any other information concerning its investment in the Notes to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. It understands and acknowledges that the Issuer has the right, under the Indenture, to compel any beneficial owner of an interest in the Notes that fails to comply with the foregoing requirements to sell its interest in such Notes, or may sell such interest on behalf of such owner.
 
 
B-3-3

 
 
8.           If it is not a “United States person” (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), it hereby represents that (i) either (A) it is not a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business (within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code), or (B) it is a person that is eligible for benefits under an income tax treaty with the United States that eliminates U.S. federal income taxation of U.S. source interest not attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, and (ii) it is not purchasing the Notes in order to reduce its U.S. federal income tax liability pursuant to a tax avoidance plan.

9.           It agrees not to seek to commence in respect of the Issuer, or cause the Issuer to commence, a bankruptcy proceeding before a year and a day has elapsed since the payment in full to the holders of the Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture or, if longer, the applicable preference period then in effect plus one day.

10.         To the extent required by the Issuer, as determined by the Issuer or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer, the Issuer may, upon written notice to the Trustee, impose additional transfer restrictions on the Notes to comply with the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 and other similar laws or regulations, including, without limitation, requiring each transferee of a Note to make representations to the Issuer in connection with such compliance.

11.         It understands that the Issuer, the Trustee and Deutsche Bank Securities will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and it hereby consents to such reliance.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]
 
 
B-3-4

 
 
Name of Purchaser:

Dated:
 
By:
Name:
Title:
 
Outstanding principal amount of Class [  ] Notes:  U.S.$_____________

Taxpayer identification number:

Address for notices:
Wire transfer information for payments:
   
 
Bank: 
   
 
Address:
   
 
Bank ABA#:
   
 
Account #:
   
Telephone:
FAQ:
   
Facsimile:
Attention:
   
Attention:
 

Denominations of certificates (if more than one):
Registered name:
 
cc:
Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
c/o Puglisi & Associates
850 Library Avenue, Suite 204
Newark, Delaware 19711
Attention: Don Puglisi
Facsimile No.: (302) 738-7210
  
 
B-3-5

 
 
EXHIBIT B-4

FORM OF PURCHASER REPRESENTATION LETTER FOR
CERTIFICATED SUBORDINATED NOTES

[DATE]                        

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

Re:      Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC (the “ Issuer ”); Subordinated Notes

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Capitalized terms not defined in this Certificate shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the final offering circular of the Issuer or the Indenture.

This letter relates to U.S.$___________ Aggregate Outstanding Amount of Subordinated Notes (the “ Subordinated Notes ”) in the form of one or more certificated Subordinated Notes to effect the transfer of the Subordinated Notes to ______________ (the “ Transferee ”).

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that the Notes are being transferred (i) in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and (ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and covenants for the benefit of the Issuer and its counsel that it is:

(a)             (PLEASE CHECK ONLY ONE)

 
_____
a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), who is also a Qualified Purchaser or an entity owned exclusively by Qualified Purchasers and is acquiring the Subordinated Notes in reliance on the exemption from Securities Act registration provided by Rule 144A thereunder;

 
_____
a “person (other than any rating organization rating the Issuer’s securities) involved in the organization or operation of the Issuer or an affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of such a person” that is either (x) an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning set forth in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act or (y) not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act, in each case who is also a Qualified Purchaser or an entity owned exclusively by Qualified Purchasers; and
 
 
B-4-1

 
 
(b)          acquiring the Subordinated Notes for its own account (and not for the account of any other person) in a minimum denomination of U.S.$100,000 and in integral multiples of U.S.$1,000 in excess thereof.

The Transferee further represents, warrants and agrees as follows:

1.            It understands that the Subordinated Notes have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act, and, if in the future it decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Subordinated Notes, such Subordinated Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and the legends on such Subordinated Notes, including the requirement for written certifications. In particular, it understands that the Subordinated Notes may be transferred only to a “qualified purchaser” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust) each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser that is also (i) a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (a “ Qualified Institutional Buyer ”) or (ii) a “person (other than any rating organization rating the Issuer’s securities) involved in the organization or operation of the Issuer or an affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of such a person” (an “ Organizing Entity ”) that is either (x) an institutional “accredited investor” within the meaning set forth in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act (an “ Institutional Accredited Investor ”) or (y) not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act. It acknowledges that no representation is made as to the availability of any exemption under the Securities Act or any state securities laws for resale of the Subordinated Notes.

2.            In connection with its purchase of the Subordinated Notes: (i) none of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates is acting as a fiduciary or financial or investment adviser for it; (ii) it is not relying (for purposes of making any investment decision or otherwise) upon any advice, counsel or representations (whether written or oral) of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates other than any statements in the final offering circular for such Subordinated Notes; (iii) it has read and understands the final offering circular for such Subordinated Notes (including, without limitation, the descriptions therein of the structure of the transaction in which the Subordinated Notes are being issued and the risks to purchasers of the Subordinated Notes); (iv) it has consulted with its own legal, regulatory, tax, business, investment, financial and accounting advisers to the extent it has deemed necessary and has made its own investment decisions (including decisions regarding the suitability of any transaction pursuant to the Indenture) based upon its own judgment and upon any advice from such advisers as it has deemed necessary and not upon any view expressed by the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates; (v) it will hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of the Subordinated Notes and provide notice of the relevant transfer restrictions to subsequent transferees; (vi) it was not formed for the purpose of investing in the Subordinated Notes; and (vii) it is a sophisticated investor and is purchasing the Subordinated Notes with a full understanding of all of the terms, conditions and risks thereof and it is capable of assuming and willing to assume those risks.
 
 
B-4-2

 
 
3.             It understands that the Subordinated Notes are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act and as such, the Subordinated Notes have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act and, if in the future it decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Subordinated Notes, the Subordinated Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture and the legend on the Subordinated Notes. It acknowledges that no representation has been made as to the availability of any exemption under the Securities Act or any state securities laws for resale of the Subordinated Notes.

4.             It understands that the Issuer has not been registered under the Investment Company Act and that the Issuer is exempt from registration by virtue of Section 3(c)(7) and Rule 3a-7 of the Investment Company Act;

5.             (i) It is a Qualified Purchaser (or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser) and also (x) a Qualified Institutional Buyer or (y) an Organizing Entity that is either (1) an Institutional Accredited Investor or (2) not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act; (ii) it is acquiring its interest in the Subordinated Notes as principal solely for its own account for investment and not with a view to the resale, distribution or other disposition thereof in violation of the Securities Act; (iii) it is not a (A) partnership, (B) common trust fund or (C) special trust, pension, profit sharing or other retirement trust fund or plan in which the partners, beneficiaries or participants may designate the particular investments to be made; (iv) it agrees that it shall not hold any Subordinated Notes for the benefit of any other person, that it shall at all times be the sole beneficial owner thereof for purposes of the Investment Company Act and all other purposes and that it shall not sell participation interests in the Subordinated Notes or enter into any other arrangement pursuant to which any other person shall be entitled to a beneficial interest in the distributions on the Subordinated Notes; and (v) it is not acquiring the Subordinated Notes as a part of a plan to reduce, avoid or evade U.S. federal income tax.

6.             It understands that any transfer of a beneficial interest in any Subordinated Note to a person that is not a Qualified Purchaser (or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser) and also (i) a Qualified Institutional Buyer or (ii) an Organizing Entity that is either (x) an Institutional Accredited Investor or (y) not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act, and that does not have an exemption available under the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act shall be null and void and any such purported transfer of which the Issuer or the Trustee shall have notice may be disregarded by the Issuer and the Trustee for all purposes. It understands and acknowledges that the Issuer has the right, under the Indenture, to compel any beneficial owner of an interest in the Subordinated Notes that fails to comply with the foregoing requirements to sell its interest in such Subordinated Notes or may sell such interest on behalf of such owner.
 
 
B-4-3

 

7.             It acknowledges and agrees that all of the assurances given by it in certifications required by the Indenture as to its status under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) are correct and are for the benefit of the Issuer, the Trustee, Deutsche Bank Securities and the Collateral Manager. It agrees and acknowledges that none of Issuer or the Trustee will recognize any transfer of the Subordinated Notes if such transfer may result in 25% or more of the value of the Subordinated Notes being held by Benefit Plan Investors, as defined in Section 3(42) of ERISA (the “ 25% Limitation ”). It further agrees and acknowledges that the Issuer has the right, under the Indenture, to compel any beneficial owner of a Subordinated Note who has made or has been deemed to make a Benefit Plan Investor, Controlling Person, Similar Law or Other Plan Law representation that is subsequently shown to be false or misleading or whose ownership otherwise causes a violation of the 25% Limitation to sell its interest in the Subordinated Note, or may sell such interest on behalf of such owner.

8.             It understands that the Subordinated Notes may be sold to related and/or unrelated Persons at any time hereafter in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

9.             It understands that no Subordinated Note (or interest therein) may be acquired or owned by any Person that is classified for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disregarded entity (unless the beneficial owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the disregarded entity is a corporation, other than a subchapter S corporation, or is otherwise taxable as a corporation), partnership, subchapter S corporation or grantor trust unless such Person (i) is an Affiliate of the Collateral Manager or (ii) obtains an Opinion of Counsel that such acquisition or transfer will not cause the Issuer to be treated as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.

10.           It understands that no Subordinated Note (or interest therein) may be acquired, and no Holder of a Subordinated Note may sell, transfer, assign, participate, pledge or otherwise dispose of any Subordinated Note (or interest therein) or cause any Subordinated Note (or interest therein) to be marketed, (1) on or through an “established securities market” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(1) of the Code and Treas. Reg. § 1.7704-1(b), including, without limitation, an interdealer quotation system that regularly disseminates firm buy or sell quotations, (2) on or through a “secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof)” within the meaning of Section 7704(b)(2) of the Code, including a market wherein any Subordinated Note (or interest therein) is regularly quoted by any Person making a market in such interests and a market wherein any Person regularly makes available bid or offer quotes with respect to any Subordinated Note (or interest therein) and stands ready to effect buy or sell transactions at the quoted prices for itself or on behalf of others, or (3) if such acquisition, sale, transfer, assignment, participation, pledge or other disposition would cause the Subordinated Notes (or interest therein) to be held by more than 100 Persons at any time, taking into account the anti-avoidance rule in U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.7704 1(h)(3).

11.           It acknowledges and agrees to the provisions set forth in Section 7 of the limited liability company agreement of the Issuer and covenants to take no action inconsistent with such provisions.

12.           It will treat its Subordinated Notes as equity in the Issuer for United States federal and, to the extent permitted by law, state and local income and franchise tax purposes and shall take no action inconsistent with such treatment unless required by any relevant taxing authority unless otherwise required by any relevant taxing authority.
 
 
B-4-4

 
 
13.           It understands and acknowledges that failure to provide the Issuer or the Trustee with the applicable tax certifications or the failure to meet its Noteholder Reporting Obligations may result in withholding or back-up withholding from payments to it in respect of the Subordinated Notes.

14.           It hereby agrees to provide the Issuer and Trustee (i) any information as is necessary (in the sole determination of the Issuer or the Trustee, as applicable) for the Issuer and the Trustee to determine whether it is a United States person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “ United States person ”) or a United States owned foreign entity as defined in Section 1471(d)(3) of the Code (a “ United States owned foreign entity ”) and (ii) any additional information that the Issuer or its agent requests in connection with Sections 1471-1474 of the Code. If it is a United States person or a United States owned foreign entity that is a holder or beneficial owner of Subordinated Notes or an interest therein, it also hereby agrees to (x) provide the Issuer and Trustee its name, address, U.S. taxpayer identification number and, if it is a United States owned foreign entity, the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each of its “substantial United States owners” as defined in Section 1473(2) of the Code, and any other information requested by the Issuer or its agent upon request and (y) update any such information provided in clause (x) promptly upon learning that any such information previously provided has become obsolete or incorrect or is otherwise required. It understands and acknowledges that the Issuer may provide such information and any other information concerning its investment in the Subordinated Notes to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. It understands and acknowledges that the Issuer has the right, under the Indenture, to compel any beneficial owner of an interest in the Subordinated Notes that fails to comply with the foregoing requirements to sell its interest in such Subordinated Notes, or may sell such interest on behalf of such owner.

15.           It agrees not to seek to commence in respect of the Issuer, or cause the Issuer to commence, a bankruptcy proceeding before a year and a day has elapsed since the payment in full to the holders of the Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture or, if longer, the applicable preference period then in effect plus one day.

16.           To the extent required by the Issuer, as determined by the Issuer or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer, the Issuer may, upon written notice to the Trustee, impose additional transfer restrictions on the Subordinated Notes to comply with the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 and other similar laws or regulations, including, without limitation, requiring each transferee of a Subordinated Note to make representations to the Issuer in connection with such compliance.

17.           It understands that the Issuer, the Trustee and Deutsche Bank Securities will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and it hereby consents to such reliance.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]
 
 
B-4-5

 
 
Name of Purchaser:
Dated:

By:
 
Name:
Title:

Outstanding principal amount of Subordinated Notes: U.S. $__________
 
Taxpayer identification number:

Address for notices:
Wire transfer information for payments:
   
 
Bank:
   
 
Address:
   
 
Bank ABA#:
   
 
Account #:
   
Telephone:
FAQ:
   
Facsimile:
Attention:
   
Attention:
 

Denominations of certificates (if more than one):
Registered name:

cc:
Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
 
c/o Puglisi & Associates
 
850 Library Avenue, Suite 204
 
Newark, Delaware  9711
 
Attention: Don Puglisi
  Facsimile No.: (302) 738-7210
 
 
B-4-6

 

EXHIBIT B-5

FORM OF SUBORDINATED NOTE ERISA CERTIFICATE

The purpose of this Benefit Plan Investor Certificate (this “ Certificate ”) is, among other things, to (i) endeavor to ensure that less than 25% of the value of the Subordinated Notes issued by Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC (the “ Issuer ”) is held by “Benefit Plan Investors” as contemplated and defined under Section 3(42) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”) and the U.S. Department of Labor’s regulations set forth at 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101 as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA (the “ Plan Asset Regulations ”) so that the Issuer will not be subject to the U.S. federal employee benefits   provisions contained in Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “ Code ”), (ii) obtain from you certain representations and agreements and (iii) provide you with certain related information with respect to your acquisition, holding or disposition of the Subordinated Notes. By signing this Certificate, you agree to be bound by its terms.

Please be aware that the information contained in this Certificate is not intended to constitute advice and the examples given below are not intended to be, and are not, comprehensive. You should contact your own counsel if you have any questions in completing this Certificate. Capitalized terms not defined in this Certificate shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

Please review the information in this Certificate and check the box(es) that are applicable to you.

If a box is not checked, you are agreeing that the applicable Section does not, and will not, apply to you.

1.     o       Employee Benefit Plans Subject to ERISA or the Code . We, or the entity on whose behalf we are acting, are an “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA that is subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or a “plan” that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code.

Examples : (i) tax qualified retirement plans such as pension, profit sharing and section 401(k) plans, (ii) welfare benefit plans such as accident, life and medical plans, (iii) individual retirement accounts or “IRAs” and “Keogh” plans and (iv) certain tax-qualified educational and savings trusts.

2.      o      Entity Holding Plan Assets by Reason of Plan Asset Regulations . We, or the entity on whose behalf we are acting, are an entity or fund whose underlying assets include “plan assets” by reason of a Benefit Plan Investor’s investment in such entity.

Examples : (i) an insurance company separate account, (ii) a bank collective trust fund   and (iii) a hedge fund or other private investment vehicle where 25% or more of the value of any class of its equity is held by Benefit Plan Investors.
  
 
B-5-1

 
 
If you check Box 2, please indicate the maximum percentage of the entity or fund that will constitute “plan assets” for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code: ______%.

An entity or fund that cannot provide the foregoing percentage hereby acknowledges that for purposes of determining whether Benefit Plan Investors own less than 25% of the value of the Subordinated Notes issued by the Issuer, 100% of the assets of the entity or fund will be treated as “plan assets.”

ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder are technical. Accordingly, if you have any question regarding whether you may be an entity described in this Section 2 , you should consult with your counsel.

3.      o      Insurance Company General Account . We, or the entity on whose behalf we are acting, are an insurance company purchasing the Subordinated Notes with funds from our or their general account (i.e., the insurance company’s corporate investment portfolio), whose assets, in whole or in part, constitute “plan assets” for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulations.

If you check Box 3, please indicate the maximum percentage of the insurance company general account that will constitute “plan assets” for purposes of conducting the 25% test under the Plan Asset Regulations is: ____%. IF YOU DO NOT INCLUDE ANY PERCENTAGE IN THE BLANK SPACE, YOU WILL BE COUNTED AS IF YOU FILLED IN 100% IN THE BLANK SPACE.

4.      o      None of Sections (1) Through (3) Above Apply . We, or the entity on whose behalf we are acting, are a person that does not fall into any of the categories described in Sections (1) through (3) above.

5.      No Prohibited Transaction . If we checked any of the boxes in Sections (1) through (3) above, we represent, warrant and agree that our acquisition, holding and disposition of the Subordinated Notes do not and will not constitute or give rise to a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

6.      Not Subject to Similar Law and No Violation of Other Plan Law . If we are a   governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan, we represent, warrant and agree that (a) we are not subject to any federal, state, local non-U.S. or other law or regulation that could cause the underlying assets of the Issuer to be treated as assets of the investor in any Note (or interest therein) by virtue of its interest and thereby subject the Issuer and the Collateral Manager (or other persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Issuer’s assets) to laws or regulations that are similar to the fiduciary responsibility or prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, and (b) our acquisition, holding and disposition of the Subordinated Notes do not and will not constitute or give rise to a non-exempt violation of any law or regulation that is substantially similar to the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.

 
B-5-2

 
 
7.      o      Controlling Person . We are, or we are acting on behalf of any of: (i) the   Trustee, (ii) the Collateral Manager, (iii) any person that has discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the Issuer, (iv) any person who provides investment advice for a fee (direct or indirect) with respect to such assets or (v) any “affiliate” of any of the above persons. “ Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan Asset Regulations. Any of the persons described in the first sentence of this Section (7) is referred to in this Certificate as a “Controlling Person.”

Note : We understand that, for purposes of determining whether Benefit Plan Investors hold less   than 25% of the value of the Subordinated Notes, the value of any Subordinated Notes held by Controlling Persons (other than Benefit Plan Investors) are required to be disregarded.

Compelled Disposition .  We acknowledge and agree that:

(i)           if any representation that we made hereunder is subsequently shown to be false or misleading or our beneficial ownership otherwise causes a violation of the 25% Limitation, the Issuer shall, promptly after such discovery (or upon notice from the Trustee if the Trustee makes the discovery (who, in each case, agree to notify the Issuer of such discovery, if any)), send notice to us demanding that we transfer our interest to a person that is not a Non-Permitted ERISA Holder within 30 days after the date of such notice;

(ii)          if we fail to transfer our Subordinated Notes, the Issuer shall have the right, without further notice to us, to sell our Subordinated Notes or our interest in the Subordinated Notes, to a purchaser selected by the Issuer that is not a Non-Permitted ERISA Holder on such terms as the Issuer may choose;

(iii)         the Issuer may select the purchaser by soliciting one or more bids from one or more brokers or other market professionals that regularly deal in securities similar to the Subordinated Notes and selling such securities to the highest such bidder. However, the Issuer may select a purchaser by any other means determined by it in its sole discretion;

(iv)         by our acceptance of an interest in the Subordinated Notes, we agree to cooperate with the Issuer to effect such transfers;

(v)          the proceeds of such sale, net of any commissions, expenses and taxes due in connection with such sale shall be remitted to us; and

(vi)         the terms and conditions of any sale under this sub-section shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Issuer, and the Issuer shall not be liable to us as a result of any such sale or the exercise of such discretion.

Required Notification and Agreement . We hereby agree that we (a) will inform the Trustee of any proposed transfer by us of all or a specified portion of the Subordinated Notes and (b) will not initiate any such transfer after we have been informed by the Issuer or the Transfer Agent in writing that such transfer would cause the 25% Limitation to be exceeded. We hereby agree and acknowledge that after the Trustee effects any permitted transfer of Subordinated Notes owned by us to a Benefit Plan Investor or a Controlling Person or receives notice of any such permitted change of status, the Trustee shall include such Subordinated Notes in future calculations of the 25% Limitation made pursuant hereto unless subsequently notified that such Subordinated Notes (or such portion), as applicable, would no longer be deemed to be held by Benefit Plan Investors or Controlling Persons.
 
 
B-5-3

 
 
8.              Continuing Representation; Reliance . We acknowledge and agree that the representations contained in this Certificate shall be deemed made on each day from the date we make such representations through and including the date on which we dispose of our interests in the Subordinated Notes. We understand and agree that the information supplied in this Certificate will be used and relied upon by the Issuer and the Trustee to determine that Benefit Plan Investors own or hold less than 25% of the value of the Subordinated Notes upon any subsequent transfer of the Subordinated Notes in accordance with the Indenture.

9.             Further Acknowledgement and Agreement .   We acknowledge and agree that (i) all of the assurances contained in this Certificate are for the benefit of the Issuer, the Trustee, Deutsche Bank Securities and the Collateral Manager as third party beneficiaries hereof, (ii) copies of this Certificate and any information contained herein may be provided to the Issuer, the Trustee, Deutsche Bank Securities, the Collateral Manager, affiliates of any of the foregoing parties and to each of the foregoing parties’ respective counsel for purposes of making the determinations described above and (iii) any acquisition or transfer of the Subordinated Notes by us that is not in accordance with the provisions of this Certificate shall be null and void from the beginning, and of no legal effect.

10.            Future Transfer Requirements .

Transferee Letter and its Delivery . We acknowledge and agree that we may not transfer any Certificated Subordinated Notes to any person unless the Trustee has received a certificate substantially in the form of this Certificate. Any attempt to transfer in violation of this section will be null and void from the beginning, and of no legal effect.

Note :  Unless you are notified otherwise, the name and address of the Trustee is as follows:

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, California, 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]
 
 
B-5-4

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this   Certificate.

________________________ [Insert Purchaser’s Name]

By:
Name:
Title:
Dated:

This Certificate relates to U.S.$_________ of  Subordinated Notes
 
 
B-5-5

 
 
EXHIBIT B-6

FORM OF TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE
OF RULE 144A GLOBAL SECURED NOTE

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

 
Re:
Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC (the “ Issuer ”) Class [A-1][A-2][B][C] Notes due 2017

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

This letter relates to ___________ Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Class [A-1][A-2][B][C] Notes (the “ Notes ”), which are to be transferred to the undersigned transferee (the “ Transferee ”) in the form of a Rule 144A Global Secured Note representing Class [A-1][A-2][B][C] Notes of such Class pursuant to Section 2.5(f) of the Indenture.

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that the Notes are being transferred (i) in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and (ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and covenants for the benefit of the Issuer and its counsel that it is a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and is acquiring the Notes in reliance on the exemption from Securities Act registration provided by Rule 144A thereunder.

The Transferee further represents, warrants and agrees as follows:
 
 
B-6-1

 
 
1.            In connection with the purchase of such Global Secured Notes: (A) none of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates is acting as a fiduciary or financial or investment adviser for the Transferee; (B) the Transferee is not relying (for purposes of making any investment decision or otherwise) upon any advice, counsel or representations (whether written or oral) of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates other than any statements in the final Offering Circular for such Global Secured Notes, and such Transferee has read and understands such final offering circular; (C) the Transferee has consulted with its own legal, regulatory, tax, business, investment, financial and accounting advisors to the extent it has deemed necessary and has made its own investment decisions (including decisions regarding the suitability of any transaction pursuant to this Indenture) based upon its own judgment and upon any advice from such advisors as it has deemed necessary and not upon any view expressed by the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates; (D) the Transferee is both (x) a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined under Rule 144A under the Securities Act) and (y) a Qualified Purchaser (or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser); (E) the Transferee is acquiring its interest in such Global Secured Notes for its own account; (F) the Transferee was not formed for the purpose of investing in such Global Secured Notes; (G) the Transferee understands that the Issuer may receive a list of participants holding interests in the Global Secured Notes from one or more book- entry depositories; (H) the Transferee will hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of such Global Secured Notes; (I) the Transferee is a sophisticated investor and is purchasing the Global Secured Notes with a full understanding of all of the terms, conditions and risks thereof, and is capable of and willing to assume those risks; (J) the Transferee will provide notice of the relevant transfer restrictions to subsequent transferees and (K) if it is not a U.S. person, it is not acquiring any Global Secured Note as part of a plan to reduce, avoid or evade U.S. federal income tax.

2.             The Transferee represents, warrants and agrees that (a) if it is, or is acting on behalf of, a Benefit Plan Investor, as defined in Section 3(42) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), its acquisition, holding and disposition of such Note or interest therein does not and will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (b) if it is a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any state, local, other federal or non-U.S. law or regulation that is substantially similar to the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (any such law or regulation an “ Other Plan Law ”), (i) it is not and will not be subject to any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other law or regulation that could cause the underlying assets of the Issuer to be treated as assets of the Transferee and thereby subject the Issuer or the Collateral Manager (or other persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Issuer's assets) to Other Plan Law, and (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of such Notes will not constitute or result in a non-exempt violation of any such Other Plan Law.

3.             The Transferee understands that such Notes are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act, such Notes have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act, and, if in the future the Transferee decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer such Notes, such Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the legend on such Notes. The Transferee acknowledges that no representation has been made as to the availability of any exemption under the Securities Act or any state securities laws for resale of the Notes. The Transferee understands that the Issuer has not been registered under the Investment Company Act, and that the Issuer is exempt from registration as such by virtue of Section 3(c)(7) and Rule 3a-7 of the Investment Company Act.
  
4.             The Transferee will provide notice to each Person to whom it proposes to transfer any interest in the Notes of the transfer restrictions and representations set forth in Section 2.5 of the Indenture, including the Exhibits referenced therein.
 
 
B-6-2

 
 
5.             It agrees not to seek to commence in respect of the Issuer, or cause the Issuer to commence, a bankruptcy proceeding before a year and a day has elapsed since the payment in full to the holders of the Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture or, if longer, the applicable preference period then in effect plus one day.

6.             It will treat its Notes as debt of the Issuer for United States federal and, to the extent permitted by law, state and local income and franchise tax purposes and shall take no action inconsistent with such treatment unless required by any relevant taxing authority unless otherwise required by any relevant taxing authority.

7.             It is ______ (check if applicable) a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, and a properly completed and signed Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto; or ______ (check if applicable) not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, and a properly completed and signed applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto. It understands and acknowledges that failure to provide the Issuer or the Trustee with the applicable tax certifications or the failure to meet its Noteholder Reporting Obligations may result in withholding or back-up withholding from payments to it in respect of the Notes.

8.             If it is not a “United States person” (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), it hereby represents that (i) either (A) it is not a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business (within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code), or (B) it is a person that is eligible for benefits under an income tax treaty with the United States that eliminates U.S. federal income taxation of U.S. source interest not attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, and (ii) it is not purchasing the Notes in order to reduce its U.S. federal income tax liability pursuant to a tax avoidance plan.

9.             It hereby agrees to provide the Issuer and Trustee (i) any information as is necessary (in the sole determination of the Issuer or the Trustee, as applicable) for the Issuer and the Trustee to determine whether it is a United States person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “ United States person ”) or a United States owned foreign entity as defined in Section 1471(d)(3) of the Code (a “ United States owned foreign entity ”) and (ii) any additional information that the Issuer or its agent requests in connection with Sections 1471-1474 of the Code. If it is a United States person or a United States owned foreign entity that is a holder or beneficial owner of Notes or an interest therein, it also hereby agrees to (x) provide the Issuer and Trustee its name, address, U.S. taxpayer identification number and, if it is a United States owned foreign entity, the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each of its “substantial United States owners” as defined in Section 1473(2) of the Code, and any other information requested by the Issuer or its agent upon request and (y) update any such information provided in clause (x) promptly upon learning that any such information previously provided has become obsolete or incorrect or is otherwise required. It understands and acknowledges that the Issuer may provide such information and any other information concerning its investment in the Notes to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. It understands and acknowledges that the Issuer has the right, under the Indenture, to compel any beneficial owner of an interest in the Notes that fails to comply with the foregoing requirements to sell its interest in such Notes, or may sell such interest on behalf of such owner.
 
 
B-6-3

 

10.           To the extent required by the Issuer, as determined by the Issuer or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer, the Issuer may, upon written notice to the Trustee, impose additional transfer restrictions on the Notes to comply with the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 and other similar laws or regulations, including, without limitation, requiring each transferee of a Note to make representations to the Issuer in connection with such compliance.

11.           It understands that the Issuer, the Trustee, the Initial Purchaser and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and it hereby consents to such reliance.
 
 
B-6-4

 
 
Name of Purchaser:
Dated:
 
By:
Name:
Title:

Aggregate Outstanding Amount of Notes:  U.S.$

cc:   
Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
c/o Puglisi & Associates
850 Library Avenue, Suite 204
Newark, Delaware 19711
Attention: Don Puglisi
Facsimile No.: (302) 738-7210
 
 
B-6-5

 

EXHIBIT B-7

FORM OF TRANSFEREE CERTIFICATE
OF REGULATION S GLOBAL SECURED NOTE

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
1761 East St. Andrew Place

Santa Ana, CA 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

 
Re:
Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC (the “ Issuer ”) Class [A-1][A-2][B][C] Notes due 2017

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of November [5], 2010 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

This letter relates to ___________ Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Class [A-1][A-2][B][C] Notes (the “ Notes ”), which are to be transferred to the undersigned transferee (the “ Transferee ”) in the form of a Regulation S Global Secured Note of such Class pursuant to Section 2.5(f) of the Indenture.

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferee does hereby certify that the Notes are being transferred (i) in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and (ii) pursuant to an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

In addition, the Transferee hereby represents, warrants and covenants for the benefit of the Issuer and its counsel that it is a person that is not a “U.S. person” as defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act, and is acquiring the Notes in an offshore transaction (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on the exemption from Securities Act registration provided by Regulation S.

The Transferee further represents, warrants and agrees as follows:
 
 
B-7-1

 
 
1.            In connection with the purchase of such Global Secured Notes: (A) none of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates is acting as a fiduciary or financial or investment adviser for the Transferee; (B) the Transferee is not relying (for purposes of making any investment decision or otherwise) upon any advice, counsel or representations (whether written or oral) of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates other than any statements in the final offering circular for such Global Secured Notes, and such Transferee has read and understands such final offering circular; (C) the Transferee has consulted with its own legal, regulatory, tax, business, investment, financial and accounting advisors to the extent it has deemed necessary and has made its own investment decisions (including decisions regarding the suitability of any transaction pursuant to this Indenture) based upon its own judgment and upon any advice from such advisors as it has deemed necessary and not upon any view expressed by the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, the Trustee, the Collateral Administrator, Deutsche Bank Securities or any of their respective Affiliates; (D) the Transferee is both (x) not a “U.S. person” (as defined in Regulation S) under the Securities Act and is acquiring the Global Secured Notes in an offshore transaction (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Regulation S and (y) a Qualified Purchaser (or a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity (other than a trust), each shareholder, partner, member or other equity owner of which is a Qualified Purchaser); (E) the Transferee is acquiring its interest in such Global Secured Notes for its own account; (F) the Transferee was not formed for the purpose of investing in such Global Secured Notes; (G) the Transferee understands that the Issuer may receive a list of participants holding interests in the Global Secured Notes from one or more book-entry depositories; (H) the Transferee will hold and transfer at least the minimum denomination of such Global Secured Notes; (I) the Transferee is a sophisticated investor and is purchasing the Global Secured Notes with a full understanding of all of the terms, conditions and risks thereof, and is capable of and willing to assume those risks; (J) the Transferee will provide notice of the relevant transfer restrictions to subsequent transferees and (K) if it is not a U.S. person, it is not acquiring any Global Secured Note as part of a plan to reduce, avoid or evade U.S. federal income tax.

2.            The Transferee represents, warrants and agrees that (a) if it is, or is acting on behalf of, a Benefit Plan Investor, as defined in Section 3(42) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), its acquisition, holding and disposition of such Note or interest therein does not and will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and (b) if it is a governmental, church, non-U.S. or other plan which is subject to any state, local, other federal or non-U.S. law or regulation that is substantially similar to the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code (any such law or regulation an “ Other Plan Law ”), (i) it is not and will not be subject to any federal, state, local, non-U.S. or other law or regulation that could cause the underlying assets of the Issuer to be treated as assets of the Transferee and thereby subject the Issuer or the Collateral Manager (or other persons responsible for the investment and operation of the Issuer’s assets) to Other Plan Law and (ii) its acquisition, holding and disposition of such Notes will not constitute or result in a non-exempt violation of any such Other Plan Law.

3.            The Transferee understands that such Notes are being offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act, such Notes have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act, and, if in the future the Transferee decides to offer, resell, pledge or otherwise transfer such Notes, such Notes may be offered, resold, pledged or otherwise transferred only in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the legend on such Notes. The Transferee acknowledges that no representation has been made as to the availability of any exemption under the Securities Act or any state securities laws for resale of the Notes. The Transferee understands that the Issuer has not been registered under the Investment Company Act, and that the Issuer is exempt from registration as such by virtue of Section 3(c)(7) and Rule 3a-7 of the Investment Company Act.
 
 
B-7-2

 

 
4.           The Transferee is aware that, except as otherwise provided in the Indenture, the Notes being sold to it, if any, in reliance on Regulation S will be represented by one or more Regulation S Global Class [A-1][A-2][B][C] Notes, and that beneficial interests therein may be held only through DTC for the respective accounts of Euroclear or Clearstream.

5.           The Transferee will provide notice to each Person to whom it proposes to transfer any interest in the Notes of the transfer restrictions and representations set forth in Section 2.5 of the Indenture, including the Exhibits referenced therein.

6.           It agrees not to seek to commence in respect of the Issuer, or cause the Issuer to commence, a bankruptcy proceeding before a year and a day has elapsed since the payment in full to the holders of the Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture or, if longer, the applicable preference period then in effect plus one day.

7.           It will treat its Notes as debt of the Issuer for United States federal and, to the extent permitted by law, state and local income and franchise tax purposes and shall take no action inconsistent with such treatment unless required by any relevant taxing authority unless otherwise required by any relevant taxing authority.

8.           It is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, and a properly completed and signed applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 (or applicable successor form) is attached hereto. It understands and acknowledges that failure to provide the Issuer or the Trustee with the applicable tax certifications or the failure to meet its Noteholder Reporting Obligations may result in withholding or back-up withholding from payments to it in respect of the Notes.

9.           It hereby represents that (i) either (A) it is not a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business (within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code), or (B) it is a person that is eligible for benefits under an income tax treaty with the United States that eliminates U.S. federal income taxation of U.S. source interest not attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States, and (ii) it is not purchasing the Notes in order to reduce its U.S. federal income tax liability pursuant to a tax avoidance plan.

10.         It hereby agrees to provide the Issuer and Trustee (i) any information as is necessary (in the sole determination of the Issuer or the Trustee, as applicable) for the Issuer and the Trustee to determine whether it is a United States person as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “ United States person ”) or a United States owned foreign entity as defined in Section 1471(d)(3) of the Code (a “ United States owned foreign entity ”) and (ii) any additional information that the Issuer or its agent requests in connection with Sections 1471-1474 of the Code. If it is a United States person or a United States owned foreign entity that is a holder or beneficial owner of Notes or an interest therein, it also hereby agrees to (x) provide the Issuer and Trustee its name, address, U.S. taxpayer identification number and, if it is a United States owned foreign entity, the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each of its “substantial United States owners” as defined in Section 1473(2) of the Code, and any other information requested by the Issuer or its agent upon request and (y) update any such information provided in clause (x) promptly upon learning that any such information previously provided has become obsolete or incorrect or is otherwise required. It understands and acknowledges that the Issuer may provide such information and any other information concerning its investment in the Notes to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. It understands and acknowledges that the Issuer has the right, under the Indenture, to compel any beneficial owner of an interest in the Notes that fails to comply with the foregoing requirements to sell its interest in such Notes, or may sell such interest on behalf of such owner.

 
B-7-3

 
 
11.         To the extent required by the Issuer, as determined by the Issuer or the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer, the Issuer may, upon written notice to the Trustee, impose additional transfer restrictions on the Notes to comply with the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 and other similar laws or regulations, including, without limitation, requiring each transferee of a Note to make representations to the Issuer in connection with such compliance.

12.         It understands that the Issuer, the Trustee, the Initial Purchaser and their respective counsel will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations, and it hereby consents to such reliance.
 
 
B-7-4

 
 
Name of Purchaser:
Dated:
 
By:
Name:
Title:

Aggregate Outstanding Amount of Notes:  U.S.$__________

cc:       
Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
c/o Puglisi & Associates
850 Library Avenue, Suite 204
Newark, Delaware 19711
Attention: Don Puglisi
Facsimile No.: (302) 738-7210
  
 
B-7-5

 
 
EXHIBIT C

CALCULATION OF LIBOR

LIBOR ” with respect to the Secured Notes, for any Interest Accrual Period will equal (a) the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen for deposits with a term of three months; provided that LIBOR for the first Interest Accrual Period will equal the rate determined by interpolating between the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen for deposits with a term of three months and the rate appearing on the Reuters Screen for deposits with a term of four months or (b) if such rate is unavailable at the time LIBOR is to be determined, LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. Dollars are offered by four major banks in the London market selected by the Calculation Agent after consultation with the Collateral Manager (the “ Reference Banks ”) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Interest Determination Date to prime banks in the London interbank market for a period approximately equal to such Interest Accrual Period and an amount approximately equal to the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Secured Notes. The Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each Reference Bank to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, LIBOR shall be the arithmetic mean of such quotations ( rounded up to the next higher 1/100). If fewer than two quotations are provided as requested, LIBOR with respect to such Interest Accrual Period will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York, New York selected by the Calculation Agent after consultation with the Collateral Manager at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York Time, on such Interest Determination Date for loans in U.S. Dollars to leading European banks for a term approximately equal to such Interest Accrual Period and an amount approximately equal to the amount of the Secured Notes. If the Calculation Agent is required but is unable to determine a rate in accordance with at least one of the procedures described above, LIBOR will be LIBOR as determined on the previous Interest Determination Date. “ LIBOR ”, when used with respect to a Collateral Obligation, means the “libor” rate determined in accordance with the terms of such Collateral Obligation.

Reuters Screen ” means Reuters Page LIBOR01 (or such other page that may replace that page on such service for the purpose of displaying comparable rates) as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets Commodities News as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Interest Determination Date.
 
 
C-1

 

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF NOTE OWNER CERTIFICATE

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Administrator
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
c/o Puglisi & Associates
850 Library Avenue, Suite 204
Newark, Delaware  19711
Attention: Don Puglisi
Facsimile No.:  (302) 738-7210

 
Re:
Reports Prepared Pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of November [5], 2010, between Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (the “ Indenture ”).

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby certifies that it is the beneficial owner of U.S.$__________ in principal amount of the [Class [A-1][A-2] Senior Secured Floating Rate Notes due 2017 of Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC][Class B Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate Notes due 2017 of Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC][Class C Senior Secured Deferrable Floating Rate Notes due 2017 of Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC][Subordinated Notes due 2017 of Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC] and hereby requests the Collateral Administrator and the Trustee grant it access, via a protected password, to each of the Collateral Administrator’s and Trustee’s Websites in order to view postings of the [information specified in Section [7.17(d)] of the Indenture] [and/or the] [Monthly Report specified in Section [10.6(a)] of the Indenture] [and/or the] [Distribution Report specified in Section [10.6(b)] of the Indenture] [and/or the] [[statement of Independent certified public accountants specified in Section [10.8(b)] of the Indenture]].

In consideration of the electronic signature hereof by the beneficial owner, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Collateral Manager, or their respective agents may from time to time communicate or transmit to the beneficial owner (a) information upon the request of the beneficial owner pursuant to the Indenture and (b) other information or communications marked or otherwise identified as confidential (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”). Confidential Information relating to the Issuer shall not include, however, any information that (i) through no fault or action by the beneficial owner or any of its affiliates is a matter of general public knowledge or has been or is hereafter published in any source generally available to the public or (ii) has been or is hereafter received by the beneficial owner or any of its affiliates from a third party that is not prohibited from disclosing such information by a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation to the Issuer, the Trustee or the Collateral Manager.

 
D-1

 
 
The beneficial owner agrees that the beneficial owner (a) will not use Confidential Information for any purpose other than to monitor and administer the financial condition of the Issuer and to appropriately treat or report the transactions, (b) will keep confidential all Confidential Information and will not communicate or transmit any Confidential Information to any person other than officers or employees of the beneficial owner or their agents, auditors or affiliates who need to know the same in order to monitor and administer the financial condition of the Issuer and to appropriately treat or report the transactions and (c) will use reasonable efforts to maintain procedures to ensure that no Confidential Information is used by directors, officers or employees of the beneficial owner or any of its affiliates (other than those in a supervisory or operational capacity,) who are trading, in each case with trading strategies substantially the same as the Issuer, with respect to Collateral Obligations of the type owned by the Issuer; except that Confidential Information may be disclosed by the beneficial owner (i) by reason of the exercise of any supervisory or examining authority of any governmental agency having jurisdiction over the beneficial owner, (ii) to the extent required by laws or regulations applicable to the beneficial owner or pursuant to any subpoena or similar legal process served on the beneficial owner, (iii) to provide to a credit protection provider or prospective transferee, (iv) in connection with any suit, action or proceeding brought by the beneficial owner to enforce any of its rights under the Indenture or under the applicable note purchase agreement or the Notes while an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (v) with the consent of the Issuer or the Collateral Manager.

Submission of this certificate bearing the beneficial owner’s electronic signature shall constitute effective delivery hereof. This certificate shall be construed in accordance with, and this certificate and all matters arising out of or relating in any way whatsoever (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) to this certificate shall be governed by, the law of the State of New York.

 
 
D-2

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this certificate to be duly executed this ____ day of ____________, ______.

 
[NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER]
     
 
By:
  
   
  Name:
   
  Title:  Authorized Signatory

Tel.: _______________
Fax: ______________
 
 
D-3

 
 
EXHIBIT E

FORM OF DIRECTION OF REINVESTING HOLDER

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Administrator
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

 
Re:
Reinvestment Amounts Pursuant to Section 11.1(e) of the Indenture referred to below.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of November [5], 2010, between Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the same meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.

The undersigned hereby certifies that it is the Holder of U.S.$_____________________ face amount of the Subordinated Notes due 2017 of Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC The undersigned has been notified that it is expected to receive on the Payment Date falling on [__________] pursuant to clause (M) of Section 11.1(a)(i) of the Indenture the following amount in respect of its Subordinated Notes: U.S.$ _______________________.

The undersigned hereby (i) directs the Trustee to deposit an amount equal to ___% of such amount into the Reinvestment Amount Account, (ii) agrees that such deposit will be deemed to constitute payment of such amount on such Notes for purposes of all distributions from the Payment Account to be made on such Payment Date and (iii) agrees that such amounts will actually be paid to the undersigned after such Payment Date, without interest thereon and solely to the extent of Principal Proceeds available therefor as provided in Section 11.1(a)(ii) of the Indenture or proceeds in respect of the Assets available therefor as provided in Section 11.1(a)(iii) of the Indenture, as applicable. For purposes of payments to be made as described in clause (iii) above, please use the following wire transfer instructions, unless otherwise instructed   by the undersigned after the date hereof:

[insert wire transfer instructions]
 
 
E-1

 
  
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this notice to be duly executed this ____ day of ____________, ______.

[NAME OF REINVESTING HOLDER]
   
By:
 
 
  Name:
 
  Title:  Authorized Signatory
 
 
E-2

 
 
EXHIBIT F

FORM OF ASSET QUALITY MATRIX NOTICE

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
7 World Trade Center
New York, New York, 10007
Attention:  CBO/CLO Monitoring

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services
a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business
55 Water Street, 41st Floor
New York, New York 10041-0003
Attention: CDO Surveillance Group

 
Re:
Asset Quality Matrix Notice Pursuant to Section 7.18(a) of the Indenture referred to below.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of November [5], 2010, between Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the same meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.

1.             Pursuant to Section 7.18(a) of the Indenture, the Collateral Manager hereby notifies the Trustee that the “row/column combination” of the Asset Quality Matrix set forth on the attached Annex A shall apply to the Collateral Obligations for purposes of determining compliance with the Moody’s Diversity Test, the Maximum Moody’s Weighted Average Rating Factor Test and the Minimum Weighted Average Spread Test.

2.             The Collateral Manager hereby requests that such election be made effective on the following date: _____________.

3.             The Collateral Manager hereby certifies that all conditions applicable to the election of a different “row/column combination” of the Asset Quality Matrix have been satisfied as of the date hereof.
 
 
F-1

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this notice to be duly executed this ____ day of ____________, ______.

GARRISON INVESTMENT GROUP LP ,
as the Collateral Manager
   
By:
  
 
   Name:
 
   Title:
 
 
F-2

 
 
ANNEX A TO EXHIBIT F

[ROW/COLUMN COMBINATION]
 
 
F-3

 
 
EXHIBIT G

FORM OF WEIGHTED AVERAGE S&P RECOVERY RATE NOTICE

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Collateral Administrator
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
Facsimile No.: (714) 656-2568

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services
a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business
55 Water Street, 41st Floor
New York, New York 10041-0003
Attention: CDO Surveillance Group

 
Re:
Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate Notice Pursuant to Section 7.18(b) of the Indenture referred to below.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Indenture, dated as of November [5], 2010, between Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Indenture ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the same meanings given to such terms in the Indenture.

1.             Pursuant to Section 7.18(b) of the Indenture, the Collateral Manager hereby notifies the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator that the Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate that shall apply to the Collateral Obligations for purposes of determining compliance with the Minimum Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate Test is, with respect to the AAA: ___________; with respect to the AA: __________; with respect to the A: __________.

2.             The Collateral Manager hereby requests that such election be made effective on the following date: _____________.

3.             The Collateral Manager hereby certifies that all conditions applicable to the election of a different Weighted Average S&P Recovery Rate to apply to the Collateral Obligations have been satisfied as of the date hereof.
 
 
G-1

 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this notice to be duly executed this ____ day of ____________, ______.

GARRISON INVESTMENT GROUP LP ,
as the Collateral Manager
   
By:
  
 
   Name:
 
   Title:
 
 
G-2

 
 
EXECUTION VERSION

COLLATERAL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
 
dated as of November 5, 2010
 
by and between
 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC
as Issuer

and

GARRISON INVESTMENT GROUP LP
as Collateral Manager
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
Page
     
Section 1.
Definitions; Rules of Construction
1
     
Section 2.
General Duties and Authority of the Collateral Manager
4
     
Section 3.
Purchase and Sale Transactions; Brokerage
9
     
Section 4.
Additional Activities of the Collateral Manager
10
     
Section 5.
Certain Conflicts of Interest
12
     
Section 6.
Records; Confidentiality
14
     
Section 7.
Obligations of Collateral Manager
16
     
Section 8.
Compensation
16
     
Section 9.
Benefit of the Agreement
18
     
Section 10.
Limits of Collateral Manager Responsibility
18
     
Section 11.
No Joint Venture
21
     
Section 12.
Term; Termination
21
     
Section 13.
Assignments
23
     
Section 14.
Removal for Cause
24
     
Section 15.
Obligations of Resigning or Removed Collateral Manager
27
     
Section 16.
Representations and Warranties
28
     
Section 17.
Limited Recourse; No Petition
31
     
Section 18.
Notices
32
     
Section 19.
Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns
33
     
Section 20.
Entire Agreement; Amendment
33
     
Section 21.
Governing Law
33
     
Section 22.
Submission to Jurisdiction
34
     
Section 23.
Waiver of Jury Trial
34
     
Section 24.
Conflict with the Indenture
34
     
Section 25.
Subordination
34
     
Section 26.
Indulgences Not Waivers
34
     
Section 27.
Costs and Expenses
35
     
Section 28.
Third Party Beneficiary
35
     
Section 29.
Titles Not to Affect Interpretation
35
     
Section 30.
Execution in Counterparts
35
 
-i-

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
 
   
Page
     
Section 31.
Provisions Separable
36
     
Section 32.
Gender
36
     
Section 33.
Written Disclosure Statement
36
     
Section 34.
Communications with Rating Agencies
36

ANNEX A     INVESTMENT GUIDELINES
 
 
-ii-

 
 
COLLATERAL MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This Collateral Management Agreement (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 5, 2010, is entered into by and between Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC, a limited liability company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware (together with successors and assigns permitted hereunder, the “ Issuer ”), and Garrison Investment Group LP, a limited partnership formed under the laws of the State of Delaware, as collateral manager (together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “ Collateral Manager ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Notes (as defined in the Indenture) will be issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of the date hereof (the “ Indenture ”), between the Issuer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (together with any successor trustee permitted under the Indenture, the “ Trustee ”);

WHEREAS, the Issuer intends to pledge all Collateral Obligations and the other Assets, as set forth in the Indenture, to the Trustee as security for the Secured Parties under the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Issuer desires to appoint Garrison Investment Group LP as the Collateral Manager to provide the services described herein and Garrison Investment Group LP desires to accept such appointment;

WHEREAS, the Indenture authorizes the Issuer to enter into this Agreement, pursuant to which the Collateral Manager agrees to perform, on behalf of the Issuer, certain investment management duties with respect to the acquisition, administration and disposition of Assets in the manner and on the terms set forth herein and to perform such additional duties as are consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Indenture as the Issuer may from time to time reasonably request; and

WHEREAS, the Collateral Manager has the capacity to provide the services required hereby and is prepared to perform such services upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements herein set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Section 1.           Definitions; Rules of Construction
 
(a)         As used in this Agreement:
 
Advisers Act ” shall mean the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended.
 
Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
 
 
1

 
 
Cause ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14(a) .

Client ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any Person to whom, or account for which, the specified Person provides investment management services or investment advice.

Collateral Management Fee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a) .

Collateral Manager ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

Collateral Manager Breaches ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10(a) .

Collateral Manager Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 16(b)(v) .

Collateral Manager Notes ” shall mean any Notes owned by the Collateral Manager, an Affiliate thereof, or any account, fund, client or portfolio established and controlled by the Collateral Manager or an Affiliate thereof or for which the Collateral Manager or an Affiliate thereof acts as the investment adviser or with respect to which the Collateral Manager or an Affiliate thereof exercises discretionary authority.

Expenses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10(b) .

Fee Basis Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (i) the Collateral Principal Amount, (ii) the Aggregate Principal Balance of all Defaulted Obligations and (iii) the aggregate amount of all Principal Financed Accrued Interest.

Final Offering Circular ” shall mean the Offering Circular, dated November 3, 2010 with respect to the Secured Notes, as amended or supplemented.

Indemnified Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10(b) .
 
Indemnifying Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10(b) .
 
Indenture ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
 
Independent Review Party ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(d) .
 
Instrument of Acceptance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12(c) .
 
Issuer ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.
 
Key Personnel Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14(c) .
 
Losses ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10(b) .
 
Material Adverse Effect ” means, with respect to any event or circumstance, a material adverse effect on (a) the business, financial condition (other than the performance of the Assets) or operations of the Issuer, taken as a whole, (b) the validity or enforceability of the Indenture, this Agreement or the Issuer’s Organizational Instruments or (c) the existence, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Trustee’s lien on the Assets.
 
 
2

 
 
Offering Circulars ” shall mean, collectively, the Final Offering Circular, as the same may be amended or supplemented, and the Preliminary Offering Circular.

Organizational Instruments ” shall mean the partnership agreement, in the case of a partnership, or the certificate of formation and limited liability company agreement (or the comparable documents for the applicable jurisdiction), in the case of a limited liability company.

Preliminary Offering Circular ” shall mean the Preliminary Offering Circular, dated October 6, 2010, with respect to the Secured Notes, as amended or supplemented.

Principal Transaction ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(a) .

Proceedings ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 22 .

Related Person ” means, with respect to any Person, the direct or indirect owners of the equity interests therein, directors, officers, members, partners, employees, managers, agents and professional advisors thereof, including, with respect to the Collateral Manager, any investment adviser in which the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates has an economic or ownership interest.

Section 28(e) ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) .

Standard of Care ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b) .

Statement of Cause ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14(a) .

Termination Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14(a) .

Transaction ” shall mean any action taken by the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer with respect to the Assets, including, without limitation, (i) selecting the Collateral Obligations and Eligible Investments to be acquired by the Issuer, (ii) investing and reinvesting the Assets, (iii) amending, waiving and/or taking any other action commensurate with managing the Assets, (iv) instructing the Trustee with respect to any acquisition, disposition or tender of, or Offer with respect to, a Collateral Obligation, Equity Security or Eligible Investment by the Issuer and (v) any of the services set forth in Section 2 .

Trustee ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(b)          Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned thereto in the Indenture and the rules of construction set forth in Section 1.1 of the Indenture are hereby incorporated by reference herein.
 
 
3

 
 
Section 2.            General Duties and Authority of the Collateral Manager.

(a)          Subject to Section 2(b) , Section 2(d) , Section 5 and Section 10 and to the applicable provisions of the Indenture, the Collateral Manager agrees, and is hereby authorized, to provide the following services to the Issuer:

(i)        select the Collateral Obligations and Eligible Investments to be acquired and select the Collateral Obligations, Equity Securities, Eligible Investments and Other Exchange Assets to be sold or otherwise disposed of by the Issuer;

(ii)        invest and reinvest the Assets;

(iii)       instruct the Trustee with respect to any acquisition, disposition, or tender of, or Offer with respect to, a Collateral Obligation, Equity Security, Eligible Investment, Other Exchange Asset or other assets received in respect thereof in the open market or otherwise by the Issuer; and

(iv)      perform all other tasks and take all other actions that are specified in the Indenture, the Collateral Administration Agreement or this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Transaction Documents to the contrary, in each instance in which notice or any other information must be made available to the Rating Agencies for purposes of satisfying the Moody’s Rating Agency Condition, the S&P Rating Agency Condition, the Global Rating Agency Condition or as otherwise required under any Transaction Document, such notice or information may only be made available by the Collateral Manager, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Collateral Manager.

The Collateral Manager shall, and is hereby authorized to, perform its obligations hereunder and under the Indenture in a manner which is consistent with the terms hereof and of the Indenture.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2(a) , none of the services performed by the Collateral Manager shall result in or be construed as resulting in an obligation to perform any of the following: (i) the Collateral Manager acting repeatedly or continuously as an intermediary in securities for the Issuer; (ii) the Collateral Manager providing investment banking services to the Issuer; or (iii) the Collateral Manager having direct contact with, or actively soliciting or finding outside investors to invest in the Issuer.

(b)        The Collateral Manager shall have the power to execute and deliver all necessary and appropriate documents and instruments on behalf of the Issuer in connection with performing its obligations set forth herein. Except as may otherwise be expressly provided in this Agreement or the Indenture, the Collateral Manager will perform its obligations hereunder and under the Indenture with reasonable care and in good faith, (i) using a degree of skill and attention no less than that which the Collateral Manager exercises with respect to comparable assets that it may manage for itself and its other clients, and (ii) in accordance with the Collateral Manager’s customary practices and procedures involving assets of the nature and character of the Assets (the “ Standard of Care ”).
 
 
4

 
 
(c)          Subject to the provisions concerning its general duties and obligations as set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) above and the terms of the Indenture, the Collateral Manager shall provide, and is hereby authorized to provide, the following services to the Issuer:
 
(i)        The Collateral Manager shall perform the investment-related duties and functions (including, without limitation, the furnishing of Issuer Orders and Authorized Officer’s certificates) as are expressly required hereunder or under the Indenture with regard to acquisitions, sales or other dispositions of Collateral Obligations, Equity Securities, Eligible Investments and other securities and assets permitted to be acquired or sold under, and subject to, the Indenture (including any proceeds received by way of Offers, workouts and restructurings on assets owned by the Issuer) and shall comply with the Investment Criteria and other requirements in the Indenture and the provisions of Annex A hereto.

The Collateral Manager shall have no obligation to perform any other duties other than as expressly specified herein or in the Indenture and the Collateral Manager shall be subject to no implicit obligations of any kind.
 
The Issuer hereby irrevocably (except as provided below) appoints the Collateral Manager as its true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact (with full power of substitution) in its name, place and stead and at its expense, in connection with the performance of its duties provided for in this Agreement and in the Indenture, including, without limitation, the following powers: (A) to give or cause to be given any necessary receipts or acquittance for amounts collected or received in the performance of its obligations under the Indenture and hereunder, (B) to make or cause to be made all necessary transfers of the Collateral Obligations, Equity Securities and Eligible Investments in connection with any acquisition, sale or other disposition made pursuant hereto and the Indenture, (C) to execute (under hand, under seal or as a deed) and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered on behalf of the Issuer all necessary or appropriate bills of sale, assignments, agreements and other instruments in connection with any such acquisition, sale or other disposition and (D) to execute (under hand, under seal or as a deed) and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered on behalf of the Issuer any consents, votes, proxies, waivers, notices, amendments, modifications, agreements, instruments, orders or other documents in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or the Indenture and relating to any Collateral Obligation, Equity Security or Eligible Investment.

The Issuer hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney -in-fact (or any substitute) shall lawfully do hereunder and pursuant hereto and authorizes such attorney-in- fact to exercise full discretion and act for the Issuer in the same manner and with the same force and effect as the officers of the Issuer might or could do in respect of the actions taken by such attorney-in-fact (or any substitute), as well as in respect of all other things the Collateral Manager deems necessary or incidental to the furtherance or conduct of the Collateral Manager’s services under this Agreement or under the Indenture, subject in each case to the applicable terms of this Agreement and of the Indenture.
  
 
5

 
 
The Issuer hereby authorizes such attorney-in-fact, in its sole discretion (but subject to applicable law and the provisions of this Agreement and the Indenture), to take all actions that it considers reasonably necessary and appropriate in respect of the Assets, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. Nevertheless, if so requested by the Collateral Manager or by a purchaser of any Collateral Obligation or Eligible Investment, the Issuer shall ratify and confirm any such sale or other disposition by executing and delivering to the Collateral Manager or such purchaser all proper bills of sale, assignments, releases, powers of attorney, proxies, dividends, other orders and other instruments as may reasonably be designated in any such request. 
 
Except as otherwise set forth and provided for herein, this grant of power of attorney is coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and not be affected by the subsequent dissolution or bankruptcy of the Issuer.
 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the appointment herein of the Collateral Manager as the Issuer’s agent and attorney-in-fact shall automatically cease and terminate upon the effective date of any termination of this Agreement, the resignation of the Collateral Manager pursuant to Section 12 or any removal of the Collateral Manager pursuant to Section 14 .

Each of the Collateral Manager and the Issuer shall take such other actions, and furnish such certificates, opinions and other documents, as may be reasonably requested by the other party hereto in order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to facilitate compliance with applicable laws and regulations and the terms of this Agreement and of the Indenture.

(ii)       The Collateral Manager shall negotiate on behalf of the Issuer with prospective originators, sellers or purchasers of Collateral Obligations as to the terms relating to the acquisition, sale or other dispositions thereof.

(iii)      Subject to any applicable terms of the Collateral Administration Agreement, the Collateral Manager shall monitor the Assets on behalf of the Issuer on an ongoing basis and shall provide or cause to be provided to the Issuer all reports, schedules and other data reasonably available to the Collateral Manager that the Issuer is required to prepare and deliver or cause to be prepared and delivered under the Indenture, in such forms and containing such information required thereby, in reasonably sufficient time for such required reports, schedules and data to be reviewed and delivered by or on behalf of the Issuer to the parties entitled thereto under the Indenture.

The obligation of the Collateral Manager to furnish such information is subject to the Collateral Manager’s timely receipt of necessary reports and the appropriate information from the Person responsible for the delivery of or preparation of such reports and such information (including without limitation, the Obligors of the Collateral Obligations, the Rating Agencies, the Trustee and the Collateral Administrator) and to any confidentiality restrictions with respect thereto.
 
 
6

 
 
The Collateral Manager shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by a Person that the Collateral Manager has no reason to believe is not duly authorized. The Collateral Manager also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and made by a Person the Collateral Manager has no reason to believe is not duly authorized, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Collateral Manager is entitled to rely on any other information furnished to it by third parties that it reasonably believes in good faith to be genuine.

(iv)       The Collateral Manager, on behalf of the Issuer, shall be responsible for obtaining, to the extent reasonably practicable and to the extent such information is available to it, any information concerning whether a Collateral Obligation has become a Defaulted Obligation, a Current Pay Obligation, a Credit Risk Obligation or a Credit Improved Obligation.

(v)        The Collateral Manager may, subject to and in accordance with the Indenture, as agent of the Issuer and on behalf of the Issuer, direct the Trustee to take, or take on behalf of the Issuer, as applicable, any of the following actions with respect to a Collateral Obligation, Equity Security, Eligible Investment or Other Exchange Asset (as applicable):

(A)        purchase or otherwise acquire such Collateral Obligation or Eligible Investment;

(B)         retain such Collateral Obligation, Equity Security or Eligible Investment;

(C)        sell or otherwise dispose of such Collateral Obligation, Equity Security, Eligible Investment or Other Exchange Asset (including any assets received by way of Offers, workouts and restructurings on assets owned by the Issuer) in the open market or otherwise;

(D)        if applicable, tender such Collateral Obligation, Equity Security or Eligible Investment;

(E)        if applicable, consent to or refuse to consent to any proposed amendment, modification, restructuring, exchange, waiver or Offer and give or refuse to give any notice or direction;

(F)        retain or dispose of any securities or other property (if other than cash) received by the Issuer;

(G)        call or waive any default with respect to any Defaulted Obligation;

(H)        vote to accelerate the maturity of any Defaulted Obligation;

(I)         participate in a committee or group formed by creditors of an Obligor or an issuer under a Collateral Obligation, Eligible Investment, Equity Security or Other Exchange Asset;
 
 
7

 
 
(J)        after or in connection with the payment in full of all amounts owed under the Secured Notes and the termination without replacement of the Indenture or in connection with any redemption of the Notes, advise the Issuer as to when, in the view of t he Collateral Manager, it would be in the best interest of the Issuer to liquidate all or any portion of the Issuer's investment portfolio and, if applicable, after discharge of the Indenture, render such assistance as may be reasonably necessary or reasonably required by the Issuer in connection with such liquidation or any actions necessary to effectuate a redemption of the Notes;

(K)       advise and assist the Issuer with respect to the valuation of the Assets, to the extent required or permitted by the Indenture;

(L)        provide strategic and financial planning advice (including advice on utilization of assets) and prepare financial statements and other similar reports;

(M)      exercise any other rights or remedies with respect to such Collateral Obligation, Equity Security or Eligible Investment as provided in the Underlying Instruments of the Obligor or issuer under such Assets or the other documents governing the terms of such Assets or take any other action consistent with the terms of this Agreement or of the Indenture which the Collateral Manager reasonably determines to be in the best interests of the Issuer.

(vi)       The Collateral Manager may:

(A)       retain accounting, tax, counsel and other professional services on behalf of the Issuer as may be needed by the Issuer; and

(B)        consult on behalf of the Issuer with each Rating Agency at such times as may be reasonably requested by such Rating Agency and provide the Rating Agencies with any information reasonably requested in connection with each Rating Agency’s monitoring of the acquisition and disposition of Collateral Obligations and each Rating Agency’s maintenance of their ratings of the Secured Notes.
 
(vii)      In connection with the purchase of any Collateral Obligation by the Issuer, the Collateral Manager shall prepare, on behalf of the Issuer, the information required to be delivered to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.
 
(d)          In performing its duties hereunder and when exercising its discretion and judgment in connection with any transactions involving the Assets, the Collateral Manager shall carry out any reasonable written directions of the Issuer for the purpose of the Issuer’s compliance with its Organizational Instruments and the Indenture; provided that such directions are not inconsistent with any provision of this Agreement or the Indenture by which the Collateral Manager is bound.
 
(e)          In providing services hereunder, the Collateral Manager may, without the consent of any party, employ third parties, including, without limitation, its Affiliates, to render advice (including investment advice), to provide services to arrange for trade execution and otherwise provide assistance to the Issuer or the Collateral Manager and to perform any of its duties hereunder; provided that the Collateral Manager shall not be relieved of any of its duties hereunder regardless of the performance of any such duties by third parties, including Affiliates.
 
 
8

 
 
(f)          The Collateral Manager shall not be bound to comply with any supplemental indenture until it has received a copy of such supplemental indenture from the Issuer or the Trustee and unless the Collateral Manager has consented thereto in writing, as provided in the Indenture.
 
Section 3.           Purchase and Sale Transactions; Brokerage.

(a)         The Collateral Manager, subject to and in accordance with the Indenture, hereby agrees that it shall cause any Transaction to be conducted on terms and conditions negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and in accordance with applicable law. The Issuer and the Collateral Manager agree that compliance with the guidelines set forth in Annex A hereto, along with the requirements set forth in this Agreement, constitute reasonable steps aimed at ensuring that the Issuer does not become the owner of any asset the ownership of which could be found to cause the Issuer to be engaged or deemed to be engaged in a U.S. trade or business. Except as expressly permitted under the Indenture, no Assets (other then any Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligations or Revolving Collateral Obligations) shall be purchased if such Assets may give rise to any obligation or liability on the Issuer’s part to take any action or make any payment other than at the Issuer’s option.

(b)         The Collateral Manager will seek to obtain the best execution (but shall have no obligation to obtain the lowest prices available) for all orders placed with respect to any Transaction, in a manner permitted by law and in a manner it believes to be in the best interests of the Issuer. Subject to the preceding sentence, the Collateral Manager may, in the allocation of business, select brokers and/or dealers with whom to effect trades on behalf of the Issuer and may open cash trading accounts with such brokers and dealers ( provided that none of the Assets may be credited to, held in or subject to the lien of the broker or dealer with respect to any such account). In addition, subject to the first sentence of this paragraph, the Collateral Manager may, in the allocation of business, take into consideration research and other brokerage services furnished to the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates by brokers and dealers which are not Affiliates of the Collateral Manager and furnished, in the Collateral Manager’s good faith belief, in compliance with Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“ Section 28(e) ”) or, if Section 28(e) is not applicable, in compliance with the provisions set forth therein.   Such services may be used by the Collateral Manager in connection with its other advisory activities or investment operations. The Collateral Manager may aggregate sales and purchase orders placed with respect to the Assets with similar orders being made simultaneously for other Clients of the Collateral Manager or of Affiliates of the Collateral Manager, if in the Collateral Manager’s reasonable judgment such aggregation shall result in an overall economic benefit to the Issuer, taking into consideration the advantageous selling or purchase price, brokerage commission or other expenses, as well as the availability of such Assets or opportunity for sale on any other basis. In accounting for such aggregated order price, commissions and other expenses may be apportioned on a weighted average basis. When a Transaction occurs as part of any aggregate sales or purchase orders, the objective of the Collateral Manager will be to allocate the executions among the Clients in an equitable manner and in accordance with the internal policies and procedures of the Collateral Manager (as the same may be amended from time to time) and applicable law.
 
 
9

 
 
(c)         The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that (i) the determination by the Collateral Manager of any benefit to the Issuer will be subjective and will represent the Collateral Manager’s evaluation at the time that the Issuer will be benefited by relatively better purchase or sales prices, lower brokerage commissions, lower transaction costs and expenses and beneficial timing of transactions or any combination of any of these and/or other factors and (ii) the Collateral Manager shall be fully protected with respect to any such determination to the extent the Collateral Manager acts in accordance with Section 2(b) . The Issuer acknowledges that on, and potentially after, the Closing Date, a Client of the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates will be the Holder of the Subordinated Notes, and that at any time the Collateral Manager, Affiliates thereof or Clients of the Collateral Manager may acquire other classes of Notes, which may give rise to conflicts of interest between the Collateral Manager’s duties to the Issuer under this Agreement and its duty to such Client. Any such Holder of Notes may dispose of such Notes at any time.

(d)         Subject to the Collateral Manager’s execution obligations described herein, including, without limitation, Sections 5(c) and 5(d) , compliance with applicable law and compliance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture, the Collateral Manager may effect transactions with the Issuer or its Affiliates (i) on an agency basis or (ii) on a principal basis where the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates sells assets to or purchases assets from the Issuer.

Section 4.            Additional Activities of the Collateral Manager.

(a)         Nothing herein shall prevent the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates from engaging in other businesses, or from rendering services of any kind to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Initial Purchaser, any Holder or their respective Affiliates or any other Person regardless of whether such business is in competition with the Issuer or otherwise. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, partners, members, managers, shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents of the Collateral Manager, Affiliates of the Collateral Manager, and the Collateral Manager may:

(i)        serve as managers or directors (whether supervisory or managing), officers, employees, partners, agents, nominees or signatories for the Issuer or any Affiliate thereof, or for any Obligor or issuer in respect of any of the Collateral Obligations, Equity Securities or Eligible Investments or any Affiliate thereof, to the extent permitted by their respective Organizational Instruments and Underlying Instruments, as from time to time amended, or by any resolutions duly adopted by the Issuer, its Affiliates or any Obligor or issuer in respect of any of the Collateral Obligations, Eligible Investments or Equity Securities (or any Affiliate thereof) pursuant to their respective Organizational Instruments;

(ii)       receive fees for services of whatever nature rendered to the Obligor or issuer in respect of any of the Collateral Obligations, Eligible Investments or Equity Securities or any Affiliate thereof;

(iii)      be retained to provide services unrelated to this Agreement to the Issuer or its Affiliates and be paid therefor, on an arm’s-length basis;
 
 
10

 
 
(iv)      be a secured or unsecured creditor of, or hold a debt obligation of or equity interest in, the Issuer or any Affiliate thereof or any Obligor or issuer of any Collateral Obligation, Eligible Investment or Equity Security or any Affiliate thereof;

(v)       subject to Section 3(b) and Section 5 , applicable law and the applicable provisions of the Indenture sell any Collateral Obligation or Eligible Investment to, or purchase any Collateral Obligation or Equity Security from, the Issuer while acting in the capacity of principal or agent;

(vi)      underwrite, arrange, structure, originate, syndicate, act as a distributor of or make a market in any Collateral Obligation, Equity Security, Eligible Investment or Other Exchange Asset;

(vii)     serve as a member of any “creditors’ board”, “creditors’ committee” or similar creditor group with respect to any Collateral Obligation, Defaulted Obligation, Eligible Investment, Equity Security or Other Exchange Asset; or

(viii)    act as collateral manager, portfolio manager, investment manager and/or investment adviser or sub-adviser in collateralized bond obligation vehicles, collateralized loan obligation vehicles and other similar warehousing, financing or investment vehicles.

(b)         The Issuer acknowledges that there are generally no ethical screens or information barriers among the Collateral Manager and certain of its Affiliates of the type that many firms implement to separate individuals who make investment decisions from others who might possess applicable material, non-public information. The Issuer acknowledges that the Collateral Manager may be prevented from causing the Issuer to transact in certain assets due, among other things, to internal restrictions imposed on the Collateral Manager regarding the possession and use of material and/or non-public information and certain restrictions of the Investment Company Act regarding co-investments with Affiliates. The Collateral Manager will not have any liability to the Issuer or any Holder of any Note for the failure to disclose such information or for taking, or failing to take, any action based upon such information.

(c)         The Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates may acquire or sell assets, for its own account or for the accounts of its Clients, without either requiring or precluding the acquisition or sale of such assets for the account of the Issuer. Such investments may be the same as or different from those made on behalf of the Issuer. In the event that, in light of market conditions and investment objectives, the Collateral Manager determines that it would be advisable to acquire the same Collateral Obligation both for the Issuer and either the proprietary account of the Collateral Manager or any Affiliate of the Collateral Manager or another Client of the Collateral Manager, the Collateral Manager will allocate investment opportunities across such entities for which such opportunities are appropriate, consistent with (1) its internal conflict of interest and allocation policies, (2) any applicable requirements of the Advisers Act and (3) if and to the extent applicable, certain restrictions of the Investment Company Act regarding co-investments with Affiliates.
 
 
11

 
 
(d)        The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that the Collateral Manager and its Affiliates may invest for their own accounts or for the accounts of others in assets that would be appropriate investments for the Issuer. The Issuer acknowledges that the Collateral Manager and its Affiliates may enter into, for their own accounts or for the accounts of others, credit default swaps relating to Obligors and issuers with respect to the Collateral Obligations included in the Assets.

(e)        It is understood that the Collateral Manager and any of its Affiliates may engage in any other business and furnish investment management and advisory services to others, including Persons which may have investment policies similar to those followed by the Collateral Manager with respect to the Assets and which may own securities or obligations of the same class, or which are of the same type, as the Collateral Obligations or the Eligible Investments or other securities or obligations of the Obligor or issuer of the Collateral Obligations or the Eligible Investments. The Collateral Manager will be free, in its sole discretion, to make recommendations to others, or effect transactions on behalf of itself or for others, which may be the same as or different from those effected with respect to the Assets. Nothing in the Indenture and this Agreement shall prevent the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates, acting either as principal or agent on behalf of others, from buying or selling, or from recommending to or directing any other account to buy or sell, at any time, securities or obligations of the same kind or class, or securities or obligations of a different kind or class of the same issuer, as those directed by the Collateral Manager to be purchased or sold on behalf of the Issuer. It is understood that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Collateral Manager, its Affiliates or their respective Related Persons or any member of their families or a person or entity advised by the Collateral Manager may have an interest in a particular transaction or in securities or obligations of the same kind or class, or securities or obligations of a different kind or class of the same issuer, as those whose purchase or sale the Collateral Manager may direct hereunder.

Section 5.            Certain Conflicts of Interest.

(a)        The Issuer understands that the Collateral Manager and its Affiliates may have economic interests in (including, without limitation, controlling equity interests or other equity or debt interests), be lenders to, receive payments from, render services to, engage in transactions with or have other relationships with Obligors and issuers with respect to the Collateral Obligations included in the Assets. In particular, the Collateral Manager and its Affiliates may make and/or hold investments in an Obligor’s or issuer’s obligations or securities that may be pari passu, senior or junior in ranking to an investment in such Obligor’s or issuer’s obligations or securities made and/or held by the Issuer, or otherwise have interests different from or adverse to those of the Issuer. The Issuer agrees that, in the course of managing the Collateral Obligations held by the Issuer, the Collateral Manager may consider its relationships with other Clients (including obligors and issuers) and its Affiliates. The Collateral Manager may decline to make a particular investment for the Issuer in view of such relationships. In addition, individuals who are partners, managers, members, shareholders, directors, officers, employees or agents of the Collateral Manager or of one or more of its Affiliates may serve on boards of directors of, or otherwise have ongoing relationships with, such Obligors and issuers. As a result, such individuals may possess information relating to Obligors and issuers of Collateral Obligations that is (a) not known to or (b) known but restricted as to its use by the individuals at the Collateral Manager responsible for monitoring the Collateral Obligations and performing the other obligations of the Collateral Manager under this Agreement. Each of such ownership and other relationships may result in securities laws restrictions on transactions in such securities by the Issuer and otherwise create conflicts of interest for the Issuer. The Issuer acknowledges and agrees that, in all such instances, the Collateral Manager and its Affiliates may in their discretion make investment recommendations and decisions that may be the same as or different from those made with respect to the Issuer’s investments and they have no duty, in making or managing such investments, to act in a way that is favorable to the Issuer.
 
 
12

 
 
(b)        The Issuer agrees that neither the Collateral Manager nor any of its Affiliates is under any obligation to offer all investment opportunities of which they become aware to the Issuer or to account to the Issuer for (or share with the Issuer or inform the Issuer of) any such transaction or any benefit received by them from any such transaction. The Issuer understands that the Collateral Manager and/or its Affiliates may have, for their own accounts or for the accounts of others, portfolios with substantially the same portfolio criteria as are applicable to the Issuer. Furthermore, the Collateral Manager and/or its Affiliates may make an investment on their own behalf or on behalf of any Client without offering the investment opportunity or making any investment on behalf of the Issuer and, accordingly, investment opportunities may not be allocated among all such Clients. The Issuer acknowledges that affirmative obligations may arise in the future, whereby the Collateral Manager and/or its Affiliates are obligated to offer certain investments to Clients before or without the Collateral Manager’s offering those investments to the Issuer. The Issuer agrees that the Collateral Manager may make investments on behalf of the Issuer in securities or obligations that it has declined to invest in or enter into for its own account, the account of any of the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates or the account of any other Client.

(c)        Subject to the provisions of the Indenture, this Agreement and applicable law, the Collateral Manager is hereby authorized to effect client cross-transactions in which the Collateral Manager causes a purchase or sale of a Collateral Obligation or Eligible Investment to be effected between the Issuer and another account advised by the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates. In addition, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 2 , with the prior authorization of the Issuer, which authorization is hereby given and may be revoked at any time, the Collateral Manager is authorized to enter into agency cross-transactions in which the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates act as broker for the Issuer and for the other party to the transaction, to the extent permitted under applicable law, in which case the Collateral Manager or any such Affiliate will receive commissions from, and have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities regarding, both parties to the transaction.

(d)        In addition to the requirements set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions of this Agreement and applicable law, an independent investor representative (the “ Independent Review Party ) shall have the responsibility for approving (prior to settlement) any transactions between the Issuer and the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates for which Issuer consent is required pursuant to Section 206(3) of the Investment Advisers Act, including Principal Transactions (as defined below). The parties hereto agree that Axiom Valuation Solutions shall be appointed by the Issuer as the Independent Review Party, and each party hereto consents to such appointment and to the authority of such Independent Review Party with respect to approval of Principal Transactions. In the event that Axiom Valuation Solutions is unable to serve as the Independent Review Party for purposes of this Agreement, a majority of the managers of the Issuer shall appoint an alternative Person, after consultation with the Collateral Manager, to serve in such capacity. In addition, a majority of the managers of the Issuer may remove and replace the Independent Review Party at any time and in their sole discretion. A “ Principal Transaction ” is a transaction in which the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates sells assets to or purchases assets from the Issuer.
 
 
13

 
 
(e)        The Issuer acknowledges that a Client of the Collateral Manager or its Affiliates will acquire all of the Subordinated Notes and that such Client, Affiliates of the Collateral Manager or the Collateral Manager may acquire Secured Notes. In certain circumstances, the interests of the Issuer and/or the Holders with respect to matters as to which the Collateral Manager is advising the Issuer may conflict with the interests of the Collateral Manager, its Affiliates or some of its other Clients. The Issuer hereby acknowledges that various potential and actual conflicts of interest do or may exist with respect to the Collateral Manager as described in this Agreement and in the Final Offering Circular; provided that nothing in this Section 5 shall be construed as altering the duties of the Collateral Manager as set forth herein, in the Indenture or under applicable law.

(f)        Any Independent Review Party (i) shall either (A) be an established financial institution or other financial company with experience in assessing the merits of transactions similar to the Principal Transactions or (B) be a review board composed of one or more individuals selected by the Issuer (or at the request of the Issuer, selected by the Collateral Manager), (ii) shall be required to assess the merits of the Principal Transaction and either grant or withhold consent to such transaction in its sole judgment and (iii) shall not be (A) affiliated with the Collateral Manager (other than as a Noteholder or as a passive investor in the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer) or (B) involved in the daily management and control of the Issuer.

(g)        In accordance with the Priority of Payments, the Issuer (i) shall be responsible for any fees relating to the services provided by any Independent Review Party and shall reimburse any Independent Review Party for their out-of-pocket expenses and (ii) may indemnify members of such Independent Review Party to the maximum extent permitted by law, subject to terms and conditions satisfactory to the Collateral Manager.

Section 6.            Records; Confidentiality.
 
The Collateral Manager shall maintain or cause to be maintained appropriate books of account and records relating to its services performed hereunder, and such books of account and records shall be accessible for inspection by representatives of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Holders, and the Independent accountants appointed by the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer pursuant to Section 10.8 of the Indenture at any time during normal business hours and upon not less than five Business Days’ prior notice; provided that any books or records provided or made available to such representatives do not contain confidential information concerning other Clients of the Collateral Manager or if so that such information is removed or redacted as appropriate prior to its release; and provided , further , that such representatives prior to having access to such books or records sign any confidentiality agreement reasonably required by the Collateral Manager concerning information reasonably deemed confidential by the Collateral Manager.
 
 
14

 
 
The Collateral Manager shall keep confidential any and all information obtained in connection with the services rendered hereunder and shall not disclose any such information to non-affiliated third parties except (a) with the prior written consent of the Issuer, (b) such information as a Rating Agency shall reasonably request in connection with its rating of the Secured Notes or in supplying credit estimates on any Collateral Obligation included in the Assets, (c) in connection with establishing trading or investment accounts or otherwise in connection with effecting Transactions on behalf of the Issuer, (d) as required by (i) applicable law, regulation, court order, or a request by a governmental regulatory agency with jurisdiction over the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates, (ii) the rules or regulations of any self-regulating organization, body or official having jurisdiction over the Collateral Manager or any of its Affiliates or (iii) the Irish Stock Exchange, (e) to its professional advisors (including, without limitation, legal, tax and accounting advisors), (f) such information as shall have been publicly disclosed other than in known violation of this Agreement or the provisions of the Indenture or shall have been obtained by the Collateral Manager on a non-confidential basis, (g) as expressly permitted in the Final Offering Circular, in the Indenture or in any other Transaction Document, (h) such information as is necessary or appropriate to disclose so that the Collateral Manager may perform its duties hereunder, under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document or (i) general performance information which may be used by the Collateral Manager, its Affiliates or their Related Persons in connection with their marketing activities.

For purposes of this Section 6 , the Holders, the Trustee, the Calculation Agent and the Collateral Administrator shall not be considered “ non-affiliated third parties .”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is agreed that the Collateral Manager (and with respect to clause (e) of this sentence, each of its respective employees, representatives or other agents) may disclose (a) that it is serving as collateral manager of the Issuer, (b) the nature, aggregate principal amount and overall performance of the Issuer’s assets, (c) the amount of earnings on the Assets, (d) such other information about the Issuer, the Assets and the Notes as is customarily disclosed by managers of collateralized loan obligations and (e) to any and all Persons, without limitation of any kind, the United States federal income tax treatment and United States federal income tax structure of the transactions contemplated by the Indenture, this Agreement and the related documents and all materials of any kind (including opinions and other tax analyses) that are provided to them relating to such United States federal income tax treatment and United States income tax structure.
 
 
15

 
 
Section 7.            Obligations of Collateral Manager.

In accordance with the Standard of Care set forth in Section 2(b) , the Collateral Manager shall not intentionally take any action that it knows, or should know, would (a) materially adversely affect the status of the Issuer for purposes of the United States federal or state law or other law applicable to it, (b) not be permitted by the Issuer’s Organizational Instruments, copies of which the Collateral Manager acknowledges the Issuer has provided to the Collateral Manager, or to the extent consented thereto by the Collateral Manager, amendments thereto, (c) violate any law, rule or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over the Issuer, including, without limitation, actions which would violate any United States federal, state or other applicable securities law that is known by the Collateral Manager to be applicable to the Issuer and, in each case, the violation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer or have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Collateral Manager to perform its obligations hereunder, (d) require registration of the Issuer or the pool of Assets as an “investment company” under Section 8 of the Investment Company Act or (e) knowingly and willfully adversely affect the interests of the Issuer in the Assets in any material respect (other than (i) as expressly permitted hereunder or under the Indenture or (ii) in connection with any action taken in the ordinary course of business of the Collateral Manager in accordance with its Standard of Care).

If the Collateral Manager is ordered by the managers of the Issuer or the requisite Holders to take any action which would, or could reasonably be expected to, in each case in its reasonable business judgment, have any such consequences, the Collateral Manager shall promptly notify the Issuer and the Trustee that such action would, or could reasonably be expected to, in each case in its reasonable business judgment, have one or more of the consequences set forth above and shall not take such action unless the managers of the Issuer then request the Collateral Manager to do so and both a Majority of the Controlling Class and a Majority of the Subordinated Notes have consented thereto in writing. Notwithstanding any such request, the Collateral Manager shall not take such action unless (i) arrangements satisfactory to it are made to insure or indemnify the Collateral Manager, Affiliates of the Collateral Manager and shareholders, partners, members, managers, directors, officers or employees of the Collateral Manager or such Affiliates from any liability and expense it may incur as a result of such action and (ii) if the Collateral Manager so requests in respect of a question of law, the Issuer delivers to the Collateral Manager an Opinion of Counsel (from outside counsel satisfactory to the Collateral Manager) that the action so requested does not violate any law, rule or regulation of any governmental body or agency having jurisdiction over the Issuer or over the Collateral Manager.

Neither the Collateral Manager nor its Affiliates, shareholders, partners, members, managers, directors, officers or employees shall be liable to the Issuer or any other Person, except as provided in Section 10 . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, any indemnification or insurance by the Issuer provided for in this Section 7 or Section 10   shall be payable out of the Assets in accordance with the Priority of Payments, and the   Collateral Manager may take into account such Priority of Payments in determining whether any proposed indemnity arrangements contemplated by this Section 7 are satisfactory.

Section 8.            Compensation.

(a)         As compensation for the performance of its obligations as Collateral Manager, the Collateral Manager will be entitled to receive a fee on each Payment Date (in accordance with the Priority of Payments), which will consist of the Base Collateral Management Fee and the Subordinated Collateral Management Fee (collectively, the “ Collateral Management Fee ”).
 
 
16

 
 
The Base Collateral Management Fee (the “ Base Collateral Management Fee ”) will accrue quarterly in arrears on each Payment Date (prorated for the related Interest Accrual Period), in an amount equal to (a) for so long as Garrison Investment Group LP (or any Affiliate thereof) is the Collateral Manager, 0.00% or (b) at any other time, 0.25%, each per annum (calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) of the Fee Basis Amount at the beginning of the Collection Period relating to such Payment Date; provided that the Base Collateral Management Fee payable on any Payment Date shall not include any such fee (or any portion thereof) that has been waived by the Collateral Manager hereunder.

The Subordinated Collateral Management Fee (the “ Subordinated Collateral Management Fee ”) will accrue quarterly in arrears on each Payment Date (prorated for the   related Interest Accrual Period), in an amount equal to (a) for so long as Garrison Investment Group LP (or any Affiliate thereof) is the Collateral Manager, 0.00% or (b) at any other time, 0.35%, each per annum (calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) of the Fee Basis Amount at the beginning of the Collection Period relating to such Payment Date; provided that the Subordinated Collateral Management Fee payable on any Payment Date shall not include any such fee (or any portion thereof) that has been waived by the Collateral Manager hereunder.

(b)        The Collateral Management Fee is payable on each Payment Date in accordance with the Priority of Payments only to the extent that sufficient Interest Proceeds or Principal Proceeds are available. To the extent they are not paid on any Payment Date when due, the Base Collateral Management Fee and the Subordinated Collateral Management Fee will be deferred and will be payable on subsequent Payment Dates on which any funds are available therefor in accordance with the Priority of Payments, without interest.

(c)        The Collateral Manager may, in its sole discretion (but shall not be obligated to), elect to waive all or any portion of the Collateral Management Fee payable to the Collateral Manager on any Payment Date. Any such election shall be made by the Collateral Manager by delivering written notice thereof to the Trustee no later than the Determination Date immediately prior to such Payment Date. Any election to waive the Collateral Management Fee may also take the place of written standing instructions to the Trustee; provided that such standing instructions may be rescinded by the Collateral Manager at any time.

(d)        If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 14 hereof or otherwise or if the Collateral Manager resigns, is removed or assigns this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, the Collateral Management Fee shall be accrued from the Payment Date occurring on or immediately prior to the date of such resignation, removal or assignment and shall be due and payable together with all other amounts owing to such predecessor Collateral Manager under this Agreement or the Indenture on the first Payment Date following the date of such resignation, removal or assignment, subject to the Priority of Payments described in the Indenture.

(e)        Except as otherwise set forth herein and in the Indenture, the Collateral Manager will continue to serve as Collateral Manager under this Agreement notwithstanding that the Collateral Manager will not have received amounts due it under this Agreement because sufficient funds were not then available pursuant to the terms of the Indenture to pay such amounts in accordance with the Priority of Payments.
 
 
17

 
 
Section 9.            Benefit of the Agreement.
 
The Collateral Manager shall perform its obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Indenture applicable to it. The Collateral Manager agrees and consents to the provisions contained in Article XV of the Indenture. In addition, the Collateral Manager acknowledges the pledge of this Agreement under the granting clause of the Indenture.

Section 10.        Limits of Collateral Manager Responsibility.

(a)        None of the Collateral Manager, its Affiliates or their respective Related Persons assumes any responsibility under this Agreement, other than the Collateral Manager’s assumption of its responsibility to render the services required to be performed by it hereunder and under the terms of the Indenture applicable to it in good faith, subject to the Standard of Care described in Section 2(b) . The Collateral Manager shall not be responsible for any action or inaction of the Issuer or the Trustee in following or declining to follow any advice, recommendation or direction of the Collateral Manager, including as set forth in Section 7 . The Indemnified Parties (as defined below) shall not be liable to the Issuer, the Trustee, any Holder, the Initial Purchaser, any of their respective Affiliates, or Related Persons or any other Persons for any act, omission, error of judgment, mistake of law, or for any claim, loss, liability, damage, judgments, assessments, settlement, cost, or other expense (including attorneys’ fees and expenses and court costs) arising out of or with respect to any investment or for any other act or omission in the performance of the Collateral Manager’s obligations under or in connection with this Agreement or the terms of any other Transaction Document applicable to the Collateral Manager, incurred as a result of actions taken or recommended or for any omissions of the Collateral Manager, or for any decrease in the value of the Assets, except for liability to which the Collateral Manager would be subject (i) by reason of acts or omissions constituting bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence in the performance of its duties hereunder and under the terms of the Indenture or (ii) caused by (x) an untrue statement of a material fact included in the Collateral Manager Information or (y) the omission by the Collateral Manager of a material fact necessary to make the statements in the Collateral Manager Information, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading (the preceding clauses (i) and (ii) collectively referred to for purposes of this Section 10 as “ Collateral Manager Breaches ”). The Collateral Manager shall not be liable for any consequential, punitive, exemplary or treble damages or lost profits hereunder or under the Indenture. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to waive any liability which cannot be waived under applicable state or federal law or any rules or regulations adopted thereunder.
 
 
18

 
 
(b)          (i) The Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless (the Issuer in such case, the “ Indemnifying Party ”) the Collateral Manager, its Affiliates and their respective Related Persons (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, judgments, assessments, costs or other liabilities (collectively, “ Losses ”) and will promptly reimburse each such Indemnified Party for all reasonable fees and expenses incurred by an Indemnified Party with respect thereto (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) (collectively, “ Expenses ”) arising out of or in connection with the issuance of the Notes (including, without limitation, any untrue statement of material fact contained in the Offering Circulars, or omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case, other than the Collateral Manager Information), the transactions contemplated by the Offering Circulars, the Indenture or this Agreement and any acts or omissions of any such Indemnified Party; provided , that such Indemnified Party shall not be indemnified for any Losses or Expenses incurred as a result of any act or omission by such Indemnified Party that constitutes a Collateral Manager Breach. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the obligations of the Issuer under this Section 10 to indemnify any Indemnified Party for any Losses or Expenses are non-recourse obligations of the Issuer payable solely out of the Assets in accordance with the Priority of Payments set forth in the Indenture.
 
(ii)        The Collateral Manager shall indemnify and hold harmless (the Collateral Manager in such case, the “ Indemnifying Party ”) the Issuer, its Affiliates and their respective Related Persons (each such party being, in such case, an “ Indemnified Party ”) from and against any and all Losses and shall promptly reimburse each such Indemnified Party for all reasonable Expenses as such Expenses are incurred in investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any actions in respect of or arising out of any Collateral Manager Breaches; provided , that the Collateral Manager shall not be liable for any consequential, punitive, exemplary or treble damages or lost profits.

(c)          An Indemnified Party shall (or, with respect to the Related Persons of the Collateral Manager or of the Issuer, as applicable, the Collateral Manager or the Issuer, as applicable, shall cause such Indemnified Party to) promptly notify the Indemnifying Party if the Indemnified Party receives a complaint, claim, compulsory process or other notice of any Loss giving rise to a claim for indemnification under this Section 10 , but failure to so notify the Indemnifying Party or to comply with paragraph (d) below shall not relieve such Indemnifying Party from its obligations under this Section 10 unless and to the extent that such Indemnifying Party did not otherwise learn of such action or proceeding and to the extent such failure results in the forfeiture by the Indemnifying Party of material rights and defenses.

(d)          With respect to any claim made or threatened against an Indemnified Party, or compulsory process or request served upon such Indemnified Party for which such Indemnified Party is or may be entitled to indemnification under this Section 10 , such Indemnified Party shall (or with respect to the Related Persons of the Collateral Manager or of the Issuer, as applicable, the Collateral Manager or the Issuer, as applicable, shall cause such Indemnified Party to):
 
 (i)        at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, provide the Indemnifying Party such information and cooperation with respect to such claim as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably require, including, but not limited to, making appropriate personnel available to the Indemnifying Party at such reasonable times as the Indemnifying Party may request;
 
 
19

 
 
(ii)        at the Indemnifying Party’s expense, cooperate and take all such steps as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request to preserve and protect any defense to such claim;
 
(iii)       in the event suit is brought with respect to such claim, upon reasonable prior notice, afford to the Indemnifying Party the right, which the Indemnifying Party may exercise in its sole discretion and at its expense, (A) to participate in the investigation, defense and settlement of such claim, and, (B) to the extent that it shall wish, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Party (who shall not, except with the consent of the Indemnified Party, be counsel to the Indemnifying Party), and, after notice from the Indemnifying Party to such Indemnified Party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to such Indemnified Party under this Section for any legal fees and expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation, except that, if such Indemnified Party reasonably determines that counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party has a conflict of interest, such Indemnifying Party shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of one additional counsel selected by the Indemnified Party (in addition to any local counsel) separate from its own counsel for all Indemnified Parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances; and

(iv)       neither incur any material expense to defend against nor make any admission with respect thereto (other than routine or incontestable admissions or factual admissions the failure to make which could expose such Indemnified Party to (A) unindemnified liability or (B) only if the Indemnified Party is the Collateral Manager or an Affiliate or Related Person of the Collateral Manager or of an Affiliate thereof, any liability in respect of which, in the good faith determination of such Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party is unlikely to have sufficient funds available to indemnify the Indemnified Party in full, taking into account the Priority of Payments), nor permit a default or consent to the entry of any judgment in respect thereof, in each case without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party; provided that the Indemnifying Party shall have advised such Indemnified Party that such Indemnified Party is entitled to be indemnified hereunder with respect to such claim.

(e)          No Indemnified Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, settle or compromise any claim giving rise to a claim for indemnity hereunder, or permit a default or consent to the entry of any judgment in respect thereof; provided that if the Indemnified Party is the Collateral Manager or an Affiliate or a Related Person of the Collateral Manager or of an Affiliate thereof, such Indemnified Party shall not be required to seek or obtain such consent if it determines in good faith that the Indemnifying Party is unlikely to have sufficient funds available to indemnify it in full, taking into account the Priority of Payments.
 
(f)          No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any claim giving rise to a claim for indemnity hereunder if such settlement includes a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.
 
 
20

 
 
(g)        The compliance of the Collateral Manager’s actions with the provisions of the Indenture and this Agreement shall be determined on the date of action only, based upon the prices and characteristics of the Assets on the date of such action (or on the most recent date practicable, in the case of Collateral Obligations not purchased or sold on such date); provided that the provisions of the Indenture and this Agreement shall not be deemed breached as a result of changes in value, status or any other conditions of an investment following the date of such action and the Collateral Manager shall not be responsible under this Agreement for the performance of or any losses on the Assets acquired in accordance with this Agreement.

(h)        The Assets shall be held by the Custodian appointed by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture. The Collateral Manager and its Affiliates shall at no time have custody or physical control of the Assets. The Collateral Manager shall not be liable for any act or omission of the Custodian, the Collateral Administrator, the Calculation Agent or the Trustee or any sub-custodian or other agent appointed by the Calculation Agent or the Issuer. Any compensation owed to the Collateral Administrator, the Trustee or the Calculation Agent for their services to the Issuer shall be the obligation of the Issuer and not the Collateral Manager.

Section 11.        No Joint Venture.

The Issuer and the Collateral Manager are not partners or joint venturers with each other and nothing herein shall be construed to make them such partners or joint venturers or impose any liability as such on either of them. The Collateral Manager shall be deemed, for all purposes herein, an independent contractor and shall, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Indenture or authorized by the Issuer from time to time, have no authority to act for or represent the Issuer in any way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Issuer. It is acknowledged that neither the Collateral Manager nor any of its Affiliates has provided or shall provide any tax, accounting or legal advice or assistance to the Issuer or any other Person in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 12.         Term; Termination.

(a)        This Agreement shall commence as of the date first set forth above and shall continue in force until the first of the following occurs: (i) the final liquidation of the Assets and the final distribution of the proceeds of such liquidation to the Noteholders in accordance with the Indenture, (ii) the payment in full of the Secured Notes, and the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture in accordance with its terms or (iii) the early termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 12(b) , (c) , (d) , (e) or (f) or Section 14 .

(b)        Subject only to clause (c) below, the Collateral Manager may resign, upon 90 days’ prior written notice to the Issuer (or such shorter notice as is acceptable to the Issuer) and the Trustee (and the Issuer shall direct the Trustee to distribute a copy of such notice to the Holders within five (5) Business Days of receipt); provided that the Collateral Manager shall have the right to resign immediately upon the effectiveness of any material change in applicable law or regulations which renders the performance by the Collateral Manager of its duties hereunder or under the Indenture to be a violation of such law or regulation.
 
 
21

 
 
(c)        No resignation or removal of the Collateral Manager pursuant to this Agreement shall be effective until the date as of which a successor Collateral Manager shall have been appointed and approved and has accepted and assumed all of the Collateral Manager’s duties and obligations pursuant to this Agreement in writing (an “ Instrument of Acceptance ”).

(d)        Promptly after notice of any removal under Section 14 or any resignation of the Collateral Manager that is to take place while any of the Notes are Outstanding, the Issuer shall transmit or cause the Trustee to transmit copies of such notice to the Holders and each Rating Agency and shall appoint a successor Collateral Manager in accordance with the procedures set forth in clause (e) below; provided that (i) such successor Collateral Manager has demonstrated an ability to professionally and competently perform duties similar to those imposed upon the Collateral Manager hereunder, (ii) such successor Collateral Manager is legally qualified and has the capacity to assume all of the responsibilities, duties and obligations of the Collateral Manager hereunder and under the applicable terms of the Indenture, (iii) such successor Collateral Manager has agreed to coordinate with the replaced Collateral Manager regarding communications with the Rating Agencies, (iv) such appointment does not cause or result in the Issuer becoming, or require the pool of Assets to be registered as, an investment company under the Investment Company Act and (v) the Global Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to such appointment.

(e)        A Majority of the Subordinated Notes will nominate a successor Collateral Manager that meets the criteria set forth in clause (d) above (other than subclause (v) thereof) within 30 days of initial notice of the resignation or removal of the Collateral Manager and if the Majority of the Controlling Class consents thereto, such proposed successor will be appointed the successor Collateral Manager by the Issuer; provided that the Global Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to such appointment. If a Majority of the Subordinated Notes fails to nominate such a successor within 30 days of initial notice of the resignation or removal of the Collateral Manager or if a Majority of the Controlling Class does not consent thereto within ten days of the date of the notice of such nomination, then a Majority of the Controlling Class shall, within 60 days of initial notice of the resignation or removal of the Collateral Manager, nominate a successor Collateral Manager that meets the criteria set forth in clause (d) above (other than subclause (v) thereof). If a Majority of the Subordinated Notes consents to such Controlling Class nominee, such nominee shall be appointed the successor Collateral Manager by the Issuer; provided the Global Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to such appointment. If no successor Collateral Manager is appointed within 90 days with the consent thereto of a Majority of the Controlling Class (if nominated by a Majority of the Subordinated Notes) or the consent thereto of a Majority of the Subordinated Notes (if nominated by a Majority of the Controlling Class) (or, in the event of a change in applicable law or regulation which renders the performance by the Collateral Manager of its duties under this Agreement or the Indenture to be a violation of such law or regulation, within 30 days) following the termination or resignation of the Collateral Manager, any of the Issuer, the Collateral Manager, a Majority of the Subordinated Notes and the Majority of the Controlling Class shall have the right to petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint a successor Collateral Manager, in any such case whose appointment shall become effective after such successor has accepted its appointment and assumed all of the Collateral Manager’s duties and obligations pursuant to this Agreement in an Instrument of Acceptance and without the consent of any Holder.
 
 
22

 
 
(f)        The successor Collateral Manager shall be entitled to the Collateral Management Fee set forth in Section 8(a) (and, to the extent it defers such fees, the Collateral Management Fee due and owing to such successor Collateral Manager under Section 8(b) ) and no compensation payable to such successor Collateral Manager shall be greater than as set forth in Section 8 without the prior written consent of 100% of each Class of Notes (voting separately by Class, including the Class A-2 Notes), including Collateral Manager Notes. Upon the later of the expiration of the applicable notice periods with respect to termination specified in this Section 12 or in Section 14 and the acceptance of its appointment hereunder by the successor Collateral Manager, all authority and power of the Collateral Manager hereunder, whether with respect to the Assets or otherwise, shall automatically and without action by any person or entity pass to and be vested in the successor Collateral Manager. The Issuer, the Trustee and the successor Collateral Manager shall take such action (or cause the outgoing Collateral Manager to take such action) consistent with this Agreement and as shall be necessary to effect any such succession.

(g)        If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section 12 , such termination shall be without any further liability or obligation of either party to the other, except as provided in clause (h) below.

(h)         Sections 6 ,   7 (with respect to any indemnity or insurance provided thereunder), 8 (with respect to any accrued and unpaid Collateral Management Fee) 10 , 12(g) , 15 , 17 , 21 , 22 , 23 and 25 shall survive any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12 or Section 14 .

Section 13.         Assignments.

(a)        Except as otherwise provided in this Section 13 , the Collateral Manager may not assign or delegate (except as provided in Section 2(e) ) its rights or responsibilities under this Agreement without (i) satisfaction of the Global Rating Agency Condition with respect thereto and (ii) obtaining the consent of the Issuer and the consent of a Majority of the Controlling Class and a Majority of the Subordinated Notes (voting separately). The Collateral Manager shall not be required to obtain such consents or satisfy such condition with respect to a change of control transaction that is deemed to be an assignment within the meaning of Section 202(a)(1) of the Advisers Act; provided that, for so long as the Collateral Manager is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act, the Collateral Manager shall obtain the consent of the Issuer, in a manner consistent with the Securities and Exchange Commission staff interpretations of Section 205(a)(2) of the Advisers Act, to any such transaction.
 
 
23

 
 
(b)        The Collateral Manager may without satisfaction of the Global Rating Agency Condition, without obtaining the consent of the Majority of the Controlling Class or of the Majority of the Subordinated Notes and, so long as such assignment or delegation does not constitute an “assignment” for purposes of Section 205(a)(2) of the Advisers Act during such time as the Collateral Manager is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act, without obtaining the prior consent of the Issuer, (1) assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to an Affiliate; provided that such Affiliate (i) has demonstrated ability, whether as an entity or by its principals and employees, to professionally and competently perform duties similar to those imposed upon the Collateral Manager pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) has the legal right and capacity to act as Collateral Manager under this Agreement, and (iii) shall not cause the Issuer or the pool of Assets to become required to register under the provisions of the Investment Company Act or (2) enter into (or have its parent enter into) any consolidation or amalgamation with, or merger with or into, or transfer of all or substantially all of its asset management business to, another entity and, at the time of such consolidation, merger, amalgamation or transfer the resulting, surviving or transferee entity assumes all the obligations of the Collateral Manager under this Agreement generally (whether by operation of law or by contract) and the other entity has substantially the same investment staff providing investment management services to the Issuer; provided that the Collateral Manager shall deliver prior notice to the Rating Agencies of any assignment, delegation or combination made pursuant to this sentence. Upon the execution and delivery of any such assignment by the assignee, the Collateral Manager will be released from further obligations pursuant to this Agreement except with respect to its obligations and agreements arising under Sections 10 , 12(g) , 17 , 21 through 23 , and 25 in respect of its acts or omissions occurring prior to such assignment and except with   respect to its obligations under Section 15 after such assignment.

(c)        This Agreement shall not be assigned by the Issuer without (i) the prior written consent of (1) the Collateral Manager, (2) the Trustee and (3) a Majority of the each Class of Notes (voting separately) and (ii) satisfaction of the Global Rating Agency Condition, except in the case of assignment by the Issuer (1) to an entity which is a successor to the Issuer permitted under the Indenture, in which case such successor organization shall be bound hereunder and by the terms of said assignment in the same manner as the Issuer is bound hereunder or (2) to the Trustee as contemplated by the granting clause of the Indenture. The Issuer shall simultaneously assign its rights, title and interest in (but not its obligations under) this Agreement to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture; and the Collateral Manager by its signature below agrees to, and acknowledges, such assignment. Upon assignment by the Issuer, the Issuer shall use reasonable efforts to cause such assignee to execute and deliver to the Collateral Manager such documents as the Collateral Manager shall consider reasonably necessary to effect fully such assignment.

(d)        The Issuer shall provide (or cause the Trustee to provide) the Rating Agencies and the Holders with notice of any assignment pursuant to this Section 13 .

Section 14.         Removal for Cause.

(a)        The Collateral Manager may be removed for Cause upon (x) 10 Business Days’ prior written notice in the case of clauses (i) – (vi) below and (y) 90 days’ prior written notice in the case of clause (vii) below, in each case by the Issuer or the Trustee (“ Termination Notice ”) at the direction of a Majority of the Controlling Class or a Majority of the Subordinated Notes. Simultaneous with its direction to the Issuer to remove the Collateral Manager for Cause, such Majority of the Controlling Class or of the Subordinated Notes, as applicable, shall give to the Issuer and the Trustee a written statement setting forth the reason for such removal (“ Statement of Cause ”). The Trustee (at the direction of the Issuer) shall distribute a copy of the Termination   Notice and the Statement of Cause to the Holders within five (5) Business Days of receipt. No such removal shall be effective (A) until the date as of which a successor Collateral Manager shall have been appointed in accordance with Sections 12(d) and (e) and delivered an Instrument of Acceptance to the Issuer and the successor Collateral Manager has effectively assumed all of the Collateral Manager’s duties and obligations and (B) unless the Statement of Cause has been delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee as set forth in this Section 14(a) . “ Cause ” means any of the following:
 
 
24

 
 
(i)         the Collateral Manager shall willfully and intentionally violate or breach any material provision of this Agreement or the Indenture applicable to it (not including a willful and intentional breach that results from a good faith dispute regarding reasonable alternative courses of action or interpretation of instructions or provisions of the relevant Transaction Documents);

(ii)        the Collateral Manager shall breach any provision of this Agreement or any terms of the Indenture applicable to it (other than as covered by clause (i) and it being understood that failure to meet any Concentration Limitation, Collateral Quality Test or Coverage Test is not a breach for purposes of this clause (ii)), which breach would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer and shall not cure such breach (if capable of being cured) within 30 days after the earlier to occur of an Authorized Officer of the Collateral Manager receiving notice or having actual knowledge of such breach, unless, if such breach is remediable, the Collateral Manager has taken action commencing the cure thereof within such 30 day period that the Collateral Manager believes in good faith will remedy such breach within 60 days of the earlier to occur of such Authorized Officer receiving notice or having actual knowledge thereof;

(iii)       the failure of any representation, warranty, certification or statement made or delivered by the Collateral Manager in or pursuant to this Agreement or the Indenture to be correct in any material respect when made which failure (A) would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer and (B) is not corrected by the Collateral Manager within 30 days of an Authorized Officer of the Collateral Manager receiving notice of such failure, unless, if such failure is remediable, the Collateral Manager has taken action commencing the cure thereof within such 30 day period that the Collateral Manager believes in good faith will remedy such failure within 60 days of the earlier to occur of such Authorized Officer receiving notice thereof or having actual knowledge thereof;

(iv)       the Collateral Manager is wound up or dissolved or there is appointed over it or a substantial part of its assets a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee or similar officer; or the Collateral Manager (A) ceases to be able to, or admits in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due and payable, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of, or enters into any composition or arrangement with, its creditors generally; (B) applies for or consents (by admission of material allegations of a petition or otherwise) to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, assignee, custodian, liquidator or sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Collateral Manager or of any substantial part of its properties or assets in connection with any winding up, liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, or authorizes such an application or consent, or proceedings seeking such appointment are commenced without such authorization, consent or application against the Collateral Manager and continue undismissed for 60 days; (C) authorizes or files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or applies for or consents (by admission of material allegations of a petition or otherwise) to the application of any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, insolvency, dissolution, or similar law, or authorizes such application or consent, or proceedings to such end are instituted against the Collateral Manager without such authorization, application or consent and are approved as properly instituted and remain undismissed for 60 days or result in adjudication of bankruptcy or insolvency or the issuance of an order for relief; or (D) permits or suffers all or any substantial part of its properties or assets to be sequestered or attached by court order and the order (if contested in good faith) remains undismissed for 60 days;
 
 
25

 
 
(v)        the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.1(a) of the Indenture that primarily results from any material breach by the Collateral Manager of its duties under this Agreement or under the Indenture which breach or default is not cured within any applicable cure period;

(vi)       (A) the occurrence of an act by the Collateral Manager that constitutes fraud or criminal activity in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement (as determined pursuant to a final adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction) or the Collateral Manager being indicted for a criminal offense materially related to its business of providing asset management services, or (B) any officer of the Collateral Manager primarily responsible for the performance by the Collateral Manager of its obligations under this Agreement (in the performance of his or her investment management duties) is indicted for a criminal offense materially related to the business of the Collateral Manager providing asset management services and continues to have responsibility for the performance by the Collateral Manager under this Agreement for a period of ten (10) days after such indictment; or

(vii)      the ratio of (a) the sum of (1) the Collateral Principal Amount (other than Defaulted Obligations and Deferring Obligations), (2) for each Defaulted Obligation, the aggregate of the Defaulted Obligation Balance thereof on such date, (3) for each Deferring Obligation, the aggregate of the lesser of the (I) S&P Collateral Value of all Deferring Obligations and (II) Moody’s Collateral Value of all Deferring Obligations on such date, to (b) the Aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Class A Notes, fails to equal or exceed 101.0%.

(b)        If any of the events specified in clauses (a)(i) through (vii) of this Section 14 shall occur, the Collateral Manager shall give prompt written notice thereof to the Issuer, the Holders of the Controlling Class, the Holders of the Subordinated Notes, the Trustee, and the Rating Agencies; provided that if any of the events specified in Section 14(a)(iv) shall occur, the Collateral Manager shall give written notice thereof to the Issuer, the Trustee, and the Rating Agencies immediately upon the Collateral Manager’s becoming aware of the occurrence of such event. A Majority of the Controlling Class and a Majority of the Subordinated Notes, voting separately by Class, may waive any event described in Section 14(a)(i) , (ii) , (iii) , (v) , (vi) or (vii) as a basis for termination of this Agreement and removal of the Collateral Manager under this Section 14 .
 
 
26

 
 
(c)       The Collateral Manager may be removed upon 30 days’ prior written notice by the Issuer or the Trustee, at the direction of a Supermajority of the Controlling Class or a Majority of the Subordinated Notes, in the event that any two of Joseph Tansey, Steve Stuart, Terence Moore and Brian Chase shall cease to have primary responsibility for providing investment advice to the Issuer in respect of the portfolio (such event, a “ Key Personnel Event ”) and no replacement collateral manager(s) to the Issuer in respect of the portfolio of skill and experience at least equivalent to that of, as the case may be, Joseph Tansey, Steve Stuart, Terence Moore and Brian Chase which are acceptable to the holders of the Controlling Class of Notes, acting independently at the direction of holders of at least a Majority of the most senior Class of Notes, has or have been appointed within 60 days after such cessation.

(d)       If the Collateral Manager is removed pursuant to this Section 14 , the Issuer shall have, in addition to the rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement, all of the rights and remedies available with respect thereto at law or equity.

Section 15.         Obligations of Resigning or Removed Collateral Manager.

(a)       On, or as soon as practicable after, the date any resignation or removal is effective, the Collateral Manager shall (at the Issuer’s expense):

(i)        deliver to the Issuer or to such other Person as the Issuer shall instruct all property and documents of the Issuer or otherwise relating to the Assets then in the custody of the Collateral Manager;

(ii)       deliver to the Trustee an accounting with respect to the books and records delivered to the Trustee or the successor Collateral Manager appointed pursuant to Section 12 ; and

(iii)      agree to cooperate with all reasonable requests related to any proceedings, even after its resignation or removal, which arise in connection with this Agreement or the Indenture, assuming the Collateral Manager has received an indemnity in form reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Manager from an entity reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Manager, and expense reimbursement reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Manager.

(b)       Notwithstanding such resignation or removal, the Collateral Manager shall remain liable for its obligations under Section 10 and its acts or omissions giving rise thereto and for any expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, demands, charges and claims of any nature whatsoever (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) in respect of or arising out of a Collateral Manager Breach, subject to the limitations of liability set forth in Section 10 .
 
 
27

 
 
Section 16.         Representations and Warranties.
 
(a)        The Issuer hereby represents and warrants to the Collateral Manager as follows:
 
(i)        The Issuer has been duly formed with limited liability and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the full power and authority to own its assets and the obligations and securities proposed to be owned by it and included in the Assets and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged and is duly qualified under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property, the conduct of its business or the performance of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document require such qualification, except for those jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified, authorized or licensed would not have a Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer.

(ii)       The Issuer has full power and authority to execute, deliver and perform all of its obligations under this Agreement, the Indenture, the Notes and any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and has taken all necessary action to authorize this Agreement and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of all obligations imposed upon it hereunder, and, as of the Closing Date, will have taken all necessary action to authorize the Indenture, the Notes and any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Notes and any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the performance of all obligations imposed upon it hereunder or thereunder. No consent of any other Person including, without limitation, members and creditors of the Issuer, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing (other than any filings pursuant to the UCC required under the Indenture and necessary to perfect any security interest granted thereunder) or declaration with, any governmental authority is required by the Issuer in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document to which the Issuer is a party or the obligations imposed upon the Issuer hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement and all other Transaction Documents to which the Issuer is a party have been, and each instrument and document to which the Issuer is a party required hereunder or under the Indenture, the Notes or any other Transaction Document to which the Issuer is a party will be, executed and delivered by an Authorized Officer of the Issuer, and this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which the Issuer is a party constitute, and each instrument or document required hereunder to which the Issuer is a party, when executed and delivered hereunder or thereunder, will constitute, the legally valid and binding obligation of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, (A) to the effect of bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, winding-up or similar laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights as such laws would apply in the event of any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, winding-up or similar event applicable to the Issuer and (B) to general equitable principles (whether enforceability of such principles is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

(iii)      The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, any other Transaction Document to which the Issuer is a party and the documents and instruments required hereunder and thereunder will not violate any provision of any existing law or regulation binding on the Issuer, or any order, judgment, award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority binding on the Issuer, or the Organizational Instruments of, or any securities issued by, the Issuer or of any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its assets may be bound, the violation of which would have a Material Adverse Effect on the Issuer, and will not result in or require the creation or imposition of any lien on any of its property, assets or revenues pursuant to the provisions of any such mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking (other than the lien of the Indenture).
 
 
28

 
 
(iv)        The Issuer is not in violation of its Organizational Instruments or in breach or violation of or in default under any contract or agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound, or any applicable statute or any rule, regulation or order of any court, government agency or body having jurisdiction over the Issuer or its properties, the breach or violation of which or default under which would have a material adverse effect on the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the provisions of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document applicable to the Issuer, or the performance by the Issuer of its duties hereunder or thereunder.

(v)         There is no charge, investigation, action, suit or proceeding before or by any court pending or, to the best knowledge of the Issuer, threatened that, if determined adversely to the Issuer, would have a Material Adverse Effect upon the performance by the Issuer of its duties under, or on the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, the Indenture or any other Transaction Document applicable to the Issuer.

(vi)        The Issuer has not engaged in any transaction that would result in the violation of, or require registration as an investment company under, the Investment Company Act.

(vii)       The Issuer agrees for the benefit of the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Secured Parties to follow the lawful instructions and directions of the Collateral Manager in connection with the Collateral Manager's services hereunder.

(viii)      Neither the Issuer nor the pool of Assets is required to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.

(ix)        The Issuer has taken and will take all reasonable and practicable steps to ensure that the assets of the Issuer do not and will not at any time constitute the assets of any plan subject to the fiduciary responsibility part of ERISA or of any plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code.

(x)         The Issuer has taken and will take all reasonable and practicable steps to ensure that it does not accept funds, directly or indirectly, from a Person whose name appears on the List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons maintained by the U.S. Office of Foreign Asset Control and such other lists of prohibited persons and entities as may be mandated by applicable law or regulation.
 
 
29

 
 
(b)           The Collateral Manager hereby represents and warrants to the Issuer, as of the date hereof, as follows:
 
(i)       The Collateral Manager is a limited partnership duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has full power and authority to own its assets and to transact the business in which it is currently engaged, and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where the performance of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document to which it is a party would require such qualification, except for those jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified, authorized or licensed would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Collateral Manager to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the provisions of the Indenture and any other Transaction Document applicable to the Collateral Manager, or on the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the provisions of the Indenture and any other Transaction Document applicable to the Collateral Manager.

(ii)      The Collateral Manager has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and to perform all of its obligations hereunder and under the provisions of the Indenture and such other Transaction Documents applicable to the Collateral Manager, and has taken all necessary action to authorize this Agreement and any other Transaction Document to which it is a party on the terms and conditions hereof and thereof and the execution and delivery of this Agreement and any other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the performance of all obligations required hereunder and thereunder applicable to the Collateral Manager. No consent of any other Person, including, without limitation, members and creditors of the Collateral Manager, and no license, permit, approval or authorization of, exemption by, notice or report to, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority is required by the Collateral Manager in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document applicable to it or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any Transaction Document applicable to it or the obligations imposed on the Collateral Manager hereunder or under the terms of the Indenture or any other Transaction Document applicable to the Collateral Manager other than those which have been obtained or made. No representation is made herein with respect to the requirements of state securities laws or regulations. This Agreement has been executed and delivered by an Authorized Officer of the Collateral Manager, and this Agreement and any other Transaction Document to which it is a party constitute the valid and legally binding obligations of the Collateral Manager enforceable against the Collateral Manager in accordance with its terms, subject, as to enforcement, (A) to the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, winding-up or similar laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights as such laws would apply in the event of any bankruptcy, receivership, insolvency, winding-up or similar event applicable to the Collateral Manager and (B) to general equitable principles (whether enforceability of such principles is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

(iii)     The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the terms of the Indenture and any other Transaction Document applicable to the Collateral Manager will not violate any provision of any existing law or regulation binding on the Collateral Manager (except that no representation is made herein with respect to the requirements of state securities laws or regulations), or any order, judgment, award or decree of any court, arbitrator or governmental authority binding on the Collateral Manager, or the Organizational Instruments of, or any securities issued by, the Collateral Manager or of any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract or other agreement, instrument or undertaking to which the Collateral Manager is a party or by which the Collateral Manager or any of its assets may be bound, the violation of which would have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets or financial condition of the Collateral Manager or which would reasonably be expected to adversely affect in a material manner its ability to perform its obligations hereunder or under the Indenture or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party.
 
 
30

 
 
(iv)       The Collateral Manager is a registered investment adviser under the Advisers Act.

(v)        There is no charge, investigation, action, suit or proceeding before or by any court pending or, to the actual knowledge of the Collateral Manager, threatened, that, if determined adversely to the Collateral Manager, would have a material adverse effect upon the performance by the Collateral Manager of its duties under this Agreement or the provisions of the Indenture and any other Transaction Document applicable to the Collateral Manager.

(vi)       Any information contained in the sections entitled “Summary of Terms—Collateral Manager,” “Risk Factors – The Issuer will be subject to various conflicts of interest involving the Collateral Manager and its affiliates” and “The Collateral Manager” in the Final Offering Circular, as thereafter amended or supplemented, as of the date of the Final Offering Circular, the Closing Date or as of the date of any such amendment or supplement, as applicable (provided that the Collateral Manager has consented to such amendment or supplement) (collectively, the “ Collateral Manager Information ”) does not and, as of such dates, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
 
(c)          The Collateral Manager makes no representation, express or implied, with respect to the Issuer or any disclosure with respect to the Issuer.

Section 17.         Limited Recourse; No Petition.
 
The Collateral Manager hereby agrees that it shall not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation proceedings or other proceedings under United States federal or state or other bankruptcy or similar laws until at least one year (or, if longer, the applicable preference period then in effect) plus one day after payment in full of all Notes issued under the Indenture; provided that nothing in this   Section 17   shall preclude the Collateral Manager from (A) taking   any action prior to the expiration of such applicable preference period in (x) any case or proceeding voluntarily filed or commenced by the Issuer or (y) any insolvency proceeding filed or commenced against the Issuer by any Person other than the Collateral Manager or (B) commencing against the Issuer or any properties of the Issuer any legal action that is not a bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, moratorium or liquidation proceeding. The Collateral Manager hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Issuer’s obligations hereunder will be solely the corporate obligations of the Issuer, and that the Collateral Manager will not have any recourse to any of the members, managers, directors, officers, employees, or Affiliates of the Issuer with respect to any claims, losses, damages, liabilities, indemnities or other obligations in connection with any Transactions contemplated hereby. Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof or of any other Transaction Document, recourse in respect of any obligations of the Issuer to the Collateral Manager hereunder or thereunder will be limited to the Assets as applied in accordance with the Priority of Payments pursuant to the Indenture and, on the exhaustion of the Assets, all claims against the Issuer arising from this Agreement or any Transaction Document or any Transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be extinguished and shall not revive. This Section 17 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.
 
 
31

 
 
Section 18.         Notices.
 
Unless expressly provided otherwise herein, all notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given, made and received when delivered against receipt or upon actual receipt of registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or, in the case of telecopier notice, when received in legible form, addressed as set forth below:

 
(a)
If to the Issuer:

Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
c/o Puglisi & Associates
850 Library Avenue, Suite 204
Newark, DE 19711
Telephone No.: (302) 738-6680
Telecopier No.: (302) 738-7210
Attention: Don Puglisi

with a copy to:

Dechert LLP
100 N. Tryon Street
Suite 4000
Charlotte, NC 28202
Telephone No.: (704) 339-3100
Telecopier No.: (704) 339-3101
Attention: John Timperio
 
 
(b)
If to the Collateral Manager:
 
Garrison Investment Group LP
1350 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 905
New York, New York 10019
Telephone No.: (212) 372-9526
Telecopier No.: (212) 372-9525
Attention: Rob Feeney
 
 
32

 
 
 
(c)
If to the Trustee or the Registrar:
 
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
1761 East St. Andrew Place
Santa Ana, CA 92705
Telephone No.: (714) 247-6000
Telecopier No.: (714) 656-2568
Attention: Structured Credit Services – Garrison Funding 2010-1 LLC
 
(d)          If to the Holders:

At their respective addresses maintained in the Register or otherwise maintained by the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

Any party may change the address or telecopy number to which communications or copies directed to such party are to be sent by giving notice to the other parties of such change of address or telecopy number in conformity with the provisions of this Section 18 for the giving of notice.

Section 19.         Binding Nature of Agreement; Successors and Assigns.

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns as provided herein.

Section 20.         Entire Agreement; Amendment.

This Agreement, the Indenture and the Collateral Administration Agreement contain the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof. The express terms hereof and thereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof. This Agreement may not be modified or amended other than by an agreement in writing executed by each of the parties hereto. Neither the Issuer nor the Collateral Manager will enter into any agreement amending, modifying or terminating this Agreement without satisfaction of the Global Rating Agency Condition and obtaining the consent of a Majority of the Controlling Class and a Majority of the Subordinated Notes (voting separately by Class); provided that no such Global Rating Agency Condition or consent will be required in connection with any amendment hereto the sole purpose of which is to (i) correct inconsistencies, typographical or other errors, defects or ambiguities or (ii) conform this Agreement to the Final Offering Circular, the Collateral Administration Agreement or the Indenture (as it may be amended from time to time). The Issuer shall provide the Holders with notice of any amendment of this Agreement.

Section 21.         Governing Law.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK INCLUDING NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW §§ 5-1401 AND 5-1402 BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES THEREOF GOVERNING CONFLICTS OF LAW.
 
33

 
 
Section 22.         Submission to Jurisdiction.

With respect to any suit, action or proceedings relating to this Agreement or any matter between the parties arising under or in connection with this Agreement (“ Proceedings ”), each party irrevocably: (i) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof; and (ii) waives any objection which it may have at any time to the laying of venue of any Proceedings brought in any such court, waives any claim that such Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further waives the right to object, with respect to such Proceedings, that such court does not have any jurisdiction over such party. Nothing in this Agreement precludes any of the parties from bringing Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, nor will the bringing of Proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the bringing of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction.

Each of the Collateral Manager and the Issuer irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any action or proceeding by the mailing or delivery of copies of such process to it at the office to which notices are sent to it.

Section 23.         Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY PROCEEDING.

Section 24.         Conflict with the Indenture.

Except as set forth in Section 2(f) , in respect of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Indenture or actions required under the terms of the Indenture and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Indenture shall control.

Section 25.         Subordination; Assignment of Agreement.

The Collateral Manager agrees that the payment of all amounts to which it is entitled pursuant to this Agreement shall be subordinated to the extent set forth in, and the Collateral Manager agrees to be bound by the provisions of, Article XI of the Indenture as if the Collateral Manager were a party to the Indenture and hereby consents to the assignment of this Agreement as provided in Article XV of the Indenture.

Section 26.         Indulgences Not Waivers.

Neither the failure nor any delay on the part of any party hereto to exercise any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise of the same or of any other right, remedy, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver of any right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of such right, remedy, power or privilege with respect to any other occurrence. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and is signed by the party asserted to have granted such waiver.
 
 
34

 
 
Section 27.         Costs and Expenses.
 
Except as otherwise agreed to by the parties hereto, the costs and expenses (including the fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants) of the Collateral Manager and of the Issuer incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of and the execution of this Agreement and any amendment hereto, and all matters incidental thereto, shall be borne by the Issuer. The Issuer will reimburse the Collateral Manager for expenses including fees and out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by the Collateral Manager in connection with services provided under this Agreement with respect to (a) legal advisers, consultants, rating agencies, accountants, brokers and other professionals retained by the Issuer or the Collateral Manager (on behalf of the Issuer), (b) asset pricing and asset rating services, compliance services and software, and accounting, programming and data entry services directly related to the management of the Assets, (c) all taxes, regulatory and governmental charges (not based on the income of the Collateral Manager), insurance premiums or expenses (d) any and all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition, disposition of investments on behalf of the Issuer (whether or not actually consummated) and management thereof, including attorneys' fees and disbursements, (e) any fees, expenses or other amounts payable to the Rating Agencies, (f) any extraordinary costs and expenses incurred by the Collateral Manager in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and the Indenture, (g) any expenses related to compliance with Rule 17g-5 under the Exchange Act and (h) as otherwise agreed upon by the parties. The Issuer shall be obligated to pay all reasonable costs and disbursements in connection with the perfection and the maintenance of perfection, as against all third parties, of the Issuer’s and Trustee’s respective right, title and interest in and to the Assets (including, without limitation, the security interests provided for in the Indenture). The fees and expenses payable to the Collateral Manager on any Payment Date shall be paid in accordance with the Priority of Payments.

Section 28.         Third Party Beneficiary.

The parties hereto agree that the Trustee on behalf of the Secured Parties shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, and shall be entitled to rely upon and enforce such provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as if each of them were a party hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, amendments to this Agreement may be entered into without the consent of the Trustee.

Section 29.         Titles Not to Affect Interpretation.

The titles of paragraphs and subparagraphs contained in this Agreement are for convenience only, and they neither form a part of this Agreement nor are they to be used in the construction or interpretation hereof.

Section 30.         Execution in Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts by telegraphic or other written form of communication, each of which shall be deemed to be an original as against any party whose signature appears thereon, and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall become binding when one or more counterparts hereof, individually or taken together, shall bear the signatures of all of the parties reflected hereon as the signatories.
 
 
35

 
 
Section 31.         Provisions Separable.

The provisions of this Agreement are independent of and separable from each other, and no provision shall be affected or rendered invalid or unenforceable by virtue of the fact that for any reason any other or others of them may be invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part.

Section 32.         Gender.

Words used herein, regardless of the number and gender specifically used, shall be deemed and construed to include any other number, singular or plural, and any other gender, masculine, feminine or neuter, as the context requires.

Section 33.         Written Disclosure Statement.

The Issuer acknowledges that it has received Part II of the Collateral Manager’s Form ADV filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as required by Rule 204-(3) under the Advisers Act, more than 48 hours prior to the date of execution of this Agreement.

Section 34.         Communications with Rating Agencies.

(a)        Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver to be given to a Rating Agency by the Issuer, the Issuer shall instead provide such document or notification to the Collateral Manager, and the Collateral Manager shall then provide such document or notification to the applicable Rating Agencies, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Collateral Manager.
 
(b)        If the Issuer shall receive any written or oral communication from any Rating Agency (or any of their respective officers, directors or employees) with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or under the Transaction Documents or in any way relating to the Notes, the Issuer agrees to refrain from communicating with such Rating Agency and to promptly (and, in any event, within one Business Day) notify the Collateral Manager of such communication. The Issuer agrees to coordinate with the Collateral Manager with respect to any communication to a Rating Agency and further agrees that in no event shall it engage in any oral communication with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or under the Transaction Documents or in any way relating to the Notes with any Rating Agency (or any of their respective officers, directors or employees) without the participation of the Collateral Manager, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Collateral Manager.
 
 
36

 
  
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Collateral Administration Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 
GARRISON FUNDING 2010-1 LLC, as Issuer
   
 
By:
/s/ Donald J. Puglisi
   
Name: 
Donald J. Puglisi
   
Title:
Independent Manager
       
 
GARRISON INVESTMENT GROUP LP,
 
  as Collateral Manager
       
 
By:
/s/ Brian Chase 
   
Name: 
BRIAN CHASE
   
Title:
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
 
[Signature continue on the following page.]
 
 
S-1

 
 
Annex A
 
INVESTMENT GUIDELINES

The Collateral Manager will comply, and will cause the Issuer to comply, with the Investment Guidelines set forth in this Annex A.

SECTION I.
SPECIFIC RESTRICTIONS.

A.            Communications and Negotiations with Obligors .

Neither the Issuer nor the Collateral Manager on behalf of the Issuer will have any communications or negotiations with the Obligor with respect to a Collateral Obligation (in any case, directly or indirectly through an intermediary such as the seller of such Collateral Obligation) in connection with the issuance or funding of such Collateral Obligation or commitments with respect thereto, except for communications of an immaterial nature or customary due diligence communications; provided , that the Collateral Manager may (i) consent to or withhold consent to any proposed amendments, supplements or other modifications of the term of any Collateral Obligations after such Collateral Obligations are acquired by the Issuer, (ii) provide comments as to mistakes or inconsistencies in loan documents (including with respect to any provisions that are inconsistent with the terms and conditions of the purchase of the loan by the Issuer) and (iii) provide indications of interest as part of a customary underwriter or placement agent allocation (i.e., “circling procedures”).

B.             Fees .

The Issuer will not earn or receive from any Person any fee or other compensation for services, however denominated, in connection with its purchase or sale of a Collateral Obligation except for (i) commitment fees or facility maintenance fees that are received by the Issuer in connection with Revolving Collateral Obligations or Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligations; (ii) yield maintenance and prepayment penalty fees; (iii) fees on account of the Issuer’s consenting to amendments, waivers or other modifications of the terms of any Collateral Obligations; and (iv) fees from permitted securities lending. For the avoidances of doubt, the purchase or sale of a Collateral Obligation at a negotiated price reflecting a customary market discount will not be treated as a fee or other compensation for purposes of this Section I.B. Except for services provided for which the Issuer earns permitted fees, the Issuer will not provide services to any Person.

C.             Collateral Obligations Purchased from the Collateral Manager or Affiliates .

If the Collateral Manager or an Affiliate of the Collateral Manager acted as an underwriter, placement or other agent, arranger, negotiator or structurer in connection with the issuance or origination of a Collateral Obligation or was a member of the original lending syndicate with respect to the Collateral Obligation, the Collateral Manager will not knowingly direct the Issuer to agree to acquire any interest in such Collateral Obligation (including entering into an understanding or commitment to acquire such obligation), from the Collateral Manager, an Affiliate of the Collateral Manager, or a fund managed by the Collateral Manager, unless (i) the Collateral Obligation has been outstanding for at least 90 days, (ii) the holder of the Collateral Obligation did not identify the obligation or security as intended for sale to the Issuer within 90 days of its issuance, (iii) the price paid for such Collateral Obligation by the Issuer is its fair market value at the time of acquisition by the Issuer, and (iv) after the acquisition, the Issuer will own less than 33% of the aggregate principal amount of the borrowing that includes such Collateral Obligation.
 
 
A-1

 
 
 
D.
Equity Restrictions. The Issuer will not purchase any asset that is treated for United States federal income tax purposes as :

(i)           an equity interest in a partnership (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) engaged or deemed to be engaged in a trade or business within the United States, or

(ii)           a United States real property interest as defined in Section 897 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

 
E.
Revolving Collateral Obligations and Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligations .

Neither the Issuer nor the Collateral Manager (or any other party) acting on behalf of the Issuer shall purchase a Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or a Revolving Collateral Obligation unless (i) such Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation is fully committed and existing at the time of purchase, (ii) such Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation has been fully negotiated (other than on behalf of the Issuer or the Collateral Manager) by the seller or a predecessor of the seller of such Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation, (iii) all of the terms of any advance required to be made by the Issuer will be fixed as of the date of the Issuer’s purchase (or determinable under a formula that is fixed as of such date), and such Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation will not permit the Issuer to have any discretion as to whether to make any advances thereunder, (iv) the Issuer cannot acquire or hold any interest in a Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation of which, in the aggregate, Affiliates of the Collateral Manager own more than 25% of the fully funded principal amount of the Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation, (v) the amount of unfunded commitments under Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligations and unfunded and funded commitments under Revolving Collateral Obligations will not in the aggregate exceed 5% of the Collateral Principal Amount and (vi) (a) such Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation may not be transferred without the associated term loan, and the associated term loan may not be transferred without the associated Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation absent consent of the obligor which consent has not been granted (whether formally or informally) as of the date of the acquisition, or (b) the cost of such Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation to the Issuer reflects a discount of at least 2% of the fair market value of such Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation on the later of (A) the original closing of such Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation and (B) the last date on which such Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation was modified in any material respect, or (c) at least one advance equal to the lesser of $5 million or 10% of the maximum amount of such Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation or Revolving Collateral Obligation is outstanding.
 
 
A-2

 
 
 
F.
Securities Lending Agreements .

The Issuer will not purchase any Collateral Obligation primarily for the purpose of entering into a securities lending agreement with respect thereto.
 
SECTION II.
RESTRICTIONS WITH RESPECT TO LOANS AND FORWARD PURCHASE COMMITMENTS.
 
 
A.
Any commitment to purchase a Loan (other than a Revolving Collateral Obligation or a Delayed Drawdown Collateral Obligation, which shall be subject to the requirements in Section I.E. above) from a seller before completion of the closing and full funding of the Loan by such seller must be treated as a forward sale agreement (a “ Forward Purchase Commitment ”). For the avoidance of doubt, any indications of interest expressed by the Collateral Manager as part of a customary underwriter or placement agent allocation shall not be treated as a Forward Purchase Commitment.

 
B.
No Forward Purchase Commitment shall be made until after the seller (or a transferor to such seller of such Loan) has made a firm or best efforts commitment to fully fund such Loan to the obligor thereof (subject to customary conditions), which commitment cannot be conditioned on the Issuer’s ultimate purchase of such Loan from such seller.

 
C.
The Issuer shall not receive any premium, fee, or other compensation in connection with having entered into the Forward Purchase Commitment. For the avoidance of doubt, the purchase of a Loan at a negotiated price reflecting a customary market discount will not be treated as a premium, fee or other compensation for purposes of this Section II.C.

 
D.
The Issuer cannot have a contractual relationship with the issuer of a loan with respect to a Loan until the Issuer actually closes the purchase of the Loan.

 
E.
The Issuer cannot be a signatory on the lending agreement.

 
F.
The Issuer cannot purchase or commit to purchase a Loan if it would cause the Issuer to own more than 33% of the aggregate principal amount of the borrowing that includes such Loan.
 
 
A-3

 
 
SECTION III.
GENERAL RESTRICTIONS.
 
The Issuer shall not:

 
A.
hold itself out, through advertising or otherwise, as originating loans, lending funds, making a market in or a dealing in loans or other assets, or insuring or guaranteeing Collateral Obligations;

 
B.
register as, hold itself out as, or become subject to regulatory supervision or other legal requirements under the laws of any country or political subdivision thereof as, a broker-dealer, a bank, an insurance company, financial guarantor, surety bond issuer, or a company engaged in loan origination;

 
C.
take any action causing it to be treated as a bank, insurance company, or company engaged in loan origination for purposes of any tax, securities law or other filing or submission made to any governmental authority;

 
D.
hold itself out, through advertising or otherwise, as originating, funding, guaranteeing or insuring Collateral Obligations or as being willing and able to enter into transactions (either purchases or sales of Collateral Obligations or entries into, assignments or terminations of hedging or derivative instruments) at the request of others;

 
E.
acquire any asset the holding or acquisition of which the Collateral Manager believes would cause the Issuer to be subject to income tax on a net income basis, it being understood that any purchase of a Collateral Obligation by the Issuer in compliance with the standards set forth herein shall not be deemed to violate this Section III.E.;

 
F.
buy securities with the intent to subdivide them and sell the components or to buy securities and sell them with different securities as a package or unit, which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not the include (i) the separation and sale of stock, a warrant or similar equity component from an asset acquired so long as the Issuer does not earn a dealer spread or dealer markup on such separation or (ii) the issuance of debt and/or equity securities that are collateralized or “backed by” other securities (such as in a CDO or CLO structure);

 
G.
make a market in any security, and shall not hold itself out as a market-maker or as willing to buy or sell any security regardless of price;

 
H.
charge or earn a commission on any purchase or sale of a security, or have or seek customers for its securities; or
 
 
A-4

 
 
SECTION IV.
AMENDMENTS AND MODIFICATIONS TO THIS SCHEDULE C.

The Collateral Manager shall comply with all of the provisions set forth herein, unless, with respect to a particular transaction, the Collateral Manager acting on behalf of the Issuer shall have received written advice of counsel of nationally recognized standing in the United States experienced in such matters, that, under the relevant facts and circumstances with respect to such transaction, the Collateral Manager’s failure to comply with one or more of such provisions will not cause the Issuer to be engaged, or deemed to be engaged, in a trade or business within the United States for United States federal income tax purposes or otherwise to be subject to United States federal income tax on a net basis. The provisions set forth herein may be amended, eliminated or supplemented by the Collateral Manager if the Issuer and Collateral Manager shall have received an opinion of tax counsel of nationally recognized standing in the United States experienced in such matters that the Collateral Manager’s compliance with such amended provisions or supplemental provisions or the failure to comply with such provisions proposed to be eliminated, as the case may be, will not cause the Issuer to be engaged, or deemed to be engaged, in a trade or business within the United States for United States federal income tax purposes or otherwise to be subject to United States federal income tax on a net basis.

SECTION V.
DEFINITIONS.

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture.

“Affiliate”: With respect to a Person, (i) any other Person who, directly or indirectly, is in control of, or controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person or (ii) any other Person who is a director, officer, general partner or employee (a) of such Person, (b) of any subsidiary or parent company of such Person or (c) of any Person described in clause (i) above. For the purposes of this definition, control of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, (x) to vote more than 50% of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Persons or (y) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise. For the avoidance of doubt, “Affiliate” includes any fund or entity with respect to which the Collateral Manager has entered into a collateral management agreement or an investment management agreement.
 
 
A-5

 
 
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and “Selected Financial Data and Other Information” and to the use of our reports dated February 25, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements, including the consolidated schedule of investments and with respect to the senior securities table in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus of Garrison Capital LLC for the registration of its common stock.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
New York, NY
March 21, 2011
 
 
 

 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
To the Managing Member of
Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries:
 
 
We have audited the consolidated statement of financial condition of Garrison Capital LLC and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) including the consolidated schedule of investments, as of December 31, 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in members’ capital and cash flows for the period from December 17, 2010 (commencement of operations) to December 31, 2010, and have issued our report thereon dated February 25, 2011 (included elsewhere in the Registration Statement (Form N-2) and related Prospectus). Our audit also included the senior securities table listed elsewhere in this Registration Statement (Form N-2) and related Prospectus. This table is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.
 
 
In our opinion, the senior securities table referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
 
 
February 25, 2011